A I ■ 

■ 

ft-* ■ . ■ 



■ 



■ 




■ 



■ 



H 



^BH 



■ 



■ 









4 o .q^ 



v^-y v~V° V^V %1 












>°^ "J 







<* ♦* dag*: ^ 6 .<§& ° 4 sji^-\ */■ 



■: j>% * 






.• *?% 



^ & ... ^ -• •* 4? . . . \ *?* J ... ^ '•" 




'o. **tvt* a 













V •!*•» * 



















•"* 



^•0 









•♦ *> 



V V 






* ' .VvVaV **. &* •*« fit*. ^ a* ' /. 



WT <*' 









J: ^^ • 













*o. **'T 







r oV 



•vt-o 1 







•. r oV 



Jpt 









6 A V ^ 

•• . ^ ^ %' 



T* A 






." J%. V 



/,-^/^ 


















'^9' 



» * <o^ 



*o. ♦7??r* A 



*„ _ . * 



.0^ 



r o *^T w l, 



♦ ! 






u 

United States 
Navy Regulations 



1920 



& 






WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1920 



i I 



8floiMjJ'g9H vj 



osei 




• 



Navy Department, 
Washington, December 11, 1920. 

The following Regulations are issued, in accordance with the provisions of 
section 1547 of the Revised Statutes of the United States, for the government of 
all persons attached to the naval service. 

It is hereby required and directed that all officers and other persons belonging 
to the Navy, so far as the duties of each are concerned, make themselves ac- 
quainted with, observe and comply with the Regulations of the United States 
Navy contained herein. 

These Regulations set forth the duty, responsibility, authority, distinctions 
and relations of the various bureaus, offices and individual officers each to the 
other. Details coming exclusively under the cognizance of a particular bureau 
or office which might properly be incorporated in a separate manual by the 
bureau or office concerned have been omitted. 



^l!^i^i^<n^ 



The White House, n December, 1920. 

Approved : 




(1) 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

Page, 
CHAPTER 1. — Articles for the Government of the Navy of the 

United States : 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1-G4. Articles for the government of the Navy 1-20 

CHAPTER 2. — Instructions to Officers in General: 
Sec. 1 — 

Art. 74. Navy Department publications 21-23 

Art. 75. Preparation and distribution of publications 23-25 

Sec. 2.— Art. 76-128. Instructions in general 26-41 

Sec. 3.— Art. 129-130. Special schools 41-43 

Sec. 4. — Art. 131-136. Receipt of orders and official address 43-44 

Sec. 5.— Art. 137-140. Reports on fitness 44-52 

CHAPTER 3.— Rank. Command, and Duty: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 148-160. Officers in general 53-60 

Sec. 2.— Art. 161-179. Detail of command and duty 60-63 

Sec. 3. — Art. 180-186. Laws and decisions on rank and command 64-70 

CHAPTER 4. — Administration and Discipline: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 196-204. The exercise of authority 71-73 

Sec. 2.— Art. 205-210. Arrest or suspension 73-75 

Sec. 3.— Art. 211-220. Punishments 76-77 

CHAPTER 5. — Honors, Distinctions. Salutes, and Ceremonies: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 230-238. The President of the United States, the Vice 
President, an ex-President, the president or sovereign 

of a foreign State, and members of royal families 7&-S3 

Sec. 2. — Art. 239-247. Cabinet officers, the Chief Justice, governors, 
Members of Congress, diplomatic representatives, and 

consuls 83-88 

Sec. 3.— Art. 248-264. Naval and military officers 88-94 

Sec. 4. — Art. 265-295. Honors and distinctions in general 95-104 

Sec. 5. — Art. 297-303. Honors and salutes to foreign Governments 

and officials 104-106 

Sec. 6.— Art. 304-315. Gun salutes in general 106-108 

Sec. 7.— Art. 310-319. Return gun salutes 108-109 

Sec. 8. — Art. 320. Ensigns displayed when saluting or returning 

salutes 110 

Sec. 9.— Art. 321-343. Ensigns, flags, and pennants 110-116 

Sec. 10.— Art. 344-357. Visits of ceremony 116-121 

Sec. 11. — Art. 358-361. Anniversaries, solemnities, and holidays 121-123 

Sec. 12.— Art. 362-379. Funeral ceremonies 123-129 

Sec. 13.— Art. 380. Naval Reserve 129 

in 



IV 

CHAPTER 6. — Navy Department: Page. 

Sec. 1.— Art. 390-304. Organization 131-135 

Sec. 2. — Art. 395. Quarterly reports of bureaus and offices 135 

Sec. 3. — Art. 396. Expenditure of appropriations 135-136 

Sec. 4. — Art. 397, — Information furnished to persons outside the de- 
partment 136 

Sec. 5. — Art. 398-399. Duties conducted under the supervision of the 

Assistant Secretary of the Navy ; the solicitor 136-137 

Sec. 6.— Art. 400-404. The General Board 137-139 

Sec. 7.— Art. 405-420. The Board of Inspection and Survey 139-147 

Sec. 8.— Art. 421-424. The Communication Service 147-148 

Sec. 9.— Art. 425. Monthly survey office 148 

CHAPTER 7. — Office of Naval Opebations : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 433. The Chief of Naval Operations 149-150 

CHAPTER 8. — Bureau of Navigation : 

Sec. 1. — Art. 443. Duties of the Bureau of Navigation 151-152 

CHAPTER 9. — Bureau of Medicine and Suegeey: 

Sec. 1. — Art. 457-458. Duties of the Bureau of Medicine and Sur- 
gery 153-154 

CHAPTER 10. — Judge Advocate General: 

Seel. — Art. 469-470. Duties of the Judge Advocate General 155-156 

CHAPTER 11. — Bureau of Yards and Docks: 

Sec. 1. — Art. 481. Duties of the Bureau of Yards and Docks 157 

Sec. 2.— Art. 482-494. Public works and public utilities 157-164 

CHAPTER 12.— Bureau of Ordnance : 

Seel. — Art. 505. Duties of the Bureau of Ordnance 165-166 

CHAPTER 13. — Bureau of Construction and Repair : 

Sec. 1. — Art 519. Duties of the Bureau of Construction and Repair_ 167-168 

CHAPTER 14. — Bureau of Engineering : 

Sec. 1. — Art. 530. Duties of the Bureau of Engineering 169 

CHAPTER 15. — Bureau of Supplies and Accounts : 

Sec. 1. — Art. 541. Duties of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts— 171-172 

CHAPTER 16.— Marine Corps : 

Sec. 1.— Art 552-556. General instructions 173-177 

Sec. 2. — Art. 557-567. The Major General Commandant of the Ma- 
rine Corps 177-179 

Sec. 3.— Art 568-572. The staff of the Marine Corps 179-183 

Sec. 4.— Art. 573-578. Marine brigades 183-185 

Sec. 5. — Art. 579-582. Recruiting, discharges, transfers, and deser- 
tions ; 1S5-18S 

Sec. 6. — Art. 583-593. Service at navy yards and naval stations 1SS-1S9 

Sec. 7.— Art. 594-596. Marine Corps target practice 189-190 

Sec. 8.— Art. 597-625. Service aboard ships of war 190-196 

Sec. 9. — Art. 626-631. Service aboard naval vessels as separate or- 
ganization 196-197 



CHAPTER 17. — Organization of the Naval Fobces : Page. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 641-649. General organization of the naval forces 199-201 

Sec. 2.— Art. 650-652. Status of ships 202-203 

Sec. 3.— Art. 653-664. Organization of the fleets 203-206 

Sec. 4.— Art. 665-669. Hospital ships 207 

CHAPTER 18. — Commander in Chief : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 679-702. General duties 209-217 

Sec. 2.— Art. 703-716. Duties in time of war 217-219 

Sec. 3. — Art. 717-728. Intercourse with foreigners 219-224 

Sec. 4.— Art. 729-730. On assuming command 224-225 

Sec. 5.— Art. 731-739. Supplies and repairs 225-227 

Sec. 6.— Art. 740-746. Personnel 227-229 

CHAPTER 19. — Flag Officer Not in Chief Command : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 756-770. General duties 231-235 

Sec. 2. — Art. 771. Duties of a force commander 235 

Sec. 3. — Art. 772-773. Duties of a squadron commander 235-236 

Sec. 4.— Art. 774-775. Duties of a division commander 236-237 

CHAPTER 20. — Staff of a Flag Officer Afloat : 

Sec. 1— Art. 785. Chief of staff to a commander in chief 239 

Sec. 2. — Art. 786. Staff of a commander in chief 239-240 

Sec. 3. — Art. 787. Enlisted men in the immediate service of a com- 
mander in chief 240-241 

Sec. 4. — Art. 788. Staff of a flag officer afloat not in chief command- 241 

CHAPTER 21.— Senior Officer Present : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 798-809. General duties 243-245 

CHAPTER 22. — Commanding Officer of a Ship : 

Sec. 1. — Art. 819. The commanding officer of a ship and the suc- 
cession to command 247 

Sec. 2.— Art. 820-828. Assuming command and fitting out 247-251 

Sec. 3.— Art. 829-S34. Organization 251-252 

Sec. 4.— Art. 835-SGS. General duties 252-262 

Sec. 5.— Art. 869-875. Duties in time of war 262-263 

Sec. 6.— Art. 876-879. Intercourse with foreigners 263-264 

Sec. 7.— Art. 8S0-SS9. Navigation . 264-266 

Sec. 8.— Art. 890-899. Supplies and repairs 266-268 

Sec. 9.— Art. 900-921. Personnel 268-275 

CHAPTER 23.— Executive Officer of a Ship: 

Seel. — Art. 931-951. Duties of the executive officer 277-282 

CHAPTER 24.— Gunnery Officer of a Ship: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 961-971. Duties of the gunnery officer 283-286 

Sec. 2.— Art. 972. Safety precautions 286-299 

CHAPTER 25.— Engineer Officer of a Ship: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 981-982. Personality 301 

Sec. 2.— Art. 9S4-989. Responsibility 301-303 

Sec. 3.— Art. 991-997. General duties 303-308 

CHAPTER 26.— Navigating Officer of a Ship : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1007-1031. Duties of the navigating officer 309-318 

CHAPTER 27.— First Lieutenant of a Ship : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1040-1051. Duties of the first lieutenant 319-321 



VI 

CHAPTER 28. — Officees of the Deck : Page. 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1061-1080. Duties 323-330 

CHAPTER 29. — Officers of the Engine Room Watch : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1090-1093. Duties 331-338 

CHAPTER 30.— Division Officers : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1103. Definition 335 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1104-1108. Duties 335-337 

CHAPTER 31. — Ensigns of the Line : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1118-1122. Duties 339 

CHAPTER 32. — Medical Officers : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1132-1177. Duties aboard ship 341-350 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1178-1183. Dental officer 350-351 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1184-1203. Shore stations and general duties 351-359 

CHAPTER 33. — Officers of the Supply Corps Afloat : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1208-1234. Duties 361-568 

CHAPTER 34. — Other Commissioned Officers of the Navy, Commis- 
sioned Warrant Officers, and Warrant Officers : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1244. Duties of fleet chaplain 369 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1245. Duties of chaplain 370 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1246. Professors of mathematics 370 

Sec. 4.— Art. 1247-1251. Naval constructors 371-372 

Sec. 5.— Art. 1252-1253. Civil Engineer Corps 372 

Sec. 6.— Art. 1254. Definitions of warrant officer titles 372 

Sec. 7. — Art. 1255. Chief boatswain and boatswain 372-373 

Sec. 8. — Art. 1256. Chief gunner and gunner 373 

Sec. 9.— Art. 1257. Chief gunner (O) and gunner (O) 373 

Sec. 10. — Art. 1258. Chief gunner (E) and gunner (E) 374 

Sec. 11.— Art. 1259. Chief gunner (R) and gunner (R) 374 

Sec. 12.— Art. 1260. Chief machinist and machinist 374 

Sec. 13. — Art. 1261. Chief carpenter and carpenter 374-375 

Sec. 14. — Art. 1262. Chief sailmaker and sailmaker 375 

Sec. 15. — Art. 1263. Chief pharmacist and pharmacist 375 

Sec. 16.— Art. 1264. Chief pay clerk and pay clerk 375-376 

CHAPTER 35. — Petty Officers and Crew: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1275-1276. Petty officers and crew 377 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1277. Masters-at-arms 377-378 

CHAPTER 36. — Ship Organization and Routine: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1287-1295. Ship organization 379-386 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1296-1349. Ship routine 386-405 

CHAPTER 37. — Care and Preservation of Hulls of Ships and Me- 
chanical Contrivances Pertaining Thereto: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1359-1368. General instructions 407-414 

CHAPTER 38.— Stores Afloat: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1378-1394. Custody, care, and expenditure 415-422 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1395-1401. Requisitions, purchases, and public bills for 

ships 422-425 

Sec. 3.— Art. 1402-1404. Ships' stores 425-^27 

Sec. 4.— Art. 1405-1406. Clothing and small stores 427 

- Sec. 5.— Art. 1407-1416. Rations 427-430 



vn 

Page. 
CHAPTER 39. — Quarters and Messes of Officers on Board Ship : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 142&-1434. Officers' quarters 431-433 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1435-1441. Officers' messes 433-435 

CHAPTER 40. — Quarantine, Pilotage, Convoy, Transportation 
Aboard Government Vessels, and the American National Red 
Cross : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1451-1453. Quarantine 437-438 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1454. Pilotage 438 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1455-1457. Transportation aboard Government vessels- 438-440 

Sec. 4.— Art. 145S-1460. Transportation services 440-442 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1461-1467. Convoys of Army transports 442-447 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1470. The American National Red Cross 447-449 

CHAPTER 41. — Shore Establishments : 
Part I. — Naval districts — 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1480. Establishment and limits 452-453 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1481-1484. General administration 453-455 

Sec. 3.— Art. 1485. Organization 455-456 

Sec. 4.— Art. 1486. Coast defense 456-457 

Part II. — Naval bases — 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1487. General administration 457-458 

Part III. — Navy yards and naval stations — 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1488-1502. General administration 458-462 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1503-1508. Ships at a yard or station 462-465 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1509. Commissioning and delivery of ships 465 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1510. Ships going out of commission and ships 

out of commission 466-467 

Sec. 5.— Art. 1511-1515. Personnel, civil and naval 467-469 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1516. General organization 469 

Sec. 7. — Art. 1517. Captain of the yard 470 

Sec. 8. — Art. 1518-1531. Officers in charge of departments and 

divisions 471-474 

Sec. 9.— Art. 1532. Engineer officer 474-475 

Sec. 10.— Art. 1533. Construction officer 475 

Sec. 11.— Art. 1534. Public works officer 475-476 

Sec. 12. — Art. 1535-1536. The inspection officer and assistant in- 
spectors 477-478 

Sec. 13.— Art. 1537. Supply officer 478 

Sec. 14.— Art. 1538. Disbursing officer 478-479 

Sec. 15.— Art. 1539. Accounting officer 479-480 

Sec. 16.— Art. 1540. Medical officer 480 

Sec. 17. — Art. 1542. Work done by one department or division 

for another 480 

Sec. 18. — Art. 1543. Employment of labor at navy yards 480 

Sec. 19.— Art. 1544. Floating dry docks 481-482 

Sec. 20.— Art. 1545. Visits to vessels building 482 

Sec. 21. — Art. 1546-1548. Relations of the commander in chief, 
Atlantic Fleet, with the naval station, Guan- 
tanamo Bay 482-483 



vni 

CHAPTER 41. — Shore Establishments — Continued. 

Part III. — Navy yards and naval stations — Continued. Page. 

Sec. 22. — Art. 1549. Relations of the Commander in Chief, 
Asiatic Fleet, with the Naval Stations, Cavite and 
Olongapo, and other shore activities within the 

limits of the Asiatic Station 483^84 

Sec. 23.— Art. 1550. The Navy Yard, Washington, D. C 484 

Sec. 24. — Art. 1551. The navy yards under industrial manage- 
ment 4S4-485 

Sec. 25. — Art. 1552-1553. Regulations for the control, defense, 
and protection of Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, and de- 
fense of the Panama Canal 485-487 

CHAPTER 42. — Instructions Governing Employment, Leave, Pay, 
Etc., of Civilians in the Naval Service : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1562-1563. Employment of labor__ 489 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1564-1567. Politics and religion 489^91 

Sec. 3.— Art. 1568. Classification 491-492 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1569. Applications and examinations 492 

Sec. 5.— Art. 1570-1571. Labor boards, transfers, etc 492-493 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1572. Testimony for Civil Service Commission 493 

Sec. 7. — Art. 1573-1574. Overtime and holiday work and pay 493-494 

Sec. 8. — Art. 1575-1580. Injury, rewards, leave, retirement 494-498 

CHAPTER 43. — Stores Ashore: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1590-1597. Custody, care, and issue 499-507 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1598-1603. Shipments 507-510 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1604-1610. Requisitions and purchases ashore 510-517 

Sec. 4.— Art. 1611-1616. Inspections 517-519 

Sec. 5.— Art. 1617. Public bills 519 

Sec. 6.— Art. 1618-1621. Commissary store 519-521 

CHAPTER 44. — Appointments, Promotions, and Retirements : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1631-1649. Appointments 523-529 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1650-1664. Promotions 529-53S 

Sec. 3.— Art. 1665-1671. Retirements 53S-539 

CHAPTER 45. — Enlistments, Ratings, Transfers, Discharges, Etc : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1681-1683. Naval recruiting stations 541-542 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1686-1690. Discharges 542-546 

Sec. 3.— Art. 1691-1706. Desertions 546-550 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1707-1712. Rewards and privileges 550-556 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1713. Enlistment in the Hospital Corps 556 

CHAPTER 46. — Leave of Absence and Liberty : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1722-1731. Leave and liberty 557-562 

CHAPTER 47.— Money, Pay, and Allowances : 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1741-1756. Responsibilities and penalties 563-568 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1757-176S. Deposits and checks 56S-574 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1769-1775. Requisitions for money 574-575 

Sec. 4.— Art. 1776-1778. Bills of exchange 576-57S 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1779-1781. Deposits by enlisted men 57S-5S0 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1782-1786. Money issued to officers and enlisted men. 5S0-5S1 

Sec. 7.— Art. 1787-1801. Pay and bounties, Navy 5S1-5S5 

Sec. 8.— Art. 1802-1S04. Advances 585-686 

Sec. 9.— Art. 1805-1807. Allotments 5S6-5S8 



IX 

CHAPTER 47. — Money, Pay, and Allowances — Continued. Page. 

Sec. 10.— Art. 180S-1818. Travel 588-000 

Sec. 11.— Art. 1819-1829. Quarters, light, fuel, and subsistence 600-G05 

Sec. 12.— Art. 1830-1840. Miscellaneous allowances 605-607 

Sec. 13— Art. 1841. Persons deceased 607-609 

Sec. 14.— Art. 1842-1845. Pensions 609-010 

Sec. 15. — Art. 1846-1850. General instructions for purchases 610-611 

CHAPTER 48. — Accounts and Returns : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1860-1863. General accounts 613-617 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1864. Accounting officers' returns 617 

Sec. 3.— Art. 1865. Supply accounts ashore 617-61S 

Sec. 4.— Art. 1866-1867. Supply accounts afloat 619 

Sec. 5.— Art. 1868-1877. Inspection of accounts 619-625 

Sec. 6.— Art. 1878-1882. Deserters and persons deceased 625-627 

See. 7.— Art. 1883-1887. Miscellaneous 627-629 

CHAPTER 49. — Sales and Surveys of Material: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1807. Sales of vessels 631-633 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1898-1905. Sales of material 633-634 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1906-1925. Surveys of equipage and supplies 634-647 

CHAPTER 50.— Fuel : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1935-1939. General information 649-650 

OHAPTER 51. — Repairs and Alterations to Ships: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1949-1951. Definitions 651-652 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1952-1953. Docking and overhaul period* 652 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1954-1964. Inspection by the Board of Inspection and 

Survey 652-658 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1965-19S5. Repairs and alterations not covered by 

a material inspection 659-673 

Sec. 5.— Art. 19S0-198S. Weekly reports of work 673-675 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1990. Statutory limit of cost of work on vessels 675-676 

Sec. 7. — Art. 1991-1992. Repairs to cruising vessels on a foreign sta- 
tion or when not at a navy yard 676-677 

Sec. 8.— Art. 1993-1994. Work at navy yards and stations for co- 
ordinate branches of the Government and docking for- 
eign Government vessels 677-678 

Sec. 9. — Art. 1995-1996. Work at navy yards and stations for pri- 
vate parties 678-684 

OHAPTER 52. — Correspondence : 

Sec. 1.— Art. 2003-2049. Instructions 685-708 

See. ?.— Art. 2050-2053. Definitions of naval terms 708-709 

OHAPTER 53. — Mail and Navy Mail Clerks: 

Sec. 1.— Art. 2063-2065. Appointments and duties of Navy mail 

clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks 711-715 

Sec. 2. — Art. 2066-2067. Handling of closed mails under provisions 

of Postal Convention 716-717 

Sec. 3.— Art. 2068-2070. Miscellaneous 717-718 

OHAPTER 54.— Reports : 

Sec. 1. — Reports from all officers in command on shore 719-721 

Sec. 2. — Reports from commandants or industrial managers, navy 

yards and naval stations 721-723 

Sec. 3. — Reports from commandants of naval districts 724 



X 

CHAPTER 54.— Repoets— Continued. 

Sec. 4. — Reports from commanding officer or officer in charge, p a ge, 

radio stations 724 

Sec. 5. — Reports from commanding officers, naval air stations, and 

marine flying fields 725-726 

Sec. 6. — Reports from commandants of naval training stations 726 

Sec. 7. — Reports from commanding officers of hospitals and hos- 
pital ships 727-729 

Sec. 8. — Reports from governor of Naval Home 729 

Sec. 9. — Reports from accounting officers 729-731 

Sec. 10. — Reports from supply officer ashore 731-732 

Sec. 11. — Reports from supply officer (regarding navigational in- 
struments), navy yards, bases, and supply stations 733 

Sec. 12. — Reports from Navy purchasing office 733 

Sec. 13. — Reports from disbursing officer (ashore) 733-734 

Sec. 14. — Reports from officers in charge, recruiting station 735 

Sec. 15. — Reports from officer in charge or custodian (where no 

supply officer is attached to activity) naval fuel depots— 736 

Sec. 16. — Reports from all officers 736 

Sec. 17. — Reports from all flag and commanding officers afloat 737 

Sec. 18. — Reports from senior officer present afloat 737 

Sec. 19. — Reports from all flag officers afloat 738 

Sec. 20. — Reports from commander in chief 73S 

Sec. 21. — Reports from commanding officers of all ships 739-746 

Sec. 22. — Reports from commanding officers of ships carrying air- 
craft 746 

Sec. 23. — Reports from commanding officers of submarines 747 

Sec. 24. — Reports from commanding officers of subchasers and 

other small ships 747 

Sec. 25. — Reports from all tenders having torpedo storage, over- 
haul, or test facilities 747 

Sec. 26. — Reports from commanding officers, receiving ships, receiv- 
ing barracks 748 

Sec. 27. — Reports from commanding officer, marine detachment, 

via commanding officer 748-749 

CHAPTER 55. — Rules foe Peeventing Collisions : 

Sec. 1. — General instructions 751-752 

Sec. 2. — International and inland rules , 752-779 

Sec. 3. — Limits of inland waters of the United States 779-784 

Sec. 4. — Pilot rules for certain inland waters of the Atlantic and 

Pacific coasts and of the coast of the Gulf of Mexico 784-807 

Sec. 5. — Pilot rules for the rivers whose waters flow into the Gulf 
of Mexico and their tributaries and the Red River of the 

North 807-821 

Sec. 6. — Pilot rules for the Great Lakes and their connecting and 

tributary waters 822-836 

Sec. 7. — Certain additional rules applicable to one or more of the 

preceding sections S36-S38 

Sec. 8. — Special rules for motor boats S3S-840 



CHAPTER 1. 



ARTICLES FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE NAVY OF THE UNITED STATES. 



►Section 1, Articles l-£4. — Articles for the Government of the Navy. 

Section 1624 of the Revised Statutes, as affected by the acts of 3 March, 
1893 ; 25 February, 1895 ; 3 March, 1899 (sec, 13) ; 13 Mav, 1908 ; 16 
February, 1909; 22 August, 1912; and 29 August, 1916. 

The Navy of the United States shall be governed by the follow- 
ing articles: 

1. 

The commanders of all fleets, squadrons, naval stations, and Commanders 

to suuf'rvisc 11 Bit 

vessels belonging to the Navy are required to show in themselves a correct, 
good example of virtue, honor, patriotism, and subordination ; to be 
vigilant in inspecting the conduct of all persons who are placed 
under their command ; to guard against and suppress all dissolute 
and immoral practices, and to correct, according to the laws and 
regulations of the Navy, all persons who are guilty of them ; and 
any such commander who offends against this article shall be 
punished as a court-martial may direct. 

2. 

The commander oi vessels and naval stations to which chaplains Wrine service, 
are attached shall cause divine service to be performed on Sunday, 
whenever the weather and other circumstances allow it to be done ; 
and it is earnestly recommended to all officers, seamen, and others 
in the naval service diligently to attend at every performance of 
the worship of Almighty God. 

3. 

Any irreverent or unbecoming behavior during divine service ± irreverent be- 

n&rior. 

stfiall be punished as a general or summary court-martial may 
direct. 

4. 

The punishment of death, or such other punishment as a court- Death i«n- 
uiartial may adjudge, may be inflicted on any person in the naval 
service — 

(1) 



rior officer. 



with enemy. 



enemy 



Mutiny. (i) Who makes, or attempts to make, or unites .with any mutiny 

or mutinous assembly, or, being witness to or present at any mu- 
tiny, does not do his utmost to suppress it ; or, knowing of any 
mutinous assembly or of any intended mutiny, does not immedi- 
ately communicate his knowledge to his superior or commanding 
officer ; 

Disobedience. (2) Or disobeys the lawful orders of his superior officer; 

Striking supe- (3) Or strikes or assaults, or attempts or threatens to strike or 
assault, his superior officer while in the execution of the duties of 
his office; 

Intercourse (4) Or gives any intelligence to, or holds or entertains any inter- 
course with, an enemy or rebel, without leave from the President, 
the Secretary of the Navy, the commander in chief of the fleet, the 
commander of the squadron, or in case of a vessel acting singly, 
from his commanding officer ; 

Messages from (5) Or receives any message or letter from an enemy or rebel. 

or being aware of the unlawful reception of such message or letter, 

fails to take the earliest opportunity to inform his superior or 

commanding officer thereof; 

Desertion in (6) Or, in time of war, deserts or entices others to desert; 
time of Tvar. /r»\ ^ . ... ^ -. t ■, ^ ^.^ 

Betraying (7) Or, m time of war, deserts or betrays his trust, or entices or 

trust - aids others to desert or betray their trust ; 

Sleeping on (8) Or sleeps upon his watch; 
wsttch 
Leaving sta- (9) "Or leaves his station before being regularly relieved; 

U willful strand- ^ 10 ^ 0r intentionally or willfully suffers any vessel of the Navy 
ing or injury of to be stranded, or run upon rocks or shoals, or improperly haz- 

arded ; or maliciously or willfully injures any vessel of the Navy. 

or any part of her tackle, armament, or equipment whereby the 

safety of the vessel is hazarded or the lives of the crew exposed to 

danger ; 

Destruction of (H) Or unlawfully sets on fire, or otherwise unlawfully de- 
public property. .. . 

stroys. any public property not at the nine m possession of an 

enemy, pirate, or rebel ; 
Striking flag (12) Or strikes or attempts to strike the flag to an enemy or 

rebel, without proper authority, or, when engaged in battle, 

treacherously yields or pusillanimously cries for quarter ; 
Cowardice in (13) Or, in time of battle, displays cowardice, negligence, or 

disaffection, or withdraws from or keeps out of danger to which 

he should expose himself. 

Deserting duty (14) Or, in time of battle, deserts his duty or station, or entices 
in battle. ^4-v™~ *-„ *~ ™ . 

others to do so; 

Neglecting or- (15) Qr does not properly observe the orders of his command- 
ders for battle. * * 

ing officer and use his utmost exertions to carry them into execu- 
tion, when ordered to prepare for or join in, or when actually en- 
gaged in battle or while in sight of an enemy ; 



3! » 



(16) Or, being in command of a fleet, sduadron, or vessel acting 
singly, neglects, when an engagement is) probable, or when an 
armed vessel of an enemy or rebel is in sight, to prepare and clear 
his ship or ships for action ; 

(17) Or does not, upon signal for battle, use his utmost exer- 
tions to join in battle ; 

(18) Or fails to encourage, in his own person, his inferior offi- 
cers and men to fight courageously; 

(19) Or does not do his utmost to overtake and capture or 
destroy any vessel which^t is his duty to encounter; 

(20) Or does not afford all practicable relief and assistance to 
vessels belonging to the United States or their allies when en- 
gaged in battle. 



Neglecting to 
clear for action. 



Neglecting to 
join in battle. 

Failing to en- 
courage others. 

Failing to seek 
encounter. 



Failing to af- 
ford relief. 



All persons who, in time of war, or of rebellion against the 
supreme authority of the United States, come or are found in the 
capacity of spies, or who bring or deliver auy seducing letter 
or message from an enemy or rebel, or endeavor to corrupt any 
person in the Navy to betray his trust, shall suffer death or such 
other punishment as a court-martial may adjudge. 



Spies. 



(J. 



If any person belonging to any public vessel of the United States 
commits the crime of murder without the territoral jurisdiction 
thereof, he may be tried by court-martial and punished with death. 



Murder. 



A naval court-martial may adjudge the punishment of imprison- 
ment for life, or for a stated term, at hard labor, in any ca^*' 1 
where it is authorized to adjudge the punishment of death; and 
such sentences of imprisonment and hard labor may be carried into 
execution in any prison or penitentinry under the control of the 
United States, or which the United States may be allowed by the 
legislature of any State to use, and persons so imprisoned in the 
prison or penitentiary of any State or Territory shall be subject 
in all respects to the same discipline and treatment as convicts 
sentenced by the courts of the State or Territory in which the 
same may be situated. 

8. 



imprisonment 
penitentiary. 



Such punishment as a court-martial may adjudge may be in- 
flicted on any person in the Navy. 



* , p ^° '» n . it y» (1) Who is guilty of profane swearing, falsehood, drunkenness, 
falsehood, etc. § 

gambling, fraud, theft, T or any other scandalous conduct tending to 

the destruction of good morals ; 
Cruelty. ( 2 ) Or is guilty of cruelty toward, or oppression or maltreat- 

ment of, any person subject to his orders ; 
Quarreling. (3) Or quarrels with, strikes, or assaults, or uses provoking or 

reproachful words, gestures, or menaces toward, any person in 
the Navy ; 
auwreTsf ntlMg ^ ^ r end eavors to foment quarrels between other persons in 
the Navy; * 

Duels. (5) Or sends or accepts a challenge to fight a duel or acts as a 

second in a duel; 
superior eAcer?' < 6 ) 0r treats his superior officer with contempt, or is dis- 
respectful to him in language or deportment, while in the execu- 
tion of his office ; 
Combinations (7) Or joins in or abets any combination to weaken the lawful 
officer. authority of, or lessen the respect due to, his commanding officer ; 

words" tinons (8) Or utters any seditious or mutinous words; 
ffegieet of or- (9) Or is negligent or careless in obeying orders, or culpably in- 
ers ' efficient in the performance of duty ; 

Preventing de- (10) Or does not use his best exertions to prevent the unlawful 
struction of prop- _ ,. te ..-.,. . ., 

erty. destruction of public property by others ; 

Stranding. (n) Or through inattention or negligence suffers any vessel of 

the Navy to be stranded, or run upon a rock or shoal, or hazarded ; 

Convoy service. (12) Or, when attached to any vessel appointed as convoy to 
any merchant or other vessels, fails diligently to perform his duty, 
or demands or exacts any compensation for his services, or mal- 
treats the officers or crews of such merchant or other vessels ; 

Receiving (13) Or takes, receives, or permits to be received, on board the 
freight, etc. 

vessel to which he is attached, any goods or merchandise, for 

freight, sale, or traffic, except, gold, silver, or jewels, for freight 

or safe-keeping ; or demands or receives any compensation for the 

receipt or transportation of any other article than gold, silver, or 

jewels, without authority from the President or Secretary of the 

Navy; 

False muster. (14) q y knowingly makes or signs, or aids, abets, directs, or 
procures the making or signing of, any false muster; 

Waste of prop- (15) Or wastes any ammunition, provisions, or other public 
property, or, having power to prevent it, knowingly permits such 
waste ; 

Plundering. (16) Or, when on shore, plunders, abuses, or maltreats any in- 

habitant, or injures his property in any way ; 

Apprehending (17) Or refuses, or fails to use his utmost exertions to detect, 
apprehend, and bring to punishment all offenders, or to aid all- 
persons appointed for that purpose ; 



(18) Or, when rated or acting as master-at-arms, refuses to Receiving 

MflBftHftTfl 

receive such prisoners as may be committefi to lis charge, or hav- 
ing received them, suffers them to escape, \v dismisses them with- 
out orders from the proper authority ; 

(19) Or is absent from his station or duty without leave, or Absence with 
after his leave has expired ; °° eaT *" 

(20) Or violates or refuses obedience to any lawful general Violating or- 
order or regulation issued by the Secretary of the Navy ; tions. °* **** 

(21) Or, in time of peace, deserts or attempts to desert, or aids Desertion in 
and entices others to desert ; tlme of pe * oe * 

(22) Or receives or entertains any deserter from any other ves- H^boring tie- 
sel of the Navy, knowing him to be such, and does not, with all 
convenient speed, give notice of such deserter to the commander 

of the vessel to which he belongs, or to the commander in chief, 
or to the commander of the squadron. 

9. 

Any officer who absents himself from hit; command without Officer absent 
leave, may, by the sentence of a court-martial, be reduced to the 
rating of an ordinary seaman. 

10. 

Any commissioned officer of the Navy or Marine Corps who, hav- Desertion b* 
ing tendered his resignation, quits his post or proper duties with- rwl s n * tion - 
out leave, and with intent to remain permanently absent there- 
from, prior to due notice of the acceptance of such resignation, 
shall be deemed and punished as a deserter. 

11. 

No person in the naval service shall procure stores or other arti- Dealing in sup 
eles or supplies for, and dispose thereof to, the officers or enlisted p M ' 
men on vessels of the Navy, or at navy yards or naval stations, 
for his own account or benefit. 

12. 

No person connected with the Navy shall, under any pretense, importing du- 
import in a public vessel any article which is liable to the pay- N* We soods- 
ment of duty. 

13. 

Distilled spirits shall be admitted on board of vessels of war Distilled spftr- 
only upon the order and under the control of the medical officers 
of such vessels, and to be used only for medical purposes. 

183841°— 20 2 



14. 

Crimes of Fine and imprfcpnment, or such other punishment as a court- 

f r ft it i! AfiTfliimt* ^Ti*^^^ 

United States. " martial may adjudge, shall be inflicted upon any person in the 
naval service of the United States — 
Presenting Who presents or causes to be presented to any person in the 
civil, military, or naval service thereof, for approval or payment, 
any claim against the United States or any officer thereof, know- 
ing such claim to be false or fraudulent ; or 
Agreement Who enters into any agreement or conspiracy to defraud the 

oonccrniii ' f slsc 

claims. United States by obtaining, or aiding others to obtain, the allow- 

ance or payment of any false or fraudulent claim ; or 

False papers, who, for the purpose of obtaining or aiding others to obtain, the 
approval, allowance, or payment of any claim against the United 
States or against any officer thereof, makes or uses, or procures 
or advises the making or use of, any writing, or other paper, 
knowing the same to contain any false or fraudulent statement ; or 

Perjury. Who, for the purpose of obtaining, or aiding others to obtain, 

the approval, allowance, or payment of any claim against the 
United States or any officer thereof, makes or procures or advises 
the making of, any oath to any fact or to any writing or other 
paper, knowing such oath to be false ; or 

Forgery. Who, for the purpose of obtaining, or aiding others to obtain, 

the approval, allowance, or payment of any claim against the 
United States or any officer thereof, forges or counterfeits, or 
procures or advises the forging or counterfeiting of, any signature 
upon any writing or other paper, or uses, or procures or advises 
the use of, any such signature, knowing the same to be forged or 
counterfeited ; or 

DeUveringless Who, having charge, possession, custody, or control of any 
receipted for. money or other property of the United States, furnished or in- 
tended for the naval service thereof, knowingly delivers or 
causes to be delivered, to any person having authority to receive 
the same, any amount thereof less than that for which he re- 
ceives a certificate or receipt ; or 

Giving receipts Who, being authorized to make or deliver any paper certifying 

ingSneir^rutnT" tne receipt of any money or other property of the United States, 

furnished or intended for the naval service thereof, makes, or 

delivers to any person, such writing, without having full' knowl- 

. edge of the truth of the statements therein contained, and with 

intent to defraud the United States ; or 

Stealing, sell- Who steals, embezzles, knowingly and willfully misappropriates, 
applies to his own use or benefit, or wrongfully and knowingly 
sells or disposes of any ordnance, arms, equipments, ammunition, 
clothing, subsistence stores, money, or other property of the 
United States, furnished or intended for the military or naval 
service thereof; or 



ing, etc. 



Who knowingly purchases, or receives in pledge for any obliga- t ?H ing P nWic 

. , ; " u. military prop- 

tion or indebtedness, from any other person who is a part of or erty. 
employed in said service, any ordnance, arms, equipments, ammu- 
nition, clothing, subsistence stores, or other property of the United 
States, such other person not having lawful right to sell or pledge 
the same; or 

Who executes, attempts, or countenances any other fraud Other frauds. 
against the United States. 

And if any person, being guilty of any of the offenses described reg Vind 1 tiriai. ar " 
in this article while in the naval service, receives his discharge, or 
is dismissed from the service, he shall continue to be liable to be 
arrested and held for trial and sentence by a court-martial in the 
same manner and to the same extent as if he had not received 
such discharge nor been dismissed. 

15. 

(Repealed by act of March 3, 1899. section 13.) Persons enti- 

tled to prize 
j < . money. 

No person in the Navy shall take out of a prize, or vessel seized Removing prop- 
erty from prize. 
as a prize, any money, plate, goods, or any part of her equipment, 

unless it be for the better preservation thereof or unless such 
articles are absolutely needed for the use of any of the vessels 
or armed forces of the United States, before the same are ad- 
judged lawful prize by a competent court; but the whole, without 
fraud, concealment, or embezzlement, shall be brought in, in order 
that judgment may be passed thereon ; and every person who 
offends against this article shall be punished as a court-martial 
may direct. 

17. 

If any person in the Navy strips off the clothes of, or pillages, Maltreating 
or in any manner maltreats, any person taken on board a prize, 
he shall suffer such punishment as a court-martial may adjudge. 

18. 

If any officer or person in the naval service employs any of the Returning fu- 
forces under his command for the purpose of returning any fugi- glt ?es * 
tive from service or labor, he shall lie dismissed from the service. 

19. 

Any officer who knowingly enlists into the naval service any per- Enlisting de- 
son who has deserted in time of war from the naval or military |f£ ter8 ' minor8 ' 
service of the United States, or any insane or intoxicated person, 
or any minor between the a^es of fourteen and eighteen years, 



8 

without the consent of his parents or guardian, or any minor 
under the age of fourteen years, shall be punished as a court- 
martial may direct. 

ao. 

Every commanding officer of a vessel in the Navy shall obey the 
following rules : 

on board rCt€iVed ^ Whenever a man enters on board, the commanding officer 
shall cause an accurate entry to be made in the ship's books, show- 
ing his name, the date, place, and term of his enlistment, the place 
or vessel from which he was received on board, his rating, his de- 
scriptive list, his age, place of birth, and citizenship, with such re- 
marks as may be necessary. 
List of officers, (2) He shall, before sailing, transmit to the Secretary of the 

gers, aa Vdmen ' Navy a complete list of the rated men nnder his command, show- 
ing the particulars set forth in rule one, and a list of officers and 
passengers, showing the date of their entering. And he shall cause 
similar lists to be made out on the first day of every third month 
and transmitted to the Secretary of the Navy as opportunities oc- 
cur, accounting therein for any casualty which may have happened 
since the last list. 
Deaths and dc- (3) He shall cause to be accurately minuted on the ship's books 

sertions. t j ie names f any person dying or deserting, and the times at which 

such death or desertion occurs. 
Property of do- (4) In case of the death of any officer, man, or passenger on said 

ceased persons, yegg^ be sh a \\ take care that the paymaster secures all the prop- 
erty of the deceased, for the benefit of his legal reprsentatives. 
Accounts of (5) He shall not receive on board any man transferred from any 

men received. ti ier vessel or station to him, unless such man is furnished with 
an account, signed by the captain and paymaster of the vessel or 
station from which he came, specifying the date of his entry on 
said vessel or at such station, the period and term of his service, 
the sums paid him, the balance due him, the quality in which he 
was rated, and his descriptive list. 
Accounts of (6) He shall, whenever officers or men are sent from his ship, for 

men sent from whatever cause, take care that each man is furnished with a com- 
plete statement of his account, specifying the date of his enlist- 
ment, the period and term of his service, and his descriptive list. 
Said account shall be signed by the commanding officer and pay- 
master. 
Provisions. ^ He sua11 cause frequent inspections to be made into the con- 

dition of the provisions on his ship, and use every precaution for 
their preservation. 
Health of ( 8 ) He sna11 frequently consult with the surgeon in regard to 

«rew. the sanitary condition of his crew, and shall use all proper means 

to preserve their health. And he shall cause a convenient place to 
be set apart for sick or disabled men, to which he shall have them 



removed, with their hammocks and bedding, when the .surgeon so 
advises, and shall direct that some of the crew attend them and 
keep the place clean. 

(9) He shall attend in person, or appoint a proper officer to at- Final payment 
tend, when his crew is finally paid off, to see that justice is done ° crew * 

to the men and to the United States in the settlement of the ac- 
counts. 

(10) He shall cause the Articles for the Government of the Articles to lie 
Navy to be hung up in some public part of the ship and read once {^J 8 ap aBd 
a month to his ship's company. 

Every commanding officer who offends against the provisions of Punishment 
this article shall be punished as :i court-martial may direct. for oftVndIn &* 

21. 

When the crew of any vessel of the United States are separated Authority of 
from their vessel by means of her wreck, loss, or destruction, all o" c v e e r s s 9f | ,terloss 
the command and authority given to the officers of such vessel 
shall remain in full force until such ship's company shall be 
regularly discharged from or ordered again into service, or until 
a court-martial or court of inquiry shall be held to inquire into the 
loss of said vessel. And if any officer or man. after such wreck, 
loss, or destruction, acts contrary io the discipline of the Navy. 
he shall be punished as ;i court -martial may direct. 

22. 

(1) All offenses committed by persons belonging to the Navy Offenses not 
which are not specified in the foregoing articles shall be punished speel ed " 
as a court-martial may direct. 

(The act of March 3, 1893, provides that "Fraudulent enlist- Fraudulent 
ment, and the receipt of any pay or allowance thereunder, is en,fstment ' 
hereby declared an offense against naval discipline and made 
punishable by general court-martial, under article 22 of Mie 
Articles for the Government of the Navy.") 

33. 

.Ml offenses committed by persons belonging to the Navy while Offenses eom- 
on shore shall be punished in the same manner as if they had u,ute<1 <»» * B °re. 
been committed at sea. 

24. 

No commander of a vessel shall inflict upon a commissioned or Punishment by 
warrant officer any other punishment than private reprimand, n,a m f e r. ° f COm 
suspension from duty, arrest, or confinement, and such suspen- 
sion, arrest, or confinement shall not continue longer than ten 
days, unless a further period is necessary to bring the offender 
to trial by a court-martial ; nor shall he inflict or cause to be in- 



10 

flicted upon any petty officer, or person of inferior rating, or 
marine, for a single offense, or at any one time, any other than 
one of the following punishments, namely: 

(1) Reduction of any rating established by himself. 

(2) Confinement, not exceeding ten days, unless further con- 
finement be necessary in the case of a prisoner to be tried by 
court-martial. The use of irons, single or double, is abolished 
except for the purpose of safe custody or when part of a sentence 
imposed by general court-martial. (Act Feb. 16, 1909.) 

(3) Solitary confinement, on bread and water, not exceeding 
five days. 

(4) Solitary confinement not exceeding seven days. 

(5) Deprivation of liberty on shore. 

(6) Extra duties. 

No other punishment shall be permitted on board of vessels be- 
longing to the Navy, except by sentence of a general or summary, 
court-martial or deck court. All punishments inflicted by the 
commander, or by his order, except reprimands, shall be fully 
entered upon the ship's log. 

All officers of the Navy and Marine Corps who are authorized to 
order either general or summary courts-martial have the same 
authority to inflict minor punishments as is conferred by law upon 
the commander of a naval vessel. (Act Aug. 29, 1916.) 

When a force of marines is embarked on a naval vessel or 
vessels as a separate organization, not a part of the authorized 
complement thereof, the authority and powers of the officers of 
such separate organization of marines shall be the same as though 
such organization were serving at a navy yard on shore, but noth- 
ing herein shall be construed as impairing the paramount authority 
of the commanding officer of any naval vessel over the vessel 
under his command and all persons embarked thereon. (Act Aug. 
29, 1916.) 

25. 

officers "temp o- ^° omcer wuo ma J* command by accident, or in the absence of 
rarity command- the commanding officer, except when such commanding officer is 

absent for a time by leave, shall inflict any other punishment than 

confinement. 

26. 

courtS-martialf J Summary courts-martial may be ordered upon petty officers and 
persons of inferior ratings, by the commander of any vessel, or 
by the commandant of any navy yard, naval station, or marine 
barracks to which they belong, for the trial of offenses which such 
officer may deem deserving of greater punishment than such com- 
mander or commandant is authorized to inflict, but not sufficient 
to require trial by a general court-martial. 



11 

Summary courts-martial may be ordered upon enlisted men in 
the naval service under his command by the commanding officer of 
any brigade, regiment, or separate or detached battalion, or other 
separate or detached command, and, when empowered by the 
Secretary of the Navy, by the commanding officer or officer in 
charge of any command not specifically mentioned in the fore- 
going: Provided, That when so empowered by the Secretary of 
the .Navy to order summary courts-martial, the commanding officer 
of a naval hospital or hospital ship shall be empowered to order 
such courts and deck courts, and inflict the punishments which 
the commander of a naval vessel is authorized by law to inflict 
upon all enlisted men of the naval service attached thereto, 
whether for duty or as patients. (Act Aug. 29. 1916.) 

27. 

A summary court-martial shall consist of three officers not Constitution, 
below the rank of ensign, as members, and of a recorder. The com- 
mander of a ship may order any officer under his command to act 
as such recorder. 

28. 

Before proceeding to trial the members of a Summary court- ll ^ a th t®H m 5™' 

ucrs a du rc * 

martial shall take the following oath or affirmation, which shall be corder. 
administered by the recorder: " I, A B, do swear (or affirm) that 
I will well and truly try, without prejudice or partiality, the 
now depending, according to the evidence which shall be adduced, 
the laws for the government of the Navy, and my own conscience." 
After which the recorder of the court shall take the following oath 
or affirmation, which shall be administered by the senior member 
of the court : " I, A B, do swear (or affirm) that I will keep a true 
record of the evidence which shall be given before this court and 
of the proceedings thereof." 

29. 

All testimony before a summary eotirt-inartal shall be given Testimony, 
orally, upon oath or affirmation, administered by the senior mem- 
ber of the court. 

The depositions of witnesses may be taken on reasonable notice 
to the opposite party and when duly authenticated may be put in 
evidence before naval courts, except in capital cases and cases 
where the punishment may be imprisonment or confinement for 
more than one year, as follows : 

First, depositions of civilian witnesses residing outside the State, 
Territory, or District in wheh a naval court is ordered to sit ; 

Second, depositions of persons in the naval or military service 
stationed or residing outside the State, Territory, or District in 



12 

which a naval court is ordered to sit, or who are under orders to 
go outside of such State, Territory, or District ; 

Third, where such naval court is convened on board a vessel of 
the United States, or at a naval station not within any State, Terri- 
tory, or District of the United States, the depositions of witnesses 
may be taken and used as herein provided whenever such witnesses 
reside or are stationed at such a distance from the place where 
said naval court is ordered to sit, or are about to go to such a dis- 
tance as, in the judgment of the convening authority, would render 
it impracticable to secure their personal attendance. (Act Feb. 16, 
1909, sec. 16, Stat. 622. ) 

30. 

Poitisliittet. Summary courts-martial may sentence petty officers and persons 
of inferior ratings to any one of the following punshments, 
namely : 

(1) Discharge from the service with bad-conduct discharge; but 
the sentence shall not be carried into effect in a foreign country. 

(2) Solitary confinement, not exceeding thirty days, on bread 
and water, or on diminished rations. 

(3) Solitary confinement not exceeding thirty days. 

(4) Confinement not exceeding two months. 

(5) Reduction to next inferior rating. 

(6) Deprivation of liberty on shore on foreign station. 

(7) Extra police duties, and loss of pay, not to exceed, three 
months, may be added to any of the above-mentioned punishments: 

" The courts authorized to impose the punishments prescribed 
by article thirty of the 'Articles for the Government of the Navy ' 
may adjudge either a part or the whole, as may be appropriate, 
of any one of the punishments therein enumerated : Provided, 
That the use of irons, single or double, is hereby abolished except 
for the purpose of safe custody, or when part of a sentence im- 
posed by a general court-martial." (Act Feb. 16, 1909.) 

31. 

Disrating for A summarv court-martial may disrate any rated person for 
iBfompeteiicy. 

incompetency. 

32. 

Exeeatlon of No sentence of a summary court-martial shall be carried into 
execution until the proceedings and sentence have been approved 
by the officer ordering the court, or his successor in office, and 
by his immediate superior in command : Provided, That if the 
officer ordering the court, or his successor in office, be the senior 
officer present, such sentence may be carried into execution upon 
his approval thereof. (Act Aug. 29, 1916.) 



13 

33. 

The officer ordering a summary court-martial shall have power Remission of 
to remit, in part or altogether, but not to commute, the sentence sent * noe - 
of the court. And it shall be his duty either to remit any part 
or the whole of any sentence, the execution of which w T ould, in the 
opinion of the surgeon or senior medical officer on board, given 
in writing, produce serious injury to the health of the person 
sentenced ; or to submit the case again, without delay, to the same 
or to another summary court-martial, which shall have the power, 
upon the testimony already taken, to remit the former punish- 
ment and to assign some other of the authorized punishments in 
the place thereof. (Sec. 1624, R. S.) The Secretary of the Navy 
may set aside the proceedings, or remit or mitigate, in whole or 
in part, the sentence imposed by any naval court-martial convened 
by his order or by that of any officer of the Navy or Marine Corps. 
(Act Feb. 16, 1909.) 

34. 

The proceedings of summary courts shall be conducted with as Conduct of pro- 
much conciseness and precision as may be consistent with the ends oeedln &s- 
of justice, and under such forms and rules as may be prescribed 
by the Secretary of the Navy, with the approval of the President, 
and all such proceedings shall be transmitted in the usual mode 
to the Navy Department, where they shall be kept on file for a 
period of two years from date of trial, after which time thoy 
may be destroyed, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Navy. 
(Act Feb. 16, 1909.) 

35. 

Any punishment which a summary court-martial is authorized Same punish- 
to inflict may be inflicted by a general court-martial. uEuL* 9 * eneral 

36. 

No officer shall be dismissed from the naval service except by Dismissal of 
the order of the President or by sentence of a general court- 
martial ; and in time of peace no officer shall be dismissed except 
in pursuance of the sentence of a general court-martial or in 
mitigation thereof. 

37. 

When any officer, dismissed by order of the President since 3d Officer .Hs- 
March, 1865, makes, in writing, an application for trial, setting manS trial! 
forth under oath that he has been wrongfully dismissed, the Presi- 
dent shall, as soon as the necessities of the service may permit, 
convene a court-martial to try such officer on the charges on which 
he shall have been dismissed. And if such court-martial shall 



14 

not be convened within six months from the presentation of such 
application for trial, or if such court, being convened, shall not 
award dismissal or death as the punishment of such officer, the 
order of dismissal by the President shall be void. 

38. 

General courts- General courts-martial may be convened by the President, by 
martial; by J 

irhom convened, the Secretary of the Navy, by the commander in chief of a fleet 

or squadron, and by the commanding officer of any naval station 
beyond the continental limits of the United States. (Act Feb. 16, 
1909.) 

When empowered by the Secretary of the Navy, general courts- 
martial may be convened by the commanding officer of a squadron, 
of a division, of a flotilla, or of a larger naval force afloat, and of 
a brigade or larger force of the naval service on shore beyond 
the continental limits of the United States: Provided, That in 
time of war if then so empowered by the Secretary of the Navy, 
general courts-martial may be convened by the commandant of 
any navy yard or naval station and by the commanding officer 
of a brigade or larger force of the Navy or Marine Corps on shore 
not attached to a navy yard or naval station. (Act Aug. 29, 
1916.) 

39. 

Constitution. A general court-martial shall consist of not more than thirteen 
nor less than five commissioned officers as members ; and as many 
officers, not exceeding thirteen, as can be convened without injury 
to the service, shall be summoned on every such court. But in 
no case, where it can be avoided without injury to the service, 
shall more than one-half, exclusive of the president, be junior to 
the officer to be tried. The senior offcer shall always preside and 
the others shall take place according to their rank. 

40. 

Oaths of mem- The president of the general court-martial shall administer the 
advocate. following oath or affirmation to the judge advocate or person of- 

ficiating as such : 

"I, A B, do swear (or affirm) that I will keep a true record 
of the evidence given to and the proceedings of this court; that 
I will not divulge or by any means disclose the sentence of the 
court until it shall have been approved by the proper authority; 
and that I will not at any time divulge or disclose the vote or 
opinion of any particular member of the court, unless required so 
to do before a court of justice in due course of law." 

This oath or affirmation being duly administered, each member 
of the court, before proceeding to trial, shall take the following 



15 

oath or affirmation, which shall be administered by the judge 
advocate or person officiating as such: 

" I, A B, do swear (or affirm) that I will truly try without preju- 
dice or partiality the case now depending according to the evidence 
which shall come before the court, the rules for the government of 
the Navy, and my own conscience ; that I will not by any means 
divulge or disclose the sentence of the court until it shall have 
been approved by the proper authority ; and that I will not at any 
time divulge or disclose the vote or opinion of any particular mem- 
ber of the court, unless required so to do before a court of justice 
in due course of law." 

41. 

An oath or affirmation in the following form shall be admin- Oath of wit- 
ness, 
istered to all witnesses, before any court-martial, by the presi- 
dent thereof: 

" You do solemnly swear (or affirm) that the evidence you shall 
give in the case now before this court shall be the truth, the whole 
truth, and nothing but the truth, and that you will state every- 
thing within your knowledge in relation to the charges. So help 
you God (or 'this you do under the pains ami penalties of per- 
jury')." 

42. 

Whenever any person refuses t«» give hi- evidence or to give it in Contempt, 
the manner provided by those articles, or prevaricates, or behaves 

with contempt to the court, it shall be lawful lor the court to im- 
prison him for any time not exceeding two months. This article, 
as set forth above in the form given in sec. 1624, R. S., is modified 
by sees. 1 1 and 12 of the act of Feb. 16, 1909, which provides " That 
a naval court-martial or court of inquiry shall have power to issue 
like process to compel witnesses to appear and testify which 
United States courts of criminal jurisdiction within the State, 
Territory, or District where such naval court shall be ordered to 
sit may lawfully issue. 

" That any person duly subpoenaed to appear as a witness before 
a general court-m.irtial or court of inquiry of the Navy, who will- 
fully neglects or refuses to appear, or refuses to qualify as a wit- 
ness or to testify or produce documentary evidence which such 
person may have been legally subpoenaed to produce, shall be 
deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, for which such person shall be 
punished on information in the district court of- the United States; 
and it shall be the duty of the United States district attorney, on 
the certification of the facts to him by such naval court, to file an 
information against and prosecute the person so offending, and the 
punishment of such person, on conviction, shall be a fine of not 
more than five hundred dollars or imprisonment not to exceed six 



16 

months, or both, at the discretion of the court : Provided, That this 
shall not apply to persons residing beyond the State, Territory, 
or District in which such naval court is held, and that the fees of 
such witnesses and his mileage at the rates provided for witnesses 
in the United States district court for said State, Territory, or 
District shall be duly paid or tendered said witness, such amounts 
to be paid by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts out of the ap- 
propriation for compensation of witnesses : Provided further, That 
no witness shall be compelled to incriminate himself or to answer 
any question which may tend to incriminate or degrade him." 

43. 

Charges. The person accused shall be furnished with a true copy of the 

charges, with the specifications, at the time he is put under arrest ; 
and no other charges than those so furnished shall be urged 
against him at the trial, unless it shall appear to the court that 
intelligence of such other charge had not reached the officer order- 
ing the court when the accused was put under arrest, or that some 
witness material to the support of such charge was at that time 
absent and can be produced at the trial; in which case reason- 
able time shall be given to the accused to make his defense against 
such new charge. 

44. 

Duty of officer Every officer who is arrested for trial shall deliver up his sword 
arrested. 

to his commanding officer and confine himself to the limits as- 
signed him, on pain of dismissal from the service. 

45. 

Sospension of When the proceedings of any general court-martial have com- 
menced, they shall not be suspended or delayed on account of the 
absence of any of the members, provided five or more are as- 
sembled; but the court is enjoined to sit from day to day, Sun- 
days excepted, until sentence is given, unless temporarily ad- 
journed by the authority which convened it. 

46. 

Absence of n member of a general court-martial shall, after the proceed- 
ings are begun, absent himself therefrom, except in case of sick- 
ness, or of an order to go on duty from a superior officer, on pain 
of being cashiered. 

47. 

Witnesses ex- Whenever any member of a court-martial, from any legal cause, 

sendee" e of 'mem^ is al>sen t from the court after the commencement of a case, all 

**r. the witnesses who have been examined during his absence must, 

when he is ready to resume his seat, be recalled by the court, and 



17 

the recorded testimony of each witness so examined must be read 
over to him, and such witness must acknowledge the same to be 
correct and be subject to such further examination as the said 
member may require. Without a compliance with this rule, and 
an entry thereof upon the record, a member who shall have been 
absent during the examination of a witness shall not be allowed 
to sit again in that particular case. 

48. 

Whenever a court-martial sentences an officer to be suspended, Suspension of 
it may suspend his pay and emoluments for the whole or any part pay# 
of the time of his suspension . 

49. 

In no case shall punishment by flogging, or by branding, mark- Flogging, 
ing, or tattooing on the body be adjudged by any court-martial or braa lne ' etc " 
be inflicted upon any person in the Navy. 

50. • 

No person shall be sentenced by a court-martial to suffer death, Determination 
^ . **. r. , . , .. , . of sentences, 

except by the concurrence of two-thirds <>l the members present, 

and in the cases where such punishment is expressly provided 

in these articles. All other sentences may be determined by a 

majority of votes. 

51. 

It shall be the duty of a court-martial, in all cases of convic- Adequate pun- 
tion, to adjudge a punishment adequate to the nature of the of-mendalunTo 
f ense ; but the members thereof may recommend the person con- clemenc y« 
victed as deserving of clemency, and state, on the record, their 
reasons for so doing. 

52. 

The judgment of every court-martial shall be authenticated by Authentication 
the signature of the president, and of every member who may be of J nd & ment * 
present when said judgment is pronounced, and also of the judge 
advocate. 

53. 

No sentence of a court-martial, extending to the loss of life, or Confirmation of 
to the dismissal of a commissioned or warrant officer, shall be 9entcncc * 
carried into execution until confirmed by the President. All other 
sentences of a general court-martial may be carried into execu- 
tion on confirmation of the commander of the fleet or officer 
ordering the court. 



18 



54. 



Remission and Every officer who is authorized to convene a general court-mar- 
Tentenc?. tl0n ° f tial sna11 nave P ower > on revision of its proceedings, to remit or 
mitigate, but not to commute, the sentence of any such court 
which he is authorized to approve and confirm. (This article, 
as set forth above in the form given in sec. 1G24, R. S., is modi- 
fied by sec. 9 of the act of Feb. 16, 1909 ; see Art. 33. ) 

55. 



Courts of in- 
quiry. 



Courts of inquiry may be ordered by the President, Secretary 
of the Navy, or the commander of a fleet or squadron (sec. 1624, 
R. S.), and by any officer of the naval service authorized by law 
to convene general courts-martial. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 



56. 



Constitution. a court of inquiry shall consist of not more than three com- 
missioned officers as members, and of a judge advocate, or person 
officiating as such. 

57. 



Powers. 



Courts of inquiry shall have power to summon witnesses, ad- 
minister oaths, and punish contempts, in the same manner as 
courts-martial ; but they shall only state facts, and shall not give 
their opinion, unless expressly required so to do in the order for 
convening. (This article, as set forth above in the form given 
in sec. 1624, R. S., is modified by sees. 11 and 12 of the act of 
Feb. 16, 1909; see Art. 42.) 



58. 



Oaths of mem- 
bers and judge 
advocate. 



The judge advocate, or person officiating as such, shall ad- 
minister to the members the following oath or affirmation : " You 
do swear (or affirm) well and truly to examine and inquire, 
according to the evidence, into the matter now before you, with- 
out partiality." After which the president shall administer to 
the judge advocate, or person officiating as such, the following 
oath or affirmation: "You do swear (or affirm) truly to record 
the proceedings of this court and the evidence to be given in the 
case in hearing." 

59. 



Eights of party The party whose conduct shall be the subject of inquiry, or his 



to the inqiry. 



attorney, shall have the right to cross-examine all the witnesses. 



19 

60. 

The proceedings of courts of inquiry shall be authenticated by how° c £uthenti- 
the signature of the president of the court and of the judge advo- cated and used 
cate, and shall, in all cases not capital, nor extending to the dis- 
missal of a commissioned or warrant officer, be evidenced before 
a court-martial, provided oral testimony can not be obtained. 

61. 

No person shall be tried by court-martial or otherwise punished perio^hi* 1 which 
for any offense, except as provided in the following article, which amenable to 
appears to have been committed more than two years before the r a ' 
issuing of the order for such trial or punishment, unless by 
reason of having absented himself, or of some other manifest im- 
pediment, he shall not have been amenable to justice within that 
period. 

62. 

No person shall be tried by court-martial or otherwise punished Punishment 

„ , .. j. ... « ... for desertion in 

for desertion in time of peace committed more than two years time of peace. 

before the issuing of the order for such trial or punishment, 

unless he shall meanwhile have absented himself from the United 

States, or by reason of some other manifest impediment shall not 

have been amenable to justice within that period, in which case 

the time of -his absence shall be excluded in computing the period 

of the limitation : Provided, That said limitation shall not begin 

until the end of the term for which said person was enlisted in 

the service. 

63. 



Courts for the trial of enlisted men in the Navy and Marine 
Corps for minor offenses now triable by summary court-martial 
may be ordered by the commanding officer of a naval vessel, by the 
commandant of a navy yard or station, by a commanding officer of 
marines, or by higher naval authority. (Act of Feb. 16, 1909, 35 
Stat., 621.) 

Hereafter all officers of the Navy and Marine Corps who are 
authorized to order either general or summary courts-martial may 
order deck courts upon enlisted men under their command. 

Such courts shall be known as " deck courts " and shall consist 
of one commissioned officer only, who, while serving in such ca- 
pacity, shall have power to administer oaths, to hear and deter- 
mine cases, and to impose, in whole or in part, the punishments 
prescribed by article 30 of the Articles for the Government of the 
Navy. 



Deck courts. 



20 

In no case shall such courts adjudge discharge from the service 
or adjudge confinement or forfeiture of pay for a longer period 
than 20 days. 

Any person in the Navy under the command of the officer by 
whose order a deck court is convened may be detailed to act as 
• recorder thereof. 

The officer within whose command a deck court is sitting shall 
have full power as reviewing authority to remit or mitigate, but 
not to commute, any sentence imposed by such court ; but no sen- 
tence of a deck court shall be carried into effect until it shall have 
been so approved or mitigated, and such officer shall have power 
to pardon any punishment such court may adjudge. 

The courts hereby authorized shall be governed in all details of 
their constitution, powers, and procedure, except as herein pro- 
vided, by such rules and regulations as the President may pre- 
scribe. 

The records of the proceedings of the courts hereby authorized 
shall contain such matters only as are necessary to enable the re- 
viewing authorities to act intelligently thereon, except that if the 
party accused demands it within 30 days after the decision of the 
deck court becomes known to him, the entire record or so much 
as he desires shall be sent to the reviewing authority. Such rec- 
ords, after action thereon by the convening authority, shall be for- 
warded directly to, and shall be filed in, the office of the Judge 
Advocate General of the Navy, where they shall be reviewed, and, 
when necessary, submitted to the Secretary of the Navy for his 
action. 

No person who objects thereto shall be brought to trial before a 
deck court. Where such objection is made by the person accused, 
trials shall be ordered by summary or general court-martial as 
may be appropriate. (Act Aug. 29, 1916, 39 Stat., 586.) 

64. 

Limitation of Whenever, by any of the Articles for the Government of the 
Navy of the United States, the punishment on conviction of an 
offense is left to the discretion of the court-martial, the punish- 
ment therefor shall not, in time of peace, be in excess of a limit 
which the President may prescribe. (The limitations of punish- 
ment prescribed by the President will be found in sec. 390, Naval 
Courts and Boards.) 



CHAPTER 2. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFICERS IN GENERAL. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 74. Navy Department publications. 

Art. 75. Preparation and distribution of publications. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 76-128. Instructions in general. 
Sec. 3. — Art. 12&-130. Special schools. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 131-136. Receipt of orders and official address. 
Sec. 5. — Art. 137-138. Reports on fitness. 



Section 1. — Navy Department Publications. 
74. 

(1) All general rules and regulations for the guidance of, and Kmj Depart- 
all other general orders and general instructions to, persons in thej}^ pu 
Naval Establishment shall be contained in the following publici- 

tions : 

(a) Regulations for the Government of the Navy of the United 
States (Navy Regulations). 

(b) Navy Department general orders. 

(c) Changes in Navy Regulations circulars. 

(d) Court-martial orders. 

(e) Signal books and drill books. 

(f) Uniform Regulations. 

(g) Naval Courts and Boards. 

(h) Manuals or circulars of instructions issued by any bureau 
or office and rules for gunnery exercises and engineering per- 
formances. 

(i) Accounting Instructions. 

(2) No proposed general order or suggested change in Navy 
Regulations, uniform regulations, or accounting instructions shall 
be submitted to the Secretary of the Navy for approval until it 
has been referred to all bureaus, the office of the Judge Advocate 
General, and the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps. 
The written comment of each bureau or office shall be brought t< i 
the Secretary's attention at the time of such submission. 

(3) The scope of the publications enumerated in the preceding 
paragraphs shall be: 

183841°— 20 3 (21) 



22 

(a) Navy Regulations: These shall include all regulations re- 
quiring the original approval of the President of the United States, 
and consequently the same approval of any change. In general, 
questions of principle shall be included in the Navy Regulations, 
while detailed instructions as to the methods of applying such 
principles shall be issued in the Bureau Manuals. The Navy Regu- 
lations may also include such regulations of lesser importance 
as are reasonably permanent in their nature and probably not 
subject to frequent change. The Navy Regulations shall be signed 
by the Secretary of the Navy and approved by the President of 
the United States. 

(&) Navy Department general orders: These shall include all 
orders of permanent or temporary application addressed to the 
naval service, ceremonial orders, commendation of persons in the 
service, and similar matters not affecting the Navy Regulations, 
as may be decided upon from time to time by the Secretary of 
the Navy. Instructions as to administration, etc., shall not be 
issued in general orders, but shall be promulgated as changes in 
the Navy Regulations, it being desired to restrict, as far as 
practicable, the number of general orders issued. General orders 
shall be signed by the Secretary of the Navy. 

(c) Changes in Navy Regulations circulars : These shall include 
all changes ordered in the Navy Regulations, and shall be signed 
by the Secretary of the Navy and approved by the President of 
the United States. 

(d) Court-martial orders: These shall publish to the service 
such extracts from the records of proceedings of courts-martial 
and from the action of the department thereon as may be deemed 
desirable. They shall be signed by the Secretary of the Navy. 

(e) Signal books and drill books : These shall include all matters 
pertaining to the subjects of which they treat. The orders promul- 
gating them shall be signed by the Secretary of the Navy. 

(f) Uniform regulations: These shall include all regulations 
and instructions relative to the uniforms of all persons in the 
Navy and Marine Corps. The order promulgating these regula- 
tions shall be signed by the Secretary of the Navy, who shall 
also sign the orders for any changes that may be made in them 
from time to time. 

(g) Naval courts and boards: This shall include both the in- 
structions and the forms governing the procedure of naval courts 
and boards. The order promulgating this publication shall be 
signed by the Secretary of the Navy, who shall also sign the 
orders for any changes that may be made in it from time to 
time. 

(h) Manuals or circulars and rules for gunnery exercises and 
engineering performances. These manuals shall contain informa- 



23 

tion and instructions which pertain to the bureau or office by 
which issued, and shall in no way alter or amend any provision 
of the Navy Regulations or of any Navy Department general order. 
The contents of such manuals shall have the force and effect of 
orders from the same source. Each such manual or circular shall 
be signed by the chief of the bureau or head of the office con- 
cerned. 

(i) Accounting instructions shall be issued by the Bureau of 
Supplies and Accounts after approval by the Secretary of the Navy, 
and all changes therein shall be similarly prepared and approved. 
The System of Accountability, United States Marine Corps (Quar- 
termaster's Manual, United States Marine Corps), and the Pay- 
masters' Manual, United States Marine Corps, shall be approved 
by the Major General Commandant and by the Secretary of the 
Navy. 

(4) Orders or instructions contained in any of the publica- 
tions enumerated in the two preceding paragraphs of this article 
shall have full force and effect for the guidance of all persons in 
the Naval Establishment. No other general regulations, gen- 
eral orders, or general instructions to the Naval Establishment 
shall be signed or issued by any bureau or office under the 
control of the Navy Department. This provision shall not be 
construed as prohibiting the publication by the bureaus or 
offices of the Navy Department of circulars or similar publica- 
tions for the dissemination of information to the service, as may 
be authorized by the Secretary of the Navy, but such publications 
shall not have force and effect as regulations, and the terms 
" Navy regulations " or " General orders " shall not be used 
in connection with such publications. 

(5) The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall not be 
construed as prohibiting the issuance by any officer of orders or 
instructions to the force or station under his immediate command, 
or by any chief of bureau or head of any office of orders or in- 
structions relative to the work or to other technical matters 
relating solely to such bureau or office, provided that such orders 
or instructions do not conflict with the provisions of the Navy 
Regulations, or with any orders or instructions issued by the 
Secretary of the Navy; and provided that the terms "general 
order " and " special order " shall not be used in connection with 
such publications, orders, or instructions. 

75. 

(a) (1) All Navy Regulations and all circulars directing Preparation and 
changes to be made therein shall be prepared in the office of the pnbUMUon. °' 
Chief of Naval Operations. 



24 

(2) All Navy Department general orders shall be finally pre- 
pared in the office of the Chief of Naval Operations. 

(3) All court-martial orders shall be prepared in the office of 
the Judge Advocate General. 

(4) All signal books shall be prepared in the office of the Chief 
of Naval Operations. 

(5) All drill books shall be prepared in the office of the Chief 
of Naval Operations in consultation with the bureaus or offices 
concerned. 

(6) The preparation referred to in the preceding paragraphs 
of this article shall include the presentation of the papers in 
question to the Secretary of the Navy for signature. 

(7) All uniform regulations or changes therein for the Navy 
shall be prepared by the Bureau of Navigation, and for the Marine 
Corps by the Major General Commandant of the corps, and shall 
be submitted to the Secretary of the Navy for signature. 

(8) The instructions governing the procedure for naval courts 
and boards and all changes therein shall be prepared in the office 
of the Judge Advocate General. 

(9) The manuals or circulars of instructions authorized by 
article 74 shall be prepared in the bureau or office concerned, 
signed by the chief or head thereof, and submitted for the approval 
of the Secretary of the Navy in the manner prescribed in article 
74. 

(10) Whenever any bureau or office, or any officer or official in 
the naval service deems it necessary or advisable that any alter- 
ation or correction be made in, or any addition made to, any of 
the publications covered by this chapter, or that any general 
order should be issued, he shall bring the matter to the attention 
of the bureau or office as indicated in the preceding paragraphs of 
this article, submitting at the same time a draft of the proposed 
order or change, together with a statement of the reasons for pro- 
posing it. 

(&) (1) All copies of the Navy Regulations and of corrections 
and changes therein, all uniform regulations and corrections and 
changes therein, and all general and court-martial orders, after 
printing, shall be distributed by the Bureau of Navigation to 
the bureaus and offices of the Navy Department, to flag and com- 
manding officers afloat for all officers under their command, to 
commandants of naval districts for distribution to minor shore 
stations and offices in their district, to commandants of major 
shore stations for all officers borne on the books of the disbursing 
officers of such stations or attached thereto, and to the Major Gen* 
eral Commandant of the Marine Corps for distribution to the offi- 
cers under his immediate command. 

(2) Commanding officers, afloat and ashore, receiving copies of 
such publications shall acknowledge their receipt to the Bureau 



25 

of Navigation, and shall be responsible for their proper distribu- 
tion as above stated. Commandants of navy yards and naval 
stations, and commandants of naval districts, and the Major Gen- 
eral Commandant of the Marine Corps shall submit to the Bureau 
of Navigation, on the first day of each month, a statement of the 
number of such publications required for distribution, and all such 
publications shall be distributed promptly upon receipt. 

(3) General orders shall not be sent in the same envelope with 
court-marial orders, which last must be sent unaccompanied by 
other orders of any kind. 

(4) The above rules shall not apply to any publication which 
any bureau or office is authorized to issue, which shall be dis- 
tributed by the bureau or office which issues it. 

(5) Signal books and cipher code books shall be published and 
distributed from the office of the Chief of Naval Operations, 
and the records of such books shall be kept in that office. All 
receipts for and reports in regard to such publications shall be 
addressed and forwarded accordingly. 

(6) Drill books shall be distributed by the Bureau of Naviga- 
tion, and the records thereof shall be kept in that bureau, except 
the " Drill Book for the Hospital Corps." for which the Bureau 
of Medicine and Surgery shall perform the above-mentioned 
duties. All receipts for and reports in regard to such publica- 
tions shall be addressed and forwarded accordingly. 

(7) Naval courts and boards, and orders for all changes therein, 
shall be distributed by the Bureau of Navigation, and the records 
thereof shall be kept in that bureau. 

(8) The manuals or circulars of instructions authorized by 
article 74, and orders for all changes therein, shall be distributed 
by the bureau or office concerned, and the records thereof shall be 
kept in such'bureau or office. 

(9) The information circulars authorized, and instructions for 
all changes therein, shall be distributed by the bureau or office 
concerned, and the records thereof shall be kept in such bureau 
or office. 

Section 2. — Instructions tn General. 

76. 

(1) Every officer of the Navy and Marine Corps shall make th^IgKio^ 
himself acquainted with, observe, ohey, and, so far as his authority and all orders, 
extends, enforce the laws and regulations for the government of 
the Navy and the provisions of all orders and circulars emanating 
from the Navy Department. In the absence of instructions officers 
will conform to the usages and customs of the naval service. 



26 

(2) Officers of all grades must carefully examine the regula- 
tions governing commanders in chief, flag officers not in chief com- 
mand, senior officers present, and commanding officers, under 
which frequent reference is made to the duty of subordinate 
officers. 
inquiries as to (3) Any officer who may be required to take official action under 
in erpre a on. ^^ regulation of the department, or any law governing or refer- 
ring thereto, who may desire instructions or explanations as to the 
force, meaning, or effect of such law or regulation, shall address 
his communication of inquiry through the proper official channels 
to the Secretary of the Navy. 

77. - 

Relations with All officers in their relations with foreign States and with the 
foreign states. Governments or agents thereof, shall observe and obey the law of 
nations. 

78. 

Naral harbors ( 1 ) It has been ordered that the following-named harbors : 
SS? t JSb. ' ° r " Tortugas, Florida ; 

Great Harbor, Culebra ; 

Guantanamo Naval Station, Cuba; 

Pearl Harbor, Hawaii ; 

Guam; 

Subig Bay, Philippine Islands; 

Kiska, Aleutian Islands ; 
are not, and that they shall not be made subports of entry for for- 
eign vessels of commerce, and that said harbors shall not be visited 
by any commercial or privately cwned vessel of foreign registry ; 
nor by any foreign national vessel, except by special authority of 
the United States Navy Department in each case. (Executive 
Order, Sept. 23, 1912.) 

(2) Foreign Governments have been notified that permission 
must be obtained from the Secretary of the Navy through their 
respective diplomatic representatives at Washington before their 
men-of-war or other public vessels may enter the actual limits of 
a navy yard or naval station of the United States. 

(3) For the proper control, protection, and defense of the naval 
station, harbor, and entrance channel at Pearl Harbor, Territory 
of Hawaii, the Secretary of the Navy is authorized, empowered, 
and directed to adopt and prescribe suitable rules and regulations 
governing the navigation, movement, and anchorage of vessels of 
whatsoever character in the waters of Pearl Harbor, Island of 
Oahu, Hawaiian Islands, and in the entrance channel to said har- 
bor, and to take all necessary measures for the proper enforce- 
ment of such rules and regulations. (Executive Order, Sept. 23, 
1912.) (See also Article 1551.) 



27 



79. 



(1) Whoever having knowledge of the actual commission of the k JJ w e le p d °, e r fc °[ 
crime of murder or other felony cognizable by the courts of the crime, fraud, 
United States, conceals and does not as soon as may be disclose 6 c * 

and make known the same to some one of the judges or other 
persons in civil or military authority under the United States, 
shall be fined not more than five hundred dollars, or imprisoned 
not more than three years, or both. (Sec. 146, Act of Mar. 4, 
1909.) 

(2) If any person under the Navy Department has knowledge 
of any fraud, collusion, or improper conduct on the part of any 
purchasing or other agent or contractor, or on the part of any 
person employed in superintending repairs, receiving or receipting 
for supplies, or has knowledge of any fraud, collusion, or im- 
proper conduct in any matters connected with the naval service he 
shall report the same immediately, in writing over his proper 
signature, to his immediate superior, specifying the particular 
act or acts of misconduct, fraud, neglect, or collusion, and the 
means of proving the same. 

(3) Whoever, being an officer, clerk, agent, or other person hold- 
ing any office or employment under the Government of the United 
States and, being charged with the duty of keeping accounts or 
records of any kind, shall, with intent to deceive, mislead, injure, 
or defraud the United States or any person, make in any such 
account or record any false or fictitious entry or record of any 
matter relating to or connected with his duties, or whoever with 
like intent shall aid or abet any such officer, clerk, agent, or other 
person in so doing; or whoever, being an officer, clerk, agent, or 
other person holding any office or employment under the Govern- 
ment of the United States and, being charged with the duty of re- 
ceiving, holding, or paying over moneys or securities to, for, or on 
behalf of the United States, or of receiving or holding in trust for 
any person any moneys or securities, shall with like intent, make 
a false report of such moneys or securities, or whoever with like 
intent shall aid or abet any such officer, clerk, agent, or other per- 
son in so doing, shall be fined not more than five thousand dollars, 
or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both. (Act approved 
Mar. 4, 1911.) 

80. 

(1) In case of robbery, or of the discovery of loss or deficiency Bobbery, et«. 
of money or other public property in the custody of any person in 
the United States naval service, the person responsible for its 
custody shall immediately report the occurrence, and the senior 
officer present shall order a court of inquiry, if authorized by law 
to order such courts, or, if not so authorized, a board of investi- 
gation to investigate the case, and to report fully all the circum- 



28 

stances connected therewith, and to fix the responsibility there- 
for; the report of which court or board shall be forwarded in 
accordance with the provisions of Naval Courts and Boards as 
provided by Regulations, together with a statement of opinion and 
recommendation from the senior officer present. Unless the senior 
officer present shall deem it necessary, however, the provisions of 
this paragraph need not be construed to apply to missing property, 
other than money. 

(2) In the case of the discovery of an excess of money or other 
public property in the custody of any person in the United States 
naval service, the person responsible for its custody shall immedi- 
ately report the occurrence, and the senior officer present shall 
take such action in the case as may be necessary, either by con- 
vening a court of inquiry, if authorized by law so to do, by con- 
vening a board of investigation, or by ordering a board of survey. 

(3) If any person other than the one having the custody of the 
said public money or property has knowledge of such robbery, or 
discovers such theft, loss, deficiency, or excess, he shall report the 
same without delay to his immediate superior officer, who shall at 
once take such action as may be necessary to bring the matter to 
the attention of the official whose duty it is, under the preceding 
paragraphs of this article, to investigate the same. In any case, 
where the facts of the occurrence are such as to bring it within 
the provisions of article 79, the person having knowledge or mak- 
ing discovery of the facts shall immediately make report thereof 
direct to his commanding officer or to the senior officer present, 
without notifying his own immediate superior thereof. In any 
case in which report is made to an immediate superior, under the 
provisions of this article, and in which the person making the 
report has reason to suspect that such immediate superior has not 
complied with the provisions of this article by making the required 
reports to his commanding officer or senior officer present, such 
person making the report shall immediately notify the command- 
ing officer or senior officer present of the facts direct, and without 
further notification to the immediate superior concerned. 

81. 

Officers to sup- (1) In the event of a riot or quarrel between persons belonging 
press quarrel*. t0 t jje Navy, it shall be the duty of the senior line officer present 
to suppress the disturbance, and, if necessary, to arrest those 
engaged in it even though they be his superiors in rank; and all 
persons belonging to the. Navy who may be present shall render 
prompt assistance and obedience to the officer thus engaged in the 
restoration of order. 

(2) Should there be no line officer present, the senior staff officer 
of the Navy or of the Marine Corps, who may be present, shall 
exercise the same authority and be entitled to the same obedience. 



29 



82. 



Officers shall report to their immediate superiors all offenses Offenses com- 
committed by persons belonging to the Navy or Marine Corps, Jo ^reported™ 
while on shore, which may come under their observation. 

83. 

(1) Officers shall avoid any unnecessary expenditure of public Responsibility 
money or stores and, so far as may be in their power, prevent the oi* m o P n" d y tU or 
same in others. Officers shall be held accountable for any waste- stores - 

ful or improper expenditure that they may direct, authorize, or 
knowingly permit. 

(2) Public conveyance for the transportation of stores shall Public traus- 
always be used when available. The supply officer of every ship stores* 
having stores to be shipped shall make inquiry and keep himself 

informed as to the movements of any public vessel by which the 
stores may be transported. 

(3) Public property shall not be loaned to individuals or organi- _ Loans of pub- 

lie property. 
zations outside the naval service unless the senior officer present 

shall deem such action advisable or proper, by reason of a public 
exigency, calamity, or ceremonious occasion. The foregoing prohi- 
bition applies to the loan of flags. The accountability of the 
responsible officer shall not be diminished by the provisions of this 
paragraph. 

84. 

(1) Officers serving afloat shall before leaving port pay, incurring 
or provide for paying, any debts they may have incurred. No e 9 * 

officer shall at any time or place contract debts without a reason- 
able expectation of being able to discharge them. 

(2) It is enjoined upon all officers that failure to discharge their 
just indebtedness brings discredit not only upon themselves but 
upon the naval service. 

85. 

(1) No enlisted person in the naval service shall, for profit or Lending 
benefit of any kind, loan money to any other person in said service mon«y. 
except by permission from his commanding officer; nor shall any 

such person take or receive for such loan, directly or indirectly, 
a greater sum of money, or any other thing or service of greater 
value, than the equivalent of the sum of money loaned without 
such permission. 

(2) No person in the naval service shall, without proper author- Engaging in 
ity, either for himself or as an agent, engage in trade or introduce lrade « 

any article for purposes of trade on board any vessel of the Navy 
or at any navy yard, naval station, or marine barracks. 



30 



86. 



G o l d, etc., when gold, silver, or jewels shall be placed on board any 
taken as freight. m „ . , , ' , . . , , , ^ » j_. ■, 

ship for freight or safe-keeping, as provided by the Articles for 
the Government of the Navy, the commanding officer shall sign 
bills of lading for the amount and be responsible for the same. 
The usual percentage shall be demanded from the shippers, and its 
amount shall be divided as follows : One-fourth to the commander 
in chief, one-half to the commanding officer of the ship, one-fourth 
to the Navy pension fund. To entitle the commander in chief to 
receive any part of the amount, he must have signified to the com- 
manding officer of the ship, in writing, his readiness to unite with 
him in the responsibility for the care of the treasure or other 
valuables. When a commander in chief does not participate in a 
division, two-thirds shall inure to the commanding officer of the 
ship and the remainder to the pension fund. 

87. 

Officers or- No officer shall order into service or assign to duty any officer 
the Secretary of wno may De on leave of absence or on furlough, or make any 
the NaYy. change in the distribution or arrangement of officers or enlisted 

men established by the Secretary of the Navy, • except where re- 
quired by the exigencies of the service on a foreign station; all 
such changes and the reasons therefor shall be reported to the 
Navy Department without delay by the officer ordering them. 

88. 

When Tisiting Officers visiting a command in the performance of any official 
a commas . ^ uty connected therewith shall report to the commanding officer. 

89. 

Execntios of (i) Orders issued by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of 
orders 

the Navy direct to any commandant or other officer shall be 

promptly executed and the proper bureau or senior officer con- 
cerned immediately notified thereof. 

As order re- (2) If an officer receives an order from a superior annulling, 
c e i v e d costra- ^ , 

dictisg or cos- suspending, or modifying one from another superior, or one con- 
other 1 . 8 Wlth an " trar y t0 instructions or orders from the Secretary of the Navy, 
he shall exhibit his orders, unless confidential and he has been for- 
bidden to do so, and represent the facts in writing to the superior 
from whom the last order was received. If, after such represen- 
tation, the latter shall insist upon the execution of his order, it 
shall be obeyed, and the officer receiving and executing it shall 
report the circumstances to the superior from whom he received 
the original order. 



31 



90. 



All persons in the Navy are required to obey readily and m Duty of subor- 

strictly, and to execute promptly, the lawful orders of their ina es * 

superiors. 

91. 

An officer who diverts another from any service upon which the An officer di- 

. verting another 

latter has been ordered by a common superior, or requires him from Ms duty, 
to act contrary to the orders of such superior, or interferes with 
those under such superior's command, must immediately report, 
and show satisfactorily to the Secretary of the Navy or to the 
officer whose orders he has contravened, that the public interest 
required such action. All orders under such circumstances must 

be given in writing. 

92. 

Combinations of officers for the purpose of influencing legisla- Combinations 
tion, remonstrating against orders. <>r complaining of details of poses forbidden, 
duty, are forbidden. 

93. 

An application for the revocation or modification of orders to repo'rt^ng^^in 

proceed will not justify any delay in their execution, if the officer obedience to or- 
ders, 
ordered is able to travel ; and no person shall delay obedience to 

an order for the purpose of making remonstrance or complaint. 

94. 

All petitions, remonstrances, memorials, and communications ca A io \i S c t™ m conI 
from any officer or officers of the Navy or Marine Corps, whether gress shall pass 
on the active or retired list, addressed to Congress, or to either pa rtnSnt. 
House thereof, or to any committee of Congress, on any subject of 
legislation relating to the Navy or Marine Corps, pending, pro- 
posed, or suggested, shall be forwarded through the Navy Depart- 
ment, and not otherwise, except by authority of the department. 

95. 

No bureau, office, or division chief, or subordinate in the Dealings with 
Navy Department, and no officer of the Navy or Marine Corps ongre88, 
shall apply to either House of Congress, or to any commit- 
tee of either House of Congress, or to any Member of Congress, 
for legislation, or for appropriations, or for congressional action 
of any kind, except with the consent and knowledge of the Secre- 
tary of the Navy ; nor shall any such person respond to any re- 
quest for information from either House of Congress, or any com- 
mittee of either House of Congress, or any Member of Congress, 
except through, or as authorized by, the department ; except as 
provided in sections 102, 103, 104, and 859 of the Revised Statutes, 



32 



96. 

Language re- xo officer shall use language which may tend to diminish the 
fleeting upon a . T . . , ... . 

superior, confidence in or respect due to a superior in command ; and it is 

the duty of every officer who hears such language to endeavor to 
check it and to report the same immediately to his superior. 

97. 

<h Ex ff rcI * e ° f *"" Superiors of every grade are forbidden to injure those under 
their command by tyrannical or capricious conduct, or by abusive 
language. Authority over subordinates is to be exercised with 
firmness, but with justice and kindness. 

98. 

Oppression by if any person in the Navy considers himself oppressed by his 
or misconduet of . , . . . . , , , , __ , „ ., . 

superior. superior, or observes in him any misconduct, he shall not fail in 

his respectful bearing toward him, but shall represent such oppres- 
sion or misconduct to the proper authority. He will be held ac- 
countable if his representations are found to be vexatious, frivol- 
ous, or false. 

99. 

Application for Any application for redress of wrong shall be made in writing- 
through the immediate commanding officer to the commander in 
chief of the fleet or squadron, or to the senior officer present, 
and it shall be the duty of the latter to take such action in the 
matter as, in his judgment, justice and the good of the service 
demand. 

100. 

(1) All votes, resolutions, or publications in praise or censure 

of any person in the naval service are forbidden. 

Testimonials (2) No officer, clerk, or employee in the United States Govern- 
a n a presents 
forbidden. ment employ shall at any time solicit contributions from other 

officers, clerks, or employees in the Government service for a gift 

or present to those in a superior official position; nor shall any 

such officials or clerical superiors receive any gift or present 

offered or presented to them as a contribution from persons in 

Government employ receiving a less salary than themselves; nor 

shall any officer or clerk make any donation as a gift or present 

to any official superior. Every person who violates this section 

shall be summarily discharged from the Government employ. 

(Sec. 1784, R. S.) 

(3) No officer or other person under the Navy Department 

shall solicit subscriptions for the purpose of making a gift to a 

member of the immediate family of an officer of the naval service. 



33 



101. 

No person employed in the Navy or under the Navy Depart- Gratuities from 
ment shall take or receive, directly or indirectly, any emolument 
or gratuity from any contractor or other person furnishing supplies, 
or act as agent or attorney for such person. (Sees. 1781, 1782, 
R. S.) 

102. 

An officer of the Navy, either on the active or retired list, who officers shall 

, , not act as attor- 
acts as agent or attorney to prosecute a claim against the United neys against the 

States is liable to the penalty of a fine or imprisonment, or both. United states ' 

(Sec. 5498, R. S.) 

103. 

No officer shall give certificates to inventors whose works he Certificate of 
may have examined, nor to persons with whom he has had official 
dealings, except that he may give letters to employees of the Navy 
who are to appear before examining boards and to former enlisted 
men seeking positions on shore, setting forth the character of serv- 
ice performed by such persons and their efficiency and conduct 
while under his observation. 

104. 

Officers shall not borrow money nor accept deposits from nor Dealing* wtth 

.,, ,. , , . , , enlisted men. 

have any pecuniary dealings with enlisted men, except as provided 

in article 1779, for deposits with the supply officer. 

105. 

(1) Applications for orders to duty, or tor the revocation or implication* 
modification of orders, shall be made by the officer himself in an for orders. 
official form and through official channels and shall state the 

precise reason for making the application. 

(2) Appointments, details, transfers, and assignments shall be Details, trans- 
made on the basis of official records. Side. CtC " h<>W 

106. 

An officer shall not, without authority from his commanding Exchange of 
officer or other superior, absent himself from his duty or exchange an ^ m \^ e " c * 
duty with another. 

107. 

(1) All orders from commanding officers or others to their sub- orders inrolr- 
ordinates, involving travel, must be in writing, and must state ia s * r » vel - 
specifically what duty is to be performed. 

(2) All such orders to enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps 
must state on their face the cause or necessity therefor. 

(3) Officers shall not perform travel on Government duty, un- 
less said travel has been authorized by proper authority, except 
in cases of emergency, and when there is not time to communicate 
with the department by telegraph. 



34 

108. 

Boat service Officers in boats engaged in the ordinary duty of the ship and 
duty. not absent on an expedition or separated from the ship shall not 

regard themselves as on detached duty or assume the authority of 
such duty. 

109. 

Senior line of- Nothing in article 108 shall be construed as relieving the 
senior line officer in a boat from the responsibility for its safety 
and management under all circumstances. 

110. 

Inspection of Commanding and other officers shall afford facilities for inspect- 
ing the accounts of officers of the Supply Corps. 

111. 

Sea service. No service shall be regarded as sea service except such as shall 
be performed at sea under the orders of the department and in ves- 
sels employed by authority of law. ( Sec. 1571, R. S. ) 

112. 

Appointment in if any officer of the Navy accepts or holds an appointment in 
consular Service, the diplomatic or consular service of the Government, he will be 
considered as having resigned his place in the Navy, and it shall 
be filled as a vacancy. (Sec. 1440, R. S.) 

113. 

Information (1) No person belonging to the Navy or employed under the 
that might aid -^ 

a foreign power Navy Department shall convey or disclose by oral or written com- 

forhidden. munications, publications, or any other means, except as may be 

required by his official duties, any information whatever concern- 
ing the Naval or Military Establishment or forces, or any person, 
thing, plan, or measure pertaining thereto, when such information 
might be of possible assistance to a foreign power in time of peace 
or to an enemy in time of war. 
inform i tf ti ° n °* (2) No person belonging to the Navy or employed under the 
garding foreign Navy Department shall publish or cause or permit to be published, 

nolicv 3. c t s af 

government, etc. directly or indirectly, or communicate by interviews, private let- 
ters, or otherwise, except as required by his official duties, any 
information in regard to the foreign policy of the United States, 
or concerning the acts or measures of any department of the Gov- 
ernment or of any officer acting thereunder, or any comments or 
criticisms thereon; or the text of any official instructions, reports, 
or letters upon any subject whatever, or furnish copies thereof 
to any person, without the express permission of the Navy De- 
partment. 



35 

(3) Officers and other persons in the naval service desiring to Articles o» 
publish articles on professional subjects, except translations from jects. 
foreign publications or articles of a purely historical nature, shall 
submit the manuscript of such articles to the Office of Navy Intel- 
ligence for scrutiny before publication. The Department invites 
and urges officers to send in well-considered ideas and suggestions 
relative to improvement of naval efficiency. 

114. 

No person belonging to the Navy or employed under the Navy ^i.® * l ™ g . * 9 

Dr TTspuptr cor** 

Department shall act as a correspondent of a newspaper or other respondent, 
periodical without the express permission of the department. 
Every person authorized by the department to act as a corre- 
spondent on board any vessel or at any place under the jurisdic- 
tion of the Navy Department shall, before forwarding an article or 
news item for publication, submit it to the commanding officer 
for scrutiny, and the commanding officer shall suppress it, wholly 
or in part, if in his opinion the public interests so require. 



115. 

(1) For officers of the naval service authorized to administer 
oaths, see section 184, Naval Courts and Boards. 



Oaths. 



Oaths on offl- 



(2) When practicable, officers and men of the Navy and Marine elal documents 
Corps who may be required to subscribe under oath to any papers tered'b/offlcers* 
relating to naval administration and the administration of naval 

justice, will do so in the presence of an officer of the service au- 
thorized to administer oaths. 

(3) Notaries public shall not be employed in any matters of 
naval administration where officers of the Navy or Marine Corps, 
authorized by law to administer oaths for the purpose of the ad- 
ministration of naval justice and for other purposes of naval ad- 
ministration, are present and accessible. 

(4) No officer, clerk, or employee in the executive service of 
the Government, who is also a notary public, shall charge or re- 
ceive any compensation whatever for performing any notarial act 
for an officer, clerk, or employee of the Government in his official 
capacity, or in any matter in which the Government is interested, 
or for any person when, in the case of such person, the act is 
performed during the hours of such notary's service to the Govern- 
ment. This regulation shall not apply to oaths of disinterested- 
ness, or other oaths required to be made by law, provided that the 
work in connection therewith is not performed during office hours. 

116. 

Officers commanding fleets, squadrons, divisions, or ships shall bo ^ JJf n oa 
not permit women to reside on board of, or take passage in, any 



36 

ship of the Navy in commission except by special permission of 
the Secretary of the Navy. 

117. 

_ . „ The religious institutions and customs of foreign countries vis- 
Foreign relig- 
ions institutions, ited by ships of the Navy must be respected. 

118. 

Alcoholic liq- U) No person in the naval service shall take or keep any alcoholic 
uors. liquors or any intoxicating or narcotic substances on board ships 

of the Navy or within the limits of naval stations, marine bar- 
racks, or any other place under the exclusive jurisdiction of the 
Navy Department except as authorized for medical purposes, nor 
shall any such liquors, intoxicants, or substances be sold or given 
to said persons or issued to them except for medical purposes, 
within such places. 

(2) The use or introduction for drinking purposes of alcoholic 
liquors on board any naval vessel, or within any navy yard or 
station, is strictly prohibited, and commanding officers will be 
held directly responsible for the enforcement of this order. 

119. 

Concealed It is prohibited for any member of the naval service to have 
weapons. concealed about his person any deadly or dangerous weapon or 

highly explosive substance, or have any such weapon or explosive 
in his possession or custody within the limits of any place under 
naval jurisdiction, except as may be necessary to the proper per- 
formance of his duty or as may be authorized by proper authority. 
The foregoing shall not be construed so as to prevent any person 
authorized to have such weapon in his possession from carrying 
concealed any such weapon from place of purchase to his quarters 
or from his quarters to a repair shop to have the same repaired 
and back again. 

120. 

No greater force shall be used in the arrest of a drunken man 
Arrest of _ 

drunken men. than that required to restrain or confine the offender. 

121. 

Duty Hospital Members of the Hospital Corps shall not perform any military 
Corps restricted. clutieg Q^er than those pertaining to the medical department. 

122. 

Conformance (1) All persons belonging to the Navy must strictly conform 
lations ™ reen "to such regulations for uniforms as may be published from time 
to time by the Navy Department. 



37 

(2) The clothes, arms, military outfits, and accouterments Clothes, arms, 

etc., not to be 
furnished by the United States to any enlisted person in the sold, etc. 

Navy or Marine Corps, or required by such persons as a part of 

their prescribed uniforms or outfits, shall not be sold, bartered, 

exchanged, pledged, loaned, or given away, except by competent 

authority therefor. 

123. 

(1) Commanding officers of ships and stations shall be respon- u Ju c j/iJn l s ,ltlal 
sible for all secret and confidential publications issued that 

ship or station. When an officer is ordered detached from a ship 
or station, the commanding officer shall require the officer being 
detached to turn in to him all secret and confidential publications 
in his possession (except such publications as he may have re- 
ceived from the bureau or office of issue direct for his personal 
use), thereby retaining on board the full allowance of such pub- 
lications. Officers will be held personally responsible for the care 
and safe-keeping of such publications as are issued to them. Upon 
detachment from a ship or station officers shall return all secret 
and confidential publications to the commanding officer. Officers 
requiring secret or confidential publications for their personal use, 
which can not be obtained from commanding officer, should make 
application to the bureau or office of the Navy Department having 
cognizance of the particular publication. 

(2) All secret or confidential books, pamphlets, instructions, 
blue prints, charts, etc., issued by any bureau or office of the Navy 
Department for which receipts, returns, or reports of destruction 
arc required, will bear on the cover, title page, or other prominent 
place a legend showing — 

(a) The classification of the publication (whether secret or 
confidential). 

(&) If possible, the length of time the publication is to be con- 
sidered " secret " or " confidential.*' 

(c) The final disposition at the end of this stated period. 

(r!) What reports or returns arc required. 

(e) The office or bureau having cognizance of the publication 
and to whom the reports or returns required by (r/) are to be 
forwarded. 

(3) The instructions in regard to the care, distribution, and dis- 
position of secret and confidential publications contained in this 
article shall be strictly followed. 

(4) (a) Secret and confidential publications are issued by the 
various bureaus or offices concerned, to commanding officers of 
ships or stations and in special cases only to individual officers. 
The commanding officer shall — 

183841°— 20 4 



38 

(a) Make direct to the bureau or office concerned all reports and 
returns required by legends in the various publications. 

(&) Reissue publications as necessary to officers under his com- 
mand, retaining the officer's receipts on board. Publications issued 
a ship or station will be retained on board such ship or at the 
station to which issued and will not be taken away by officers who 
may be detached. 

(5) Secret publications are not to pass out of the hands of 
officers. Under no circumstances shall the contents of secret 
publications be explained or divulged to persons not regularly 
connected with the naval service. Proper means shall be taken 
for safeguarding secret publications. Confidential publications, as 
a general rule, shall be in the custody of officers, but when the 
performance of duty requires, or the interests of the Government 
may be better served, they may be explained or divulged to 
enlisted personnel and to persons not regularly connected with 
the naval service. The contents of confidential publications shall 
not be explained or divulged to persons not directly connected 
with the naval service, except as noted above. 

(6) Secret and confidential publications, except code and sig- 
nal publications, no longer required may be returned to the 
bureau or office concerned by registered mail. Code and signal 
publications shall be turned in at the nearest issuing office or 
district communication superintendent. 

(7) (a) In the event of an officer's death, dismissal, or resigna- 
tion from the service, his commanding officer will cause his per- 
sonal copies of secret and confidential publications to be returned. - 

( b ) " When an officer's resignation is accepted, or when he severs 
connection with the service, he will turn in to his commanding 
officer, or if there be no commanding officer there, to the depart- 
ment, all secret and all confidential publications and all technical 
books and papers not private property which he may have in his 
possession and report that fact in writing to his commanding offi- 
cer (or to the department, Bureau of Navigation). Officers leav- 
ing the service are warned of the provisions of the national de- 
fense secrets acts." 

(8) Should a secret or confidential publication be lost or other- 
wise compromised, the fact shall be reported to the bureau or 
office concerned immediately. 

(9) The importance of maintaining the contents of publica- 
tions " secret " or " confidential " as indicated on the publication 
can not be too strongly emphasized. Officers are informed that 
in case the loss of same can not be satisfactorily explained the 
department will take such action in the matter as the circum- 
stances seem to warrant. 



39 

124. 

(1) Permission to make, for other than official use, photographs, ^Jj 11 ®^ n *° 
photographic plates or films, or moving-picture films of naval ?al subjects. 
vessels or parts thereof; of navy yards and stations, or of any 
establishments under the jurisdiction of the Navy ; or of any 

device belonging to the Navy or intended for use thereof, shall be 
granted only by the Navy Department (Office of Naval Intelli- 
gence), under such detailed instructions as may be issued by 
general order. 

(2) No person, not in the naval service, shall be allowed to 
take on board any naval vessel, nor into any navy yard, station, 
or establishment under the jurisdiction of the Navy, any photo- 
graphic apparatus, without displaying written permission from 
proper authority. 

(3) All photographs taken on board ship, or in naval estab- 
lishments ashore by persons belonging to the Navy shall be 
submitted for censorship to the commanding officer or the com- 
mandant, as the case may be, or to a responsible officer designated 
by him, and if condemned shall be destroyed, together with the 
films from which printed. 

125. 

The duties of the United States Board on Geographic Names Board on Geo- 
graphic Karnes, 
include that of determining, changing, and fixing place names 

within the United States and its insular possessions, and all 
names hereafter suggested for any place by any officer or em- 
ployee of the Government shall be referred to said board for its 
consideration and approval before publication. In these mat- 
ters, as in all cases of disputed nomenclature, the decisions of the 
board are to be accepted by the departments of Government as the 
standard authority. 

126. 

In the event of any person of the naval service, either on Care of effects 
board ship or at a naval station, becoming mentally or physically Jons d . l8abled Per " 
incapacitated under such circumstances as to render it im- 
practicable for him to care for his personal effects, the command- 
ing officer shall cause such effects to be collected and inventoried 
by an officer and held in appropriate safe-keeping until the recov- 
ery or transfer of the owner. The inventory shall be prepared in 
duplicate and duly certified by the officer making it. Should the 
patient be transferred, a copy of the inventory with a statement 
of the disposition of his effects shall accompany his transfer 
papers. 



couEtry. 



40 

127. 

Officers order- (1) No officer of the Navy or of the Marine Corps shall pro- 
cnnmtrv 8 forei5n ceed to a foreign country on special duty connected with the 
service except under orders prepared by the Bureau of Naviga- 
tion or by the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps 
as the case may be, and signed by the Secretary of the Navy. 

(2) A copy of each such order shall immediately be filed in the 
Bureau of Navigation and in the Office of Naval Intelligence. 

(3) The Office of Naval Intelligence shall in each such case pre- 
pare a letter for the Secretary's signature informing the Depart- 
ment of State of the intended visit and the general nature only of 
the duty on which the officer is to be sent, in order that the diplo- 
matic representatives of the United States in the countries to be 
visited may be informed in regard thereto. 

(4) The written official report made by any such officer with 
respect to his mission shall be transmitted by him to the Office 
of Naval Intelligence for further reference and ultimate file. 

128. 

1. In order to enable the department to exercise proper super- 
vision and control over all persons taking passage on board of, or 
making protracted visits to, vessels of the Navy, including per- 
sons under instruction or the employees of a contractor, all permits 
for such passage or protracted visit shall be issued by the Bureau 
of Navigation. If other bureaus and offices are interested in hav- 
ing persons take passage on board of or visit vessels, they should 
so recommend to the Bureau of Navigation and that bureau will, 
when proper, refer to other bureaus and offices for recommenda- 
tion, such requests for permits as come to it direct. 

2. In the waters of the United States, the commander in chief 
shall permit passengers on board of the ships of his command only 
upon written permission from the Secretary of the Navy. 

3. When in foreign waters, passengers shall not be embarked on 
board ships of his command without his express authority or that 
of the senior officer present. 

4. Passengers on board vessels will be assigned to the proper 
mess by the commanding officer, and all who are not entitled to 
subsistence by the Government may be charged rates for subsist- 
ence as provided for in the U. S. Navy regulations. 

5. The commanding officer will, in a general way, inform press 
correspondents, upon their arrival on board, of such matters as 
are not appropriate for publication either during or after the ter- 
mination of their visits, without first obtaining the direct perniis- 
son of the Navy Department. 



41 

6. Foreigners and representatives of foreign activities must ob- 
tain permission from the Office of Naval Intelligence to make 
visits of inspection at navy yards and shore stations, or to in- 
spect work being done for the Navy or vessels building for the 
Navy, at manufacturing establishments and shipyards. 

7. Only casual visits or inspection on the part of visitors shall 
be allowed on naval vessels and to shore stations and on vessels 
at shipyards and other establishments at which Government ships 
are being built or material manufactured. If they desire further 
privileges to inspect some special feature for which permission 
has not been granted, they shall be courteously refused and in- 
structed to apply to the Office of Naval Intelligence for the neces- 
sary permission. When permission is issued by the department 
authorizing a special or detailed inspection of a naval vessel, 
shore station, vessel at a shipyard, or Government material at 
other establishments where ships are being built or naval mate- 
rials manufactured, the responsible officer at the shore establish- 
ment or on board ship shall detail an officer to accompany the 
visitor, and such officer shall report to the Office of Naval Intelli- 
gence by letter exactly what 1ms been shown and what was re- 
fused. 

8. No visits by others than persons belonging to the Army or 
the Navy, or properly accredited representatives of a contractor, 
or navy-yard workman employed in work on the vessel, shall be 
permitted on board submarines built or building, and all details 
except such as are published by the Navy Department regarding 
these vessels shall be held as conlidential. 

Section 3. — Special Schools. 

129. 

Such special schools and classes for the instruction of officers Special 
and men of the Navy and Marine Corps as the Secretary of the scho ° l8. 
Navy may deem advisable shall be organized and carried on under 
instructions to be issued by the Navy Department. 

130. 

(1) Postgraduate courses of instruction shall be maintained for Postgraduate 
the advanced education and training of commissioned officers in courses. 

(a) general professional and allied subjects; (b) technical sub- 
jects pertaining to ordnance, mechanical, electrical, radio, marine 
and civil engineering, and naval construction; and (c) law 
and such other subjects as the Secretary of the Navy may prescribe 
in order to meet the requirements of the naval service. 

(2) The Naval Postgraduate School shall conduct and direct 
all such postgraduate education and instruction. Its headquar- 
ters and such of its activities as practicable will be located at the 



42 

Naval Academy. It shall be administered as a department of the 
Academy separate from the undergraduate departments and inde- 
pendent of* the Academic Board. 

(3) The head of the postgraduate school will be detailed by 
the Navy Department. He shall, under the supervision of the 
superintendent of the Naval Academy, direct and conduct the 
executive and administrative work connected with the prescribed 
postgraduate courses in conformity with such recommendations of 
the postgraduate council as may have been duly approved. (See 
par. 4.) 

(4) The Naval Postgraduate School shall be under the super- 
visory control of the postgraduate council, whose membership 
shall be composed of the superintendent of the Naval Academy, 
who shall preside, the head of the postgraduate school, and of 
one member each from the Bureau of Ordnance, the Bureau of 
Engineering, the Bureau of Construction and Repair, and the 
Bureau of Yards and Docks. The postgraduate council shall meet 
periodically and upon the special call of the superintendent of the 
Naval Academy. An officer detailed to duty in the postgraduate 
school shall be appointed by the superintendent of the Naval Acad- 
emy as secretary to the council. 

(5) The facilities, apparatus and equipment of the Naval Acad- 
emy and of the engineering experiment station, and the services of 
such officers, professors, and instructors of the Naval Academy and 
of the staff of the experiment station as may be necessary and 
available, shall be at the disposal of the postgraduate school. 

(6) Requisitions for the tuition of postgraduate student offi- 
cers at private institutions, when such tuition has been authorized 
by the Secretary of the Navy, will be prepared by the head of the 
postgraduate school and forwarded through official channels to the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. Such requisitions shall bear 
reference to the Secretary's approval of the requests upon which 
they are based. Orders involving the transfer and travel of stu- 
dent officers incident to their duly authorized courses of study and 
training shall be issued by the Bureau of Navigation upon appli- 
cation of the head of the postgraduate school via the superin- 
tendent of the Naval Academy. 

(7) Student officers at Annapolis shall be subject to the mili- 
tary supervision of the superintendent of the Naval Academy, but 
shall not be assigned quarters in the Naval Academy unless the 
superintendent finds it practicable to do so. Elsewhere than at 
Annapolis they shall be under the general military jurisdiction 
of the commandant of the naval district in which they may be 
stationed. They shall not be ordered to any duty not connected 
with their duly assigned courses of instruction. 



43 



Section 4. — Receipt of Oeders and Official Address. 
131. 

Officers shall promptly acknowledge the receipt of all orders Acknowledging 
and, immediately after reporting in obedience thereto, communi- 
cate the fact and the date of reporting. (Arts. 135, 1814.) 

132. 

An order from competent authority to an officer of the Navy or D . nt y jpon the 
Marine Corps requiring him to proceed to any point, or to report 
for duty at a place not involving travel, but fixing no date and not 
expressing haste, shall be obeyed by reporting within four days, 
exclusive of travel time, after its receipt. If the order read 
" without delay," he shall report within 48 hours, exclusive of 
travel time, after its receipt ; if " immediately," within 12 hours, 
exclusive of travel time, after its receipt; and all officers shall 
indorse on their orders the date and hour of their receipt. The 
foregoing allowances of time do not apply to any provisions of 
an officer's orders requiring him, after performing the duty speci- 
fied, to return to his regular station or to proceed on further duty. 
Any delay in carrying out orders which may be granted to an 
officer of the Navy or Marine Corps by competent authority will 
be additional to the time allowed above. 

133. 

(1) When officers and others in the Navy or Marine Corps D .uty when re- 

^ A porting in obc- 

report for duty in accordance with written orders they shall dience to writ- 
present the orders to the officer to whom they report. 

(2) Officers shall indorse upon the orders of those who report 
to them the fact that the person ordered has reported for duty, 
and the date and place at which he so reported. 

134. 

Every officer, whether active or retired, not on duty, shall re- Address of of. 

fleers, 
port to the Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Com- 
mandant, Marine Corps, his address on January 1 of each year; 
the report to be mailed so as to reach the bureau by the December 
20 preceding. 

135. 

(1) Every officer of the Navy or the Marine Corps shall keep the Usual resi- 
Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Commandant of the dence of offlcers - 



44 

Marine Corps, respectively, informed of his usual residence and 
of the address of his wife or next of kin. When ordered to his 
home he shall, upon the receipt of the order, certify upon it his 
place of residence, which must in all cases correspond to that 
which he has previously reported to the Bureau of Navigation or 
to the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps. 

(2) No officer on the active list shall change his usual residence 
without permission of the Bureau of Navigation or the Major Gen- 
eral Commandant, Marine Corps. 

(3) Officers on the retired list may change their residence, or 
travel abroad, except in belligerent countries, without specific 
permission from the department, but they shall keep the Bureau 
of Navigation or Major General Commandant, Marine Corps, in- 
formed of their address. 

(4) Every officer of the Navy or Marine Corps visiting Wash- 
ington shall, within 24 hours after his arrival, register his name 
and city address at the Bureau of Navigation, Navy Department, 
or headquarters Marine Corps, respectively. 

136. 

Officers re- An officer returning from sea under orders from, or by per- 
turnmg from sea . . . , ,, , '., „. ,*, 5 

by order of a mission of, a superior shall, immediately upon arrival m the 

superior. United States, report by despatch to the Bureau of Navigation or 

the Major General Commandant, Marine Corps, stating his ad- 
dress and a brief or copy of the order or permission. 

Section 5. — Repokts on Fitness. 



When 
mitted. 



sub- 



137. 

(1) Reports on fitness of officers shall be made on prescribed 
forms on the last days of March and of September of each year, 
and whenever officers are ordered to appear for examination, de- 
tached from the service or transferred or whenever the reporting 
senior is detached. Reports on officers of the Navy shall be for- 
warded to the Bureau of Navigation, and those on officers of the 
Marine Corps to the Major General Commandant. All reports of 
fitness shall be considered as strictly confidential communications. 
In the event of their being referred to an officer for comment or 
other purpose, they shall be sent confidentially to such officer 
and shall be similarly returned direct, unless they call in question 
the action of any higher authority, in which case they shall be 
forwarded in the same confidential manner via such higher 
authority. 






45 



(2) Reports will be submitted according to the following table : 



Reporting senior. 



Secretary of the Navy. 



Chief of Naval Operations. 



District commandants. 



President of the General Board.. 



Commander in chief of a fleet. 



Note.— (a) The commander in chief 
of the Atlantic Fleet will report on the 
commandant of the naval station, 
Guantanamo, Cuba. The comman- 
der in chief of the Asiatic Fleet will 
report on the commandant of the 
naval stations. Olongapo and Cavite 

Note.— (6) The commander in chief 
Pacific Fleet, will report on the com 
manding officer, marine detachment 
American legation, Managua, Nica 
ragua, and the commander in chief 
Asiatic Fleet, will report on the com 
manding officer, marine detachment, 
American legation, Peking, China. 
Commander of a force other than "de- 
stroyer" or "submarine." 



Officers reported upon. 



1. President of the General Board. 

2. Chief of Naval Operations. 

3. The Major General Commandant. 

4. Chiefs of bureaus. 

5. Judge Advocate General. 

6. Commandants of navy yards. 

7. Superintendent of Naval Academy. 

8. Aids to the Secretary of the Navy. 

9. Other officers who may perform special 

or temporary duty under his imme- 
diate orders. 

1. Officers on duty in the office of the Chief 

of Naval Operations. 

2. Heads of offices under the office of the 

Chief of Naval Operations . 

3. Commandersin chief of fleets. 

4. Flag officers afloat, not attached to 

fleets. 

5. Commandants of all naval districts 

and stations except those under the 
commander in chief of the Asiatic 
Fleet, the naval station at Guanta- 
namo. 

6. Other officers who may perform special 

or temporary duty under his imme- 
diate orders. 

1. The head of each activity within the 

command except as noted herein. 
When not familiar with remote sta- 
tions, comment and forward to Chief 
of Naval Operations. 

2. Officers of his staff. 

l. Members and secretaries of the General 
Board, and officers not members at- 
tached thereto. 

1. Commanders of the various forces of his 

fleet and of the train. 

2. The commanding officer of his fleet flag- 

ship. 

3. The commanding officer of his tender. 

4. Officers of his staff. 



Officers ordered to temporary duty in 
his fleet, the performance of which 
falls under his immediate cognizance. 

Commanding officers of Marine Corps 
advanced base or other expeditionary 
forces serving under his command. 



1. Squadron and division commanders un- 

der his command. 

2. Officers of his staff. 

3. Commanding officers of vessels attached 

to his force, but not attached to a divi- 
sion of his force. 

4. Officers ordered to temporary duty in 

his force, the performance of which 
falls under his immediate cognizance. 

5. Commanding officers of Marine Corps 

advanced base or other expeditionary 
forces serving under his command. 



46 



Reporting senior. 



Officers reported upon. 



Chief of a bureau 

Note.— The Chief of Bureau of 
Navigation will report on the super- 
visor of naval auxiliaries, and on the 
commandants of training stations. 



Officer in charge of a recruiting division. . 
Officer in charge of a recruiting station . . . 
Director of Naval Communications 



Divisional superintendents 

Commander of a destroyer or submarine 
force. 



Flotilla commander . 



Squadron commander 

Division commander 

Commanding officer of a ship , 

Commandant of a navy yard or naval sta- 
tion. 

Note.— In the case of the Superin- 
tendent of the Naval Academy, that 
officer shall report upon the heads of 
both yard and academic departments 
and divisions. 



1. The president of a permanent board 

2. The head of a division or department at 

a navy yard or naval station. 

3. The commanding officer of marines at a 

navy yard or naval station. 

4. Other heads of special service 



1. Officers on duty in his bureau. 

2. Heads of offices or establishments under 

his bureau. 

3. The senior inspecting officer at each pri- 

vate shore establishment who repre- 
sents the bureau in connection with 
the manufacture of material or the 
construction of vessels. 

1. Officers on duty in his office. 

2. Officers in charge of all mam recruiting 

stations. 

1. Officers on duty in his office. 

2. Officers in charge of his substations (if 

any). 

1. Divisional (coast) radio superintendents. 

2. Officers under his immediate orders, ex- 

cept those on duty in Office of Naval 
Operations. 

1. District radio superintendents. 

2. Officers under their immediate orders. 

1. Flotilla commanders of his force. 

2. Commanders of squadrons, divisions, or 

vessels of his command, who are not 
attached to flotillas , squadrons, or divi- 
sions, respectively, of his force. 

3. Officers of his staff. 

4. Officers ordered to temporary duty in 

his force, the performance of which 
falls under his immediate cognizance. 

1. Squadron commanders of his flotilla. 

2. Commanding officers of divisions and 

vessels of his command who are not 
assigned to a squadron or division, 
respectively, of his flotilla. 

3. Officers of his staft 

1. Division commanders of his squadron. 

2. Commanding officers of vessels who are 

not assigned to a division of his squad- 
ron. 

3. Officers of his staff. 

1. Commanding officers of vessels of his 

division. 

2. Officers of his staff 

1. All officers under his command. 

1. Officers of his staff. 

2. Commanding officers of ships attached 

to his station. 

3. Heads of yard departments and di- 

visions. 

4. On all other officers under his command, 

except those attached to ships, and 
those attached to the yard or station 
who are subordinate to the head of a 
department or a division, or to the 
commanding officer of the marines. 



Officers performing duty under their imme- 
diate orders. 



Note. — An officer on special service for which there is no reporting senior, shall sub- 
mit his reports on fitness direct to the Bureau of Navigation. Naval attaches shall be 
reported upon by the Director of Naval Intelligence. 



47 



UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS. 



Reporting senior. 



Officers reported upon. 



The Major General Commandant. 



Head of Staff Department of Marine Corps . 
Departmental Commander 



The officer in charge of recruiting at head- 
quarters. 

Officer commanding advanced base force 
and brigade commanders. 



Regimental commander . 



Battalion commander 

Commanding officer of a marine barracks, 
a marine detachment of a shore station, 
and a Marine Corps rifle range. 
Officer in charge of recruiting division . . 



Heads of staff departments. 

Aids to Major General Commandant. 

Officers on duty in his office. 

Departmental commanders, command- 
ing officers of advanced base or other 
forces of the Marine Corps not under 
the command of another officer of the 
Navy or Marine Corps. 

Commanding officers of marine barracks, 
or marine rifle ranges, not under the 
command of another officer of the 
Navy or Marine Corps. 

Officers on duty in his office, and officers 
of his department on duty elsewhere 
not under command of a naval or ma- 
rine officer. 

Officers serving on his staff, command- 
ing officers of advanced base forces, or 
other forces of the Marine Corps, or of 
marine barracks, Marine Corps rifle 
ranges, or other organization, under 
the department and not under the 
command of another officer of the 
Navy or Marine Corps. 

Officers in charge of recruiting divisions. 

Officer in charge of recruiting publicity 
bureau. 

Regimental commanders. 

Officers of his staff. 

Battalion commanders of battalions not 
assigned to regiments. 

Company officers of companies attached 
to brigade headquarters. 

Battalion commanders. 

Regimental staff officers. 

Company officers of companies attached 
to regimental headquarters. 

All officers attached to his battalion. 

All officers under his command. 



1. All officers on duty in his division. 



Note.— An officer of the Marine Corps on duty the nature of which is 
such that there is no reporting senior shall submit his reports on fitness 
to the Major General Commandant. 



(3) The commanding officer of a ship shall require the executive 
officer to report to him on the fitness of all heads of departments 
and other officers attached to the ship, and shall, in addition, 
require the heads of ship departments to report to him on the 
fitness of officers who have performed duty under their orders. 
These reports rendered to the commanding officer by the executive 
officer and heads of departments are for his use in making his 
report on the fitness of all officers under his command, and shall 
not be forwarded to the department unless, in unusual cases, the 
commanding officer deems such procedure advisable, in which 
event he shall state the reason therefor. 



Preparation. 



48 

Mailing. (4) The reports of commanding officers of ships upon their sub- 

ordinates shall, when complete in all details, be sent direct to the 
Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Commandant of the 
Marine Corps, as the case may be. 

At navy yards. (5) The reports by heads of departments or divisions of navy 
yards and naval stations on their subordinates shall be forwarded 
to the commandant for his comment and indorsement, with special 
reference to military questions. When complete in all details the 
reports shall be sent direct to the Bureau of Navigation or the 
Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps, as the case 
may be. 

Division com- (g) ^ division commander shall forward the reports on the 
fitness of commanding officers of his division direct to the Bureau 
of Navigation. 

ports aT ° ral)le Ie " ^ Tbe marks anci comment shall cover only the period of time 
stated in the reports. A record of all punishments inflicted upon 
the officer, with the date and nature of offense and the kind and 
degree of punishment, shall be set forth under " Remarks." When- 
ever any portion of the report made by the reporting senior is 
in any sense unfavorable, the reason shall be clearly stated under 
the head of " Remarks " and the entire report shall be referred to 
the officer reported on for his statement with regard to the un- 
favorable portion, and the report and statement shall be returned 
without delay to the reporting senior. The reporting senior will 
forward the statement and fitness report to the Bureau of Navi- 
gation by indorsement. If the officer reported upon does not 
desire to make a statement, he shall so state in writing. Report- 
ing seniors are not required to give answers to queries which 
are beyond their personal knowledge. 
Remarks. (§) Reporting seniors shall always place under "Remarks" 

a brief expression of their opinion of the professional ability of 
the officers reported upon, this to be in addition to any other com- 
ment that they may deem pertinent and necessary to make the 
reports complete and adequate to their purpose. They shall par- 
ticularly state whether or not the officers previously reported 
upon unfavorably show improvement as regards the deficiencies 
in question. 
importance of (9) ^he importance of keeping the efficiency records of officers 
continuously complete in all respects requires prompt rendition 
of the same, and the responsibility is twofold — that of the officer 
reported upon to submit his report at the necessary times to his 
reporting senior, and the responsibility of the second named to 
see that the reports are promptly submitted to him by those upon 
whom he reports, and his own responsibility with respect to the 
expeditious completion of the reports and the forwarding of the 
same according to the instructions that apply to each case. 



49 

(10) Whenever a medical officer makes an entry in a health ceg 5*J°jJ e °J f *J; 
record that indicates the use by any officer of intoxicants or drugs toxicants or 
that tend to disqualify him physically, mentally, or morally for rugs * 
service, he shall immediately submit a written statement of the 

fact, quoting the entry, to the commanding officer of the ship, the 
commandant of the navy yard or naval station, or the division 
commander or the commander in chief (through official channels), 
as the case may be, and this officer shall immediately proceed with 
reference to said entry in the manner provided in paragraph 7 of 
this article, respecting unfavorable answers made by him to 
queries contained in the prescribed form of reports on fitness; and 
shall forward a copy of the same, the statement in regard thereto 
of the officer concerned, and such comments as he may deem 
proper, with his semiannual report of fitness to the department. 
Nothing herein contained shall preclude the further investigations 
and proceedings prescribed in chapter 4, section 1, Navy Regu- 
lations. 

(11) Special reports, in letter form, shall be made at any time Special report, 
that occasion may arise of — 

(a) Distinguished conduct in battle; 

(ft) Conspicuous acts of valor or devotion in line of duty; 

(c) Extraordinary courage, ability, or resource in time of peril 
or great responsibility. 

These provisions shall be strictly construed and not extended 
to cover acts of duty that, although out of the ordinary course, 
are yet not uncommon in seafaring or military life. The regular 
reports of fitness shall comprise as complete an estimate as practi- 
cable of an officer's performance of duty, special and ordinary, 
during the period in question. 

(d) Serious misconduct or marked inefficiency shall also be 
made the subject of a special report, a copy to be referred to 
the officer concerned for such statement as he may choose to 
make in reply. 

(e) Officers temporarily detached or absent from their regular 
stations, on duty out of or additional to the regular course, shall 
be reported on by the senior under whom the special or addi- 
tional duty is performed, the report, in letter form, to be sent to 
the officer's regular reporting senior for his information and 
to be appended to the next regular report of fitness. This para- 
graph shall not apply to duty on courts, boards, surveys, etc. 

(12) An officer's record on file shall include the following re- 
ports as to his qualifications and performance of duty : 

(a) Reports on fitness; 

(6) Special reports as prescribed in paragraph 11 of this 
article ; 



50 

(c) Extracts from the findings and recommendations of courts 
or boards concerning the officer's performance of duty ; 

(d) Reports from sources outside the Navy concerning an 
officer's performance of duty or his character; nothing unfavor- 
able shall be filed without investigation and the knowledge of the 
officer concerned. 

(e) Commendation or censure by a superior other than the 
officer who makes the report of fitness, provided it is based upon 
the findings of a court or a board or upon the writer's own knowl- 
edge of the facts, but not when founded solely upon information 
from the officer who makes the regular report of fitness in the 
case. 

(f) Statements of the officer in reply to any unfavorable matter 
on his record. 

The fitness of an officer for the service, with respect to promo- 
tion and assignment to duty, is determined by his record. Re- 
ports on fitness and special reports are decisive of the service 
career of the individual officer, and have important influence on 
the efficiency of the entire service. The preparation of these 
reports is, therefore, one of the most important and responsible 
duties of superior officers. 

(g) Proposed letters of admonition or commendation to officers 
of the Navy drafted by the Chief of Naval Operations or by a 
chief of a bureau, copies of which it is desired to have placed 
with an officer's record, will be placed before the Secretary for 
approval by the Bureau of Navigation ; if approved, the official 
letter will be prepared and presented for signature by said 
bureau. 

officers ° on S de" (^) Officers in command of vessels, squadrons, or flotillas not 
tached or inde- attached to a fleet shall forward reports of fitness in their case, 
pen en u y. ^^ filled out in those respects in which officers are required 
to report upon themselves, to the Chief of Naval Operations. 
Upon receipt these reports shall be completed as far as practicable 
by the Chief of Naval Operations and forwarded to the Bureau 
of Navigation. 

(14) When commanding officers of vessels, squadrons, or 
flotillas, not attached to a fleet, are in the presence of a senior 
officer, ashore or afloat, for a period of one month or more, the 
senior officer shall furnish such commanding officers with state- 
ments as to their performance of duty during that period, which 
statements shall be forwarded with the commanding officers' 
reports of fitness to the department (Chief of Naval Operations). 
Similarly, senior officers who have spent a month or more at 
any insular naval station, except Guantanamo and Olongapo, 



51 

shall furnish the commandant of the station with a statement to 
be forwarded by the commandant with his report of fitness. 

(15) After a naval action or campaign, and after service on 
shore with an expeditionary force or force of occupation, an 
entry shall be made on each officer's report of fitness of his partici- 
pation therein, stating the kind of service performed, giving dates 
and the names of any engagements in which he took part. 

138. 

(1) The health record of every officer shall be placed in the Health record. 
custody of the medical officer of the ship or station to which he is 

attached, and it shall be the duty of the medical officer to keep 
such record complete and to forward it through official channels 
to the ship or station to which the officer may be transferred. 

(2) Every officer shall inform the medical officer in whose 
custody his health record may be of his detachment, promotion, 
or of orders to appear before a medical board, for medical survey, 
promotion, or retirement. 

(3) In the case of an order for an officer to appear before a 
board involving a physical examination, the health record shall 
be forwarded through his commanding officer, if practicable, 
otherwise direct, to the senior member of such board for its 
consideration and the entry of the findings and recommendations 
of the board. 

(4) Upon the completion of the physical examination of an 
officer by a board the record shall be forwarded as follows : 

(a) To the medical officer of the station or ship to which 
assigned. 

(fo) In the case of officers unassigned, recommended to be 
granted sick leave or recommended to appear before another board, 
or other contingency when a proper destination is not obvious, to 
the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, accompanied by a statement 
of the circumstances in the case. 

(5) When an officer is ordered to duty where there is no medi- 
cal officer, or granted leave, or is otherwise permanently removed 
from the observation of the medical officer having custody of this 
record, it shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Medicine and 
Surgery. 

(6) Officers on duty or leave where there is no medical officer on 
duty shall furnish the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery with a 
report of any disability incurred while so employed, this report 
to become a part of the official health record of the officer. 



52 

139. 

Naval Reserve Enrolled members of the Naval Reserve Force when in active 

Force. service shall be subject to the laws, regulations, and orders for 

mitfed! 0m I)er "the government of the regular Navy, and the Secretary of the 

Responsibility. Navy may, in his discretion, permit the members of the Naval 

Navy reguia- Reserve Force to wear the uniform of their respective ranks, 

tions to govern ,.,'.*'. 

in active service, grades, or ratings while not in active service, and such members 
shall, for any act committed by them while wearing the uni- 
form of their respective ranks, grades, or ratings, be subject to 
the laws, regulations, and orders for the government of the 
regular Navy. (Act of 1 July, 1918.) 

140. 

Identification tags shall be worn by all persons in the naval serv- 
ice in time of war or other emergency. The tag shall consist of an 
oval plate of Monel metal, 1.25 by 1.50 inches, perforated at one 
end and worn suspended around the neck. 

The following information is required on identification tags: 
Name, date of entry into service, date of birth, and finger print. 
In case of officers, the rank shall be entered. 



CHAPTER 3. 



RANK, COMMAND, AND DUTY. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 148-160. Officers in general. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 161-179. Detail of command and duty. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 180-186. Law and decisions on rank and command. 



Section 1. — Officers in General. 
148. 

(1) Officers of the United States Navy shall be known as officers Uniforms and 
of the Line and officers of the Staff. titlcs of offlcers - 

(2) Applicable alike to regulars and reservists, the uniform of 
any given rank or rating in the Navy shall hereafter be identical 
in every respect throughout except for the necessary distinguish- 
ing corps devices; and every officer in the Navy shall be desig- 
nated and addressed by the title of his rank without any discrimi- 
nation whatever. 

(3) In oral official communications officers below the rank of 
commander may be addressed as H Mr." and in the case of the 
officers of the Medical Corps as " Dr." In written communica- 
tions the name and the corps to which any staff officer belongs 
will be stated immediately after his name; for example: Lieuten- 
ant John Doe, Medical Corps, United States Navy ; Lieutenant 
John Doe, Supply Corps, United States Navy; Lieutenant John 
Doe, Construction Corps, United States Navy ; and Lieutenant 
John Doe, Civil Engineer Corps, United States Navy. 

149. 

(1) On the active list the officers of the line are, by law, as Rank and titles 
follows : Admiral, vice admiral, rear admiral, captain, commander, of llne offlcers - 
lieutenant commander, lieutenant, lieutenant (junior grade), and 

ensign; and they have, respectively, these titles. 

(2) Line officers have rank in the order given in paragraph 1 
of this article and shall exercise military command accordingly, 
subject to the restrictions of article 150 (G) (7). 

(3) Midshipmen are, by law, officers in a qualified sense. 
They are classed as being of the line. 

(4) On the retired list the grades of the officers of the line are 
the same as on the active list, with the exception of admiral and 
vice admiral, with the addition of the grade of commodore, which 
takes rank next after that of rear admiral. 

183481°— 20 5 (53) 






54 

Rank in grade. (5) All the above officers shall take rank in each grade accord- 
ing to the dates of their commissions; in the absence of com- 
missions they shall take rank according to the order in which 
their names appear upon the Official Navy Register as kept in 
the Navy Department. 

150. 

Authority of (1) Officers of the line exercise military command. 

(2) Only officers on duty can exercise, or are subject to, com- 
mand except as provided for in article 87. 
sMps^expedi- ^ ^ n a11 occasions where two or more ships' expeditions or 
tions. detachments of officers and men meet, the command of the whole 

devolves upon the senior line officer, subject to the limitations of 
paragraphs (6), (7), (9), of this article. 

(4) At all times and places not specifically provided for in 
these regulations, where the exercise of military authority for 
the purpose of cooperation or otherwise is necessary, of which 
the responsible officer must be the judge, the senior line officer 
on the spot shall assume command and direct the movements and 
efforts of all persons in the Navy present, subject to the limita- 
tions of paragraphs (6) and (9) of this article or specific orders. 

(5) The senior line officer shall be held accountable for the 
exercise of his authority, and^ust not divert any officer from a 
duty confided to him by a common superior, or deprive him of his 
command or duty without good and sufficient reason. 

Officers of the (Q) Officers of the line restricted by law to the performance of 
line restricted to . . „ „ , ^ , „ ^ 

certain duties, engineering duties only, officers of the Naval Flying Corps re- 
stricted by law to aeronautical duties only, officers of the Naval 
Coast Defense Reserve, officers of the Naval Auxiliary Reserve, 
and officers of the Naval Reserve Flying Corps shall have all 
necessary authority for the exercise of command within their 
particular departments or services for the performance of their 
respective duties, but shall not exercise military command out- 
side of their respective departments or services. Nothing herein 
shall be taken to restrict the rights of officers of the line of 
the Navy, assigned to engineering duties only, to succeed to com- 
mand on shore within the meaning of the law. 

(7) The commanding officer of a squadron, division, flotilla, or 
higher naval authority may, when he deems it desirable and where, 
not restricted by law, specially authorize any line officer to exer- 
cise command on board the ship to which he is attached without 
regard to the above restrictions and may specifically designate the 
senior line officer to whom the restrictions of paragraph (6) ap- 
ply, to exercise the functions of senior officer present in the 
absence of a line officer not sO restricted. 
Combined (8) For the purpose of determining who shall exercise com- 

forces 

mand over a combined force, composed of vessels commanded by 



55 

officers of the Naval Reserve Force and vessels commanded by 
officers of the Regular Navy, acting in conjunction, or over a com- 
bined force composed of military units commanded by officers of 
said reserve force and officers of the Regular Navy or Marine 
Corps, acting in conjunction, an officer of the Reserve Force of or 
above the rank of lieutenant commander or major will be re- 
garded as junior to lieutenant commanders and majors, of the Reg- 
ular Navy and Marine Corps, respectively. (Act Aug. 29, 1916; 
act July 1, 1918.) 

(9) When serving on shore with a mixed detachment, composed Mixed detach- 
of seamen and marines, the marines shall always be placed on the 
right in battalion or other infantry formation, and the senioi 
officer of the line of the Navy, or of the Marine Corps, according 
to rank, shall command the detachment. 

151. 

The officers of the staff are as follows : Medical officers, dental Staff officers. 
officers, supply officers, chaplains, professors of mathematics, naval 
constructors, civil engineers. 

152. 

(1) When the office of chief of bureau is filled by an officer Bank and titles 
below the rank of rear admiral, said officer shall, while holding ° f h ""fVo^bu- 
said office, have the rank and, except as otherwise provided for by reaus. 

law or regulation, title of rear admiral. 

(2) The chiefs of the Bureaus of Medicine and Surgery, Supplies Titles of other 
and Accounts, Engineering, Construction and Repair, and Yards re'aas! f 8 ° f b °" 
and Docks, while holding these offices, shall have, respectively, 

the title of Surgeon General of the Navy, Paymaster General 
of the Navy, Engineer in Chief of the Navy, Chief Constructor 
of the Navy, and Chief of Civil Engineers of the Navy. Each such 
chief of bureau, however, shall be addressed and designated by 
the title of his rank, in written communications the title of his 
office to be stated next after his name. 

(3) Correspondence from a chief of bureau shall show the name 
of his office. 

(4) The Judge Advocate General shall be an officer of the Navy fl Jud &f Advocate 
or Marine Corps, and shall have, while holding said office, the 

rank and title of rear admiral in the Navy or major general in 
the Marine Corps, as the case may be. 

(5) An officer holding an acting appointment shall affix the title Acting ap- 
of his acting rank to his official signature, and when such appoint- P ° " men 8 * 
ment is revoked he shall resume the title of his actual rank. 



56 



153. 



Authority of (1) Officers of the staff shall, under the commanding officer, have 
staff officers. a n necessary authority within their particular departments for 
the due performance of their respective duties, and they shall be 
obeyed accordingly by their subordinates. 

(2) They shall not, by virtue of rank and precedence, have any 
additional right to quarters, nor shall they have authority to exer- 
cise command, except in their own corps, and except as provided 
in articles 170 and 171; nor shall they take precedence of their 
commanding officer; nor shall they take precedence of the aid or 
executive of the commanding officer while executing the orders of 
such commanding officer on board of the vessel or at the station to 
which he is attached; nor shall they be exempted from obeying 
the lawful commands of officers of the line who may be charged 
by proper authority with the details of military duty incident to 
the naval service. 

154. 

Precedence of (1) All line officers of the same rank take precedence with each 
officers. other according to their respective dates of commission in such 

rank. All staff officers of the same rank take precedence with each 
other according to their respective dates of commission in such 
rank. All line and staff officers of the same rank, originally com- 
missioned as officers of the Navy since March 4, 1913, take pre- 
cedence with each other according to their respective dates of 
commission in such rank. All line and staff officers of the same 
rank, originally commissioned as officers of the Navy on or before 
March 4, 1913, take precedence with each other according to 
length of service in the Navy. (For purpose of estimating length 
of service such staff officers are credited with constructive service 
under sec. 1486, R. S., as amended.) The precedence of officers 
of the Navy is shown in the precedence list published in the Navy 
Register. Where commissioned officers of the different corps, 
who are not graduates of the Naval Academy, take precedence 
from the same date, they shall be arranged in the precedence table 
to take rank in the following order: (a) Line officers; {&) medi- 
cal officers; (c) officers of the Supply Corps: (d) chaplains; (c) 
professors of mathematics; (/) naval constructors; (g) civil 
engineers. 

(2) All processions on shore where officers appear in an official 
capacity and where formation is necessary, shall be regarded as 
military formation. (Sec. 14S9, R. S.) 

(3) TVhen on active duty officers of the Naval Reserve Force 
shall take precedence among themselves and with other officers of 
the naval service in their respective grades or ranks according to 
the dates of their commissions or provisional assignment of rank 



57 

in the Naval Reserve Force: Provided, That all officers of the 
Naval Reserve Force of and above the rank of lieutenant com- 
mander shall rank with but after officers of the same rank or 
grade in the United States Navy, except that in time of war or 
other national emergency such officers of the Naval Reserve 
Force shall have a date of precedence with officers of the United 
States Navy as of the date of general mobilization, to be estab- 
lished by the Secretary of the Navy. 

155. 

(1) The relative rank between officers of the Navy, whether on Officers of the 
the active or retired list, and officers of the Army and of the Ma- Army and Marine 
rine Corps, shall be as follows, lineal rank only being considered : Cor P s> 

(a) Admiral shall rank with general. 
(&) Vice admiral with lieutenant general. 

(c) Rear admiral with major general. 

(d) Commodore with brigadier general. 

(e) Captain with colonel. 

(/■) Commander with lieutenant colonel. 

(g) Lieutenant commander with major. 

(h) Lieutenant with captain. 

(i) Lieutenant (junior grade) with first lieutenant. 

0') Ensign with second lieutenant. (Sec. 1466, R. S.) 

(2) In fixing the relative rank of officers of the Army, officers of 
the Navy, and officers of the Marine Corps, of the same grade and 
date of appointment and commission, the time which each may 
have actually served as a commissioned officer of the United 
States, whether continuously or at different periods, shall be 
taken into account. (Sec. 1219, R. S.) 

(3) Officers in the same grade in the Army, Navy, and Marine 
Corps have relative rank and precedence among themselves ac- 
cording to the dates, respectively, of their commissions, the senior 
in commission ranking the junior. (Op. Att. Gen., Oct. 7, 1905.) 

(4) Graduates of the Naval Academy who, upon graduation, are 
assigned to the Marine Corps and appointed second lieutenants 
therein, take rank with their classmates who are appointed en- 
signs in the Navy, in accordance with their final standing upon 
graduation. This applies only while holding the same relative 
rank and date of commission. 

156. 



The officers of the Marine Corps shall be, in relation to rank, „ Officers of the 
i the same footi 
(Sec. 1603, R. S.) 



on the same footing as officers of similar grades in the Army. Jnd Army. C ° rP8 



58 



157. 



Officers of the (l) The relative rank between officers of the Navy and Marine 
Corps, whether on the active or on the retired list, and officers of 
the Coast Guard, shall be as follows : 

(a) Captain commandant with captain. 

(&) Commander and engineer in chief with commander. 

(c) Lieutenant commander and lieutenant commander (Engi- 
neering) with lieutenant commander. 

(d) Lieutenant and lieutenant (Engineering) with lieutenant. 

(e) Lieutenant (junior grade) and lieutenant (junior grade) 
(Engineering) with lieutenant (junior grade). 

(f) Ensign and ensign (Engineering) with ensign. "Provided, 
That all laws applicable to the titles hereby abolished in the Coast 
Guard shall apply to the titles hereby established;" (act ap- 
proved June 5, 1920). 

Whenever the personnel of the Coast Guard, or any part there- 
of, is operating with the personnel of the Navy in accordance 
with law, precedence between commissioned officers of correspond- 
ing grades in the two services shall be determined by the date of 
commissions in those grades. (Act Aug. 29, 1916.) 
Coast Guard (2) The Coast Guard constitutes a part of the military forces 
Navy 3 1J S%. rTng of the United States operating under the Treasury Department in 
" war « time of peace, and as a part of the Navy, subject to the orders of 

the Secretary of the Navy in time of war, or when the President 
shall so direct. (Act. Jan. 28, 1915.) Whenever the whole or 
any part of the personnel of the Coast Guard is operating with 
the personnel of the Navy, officers and men of each service shall 
have the same authority and control over officers and men of the 
other service as that to which their rank or rating entitles them 
in their respective services. (Executive order of May 2, 1916.) 

(3) Whenever in time of war the Coast Guard operates as part 
of the Navy, the personnel of that service shall be subject to the 
laws prescribed for the government of the Navy (act Aug. 29, 
1916), but they shall continue to be subject to the laws, regula- 
tions, and orders for the government of the Coast Guard, except 
in so far as may be necessary for discipline, command, and 
effective military administration. 

158. 

Warrant offl- ^ Boatswains, gunners, machinists, carpenters, pay clerks, 
cers. acting pay clerks, sailmakers, pharmacists, marine gunners, and 

quartermaster clerks are warrant officers. They take precedence 
of each other on the active list of the Navy or Marine Corps, 
according to the date of their warrants, and in case the warrants 
of two or more of them are of the same date, then according to 
the order in which their names are borne upon the Official Navy 



59 

Register as kept in the Navy Department. They take precedence 
next after midshipmen and ahead of all mates. 

(2) After six years from date of warrant, boatswains, gunners, Commissioned 
machinists, carpenters, sailmakers, and pharmacists, and pay 
clerks upon completion of a total service of six years as pay 
clerk, acting pay clerk, and paymaster's clerk, if duly qualified, 
shall be commissioned chief boatswains, chief gunners, chief ma- 
chinists, chief carpenters, chief sailmakers, chief pharmacists, 
and chief supply clerks, respectively, to rank with but after 
ensigns, and shall be designated commissioned warrant officers. 
On the active list of the Navy, these commissioned warrant offi- 
cers take precedence after ensigns, and of each other according 
to the dates of their commissions, and in case the commissions of 
two or more of them are of the same date, then according to the 
order in which their names are borne upon the Official Navy 

Register as kept in the Navy Department. Their commissions 
give no additional right to quarters on board ship or to command. 

(3) Chief boatswains, chief gunners, chief machinists, boat- How classed, 
swains, gunners, and machinists are classed as line officers of the 
Navy; chief carpenters, chief pay clerks, chief sailmakers, chief 
pharmacists, carpenters, pay clerks, sailmakers, and pharma- 
cists, as staff officers. So far as succession to command or succes- 
sion to duties aboard ship outside the engineer department are 
concerned, chief machinists and machinists are restricted to the 
performance of engineering duty only. 

(4) Such commissioned warrant officers as are or may be re- Rank of, and 

Drocodcncc 

tired with the rank of lieutenant (junior grade) take precedence 
next after officers having the rank of lieutenant (junior grade). 
Such boatswains, gunners, carpenters, pay clerks, and sail- 
makers as are retired with the rank of the next higher grade shall 
take precedence with other officers of the Navy next after ensigns. 
All commissioned warrant officers and warrant officers when 
retired take precedence of each other as when on the active list; 
and in case the seniority of two or more of the same rank is of 
the same date, then according to the order in which their names 
are borne upon the Official Navy Register as kept in the Navy 
Department. 

(5) Commissioned warrant officers and warrant officers who 
are retired without advancement in rank shall take precedence 
as when on the active list. 

159. 

(1) Mates are rated, by authority of the Secretary of the Navy, Mates. 
from seamen and ordinary seamen who have enlisted in the naval 
service for not less than two years. (Sec. 1408, R. S.) Mates 
have no relative rank, but they shall take precedence of all petty 
officers, noncommissioned officers of the Marine Corps, and en- 



60 

listed men, and in their own grade according to the dates of their 
appointment. 

160. 

Authority of Commissioned warrant officers, warrant officers, mates, and 
cers* and * petty P e ^y officers shall have, under their superiors, all necessary 
officers. authority for the due performance of their duties, and they shall 

be obeyed accordingly. 

{Precedence of petty officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine 
corps together with their ratings will be published in a Navigation Manual 
each year.) 

Section 2. — Detail of Command and Duty. 

161. 

Duty per- Officers of the Navy shall perform such duty at sea or on shore 
as may be assigned them by the department. 

162. 

Staff officer, Any staff officer who has performed duty as Chief of Bureau for 
a full 
R. S.) 



Chief of Bureau. & f uU term ghaU thereafter be exempt from sea duty. ( Sec. 1436, 



163. 

Officers re- Such rear admirals, captains, and commanders as are by law 
neering duties? " restricted to the performance of engineering duties shall be as- 
signed accordingly, and to shore duty only, except that such com- 
manders may be assigned to duty as fleet and squadron engi- 
neers. (Act Aug. 29, 1916.) 

164. 

'classification The President is authorized to establish, and from time to time 

of vossols 

to modify, as the needs of the service may require, a classification 
of vessels of the Navy, and to formulate appropriate rules govern- 
ing assignments to command of vessels and squadrons. (Act Mar. 
3, 1901.) 

165. 

Merchant Vessels under the jurisdiction of the Navy in foreign ports hav- 
crcws. 

ing merchant crews are amenable to navigation laws. Crews must 

be shipped and discharged before consuls and papers deposited 

with consuls, except in those cases where anticipated orders for 

prompt movement makes this course undesirable, in which case 

the consul is to be notified. 

166. 

Assignments to A fleet may be commanded by a flag officer; a force, a squadron, 
or division by a flag officer, captain, or commander; a destroyer 
or submarine flotilla by a captain, commander, or lieutenant com- 



61 

mander; a destroyer or submarine division by a lieutenant com- 
mander or lieutenant. (See sec. 1434, R. S.) 

167. 

A naval station may be commanded by a rear admiral, captain, Naval stations, 
or commander. 

168. 

The executive officer of a ship shall be of lower grade than the Executive offi- 

, . cer. 

captain. 

169. 

An ensign shall perform such duties afloat as may be assigned Ensigns. 
him, and as may be prescribed elsewhere in the Navy Regulations, 
including junior officer of the watch, deck or engine room; but 
shall not be detailed for duty on the staff of a flag officer, nor as 
aid to the commanding officer of a ship. 

170. 

(1) An officer of the Medical Corps of the Navy, not below the. Command of 

hospital ships. 
rank of lieutenant commander, may command a hospital ship or 

ambulance ship. 

(2) Officers of the medical corps shall command naval hospitals, 
naval medical schools, hospital corps schools, medical supply 
depots, and separate naval dispensaries or sick quarters. 

171. 

Line officers may be detailed for duty under staff officers in Duty under 
the manufacturing and repair departments of navy yards and sa ° cers ' 
naval stations. (Act approved June 24, 1910.) 

172. 

(1) Should the flag officer commanding die, become incapaci- Flag offlcer in 

tated, or leave his station permanently before being relieved by a <*lef command 

disabled; sue- 

successor appointed by the Secretary of the Navy, the line officer cession, 
next in rank in the fleet or squadron shall succeed to the command 
and discharge its duties until regularly relieved, in addition to his 
regular duties ; and he shall have all the authority and responsi- 
bility of a flag officer in command as if assigned to that duty in 
terms by the Navy Department. 

(2) An officer who succeeds to command as provided in this 
article acquires no increase of rank nor change in personal title. 



62 

Absence less (3) During the temporary absence of a flag officer from his 
than twenty- „ ° -.. , ,,. , , , „ , 

four hours. command afloat, not exceeding twenty-four hours, he shall be rep- 
resented by the chief of staff or, in his absence, by the captain 
of the flagship, who is authorized to carry out the established 
routine and make the necessary signals therefor. 

Absence ex- (4) j n a por t f the United States, on the occasion of the ab- 
ceeding twenty- „ 

four hours in sence of a flag officer from his command afloat, for a period ex- 

u. s. port. ceeding twenty-four hours, his flag shall be hauled down, and the 

command, subject to any directions from the flag officer, shall de- 
volve upon the senior line officer present in the fleet, squadron, or 
division, with the title of senior officer present. 
Absence ex- (5) j n a foreign port, upon the occasion of the absence of a 
four hours in flag officer from his command afloat, for a period exceeding 24 
foreign port. ix 0urS) the command, subject to any directions from the flag officer, 
shall devolve upon the senior officer present in the fleet, squadron, 
or division, with the title of senior officer present, and the flag 
officer's flag shall be hoisted over the ship in which the temporary 
commander is embarked, but without a salute* 

173. 

Flag officer in (1) If the flag officer commanding be killed in battle, the officer 
killed in° battle, next in rank on board the ship bearing his flag shall succeed pro- 
visionally and until the senior officer in the fleet announces that he 
has taken command. It shall be the duty of the officer thus suc- 
ceeding provisionally to report to such senior officer as soon as 
practicable, and by private signal, the death of the flag officer. 
The flag of the deceased shall be kept hoisted until the battle is 
decided. 

(2) A commander in chief, a commandant of a naval station, 
or other officer on detached or independent service shall, in the 
event of his protracted illness or disability for a period of two 
weeks, report the fact to the department, by telegraph if beyond 
the continental limits of the United States, otherwise by letter. 

174. 

Authority of a h The commanding officer of a ship not a flagship with a flag 
?™**!!l c <f<L^ hen officer .embarked as passenger by due authority shall be subject to 
the orders of such flag officer. The latter, when so embarked, 
shall display his flag. 
Passengers as- 2. Other officers embarked as passengers, senior to the com- 
signed to duty. man ding officer, shall have no authority, but those junior to him, 
if not on a flag officer's staff, may be assigned to duty when the 
exigencies of the service render it necessary, of which necessity 
the commanding officer shall be the sole judge. Passengers thus 
assigned shall have the same authority as though regularly at- 
tached to the ship, but shall not displace any officer belonging to 
the regular complement of the ship in his quarters. 



63 

175. 

No officer can place himself on duty by virtue of his commis- pe r/SnS r duty- t0 
sion or warrant alone. 

176. 

An officer duly appointed to act in any grade shall, while serv- Authority of 

acting aopoint- 

ing under such appointment, be entitled to the same command, ments. 
precedence, and honors as if he held a commission in that grade 
of the same date as his appointment. 

177. 

Retired officers of the Navy and Marine Corps may be em- Retired offl- 
ployed on active duty, with their consent, in time of peace. (Act c 
Aug. 22, 1912.) In time of war, or a national emergency de- 
clared by the President to exist, such retired officers may, in the 
discretion of the Secretary of the Navy, be ordered to perform 
active duty. (Act July 1, 1918.) 

178. 

An officer of the Navy can not assume command of Army forces Authority o f 
on shore, nor can an officer of the Army assume command over Army 7 officer! 
any ship of the Navy, or over its officers or men afloat, except in serving together, 
either case by special authority for a particular service; but 
when officers of the Navy are on duty on shore with the Army 
they shall be entitled to the precedence of the rank in the Army 
to which their own corresponds, except command as aforesaid, 
and this precedence will regulate their right to quarters. 

179. 

(1) Officers ordered to duty under the Lighthouse Board, the Officers on duty 
Bureau of Fisheries, or the Coast and Geodetic Survey, shall re- sirvice^under 

port by letter to the Secretary of Commerce, and while on such Fish . Commission, 

or in Coast Sur- 
duty they shall obey the orders and directions of the Secretary yey. 

of Commerce and of the Lighthouse Board, the Bureau of Fish- 
eries, or the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, as the case 
may be. 

(2) While on the duty indicated above, officers will be held 
directly responsible to the Secretary of the Navy, for conformity 
to the rules and Articles for the Government of the Navy, and 
the Navy Regulations, except only in so far as they may be in- 
consistent with the special service in which they are engaged. 
They will also be held responsible for the care of the persons, 
vessels, and public property that may be placed under their con- 
trol. 






64 

Section 3. — Law and Decisions on Rank and Command. 
180. 

See.i468,R.S. Commanding officers of vessels of war and of naval stations 
shall take precedence over all officers placed under their com- 

Sec.i469,R.S. mand. The Secretary of the Navy may, in his discretion, detail 
a line officer to act as the aid or executive of the commanding 
officer of a vessel of war or naval station, which officer shall, 
when not impracticable, be next in rank to said commanding 
officer. Such aid or executive shall, while executing the orders 
of the commanding officer on board the vessel, or at the station, 
take precedence over all officers attached to the vessel or station. 
All orders of such aid or executive shall be regarded as proceed- 
ing from the commanding officer; and the aid or executive shall 
have no independent authority in consequence of such detail. 

Sec.l470,R.S. Staff officers, senior to the officer so detailed, shall have the right 
to communicate directly with the commanding officer. In pro- 

Sec.i489,R.S. cessions on shore, on courts-martial, summary courts, courts of 
inquiry, boards of survey, and all other boards, line and staff 
officers shall take precedence according to rank. 

181. 

Decision. Tlie foregoing are provisions of the statute laws of the country. 

In view of the fact that their meaning and force have been some- 
times misunderstood, they are here given for the information of 
the service, with the following declaration and regulations, pro- 
mulgated as the views of the Secretary of the Navy, upon the 
subject matter, and his official construction of the law as it exists 
in relation thereto. By the force of naval law, and regulations 
made in conformity therewith, the following principles are estab- 
lished and exist as essentials of all military service, without which 
there can be neither command, discipline, nor responsibility : 
Authority of (a) Officers intrusted with the command of vessels of war or 
mand? B C ° m " naval stations, or with the command or direction of any military 
expedition or duty, whatever their rank, must, while properly in 
such command or direction, have full command, authority, and 
precedence over all officers and persons, of whatever rank, serving 
in such vessel, station, or expedition, or in the execution of such 
duty. This authority and precedence will descend to the officer 
or person on whom such command or direction may devolve by 
reason of the death, disability, or absence of the person otherwise 
in command or direction. 
m Death, disa- (&) in case of death, disability, or absence of an officer in mili- 
of l commanding tary command or direction, this command and direction, with all 
officer * its authority and precedence, devolves and rests upon the line 

officer eligible to command next in rank who may be present and 



65 

on duty with such command. In processions on shore all officers 
take precedence according to their rank ; but when such procession 
forms a military command, the command devolves upon the senior 
line officer present eligible to command, subject to the limitation 
of article 150, paragraph (9), and authority and precedence attach 
accordingly. On all courts-martial, courts of inquiry, boards of 
survey, and other boards, line and staff officers take precedence 
according to rank. The senior officer of such courts or boards pre- 
sides by virtue of his rank. 

(c) Officers of the staff corps of the Navy shall on all occasions staff officers, 
be treated with the same respect as officers of corresponding rank 

in the line not in command, under like circumstances. Their 
legal rank carries with it the same personal dignity and is to re- 
ceive, in all respects, the same consideration. If they are at any 
time subordinated, for any purpose of organization or duty, to 
the exercise of authority delegated by law to their juniors in 
actual rank, it is for reasons growing out of the necessities of 
military service, operating alike on all officers of both line and 
staff under like circumstances, and subject to the same conditions 
applicable to all. The right of military command and to addi- 
tional quarters is restricted by law. 

(d) No officer of any grade of the Navy is authorized by virtue Authority to 
of his own mere rank and authority to give any order or grant ssue or ers ' e 
any privilege, permission, or liberty to his senior in rank of any 

corps; nor is any senior officer required to receive such order, 
privilege, permission, or liberty from his junior, unless such junior 
is at the time in command of the vessel of war or naval station 
to which the senior is attached, or in command or direction of 
the military expedition or duty on which such senior is serving, 
or is, as aid or executive, executing such order of the commanding 
officer ; and no commanding officer is authorized to delegate to any 
junior the authority to grant any permission, privilege, or liberty 
to his senior, but must himself receive and hear, under proper 
regulations, any request therefor from such senior, satisfying 
himself as to its propriety, and deciding the matter in the exercise 
of his own authority. Any officer on shipboard, however, who is 
intrusted by general provision or special order of proper authority 
with any duty, the present performance of which may involve the 
movements of the ship itself, or the attitude of the ship's com- 
pany as a whole, represents the commanding officer for that pur- 
pose, and is intrusted, for the time, with all the authority neces- 
sary for the proper performance of such duty; and all officers, 
of whatever rank, are required to assist in carrying out such 
duty, and to receive and execute his orders for that purpose ; nor 
will he be interfered with therein, unless by the commanding 
officer, or the aid or executive, who are entitled to relieve him in 
the performance of such duty. 



66 



182. 



offl The « e J? cut i T ® (!) The efficiency of every military organization requires of the 

ties and author- commanding authority, besides the general duties of command 
y * and direction, the additional duties of organization, police, and in- 

spection ; all these appertain to and go with the command. For the 
relief of the commanding officer they are usually intrusted, in 
their details, to subordinates, but they are performed by his au- 
thority and under his direction. On shipboard and at navy yards 
the Secretary of the Navy, by authority of law, designates the 
senior line officer to perform these duties in addition to the 
ordinary duties assigned to him as such line officer attached to 
the ship or yard. The officer so designated is called, for the time 
being, " the aid or executive of the commanding officer." This is 
not a new rank; nor has the officer by virtue of the title, or in 
consequence of the detail, any new independent authority. It is 
merely a designation of the officer who, for the relief of the com- 
manding officer or commandant, and by his authority alone, car- 
ries out, on board the ship or at a navy yard, the details of organi- 
zation, inspection, and police. 

poike C onsMp ° f ( 2 ) As the officer in charge of the police of the ship and the exe- 
cution of all provisions made for her general good condition, ap- 
pearance, and safety, the duties of the executive officer of a ship 
are constant and call him everywhere, and give him, as representa- 
tive of the commanding officer for that purpose, charge of and 
authority over the details necessary to the proper performance of 
all police duties. To this authority all officers and persons are re- 
quired to yield full and prompt acquiescence. 

officer o7ship ing ^ As tlie ins P ectm S officer of the ship, required at stated pe- 
riods to examine and report her general condition and efficiency 
in all her departments, the aid or executive is entitled to make 
personal examination of and report upon all these, and for that 
purpose every facility is to be afforded him by every officer at- 
tached to the vessel; and all officers in charge of storerooms or 
other parts of the ship are required to have such storerooms or 
parts of the ship in proper condition for his inspection, at such 
times as may be designated by the commanding officer. 

w iVh o?gSza d - < 4 > As the officer t0 wnom the details of tlie organization of the 
Hon. ship's company are intrusted, the aid or executive is the proper 

person to station the officers and crew, and to prepare, form, pa- 
rade, and present them in proper attitude for review and inspec- 
tion by the commanding officer or other proper officer, and for this 
purpose he has authority to take preliminary charge of all forma- 
tions and parades, to see that the whole is properly organized and 
paraded, and to receive the reports customary on such occasions 
from the officers in charge of departments and divisions, and trans- 
mit them as a whole to the commanding officer. While carrying 



67 

out the details of organization and those of police and inspection, 
in execution of the orders of the commanding officer, the aid or 
executive takes precedence over all officers attached to the ship, 
and shall be obeyed and respected accordingly. Reports of heads 
of departments and of officers senior in rank to the aid or execu- 
tive, other than those above mentioned, will be made direct to the 
commanding officer. The commanding officer is authorized to 
grant temporary leave of absence to the officers and others at- 
tached to the vessel. Under his orders and special directions such 
leave of absence may be granted by the aid or executive to officers 
who are junior to him in rank ; these officers will report their re- 
turn from leave to the aid or executive. Officers senior in rank 
to the aid or executive desiring to leave the ship will obtain the 
required permission directly from the commanding officer, and 
upon their return from leave will report the same to him. All of- 
ficers will report their permission to leave the ship, and their re- 
turn, to the officer of the deck. The departure and return of of- 
ficers senior to the aid or executive will be reported to the latter 
by the officer of the deck. 

(5) These duties of organization, inspection, and police devolve Exercise of an- 
u 4.1. * i-i *• <*! * _ thorlty by execu- 

upon the aid or executive of the commanding officer of a vessel tive officer. 

of war " by virtue of his detail as such " aid or executive," and 
they, and the exercise of the authority necessary to execute them, 
are recognized by all military law and usage, and by the statute 
which authorizes his designation. But they are duties pertaining 
to the command, delegated, under sanction of law, by the com- 
manding officer to his " aid or executive," who, in carrying them 
out, is " executing the orders of the commanding officer," and the 
authority exercised as necessary to their execution is the author- 
ity of " the commanding officer," exercised by his " aid or execu- 
tive," and not the authority of the " aid or executive " himself. 
By the express provision of the statute, this officer has " no inde- 
pendent authority " as such " aid or executive," but exercises only 
the authority necessarily delegated for the execution " of the or- 
ders of the commanding officer." This delegated authority, how- 
ever, is recognized by the statute which confers on the " aid or 
executive," while exercising it, " precedence over all officers at- 
tached to the ship," of whatever rank or corps. But this special 
precedence is given to him only "while executing the orders of 
the commanding officer on board ship," and is not his under other 
circumstances. 

(6) The officer in command of a ship of war is not authorized ^J^ 1 ^ 1011 of 
to delegate his power except for the carrying out of the details 

of the general duties to be performed by his authority. The com- 
mand is his, and he can neither delegate the duties of it to an- 
other, nor avoid its burdens, nor escape its responsibilities ; and 
his " aid or executive," in the exercise of the power given to him 



68 

for " executing the orders of the commanding officer," must keep 
himself constantly informed of the opinions and wishes of the 
commanding officer ; and whenever and as soon as he may be in- 
formed or is in doubt as to such opinion or wishes he must rem- 
edy such defect by prompt and personal application, to the end 
that the authority of the commanding officer may be used only to 
carry out his own views; and that he may not be, by its unwar- 
ranted exercise, in any measure, relieved from his official respon- 
sibilities, which can neither be assumed by nor fall upon any 
other officer. 
Authority other (7) The details of these duties may be more fully denned by 

I'll '111 3S ©X6CD." 

tive. * general or special orders and regulations, but the " aid or execu- 

tive of the commanding officer of a vessel of war " has, as such 
" aid or executive," no other duties or authority except those 
which come within the scope of the above descriptions ; and any 
other authority at any time to be exercised by the officer desig- 
nated as such " aid or executive " must be such authority only as 
belongs to him by virtue of his rank in the line. This is his in 
his own right, with all the power and precedence which belong 
to it, but it is to be exercised only according to the general rules 
governing alike all officers of all corps and every grade. 
Sot required (S) It is not necessary, nor consistent with military usage and 
thority for or- efficiency, that the " aid or executive " should be required to an- 
ders * nounce with every order given or authority exercised by him as 

such, that he is " executing the orders of the commanding officer." 
The delegated character of this authority is fully understood and 
is defined by the statute, which contemplates obedience to it as 
such by " all officers attached to the vessel," and the statute, while 
it provides that the officer detailed to act as " aid or executive " 
shall, " when not impracticable, be next in rank to the command- 
ing officer," still contemplates the same obedience when this is 
impracticable. 
Complaints (9) Any complaint or appeal growing out of the exercise of 
an appea s. these duties should be made to the commanding officer, and the 
right to make any such complaint or appeal shall not be denied to 
any person. 
Right of offi- (10) The right of all officers, whether of the line or staff, to 
cate * with^om- c° mm u n icate with the commanding officer at all proper times and 
manding officer, places is not to be denied or restricted ; but this does not interfere 
with the duty of all such officers to recognize and acquiesce in the 
authority delegated to the " aid or executive " for the purpose of 
police, organization, and inspection as aforesaid, nor confer upon 
any such officer the right to interrupt the ordinary course of mili- 
tary organization or duty, while in actual execution, for the pur- 
pose of making such communication. 



69 

(11) The general principles involved in the relations of the aid 
or executive to the commanding officer of a ship as laid down in 
this article shall also govern, as far as they may be applicable, in 
the case of the aid or executive to the commandant of a navy 
yard. 

183. 

Every officer in charge of a department has the general right, Officers in 
at all proper times, to communicate and confer directly with the ^rtuients* e " 
responsible commanding officer concerning any matter relating 
to his department; and his duty to do so is absolute whenever 
he thinks it necessary for the good of his department or of the 
service. 

184. 

It is conceivable that most unusual and extraordinary circum- Unusual cir- 

C 11 111 S t SI 11 C ( v s 

stances may arise in which the relief from duty of a commanding 
officer by a subordinate becomes necessary, either by placing him 
under arrest or on the sick list; but such action shall never be 
taken without the approval of the Navy Department or other 
appropriate higher authority, except when reference to such 
higher authority is undoubtedly impracticable because of the 
delay involved or for other clearly obvious reason. Such refer- 
ence must set forth all facts in the case, and the reasons for the 
recommendation, with particular regard t<> the degree of urgency 
involved. 

185. 

In order that a subordinate officer, acting upon his own initia- 
tive, may be vindicated for relieving a commanding officer from 
duty, the situation must be obvious and clear, and must admit 
of the single conclusion that the retention of command by such 
commanding officer will seriously and irretrievably prejudice the Conditions to 
public interests. The subordinate officer so acting must be next in fu h ' 
lawful succession to command ; must be unable to refer the matter 
to a common superior for one of the reasons set down in article 
184; must be certain that the prejudicial actions of his command- 
ing officer are not caused by secret instructions unknown to the 
subordinate; must have given the matter such careful considera- 
tion, and must have made such exhaustive investigation of all 
the circumstances, as may be practicable; and finally must be 
thoroughly convinced that the conclusion to relieve his command- 
ing officer is one which a reasonable, prudent, and experienced 
officer would regard as a necessary consequence from the facts 
thus determined to exist. 
183841°— 20 6 



70 



186. 



Intelligently fearless initiative is an important trait of mili- 
tary character, and it is not the purpose to discourage its em- 
ployment in cases of this nature. However, as the action of reliev- 
BesponsiMlity. ing a superior from command involves most serious possibilities, a 
decision so to do or so to recommend should be based upon facts 
established by substantial evidence, and upon the official views 
of others in a position to form valuable opinions, particularly of a 
technical character. An officer relieving his commanding officer 
or recommending such action, together with all others who so 
counsel, must bear the legitimate responsibility for, and must be 
prepared to justify, such action. 



CHAPTER 4. 



ADMINISTRATION AND DISCIPLINE. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 196-204. The exercise at authority. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 205-210. — Arrest or suspension 
Sec. 3. — Art. 211-220. Punishments. 



Section 1. — The Exercise of Authority. 
196. 

Punishment shall be in strict conformity with the laws for Punishments. 
the government of the Navy. 

197. 

(1) In order to avoid unnecessary recourse to courts of inquiry inquiry into 
and general courts-martial, it is directed that where an officer Misconduct. 0l 
or other person shall be reported to his immediate commanding 

officer for grave misconduct, the latter shall institute a care- 
ful inquiry into the circumstances on which the complaint is 
founded. He shall call upon the complainant for a written state- 
ment of the case, together with a list of his witnesses, mention- 
ing where they may be found, and a memorandum of any docu- 
mentary evidence bearing upon the case which may be obtainable. 

(2) He shall also call upon the accused for such counter state- 
ment or explanation as he may wish to make, and for a list of 
the persons he desires to have questioned in his behalf. If the 
accused does not desire to submit a statement he shall set forth 
that fact in writing. 

(3) In the infliction of punishment upon enlisted men for lesser Minor offenses. 
offenses, commanding officers of vessels and marine barracks, 

should, in ordinary cases, resort to the authority conferred upon 
them by the provisions of article 24 of the Articles for the Govern- 
ment of the Navy, instead of convening summary courts-martial 
or deck courts for the trial thereof. The certainty of prompt 
punishment is more conducive to discipline than punishment de- 
terred long after the offense. 

(71) 



72 

198, 

Reports, coin- Officers making reports or complaints shall confine themselves 
plaints, etc., to „ 

be in temperate exclusively to facts; and statements submitted in reply to or 

language. in ex pi ana tion thereof must be couched in temperate language 

and relate specifically to the matter referred to therein* Officers 
to whom such reports or complaints are submitted for statement 
must not reply by making counter charges. Officers desiring to 
prefer charges against others should make them independently. 
Opinions must not be expressed, nor the motives of others im- 
pugned. 

199. 

Commanding If, after the investigation of a report against an officer or 

action upon re- other person in the Navy, the commanding officer shall not deem 

P ° rtS t o °ref"r Ce to tlie f£ ense one requiring the action either of a court of inquiry 

higher authority, or court-martial, he shall himself take such action as he may 

think necessary, within the limits of punishment allowed him by 

law. 

200. 

Cases requiring (1) If upon such investigation the commanding officer shall 
* cial * be satisfied that the charge is such as to call for judicial action 

he may place the accused under suspension or in confinement, 
as the case may require, neither of which, however, shall be con- 
sidered as a punishment. 

(2) He shall transmit to the Secretary of the Navy, through, 
the Bureau of Navigation, or, in the case of officers or enlisted 
men of the Marine Corps, through the commandant of the Marine 
Corps, or such superior officer as may be authorized to convene a 
general court martial, as the case may require, a letter reporting 
fully and accurately in detail and in the order of their occurrence, 
the circumstances on which the charge, or charges, may be 
founded, and when words constitute the substance of the offense, 
those used are to be set out as fully and exactly as possible in 
the letter. The letter is not in any way to refer to accompanying 
reports for the circumstances constituting the offense, but is, in 
itself, to be so circumstantial as to afford a full account of the 
real nature and extent of the offense charged and to the allega- 
tions of which the offender would be held to confess should be 
plead guilty. 

201. 

Further pro- (l) Should the Secretary of the Navy, or such superior officer 
as may be authorized to convene a general court-martial, decide 
that ho trial is to take place, the accused shall be at once released 



73 

and restored to duty. But if it be decided that the accused shall 
be brought to trial, the court shall be assembled for that purpose as 
soon as the nature of the case and the interests of the public 
service will allow, unless, meanwhile, such information or ex- 
planation shall reach the convening authority as to make it advis- 
able to withdraw the charges and restore the accused to duty. 

(2) When a trial has been decided upon, the accused shall, as 
soon as practicable, be furnished with a copy of the charges and 
specifications, and at the same time be placed formally under 
arrest for trial. 

(3) When the trial of an enlisted man by general court-martial 
is ordered, the judge advocate shall be furnished with all infor- 
mation available and necessary to the prosecution of the case. 

202. 

Whenever an accusation is made against an officer, gather by Officer for- 

. , . .. j, , nished with copy 

report or by indorsement upon a communication, a copy of such of accusation. 

report or indorsement shall be furnished him at the time. 

203. 

The commanding officer of a ship or other competent authority Temporary re- 
may release temporarily and put on duty an officer under sus- ^"^^""tr?" or 
pension or arrest, should an emergency of the service or other investigation, 
sufficient cause make such measure necessary. The order for 
temporary release shall be in writing and shall assign the rea- 
sons. Should the officer be under charges, they need hot be with- 
drawn; and such temporary release and restoration to duty 
shall not be a bar to any subsequent investigation or trial of 
the case that the convening authority may think proper to order, 
nor to the investigation of any complaint the accused may make 
in regard to the suspension or arrest. 

204. 

Offenses shall not be allowed to accumulate in order that Charges not to 
sufficient mat lor may thus l>e collectively obtained for a trial, with- accumulate 5 !* * 
out giving due notice to the offender. 

Section 2. — Arrest or Suspension. 

205. 

The placing of an officer or enlisted man under arrest to await Purpose and 
trial by court-martial is to insure his presence at the trial and me ° arres ' 
to give him a reasonable opportunity to prepare his defense. In 
general, the accused shall not be placed under arrest until just 



74 

prior to the trial, except when it may be advisable as a precaution 
against his escape or to enable him to prepare his defense, or 
when, owing to the nature of the offense and the character or 
condition of the accused, his confinement is necessary in the 
interests of good order and discipline. In all cases of confinement 
it shall be no more rigorous than the circumstances require. 

206. 

Surrender of (1) An officer, when placed under arrest, either as a punish- 
ment or to await further disciplinary action, shall deliver up his 
sword, through the arresting officer, to the commanding officer of 
the ship or other competent authority. 
Limits of ar- (2) He shall confine himself to the limits assigned him at the 
time of his arrest or afterwards, under pain of dismissal from 
the service. . 

(3) He shall not visit his commanding or other superior officer 
officially unless sent for; but in case of business requiring atten- 
tion, he shall make it known in writing. 
Temporary res- ( 4 ) He mav be restored temporarily to duty by his commanding 
toration to duty, officer when conditions warrant it, but such action shall not be 
construed as a bar to any disciplinary action pending. 

207. 

Suspension. ^n officer suspended from duty shall confine himself to the 
limits assigned him at the time of his suspension, or afterwards, 
and his failure to do so shall be regarded as a breach of arrest. 

208. 

esSaint meBt ° F An officer P lac ^d under arrest or suspension on board ship shall 
not be confined to his room or restrained from the proper use of 
any part of the ship to which before his arrest or suspension he 
had a right, except the quarter-deck, poop, and bridges, unless 
such confinement or restraint shall be necessary for the safety 
of the ship or of the officer or for the preservation of good order 
and discipline; but such confinement shall not be imposed for a 
longer time than absolutely necessary. Similarly, at a naval sta- 
tion or other place on shore, the confinement or restraint imposed 
shall not be unduly rigorous. 

209. 

Arrest or sus- (1) Whenever a commanding officer, commandant, or other 
officer of the Sup" senior officer orders an officer of the Supply Corps under suspen- 
ply Corps. sion or arrest, he shall take possession of the safe and of the keys 

of the storerooms under the charge of such officer, and shall imme- 
diately cause a seal to be placed on the safe in the presence of tfie 



75 

officer suspended. The senior officer present shall immediately 
thereupon direct a board, consisting of at least three officers, to 
take an inventory of the money, papers, clothing, provisions, and 
small stores in charge of such officer; shall take such steps in 
regard to other stores under the charge of the officer concerned 
as may be practicable for the purpose of safeguarding the inter- 
ests of the Government, of the officer relieved, and of such officer 
as may be then or later ordered to take charge thereof, without 
unduly interfering with the progress of work, and shall appoint a 
suitable person to take immediate charge thereof, who shall be 
present at such inventory. 

(2) Should the officer of the Supply Corps concerned be released Restoration of 

' rrw '■ T * an officer of th« 

from suspension or arrest and restored to duty, the senior officer Supply Corps to 

present shall, in the same manner and under the same conditions u y * 

as stated above, cause a second inventory of the money, papers, 

clothing, provisions, and small stores to be taken, and the officer 

restored to duty shall be held responsible only for the money and 

stores then on hand, as thus ascertained. The officer in question 

and the person appointed to take charge shall both be present 

when the above inventories are taken, and they shall each be 

furnished with copies of the same. 

(3) Whenever in either of the above cases the senior officer When inven- 

j, • . , , . . , , « ±, t° r y can not be 

present deems it impracticable to have an inventory taken of the taken. 
stores, he shall furnish the officers concerned with a certificate 
to that effect. 

(4) If the officer restored to duty after temporary suspension is Accounts i n 

cases of tempor- 

satisfied with the vouchers for expenditures of all kinds furnished ary suspension, 
by the officer who has acted in his stead, he shall state the fact in 
writing, which will relieve the officer who has so acted from ren- 
dering accounts to the Auditor for the Navy Department and to 
the Navy Department. 

(5) Before an officer of the Supply Corps under suspension or Books and 

. . . , j_, u ., , . , . , , vouchers of offl- 

arrest is taken permanently from the ship or station to which he cer of the Sup- 
has been attached he shall be allowed a reasonable time in which jJj t# Corps in ar " 
to close his books and complete his vouchers; and no books or 
vouchers necessary to the perfect settlement of his accounts shall, 
under any circumstances, be taken from his personal charge unless 
absolutely necessary for the public interest, in which case a 
detailed receipt for the same shall be furnished him by the person 
appointed to take charge of, or to relieve him from his duties. 

210. 

No officer can demand a court-martial on himself, or on any officers in ar- 
other person, or persist in considering himself under the restraint «rt can not in- 
of arrest after he has been released by proper authority, or refuse tried. ° U 
to return to duty. 



76 



Section 3. — Punishments. 



Restraint 

prisoners to 
tried. 



Treatment 
prisoners. 



Release of 
prisoners. 



Kre 
water. 



211. 

> f (1) When any enlisted person is confined for a longer time than 
e ten days to await trial by court-martial, the commanding officer 
shall keep in view the fact that his confinement is protracted sim- 
ply to insure the appearance of the prisoner before the court by 
which he is to be tried. He must not, therefore, be subjected to 
greater rigor than is necessary to effect that object. 

(2) Commanding officers will send to the department on the 
30th of each month a report showing all the facts in any case 
where they have used irons on any man in the naval service. 

(3) Confinement of this character is not to be employed except 
where it is absolutely necessary with violent prisoners, and not 
at any time as a punishment inflicted by a commanding officer. 

212. 

of (1) The commanding officer shall assure himself that persons 
in confinement suffer no cruel or unusual treatment at the hands 
of his subordinates. 

(2) He shall direct the release of every person upon the expira- 
tion of the term of confinement. 
and (3) The awarding of punishments involving confinement upon 
bread and water or diminished rations, though not prohibited by 
law, is not regarded with favor by the Department. Should a 
sentence involving confinement or diminished rations be awarded, 
the same will not be carried into effect without prior action of 
the Department. 

213. 
(1) All reports of misconduct shall be investigated by the com- 
manding officer before punishment is adjudged. After morning 
inspection he shall be furnished by the executive officer with a 
list of persons reported for offenses during the preceding day. 
After inquiring into the facts in each case at the mast, giving to 
both accuser and accused an impartial hearing, he shall assign a 
punishment, when necessary, and affix his signature in the report 
book. 
be n Jeia\ed tl0n t0 (^ T ^ e investigation of a report, except where summary action 
is deemed necessary, shall be deferred until the morning follow- 
ing the day on which the report is made ; but longer delay shall be 
avoided. 

214. 
Extra duty as punishment shall ne discontinued on Sunday. 

215. 
Cells for the confinement of prisoners shall not be less than six 



Investigation 
of reports. 



Punishments on 
Sunday. 



Dimensions of 
ships' prisons. 



feet long and three and one-fialf feet broad, with the full height 



77 

between decks, and shall be properly ventilated. They shall not 
be altered without the authority of the Navy Department. 

216. 

(1) Prisoners shall not be confined in any other spaces than Prisons and 

■, ■ ■, , . , j -> , ,-x , , other spaces used 

those which have been designated by the Navy Department as for confinement. 

prisons or spaces proper to be used as such. In case of necessity. 

extra spaces may be authorized by a commander in chief on a 

foreign station, by a senior officer present, or by the commanding 

officer of a ship acting singly, and the medical officer of the ship 

shall be called upon to report whether such spaces are fit for 

prison use. 

(2) Intoxicated men shall not be confined in any place or man-. Confinement of 
ner that may be dangerous to them in their condition. 

217. 

Entries in the log regarding punishments shall include the Punishments <• 

1) 6 entered i k 

name, rank, or rating of the offender, the date and nature of the \ os boot, 
offense, and the kind and degree of punishment. The date of 
every suspension, arrest, confinement, and restoration to duty 
shall also be entered upon the log book. (Art. 24.) 

218. 

An admonition or caution in the ordinary course of duty shall Admonition in 
not be considered as a reprimand in the sense of punishment. course of d «ty- 

219. 

If, in the opinion of the commander in chief or senior officer Report of 
present, a trial by court-martial is necessary, he shall either sub- flrongs " 
mit a succinct report of the case, together with all correspondence 
relating thereto, to the Secretary of the Navy, or shall himself 
at once prefer charges against the offender and convene a court- 
martial for his trial, as the case may seem to require. 

220. 

When any officer of the naval service, including midshipmen Intoxication 
and warrant officers, is officially reported as having been guilty an mmora ty * 
of intoxication or immorality, the matter will be reported to the 
Navy Department before any disciplinary action is taken by 
other authority, except that when such other authority is so 
empowered he may order a trial by general court-martial without 
referring the matter to the Navy Department. 

(Attention is called to arts. 81, 90, 97, 98, 99, 120, 184, 185, 186.) 



CHAPTER 5. 



HONORS, DISTINCTIONS, SALUTES, AND CEREMONIES. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 230-238. The President of the United States, the Vice 
President, an ex-President, the president or sovereign 
of a foreign State and members of royal families. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 239-247. Cabinet officers, the Chief Justice, governors, 
Members of Congress, diplomatic representatives, and 
consuls. 

—Art. 248-264. Naval and military officers. 

—Art. 265-295. Honors and distinctions in general. 

—Art. 297-303. Honors and salutes to foreign governments 
and officials. 

—Art. 304-315. Gun salutes in general. 

—Art. 316-319. Return gun salutes. 

—Art 320. Ensigns displayed when saluting or returning 
salutes. 

—Art. 321-343. Ensigns, flags, and pennants. 

. — Art. 344-357. Visits of ceremony. 

. — Art. 358-361. Anniversaries, solemnities, and holidays. 

. — Art. 362-379. Funeral ceremonies. 

. — Art. 380. Naval Reserve. 



Sec. 


3.- 


Sec. 


4.- 


Sec. 


5.- 


Sec. 


6.- 


Sec. 


7.- 


Sec. 


8- 


Sec. 


9.- 


Sec. 


10 


Sec. 


11. 


Sec. 


12 


Sec. 


13 



Section 1. — The President of the United States, the Vice 
President, an Ex-President, the President or Sovereign of a 
Foreign State and Members of Royal Families. 

230. 

(1) The composition consisting of the words and music known An JJ e m National 
as " The Star Spangled Banner " is designated the National 

Anthem of the United States of America. 

(2) Whenever the National Anthem is played on board a ves- Honors to the 
sel of the Navy, at a naval station, or at any place where persons tt em . 
belonging to the naval service are present, all officers and en- 
listed men not in formation shall stand at attention facing to- 
ward the music (except at colors, when they shall face toward 

the colors). If in uniform, covered, they shall salute at the first 

(79) 






80 

note of the anthem, retaining the position of salute until the last 
note of the anthem. If not in uniform and covered, they shall 
uncover at the first note of the anthem, holding the headdress 
opposite the left shoulder and so remain until the last note of 
the anthem, except that in inclement weather the headdress may 
be slightly raised. 

(3) When played by a naval band under the circumstances 
contemplated by this paragraph, the National Anthem shall be 
played through without the repetition of any part not required 
to be repeated to make it complete. 

(4) The same marks of respect prescribed for observance dur- 
ing the playing of the National Anthem of the United States shall 
be shown toward the National Anthem of any other country when 
played upon official occasions. 

(5) The playing of the National Anthem of the United States 
or of any other country as a part of a medley is prohibited. 

231. 

The President (i) when the President of the United States visits a ship of 
«n board ship. 

the Navy, all officers of the vessel shall assemble in dress uniform 

on the side of the quarter-deck on which he enters; he shall be 
received at the gangway by the flag officer and commanding 
officer, accompanied by such other officers as may be designated ; 
the rail shall be manned ; the full guard paraded ; and such of 
the crew as are not otherwise employed shall be formed in order 
forward of the guard. When the President reaches the deck, 
officers and men shall salute; the guard present arms; the drum 
give four ruffles and the bugle sound four flourishes; the ruffles 
and flourishes shall be followed by the National Anthem by the 
band; the President's flag shall be displayed at the main at the 
moment he reaches the deck and kept flying as long as he is on 
board. A national salute shall be fired as soon as practicable 
after the President shall have been received. The same cere- 
monies shall be observed when the President leaves the ship, 
the salute being fired when the boat shall be sufficiently clear. 
Should no band be present to play the National Anthem, the 
bugle shall sound "To the colors." The President's flag shall 
be hauled down with the last gun of the salute. (Art. 322.) 

(2) All other ships of the Navy present at the time of the 
official reception or departure of the President shall, unless other- 
wise directed by the senior naval officer present, man the rail, and 
fire the national salute at the same time as the ship visited. 

(3) A ship of the Navy flying the flag of the President shall be 
regarded as the ship of the senior officer present, and her motions 
shall be followed accordingly. 



81 

(4) Whenever the President is embarked in a ship flying- his 
flag, all ships of the Navy, on meeting her at sea or elsewhere, and 
all naval batteries, when she is passing, shall fire a national 
salute. 

(5) When the President, embarked on board a ship with his 
flag flying, passes close aboard a ship of war, the rail shall be 
manned unless instructions to the contrary have been received 
from the senior officer present and the honors laid down in article 
266 shall be rendered, except that the full guard shall be paraded 
instead of the guard of the day. The same ceremonies shall be 
observed by a ship when passing the President's flag flying aboard 
another ship. 

(6) When the President, embarked in a boat with his flag 
flying, passes close aboard a ship of the Navy, the full guard of 
the latter shall be paraded in a conspicuous position, four ruffles 
given on the drum and four flourishes sounded on the bugle, the 
national anthem shall be played by the band, and officers and men 
shall salute. The rail shall not be manned unless specific orders 
have been received from the senior officer present to do so. The 
same ceremonies shall be observed by a ship when passing the 
President's flag flying in a boat. 

(7) W T hen the President of the United States is regularly 
embarked on board a ship of the Navy, but is absent therefrom at 
night with the intention of returning within twenty-four hours, 
his absence shall be indicated by eight white lights displayed 
at the peak, one above the other. 

(8) When the President visits a naval station officially, the 
honors prescribed by paragraph 1 of this article shall be rendered, 
as far as may be practicable, the full guard being paraded and 
the President received by the commandant and other officers at 
such place or places as may be most suitable. 

232. 

(1) When an ex-President of the United States visits a ship of An ex-Presi- 
the Navy he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article dent ' 

231, except that the rail shall not be manned, the ruffles and 
flourishes shall be followed by a march by the band, arid no 
flag shall be displayed in his honor unless the reception takes 
place in a foreign port, when the national ensign shall be dis- 
played at the main during the salutes. (Art. 322.) 

(2) When an ex-President of the United States visits a naval 
station he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article 
231 (8), except that the ruffles and flourishes shall be followed 
by a march by the band. 



82 

233. 

The Vie* Presi- (1) When the Vice President of the United States visits a ship 
of the Navy he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in 
article 231, except that the rail shall not be manned, the ruffles 
and flourishes shall be followed by a march by the band, and there 
shall be but one salute of nineteen guns, which shall be fired at his 
departure, the national ensign being displayed at the fore during 
the salute. 

(2) When the Vice President visists a naval station officialiy 
he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article 231 (8), 
except that the ruffles and flourishes shall be followed by a 
march by the band, and there shall be but one salute of 19 guns, 
which shall be fired upon his arrival instead of on departure. 

234. 

A foreign pres- ^ W T hen the president of a foreign republic or a foreign sov- 
ident or sover- ereign visits a ship of the Navy the same honors as those prescribed 
in article 231 shall be extended, except that the national ensign 
of the country represented shall be displayed at the main during 
the entire visit, and the National Anthem of that country played 
by the band. (Art. 322.) 

(2) When the president of a foreign republic or a foreign sov- 
ereign visits a naval station officially he shall receive the same 
honors as prescribed in article 231 (8), the National Anthem 
of his country being played by the band. 

235. 

A member of a (1) When any member of a royal family visits a ship of the 
royal family. jfavy the honors prescribed in article 234 shall be extended, 
except that the national flag shall be displayed only during the 
salute. (Art. 322.) 

(2) When any member of a royal family visits a naval station 
officially he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article 
231(8), the National Anthem of his country being played by the 
band. 

236. 

Meeting a for- Whenever a ship of the Navy falls in with a friendly foreign 
8*0 y ereign, 1 ei or ship of war flying the standard or flag of a president of a re- 
roy™?famiiy f * P UDlic ' sovereign, or member of a royal family, or passes near 
such standard or flag, if flying elsewhere than from a ship of war, 
a national salute shall be fired and the flag of the nation of the 
president, sovereign, or prince displayed at the main during the 
salute. (Art. 322.) 



83 

237. 

When naval vessels are passing Washington's tomb, Mount Vessels passing 

W fit s li i 11 fftoii's 

Vernon, Va., between sunrise and sunset, the following ceremonies tomb, 
shall be observed as far as practicable: Full guard and band 
paraded; bell tolled and colors half-masted at the beginning of 
the tolling of the bell. When opposite Washington's tomb taps 
shall be sounded on the bugle, guard present arms, and officers 
and men on deck stand at attention and salute. The colors shall 
be mast-headed at the last note of taps, the band playing the 
National Anthem, the end of which will be the signal for " carry 
on." 

238. 

None of the foregoing salutes shall be fired bv any except ships . Ships author- 
° IT. ized to salute, 

authorized to salute according to article 304. 

Section 2. — Cabinet Officers, The Chief Justice, Governors, 
Members of Congress, Diplomatic Representatives, and Con- 
suls. 

239. 

(1) When the Secretary of the Navy visits officially a ship of «[* | a ^ etary 
of the Navy, all officers of the vessel shall assemble in dress 

uniform on the side of the quarter-deck on which he enters ; 
he shall be received at the gangway by the flag officer and the 
commanding officer, accompanied by such other officers as may 
be designated ; the full guard shall be paraded, and the crew 
formed in order forward of them. When the Secretary reaches 
the deck, officers and men shall salute, the guard present arms, 
the drum give four ruffles, and the bugle sound four flourishes; 
the ruffles and flourishes shall be followed by a march by the 
band, and the Secretary's flag shall be displayed at the main while 
he is on board. A salute of nineteen guns shall be fired as soon 
as practicable after he is received on board. The same cere- 
monies shall be observed when the Secretary of the Navy offi- 
cially leaves the ship, the salute being fired when the boat shall 
be sufficiently clear ; the Secretary's flag being hauled down with 
the last gun of the salute. (Art. 322.) 

(2) When a ship of the Navy falls in with a vessel flying the 
flag of the Secretary of the Navy, his flag shall be saluted with 
nineteen guns. If two or more ships in company fall in with 
a vessel flying such flag, only the senior of the ships in company 
shall fire a salute. 

(3) When the Secretary of the Navy, embarked on board a 
ship with his flag flying, passes close aboard a ship of the Navy, 
the honors laid down in article 266 shall be rendered, except 



84 

that the full guard shall be paraded instead of the guard of the 
day. The same ceremonies shall be observed by a ship when 
passing the flag of the Secretary of the Navy flying aboard an- 
other ship. 

(4) When the Secretary of the Navy, embarked in a boat with 
his flag flying, passes close aboard of a ship of the Navy, the full 
guard of the latter shall be paraded in a conspicuous position, 
four ruffles given on the drum and four flourishes sounded on 
the bugle, a march shall be played by the band, and officers and 
men shall salute. The same ceremonies shall be observed by a 
ship passing the Secretary's flag flying in a boat. 

(5) When the Secretary of the Navy is regularly embarked on 
board a ship of the Navy, but is absent therefrom at night with 
the intention of returning within twenty-four hours, his absence 
shall be indicated by six white lights displayed at the peak, one 
above the other. 

(6) When the Secretary of the Navy visits a naval station, 
officially, the honors prescribed in paragraph 1 of this article 
shall be rendered, as far as may be practicable, the full guard 
being paraded and the Secretary received by the commandant 
and other officers at such place or places as may be most suitable. 

240. 

pSSVcaM- (1) With the exce P tion tnat tnere sna11 be but one salute, to 
net other than be fired upon departure, and that the national ensign shall be 
the Navy? aTy ° displayed at the fore during the salute, the same honors as pre- 
scribed in article 239 shall be extended when a ship of the Navy 
is visited officially by a member of the President's Cabinet other 
than the Secretary of the Navy, or by the President pro tempore 
of the Senate. 

(2) Upon official visits to naval stations of one of the officials 
mentioned in paragraph (1) of this article the honors prescribed 
in article 239 (6) shall be rendered, except that there shall be 
but one salute, which shall be fired upon arrival. 

241. 

The Assistant ( i ) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy visits officially 
Navy. ar e a ship of the Navy, all officers of the vessel shall assemble in 

dress uniform on the side of the quarter-deck on which he enters. 
He shall be received at the gangway by the senior officer on board, 
accompanied by such other officers as he may designate; the full 
guard shall be paraded, and the crew formed in order forward 
of them. When the Assistant Secretary reaches the deck, officers 
and men shall salute ; the guard present arms ; the drum give 
four ruffles and the bugle sound four flourishes; the ruffles and 



85 

flourishes shall be followed by a march by the band, and the 
Assistant Secretary's flag shall be displayed at the main while he 
is on board. A salute of seventeen guns shall be fired as soon as 
possible after the Assistant Secretary shall have been received. 
The same ceremonies shall be observed when the Assistant Secre- 
tary of the Navy officially leaves the ship, the salute being fired 
when the boat shall be sufficiently clear, the Assistant Secretary's 
flag being hauled down with the last gun of the salute. (Art. 322.) 

(2) When a ship of the Navy falls in with a vessel flying the 
flag of the Assistant Secretary of the Navy, his flag shall be 
saluted with 17 guns. If two or more ships in company fall in 
with a vessel flying such flag, only the senior of the ships in 
company shall fire a salute. 

(3) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy, embarked on 
board a ship with his flag flying, passes close aboard of a ship 
of the Navy, the honors laid down in article 266 shall be ren- 
dered, except that the full guard shall be paraded instead of the 
guard of the day. The same ceremonies shall be observed by a 
ship when passing the flag of the Assistant Secretary flying aboard 
another ship. 

(4) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy, embarked in a 
boat with his flag flying, passes close aboard of a ship of the 
Navy, the full guard of the latter shall be paraded in a conspicuous 
position, four ruffles shall be given on the drum and four flourishes 
sounded on the bugle, a march shall be played by the band, and 
officers and men shall salute. The same ceremonies shall be 
observed by a ship passing the Assistant Secretary's flag flying 
in a boat. 

(5) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy is regularly em- 
barked on board a ship of the Navy, but is absent therefrom at 
night with the intention of returning within twenty-four hours, 
his absence shall be indicated by four white lights displayed at 
the peak, one above the other. 

(6) When the Assistant Secretary of the Navy visits a naval 
station officially, the honors prescribed in paragraph 1 of this 
article shall be rendered, as far as may be practicable, the full 
guard being paraded and the Assistant Secretary received by the 
commandant and other officers at such place or places as may be 
most suitable. 

242. 

(1) With the exception that the officers shall wear undress Chief Justice 
uniform, that there shall be but one salute of seventeen guns, to court? Supreme 
be fired upon departure, and that the national ensign shall be dis- Governor gen- 
played at the fore during the salute, the same honors as prescribed A committee of 
in article 240 shall be extended when a ship of the Navy is visited Jenf'Tn * 
183841°— 20 7 



86 

p°™ of Seuat ^ officially by the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of the United 

or the Speaker^, , , , „ . , 

of the House of States ; by a governor general of islands or groups of islands occu- 

Be GJvlrnor tl of S 'aP ied h ^ tne United States forces, when the visit is made within 
State, Territory, the waters of the islands of which he is governor general the 
or Island, 

President pro tempore of the Senate ; a committee of Congress, or 

the Speaker of the House of Representatives; by a governor of 
one of the States or Territories of the United States, or of an 
island under the control of the United States, within the waters 
of the State, Territory, or island of which he is governor. 

(2) When one of the officials mentioned in paragraph 1 of this 
article visits a naval station officially, the honors prescribed in 
that paragraph shall be rendered, as far as may be practicable, 
the full guard being paraded and such official received by the com- 
mandant and other officers at such place or places as may be 
most suitable. The salute shall be fired upon arrival instead of 
on departure. 

243. 

a.b ambassa- (1) When an ambassador visits officially a ship of the Navy, 
whether within the waters of the nation to which he is accredited 
or elsewhere, he shall be rendered the same honors as are pre- 
scribed in article 231, paragraph 1, except that the rail shall not 
be manned; there shall be but one salute of 19 guns, which 
shall be fired at his departure, and the national ensign shall be 
displayed at the fore during the salute. 

(2) When an ambassador visits a naval station officially, he 
shall receive the same honors as are prescribed in article 231, 
paragraph 8, except that there shall be but one salute of 19 
guns, which shall be fired upon his arrival instead of at his 
departure. 
High commis- (^ When a high commissioner or other diplomatic officer of the 
sioner. United States, whose credentials give him powers equal or superior 

to those of an ambassador, visits officially a ship of the Navy 
he shall receive the same honors as those prescribed for an am- 
bassador. 
Enroy extraor- (4) When an envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary. 
Ste? pienfpoten- minister resident, diplomatic representative above the rank of 
tiary ? minister charge d'affaires and below that of envoy extraordinary and min- 
charge d'affaires, ister plenipotentiary or charge d'affaires of the United States 
visits officially a ship of the Navy within the waters of the 
nation to which he is accredited, he shall be received by the flag 
officer and commanding officer and such other officers as may be 
designated, in undress uniform, with the full guard, and with 
honors as follows : 

(a) An envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary, three 
ruffles and flourishes ; band to play a march, and on departure a 
salute of 15 guns, with national ensign at fore during the salute. 



87 

(6) A minister resident, or diplomatic representative as above, 
two ruffles and flourishes ; band to play a march, and on departure 
a salute of 13 guns, with national ensign at fore during salute. 

(c) A charge d'affaires, one ruffle and one flourish; band to 
play a march, and on departure a salute of 11 guns, with national 
ensign at fore during salute. 

244. 

(1) First secretaries of embassies rank with, but after, briga- 
dier generals in the Army and hold a rank intermediate between 
rear admirals and captains in the Navy. 

(2) Secretaries of legations rank with, but after, colonels in the Secretaries of 

. . legations or em- 

Army and captains in the Navy. bassies. 

(3) Secretaries of embassies and legations shall be given the 
side honors and courtesies due their rank, but they shall not be 
saluted with guns except when acting as charge d'affaires, in 
which case the provisions of article 243, paragraph 4, shall govern. 

245. 

(1) When a consul general, consul, vice consul, or consular Consul general, 
agent visits officially a ship of the Navy within the foreign port v^ce"consai or 
to which he is accredited he shall be received, in the case of a con- Consular agent. 
sul general, by the flag officer and commanding officer, and in the 

case of the other officials mentioned, by the commanding officer, and 
the guard of the day shall be paraded. 

(2) Upon the departure of the above-named officials a salute 
shall be fired with the national ensign displayed at the fore during 
the salute, the number of guns to be — 

(a) For a consul general, eleven guns. 

(b) For a consul, seven guns'. 

(c) For a vice consul or a consul a r agent, five guns. 

(3) A vice consul, when in charge of the office and acting as 
consul general or consul, is entitled to the same boribrs, salutes, 
and precedence as regards exchange of official visits as the titular 
officer. 



246. 

(1) Consuls general and consuls general at large rank with, but 
after, brigadier generals in the Army and hold rank intermediate 
between rear admirals and captains in the Navy. On occasions 
of ceremony other than purely diplomatic functions, consuls gen- 
eral, for questions of precedence, rank with, but next before, first 
secretaries of embassies. 



Precedent. 



88 

247. 

Diplomatic or (1) When a diplomatic or consular officer of the United States 
taking^ paSase makes a passage, officially, aboard a ship of the Navy, to the coun- 
aboard. try to which he is accredited, he shall be rendered the honors 

prescribed in articles 243 or 245 upon disembarking from the 
ship after arrival in the country in question. No salute shall be 
fired in his honor when he comes on board in the port of de- 
parture, unless such port be a foreign port, in which case he shall 
receive the same honors upon arrival as prescribed above for his 
disembarkation. 

(2) Should such diplomatic or consular officer come on board 
a ship of the Navy in a port of the country to which he is ac- 
credited, for passage home or to some other country, he shall re 
ceive the same honors upon embarkation as are prescribed in 
the preceding paragraph for disembarkation. He shall receive no 
salute upon disembarkation at his destination unless such des- 
tination be a foreign port, in which case he shall receive the 
same honors as when he embarks. 

Section 3. — Naval and Military Officers. 
248. 

Salutes. ( 1 ) Officers are entitled to salutes, ruffles, and flourishes, as 

follows : 

(a) Admiral: Seventeen guns, four ruffles and flourishes. 
( J) ) Vice Admiral : Fifteen guns, three ruffles and flourishes. 

(c) Rear Admiral: Thirteen guns, two ruffles and flourishes. 

( d ) Commodore : Eleven guns, one ruffle and flourish. 

(2) The Major General Commandant and other general officers 
of the Marine Corps are entitled to the same salutes and other 
honors as naval officers of corresponding rank. 

(3) A captain or commander appointed to command a squadron 
with temporary rank higher than his permanant rank, is entitled 
to the salute and other honors due the temporary rank conferred 
upon him by his Government. 

(4) In all cases where a guard is paraded for an officer whose 
rank entitles him to a salute of eleven guns or more, the band, if 
there be one, shall be paraded with the guard. (Arts. 271 and 
272. ) In tendering honors to a flag or general officer, or official of 
like rank, the band shall play the "Admiral's March." 

249. 

A flag officer (1) When a flag officer goes on board his flagship to assume 

assumes com- command the officers of the vessel shall assemble in dress uniform 

on the side of the quarter-deck on which he enters ; he shall be 



89 

received at the gangway by the commanding officer and such other 
officers as the latter may designate; the guard shall be paraded 
and the crew at quarters ready for inspection. When the flag 
officer reaches the deck, officers and men shall salute ; the guard 
present arms; ruffles and flourishes be given; the band play a 
march; and the flag officer's flag shall be hoisted and saluted 
with the number of guns to which he is entitled. 

(2) If a flag officer assumes command in the presence of an- 
other flag officer his senior, the flag of the former shall not be 
saluted, but he shall salute the flag of his senior, which salute 
shall be returned according to the scale prescribed in article 248. 
If a flag officer assumes command in the presence of one or more 
flag officers his juniors, the salute provided for in paragraph 1 
of this article shall be fired, and in addition he shall be saluted 
by the flag officer next in rank and by him only. This salute 
shall be returned according to the scale prescribed in article 248. 

250. 

In the presence of a senior flag officer, salutes to junior flag , flutes to 

Junior flag offl- 

officers shall not be fired except as provided in articles 251, 252, cers. 
253 (a) and (b). In all cases the provisions of article 306 
shall be observed. 

251 % 

When a flag officer relinquishes his command afloat the cere- a flag officer 
monies at his departure shall be the same as when he assumes m a mi! Ui8he8 C ° ni " 
command. His flag shall be hauled down at the last gun of the 
salute. 

252. 

When a flag officer goes on board a ship of his command to , A fla & otikcvr 

^ inspects a ship 

make an official inspection he shall be received with the same of his command, 
honors as prescribed in article 249, except that he shall prescribe 
the dress to be worn, and his flag shall not be hoisted unless 
hauled down from his flagship. At no time shall his flag be 
displayed from more than one ship. 

253. 

(a) When a flag officer visits officially for the first time a ship of a flag officer 
the Navy, not under his command, he shall be received by the J 1 "^ a ^ iv c ^. 
senior officer on board and officers of the personal staff and of mand. 

the watch; the guard shall be paraded and ruffles and flourishes 
given. The same ceremonies shall be observed on his depar- 
ture, and a salute fired. 

(b) If a ship shall be inspected by the Board of Inspection and a flag officer, 
Survey for Ships when a flag officer is present as president of b e ™° d r "f^Sec- 
the board, the same ceremonies shall be observed as in the preced- * Ion an<1 survey. 



90 

ing article. The flag of such president shall be hoisted and 
saluted, and he shall be regarded as " a flag officer embarked as 
passenger by due authority." (Art. 175.) Upon the completion 
of the inspection and at his final departure, his flag shall be 
saluted and hauled down. (Arts. 405, 406.) 

254. 

leave flag or° ffi re* ^ When a flag officer leaves or returns to his flagship offi- 
turns te his flag- cially, during the day the guard shall be paraded and ruffles and 
flourishes given ; he shall be accompanied to the gangway or re- 
ceived by the commanding officer, the officer of the deck, the 
officers of his personal staff, and the junior officers of the watch. 
(Arts. 261 and 282.) 

(2) When a flag officer is about to leave his flagship officially 
during the day, a red pennant shall be displayed directly under 
his flag and hauled down when he shoves off. 

(3) The absence of a flag officer from his flagship during the 
day shall be indicated in port by flying the alphabet flag " E " 
at the starboard main yardarm during his absence. 

255. 

Absence lights Absence at night, with intention to return within 24 hours, 
a ag o cer ' gliall be indicated by white lights displayed at the peak in a 
vertical line, as follows: 

Admiral Five. 

Vice admiral ■ Four. 

Rear admiral Three. 

Captain or commander appointed to command a force, a squadron, 

flotilla, or division other than destroyers and submarines Three. 

Commander of a destroyer or submarine division (not a flag officer) _One. 
Captain of any ship One. 

(But none if a flag officer's lights are shown.) 
256. 

Top lights for Every flagship, when in port or when at sea in company with 
other ships, shall carry two white lights in a horizontal line six 
feet apart, using outriggers if necessary on the after side of 
the mainmast and about six feet below the lowest of the absence 
lights. 

257. 

A flag officer When a flag officer assumes or relinquishes command of a naval 
assumes or re- ,. , , ,, . , . .1 •'■ _, 

linquishes com- station he shall receive the same honors, so far as practicable, 

JuSon* a naTal as prescribed in articles 249 and 251. 



91 

258. 

When a ship of the Navy, other than a flagship, falls in with a lu ^ d as « fflccr |a- 
flag officer afloat, the latter shall be saluted as provided in article falling in with 
248, and not again saluted by such ship oftener than once a year, im * 
unless he is promoted, makes a visit of inspection, or unless there 
is a change in commanding officers duly appointed. If two or 
more ships in company fall in with a flag officer only the senior 
of the ships in company shall salute. 

259. 

If a fleet or squadron falls in with another fleet or squadron, Flag officers sa- 
or if one flagship falls in with another, the flag officers in chief ing. en m . " 
command shall exchange salutes; the junior fleet or squadron 
commander first saluting the senior, the number of guns fired 
to be in accordance with article 248. These salutes shall not be 
repeated by the same commanders oftener than once a year unless 
one or the other is in the meantime promoted. 

280. 

When a general officer of the United States Army or Marine Military offl- 

* cers visiting 

Corps or a chief of a bureau of the Navy Department or the ship of the Navy. 

Judge Advocate General of the Navy, visits officially a ship of the 

Navy or a naval station, he shall be received and saluted in the 

manner prescribed in article 253. 

261. 

No officer of the Navy, except flag officers or chiefs of bureaus Officers to be 
of the Navy Department or Judge Advocate General of the Navy, sa u e 
and no officer of the Army or Marine Corps, except those men- 
tioned in article 260, shall be saluted with guns. No officer in 
civilian's clothes shall be saluted with guns or have a guard 
paraded in his honor. 

262. 

When the commanding officer of a ship leaves or goes on board i commanding 
of the vessel under his command, he shall be attended at the jS a J ng le to' 8 his 
side by the officer who in his absence succeeds to the command ; ship. 
and, if of or above the grade of lieutenant commander, the guard 
of the day shall be paraded in his honor if he leaves or returns 
officially during the day. 



92 

263. 

Chief of staff When a chief of- staff or any commanding officer of a ship or 
?ffl?er°Tit? d l2 of a flotilla visits officially another ship of the Navy, he shall be 
other ship of the attended at his reception and departure by the commanding officer 
and, if of or above the grade of lieutenant commander, the guard 
of the day shall be paraded in his honor. When the chief of staff 
leaves or returns to the flagship officially, the guard of the day 
shall be paraded in his honor. 

264. 

Field officers When an officer of the Army or Marine Corps commanding a 
lun^ship^of the mi l itar y Post or station, of or above the grade of major and not 
i\avy. above the grade of colonel, visits officially any ship of the Navy, 

he shall receive the same honors as prescribed in article 263. 



93 



"3.2 



si 

•s"l 



2 2 
s s 

o o 



Sfl O 

8S 



P4 £ ££ 55 



■S8* 

■§«.g 



»-" C3 "cS 

_g 03 Q O O O oooocooooo 

«a5fiOfi OOfiQQOGQfiq 



! 

S3 



•p >.,o , 

: fl O . P O 



0;0 

. ;jq 1 \ja 

0000 .0 c 



C'? § fl ° • °° 000000 0000 .00.00 

c3 £ R c« rO c/Q "CO 'C "P "C "O "CO 'O'O'O'OcCT^'^'cB'O'P 
^n or '. '. '■ '. .'.'.. '. '. '. '. ta '. '. •<* '. '. 



: O 

•3 CQ 



:§aj 



x;o o 2 o--.c2ocooo ooccoc 

+fP "C rt nr rt -^ c5 "O T3 TJ "C "P ■O'C'O'OXJ'O 



c d 6 d 6 



d 6 d 6 c >, 

'D'O'O'O'O'O o3 

: : : : : :q 



00^ 



•soHjnn 



-^< -^ -^< ftUfMNH 



•simo 



C~- 09 C r- CT: r- t- t- cr- t~ [- 11 eC — . 



C3 0> 
&3 



i <fl 



en O 



.2 & 

o £g 

4j O-p 
g fl fe^ 



TT C 

P 



-P •S.Sf.o.r 

•5? "55 £> flP? 

2 e s 8 a 

Ph Ph SH 



.2 a 



.3 2- 

v., o O 
O02(g 

III 

O w,Q 
O "i C3 



a " 



SB ©: 



OO t3 
•P-p fl 

P 



£Eh og 



o Oi5 



^cc 



o£>. 
x «*> 2 <i 

P-3 5.C3 

ISMS 

t--g O C3 

p£ ©is 
t5 °-2 * 

fl 1^53 o 



I §Po 



i 
I 

O 
fl o 



■OJJ 

Sf-fl 

SO 



fl '-^ 

is 

odi 



00 

o"3 






■ C • o 



o o 



2c 



I s ^ a | 

PhoTo^ 



■a ^s^ § © a i § © p ^.2,1 £> 



•fl fl fl d o u +? 

a c3 fl s^ s w 

IJIlflll 



94 



32 



•sa^iiH 



•stmo 



o.a 



§a 
la 

o o 
o o 



• & a <a 

.a-sggg js 



a-g 
ag 



95 

Section 4. — Honors and Distinctions in General, 
265. 

Before rendering honors to passing ships or commanding officers . attention pre- 
° x ° ° vious to render- 

above the rank of lieutenant " attention " shall be sounded ( where ing honors. 

not herein excepted), upon which every one in sight on deck shall 

stand at attention facing toward the ship or person saluted, until 

" carry on " is sounded. 

266. 

( 1 ) Vessels of the third rate or above, except auxiliaries, pass- abJ^tiird'ra™* 
ing close aboard shall exchange salutes by the guard of the day 
presenting arms, the band playing the national anthem, officers 

and men above decks at attention and saluting. When no band 
is present the hand salute shall be made when abreast the other 
ship's colors. If one of the vessels is a flagship, the salute is the 
same, since it is to the national ensign that the honors are ren- 
dered. The same salute will be made to all foreign men-of-war, 
even though smaller than a third rate. Article 273. 

(2) Vessels under third rate and auxiliaries flying a pennant 
shall salute and be saluted by other ships by officers and men being 
called to attention by bugle and saluting with the hand. 

267. 

By "close aboard " is meant within GOO yards for passing ships, €lose »*>°»rd. 
400 yards for passing officers. For high personages and foreign 
ships the term shall be interpreted liberally, and in any case of 
doubt the officer responsible for taking action shall be careful not 
to render less honor than may be due. 

268. 

The rendering of honors shall take place while the ships are Honors r e n- 
overlapping, sounding " attention " when the jack staff of one overlapping, 
vessel passes the jack staff or flagstaff of the other and " carry 
on " when the quarter-deck of one vessel has passed the quarter- 
deck of the other. Honors to an officer shall be rendered while 
he is abreast the quarter-deck, sounding " carry on " when the 
honors have been completed and acknowledged. When a guard is 
paraded, arms shall be presented when "attention" sounds and 
brought to the order at " carry on." 

269. 

To a flag officer passing in a boat close aboard with his flag pJJJlf. ° m c e r 
flying the same honors shall be rendered as if he were coming on 
board (Art. 248 (4)), but with the guard" of the day instead of 



, 96 

the full guard. Officers and men on deck shall salute at the first 
flourish, remaining at hand salute until the end of the last 
flourish. When the passing officer is a commanding officer above 
the grade of lieutenant, with his pennant flying, " attention " shall 
be sounded on the bugle, officers and petty officers on watch, sen- 
tries, and boat keepers saluting, others on deck standing at atten- 
tion. The honors prescribed in this article shall be rendered when 
the passing officer is a chief of staff with pennant flying. 

270. 

Full honors, as specified in the preceding article, shall not be 
rendered to a flag or commanding officer who passes or comes 
alongside without his flag or pennant flying. In such case the 
salute in passing shall be the same as for any commissioned officer, 
namely, boat keepers, sentries, and others who observe the boat, 
salute. If a flag or commanding officer comes on board without 
flag or pennant flying, only side honors shall be given unless he 
should request full honors on departure. All persons on the 
quarter-deck shall stand at attention by command without bugle. 

271. 

Personal hon- In rendering personal honors, when the guard presents arms, 
officers in uniform and men not in formation, on deck and in view, 
shall salute with the right hand, so remaining until the end of 
ruffles and. flourishes, or, if none, until " order arms." 

272. 

Crew paraded. When any of the crew are paraded in rendering honors they 
shall salute only by command. 

273. 

tw?en "hips S dur- No nonors °ther than "attention" on the bugle shall be ren- 
ing maneuvers dered between vessels while they are engaged in maneuvers or 
or evolutions. , ,. ,„, . , . -, ., 

evolutions. W T hen two or more ships are in company, ^Yhether at 

anchor or underway, coming to anchor or getting underway, they 
shall be considered, as a part of the same formation and as en- 
gaged in maneuvers or evolutions, so far as concerns salutes. In 
case of a ship or ships joining such formation, honors shall not 
be rendered unless such ship or ships have been or are on detached 
duty. The term " detached duty " in this case does not apply 
to a ship or ships temporarily out of formation, but only to ships 
which, by order of competent authority have been in some port 
other than the rendezvous of the division, squadron, or fleet to 



97 



which they may belong; or on duty which has kept them away 
from their immediate division, squadron, or fleet for a period 
of more than 48 hours. A ship is not considered as on detached 
duty when she leaves the formation, whether underway or at 
anchor, for target practice, coaling in the immediate vicinity, or 
for similar duty. Ships of divisions or squadrons of the fleet 
getting underway or coming to anchor at about the same time, 
or in obedience to the same signal, shall be considered as engaged 
in evolutions, and no honors, other than " attention " on the bugle, 
shall be rendered as they pass each other. (Art. 416.) Vessels 
engaged in tactical evolutions outside of port shall not exchange 
any salutes whatever. 

274. 



When all hands are called for getting underway in port or com- Stations when 
ing to anchor, all men not specially stationed shall fall in at way "or" connng 
quarters in charge of their division officers. The full guard and to ancnor - 
band and, on board the ship of the senior officer present, the crews 
of the saluting guns shall form prepared to render or return 
honors. 



. 



The rendering of honors shall be so regulated as not to keep . K « epi ° s men 
_ , , at attention. 

officers and men at attention longer than necessary to make the 

salute distinctly recognizable. 

276. 



The following is a tabular statement of salutes to be rendered Table of hon " 
under the foregoing instructions: 



(a) Passing or being passed b ( y a 
foreign man - of - war, United 
States man-of-war, with or with- 
out personal flag flying, whether 
member of fleet, squadron, or di- 
vision, or not, if she has been or- 
is on detached duty. 

(b) Passing or being passed by 
vessel of own formation or a 
United States vessel under third 
rate or auxiliary flying a pen- 
nant. 

(c) Flag officer, with flag flying, 
comes on board. 



(d) Flag officer, in a boat, passes 
close aboard with flag flying. 

(e) Flag officer, in uniform, with 
no flag flying, comes on board. 



(f) Flag officer, in a boat, passes 
close aboard without flag flying, 
whether in uniform or not. 



Guard of the day and band ; atten- 
tion by bugle ; national air. 
Hand salute at end of national 
air. 



Attention on bugle ; hand salute. 
In outside tactical evolutions, 



Full guard and band ; attention by 
bugle ; flourishes ; march ; tend 
side. Hand salute at command 
" present arms " and remain at 
salute until end of flourishes. 

Guard of the day and band ; atten- 
tion by bugle ; flourishes ; march. 
Hand salute as in (c). 

Attention on quarter-deck without 
bugle ; tend side. Hand salute 
while piping side as flag officer 
comes aboard. 

No general honors ; boat keepers, 
sentries, and others salute. 



98 



(g) Commanding officer, of or above 
rank of lieutenant commander, 
passes close aboard with pennant 
flying. 

(Ji) Commanding officer, of or above 
rank of lieutenant commander, 
withi pennant flying, comes on 
board. 

(i) Commanding officer, of or above, 
rank of lieutenant commander, 
comes on board, no pennant flying. 

(/) All officers, not specified, com- 
ing on board in uniform. 

(fc) All officers, not specified above, 
passing close aboard whether in 
uniform or not, or when coming 
on board in civilian clothes. 



Attention by bugle ; officers and 
petty officers on watch, boat 
keepers, and sentries salute ; 
others stand at attention. 

Guard of the day ; attention by 
bugle; tend side. Hand salute 
at command " present arms," 
and remain at salute until com- 
mand " order arms." 

Attention on quarter-deck without 
bugle ; tend side. Hand salute 
while piping side as officer comes 
aboard. 

Attention near gangway without 
bugle; tend side. Hand salute 
as in (i). 

No general honors ; boat keepers, 
sentries, and others salute. 



277. 



Duties of offi' 
eers of the deck 
and others. 



The officer of the deck is especially charged with giving the 
command "Attention " as regards salutes to ships and to officers 
and officials who are entitled to salutes when passing in boats. 
Petty officers, leading men, and others are required to give the 
command when boats pass near the ship with a pennant or flag 
flying, and the bugle call has not been obeyed by everyone in his 
vicinity, or the boat has not been observed by the officer of the 
deck. 

278. 



When side When side honors only are rendered to a flag officer or com- 

peMoro'iJi^Tiei' manding officer, officers and men on deck and in view from the 

sainte, etc. gangway shall stand at " attention," facing the gangway, and 

salute as the officer appears over the side and shall remain at 

the salute until the end of the pipe. 

279. 

Officer of the The officer of the deck shall attend at the gangway on the 
the gangway. & arrival or departure of any commissioned officer or distinguished 
visitor. 

280. 



Fiping 
side. 



the (1) On the occasion of the official reception or departure of a 
civil, diplomatic, or consular official or of any commissioned 
officer of the Navy, Army, Marine Corps. Naval Militia, or Coast 
Guard, the side shall be piped. The side shall not be piped for 
shore boats, but officers in them, if in uniform, shall be so saluted 
on reaching or leaving the deck. 

(2) Piping the side for officers not wearing side arms may. 
by order of the commanding officer, be dispensed with, without 
distinction of rank or grade, on board of the ships to which they 
are attached. 



99 



281. 



Side boys shall attend at the side when the side is piped, as Sid« hvjn. 
follows, except as noted in 282 (e) : 

( a ) For officials saluted with 15 or more guns, eight. 
( & ) For officials saluted with 11 or 13 guns, six. 

(c) For other officers of and above the rank of commander and 
for officials entitled to corresponding honors, four. 

(d) For other commissioned officers of the Navy or Marine 
Corps and officials entitled to corresponding honors, two. 

282. 

(1) All honors, except as prescribed in article 279 and such .. Side , h ?R? r8 

dispensed with. 

as social courtesy may demand, shall be dispensed with at the 
reception or departure of all officers under the following cir- 
cumstances : 

(a) When they are in plain clothes. 

(b) When the departure or reception takes place after sunset 
and before 8 a. m. (except that for foreign officers the side shall 
be piped ) . 

(c) During the meal hours of the crew, for officers of the United 
States Navy or Marine Corps. 

(d) When coaling ship or when exercising at battle stations, 
for officers of the United States Navy or Marine Corps. 

(e) On board ships having a complement, exclusive of the engi- 
neer force, of 125 men or less the attendance of side boys for 
officers of the United States Navy shall be required on occasions 
of ceremony, but shall not be required on ordinary occasions. 
When the side is piped for officers of the United States Army or 
of foreign services, side boys shall be in attendance between 8 a. m. 
and sunset. 

(2) The guard and band shall not be paraded on Sundays for Marine guard 
United States ships or for officers of the United States Navy, paraded. 
Marine Corps, or Army. 

283. 

Sentries at the gangways shall salute all officers in uniform Sentries to sa- 
when going or coming over the side. All sentries on the upper lute " 
decks or in view from outside, shall salute all commissioned 
officers passing them close aboard, in boats or otherwise. 

284. 

The starboard gangways shall be used by all commissioned Use of gang- 
officers and their visitors ; the port gangways shall be used by ways ' 
all other persons. If the construction of the ship or other circum- 
stances make a change in this rule expedient, the change may be 
made at the discretion of the commanding officer. 



100 



285. 



Salutes to col- (1) All officers and men, whenever reaching the quarter-deck. 
deck! nd Quarter " either from a boat, from a gangway, from the shore, or from 
another part of the ship, shall salute the national ensign. In 
making this salute, which shall be entirely distinct from the 
salute to the officer of the deck, the person making it shall stop 
at the top of the gangway or upon arriving upon the quarter-deck, 
face the colors, and render the salute, after which the officer 
of the deck shall be saluted. In leaving the quarter-deck, the same 
salutes shall be rendered in inverse order. The officer of the 
deck shall return both salutes in each case, and shall require that 
they be properly made. 

(2) The commanding officer shall clearly define the limits of 
the quarter-deck ; it shall embrace so much of the main or other 
appropriate deck as may be necessary for the proper conduct of 
official and ceremonial functions. When the quarter-deck so 
designated is forward and at a considerable distance from the 
colors the salute to the colors prescribed in the preceding para- 
graph will not be rendered by officers and men except when leav- 
ing or coming aboard the ship. 

(3) The salute to the national colors to be made by officers 
and enlisted men with no arms in hand shall be the " hand salute," 
the headdress not to be removed. 

286. 
Personal sa- (i) The hand salute shall be exchanged between officers and 

lutes to officers 

of the Navy, enlisted men when on shore and not in a military formation nor 

r\ne y corps? Ma " at work on every occasion of their meeting, passing near, or being- 
addressed, the officer junior in rank or the enlisted man salut- 
ing first. Similarly, when afloat every officer and enlisted man 
shall salute a flag officer, his own commanding officer, and every 
officer senior to himself from another ship. When several officers 
in company are saluted all entitled to the salute shall return it. 

(2) Personal salutes and other marks of respect due their rank 
shall always be extended to officers on duty of the Army, Marine 
Corps, Naval Militia, and Coast Guard, and to foreign officers. 

(3) The salute to any person whatever, by all officers and en- 
listed men in uniform with no arms in hand, whether on or off 
duty, on any occasion outdoors, shall be the hand salute, using 
the right hand, the headdress not to be removed. 

287. 

crfw 1Ut on by ship e - (!) 0n board their own ship, all officers and enlisted men shall 

board. salute their captain on every occasion of meeting, passing near, 

or being addressed by him. They shall salute all officers their 

seniors on their first daily meeting or passing near, and whenever 

addressing or being addressed by them, and shall salute the execu- 



i 



101 

tive officer or other officer their senior when he is making an 
inspection. At other times they shall clear the gangway and 
stand at attention facing the officer until he has passed. 

(2) Men at work shall not leave off nor salute unless addressed 
by an officer or called to attention. A man in formation shall 
not salute when directly addressed, but shall come to attention 
if at rest. 

(3) Men seated at work, at games, or at mess are not required 
to rise when an officer passes, other than the captain, unless 
called to attention or necessary to clear a gangway. 

(4) In a boat where there is no officer, when at a landing or 
at the boom, men seated and not at the oars shall rise and 
salute whenever a boat with an officer in it comes near. If awn- 
ings are spread, they shall salute without rising. 

288. 

The side shall be sufficiently lighted to enable persons to e;o Light* at the 

gangway, 
on board or take their departure without inconvenience. 

289. 

(1) Except when there is a special countersign, the answering Answering the 
hail from a boat, in reply to a ship's hail, shall be varied accord- 
ing to the senior officer or official who may be in tho boat, as 
follows : 

President of the United States " United Slates." 

Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Navy." N.- 1 vy." 

Flag officer in chief command " Fleet." 

Chief of Staff (when not in command of a ship)_" Staff." 

Force commander "Force" (siring name of 

force). 
Division commander " Division" (giving 

number of his division). 

Marine officer commanding a brigade " Brigade commander." 

Flotilla commander " Flotilla " (giving name of 

flotilla). 
Commanding officer The name of the ship under 

his command. 

Marine officer commanding regiment " Regimental commander." 

Other commissioned officers " Aye, aye." 

Other officers " No, no." 

Enlisted men and marines " Hello." 

Boats not intending to go alongside regard- 
less of rank of passengers " Passing." 

(2) Power boats approaching a ship when a flag or pennant 
is not displayed in the bow may sound short blasts on the 

183841°— 20 8 






102 

whistle at night or during the clay when the curtains are so drawn 
that the rank of passengers can not be distinguished, as follows : 

President of the United States Eight. 

Secretary of the Navy Seven. 

Assistant Secretary of the Navy Five. 

Admiral Six. 

Vice Admiral Five. 

Other flag officer Four 

General officer, Marine Corps Four. 

Commanding officer, Chief of Staff, or torpedo flotilla com- 
mander Three. 

Marine officer commanding a brigade or regiment Three. 

Other commissioned officer Two. 

All others : 1 One. 

290. 

Salutes -when (1) Salutes shall be exchanged between boats meeting or pass- 
in boats. in g eacll Qfljgj. as j^ tlie accompanying table. No junior shall 
pass a senior without permission. 

(2) The junior shall always salute first, and the senior shall 
return the salute with the hand. 

(3) Officers of the Army and foreign officers in boats shall al- 
ways be saluted when recognized. 

(4) Officers in uniform, but without flag or pennant flying, or 
when in civilian clothes, shall be saluted with the hand only. 

(5) Coxswains in charge of boats shall always rise and salute 
when officers enter or leave their boats, or when steering a boat 
extending or returning a salute to or from all commissioned 
officers. But when steering a loaded or towing boat or a boat 
under sail, they shall salute with the hand only. 

(6) Boat keepers and all other men in boats not under way, and 
not containing an officer, shall, when boat awnings are not spread, 
stand and salute when an officer comes alongside, leaves the side, 
or passes near them, and shall remain standing until the boat 
passes or reaches the ship's side. If boat awnings are spread, 
they shall salute with the hand without rising, but steam launches 
with canopies shipped shall not be considered as boats with 
awnings spread. 

(7) Men working on the ship's side do not salute, but continue 
their work, except when the bugle sounds the call of attention. 

(8) At morning or evening colors, pulling boats passing near a 
man-of-war of any nationality, shall lie on their oars, and steamers 
stop their engines, the coxswains saluting, and members of the 
crews of steamers outside the canopy to stand facing toward the 
colors and saluting. 



103 

Boat salutes. 



Rank or rate of 

the senior in the 

saluting boat. 



Flag or general 
officer. 

Commanding 
officer above 
rank of lieu- 
tenant (with 
pennant fly- 
ing). 

Other naval of- 
ficer below flag 
rank and above 
rank of lieuten- 
ant, and marine 
officers of cor- 
responding 
rank. 



Other commis- 
sioned officers. 



Midshipman or 
warrant offi- 
cer. 



Officer and cox- 
swain in loaded 
or towing boat 
or boat under 
sail. 

Coxswain 



"Rank of the senior officer in the boat to be saluted. 



Flag or general 
officer (with 
flag flying). 



Commanding 
officer above 
rank of lieuten- 
ant (with pen- 
nant flying). 



Junior salutes 
with hand. 

Stops engine, 
lays^n oars, 
and salutes 
with hand. 



Stops engine, 
laysonoars, 
and salutes 
with hand. 



Stops engine, 
tosses or trails 
oars, and sa- 
lutes with 
hand. 

Stops engine, 
tosses or trails 

„ oars, and sa- 
lutes with 
hand. 

Salutes with 
hand. 



Stops engine, 
tosses or trails 
oars, stands, 
and salutes 
with hand. 



Junior salutes 
with hand. 



When meeting 
a senior com- 
manding offi- 
cer , or i in - 
mediate com- 
manding offi- 
cer, stops en- 
gine, lays on 
oars, and si- 
lutes with 
hand. 

Stops eimiiie, 
las 3 OB oars, 
a iid salutes 
with hand. 

Stops engine, 
lays on oars, 
and salutes 
with baud. 

Salutes with 
hand. 



Stops engine, 
lays on oars, 
stands, a n d 
salutes with 
hand. 



Other 

commissioned 

officer. 



Midshipman 

or warrant 

officer. 



Junior salutes 
with hand. 



Junior salutes 
•a it h hand. 



■Salutes with 
hand. 



Junior salutes 
with hand. 



Stands and sa- 
lutes with 
hand. 



Junior salutes 
with hand. 



Junior salutes 
with hand. 



Salutes w i t h 
hand. 



291. 

(1) At landings and gangways juniors shall give way to seniors, Juniors to gire 

why to seniors 

and at all times juniors shall show deference to their seniors by 
abstaining from crossing the bows of their boats, crowding them, 
or ignoring their presence. The same rules shall apply in the rela- 
tions of officers ashore, whether in vehicles or on foot. 

(2) Boats shall always haul clear of shore landings and ships' 
gangways while waiting. The crews shall not be allowed to leave 
the boats except by authority. 

(3) In accompanying other officers, juniors shall walk or ride 
on the left of their seniors, unless there be special reason for the 
contrary. 






104 

292. 

Cheering. Cheers shall not be given as a compliment to any officer. 

293. 

To dress ship. (1) On the occasion of dressing ship all derricks, booms, etc., shall 
be lowered into the places where they secure; the flag and jack 
staffs shall be shipped, and a national ensign shall be hoisted at 
each masthead, except in the case of a flagship. If the masts are 
the same height, the ensigns shall be the same size. At the peak, 
or on a staff aft, the largest ensign with which a ship is furnished 
shall be displayed. Forward, on the jack staff, the jack shall be 
hoisted. The ship shall be dressed at 8 a. m. and remain so until 
sundown. (Arts. 293, 294, 322.) 

(2) If the dressing is complimentary to some other nation, then 
the ensign or standard of that nation shall be hoisted as provided 
in articles 320 and 322. 

Personal flags (3) In three-masted vessels, no ensign shall be displayed at a 
r pennan s. m i zze n masthead where the flag of an admiral is flying. (Art. 
322.) 

294. 

To full-dress (1) On the occasion of full-dressing ship, in addition to the 
ship * dressing of the mastheads, when the masting of the ship will per- 

mit, a rainbow of flags shall be arranged, reaching from the water 
line forward to the water line aft. Peculiarly masted ships shall 
provide to make the most artistic display, as little modified from 
the rainbow effect as it is possible for them to arrange. 

(2) Where possible, all ships shall be dressed alike, and, to 
insure uniformity, the flags shall be stopped on in the order given 
in the Introduction to the General Signal Book. 

295. 

Distinguished When any distinguished official visits a navy yard or naval 
officials visiting ' ,. , ■ * „ . • _ .- . 

navy yards. station he shall, so far as practicable, receive the same honors as 

if visiting a ship of the Navy. (Arts. 231 to 235 and 239 to 242, 

inclusive.) 



Section 5. — Honobs and Salutes to Foreign Governments and 

Officials. 

297. 

Salute to for- When a ship of the Navy enters a port of any foreign nation, 

eign port. the Government of which is recognized by the United States, where 

there is a fort or battery displaying the national flag, or where a 



105 

commissioned ship of war of that nation is lying, she shall fire a 
salute of 21 guns unless her commanding officer has reason to 
believe that the salute can not be returned ; and in this case he 
shall immediately take steps to ascertain the local regulations or 
customs. This salute shall be the first fired after entering the 
port. The ensign of the nation saluted shall be displayed at the 
main during the salute. In case two or more ships enter in com- 
pany, only the senior shall salute. (Arts. 315 (3), 322.) 

298. 

(1) When a ship of the Navy falls in at sea with a friendly , Salutes to f °» 

eign flag officers, 
foreign ship of war flying the flag or pennant of a flag officer or 

commodore, she shall exchange salutes with such ship of war in 

the same manner as when meeting similar ships of the United 

States, as provided in articles 258 and 259, except that the salute 

will be returned gun for gun. 

The national ensign of the country of the officer saluted shall be 

displayed at the fore during such salute. 

(2) In port, if several flag officers are to be saluted, the salutes 
shall be fired in the order of their grade; if of the same grade, 
priority shall be given, first, to the nationality of the port, and, 
second, to the length of service of the flag officers in their re- 
spective commands. As between flag officers of the same grade 
the last comer will salute first. These salutes shall be fired as 
soon as possible after the usual boarding visits have been made, 
if not fired before. The national ensign of the country of the 
officer saluted shall be displayed at the fore during such salute. 

299. 

(1) On the occasion of the first official visit of a foreign naval Salutes to oth- 
' er foreign offl- 

or military officer, a member of the diplomatic corps, or other clais. 

distinguished official to a ship of the Navy, he is to receive the 
same honors as an official of the United States of the same grade 
or rank. 

(2) The honors for a foreign cabinet officer shall be the same 
as those prescribed in article 240 for a member of the Cabinet 
of the President of the United States, other than the Secretary 
of the Navy. 

(3) A foreign official, not thus provided for, when visiting a 
ship of the Navy, may be saluted either at his reception or de- 
parture with the number of guns he would be entitled to receive 
if visiting a ship of his own nation, or the number prescribed by 
the senior officer, not, however, to exceed nineteen. (Arts. 296 
and 315. ) No personal flag of any foreign official shall be saluted 
except as prescribed in articles 236 and 298, unless assurance 
is received that the salute will be returned. 



106 

300, 

Nations not No salute shall be fired in honor of any nation or of any 

rpcofiTnizPii 

official of any nation not formally recognized by the Government 
of the United States. 

801. 

When meeting Officers and men of the Navy shall extend to foreign officials, 

foreign officials. w hen passing near ships of the Navy with the insignia of their 

rank flying, or when met ashore or afloat, the personal salutes 

and other marks of respect due to similar officials of the United 

States. 

302. 

Lowering sails (1) No ship of the Navy shall lower her sails or dip her ensign 
sign. ipping en " unless in return for such compliments. 

(2) Of the colors carried by a naval force on shore, only the 
battalion or regimental colors shall be dipped in rendering or 
acknowledging a salute ; the national colors shall not be dipped, 
except when passing in review before the President or as a com- 
pliment to the sovereign or ruler or a member of the royal family 
of another country. 

303. 

National an- National anthems of foreign states shall be played by the 
compliment? " band as a compliment as follows : 

(a) In the morning, after colors, the national anthem of the 
port, followed by the national anthem of the ships of war present, 
in the order of rank. (Art. 298.) 

(&) When passing or being passed by a foreign ship of war 
close aboard, at which time officers and men on deck in sight 
shall salute and sentries present arms. (Arts. 266 and 267.) 

Section 6. — Gun Salutes in General. 

304. 

Saluting ships. ^ j n ^ e absence of instructions from the department vessels 
of the Navy of the first, second, and third rates, except colliers, 
refrigerating ships, supply ships, distilling ships, tank steamers, 
repair ships, and hospital ships, shall be considered as saluting 
ships. 

if unable to (2) In cases where, from any special cause, a ship, from which 

salute. 

a salute in compliment to a foreign power or officer may reason- 
ably be expected, is unable to salute, the circumstances are to be 
explained on the spot to the representative of such foreign power. 
Tosaiute lf (3) In cases where, from any special circumstances, the omis- 
sion to salute can not be explained without giving offense to a 



107 

foreign power or officer, salutes shall be fired by any ship which 
can possibly do so with safety, whether included in the foregoing 
category or not. 

305. 

(1) A national salute shall consist of twenty-one guns. A national sa- 

(2) The interval between guns in all salutes shall be five 
seconds. 

306. 

(1) In the official presence of the President of the United Salutes in 

presence of a 
States, or of the president or sovereign of any other nation, no senior. 

gun salute shall be fired by vessels of the Navy to any personage 

of lesser degree. 

(2) No salute shall be fired in the presence of a senior without 
his permission, except it be one in honor of such senior. (See 
251-253 (b).) 

(3) Whenever a salute is fired, following the motions of the 
flagship or ship of the senior officer present, each ship shall begin 
its salute with the first gun from the flag or senior ship. 

(4) During the firing of a salute all officers and men on deck 
shall stand at attention and face toward the ship or person 
saluted. 

307. 

(1) No salute shall be fired between sunset and sunrise. As When salutes 
a general rule, salutes shall be fired between 8 a. m. and sunset. maj 

Salutes shall not be fired on Sunday, unless required by inter- 
national courtesy. The national ensign shall always be dis- 
played during a salute. 

(2) In the case of a salute at 8 a. in., the first gun shall be 
fired at the last note of the national anthem. 

308. 

Forts and cities of the United States shall not be saluted by, J 1 " 1 ^ s * ates 

forts and cities. 

ships of the Navy. 

309. 

Salutes shall not be fired in ports or parts of ports where they gal ]JJ? re not to 
are forbidden by the local authorities. 

310. 

Any boat having an official on board shall lay on oars (or ga i„ t ° a ig VYng! 6 
stop the engine), bows forward, during the firing of a salute in 
his honor. 



108 

311. 

Officials cnti- When two or more officials each entitled to a salute visit a 
visit in company, ship of the Navy and depart in company, but one salute shall 
be fired, and that to the senior. If they depart in succession, 
each shall be saluted. 

312. 

Salutes to an When any official entitled to a salute embarks in a ship of the 
^?„ a i makins a Navy for the purpose of making a passage in her, he shall be 
saluted when going on board and again upon disembarking. 
(Art. 247.) 

313. 

When in doubt When in doubt as to what officials are to be visited, saluted, 

as to the rank of or otherwise honored, or as to the rank of any official, or whether 
an official. 

a salute (involving a return) will be returned, commanding 

officers of ships of the Navy shall first send an officer to the 
official or other suitable person to obtain the required informa- 
tion. 

314. 

Salutes and Salutes and other ceremonies attending the reception or de- 
be^di^p^ns^dParture of officials may be dispensed with at the personal re- 
witn ' quest of the officers in whose honor they are prescribed. 

315. 

(1) Officials whose rank entitles them to nineteen or more 
guns shall receive full honors, including the salute with guns, on 
the occasion of every visit except as noted in article 314. 
When salutes (2) Other officials, whether naval, military, or civil, shall not 
are due. De sa iuted by the same ship at the same port, or by a naval station, 

oftener than once in 12 months, unless such official has been 
advanced in rank, or unless he be on special duty in which inter- 
national or other exceptional courtesies may be involved, when 
the commanding officer shall, in the absence of instructions, 
exercise his discretion. If a personal visit is made by a flag 
officer of a different command, such officer shall be given a per- 
sonal salute on his departure, although his flag may have been 
previously saluted. (See 258, 259.) 

(3) Foreign saluting ports shall be saluted on the occasion of 
every visit, except in the case of a ship leaving port temporarily, 
when, by agreement with the local authorities, the salute may be 
dispensed with. 



109 

Section 7. — Return Gun Salutes. 
316. 

lutes. 



The following arrangements entered into by the maritime powers 



will be observed in regard to returning salutes : 

(1) Salutes to be returned gun for gun — 

(a) To the national flag upon arrival in a foreign port. 
(&) To foreign flag officers and commodores when met at sea or 
in port. 

(2) Salutes not to be returned — 

(a) To a President of a Republic, royal personage, or members 

of royal families, whether on arrival at or departure from a port 

or upon visiting ships of war. 

(&) To diplomatic, naval, military, or consular authorities, or, Betnm ■*• 

lutes of flag offl- 
to governors, or officers administering a government, whether on cers. 

arrival at or departure from a port, or when visiting ships of war. 

(c) To foreigners of high distinction on visiting ships of war. 

(d) Upon occasions of national festivals or anniversaries. 






317. 

(1) When a ship or naval station of the United States salutes Salutes to flag 
the flag of the Secretary of the Navy, or of the Assistant Secretary not eI ?o be re" 
of the Navy, or the flag of a flag officer, the return salute shall be to™ 1 ®*' 

as prescribed by article 248. The return salute to any other com- 
manding officer shall be seven guns. 

(2) No salutes to other officials of the United States are to be 
returned. 

318. 

Personal salutes fired to flag officers, either of the United States lut ^ r80,ial 8a " 
or of any foreign State, on the occasion of their paying official 
visits are not to be returned. 

319. 

It is the duty of a fort or other Army post to return a national v S*t*t states 
salute fired by a foreign ship of war entering a port of the United ports tp be re- 

«x j. *.«_ t, . turned by whom. 

States. In case there is no fort or post capable of returning the 
salute, it shall be returned by the senior ship present, and if 
there be none, by a naval battery or station. 



110 

Section 8. — Ensigns Displayed When Saluting ob Retuening 

Salutes. 

320. 

f uVcYionaries Tlie followin g rules in regard to displaying ensigns while sa- 
nientioned in luting or returning salutes shall be observed (art. 322). 

sections 1 and 2. ,. s __, ,_ . . ,. ,, _ . , 

(1) On the occasion o± saluting the officials mentioned in sec- 
tions 1 and 2 of this chapter, ensigns shall be displayed as therein 
directed. 

lntes a . ti0aal Sa ° ( 2 ) Wne n firing a national salute upon entering a foreign port, 

or when returning the same from a ship of war of a foreign 

nation, the ensign of the foreign nation shall be displayed at the 

main. 

Fore *| n na ; (3) On all occasions of celebrating foreign national anniver- 

ries or festiyais. saries or festivals, when salutes are fired, the ensign of the nation 
celebrating the day shall be displayed at the main during the 
salute and for such further times as the ships of such nation 
present may remain dressed, and in the case of an anniversary 
of the nation in whose waters the ship is lying, where no ships of 
that nation are present, until sunset. 

officers! 511 flaS (4) While saluting the flag or broad pennant of a foreign flag 
officer or commodore, or returning a foreign salute to a flag officer 
or commodore of the United States, the ensign of the foreign 
nation shall be displayed at the fore. 

lutes 6 to S °?oreign (5) During personal salutes fired in honor of foreign naval, 

officials. military, diplomatic, and consular officials, while visiting ships 

of the Navy, or other foreigners of distinction not provided for in 
section 1, the ensign of the foreign nation to which the visitor 
belongs shall be displayed at the fore. 

Uni a te U d states (6) On the occasion of saluting, in a foreign port, officials of 

t£n a naval! h ° * the United States other than naval, the national ensign shall be 
displayed at the fore. If in a port of the United States, no 
colors will be displayed in honor thereof, except as provided in 
sections 1 and 2 of this chapter. 

Section 9. — Ensigns, Flags, and Pennants. 

321. 

ma?kl S Vf n s C K d) Tne distinctive mark of a ship of the Navy in commission, 
of the Navy. other than the national ensign, is a flag or pennant at a mast- 
head. 

(2) The distinctive mark of the senior on board shall be dis- 
played, day and night, and shall be carried at the main, except 
the flag of an admiral, vice admiral, or rear admiral, and the pen- 



Ill 

nant of the senior officer present, which sail be carried at the 
aftermast and starboard after yardarm, respectively. 

(3) No flags or pennants other than those prescribed in these 
regulations or the signal book shall be displayed on board any ship 
of the Navy as a personal honor to any person or for the purpose 
of indicating the presence of such person on board, and all flags 
or pennants thus displayed shall conform strictly to the patterns 
laid down in the signal book. 

(4) In two-masted ships all such flags and pennants shall be Where dls- 
displayed from the main ; in single-masted ships from the truck ; played * 

and in mastless ships from the loftiest and most conspicuous hoist. 
(Art. 322.) 

322. 

(1) Except as prescribed in paragraph 2 of this article, no Personal flags 
personal flag of any official shall ever be displayed at the same e J3|JiJ w 
masthead with any national ensign. Whenever such double dis- 
play is required under these regulations, in dressing ship or 

during a visit aboard of any foreign official, the personal lias;' or 
pennant shall be displayed at the fore while the national ensign 
is hoisted at the main. In dressing ship, the personal flag or pen- 
nant shall be shifted to the fore during such period of dressing, 
and no national ensign shall then be flown from that masthead. 
This provision shall be complied with in dressing ship in honor 
of our own country by shifting the personal flag or broad pennant 
forward and displaying our own ensign at the main. 

(2) A personal flag or broad pennant at a masthead where a 
national flag is shown during a gun salute shall be lowered until 
clear of the national flag, during the salute. 

(3) When the personal flag of the President of the United 
States, or of the Secretary of the Navy, of the Assistant Secretary 
of the Navy is flying aboard any ship of the Navy, any other per- 
sonal flag or pennant shall be hoisted at the foremast. Should 
two or more of the above-named officials visit a ship at the same 
time, the flag of the senior only shall be displayed. 

323. 

(1) The national ensign on board a ship of the Navy at anchor When the na- 
shall be hoisted at 8 a. m. and kept flying until sunset. Whenever * Jj° a " f i)| n8 df 8 " 
a ship comes to anchor or gets under way, if there is sufficient played. 

light for the ensign to be seen, it shall be hoisted, although earlier 
or later than the time specified. Unless there are good reasons 
to the contrary, the ensign shall be displayed when falling in with 
other ships of war or when near the land, and especially when 
passing or approaching forts, lighthouses, or towns. 

(2) When two or more vessels of the first rate are in company Size of colors 
in port, the senior officer present shall, at 7.45 a. m., make a by signal? 6 ' 



112 

preparatory signal, giving the size of colors to be hoisted for the 
day; if made during the day, colors shall be shifted when the 
signal is hauled down. Jacks, flag, and senior officers' flags and 
pennants, and commission pennants, corresponding in size to 
the colors, shall be flown. 

(3) The national ensign shall be displayed on shore from 8 
a. m. to sunset at every shore station under the jurisdiction of the 
Navy Department, at such point as the commandant thereof 
may direct, and, except as specified in the following sentence, at 
that point only. Where there exist outlying reservations under 
the command of such commandant, which lie so far from the 
main reservation that their governmental character is not clearly 
indicated by the display of the ensign at such main reservation, 
the commandant shall direct the national ensign to be displayed 
at such point on each such outlying reservation as he may deem 
desirable. 

324. 

When the (1) When at anchor the union jack shall be flown from 
be displayed. * the J* ack staff from morning colors to evening colors. 

(2) The jack hoisted at the fore is a signal for a pilot. A gun 
may be fired to call attention to it. 

(3) The jack hoisted at the mizzen or at a yardarm denotes 
that a general court-martial or court of inquiry is in session. It 
is to be hoisted (and, if in port, a gun fired) when the court 
meets and to be hauled down when the court adjourns. 

«■ 

325. 

National en- The national ensign shall be displayed from boats belonging to 
sign in boats. naval ships (i) between 8 a. m. and sunset in a foreign port, 
when away from the ship. 

(2) When the ship is dressed and in such boats as are water 
borne. 

(3) In a home port when boarding a foreign vessel. 

(4) At such other times as may be prescribed by the command- 
ing officer. 

326. 

~ # F1 * a S? ? fflcer ! When two or more flag officers of the same grade meet, the 

of tie sane ° ° ' 

grade. senior only shall fly the blue flag, and all others the red. 

327. 

Senior officer's When two or more ships of the Navy are together, with no 

pennan . distinctive flag of a flag officer or division commander flying, 

the senior officer's pennant shall be displayed at the starboard 



113 

after yardarm of the senior ship, in addition to the narrow pen- 
nant at the main. 

328. 

(1) An officer in command of a naval station shall fly his Flag or pen- 
flag or broad pennant, or senior officer's pennant, on the receiving <?S mm audita 
ship, if there be one ; and if not, at some conspicuous and suit- naval station, 
able place within the limits of his command, without regard 
to any flags or pennants of officers in command afloat. 

(2) When cruising ships, attached to a regularly organized fleet, Flag of officers 

*lflO*lt". fit ft HAT V 

are lying at a naval station, the senior officer of such ships shall yAT ^ 
fly the senior officer's flag or pennant without reference to the 
flag or pennant of the commanding officer of the shore station, 
except that a division commander shall not replace his flag or 
pennant by the pennant of the senior officer present. The senior 
officer present's pennant, when thus hoisted, indicates the senior 
officer of the fleet present, and shall not relieve the commandant 
of his duties as senior officer present for vessels not attached to 
such fleet. If vessels attached to two or more regularly organ- 
ized fleets or squadrons are lying at the same naval station, the 
senior officer of them all only shall hoist the pennant of the 
senior officer present, but the senior officer present in each fleet 
or squadron shall perforin the duties of that office for all vessels 
of the fleet or squadron to which he Is attached. 

320. 

(1) When in a port of the United States, on the occasion of Flag of an of- 

~ , . , fleer absent from 

the absence of a flag officer from his command afloat for a his command 
period exceeding twenty-four hours, his flag shall be hauled down, temporarily, 
and the command shall devolve upon the line officer next in rank 
present in the fleet, squadron, or division, subject to any direc- 
tions from the flag officer. 

(2) If in a foreign port, the same officer shall succeed to the com- 
mand, and the flag shall be displayed from the ship in which the 
temporary commander is embarked, but without firing a salute. 
172, par. 5.) 

(3) When the command is temporarily transferred in accord- 
ance with the provisions of this article, the business of the com- 
mand shall be carried on, if practicable, through the office of 
the absent flag officer, in order that the records may be kept con- 
tinuous and complete. 

330. 

Any flag or other officer in command, afloat or at a naval Boat flags or 

pennants. 

station, and any chief of staff when acting in behalf of his flag 
officer, shall, upon official occasions and visits, carry on a staff 



114 

at the bow of the boat in which he is embarked a flag or broad 
or narrow pennant according to his rank. 

331. 

Pemi ants of ( 1 ) An officer not a flag officer duly appointed to the command 
maidens?" com " of a division and not in command of a ship, shall carry the divi- 
sion pennant at all times at the masthead, and in the bow of a 
boat in which he is embarked officially. 

(2) An officer in command of a ship and temporarily designated 
to command a division, shall not carry the division pennant at 
the masthead, nor in the bow of a boat, when separated from the 
fleet, squadron, or station to which he belongs. 

332. 

Ships not in An officer of the Navy commanding a ship engaged otherwise 

TT ti i t p i\ m ntf^ 

service. than in the service of the United States shall not display a pennant 

or flag of command at the masthead or in the bow of a boat. 

333. 

Officer in a A flag or commanding officer, when embarked in a boat without 
his distinctive flag or pen 
in an unofficial capacity. 



flag or °pennan? nis distinctive flag or pennant flying, shall be considered as present 



334. 

Mark upon the The boat of a flag officer or commodore shall carry on each 
offlc er ° or* com- bow, in gilt, the stars as arranged in his flag or pennant, and, on 
modore. tile en( j of t ke flag and pennant staffs a gilt lance head. 

335. 

Marks npon The boats of other officers in command shall carry a gilt arrow 
maiding "officer". on eacn D0W - If tne officer in command be of the grade of cap- 
tain, a gilt ball shall be carried on the end of the boat pennant 
and flag staffs; if a commander, a gilt star; if of lower rank, 
flat truck. 

336. 

insignia of No personal flag or pennant of any officer of the Navy shall 
haTSa^t'ed.^ 11911 be half-masted when displayed either from ships or boats, ex- 
cept upon the decease of the officer. 

337. 

Distinctive (1) When the President of the United States, the Secretary of 
matic function" tlle Nav - Y ' or the Assistant Secretary, is embarked in a ship's 
aries. boat, his flag shall be displayed in the bow of the boat, except 

when otherwise requested by him. 



i 



115 

(2) When a diplomatic official of the United States of and 
above the rank of charge d'affaires pays an official visit afloat 
in a boat of the Navy, the union jack of a suitable size shall be 
carried on a staff in the bow. 

(3) When the naval governor of Guam, Tutuila, or the Virgin 
Islands of United States, is embarked in a boat, within the limits 
of his Government, for the purpose of paying visits of ceremony 
in his official capacity as governor, a union jack of suitable size 
shall.be carried on a staff in the bow of the boat. 

(4) When a consular representative of the United States pays 
an official visit afloat in a boat of the Navy, the consular flag- 
shall be displayed on a staff in the bow. 

338. 

(1) The following ceremonies shall be observed at " colors " na Jfonai rS cnsfen 
on board ships in commission : The field music, guard of the day, at 8 a. m. 

and the band, if there be one, shall be present. At morning 
" colors " the band shall play the National Anthem, at the begin- 
ning of which the ensign shall be started up and hoisted smartly 
to the peak or truck. All officers and men shall face the ensign 
and render the salute required by article 230 (2), and the guard 
of the day and sentries under arms shall come to the position of 
" present " while the National Anthem is being played. If there 
be no band available, the field music shall sound the "colors," 
call in place of the National Anthem, and the same salute shall 
be rendered as when the National Anthem is played. Honors to 
foreign ensigns shall be rendered in the same manner as the above, 
substituting the appropriate national air. 

(2) The same ceremonies shall be observed at sunset "colors," 
the ensign being started from the peak or truck at the beginning 
of the National Anthem. The ensign shall not be lowered 
hurriedly. 

(3) At naval stations the same ceremonies shall be observed At naval sta- 
as closely as possible. 

(4) The same honors shall be rendered at "colors" to foreign 
ensigns, except that where such honors should be rendered simul- 
taneously to our own and to foreign ensigns, the precedence shall 
be given to our own. 

339. 

In half-masting the ensign it shall, if not previously hoisted, H mf -masting 

the ensign 

be first hoisted to the truck or peak with the usual ceremonies and 
then lowered to half-mast. Before lowering from half-mast it 
shall be first hoisted to the truck or peak and then lowered with 
the usual ceremonies. 



116 

340. 

Motions of the Upon all occasions on board ship or at naval stations of hoist- 
be" followed! in S> lowering, or half-masting the colors, or displaying the union 
jack, the motions of the senior officer present in sight shall be 
followed. 

341. 

Answering a When any vessel salutes a ship of the Navy by dipping her 
dip * national ensign it shall be returned dip for dip. If before 8 a. m. 

or after sunset the colors shall be hoisted, the dip returned, and, 
after a suitable interval, the colors hauled down. 

342. 



Colors to be (1) A ship of the Navy entering port at night shall hoist her 

10WI 

light. 



ay " ensign at daylight for a short period, to enable the authorities of 



the port and ships of war present to determine her nationality. 
It is customary for other ships of war to show their colors in 
return. 
Man-of-war (2) At night when approaching an anchorage where men-of-war 
lg s * are likely to be found, all ships shall hoist at the peak two white 

lights in a vertical line. When at anchor in port and sighting an 
incoming vessel making this display of lights, United States ships 
at anchor shall answer such signal by hoisting the same display. 

343. 

Ships with less On board a ship where, for want of masts, the distinctive mark 
an ree mas s. of command can not be displayed as prescribed, it shall be hoisted 
in the most conspicuous position possible. Under similar circum- 
stances the position of a national ensign during a salute will be 
modified as may be necessary, following the spirit of the rules 
herein laid down, but its display must not be omitted. (Arts. 321 
and 322.) 

Section 10. — Visits of Ceeemony. 

344. 

Arrival of When the President of the United States, the Secretary of 
tary of Navy, or the Navy, or the Assistant Secretary of the Navy, away from 
Assistant Secre- tlie seat of government, arrives for a visit in the vicinity of a 
naval station or of a port in which there is a naval vessel, the 
senior officer present shall send an officer to ask officially for 
instructions, and shall himself officially call, if the duration of 
Buch visit permits. 






117 



34i 



The following rules, in which the maritime powers generally interchange of 
have concurred, shall be observed by all officers of the Navy in 
regard to the interchange of visits with officers of friendly foreign 
ships of war in all ports. Their observance by foreign officers may 
be expected : 

(a) The senior officer in port, whatever may be his rank, shall. Boarding vis- 
upon the arrival of a foreign ship of war, send an officer to such 
ship to offer the customary courtesies. In case two or more ships 
of the same nation arrive in company, then the visit shall be made 
to the senior ship only. 

(&) When such a visit is made to a ship of the Navy an officer ^friin^^Mt * 
shall be sent to return it at once. 

(c) Within twenty-four hours of arrival, the flag or other officer 0fflcial visits; 
in chief command of the arriving ship or ships shall visit the same grade. 
flag or other officer in chief command of the foreign ship or ships 

present in port, if the latter be his equal or superior in grade. 
Such a visit made to a ship of the Navy shall be returned within 
twenty-four hours. 

(d) In the case of officers of different grades the junior shall Officers of dlf- 
pay the first visit, the same limits of time being observed as to the 

visit and its return. 

(e) All flag officers shall return visits of officers of the grade of Beturn visits of 

tluii officers 
captain and of those of superior grades. They shall send their 

chief Of staff to return the calls of commanders or other junior 

commanding officers. 

(/") Captains and commanding officers of junior grades shall Beturn visits of 
return all visits made to them by commanding officers, whatever cers!"""' 
their grade. 

(ff) In the case of two or more ships arriving in port or lying Visits of pop- 

i_ j.-, . -. , mandiup officers 

m port when another ship arrives, and after the interchange of other than the 
visits between the senior officers shall have taken place, the cap- IJgJeiit * offlcers 
tains or other officers in command of the several ships of war 
arriving shall call upon the flag officer, the captains, and other 
officers in command of the ships Of war in port, who will return 
the visits with the exceptions mentioned in paragraph (c) above. 

346. 

Wardroom officers of a ship of the Navy arriving in port shall, visits of ward- 

' room officers, 
after the interchange of the usual visits by their own and other 

commanding officers, call upon commanding and wardroom officers 

of other ships of war in port, when such visits, in the opinion 

of their commanding officer, are usual or desirable, and will 

probably be returned. The officers to make the visits shall be 

designated by the commanding officer. 

183841°— 20 9 



118 

347. 

Modifications The visits of ceremony prescribed in articles 345 and 346 are 
visits." eS or those regularly tendered by officers of the principal maritime 
nations. In view of the large number of such visits which must 
sometimes be made under those rules, when a considerable number 
of ships are assembled, the following modifications thereof will 
be carried out : 

(a) When two or more ships of the Navy arrive at a port where 
there is a United States naval station, or where there is stationed 
a force of marines who are not attached to a naval station, or 
when two or more ships meet two or more other ships of the 
United. States Navy, visits shall only be exchanged between the 
senior officers present, ashore and afloat. 

(&) In cases where foreign stations or ships are concerned, 
the senior officer present shall make such arrangements with the 
foreign officer or officers in command in regard to the exchange 
of official visits by subordinates as circumstances, expediency, and. 
international courtesy may require. 

348. 

ii Jv'ai stations visi ts of ceremony between officers of ships of the Navy and 

and ships. those of foreign naval and military stations, and between officers 

of naval stations and those of foreign ships of war, shall be 

governed by the rules laid down in articles 345, 346. 347. so 

far as officers of the United States Navy are concerned. 

349. 

oflkers 8 of tW the (1) yisits of ceremony in the United States Navy, weather 

Navy- permitting, shall be exchanged by flag officers, by captains, and by 

commanding officers afloat as soon as practicable after meeting or 
upon arriving within communicating distance. In all cases the 
junior shall make the first visit, and it shall be returned within 24 
hours. Flag officers are not required to return the visits of officers 
under their command, except in the case of visits of other flag- 
officers. 

maniiants! C ° m " < 2 ) Tlie sam e visits shall be exchanged by commanding officers 
afloat and commandants of naval stations as soon as practicable 
after the arrival of a ship at a navy yard or within convenient 
boating distance therefrom. With foreign vessels arriving within 
the limits of a naval station, visits shall be exchanged when 
practicable, regardless of distance. 

tosy iSitS ° f e ° Ur " ^ An officer J° inin §' a slli P or naval station shall, in addition 
to reporting for duty, make a visit of courtesy to his commanding 
officer or commandant within 4S hours after joining. 



119 

(4) Where a Marine Corps force is stationed at a port and is 
not a part of a navy yard or station, the same official calls shall 
be exchanged between the commanding officer thereof and the 
senior naval officer afloat as prescribed in paragraph (2) of this 
article. 

350. 

Whenever a ship of the Navy arrives in waters adjacent to a Arrival of ships 
naval station of the United States, the senior officer present shall {° comiuaSJt^. 
immediately notify the commandant, by telegram or by radiogram, 
of her arrival, and shall forward to him copies of the orders under 
which the ship is acting, unless such orders are secret, in which 
case the commandant shall be informed of the fact. As soon as 
her probable date and hour of departure have been determined, 
the senior officer present shall immediately notify the commandant 
thereof. (Arts. 859, 2046.) 

351. 

Upon arrival in a foreign port where there are diplomatic or Visits between 
consular officers of the United States the following rules in regard "n d "dipiomatio 
to visits of ceremony shall be observed by officers of the Navy: * n(l consular ©f- 

fleers. 

(a) A flag officer or commodore shall pay the first visit to a A flag officer 

diplomatic office* of or above the rank of charge d'affaires. He or commodore - 
will receive the first visit from consular officers. 

(b) A commanding officer shall pay the first visit to a diplo- A commanding 
matic officer of or above the rank of charge d'affaires and to a ° mcer - 
consul general. He will receive the first visit from other consular 

officers. (245, par. 3.) 

(c) Diplomatic and consular officers in charge of legations or Arrival in port 
consulates shall be notified of the arrival of the ship in port. 

(d) The senior officer present, when notified, shall, if necessary, Its Boats for VIS " 
arrange to furnish a suitable boat to enable a diplomatic or con- 
sular officer to pay official visits afloat. A commanding officer 

shall, when notifying these officials of his arrival, offer them a 
passage to the ship at such time as they may select. 

352. 

Flag and commanding officers of the Navy shall, in foreign Visits of cour- 
. . .. ... .... ,. . j. tesy to foreign 

ports, pay such visits to foreign, civil, military, diplomatic, con- officials. 

sular, and other officials as custom and courtesy may demand. 

353. 

Flag officers and commodores may expect a return visit in Beturn visits. 
/. ,, . ,. Return visits 

person from foreign governors and other high civil, military, and of foreign offi- 

dipiomatic officials. Other commanding officers may expect such cials " 



120 

return visits to be made by an aid-de-camp or other suitable 
officer designated for that ptlrpose. 

354. 

Visits of cere- In ports of the United States, whether within the continental 

officers' ot' tW the Hmits, outlying territories, or in the insular possessions, visits of 

Navy and of the ceremony between officers of the Navy and Army will be governed 

by the rules laid down in articles 345, 346, 347 for such visits 

between officers of the Navy and those of friendly foreign ships 

of war. 

355. 

Between offi- The following rules shall be observed by officers of the Navy 

pare (\f tllf* iVftW 

and governors of in regard to interchange of visits with the governors of United 

United states in- states insular possessions and outlying territories : 

sular possessions, ° 

etc. (a) When a naval vessel or group of vessels arrives at a port of 

an island or group of islands or outlying possessions of the United 

States where there is a governor general or governor, holding a 

commission or appointment as such from the President of the 

United States, the commander in chief or senior commanding 

officer of such vessel or group of vessels shall, within 24 hours 

of arrival, make the first visit upon such governor general or 

governor. 

(b) In case of the temporary absence of such governor general 
or governor from his post the official duly acting in his stead shall 
receive the same courtesies. 

(c) Should such governor general or governor find that from 
indisposition or pressure of important business he is unable to 
make or return the prescribed visits in person, he will depute 
his aid or some other official to do so. In like manner should a 
naval commander in chief or senior commanding officer find that 
from indisposition or pressing occupation he is unable to make 
the prescribed visits, he will depute an officer of his staff to do 
so. In each case the officer failing to make the prescribed visit 
in person will report the circumstances and state the reasons 
which led to the omission of the visit to the department under 
which he is acting. 

356. 

Return visits. Official visits shall be retained within 24 hours when practicable. 

357. 

Boarding men ^) The guard ship of the senior division present shall send 
oi vfar. 

an officer to board incoming men-of-war, except flagships and ves- 
sels attached to the fleet. Flagships shall be boarded by a lino 



121 

officer on the staff of the commander in chief or the senior flag 
officer present. 

(2) The guard ship of the senior division present shall also Boarding mer- 
send an officer or competent chief petty officer to board all mer- jSj esselsaml 
chant vessels or yachts flying American colors found in or ar- 
riving at foreign ports ; also all vessels which are probably carry- 
ing mail for the fleet. If no flag officer be present, this boarding 

visit shall be made by the guard ship of the day. 

(3) The following summary of information in regard to mer- information to 
chant ships or yachts shall be obtained by boarding officers, Joarding office« y 
and boarding books must conform thereto : 

(a) Name, nationality, and kind oi' vo>s<-d. 

(b) Name of owner (if a yacht) and whether or not he is on 
board, the name of the master, and the number of crew. 

(c) Tonnage and cargo. 

(d) Place from, time out, and kind of passage. 

(e) Probable date of departure from port and port then bound 
for. 

(/") Any casualties, extraordinary events on the passage, gen- 
eral route taken; ships. t'«»g, ice, etc., encountered. 

ig) General remarks. 

In case of a man-of-war substitute in U " Name and rank of 
the commanding officer, and. if a flagship, of the flag officer," and 
omit c. 

In case of a merchant vessel, the fad of her carrying mail, 
with the destination of such mail, shall be entered under "Gen- 
eral remarks." 

(4) The date and place at which the boarding visit was made 
shall be noted in every case and the signature and rank of the 
boarding officer appended. 

(5) Immediately after boarding a vessel the boarding officer. Report of 

boarding officer. 

shall report on board the flagship of the commander in chief or 
the ship of the senior officer present, and there enter in the board- 
ing book a full record of the visit, and shall sign his name and 
rank to the same. 

SiXTTON 11. — Anniversaries, Soi.km m i ii.s. and Holidays. 
358. 

(1) On the 22d of February and 4th of July every ship of the Observance of 
Navy in commission, not under way, shall full-dress ship at 8 a. m. versaries of the 
and remain so dressed until sunset ; at noon saluting ships shall IJnlted states, 
tire a national salute. At sea the same salute shall be fired with 
the ensign at the peak. At naval stations the ensign shall 
be displayed from 8 a. m. to sunset, and at noon a national salute 
shall be fired. (Art. 322.) 



122 

Weather unfa- (2) If, in the opinion of the seuior officer present, the weather 
is so bad as to make " full-dressing " inadvisable, " dressing " 
may be substituted, and, if necessary, these flags may be hauled 
down after being hoisted. 

Memorial Day. (3) Memorial Day, May 30, shall be observed by the suspen- 
sion of all unnecessary work, drills, and exercises ; at noon a salute 
of twenty-one minute guns shall be fired by all saluting vessels 
in commission and naval stations, during which the ensign shall 
be at half-mast. Detachments from vessels in United States ports 
and naval stations shall, in the discretion of the senior officer 
present, take part in memorial parades in the immediate vicinity, 
if requested by competent authority, if it can be done without 
land transportation or other expense to the Government. 

Postponement (4) when the 22d of February. 30th of May, or 4th of July 
oyer Sunday. 

occurs on Sunday, all special ceremonies shall be postponed until 

the following day. 

359. 

Notification of Upon the celebration of a national anniversary of the United 
intended cele- ^ . . . _ , .,. ^.. 

b r a t i o n to be States, or upon observing any national solemnity, in a foreign 

authorities pres° P ort or in P resence °f a foreign ship or ships of war, due notice 

eat* of the time and manner of conducting the celebration or solemnity 

shall be given by the senior officer to the port authorities and to 

the senior officer of the foreign ship or ships of each nationality 

present. Should any foreign authorities or ships participate in 

any such celebration or solemnity, by firing salutes or otherwise, 

an officer shall be sent, upon its completion, to return thanks for 

the courtesy. 

360. 

Participation Upon the occasion of the celebration of their national anniver- 
by ships of the ^ 

Navy in celebra- saries by the authorities of ships of war of a friendly foreign 

national anntrfiv nation in foreign or domestic ports, ships of the Navy present 
saries * shall, on official intimation being received by the senior officer, 

" full-dress " or " dress " ship, with the foreign national ensign 
at the main, and fire such salutes as are fired by the foreign au- 
thorities or ships, not, however, to exceed twenty-one guns, unless 
the senior officer present deems it necessary to fire a larger num- 
ber in order to participate properly in the celebration or solem- 
nity, to show proper courtesy to the nation complimented, or to 
avoid giving offense. Under similar circumstances, ships of the 
Navy shall participate in the observance of national solemnities 
of foreign States. Upon all such occasions efforts shall be made 
to accord, so far as possible, with the foreign authorities in the 
time and manner of conducting the ceremonies. (Art. 322.) 



123 

361. 

(1) The 1st of January, the 22d of February, the 30th of May, National holi- 
the 4th of July, the first Monday in September, the 25th of Decern- dajs * 
ber, and such other days as may be designated by the President 

(including- the day for National Thanksgiving) shall be regarded 
as holidays on board ships of the Navy and at naval stations. Of 
these, only the 22(1 of February and the 4th of July shall be ob- 
served ceremoniously. 

, (2) Whenever any of the above-designated dates falls on Sun- 
day, the following Monday shall be observed as a holiday. 

Section 12. — Funekal Oekemoxiks. 

362. 

(1) Upon the receipt of official intelligence of the death of the On the death 

of the President. 
President of the United States, the senior officer shall direct that 

on the following day the ensign and union jack be displayed at 

half-mast from sunrise to sunset, and guns fired every half hour 

during this period, from all ships present. Similar orders shall 

be given at naval stations. 

(2) Upon the receipt of official intelligence of the death of the ou the death 

Vice President of the United States, the Secretary or the Assistant MeS® thfs^re- 

Secretary of the Navy, the senior officer shall direct that on theory or Assistant 

Secretary of the 
following day the ensign and union jack be displayed at half-mast Navy. 

from 8 a. m. to sunset and minute guns fired at noon by all salut- 
ing ships present, the number of guns to be the same as that con- 
tained in the respective salutes to the above-named officials. Simi- 
lar orders shall be given at all naval stations. 

(3) A civil official who was entitled to a salute is entitled to Death of a 
minute guns at his funeral. Whenever a naval station or a ship of c ? 

the Navy joins in the funeral honors of a civil official of the Gov- 
ernment, other than as prescribed in paragraphs 1 and 2 above, the 
ensign and union jack shall be displayed at half-mast from 8 a. m. 
to sunset, and minute guns, not exceeding in number his official 
salute, shall be fired by the naval station and one of the saluting 
ships present, when the funeral cortege moves, if at the port where 
the funeral occurs ; otherwise at noon. 

363. 

On the death of an officer in the Navy the following ceremonies Death of naval 
shall be observed: offlcer ' 

(a) If the deceased was at the time of his death a flag officer A- fla ? officer, 
in command afloat or on shore, his flag or broad pennant shall be 
displayed at half-mast until sun-et of the day of the funeral or of 



124 

the removal of the body ; the ensign and union jack of all ships 
present and at naval stations in sight shall be displayed at half- 
mast between 8 a. m. and sunset during the same period, unless at 
sea. During the transfer of the body to the place of interment or, 
if at sea, during the funeral, minute guns shall be fired, not exceed- 
ing in number the salute. At sunset on the day of the funeral or 
of the transfer of the body of the deceased from the flagship or 
scene of command, his flag or broad pennant shall be rounded up 
with the ensign and hauled down. Like ceremonies shall be car- 
ried out in case the deceased be a general officer of the Marine 
Corps, in command. 

Commanding (&) jf the deceased was the commanding officer of a ship, his 
officer of a ship. ' ■ s 

pennant shall be displayed at half-mast until sunset of the day of 

the funeral or removal of the body from' the ship ; the ensign and 
union jack of all ships present and at naval stations in sight shall 
be displayed at half-mast from the beginning of the funeral serv- 
ice until sunset of that day, unless at sea. During the transfer of 
the body to the place of interment or, if at sea, during the funeral, 
minute guns shall be fired, not exceeding seven in number. At 
sunset on the day of the funeral or transfer of the body from the 
ship, the pennant shall be rounded up with the ensign and retained 
at the masthead as the insignia of command of the deceased offi- 
cer's successor. Like ceremonies shall be carried out in case the 
deceased be an officer of the Marine Corps in command. 

A commis- (c) If the deceased officer was a commissioned officer of the 

sioned officer. ^ , 

]Navy or Marine Corps, other than those mentioned in para- 
graphs a and & of this article, the ensign and union jack of all 
ships present and at naval stations in sight shall be displayed at 
half-mast during the funeral service and until the return of 
the escort, or for an hour after the transfer of the body from the 
ship should the escort have returned within such period. 
A midshipman, (d) If the deceased was a midshipman, warrant officer, or 

cierk^or mate*' mate, the ensign and union jack of all ships present and at 
naval stations in sight shall be displayed at half-mast during the 
funeral service and the transfer of the body from the ship and 
for one hour afterwards. 

364. 

An enlisted On the death of any petty officer or person of inferior rating, the 
ensign and union jack of all ships present and at naval stations 
in sight shall be displayed at half-mast during the funeral service 
and the transfer of the body to the shore. 



36 



o. 



Minnte gnns On the occasion of the funeral of a flag officer or commodore 
posts. y rmy near a garrisoned fort of the United States, the commanding 



125 



officer thereof shall be duly notified of the time of the funeral, 
and minute guns, not exceeding in number the officer's salute. 
may be expected to be fired from the fort when the cortege moves 
after landing. 

366. 



When at sea the ship shall always be hove to and the ensign 
displayed at half-mast during any funeral service and while 
committing the body to the deep. Any further display of the 
ensign at half-mast while at sea shall be regulated according 
to circumstances by the senior officer present. (Art. 908 (3).) 



Burial at sea. 



36 7. 



(1) An escort under arms shall accompany the funeral cortege Volleys to be 
of any officer or enlisted man to the place of interment, and after JjjJ by the cs " 
the funeral service fire three volleys of musketry over the body. 

in foreign ports, when permission can nor be obtained to land 
an armed escort, the volleys should be fired over the body after 11 
has been lowered into the boat alongside; at sea, alter committing 
the body to the deep. 

(2) When the funeral ceremonies of an officer or official take Funeral cs- 
place at, or in the immediate vicinity of, a naval station, or in a corts * 

port where a naval force is lying or where the remains are con- 
veyed through such place en route to the place of burial, the 
strength of the escort shall be as indicated below, so far as the 
naval force available can furnish it. When the funeral cere- 
monies occur in the city of Washington, or at any other place than 
those herein provided for, the escort will be as ordered by the 
Navy Department. 

(a) Secretary of the Navy: Three battalions of Infantry of 
four companies each and two battalions of Artillery of two bat- 
teries each, each battery to consist of two platoons. 

(&) Admiral: Three battalions of Infantry of four companies 
each and one battalion of Artillery of two batteries, each battery 
to consist of two platoons. 

(c) Assistant Secretary of the Navy or Vice Admiral : Two 
battalions of Infantry of four companies each and one battalion 
of Artillery of two batteries, each battery to consist of two 
platoons. 

(d) Rear Admiral: Two battalions of Infantry of four com- 
panies each and one battery of Artillery of two platoons. 

(e) Commodore: Two battalions of Infantry of four companies 
each and one platoon of Artillery. 

(/) Captain: Eight companies of Infantry. 
(g) Commander: Six companies of Infantry. 



126 

(70 Lieutenant commander: Four companies of Infantry. 

(/) Lieutenant: Two companies of Infantry. 

(./) Lieutenant (junior grade), ensign, or chief warrant officer: 
One company of Infantry. 

( k ) Midshipman, warrant officer, or mate : One section of In- 
fantry. 

(I) Chief petty officer: Sixteen men, commanded by a chief 
petty officer. 

(m) First, second, or third class petty officer: Twelve men, 
commanded by a petty officer of the same class as the deceased. 

(n) All other enlisted men: Eight men, commanded by a third- 
class petty officer. 

(o) A band shall, when available, form part of the funeral 
cortege of the Secretary of the Navy, Assistant Secretary, and 
commissioned officers, or on other occasions when deemed ap- 
propriate by the senior officer present. 

(3) The funeral escort for officers and men of the Marine Corps 
shall be the same as given above for the corresponding rank. 

(4) When there is not a sufficient force available to form the 
funeral escort as designated in paragraph 2 of this article, such 
escort shall be composed of as many men as practicable, up to 
the limits indicated. 

(5) There shall be six pallbearers, who shall be selected from 
the same rank as the deceased if practicable. 

(6) The funeral escort shall be commanded by an officer of the 
same rank as the deceased if practicable: if no officer of that 
grade be available, then an officer of the highest practicable rank 
in a lower grade will be selected for this duty. 

368. 

Burial at Funeral honors shall not be paid between sunset and sunrise. 
night. 

When it is necessary to bury the dead at night, such funeral 

services as are practicable shall take place. 

369. 

Funeral in a When a death occurs in a foreign port among the officers or 
oreign po ^ w of & g ^ of ^ N avy the procedure given in article 908 (3) 

shall be observed. Should burial be necessary the senior officer 
shall arrange with the local authorities, through the consul, if 
there be one, otherwise directly, for the interment of the body: 
and shall also obtain permission for an armed escort to land. If 
the deceased was a commissioned officer, notice shall be sent to the 
senior foreign naval officials present and the proper local officials 
of the time and place of the funeral. 



127 

370. 

The pallbearers shall march at the side of the hearse or pall, Pallbearers, 
the junior to the left and leading, the next junior to the right 
and leading, and so on. If a sufficient number of foreign officers 
of suitable rank attend the funeral, they may be invited to serve 
as additional pallbearers ; they will occupy the same relative posi- 
tions, but outside of the first mentioned. Eight men shall be se- Body bearers, 
lected to serve as body bearers, and shall march immediately 
behind the body. 

371. 

If the deceased was a flag officer or captain of u sbip, his flag Flag or pen- 
or pennant shall be draped in mourning and displayed at half- "cJUd? * *" 
mast in the bow of the boat carrying the body. The flag or 
pennant shall also be carried immediately in advance of the body 
in the funeral cortege to the grave, but not on the return from 
the grave. 

372. 

(1) A funeral procession of boats shall move from the ship to Funeral pro- 

v ' * **• • " cession of boats. 

the shore in the following order : 

Band. 

Escort. 

Clergy. 

Body and body bearers. 

Pallbearers. 

Mourners from ship of deceased in inverse order. 

Mourners from other ships in inverse order, junior ships leading. 

Mourners from foreign ships in inverse order, junior ships 
leading. 

(2) Boats may be formed in more than one column if necessary. 

373. 

A funeral procession on shore shall be formed as follows: Funeral pro- 

„ , cession on shore. 

Band. 

Escort. 

Clergy. 

Body and pallbearers. 

Body bearers. 

Mourners in inverse order of rank : 

(a) Enlisted men. 

( b ) Officers from ship of deceased. 

(c) Other officers. 

(d) Foreign officers. 
Distinguished persons. 
Delegations. 
Societies. 

Citizens. 



nerals. 



cession 



128 

374. 

iM.-uis of fu- officers and pallbearers shall wear the mourning badge on the 
left arm and sword hilt. The escort only shall be under arms. 
The ensigns of all boats shall be displayed in the same manner as 
the ensigns of their respective ships. The distinctive mark of 
command, except that of the deceased, shall not be displayed at 
half-mast from ships or boats. Whatever the grade or rate, the 
coffin shall be covered with the national flag, and in the case of 
an officer the cap and the side arms of the deceased placed thereon. 
The national colors carried by a funeral escort shall not be 
draped except when ordered by the Navy Department for an occa- 
sion of national mourning. 

375. 

ssion. ng0t Pr °" (!) On the march to the place of interment the procession 
shall move in common time ; the music shall play a dirge ; the 
ensign and the ship's battalion color, the latter draped in mourn- 
ing, shall be carried in the center of the escort; and the drums 
shall be draped in mourning and muffled. 

(2) In returning from the place of interment the column shall 
move in quick time, and the mourners march in order of rank. 
When clear of the cemetery, the mourning and muffling shall be 
removed from the battalion color and the drums and the music 
shall play a march. 

376. 

officer ^hea not An officer w ^ese death occurs on shore shall receive the same 
on sea duty. honors as if it had occurred while on duty at sea. 

377. 

uenera^offieer of t 1 ) 0n recei ™g official intelligence of the funeral of a general 
the Army or Ma- officer of the Army or Marine Corps at a port where there is a 
naval station or in which one or more ships of the Navy may be 
present, the ensigns and union jacks shall be half-masted during 
the funeral service and until the return of the escort ; and minute 
guns, not exceeding in number the officer's salute, shall be fired 
from the naval station and by one of the saluting ships when the 
funeral cortege moves. 
eys * (2) Volleys shall be fired for naval or military persons only. 

378. 

diplomatic or On the death in a foreign port of a diplomatic or consular 

consular officer. fR cer f the United States, the senior naval officer present shall, 

with the permission of the local authorities, land an arnied escort. 

direct the attendance of officers and others, and make such other 

funeral arrangements as seem proper and circumstances permit. 



129 



379. 



When the senior officer present receives official notice of the Funeral of 
funeral of a foreign official, he shall detail such officers to attend foreiir " °«e*»i- 
the funeral, direct such visits of condolence to be made, and make 
such other dispositions as circumstances warrant or permit and 
international courtesy demands. 

Section 13. — Naval Reserve. 



380. 



When a vessel is commanded by an officer of the Naval Reserve vessels c o m- 
Force, the usual honors and ceremonies shall be exchanged in the landed by Naral 

Keserves. 

same manner as if the vessel were commanded by an officer of 
the regular Navy. 



CHAPTER 6. 



THE NAVY DEPARTMENT. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 390-394. Organization. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 395. Quarterly reports of bureaus and offices. 
Sec. 3. — Art. 396. Expenditure of appropriations. 
Sec. 4. — Art. 397. Information furnished to persons outside the 

department. 
Sec. 5. — Art. 398-399. Duties conducted under the supervision of 

the Assistant Secretary of the Navy; the solicitor. 
Sec. 6. — Art. 400-404. The General Board. 
Sec. 7. — Art. 405-420. The Board of Inspection and Survey. 
Sec. 8. — Art. 421-424. The Communication Service. 
Sec. 9.— Art. 425. Monthly Survey Office. 



Section 1. — Organization. 

390. 

There shall be at the seat of government an executive depart- 
ment, to be known as the Department of the Navy, and a Secre- Secretary of 
tary of the Navy, who shall be the head thereof. (Sec. 415, R. S.) the NaT) ' 

391. 

(1) An Assistant Secretary of the Navy is authorized by law. 

who shall perform such duties as may be prescribed by the Secre- Assistant Sec- 

* ■■ • * j retary of the 

tary of the Navy or required by law. (Acts of July 11, 1890, and Navy. 
Mar. 3, 1891.) All orders issued by the Assistant Secretary in 
conducting the duties assigned him shall be considered as emanat- 
ing from the Secretary and shall have full force and effect as such. 

(2) In case of the absence of the Secretary of the Navy his 
duties shall be performed by rhe Assistant Secretary of the Navy. 
(Sec. 177. R. S.) 

392. 

(1) There shall be a Chief of Naval Operations, who shall be an 
officer on the active list of the Navy appointed by the President, ., Chi «f of NaTa] 

J Operations. 

by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, from among 
the officers of the line of the Navy, not below the grade of cap- 
tain, for a period of four years, who shall, under the direction of 
the Secretary of the Navy, be charged with the operations of the 

(131) 



Bureaus. 



132 

fleer, and with the preparation and readiness of plans for its use 
in war. (Act Mar. 3, 1915.) 

(2) Hereafter the Chief of Naval Operations, while so serving 
as such Chief of Naval Operations, shall have the rank and title 
of admiral, to take rank next after the Admiral of the Navy, and 
shall, while so serving as Chief of Naval Operations, receive the 
pay of $10,000 per annum and no allowances. All orders issued 
by the Chief of Naval Operations in performing the duties as- 
signed him shall be performed under the authority of the Secre- 
tary of the Navy, and his orders shall be considered as emanat- 
ing from the Secretary, and shall have full force and effect as 
such. To assist the Chief of Naval Operations in performing the 
duties of his office there shall be assigned for this exclusive duty 
not less than 15 officers of and above the rank of lieutenant com- 
mander of the Navy or major of the Marine Corps : Provided, 
That if an officer of the grade of captain be appointed Chief of 
Naval Operations he shall have the rank and title of admiral, as 
above provided, while holding that position: Provided farther, 
That should an officer, while serving as Chief of Naval Opera- 
tions, be retired from active service he shall be retired with the 
lineal rank and the retired pay to which he would be entitled 
had he not been serving as Chief of Naval Operations. (Act Aug. 
29, 1916.) 

(3) During the temporary absence of the Secretary and the 
Assistant Secretary of the Navy the Chief of Naval Operations 
shall be next in succession to act as Secretary of the Navy. (Act 
Mar. 3, 1915.) 

(4) In the absence of the Secretary of the Navy, the Assistant 
Secretary and the Chief of Naval Operations, the duties of the 
Secretary of the Navy shall temporarily devolve upon the several 
members of his Advisory Council in the order of seniority. 

393. 



(1) The business of the Department of the Navy shall be dis- 
tributed in such manner as the Secretary of the Navy shall judge 
to be expedient and proper among the following bureaus: 

First, a Bureau of Yards and Docks. 

Second, a Bureau of Navigation. 

Third, a Bureau of Ordnance. 

Fourth, a Bureau of Construction and Repair. 

Fifth, a Bureau of Engineering. 

Sixth, a Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

Seventh, a Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. (Sec. 419, R. S.) 

c ustodyof (2) The several bureaus shall retain the charge and custody 

records. of -the books of records and accounts pertaining to their respective 

duties, and all of the duties of the bureaus shall be performed 

under the authority of the Secretary of the Navy, and their orders 



133 

shall be considered as emanating from him and shall have full 
force and effect as such. (Sec. 420, R. S.) 

(3) The Judge Advocate General of the Navy shall perform Judge Advocate 
such duties as may lawfully be required. (Act June 8, 18S0.) 

(4) The Solicitor shall perform such duties as may be assigned Solicitor, 
by the Secretary of the Navy. 

(5) The General Board of the Navy shall, under the direction General Board. 
of the Secretary of the Navy, perform such duties as are contained 

in section 6 of this chapter and such other duties as may be pre- 
scribed from time to time. 

(6) No bureau or office under the jurisdiction of the Navy De- 
partment shall issue any orders or directions except in connection 
with duties specifically prescribed for it by law, regulation, or 
general order, and in order to prevent duplication of work no 
bureau or office shall create or maintain any office, section, or 
division occupied on matters other than those for which specific 
authorization to issue orders is granted such bureau or office. 

(7) Chiefs of bureaus shall issue orders concerning the work Bureaus in 
of their own bureaus, provided such work is not of a character general. 

to alter the military characteristics of any ship. Any proposed 
work the performance of which would alter the military char- 
acteristics of any ship shall be referred to the Secretary of the 
Navy for decision prior to authorization. 

(.8) Each bureau shall determine upon and require for or have Duties of bu- 
manufactured all material, apparatus, tools, stores, fuel, transpor- rean8# 
tation, stationery, blank books, forms, and appliances of every 
kind needed for its own use in carrying out its duties, as herein- 
after defined. Each bureau shall be charged with the preserva- 
tion of the public property, under its cognizance. 

(9) Each bureau shall be charged with all that relates to ithe Equipment of 
equipment of ships, according to its allowance list from time to 8 p8 ' 

time in force. 

(10) All work done by one bureau for another bureau, including Work done by 
the construction, alteration, and repair of public works, shall be another™* 11 
done by the former after approval by, and to the satisfaction of, 

the latter ; and such work shall at all times be open to the inspec- 
tion of the bureau for which it is done. 

(11) Each bureau shall inspect all material for its use, except inspection of 
at navy yards, where inspections shall be made as provided for in materIal * 
article 1612. Controversial questions as to the acceptance of man- 
ufactured or purchased articles shall be referred to the bureau 

having cognizance. 

(12) Each bureau shall estimate for and defray from its own Defraying 
funds the cost necessary to carry out its duties as hereinafter 

defined. 

(13) Each bureau shall make nominations for assignment of 
officers to duty under its cognizance. 

183841°— 20 10 



134 

Information (14) Every chief of bureau or head of an office shall furnish 
for Chief of ^a- 
val Operations, such information and data as may be called for by the Chief of 

Naval Operations. 

(15) (a). There shall be a mutual exchange of information be- 
tween the Office of the Chief of Naval Operations and the various 
technical bureaus regarding the policies of ship movements, ship 
overhauls, the progress of work in the various technical bureaus, 
and such other matters as require the cooperation of the respon- 
sible bureaus with the Office of the Chief of Naval Operations. 
Conference (ft) when a conference becomes necessary to facilitate the 

with thief of 

Nayai Opera- transaction of business affecting the interests of any bureau or 
tlons * office, the chief of such bureau or head of such office, when noti- 

fied by the Chief of Naval Operations, shall designate a repre- 
sentative to attend such conference. 

Work previ- (i6) in every case pertaining to the design, alteration, or 
o u s 1 y disap- ^ 

proved. repair of ships or equipage wherein any bureau recommends for 

approval any departure from recognized standard practice, or 
any action at variance with any former decision of the depart- 
ment, such bureau shall invite the attention of the department to : 

(a) The previous decisions or rulings of the department in 
regard to the subject in question. 

( b ) The reasons for recommending any departure from existing 
practice or any change in policy. 

394. 

Secretary's ad- (!) Tne Secretary's advisory council will be composed of the 
visory council, following members : 

The Assistant Secretary of the Navy. 
The Chief of Naval Operations. 
The Chief of the Bureau of Navigation. 
The Chief of the Bureau of Ordnance. 
The Chief of the Bureau of Engineering. 
The Chief of the Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
The Chief of the Bureau of Yards and Docks. 
The Chief of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
The Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 
The Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps. 
The Judge Advocate General of the Navy. 

The Secretary's advisory council will meet every Thursday at 

noon, in the Secretary's office, unless otherwise directed, and at 

such other times as the Secretary may direct. 

Correspondence (2) The general correspondence of the Department of the Navy 

ment. bC depart " shall be under the immediate supervision of the Secretary of the 

Navy. 

Papers for (3) Papers intended for the signature of the Secretary of the 

nature" 1 '' 8ig " Navy or of the Assistant Secretary of the Navy shall be presented 



135 

to them through the Chief of Naval Operations or the chief of 
bureau concerned. In the preparation of papers for the signature 
of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, based on the written rec- 
ommendations of chiefs of bureaus, the bureaus concerned shall 
be called in conference if departure from their recommendation is 
contemplated. 

(4) Chiefs of bureau shall communicate directly with the Secre- 
tary and Assistant Secretary at any time on business pertaining 
to their bureaus. 

Section 2. — Quarterly Repoets of Btjbeaus and Offices. 
395. 

(1) It is the duty of the Secretary of the Navy to make at _. Beport of con- 

v ' J ditlon of bureau 

the expiration of each quarter of the fiscal year a written report or office, 
to the President as to the condition of the public business of the 
Navy Department and whether any branch thereof is in arrears. 
(See act of Mar. 15, 1898.) 

(2) To enable the Secretary to carry out his duty as specified 
in the preceding paragraph, a report shall be made by the head 
of each of the bureaus and offices of the department at the close 
of each quarter, showing the condition of work in each such 
bureau or office, and whether any part thereof is in arrears. 

Section 3. — Expenditure of Appropriations. 

[The provisions of this section apply not only to the Navy Department, 
but to all navy yards, naval stations, and elsewhere throughout the 
naval service.] 

396. 

No executive department or other Government establishment Expenditure of 
of the United States shall expend, in any one fiscal year, any appropriations, 
sum in excess of appropriations made by Congress for that fiscal 
year or involve the Government in any contract or other obliga- 
tion for the future payment of money in excess of such appropria- 
tions unless such contract or obligation is authorized by law. 
Nor shall any department or any officer of the Government ac- 
cept voluntary service for the Government or employ personal 
service in excess of that authorized by law, except in case of sud- 
den emergency involving the loss of human life or the destruction 
of property. All appropriations made for contingent expenses 
or other general purposes, except appropriations made in fulfill- 
ment of contract obligations expressly authorized by law, or for 
objects required or authorized by law without reference to the 
amounts annually appropriated therefor, shall, on or before the 









136 

beginning of each fiscal year, be so apportioned by monthly or 
other allotments as to prevent expenditures in one portion of the 
year which may necessitate deficiency or additional appropria- 
tions to complete the service of the fiscal year for which said 
appropriations are made; and all such apportionments shall be 
adhered to and shall not be waived or modified, except upon the 
happening of some extraordinary emergency or unusual circum- 
stance which could not be anticipated at the time of making 
such apportionment, but this provision shall not apply to the 
contingent appropriations of the Senate or House of Represen- 
tatives; and in case said apportionments are waived or modified 
as herein provided, the same shall be waived or modified in writ- 
ing by the head of such executive department or other Govern- 
ment establishment having control of the expenditure, and the 
reasons therefor shall be fully set forth in each particular case 
and communicated to Congress in connection with estimates for 
any additional appropriations required on account thereof. Any 
person violating any provision of this section shall be summarily 
removed from office and may also be punished by a fine of not less 
than one hundred dollars or by imprisonment for not less than one 
month. (Sec. 3679, R. S., as amended by the act of Feb. 27, 
1906.) 

Section 4. — Information Furnished to Persons Outside the 
Department. 

397. 

Not to be fur- No information shall be furnished from the records of the 
i!eys? etc! & ° r " Navy Department to attorneys or agents concerning the naval 
service of officers or enlisted men of the Navy, until such attorneys 
or agents shall file a power of attorney in the department, show- 
ing that they have authority from the person whose record is 
desired or his legal representatives, to request such information, 
and shall also file a statement of the purpose for which such 
information is desired. If such statement be deemed satisfac- 
tory to the department, the information will be furnished, pro- 
vided the attorney or agent submits to the department the same 
proof of the identity of the person or persons he represents, as 
is required when the application for such information is made 
by the person or persons themselves. 

Section 5. — Duties Conducted under the Supervision of the 
Assistant Secretary of the Navy ; the Solicitor. 

398. 

Duties super- The final preparation of departmental estimates for submission 
listant'lecrSary". to Congress shall be mnder the supervision of the Assistant Secre- 
tary of the Navy. 



137 



399. 



(1) It shall be the duty of the Solicitor to examine and report Duties of the 
upon questions of law, including the drafting and interpretation of ° c or * 
statutes and matters submitted to the accounting officers not relat- 
ing to the personnel; preparation of advertisements, proposals, 

and contracts; insurance; patents; the sufficiency of official, con- 
tract, and other bonds and guarantees; proceedings in the civil 
courts by or against the Government or its officers in cases relat- 
ing to material and not concerning the personnel as such ; claims 
by or against the Government ; questions submitted to the Attor- 
ney General, except such as are under the cognizance of the Judge 
Advocate General ; bills and congressional resolutions and in- 
quiries not relating to the personnel and not elsewhere assigned ; 
and to conduct the correspondence respecting the foregoing duties. 

(2) He shall be charged, under the special instructions of the 
Secretary of the Navy, with the searching of titles, purchase, 
sale, transfer, and other questions affecting lands and buildings 
pertaining to the Navy, and with the care and preservation of all 
muniments of title to land acquired for naval uses. 

(3) He shall also render opinion upon any matter or question of 
law when directed to do so by the Secretary or Assistant Sec- 
retary. 

Section 6. — The Genebal Boabd. 

400. 

(1) The General Board shall be composed of the Chief of Naval Composition. 
Operations, the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps, 

the Director of Naval Intelligence, the president of the Naval War 
College, and such additional officers as the Secretary of the Navy 
may designate. 

(2) An officer above the grade of lieutenant shall be detailed 
as secretary to the general board. He shall record its proceed- 
ings and have charge and custody of its files and correspondence. 

401. 

(1) The General Board shall be furnished for information with Duties, 
the approved War Plans, including cooperation with the Army 

and employment of all the elements of naval defense. 

(2) It shall consider the number and types of ships proper to 
constitute the fleet and shall advise the Secretary of the Navy 
respecting the same, including such increase as may be requisite, 
to be submitted annually to Congress. 

(3) It shall consider and report upon such subjects as the 
Secretary of the Navy may lay before it. 















138 

402. 

Military char- (i) When designs are to be prepared for a new ship, the Gen- 
acteristics of nevf v ' , .. , - . . , ., ,, ^ , „ ,, _ 

vessels. eral Board shall submit to the Secretary of the Navy a recom- 

mendation as to the military characteristics to be embodied 
therein. Such military characteristics shall include a general 
statement as to type of ship, speed, radius of action, and armor 
and armament, but shall not, except in special cases, be so re- 
strictive as to prevent various arrangements being developed in 
order to obtain the benefit arising from the consideration of 
several possible solutions. These military characteristics shall 
be prepared by the General Board sufficiently early to permit 
the preliminary design referred to below to be prepared and 
the approximate cost determined before the estimates for the 
yearly building program are submitted. 

Outline pre- (2) The Bureau of Construction and Repair will then be di- 

liminary plans. 

rected to prepare and submit outline preliminary plans, approxi- 
mate data, or both, showing the ship in accordance with the above 
recommendations as approved by the Secretary of the Navy. Such 
plans, when approved by the Secretary, shall be the basis of actual 
contract plans and specifications, subject to such modifications in 
nonmilitary features as may appear desirable and practicable in 
working out the details. 
Duties of bu- (3) For the purpose of preparing the outline preliminary plans, 

ration of plans?" the Bureau of Construction and Repair shall consult the other 
bureaus of the Navy Department, which shall furnish to that bu- 
reau, when requeued, preliminary plans and approximate data of 
the features under their respective cognizance for incorporation 
in the preliminary design, together with such comment and recom- 
mendations with relation to the features under their cognizance 
as may be deemed necessary from a consideration of technical de- 
tails. Such comment or recommendations, if tending to modify 
any of the features recommended by the General Board and ap- 
proved by the Secretary of the Navy to such an extent as to affect 
the principal dimensions, general arrangement, or probable cost of 
the vessel, shall be forwarded, with appropriate comment by the 
Bureau of Construction and Repair, to the Secretary of the Navy 
for his action before the preliminary designs are submitted. 

General Board (4) The outline preliminary plans when completed and the ap- 
shall consider . 2 , ■" , ,. " „ , „ , 

preliminary proximate data necessary for an understanding thereof shall be 

plans * forwarded by the Bureau of Construction and Repair, together with 

such comment and recommendations as may appear necessary, to 
the Secretary of the Navy, who will refer the same to the General 
Board for consideration and recommendation. 
officers "ifh Gen- (5 ^ Tnere wil1 De ordered to be present to confer with the Gen- 
eral Board. eral Board during such consideration, the Chief Constructor or his 
designated assistant, and such other officers as may be designated, 



Preparation of 



139 

who are deemed specially qualified to consider the interdependence 
of military and technical features in the type of vessel under con- 
sideration, including officers who have obtained markedly success- 
ful results in ordnance, engineering, or turret-gun work, or in 
service with torpedo vessels. The department will, after consid- 
eration of the recommendations of the General Board as thus pre- 
pared, issue final instructions as to the features to be embodied; 
and the duty of preparing the final plans shall then devolve upon 
the bureaus, in accordance with their responsibilities as laid down 
in these regulations. 

403. 

(1) During the preparation of the final designs of a new vessel 
each bureau shall prepare a detailed statement of all objects under final designs, 

v (Mtrlits etc 

its cognizance which it is proposed to install during the construe- ' 

tion and fitting out complete for sea of the vessel. A copy of such 
statement shall be furnished to the Bureau of Construction and 
Repair when requested by that bureau, together with such itemized 
estimates of weights and positions of centers of gravity as may be 
required by that bureau. This statement and estimates of weights 
and positions of centers of gravity is to be furnished in sufficient 
time before the final plans are submitted to the Secretary of the 
Navy for approval to permit the Bureau of Construction and Re- 
pair to prepare the plans without delay and to determine fully the 
matters of displacement, trim, stability, and strength, 

(2) Within three months after the commissioning of a new ves- 
sel, a detailed statement, itemized as above, shall be furnished the 
Bureau of Construction and Repair by each other bureau con- 
cerned, in which the actual weights and revised estimates of the 
positions of centers of gravity shall be given where necessary. 



404. 

All recommendations relating to changes in designs of ships Changes in de- 
shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Navy via the Bureau of s gm ' 
Construction and Repair. 

Section 7. — The Board of Inspection and Survey. 

405. 

The Board of Inspection and Survey shall be composed as near C° m P° sition - 
as may be of one flag officer, two captains (one being designated 
for engineering duties), one naval constructor, and one commander 
(designated as recorder), one commander or lieutenant com- 
mander (for aviation duties), and of such other officers as may 
be necessary to carry out the duties of the Board. 






140 

406. 

Vessels to be (i) The board, under specific orders in each case from the de- 
inspected. 

partment, shall be charged with the acceptance examinations and 

trials of all naval vessels and aircraft and with the inspection of 
all vessels newly commissioned. It shall inspect and examine all 
naval vessels on their return from foreign stations and all vessels 
in the United States as often as once in three years when 
practicable. 

When directed by the Secretary of the Navy the Board will con- 
duct a military inspection of any of the vessels above referred to. 

(2) Commanding officers of ships in commission, whether in 
reserve or in ordinary, shall report to the Chief of Naval Opera- 
tions without delay whenever the condition of their ships is such 
as to require a material inspection in one or more departments. 
Such reports shall be forwarded through the regular official chan- 
nels and shall bear the recommendations of the senior officers con- 
cerned. A flag officer in command afloat may originate a similar 
recommendation for a vessel under his command, and a comman- 
dant may do so for a vessel out of commission at the yard which 
he commands. 

(3) When it shall come to the knowledge of the chief of any 
bureau, for matters under his cognizance, that the condition of 
any ship is such that she requires extensive repairs or alterations 
sufficiently important or expensive to justify such a course, he 
shall report the fact to the Chief of Naval Operations with a rec- 
ommendation that an inspection be held. 

(4) When advisable the department will order an inspection. 

(5) Prior to the undertaking of a general overhaul of a vessel, 
and in sufficient time to enable the yard concerned to prepare nec- 
essary plans, and assemble necessary material, the vessel will be 
inspected at her home yard or at the yard where the overhaul is 
to be undertaken, by the Board of Inspection and Survey, assisted 
by representatives of the industrial department of the yard. 

407. 

Sub-board. When it is impracticable for the Board of Inspection and Survey 

to conduct any trial, inspection, or examination, such trial, in- 
spection, or examination shall be made by a sub-board, the per- 
sonnel of which shall be nominated by the President of the Board 
of Inspection and Survey. 

408. 

The president. The president, of the Board of Inspection and Survey. Navy 
Department, shall be ex officio president of all trial and inspection 
boards for vessels and aircraft of the Navy on the Pacific coast 



141 



or elsewhere, whether for vessels under construction, for military 
or other special inspection, or for the inspections called for by 
article above. The senior officer of the board actually conducting 
these trials or inspections shall sign as the senior member present, 
unless such senior officer be the president of the Board of Inspec- 
tion and Survey, Navy Department, in which case he shall sign 
as such. 

409. 

The Board of Inspection and Survey shall determine the pro- 
cedure necessary to carry out the provisions of the regulations 
and contracts relating to trials and inspections under its cogni- 
zance, and the board actually conducting the trial or inspection 
shall conform to such procedure. 






Procedure. 



410. 

The precept convening the board for the trial or inspection of Precept, 
a vessel or aircraft, wherever the said trial or inspection may be 
held, and the orders detailing the officers to duty on such boards 
shall be forwarded through the president of the Board of Inspec- 
tion and Survey, Navy Department, who shall prepare such de- 
tailed instructions for the guidance of the board as may be neces- 
sary in each particular case to insure that all trials and inspections 
be conducted in a systematic and thorough manner. 

411. 

The various bureaus concerned in the construction of a vessel Duties of 
or aircraft for the Navy shall, when the board is ordered to con- reaus * 
duct the acceptance trials of such a vessel, furnish it with all 
corrected plans and specifications necessary for its guidance in 
carrying out these examinations and trials. In the case of a ves- 
sel or aircraft other than one of those specified in the preceding 
sentence the bureaus concerned shall, so far as practicable, fur- 
nish the board with such information or assistance as may be 
desired for its use when engaged in an inspection of such vessel. 






412. 

(1) In order to facilitate the preparation of estimates for re- 
pairs and alterations recommended in a material inspection report, 
the Board of Inspection and Survey shall be assisted by two repre- 
sentatives, one from the hull division and the other from the 
machinery division of the industrial department of the yard at 
which the work will be performed if authorized. 

(2) For the consideration of matters specially affecting a 
bureau, the board may be assisted by special representatives of 



Estimates, 



142 

the bureau or bureaus concerned and such representatives shall 
be nominated for this duty by the chief of bureau concerned to 
the Bureau of Navigation via the Board of Inspection and Survey. 
(3) The commander in chief of a fleet may designate such offi- 
cers from the fleet as he deems desirable to assist the board. The 
President of the Board of Inspection and Survey shall notify the 
commander in chief of all inspections of vessels under his com- 
mand in sufficient time to enable the latter to issue necessary 
orders should he desire to appoint such assistants. 

413. 

Becommenda- The board shall, in its recommendations for disapproval, state 
the name of the contractor 
any unsatisfactory feature. 



prova/ 01 dlsap " the name of the contractor or subcontractor who supplied or built 



414. 

Data forward- All documents or data of any kind whatsoever relating to a 
ed to Board. vessel or aircraft to be inspected or tried which are forwarded 
to inspection or trial boards for their consideration shall be for- 
warded to the president of the Board of Inspection and Survey. 
If practicable, these shall be forwarded at the same time as the 
department's precept for the said trials and inspections, so that 
they may be available in connection with the preparation of the 
detailed instructions by the president of the board, and the 
originals of all reports of such trials and inspections shall be 
forwarded to the department through the president of the Board 
of Inspection and Survey. 

415. 

Possible sale If tne question of the possible sale of a vessel arises, the action 
of vessel. t o ^ e taken shall be as prescribed in article 1897. 

416. 

A vessel in full commission, in commission in reserve, or in 
t ached service commission in ordinary, being inspected by the board shall be 
SJected!* 61115 in " considered as being on detached duty until the inspection is 
completed. 

417. 



Becommenda- (1) Tne Board of Inspection and Survey shall include in its re- 

ns as to de-p or f. f trials and inspection (of vessels), whenever it may consider 

advisable, recommendations relative to the design of vessels or 

aircraft or to any parts of same, including details of design, con- 



143 

struction, materials, locations, and methods of operation of the 
various parts of the machinery and mechanical appliances. 

(2) In case the board considers any of the above features to be 
necessary or desirable in the case of the ship under consideration, 
specific recommendation relating to the same shall be included 
under the appropriate heading in the list of items in the report 
on that ship. 

(3) As far as practicable those features recommended by the 
board for consideration in connection with other vessels, including 
new designs and vessels under construction (including aircraft), 
shall be grouped under separate paragraph or paragraphs and 
carried on separate pages, with the caption " Design recommen- 
dations." This is to insure that these design matters may not 
be overlooked in the body of the report. 

(4) In order that the board may have full knowledge of the 
department's decisions in relation to design matters upon which 
the board has made recommendation, the department will inform 
the board of those design items which have been disapproved, or 
which have been approved in a form other than that in which 
recommended. As far as practicable the board will be informed 
of the reasons for the department's decision on these items. 

(5) Whenever it comes to the attention of the Board of Inspec- 
tion and Survey that any detail, or integral piece of machinery or 
arrangement or method of operation has Lad sufficient trial to 
test its merits and in the opinion of the board has proved unsatis- 
factory, the board shall definitely recommend that it be (Eliminated 
in future construction, with its reasons therefor. If after such 
recommendation of disapproval and after opportunity has been 
had to effect correction, it becomes necessary again to recommend 
disapproval of the same item in the same particulars, a special 
report relative thereto shall be submitted to the department. 

418. 

(1) The board shall further include in its report a concise state- Special credit 
ment of the condition and efficiency of the vessel, naming such or dlscredlt 
officers to whom credit or discredit should attach for such condi- 
tion and efficiency. 

(2) Copies of these statements will be filed by the Bureau ot 
Navigation with the official record of the officer concerned. One 
copy will also be sent to the officer concerned for statement in 
the premises. 

419. 

(1) In conducting preliminary and final acceptance trials of Preliminary 
new vessels built under contract, or at a navy yard, the Board ance fi tr?al?. CCept " 
of Inspection and Survey shall be governed by the contract for 






144 

the construction of such vessel and her machinery. The object 
of such trials is to determine the fulfillment of the contract, and 
in the case of final acceptance trials, whether there shall have 
appeared any weaknesses, defect, failure, breaking down, or 
deterioration, other than that due to fair wear and tear, through 
fault of the contractors, and which have not been corrected and 
made good by them, for the purpose of furnishing accurate 
information for use in determining the final settlement with the 
contractors for the cost of the vessel. 

(2) Preliminary and final acceptance trials of a vessel built 
at a navy yard may, at the discretion of the Secretary of the 
Navy, be combined in one trial. 

(3) The board shall carefully observe the performance of the 
vessel and the machinery, and upon the conclusion of the trials 
make full and detailed report to the department, which shall 
include its conclusions on the following points : 

(a) Whether, upon such trials, any weakness or defect exists. 

(&) Whether the machinery or any part or parts are found to 
be defective in any respect; or whether there is any failure, 
breaking down, or deterioration other than that due to fair wear 
and tear, of any part or parts of the machinery, engines, boilers, 
or appurtenances. 

(c) All items of work required by the contract and specifica- 
tions and duly authorized changes therein, that were unfinished 
at the time of the preliminary acceptance trial, or subsequently 
authorized, which are, in the opinion of the board, not yet satis- 
factorily completed. 

(d) What suggestions and recommendations are made con- 
cerning any designs or design criticisms. 

(4) As soon as practicable after the trials are completed a 
careful and thorough examination shall be made of such parts of 
the machinery as the board may designate which would show 
injury, if any occurred, or defective conditions, if any are likely 
to be present. In the case of a vessel in commission the condi- 
tions ascertained shall be reported by the commanding officer 
through the regular channels, in addition to the report made to 
the Board of Inspection and Survey. 

420. 

Reports on con- (1) All reports of the Board of Inspection and Survey upon 
tract trials. trials of naval vessels built under contract or at navy yards shall 
contain work lists under the "Bureau of Construction and Re- 
pair," " Bureau of Engineering," and " Bureau of Ordnance." 
Under each bureau the lists shall be itemized under five heads, 
viz: 



145 

(1) List A, items of work recommended for which the 

contractor is considered responsible. 

(2) List B, items of work recommended for which the 

contractor is not considered responsible. 

(3) List C, alterations recommended, contractor not re- 

sponsible. 

(4) List D, alterations requested and not recommended. 

(5) List E, items already authorized. 

(2) The Board of Inspection and Survey shall prepare its re- 
ports on sheets 8 by 10J inches in size and shall distribute 
copies as follows : 

Copies. 

The Solicitor Original. 

The Chief of Naval Operations 1 

The Bureau of Construction and Repair (1 hlack carbon backed 

for blue printing) 4 

The Bureau of Engineering 2 

Home navy yard of vessel 1 

Commanding officer 1 

The Bureau of Ordnance (of that portion which refers to ord- 
nance matters) 1 

The Bureau of Navigation (of that portion of the report which 

refers to navigation) 1 

(3) Immediately upon receipt of the above reports by the 
Bureau of Construction and Repair, that bureau will forward one 
copy each to the superintending constructor and the contractor, 
and upon completion of the necessary blue-print copies will for- 
ward one to the Bureau of Ordnance, one to the Inspector of 
Ordnance, and two to the home yard where the vessel is delivered 
for the use of the hull and machinery divisions, copies for the 
inspector of machinery will be furnished by the Bureau of Engi- 
neering. The copy furnished for the use of the Chief of Naval 
Operations and one of the copies furnished the Bureau of Con- 
struction and Repair shall be returned to the board's files. 

(4) When the Board of Inspection and Survey makes the 
inspections provided for by Article 406 its report shall be sub- 
mitted in two separate parts. 

(a) One, to be designated "Report of Material Inspection," sub ^ t ° e r ^ s ' h<m 
shall indicate the material condition of the ship in all depart- 
ments, and will contain, with comment and recommendation, 
lists of all considered repairs and alterations, in order that such 
reports may be a record of the condition of the vessel and a com- 
prehensive guide for the purpose of preparing estimates. 

( & ) The other, to be designated " Report of Military Inspec- 
tion," shall contain the report of all matters pertaining to disci- 
pline and of all other matters other than repairs and alterations 
recommended. The original of this part shall be forwarded by 
the board to the Chief of Naval Operations. A copy shall be for- 



146 

warded to the commanding officer of the ship in question through 
the commander in chief, and a copy shall be filed with the records 
of the Board of Inspection and Survey. 
Repairs and (5) The Board of Inspection and Survey shall consider all 
repairs, urgent and desirable; all alterations, whether primarily 
considered or previously authorized but as yet unaccomplished 
or uncompleted ; and all such items of work shall be grouped and 
numbered in accordance with the recognized classification and 
bureau cognizance. 

(6) To insure the inclusion and consideration by the Board of 
Inspection and Survey of the various items of repair and altera- 
tion that may have arisen subsequent to the last general overhaul 
of the vessel the following general procedure shall be observed : 

Letter from ( a \ Th e commanding officer shall submit for the board's con- 
commanding offi- 
cer, sideration a written statement relative to such repairs and altera- 
tions that he may consider necessary or desirable, together with 
copies of all previous letters on similar subjects that have been 
submitted and on which final action has not as yet been taken, and 
shall furnish any information or assistance that may be needed 
by the board to enable it to carry out the inspection. Alterations 
that have been previously submitted to the department and dis- 
approved shall not be included, unless a reconsideration of any 
such item is desired, in which case a separate letter to the board 
shall be written. This letter shall contain a list of the items 
of alterations for which reconsideration is requested. The previous 
history, so far as known, of each item shall be given, including the 
dates and numbers of the correspondence in connection therewith 
and the action of the bureau or department thereon. For each 
item there shall be given the reasons which are believed to justify 
reconsideration. 
Weekly report ( & ) Commandants of the navy yards shall submit for the board's 
consideration complete copies of the last weekly report of work 
(Form N. S. O. 27) for the vessel under inspection, showing all 
outstanding job orders; and the estimate of outstanding job 
orders shall be included in the report of estimates to be submitted 
by the yard. 

(c) The board shall, in addition to its action on the yard re- 
quests emanating from the commanding officer of the ship, recom- 
mend such other repairs and alterations as may be deemed de- 
sirable as a result of its own observations and of its opinion, 
based on the reports from similar vessels. 
Work lists. (7) All reports of the Board of Inspection and Survey upon 

material inspections shall contain work lists under the " Bureau of 
Construction and Repair," " Bureau of Engineering," and " Bureau 
of Ordnance " and shall further contain subheadings " Urgent 
Repairs," " Desirable Repairs," and "Alterations." Under each 



147 

item " Alterations Recommended " work being done shall also be 
included. 

The Board of Inspection and Survey shall prepare its reports on 
sheets 8 by 10$ inches and shall distribute copies as follows : 

Copies. Preparation of 

The Chief of Naval Operations Original reports. 

The Bureau of Construction and Repair 1 

The Bureau of Ordnance 1 

The Bureau of Engineering 1 

The home navy yard of vessels (or overhaul yard) (1 black carbon- 
backed for blue printing) 3 

Force commander 1 

Commanding officer of vessel .! 1 

The Bureau of Navigation (of that portion of the report which 

refers to navigation) 1 

Section 8. — Communication Service. 

421. 

The Naval Communication Service is the organization, under The Naval 

( o m m u meat ion 

the Chief of Naval Operations, charged with the administration Service, 
of the operation of all United States Naval Communication 
systems. 

422. 



It has cognizance of naval communications carried on by means 
of telegraph, telephone, cable, radiotelegraph and radiotelephone, 
radio compass, visual and underwater signals and sound tele- 
graphs, pigeons, couriers, and postal service. It also has cog- 
nizance of the operation of such naval communication systems as 
may be authorized by law to carry oh commercial business. 

423. 

(1) While the operation of the communication service is under 
the direction of the Chief of Naval Operations, the Office of Naval 
Communications shall distribute immediately for action to the 
various responsible bureaus or offices of the department all com- 
munications not relating to matters under the immediate jurisdic- 
tion of the Office of Naval Operations, as set forth in Article 433. 

(2) Detailed instructions relative to the organization, opera- 
tion, and administration of the Naval Communication Service shall 
be contained in the Communication Instructions, United States 
Navy, which shall be issued under the same instructions which 
govern Manuals. 






148 

424. 

(1) The duties of the Naval Communication Service shall in- 
clude the operation of all telephone service provided for the Navy 
Department and Naval Establishment, and the supervision of all 
personnel handling such operation. It shall provide by lease or 
contract, or by agreement in the case of another department of 
the Government, such telephone plant or parts thereof as are not 
to be owned and maintained by the Navy, together with the 
service thereof. 

(2) In case a telephone plant or any part thereof is to be 
Navy owned and maintained, the public works office of the yard, 
station, base, or district concerned shall have charge, under the 
Bureau of Yards and Docks, of the construction and maintenance 
of such telephone plant, or Navy part thereof, in the same manner 
as other public works and utilities, subject in the case of divided 
ownership to any contract provisions. 

(3) Where not Navy owned and maintained, the telephone com- 
pany or the Government department concerned is responsible to 
the Communication Service for the construction and maintenance 
of the plant in accordance with the terms of the lease, contract, 
or agreement. 

Section 9. — Monthly Survey Office. 

425. 

(1)A monthly survey of the activities of the Naval Establish- 
ment (including the Marine Corps) will be prepared for the Sec- 
retary of the Navy by the officer in charge of an office under the 
Secretary, which will be known as " The Monthly Survey Office." 

(2) All bureaus, offices, navy yards, naval stations (including 
the Marine Corps ) , commanders in chief, and commanding officers 
of vessels will comply with requests for information made by the 
officer in charge of the Monthly Survey Office. 



CHAPTER 7. 



OFFICE OF NAVAL OPERATIONS. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 433. The Chief of Naval Operations. 



Section 1. — The Chief of Naval Operations. 
433. 

(1) The Chief of Naval Operations shall, under the direction of Operations of 
the Secretary of the Navy, be charged with the operations of the fleet - 
fleet and with the preparation and readiness of plans for its use 
in war. (Act Mar. 3, 1915.) 

(2) This shall include the direction of the Naval War College, Direction of 
the Office of Naval Intelligence, the Office of Gunnery Exercises actIrltleB * 
and Engineering Performances, the operation of the Communica- 
tion Service, the operations of the Aeronautic Service, of mines 
and mining, of the naval districts, Naval Militia, and of the Coast 
Guard when operating with the Navy ; the direction of all strategic 
and tactical matters, organization, maneuvers, gunnery exercises, 
drills and exercises, and of the training of the fleet for war ; and 
the preparation and revision and enforcement of all drill books, 
signal codes, and cipher codes. 

(3) The Chief of Naval Operations shall be charged with the Na?y Begala- 
preparation, revision, and record of Regulations for the Govern- tlon8 * 
ment of the Navy and General Orders. 

(4) He shall advise the Secretary concerning the movements Ship move- 
and operations of vessels of the Navy and prepare all orders issued ments ' 
by the Secretary in regard thereto, and shall keep the records of 
service of all fleets, squadrons, and ships. 

(5) He shall advise the Secretary in regard to the military Military fea- 
features of all new ships and as to any proposed extensive altera- tures " 
tions of a ship which will affect her military value; as to the 
location, capacity, and protection of navy yards and naval sta- 
tions, including all features which affect the military value of dry 
docks, including their location ; also as to matters pertaining to fuel 

183841°— 20 11 (149) 



150 

reservations and depots, the location of radio stations, reserves 
of ordnance and ammunition, fuel, stores, and other supplies of 
whatsoever nature, with a view to meeting effectively the de- 
mands of the fleet, and shall furnish the General Board full in- 
formation with regard to their location and capacity. 
Fereign rela- (6) He shall advise the Secretary of the Navy on all business 
ll(,ns * of the department in regard to foreign relations, and all corre- 

spondence in regard to these matters shall be presented for the 
department's action through his office. 

(7) In preparing and maintaining in readiness plans for the 
use of the fleet in war, he shall freely consult with and have the 
advice and assistance of the various bureaus, boards, and offices 
of the department, including the Marine Corps headquarters, in 

^Vnr wis !i*! 

matters coming under their cognizance. After the approval of any 
given war plans by the Secretary it shall be the duty of the Chief 
of Naval Operations to assign to the bureaus, boards, and offices 
such parts thereof as may be needed for the intelligent carrying 
out of their respective duties in regard to such plans. 

(8) The Chief of Naval Operations shall from time to time wit- 
ness the operations of the fleet as an observer. 

(9) He shall have two principal senior assistants, officers not 
below the grade of captain, one as assistant for operations and 
the other as assistant for material. 

(10) He shall ex officio be a member of the General Board. 



CHAPTER 8. 



THE BUREAU OF NAVIGATION. 



Section 1. — Duties of the Bureau of Navigation. 
443. 

(1) The duties of the Bureau of Navigation shall comprise the £ 
issue, record, aud enforcement of the orders of the Secretary to 

the individual officers of the Navy and of the Naval Reserve * 

Bureau of liari- 

Force ; the training and education of line officers and of enlisted nation, 
men (except of the Hospital Corps) at schools and stations and 
in vessels maintained for that purpose ; the upkeep and operation 
of the Naval Academy, of technical schools for line officers, as 
provided in article 130 of the apprentice-seaman establishments, 
of schools for the technical education of enlisted men, and of the 
Naval Home at Philadelphia, Pa. ; the upkeep and the payment 
of the operating expenses of the Naval War College; the enlist- 
ment, assignment to duty, and discharge of all enlisted persons; 
it shall have under its direction the organization and administra- 
tion of the Naval Reserve Force, and shall provide for the mobiliza- 
tion of all these reserves. 

(2) It shall have under its direction all rendezvous and receiv- 
ing ships, and shall provide transportation for all enlisted persons 
under its cognizance. 

(3) It shall establish the complements of all ships. 

(4) It shall keep the records of service of all officers and men, 
and shall prepare an annual Navy register for publication, em- 
bodying therein data as to fleets, squadrons, and ships which shall 
be furnished by the Chief of Naval Operations. To the end that 
it may be able to carry out the provisions of this paragraph, all 
communications to or from ships in commission relating to the 
personnel of such ships shall be forwarded through this bureau, 
whatever their origin. 

(5) It shall be charged with all matters pertaining to applica- 
tion for appointments and commissions in the Navy and with 
the preparation of such appointments and commissions for 
signature. 

(151) 



152 

(6) It shall be charged with the preparation, revision, and 
enforcement of all regulations governing uniform, and with the 
distribution of all orders and regulations of a general or circular 
character. 

(7) Questions of naval discipline, rewards, and punishments 
shall be submitted by this bureau for the action of the Secretary 
of the Navy. The records of all general courts-martial and courts 
of inquiry involving the personnel of the Navy, shall, before final 
action, be referred to this bureau for comment and recommenda- 
tion as to disciplinary features. 

(8) It shall receive and bring to the attention of the Secretary 
of the Navy all applications from officers for duty or leave. 

(9) It shall receive all reports of services performed by indi- 
vidual officers or men. 

(10) It shall be charged with the enforcement of regulations 
and instructions regarding naval ceremonies and naval etiquette. 

(11) It shall be charged with the upkeep and operations of the 
Hydrographic Office, the Naval Observatory, Nautical Almanac, 
and Compass Offices ; with all that relates to the supply of ships 
with navigational outfits, including instruments, and with the 
maintenance and repair of same; with the collection of foreign 
surveys; and with the publication and supply of charts, sailing 
directions, and nautical works, and the dissemination of nautical, 
hydrographic, and meteorological information to the Navy and 
mercantile marine. It shall also have charge of all ocean and 
lake surveys and ships' and crews' libraries; it shall defray the 
expenses of pilotage of all ships in commission. 



CHAPTER 9. 



THE BUREAU OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 

Sec. 1. Art. 457-458. Duties of the Bureau of Medicine and Sur- 
gery. 



Section 1. — Duties of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 

45 7. 

(1) The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery shall have charge of Me 5j^J J^ d s ® r ! 

the upkeep and operation of all hospitals and of the force employed ger y. 
there ; it shall advise with respect to all questions connected with 
hygiene and sanitation affecting the service and, to this end, shall 
have opportunity for necessary inspection ; it shall provide for 
physical examinations ; it shall pass upon the competency, from a 
professional standpoint, of all men in the Hospital Corps for en- 
listment, enrollment, and promotion by means of examinations 
conducted under its supervision or under forms prescribed by it ; 
it shall recommend and have information as to the assignment and 
duties of all enlisted men of the Hospital Corps; it shall recom- 
mend to the Bureau of Navigation the complement of medical 
officers, dental officers, nurses, and hospital corpsmen for hospitals 
and hospital ships, and shall have power to appoint and remove all 
nurses in the Nurse Corps, subject to the approval of the Secre- 
tary of the Navy. 

(2) Except as otherwise provided for, the duties of the Bureau 
Df Medicine and Surgery shall include the upkeep and operation of 
medical supply depots, medical laboratories, naval hospitals, dis- 
pensaries, technical schools for the medical, dental, and hospital 
corps ; and the administration of the Nurse Corps. 

(3) It shall approve the design of hospital ships in so far as 
relates to their efficiency for the care of the sick and wounded. 

(4) It shall require for all supplies, medicines, and instruments 
used in the medical department of the Navy. It shall have control 
of the preparation, reception, storage, care, custody, transfer, and 
issue of all supplies of every kind used in the medical department 
for its own purposes. 

(153) 









154 

458. 

Duty of Bu- (l) The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery is charged with the 
am" surgery* ™ duty of inspecting the sanitary condition of the Navy and making 
recommendations in reference thereto; of advising with the de- 
partment and other bureaus in reference to the sanitary features 
of ships under construction and in commission, regarding berthing, 
ventilation, location of quarters for the care and treatment of the 
sick and injured ; of the provisions for the care of wounded in bat- 
tle; and, in the case of shore stations, of advising in regard to 
health conditions depending on location, the hygienic construction 
and care of public buildings, especially of barracks and other hab- 
itations, such as camps. It shall advise in regard to water sup- 
plies used for drinking, cooking, and bathing purposes, and drain- 
age and the disposal of wastes, so far as these affect the health of 
the Navy. It shall provide for the care of the sick and wounded, 
the physical examinatio of officers and enlisted men, with a view 
to the selection or retention of those only whose physical condition 
is such as to maintain or improve the military efficiency of the 
service if admitted or retained therein, the management and con- 
trol of naval hospitals, and of the internal organization and ad- 
ministration of hospital ships, the instruction of the personnel of 
the Hospital Corps and Nurse Corps, and the furnishing of all 
medical and hospital supplies. It shall advise in matters pertain- 
ing to clothing and food so far as these affect the health of the 
Navy. It shall safeguard the personnel by the employment of the 
best methods of hygiene and sanitation, both afloat and ashore, 
with a view to maintaining the highest possible percentage of the 
personnel ready for service at all times. It shall adopt for use all 
such devices or procedures as may be developed in the sciences of 
medicine and surgery which will in any way tend to an increase 
in military efficiency. 

(2) All technical schools which are, or may be, established tor 
the education of medical and dental officers or members of tne 
Hospital Corps and Nurse Corps shall be under the supervision 
and control of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 



CHAPTER 10. 



THE JUDGE ADVOCATE GENERAL. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 469-470. Duties of the Judge Advocate General. 



General duties. 



Section 1. — Duties of the Judge Advocate General. 

469. 

(1) The duties of the Judge Advocate General of the Navy 
shall be to revise and report upon the legal features of and to 
have recorded the proceedings of all courts-martial, courts of 
inquiry, boards of investigation and inquest, and boards for the 
examination of officers for retirement and promotion in the Naval 
Service ; to prepare charges and specifications for courts-martial, 
and the necessary orders convening courts-martial, in cases where 
such courts are ordered by the Secretary of the Navy ; to prepare 
courts-martial orders promulgating the final action of the review- 
ing authority in general courts-martial cases, except those of 
enlisted men convened by officers other than the Secretary of the 
Navy ; to prepare the necessary orders convening courts of inquiry 
and boards for the examinations of officers for promotion and 
retirement, for the examination of all candidates for appointment 
as officers in the Naval Service, other than midshipmen, and in 
the Naval Reserve Force, where such courts and boards are 
ordered by the Secretary of the Navy, and to conduct all official 
correspondence relating to such courts and boards. 

(2) It shall also be the duty of the Judge Advocate General to Records of 
examine and report upon all questions relating to rank and serT ce ' pay ' 
precedence, to promotions and retirements, and to the validity 

of the proceedings in court-martial cases, all matters relating 
to the supervision and control of naval prisons and prisoners, 
including prisoners of war ; the removal of the mark of desertion ; 
the correction of records of service and reporting thereupon in 

(155) 



156 

the Regular or Volunteer Navy ; certification of discharge in true 
name ; pardons ; bills and resolutions introduced in Congress relat- 
ing to the personnel and referred to the department for report, 
and the drafting and interpretation of statutes relating to person- 
nel; references to the Comptroller of the Treasury with regard 
to pay and allowances of the personnel; questions involving 
points of law concerning the personnel; proceedings in the civil 
courts in all cases concerning the personnel as such; and to 
conduct the correspondence respecting the foregoing duties, includ- 
ing the preparation for submission to the Attorney General of all 
questions relating to subjects coming under his own cognizance 
which the Secretary of the Navy may direct to be so referred. 
international (3) The study of international law is assigned to the Office of 
the Judge Advocate General. He shall examine and report upon 
questions of international law as may be required. 

470. 

Opinions and All requests for opinions or decisions to be rendered on any 

decisions 

subject by the Judge Advocate General of the Navy or by the 
Solicitor for the Navy Department shall be formally submitted 
in writing to the Secretary of the Navy for approval and refer- 
ence to those offices. Only formal opinions or decisions in writing 
shall be rendered thereon when such requests are referred. Such 
opinions or decisions shall be the basis of official action by any 
bureau or any office or officer of the Navy Department or Marine 
Corps only after the approval of such opinion or decision by the 
Secretary of the Navy. No oral or informal opinions shall be 
rendered by the Office of the Judge Advocate General of the Navy 
or the Solicitor of the Navy Department. 



CHAPTEE 11. 



THE BUREAU OF YARDS AND DOCKS. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 481. Duties of the Bureau of Yards and Docks. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 482-494. Public works and public utilities. 



Section 1. — Duties of the Bureau of Yards axd Docks. 
481. 
( 1 ) The duties of the Bureau of Yards and Docks shall comprise Bureau o i 

Yurds o.ii(l Docks 

the design and construction of the public works and public utilities 
of the Navy and their repair, upkeep, and operation, except as 
otherwise prescribed in this chapter. 

Section 2. — Public Works and Public Utilities. 



482. 



(1) The definitions given in this article shall govern in all regu- 
lations, instructions, and manuals relative to all public works and 
public utilities under the jurisdiction of the Navy Department. 

(2) The term "public works" shall be construed to include the 
following, and such similar works as the Secretary of the Navy 
may designate, of whatever character and wherever located except 
as indicated in the list, and except such as may be located on 
board ship: 



Aqueducts. 
Breakwaters. 
Bridges. 

Buildings and permanent fixtures. 
Canals. 
Casemates. 
Chimneys. 
Cisterns. 
Conductors 
power, 



for 



heat, air, light, 
water, and com- 
municating systems. 
Conduits for pipes and conductors. 
Dams. 



Dikes. 

Ditching. 

Dredging. 

Docks. 

Dry docks and machinery thereof. 

Earthworks. 

Fences. 

Flagpoles. 

Fueling plants. 

Grading. 

Harbor works. 

Heating and ventilating plants. 

Hospitals. 

(157) 



Definitions. 



Public works. 



158 



Pnolic utili- 
ties. 



Industrial offices. 

Landings. 

Lawns. 

Magazines. 

Paving. 

Piers. 

Tipe lines. 

Pole lines. 

Power plants and the machinery 

thereof. 
Quay walls. 
Radio stations on shore, including 

buildings and masts, but not 

equipment or its installation. 
Railways. 
Railways, marine. 

(3) The term "public utilities" shall be construed to include 
the following, and such similar utilities as the Secretary of the 
Navy may designate, of whatever character and wherever located, 
except as indicated in the list, and except such as may be located 
on board ship : 



Recreation grounds. 

Refrigerating plants. 

Reservoirs. 

Roads. 

Sewers. 

Shade trees. 

Slips. 

Slips, building. 

Smokestacks. 

Tanks, storage. 

Target ranges on shore. 

Walks. 

Walls. 

Waterworks, 

Wharves. 



Awnings. 

Cranes, outside of shops. 

Derricks, outside of shops. 

Dredges. 

Fire apparatus. 

Fixed moorings. 

Flags. 

Landing floats. 

Locomotives and 



Mules, horses, and cattle. 

Pile drivers. 

Shears. 

Steam shovels. 

Telephone and telegraph lines. 

Trucks. 

Vehicles. 

Wheels. 



Repairs de 
fitted. 



rolling stock. 

(4) In connection with public works and public utilities, " re- 
pairs " shall be construed to include repairs of greater magnitude 
than those denned under "upkeep" (see par. 5), also necessary 
alterations in internal arrangements and fittings, but not such 
material alterations in structural design as may properly be con- 
sidered " new construction." " Repairs " shall not include any 
work which is an indirect expense, under the Accounting Instruc- 
tions, in the operation of the public work or utility. 
Upkeep defined. (5) "Upkeep" shall be construed as meaning such care and 
cleaning of public works and utilities, such incidental and minor 
repairs thereto, and such minor alterations thereof as are charge- 
able under the Accounting Instructions to the indirect expense 
account. 

Expenditures for " Upkeep," as contrasted with " Repairs," of 
nonindustrial public works and utilities shall be limited in amount 
and in the same manner as provided for in the Accounting Instruc- 
tions for industrial public works and utilities. 

These " minor repairs and alterations " shall not be construed to 
include the cutting of any structural wall, beam, or support : the 



159 

removal or closing of any staircase, elevator, tire door, or fire 
partition ; or any changes in the architectural features or external 
appearance of public works or utilities. 

(6) The operation of any public work or utility shall be con- Operation de- 
strued to include the supervision and management of the activi- 
ties, whether industrial or military, carried on therein or there- 
with when employed for the purpose for which constructed and 
maintained. 

(7) Any question in regard to the proper classification of any Q ue stions of 
item or activity under the several definitions given in this article 

shall be forwarded to the Chief of Naval Operations for reference 
to the Secretary of the Navy. 

483. 

(1) Public works and public utilities under the jurisdiction of Classes of pub- 
the Navy Department shall be considered as divided into two utilitiesf k * a " d 
classes, namely, industrial and nonindustrial, as defined in this 

article. 

(2) Industrial public works and public utilities shall include all industrial 
those wherein or wherewith industrial operations are carried on ues. * 

and whose upkeep and operation are chargeable to the indirect 
expense account in accordance with the Accounting Instructions. 

(3) Nonindustrial public works and public utilities shall include Nonindustrial 
all those wherein or wherewith industrial operations are not JJcs!" and l,tlh " 
carried on, or whose upkeep and operation are not chargeable 

to the indirect expense account in accordance with the Accounting 
Instructions. 

(4) Any question in regard to the proper classification of any Questions of 
item under the two definitions given in this article shall be cass ca on * 
referred to the Secretary of the Navy for decision. 

484. 

(1) The cognizance over the upkeep and operation of public Cognizance, 
works and public utilities shall be as provided in this article. 

(2) The upkeep and operation of industrial public works and Administration, 
utilities shall be the duty of the commandant, the details being aNon^'of™ indus- 
administered by the head of the yard department, or division trlal works - 
concerned. The costs of upkeep and operation shall be allocated 

in accordance with the Accounting Instructions. 

(3) The upkeep and operation of nonindustrial public works and Administration, 
public utilities shall be the duty of the commandant, subject to dust rial works, 
any instructions he may receive in regard thereto from the bureau 

or office charged with defraying the costs of keeping up and operat- 
ing the same, the details being administered by the appropriate 
officer under his command. The cost of upkeep and operation 
shall, in each case, be defrayed by the bureau or office under which 
the funds for this purpose are appropriated, estimates for such 



160 

appropriations being submitted as the Secretary of the Navy 
may direct. 

(4) At naval ordnance establishments as designated in article 
505, repairs to public works and utilities within the capacity of 
the force employed, as well as their upkeep and operation, shall be 
under the cognizance of the Bureau of Ordnance. 

(5) At hospitals and medical supply depots, repairs to public 
works and utilities within the capacity of the force employed, as 
well as their upkeep and operation, shall be under the cognizance 
of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 

(6) At naval training stations, the Naval Observatory, the Naval 
War College, and the Naval Academy repairs to public works 
and utilities within the capacity of the force employed, as well as 
their upkeep and operation, shall be under the cognizance of the 
Bureau of Navigation. 

(7) At marine barracks and marine posts repairs to public 
works and utilities within the capacity of the force employed, as 
well as their upkeep and operation, shall be under the cognizance 
of the Marine Corps. 

(8) At radio stations and the engineering experiment station 
repairs to public works and utilities within the capacity of the 
force employed, as well as their upkeep and operation, shall be 
under the cognizance of the Bureau of Engineering. 

Both industrial (9) When any public work or public utility is employed for both 

trial purposes? " industrial and nonindustrial purposes the costs of upkeep and 

operation shall be divided, and shall be charged as provided in 

paragraphs 2 and 3 of this article; and such division shall be as 

nearly as possible in the same proportion as the activities bear 

to each other. 

Power plants (10) Power plants and conductors for air, heat, light, power, 
and conductors. : ,. . . 

and steam, up to and including the permanent installation within 

all buildings, shall be kept up and operated by the machinery 
division. 

The Bureau of Yards and Docks shall have such control over 
the upkeep and operation of these plants as may be necessary to 
enable it properly to safeguard expenditures under it and to insure 
that such plants are at all times kept up and operated in an 
efficient and economical manner, 
coaling r and° fuel ^ 11 ^ The u P kee P and operation of coaling and fuel plants at a 
plants. navy yard shall be in charge of the supply officer ; the upkeep and 

operation of coaling and fuel plants not at a navy yard shall be 
in charge of the officer in charge of the plant, or the custodian 
thereof, if the plant has not been placed under the commandant 
of a station ; otherwise of the commandant. 

(12) The cost of upkeep and operation of all fueling plants, 
whether at a navy yard or elsewhere, shall be charged against 



161 

the proper appropriation under the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
counts for the supply of fuel to the Navy. The upkeep and 
operation of all fueling plants not at a navy yard shall be under 
the cognizance of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(13) The operating features of all coaling and fuel plants shall 
he designed by the Bureau of Yards and Docks in consultation 
with the Bureau of Engineering and the Bureau of Supplies and 
Accounts. 

(14) The fuel stored in coaling and fuel plants shall be in Custody of fuel, 
charge of the supply officer of the station within which they lie or 

to which they are attached., In the case of such plants not within 
or attached to a naval station the fuel shall be in charge of such 
officer as may be designated. 

(15) The upkeep and operation of all dry docks, building slips, Operation of 

i j. ^ ^- xa. j- , ,, , dry docks, build- 

and marine railways, including the machinery thereof, shall be in g slips and 
under the hull division. marine »"w*- 

The charges for upkeep and operation of these structures not 
connected with any individual job shall be made against the 
proper appropriations under the Bureau of Construction and Re- 
pair. The cost of docking and undocking ships shall be charged 
against the appropriate jobs, together with the incidental overhead 
charges in connection with such jobs. 

(16) In addition to the provisions of this article, floating dry Floating dry 
docks shall be maintained and employed under the detailed in- 
structions contained in article 1544. 

(17) The upkeep and operation of cranes, except locomotive Operation of 
cranes operating on yard railroad tracks; derricks; and shears, aul^snears" 10 S ' 
outside of shops; and the machinery thereof, shall be under the 

hull division. 

(18) The upkeep and operation of all public works and public 
utilities, except as otherwise provided in this article, shall be un- 
der 1 the public works department. 

485. 

In general, and unless the Secretary of the Navy shall direct to Preparation of 
the contrary in specific cases, all formal estimates for appropria- JjJJ™/ estl * 
tions for public works and public utilities shall be prepared by the 
Bureau of Yards and Docks and be submitted to the Assistant 
Secretary of the Navy. When any other bureau or office desires 
the construction of any public work or public utility it shall so re- 
port to the Secretary of the Navy, who will, in his discretion, di- 
rect the Bureau of Yards and Docks to prepare the necessary esti- 
mates, in consultation with the chief of the bureau or office con- 
cerned, and submit them to him for further action. 



162 

486. 

Design, con- xhe design and construction of all public works and public 
repa"r C of° puMic utilities, and their repair, except as excluded in article 484, shall be 
works, etc. the duty f t j ie Bureau of Yards and Docks. When such work is 

to be done as a charge against any appropriation or fund under 
the control of a bureau or office other than the Bureau of Yards 
and Docks, it shall be done under the charge of the Bureau of 
Yards and Docks, on a specific allotment from the proper appro- 
priation or fund made by the bureau or office concerned and ap- 
proved by the Secretary of the Navy. 

487. 

Right of ap- (i) Prior to the construction of any public work or public 

prova o p ns. utility ^e general features affecting the activities performed 

therein or therewith shall be submitted to the commandant of the 

station concerned for recommendation unless otherwise directed by 

the Secretary of the Navy. 

(2) In the case of the construction of public works and public 
utilities, which are to be used for activities under the cognizance 
of a bureau or office other than the Bureau of Yards and Docks, 
the general features affecting the activities performed therein or 
therewith shall be submitted for approval to the bureau or office 
having cognizance of the activities. 

(3) In the case of disagreement between the offices and bureaus 
concerned the matter shall be referred to the Secretary of the 
Navy for decision. 

488. 

Unauthorized No buildings other than those authorized and for which appro- 
val stations. Ba "priation has been made by Congress shall be erected upon public 
lands at any naval station, nor shall a commandant grant per- 
mission to any persons other than those duly and officially author- 
ized to reside in, occupy, or use any building or portion thereof 
upon such public lands. If for special reasons any exception 
to this regulation is deemed desirable, the matter shall be referred 
to the Secretary of the Navy for action, in his discretion. 

489. 

Foundations The foundations for machine tools shall be charged against 
"the appropriations under which the tools themselves are pur- 
chased, unless the Secretary of the Navy shall direct to the con- 
trary in specific cases, except that when a new building is to be 
erected or extensive alterations are to be made in any existing 
building for which purposes specific appropriations are to be re- 






163 

quested, which construction or alteration involves the construction 
or alteration of machine-tool foundations, the estimates for such 
new work shall include the estimates for such foundations so far 
as may be practicable. 

490. 

Papers relative to the general naval-station care and main- Correspond- 

, once of comnian- 

tenance shall be transmitted by commandants direct to the Bureau dant witbBureau 

of Yards and Docks. &£■ r d s a n d 

491. 

The furniture for all public works shall be provided and re- Furniture, 
paired by the Bureau of Yards and Docks, except where other- 
wise provided by law. 

492. 

The Bureau of Yards and Docks shall provide watchmen la ^ a ^J™cieaS 
and labor for cleaning naval stations, and for the protection of ing stations, etc. 
public property therein, except that, at naval ordnance establish- 
ments as designated in article 505 these duties shall be performed 
by the Bureau of Ordance; at the Naval Academy, Naval War 
College, Naval Observatory, and naval training stations, they shall 
be performed by the Bureau of Navigation ; at the engineering 
experiment station they shall be performed by the Bureau of 
Engineering; at fuel plants not at a navy yard or naval station 
by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts; at the experimental 
model basin, navy yard, Washington, by the Bureau of Con- 
struction and Repair; at naval hospitals and medical-supply 
depots they shall be performed by the Bureau of Medicine and 
Surgery ; and at marine barracks they shall be performed by th;» 
Marine Corps. 

493. 

The public works officer shall inspect annually all public works inspection by 

^ . . , . , public works of- 

and public utilities as to their condition, especially in regard Acer, 
to their structural stability and state of preservation as viewed 
from an architectural and civil engineering standpoint, and shall 
report the result of such inspection to the commandant in writing. 
Successive inspections shall be made not more than 14 months 
apart, and the public works officer shall be held responsible for 
any deterioration which may exist in such public works or utilities 
which he does not so report. 



164 

494. 

Current sp- (i) when the current appropriation act provides funds for 

propnation act. ' ,, ., , . ,, . ,. , 

any of the purposes mentioned in this section under other bureaus 
or offices than those set forth herein, the provisions of such ap- 
propriation act shall govern. 
Future esti- (2) In every case in which the condition described in the pre- 
ceding paragraph exists, however, future estimates shall be pre- 
pared (in accordance with the legal forms and methods applying 
to such cases) in such a manner that subsequent appropriation 
acts, if accepted by Congress in the form in which submitted, will 
enable the provisions of this section to be fully complied with. 



mates. 



CHAPTER 12. 



THE BUREAU OF ORDNANCE. 
Sec. 1.— Art. 505. Duties of the Bureau of Ordnance. 



Section 1. — Duties of the Blkeau of Ordnance. 
505. 

(1) The Bureau of Ordnance shall have cognizance over the up- Bureau of Ord- 
keep and operation of the following naval ordnance establishments na cognizance. 
and of their repair except as excluded in article 484 : 

(a) Naval gun factory. 

(b) Naval ordnance plants. 

(c) Naval torpedo stations. 

(d) Naval proving grounds. 

(e) Naval ammunition depots. 

(f) Naval magazines on shore. 

(g) Naval mine depots. 

And of all that relates to the manufacture of offensive and de- 
fensive arms and apparatus (including torpedoes and armor), all 
ammunition, and war explosives. It shall require for or manu- 
facture all machinery, apparatus, equipment, material, and sup- 
plies required by or for use with the above. 

(2) It shall determine the interior dimensions of revolving tur- 
rets and their requirements as regards rotation. 

(3) It shall, as the work proceeds, inspect the installation of 
the permanent fixtures of the armament and its accessories on 
board ship, and the methods of stowing, handling, and transport- 
ing ammunition and torpedoes, all of which work shall be per- 
formed to its satisfaction. It shall design and construct all tur- 
ret ammunition hoists, determine the requirements of all am- 
munition hoists, and the method of construction of armories and 
ammunition rooms on shipboard, and, in conjunction with the 
Bureau of Construction and Repair, determine upon their location 
and that of ammunition hoists outside of turrets. It shall install 
all parts of the armament and its accessories which are not perma- 
nently attached to any portion of the structure of the hull, ex- 

183841°— 20 12 (165) 






166 

cepting turret guns, turret mounts, and ammunition hoists, and 
such other mounts as require simultaneous structural work in con- 
nection with installation or removal. It shall confer with the 
Bureau of Construction and Repair respecting the arrangements 
for centering the turrets and the character of the roller paths and 
their supports. 

(4) It shall have cognizance of all electrically operated am- 
munition hoists, rammers, and gun-elevating gear which are in 
turrets ; of electric training and elevating gear for gun mounts 
not in turrets ; of electrically operated air compressors for charg- 
ing torpedoes; and of all range finders and battle order and 
range transmitters and indicators. 



CHAPTER 13. 



THE BUREAU OF CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 519. Duties of the Bureau of Construction and Re- 
pair. 



Section 1. — Duties of the Bubeatj of Construction and Repair. 

519. 

(1) The duties of the Bureau of Construction and Repair shall Bureau of Con- 
comprise the responsibility for the structural strength an( i struction and Re- 
stability of all ships built for the Navy; all that relates to de- 
signing, building, fitting, and repairing the hulls of ships, turrets, 
spars, capstans, windlasses, steering gear, and ventilating appa- 
ratus; and, after consultation with the Bureau of Ordnance and 
according to the requirements thereof as determined by that 
bureau, the designing, construction, and installation of independ- 
ent ammunition hoists, and the installation of the permanent fix- 
tures of all other ammunition hoists and their appurtenances; 
placing and securing armor after the material, quality, and dis- 
tribution of thickness have been determined in accordance with 
the provisions of articles 402 and 403; placing and securing 
on board ship, to the satisfaction of the Bureau of Ordnance, the 
permanent fixtures of the armament and its accessories as manu- 
factured and supplied by that bureau ; installing the turret guns, 
turret mounts, and ammunition hoists, and such other mounts as 
require simultaneous structural work in connection with installa- 
tion or removal ; care and preservation of ships not in commission. 
The Bureau of Construction and Repair shall also, after confer- 
ence with the Bureau of Ordnance, design the arrangments for 
centering the turrets, the character of the roller paths and their 
supports, and furnish that bureau every opportunity to inspect 
the installation on board of all permanent fixtures of the arma- 
ment and accessories supplied by said bureau. 

(2) It shall have cognizance of all electric turret-turning ma- 
chinery and of all electrically operated ammunition hoists (except 
turret hoists), the same to conform to the requirements of the 

(167) 






168 

Bureau of Ordnance as to power, speed, and control. It shall also 
have cognizance of stationary electrically operated fans or blowers 
for hull ventilation, boat cranes, deck winches, capstans, steering 
engines and telemotors therefor, hand pumps not in the engine or 
firerooin, and electric launches and other boats supplied with 
electric motive power ; it shall consult the Bureau of Engineering 
in regard to and shall approve the plans for the installation of 
all conduit and molding or other means for carrying electric wir- 
ing; it shall supply and install, in consultation with the Bureau 
of Engineering, all voice tubes and means of mechanical signal 
communication. 

(3) It shall have charge of the docking of ships, and of the 
operating and cleaning of dry docks. 

(4) It shall have charge of the manufacture of anchors and 
cables, the supplying and fitting of rope, cordage, rigging, sails, 
awnings, and other canvas, and flags and bunting, and the supply- 
ing, installing, and repairing of galley ranges, steam cookers, and 
other permanent galley fittings, such permanent fittings to be to 
the satisfaction of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 



CHAPTER 14. 



THE BUREAU OF ENGINEERING. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 530. Duties of the Bureau of Engineering. 



Section l. ; — Duties of the Bueeau of Engineering. 
530. 

(1) The duties of the Bureau of Engineering shall comprise all Bureau of Eh- 
that relates to designing, building, fitting out, and repairing ma- g neer ng * 
chinery used for the propulsion of naval ships ; the steam pumps, 

steam heaters, distilling apparatus, refrigerating apparatus, all 
steam connections of ships, and the steam machinery necessary 
for actuating the apparatus by which turrets are turned. 

(2) It shall inspect all fuel for the fleet. 

(3) It shall have cognizance of the entire system of interior com- 
munications. It is specifically charged with the design, supply, 
installation, maintenance, and repair of all means of interior and 
exterior electric signal communications (except range finders and 
battle order and range transmitters and indicators), and of all 
electrical appliances of whatsoever nature on board naval vessels, 
except motors and their controlling apparatus used to operate the 
machinery belonging to other bureaus. 

(4) It shall supply and install all conduit and molding or other 
means for carrying electric wiring, the plans for such installation 
being made after consultation with the Bureau of Construction 
and Repair, and being subject to the approval of that bureau. 

(5) It shall have charge of the design, manufacture, installa- 
tion, maintenance, repair, and operation of radio outfits on board 
ship and on shore and of the upkeep and payment of expenses, 
other than the pay of enlisted personnel, of operation of radio 
stations on shore. 

(6) It shall have supervision and control of the upkeep and 
operation of the Engineering Experiment Station. 

(169) 



CHAPTEE 15. 



THE BUREAU OF SUPPLIES AND ACCOUNTS. 
Sec. 1. Art. 541. Duties of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 



Section 1. Duties of the Buueau of Supplies and Accounts. 

541. 

(1) The duties of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall 
comprise all that relates to the purchase (including the prepara- 
tion and distribution of schedules, proposals, contracts and bureau 
orders and advertisements connected therewith and the Navy's 
list of acceptable bidders), reception, storage, care, custody, trans- 
fer, shipment, issue of and accounting for all supplies and property 
of the Naval Establishment except medical supplies (but including 
their purchase) and supplies for the Marine Corps. 

(2) It shall have direction of the naval clothing factories and 
their cost of operation. It shall have supervision over requisitions 
and service covering provisions, clothing, and canteen stocks ; 
allotments under Supplies and Accounts appropriations and the 
accounting for allotments for ships under all appropriations; the 
preparation and issuance of allowance lists for ships of Supplies 
and Accounts material ; after recommendation of the bureau con- 
cerned, the disposition of excess stocks accumulated at the various 
yards and the upkeep of Naval Supply Account stock. It shall 
recommend to the Bureau of Yards and Docks the interior ar- 
rangements of storehouses ashore and to the Bureau of Construc- 
tion and Repair the character of the permanent galley fittings 
and interior storeroom arrangements afloat. 

(3) It shall have direction of the sale of condemned, salvaged, 
and scrap or other materials and the transfer thereof from point 
to point. 

(4) It shall procure all coal, fuel oil, and gasoline for Navy use, 
including expenses of transportation, leased storage, and handling 
the same and water for all purposes on board naval vessels and 
the chartering of merchant vessels for transportation purposes. 
It shall be charged with the procurement and loading of cargoes 

(171) 



172 

of supply ships, colliers, and tankers, and with the upkeep and 
operation of fueling plants. 

(5) The cost of supplies purchased by the Bureau of Supplies 
and Accounts for other bureaus or branches of the Naval Estab- 
lishment shall be defrayed out of the appropriations provided 
therefor by law coining under the cognizance of those bureaus 
or branches. 

(6) It shall have charge of all that relates to the supply of 
funds for disbursing officers and the payment for articles and 
services for which contract and agreement have been made by 
proper authority. 

(7) It shall be responsible for the keeping of the property and 
money accounts of the Naval Establishment, including accounts of 
all manufacturing and operating expense at navy yards and sta- 
tions; the direction of naval cost accounting and the audit of 
property returns from ships and stations. 

(8) It shall prepare the estimates for the appropriations for 
freight, fuel, provisions, and clothing for the Navy, the main- 
tenance of the supply, accounting, and disbursing departments at 
navy yards and stations, and for the pay of all officers and enlisted 
men of the Navy. 



CHAPTER 16. 



Sec. 


1. 


Sec. 


2. 


Sec. 


3.- 


Sec. 


4.- 


Sec. 


5/ 


Sec. 


6.- 


Sec. 


7, 


Sec. 


8.- 


Sec. 


9, 



THE MARINE CORPS. 

-Art. 552-556. General instructions. 

-Art. 557-567. The Major General Commandant of the Ma- 
rine Corps. 

-Art. 568-572. The staff of the Marine Corps. 

-Art. 573-578. Marine brigades. 

-Art. 579-582. Recruiting, discharges, transfers, and de- 
sertions. 

-Art. 583-593. Service at navy yards and naval stations. 

-Art. 594-596. Marine Corps target practice. 

-Art. 597-625. Service aboard ships of war. 

-Art. 626-631. Service aboard naval vessels as separate or- 
ganization. 



Section 1. — General Instructions. 
552. 

(1) The President is authorized to prescribe such military Military rega- 
regulations for the discipline of the Marine Corps as he may 

deem expedient. ( Sec. 1620, R. S. ) 

(2) The Marine Corps shall at all times be subject to the laws Subject toreg- 
and regulations established for the government of the Navy, government of 
except when detached for service with the Army by order of the toe Navy * 
President; and when so detached they shall be subject to the 

rules and articles of war prescribed for the government of the 
Army. (Sec. 1621, R. S.) 

(3) Marines may be detached for service on board the armed Service on 
vessels of the United States, and the President may detach and S ei s . 
appoint for service on said vessels such of the officers of said 

corps as he may deem necessary. (Sec. 1616, R. S.) 

(4) The President may substitute marines for landsmen in the P re fV* ent ma r 

s u b s t ltute ma- 
Navy as far as he may deem it for the good of the service. ( Sec. rines for lands- 

1618, R. S.) men * 

(5) The Marine Corps shall be liable to do duty in the forts Duty in forts, 
and garrisons of the United States on the seacoast or any other 

(173) 



174 

duty on shore, as the President, at his discretion, may direct. 
Marine officers (Sec. 1619, R. S.) 

shall not com- (g) jf officer of the Marine Corps shall exercise command over 
mand naval ves- 
sels or naval sta- any navy yard or vessel of the United States. (Sec. 1617, R. S.) 
Mons. -^ fg cer f ft ie Marine Corps shall exercise command over any 

naval station of the United States. 
Duty of Ma- (7) The following duties may be performed by the Marine 
r ne orps. Corps, when so directed by the Secretary of the Navy : 

(a) To furnish organizations for duty afloat on board armed 
transports for service either with fleets, squadrons, or divisions, 
or on detached service. 

(b) To garrison the different navy yards and naval stations, 
both within and beyond the continental limits of the United 
States. 

(c) To furnish the first line of the mobile defenses of naval 
bases and naval stations beyond the continental limits of the 
United States. 

(d) To man such naval defenses and aid in manning, if neces- 
sary, such other defenses as may be erected for the defense of 
naval bases and naval stations beyond the continental limits of the 
United States. 

(e) To furnish such garrisons and expeditionary forces for 
duties beyond the seas as may be necessary in time of peace 

Marine officer (g) when an officer of the Marine Corps is in command of coin- 
in command of 

eomMned force, bined forces of the Army and Marine Corps, he shall submit re- 
ports on the action and operations of the forces under his com- 
mand, through military channels, to the Secretary of War, as well 
as to his superior of his own branch of the service. 

553. 

nofSployetTas Under no circumstances shall any enlisted man be employed as 
servants. a servant. 

554. 

w heV &hs en t *■ ^ ) The pay ancl allowances of any marine absent from his 
withont leave, command without leave, or after his leave has expired, for one 
connected period of twenty-four hours or more, shall be checked 
against his account for the time he is so absent ; such absence be- 
ing computed from the date (inclusive) that the unauthorized ab- 
sence begins to the date (exclusive) of the man's return to mili- 
tary control. Disconnected periods of unauthorized absence of less 
than twenty-four hours will not be checked. 

(2) The act of August 29, 1916, as amended by the act of July 
1, 1918, contains the following provisions : 

"Provided, That hereafter no officer or enlisted man in the Navy 
or Marine Corps, in active service, who shall be absent from duty 






175 

on account of injury, sickness or disease resulting from his own 
intemperate use of drugs or alcoholic liquors, or other misconduct, 
shall receive pay for the period of such absence, the time so ab- 
sent and the cause thereof to be ascertained under such procedure 
and regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the 
Navy : Provided, That an enlistment shall not be regarded as com- 
plete until the enlisted man shall have made good any time in ex- 
cess of one day lost on account of injury, sickness or disease re- 
sulting from his own intemperate use of drugs or alcoholic liquors, 
or other misconduct." (39 Stat., 580.) 

Absence from duty of any officer or enlisted man in the United 
States Marine Corps in active service on account of injury, sick- 
ness or disease resulting from his own intemperate use of drugs 
or alcoholic liquors, or other misconduct, is within the purview of 
the statute quoted above., 

With reference to the provision contained in the act of July 1, 
1918, relative to the forfeiture of pay by officers and enlisted men 
of Navy and Marine Corps in active service while absent from 
duty on account of injury resulting from their own intemperate 
use of drugs or alcoholic liquors, or other misconduct, an officer or 
enlisted man who, on or after July 1, 1918, has been absent or may 
hereafter be absent from duty on account of such injury is not en- 
titled to pay, as distinguished from allowances for the period of 
such absence. But no deduction of pay will be made in the case 
of an officer or enlisted man absent from duty on account of injury 
coming within the purview of the above-mentioned statute, where 
such injury was incurred prior to July 1, 1918. 

Whenever an officer or enlisted man is absent from duty due 
co causes within the purview of the statute quoted above, the 
company or detachment commander will state in his daily "Morn- 
ing report of marines " his opinion to that effect by noting under 
" Remarks " opposite " Sick present " or " Sick in hospital " the 
name of the officer or enlisted man concerned and whether or not 
the case falls within paragraphs 2 and 3 of this regulation ; the 
medical officer will in like manner record his opinion in his 
" Morning report of sick." Notice that such an entry has been 
made will at once be brought to the attention of the officer or 
enlisted man concerned by the company or detachment commander. 
When the company or detachment commander and the medical 
officer are in accord, the finding, if approved by the commanding 
officer, shall be final. Should the company or detachment com- 
mander and the medical officer disagree, or should the command- 
ing officer dissent, the latter will call a board of officers of not 
less than two members, one of whom shall be a medical officer, 
to report upon and make recommendations in the case. Approval 
by the commanding officer of the findings of this board shall be 



176 

final ; but, if the commanding officer disapprove the findings of 
the board, the proceedings will be forwarded for the action of the 
next higher authority. In the case of a company or detachment 
commander or of an officer or enlisted man not carried upon the 
rolls of a company, the duties hereinbefore required of the com- 
pany or detachment commander will be performed by the next 
superior officer under whose command or direction the officer or 
enlisted man concerned may be serving. 

No deduction of pay will be made in the case of any officer or 
enlisted man absent from duty on account of disease which was 
contracted prior to August 29, 1916, or on account of injury in- 
curred prior to July 1, 1918, resulting from his own intemperate 
use of drugs or alcoholic liquors or other misconduct. 

555. 

noncommissioned *• * ) Noncommissioned officers holding permanent warrants shall 
officers. not be reduced in rank except in pursuance of the sentence of a 

court-martial or by the order of the Major General Commandant. 
(2) Noncommissioned officers holding temporary warrants shall 

not be reduced in rank except in pursuance of the sentence of a 

court-martial, by the order of the appointing authority, or by 

the order of the Major General Commandant. 

558. 

r i n e d g erS s^TyTng (^ Tne provisions of this article will govern the method of 
-with Army. communicating orders to marines detached for service with the 

Army by order of the President under sections 1619 and 1621, 

Revised Statutes. 

(2) When marines are, by order of the President, detached for 
service with the Army, the Major General Commandant of the 
Marine Corps is, for the time that the marines are thus detached 
and for the purpose of administering the affairs of such detach- 
ments, an official of the War Department. He retains such control 
and jurisdiction over said detached forces as shall enable him to 
make the necessary transfers of officers and men from and to the 
commands, and to exercise general supervision over all expendi- 
tures and supplies needed for the maintenance of and connected 
with the management of the marine forces so detached. He 
shall be responsible to the Secretary of War for the general 
efficiency and discipline of so much of the corps as is detached 
for service with the Army. 

(3) Communications which relate exclusively to the routine 
business of the Marine Corps and do not involve questions of 
administrative responsibility within the supervision of the com- 
manding officer of the combined forces, and which do not relate 



177 

to individual interests or status of a military nature requiring 
the action of said commanding officer, shall be forwarded direct 
between the headquarters of the Marine Corps and the senior 
officer of the said corps serving with the detached forces. 

(4) All communications regarding the personnel of the Marine 
detachments on duty with the Army shall be addressed to the 
proper representative of the Marine Corps and forwarded to The 
Adjutant General of the Army, who will forward them, unless 
the War Department directs their return to the Commandant of 
the corps for modification. 

Section 2. — The Major General Commandant of the Marine 

Corps. 

557. 

(1) The Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps shall Where sta- 
be stationed at the headquarters of the Marine Corps, Washington, Responsibility 
D. C, and shall be responsible to the Secretary of the Navy for the Jfo J^pu^/of 
general efficiency and discipline of the corps. corps. 

(2) The records of all general courts-martial and courts of 
inquiry involving the personnel of the Marine Corps shall, before 
final action, be referred to the Major General Commandant for 
comment as to disciplinary features. 

558. 

The Major General Commandant shall have immediate command 
of the officers composing the staff of the corps, who shall perform 
their duties under his direction. 

559. 

(1) The Major General Commandant shall, under the direction Issue of orders, 
of the Secretary of the Navy, issue such orders for the movement 

of officers and troops, and such orders and instructions for their 
guidance, as may, from time to time, be necessary. 

(2) When detachments or organizations are ordered to a navy 
yard for transportation, unless otherwise directed, the officer in 
command of the detachment or organization only shall report in 
person to the commandant of the station or the commanding officer 
of the vessel to which ordered. 

560. 

The Major General Commandant shall exercise general super- Recruiting 
vision and control over the recruiting service of the corps, and 
over the necessary expenses thereof, including the establishment 



178 

of recruiting offices, and shall, from time to time, according to the 
necessities of the service, detail officers and men therefor. 

561. 

Supervision of The Major General Commandant shall exercise a general super- 
penditures. vision over all expenditures and supplies needed for the main- 

tenance or connected with the management of the corps. It shall 
be his duty to see that all estimates of appropriations, required 
for the support and employment of the corps, are based upon 
proper considerations and made for legal objects. 

562. 

Distribution of (l) The Major General Commandant shall make such distribu- 

offi°ors a no mon 

' tion of officers and men, for duty at the several shore stations, as 
shall appear to him to be most advantageous for the interests of 
the service, and shall from time to time, when required by the 
department, furnish detachments for vessels of the Navy, accord- 
ing to the authorized scale of allowance. 

(2) He shall establish and supervise the operation of such 
schools as may be necessary for the instruction and training of 
officers and enlisted men. 
Band * (3) He shall station the Marine Band at headquarters, and it 

shall be under his immediate control and direction. 

563. 

serters 1 ™ ° f de " Wnen practicable, the Major General Commandant shall order 
deserters or stragglers apprehended or surrendering themselves 
at stations within the limits of the United States, to be returned 
to the vessels or stations to which they belong, and cause the 
expenses attending their return to be charged against their ac- 
counts. 

564. 

issne of orders In the absence of the Major General Commandant of the Marine 
1" sence? aBdantS Corps the business of his office shall be conducted by such officer 
of the Marine Corps as the Secretary of the Navy may designate, 
who shall sign all official papers as " By order of the Major Gen- 
eral Commandant." 

565. 

Inspections. Under orders from the Secretary of the Navy, the Major Gen- 
eral Commandant of the corps shall make visits of inspection to 
the various stations of the corps at such times as he may deem 
proper in the interests of the service. 



179 

566. 

The Major General Commandant of the Corps shall report ^""iecretarv 
annually to the Secretary of the Navy the condition and wants of of the Xarj. 
the corps, together with the necessary estimates, in duplicate, of 
appropriations required for its support. 

567. 

Administration of the Marine Corps Reserve. — (a) A Marine Beserr* 6 ° rPS 
Corps Reserve shall be organized and administered by the Major 
General Commandant, and the Marine Corps headquarters shall 
hold the same relation to the Marine Corps Reserve as it does 
to the personnel of the Marine Corps. 

Section 3. — The Staff of the Marine Corps. 

568. 

(1) The officers of the staff departments of the Marine Corps Stations of offl- 
shall be stationed at such places as may be designated by the Com- partments. 
mandant of the corps. They shall have cognizance of such matters 

and shall perform such duties as may be required by or in pur- 
suance of law, or that may be assigned by the Major General Com- 
mandant of the corps. 

(2) An officer of the line detailed to fill a vacancy in the staff 
departments, though eligible to command, according to his rank, 
shall not assume command of troops unless put on duty under 
orders which specially so direct. 

(3) The heads of the staff departments shall report annually, 
in writing, to the Major General Commandant, the condition and 
requirements of their respective departments, together with such 
recommendations as they may deem appropriate. 

(4) In the absence of the head of any staff department the 
senior assistant on duty in his office shall act as the head of such 
department. 

569. 

It shall be the duty of the adjutant and inspector of the corps : inspector's *£ 

(a) To keep the records of the officers and enlisted men of the partment. 
Marine Corps and to make the necessary returns and furnish the 
necessary information in connection therewith. 

( b ) To make inspections and investigations when so ordered. 

(c) To perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the 
Major General Commandant of the corps. 



180 

570. 

master's ^depart- ^ Tne Quartermaster of the corps shall be charged with the 
ment. military and administrative details of that department. 

Snppllcs and (2) The quartermaster's department shall provide all military 
transportation. sup pii e s, including subsistence ashore, requisite for the use of the 
corps, as well as material, labor, and services. It will purchase, 
hire, operate, maintain, and repair such harness, wagons, carts, 
drays, and other vehicles as are required for the transportation of 
troops and supplies, and for official, military, and garrison pur- 
poses. It shall furnish means of transportation which may be 
needed in the movement of troops and material., It shall furnish 
and have charge of all public animals and equipment for the same. 
Payment of (3) The quartermaster's department shall pay, out of the proper 
appropriations provided for the corps, all expenses thereof other 
than those pertaining to the paymaster's department. These ex- 
penses shall be paid by such officers of the quartermaster's depart- 
ment as may be designated by the Major General Commandant of 
the corps, or by such other officers as may be detailed by the 
Major General Commandant of the corps as acting assistant quar- 
termasters. To meet such expenses, the quartermaster of the 
corps shall see that sufficient funds are kept in public deposi- 
tories to the credit of himself or of the officers charged with 
making payments. To procure such funds, requisitions shall be 
submitted from time to time by the quartermaster of the corps, 
and, through him, by officers detailed as disbursing officers, on the 
Secretary of the Navy for deposit to their credits under " General 
account of advances." 

eontrac2 alS &nd ^ Xt sna11 be the duty of tne Quartermaster of the corps, and 
that of officers of that department when authorized by him, to in- 
vite proposals for supplies and services for the Marine Corps, and 
to prepare and make contracts and agreements for the same in ac- 
cordance with law, under the direction of the Secretary of the 
Navy. 

Buildings, etc. (5) The quarters, barracks, and other public buildings and 
grounds provided for the use of officers and enlisted men of the 
Marine Corps are under the direction of the quartermaster of the 
corps. He shall, from time to time, make an inspection of such 
buildings and all other public property, or cause such inspection 
to be made, whenever ordered by the Major General Commandant 
of the corps. 

Public works. (6) The quartermaster of the corps shall suggest and recom- 
mend to the Bureau of Yards and Docks plans for such public 
works and other improvements as by these regulations that bureau 
is required to perform. 

Estimates. ( 7 ) The quartermaster of the corps shall prepare annually, and 

at such other times as may be required, estimates of appropria- 



181 

tions required by the Marine Corps under the quartermaster's 
department, accompanying such estimates with necessary data 
fully explaining the requirements. 

(8) The quartermaster of the corps shall report annually, in Annual report. 
writing, to the Major General Commandant of the corps, the con- 
dition and requirements of such department, together with his 
recommendations, giving estimates of cost when expense is in- 
volved. 

(9) All funds received from sales of public property and from Proceeds of 
other sources pertaining to the quartermaster's department of the sa es * 
Marine Corps shall be remitted without delay by the officer re- 
ceiving the same to the most accessible disbursing officer of the 
quartermaster's department. All funds so received by disbursing 

officers shall immediately be taken up under " General account of 
advances," stating source from which derived, and accounted for 
in the same manner as other public moneys received by them. 

(10) Disbursing officers shall transmit to the Auditor for the Account cur- 
Navy Department, quarterly, an account current embracing all ren 
receipts and expenditures of funds, accompanied by an abstract 

and all vouchers necessary to substantiate the account. A copy 
of the account current shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Sup- 
plies and Accounts. They shall also forward monthly to the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts a statement of the amount of 
money received and expended by them under each separate ap- 
propriation. Cash received through collections and accounted for 
on the monthly statement of receipts and expenditures to the Bu- 
reau of Supplies and Accounts will be accompanied by a duplicate 
of the abstract of collections. The original copy of the abstract 
of collections shall be forwarded to the Quartermaster, Marine 
Corps. 

(11) Where disbursing officers of the Marine Corps make pay- Payments from 
ments chargeable to appropriations of the Navy, they shall ac- Sons. appropr l 
count for such payments on the monthly statement of receipts and 
expenditures, and these payments shall be substantiated by memo- 
randum copies of the voucher covering the expenditures. 

(12) General depots established for the collections, manufac- Supply depots, 
ture, and preservation of supplies are under the control of the 
quartermaster of the corps, who shall from time to time issue such 
instructions as may be necessary for the guidance of officers in 

charge of such depots. 

571. 

(1) The paymaster of the corps shall have general super- Paymaster, 
vision over all matters pertaining to the military and administra- 
tive details of that department. 
183841°— 20 13 



182 

(2) He shall receive and expend the funds appropriated under 
" Pay of the Marine Corps." 

(3) He shall prepare annually, and at such other times as may 
be required, estimates of appropriations required for " Pay of 
the Marine Corps," together with all necessary explanatory data. 

(4) He shall pay the officers and civil employees monthly, or, 
if any so desire, semimonthly, or cause them to be so paid. 

(5) Except as otherwise provided in orders or manual, he 
shall pay the enlisted men monthly, or cause them to be so paid. 

(6) He shall report annually, in writing, to the Major General 
Commandant of the corps the condition and requirements of his 
department, together with such recommendations as he may deem 
appropriate. 

(7) The paymaster and each assistant paymaster or special 
disbursing agent serving under the paymaster's department, if 
carrying a disbursing account, shall transmit monthly to the 
Auditor for the Navy Department an account current, embracing 
all transactions coming within the time covered by the account 
except authorized payments for which credit has been or may 
be deferred, accompanied with vouchers necessary to substantiate 
the account. A copy of this account current, with details of 
transfers of funds to other disbursing officers and of Treasury 
deposits to the credit of the United States, shall be forwarded 

♦ to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(8) Enlisted men of the Marine Corps may deposit their 
savings with the paymaster of the corps, or with any assistant 
paymaster of the Marine Corps, or with the officer of the Supply 
Corps of the Navy who carries their accounts, such deposits to 
be in sums not less than $5 and for no fractional part of a dollar, 
the same to remain so deposited until final payment on dis- 
charge, but no man shall be permitted to start a deposit account 
within six months of the expiration of his enlistment. 

(9) He shall make, or cause to be made, an administrative 
audit, or analysis of the accounts and returns of all disbursing 
officers of his department, and, acting for the Bureau of Supplies 
and Accounts, audit and prepare the administrative analysis of 
all pay rolls of enlisted men of the Marine Corps carried by 
supply officers of the Navy, ashore and afloat. 

(10) He shall bring to the notice of the Major General Com- 
mandant of the corps all matters relating to the accounts of his 
department, that require or merit it, and shall immediately inform 
the disbursing officer concerned of all errors or illegal disburse- 
ments. 

572. 

AeoountaMlity. (l) Officers of the Paymaster's Department shall account for 
funds to the Auditor for the Navy Department, and to the Bureau 



183 



of Supplies and Accounts, through the paymaster of the corps, 
to whom the account current, with all accompanying papers, 
shall be sent for analysis under the several heads of appropria- 
tions and for proper record in detail, prior to their transmittal 
to the Treasury Department for audit. 

(2) The paymaster of the corps shall transmit the accounts 
to the proper accounting officer of the Treasury Department so 
that they may be received by such officer within 20' days of their 
actual receipt by the paymaster of the corps. 

(3) The information as to the pay and allowances prescribed 
by or in pursuance of law for officers and enlisted men of the 
Navy and Marine Corps shall be embodied in the Manuals of the 
Supply Corps, United States Navy, and the Paymaster's Depart- 
ment, Marine Corps, respectively, and the service shall be gov- 
erned accordingly. 

Section 4. — Marine Brigades. 



573. 

Marine brigades are organized for service as units in naval 
activities, and while they may be attached for quarters and train- 
ing to navy yards or naval stations, it is necessary for their 
efficiency that their administration, training, and discipline should 
be continuous, and not subject to material change upon their 
transfer to war conditions. To accomplish this end these matters 
will be left in the hands of the brigade commander, subject to 
modification by the commandant of the yard or station in those 
cases where he deems the exercise of his authority necessary for 
the best interests of the service. 



Organization. 



74. 



(1) Brigade commanders, under the direction of the Major 
General Commandant of the Marine Corps, shall have control of 
and be responsible for the administration, training, discipline, and 
efficiency of the brigades under their command. 

(2) When stationed at a navy yard or naval station within the 
continental limits of the United States, a marine brigade shall, 
during its presence there, be under the command of the com- 
mandant of the yard or station, who shall, except in matters per- 
taining to navy-yard duties and the enforcement of the police 
and fire regulations of the yard, be guided by the provisions of 
article 573. 

(3) When officers attached to a brigade at a navy yard or naval 
station are required by the commandant of the yard or station 



Command. 



184 

for service on boards or courts, they will be detailed by the brigade 
commander upon the order of the commandant. 

575. 

Service on when serving on shore in cooperation with vessels of the Navy, 

shore with Navy. ' 

brigade commanders or the officer commanding the detachment of 

marines shall be subject to the orders of the commander in chief, 
or, in his absence, to the orders of the senior officer in command of 
vessels specially detailed by the commander in chief on such com- 
bined operations so long as such senior officer is senior in rank to 
the officer commanding the brigade or the detachment of marines. 
When the brigade commander or the officer commanding the de- 
tachment is senior to the senior officer in command of the vessels 
specially detailed by the commander in chief on such combined 
operations, or when, in the opinion of the commander in chief, it 
is for any reason deemed inadvisable to intrust such combined 
command to the senior officer afloat, the commander in chief will 
constitute independent commands of the forces ashore and afloat, 
which forces will cooperate under the general orders of the com- 
mander in chief. 

576. 



Command of 
separate marine 
forces. 



The brigade commander or other senior line officer of the Marine 
Corps present shall command the whole force of marines in gen- 
eral analogy to the duties prescribed in the Navy Regulations for 
the senior naval officer present when two or more naval vessels are 
serving in company, but the commander of each regiment, separate 
battalion, or detachment shall exercise the functions of command 
over his regiment, battalion, or detachment in like general analogy 
to the duties of the commander of each naval vessel. 



577. 



Leave. 



Surveys of ma' 
terial. 



(1) Brigade commanders are authorized to grant leave of ab- 
sence and furloughs as follows : To officers attached to the brigade, 
leave of absence not to exceed 10 days, exclusive of travel time ; to 
enlisted men attached to the brigade, furloughs in accordance with 
instructions that may be issued from time to time by the Major 
General Commandant of the Marine Corps. When stationed at 
navy yards or naval stations, brigade commanders will keep the 
commandant informed as to leave granted officers. 

(2) Boards of Survey on Marine Corps property for which an 
officer attached to a brigade. is accountable will be ordered and 
action taken thereon by the brigade commander. This also ap- 
plies to Navy property in use by the Marine Corps and accounted 
for on Marine Corps property account. Navy property in use by 



185 

the Marine Corps is to be taken up and accounted for on Marine 
Corps property accounts in the same manner as if it were Marine 
Corps property. 

578. 

When ordered by the Major General Commandant of the Marine Inspections. 
Corps, brigade commanders will inspect such parts of their 
brigades as may be serving at other stations in the United States, 
and shall at all times make such recommendations concerning the 
organization and training of these units as they may deem advis- 
able. 

Section 5. — Recruiting, Discharges, Transfers, and Desertions. 

579. 

(1) The regulations for the recruiting service of the Army shall Recruiting 
be applied to the recruiting service of the Marine Corps as far as serTice - 
practicable. 

(2) Every person before being enlisted or enrolled must pass 
the physical examination; and no person shall be enlisted unless 
pronounced fit by the commanding and medical officers, except by 
special authorization, in each case, from the Major General Com- 
mandant of the Marine Corps and Surgeon General of the Navy. 

(3) Enlisted men of good character and faithful service who, 
at the expiration of their terms, are undergoing treatment for in- 
juries incurred or disease contracted in the line of duty may be 
reenlisted if they so elect, and if the disability prove to be per- 
manent, they will subsequently be discharged on certificates of dis- 
ability. An enlisted man not under treatment, but who has con- 
tracted in the line of duty infirmities that may raise a question 
of physical eligibility to reenlistment, but not such as to prevent 
his performing the duties of a marine, may be reenlisted by au- 
thority of the Major General Commandant on application made 
through the surgeon and proper official channels in time to re- 
ceive a decision before the date of discharge. 

(4) In the case of a person having physical disabilities, who has 
been enlisted by authorization as above, the physical condition of 
the enlisted man must be fully described in his enlistment paper, 
in order that no improper claims for pension may be allowed. 

580. 

(1) Except as provided in the second paragraph of this article, Recruiting ©f- 
the commanding officer of marines shall be the recruiting officer of cer * 
his command, and his name shall appear as such on the enlist- 
ment paper and in the service record book, which record shall be 






186 

signed by him, and on the first page of which shall be entered the 
date and place of enlistment of the recruit. 

(2) At barracks designated as recruit depots, the Commandant 
of the corps may designate the executive officer as recruiting offi- 
cer, and when so designated such officer shall carry out the pro- 
visions of the preceding paragraph. 

581. 

and ree^iTst- ^ No P erson sna11 De enlisted or reenlisted in the corps ex- 
ments. cept as a private, drummer, trumpeter, or apprentice. 

(2) On foreign stations marines may be reenlisted, but not re- 
ceived for first enlistment. 

582. 

Discharges. (i) Marines serving within the United States shall be dis- 

charged as follows: 

Upon expiration of enlistment. 
For undesirability, inaptitude, or unfitness. 
For physical or mental disability (disability to be deter- 
mined by a board of medical survey)., 
In pursuance of the sentence of a court-martial. 

(2) The recommendation for discharge on account of undesira- 
bility, inaptitude, or unfitness, must in every case be made by the 
immediate commanding officer of the man concerned. 

(3) In all cases where marines serving at shore stations are to 
be discharged the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps 
shall either issue and forward the necessary discharge certificates, 
or, at his discretion, shall authorize the commanding officer of the 
command in which the men are serving to issue appropriate dis- 
charge certificates; except that marines serving in their first 
enlistment may be discharged in accordance with the sentences of 
courts-martial without the specific authority of the Major General 
Commandant of the Marine Corps. 

(4) When marines serving on board ships (except receiving 
ships and except the cases covered by paragraph 6) are to be dis- 
charged they shall, whenever practicable, be transferred, together 
with their staff returns, upon orders from the Major General Com- 
mandant of the Marine Corps, to the nearest marine barracks. 
Where this procedure is not practicable they shall be similarly 
transferred upon orders from the commanding officer of the ship 
or from the senior officer present. Marines serving on board re- 
ceiving ships shall be discharged on board unless transferred upon 
orders from the Major General Commandant of the corps. 

(5) When, in pursuance of a sentence of a court-martial, a ma- 
rine, in his first enlistment, serving in the United States on board 



187 

ship (including receiving ships) or at a shore station, is to be 
discharged from the service, he shall be discharged by his com- 
manding officer and his service record book then forwarded to the 
Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps. 

(6) When, in pursuance of a sentence of a summary court- 
martial, a reenlisted marine serving in the United States on board 
ship (including receiving ships), or at a, shore station, is to be 
discharged from the service, his case, together with the recom- 
mendation of his commanding officer, shall first be referred by 
the Judge Advocate General to the Major General Commandant of 
the Marine Corps, who shall either direct the discharge or author- 
ize the placing of the man on probation. In the event of discharge 
being directed, the man's service record book shall be forwarded 
to the General Commandant of the Marine Corps after the dis- 
charge has been effected. 

(7) A marine may be discharged from a ship on a foreign sta- On foreign sta- 
tion as follows : tion ' 

In pursuance of the sentence of a general court-martial, in which 
case a transcript of the sentence shall be forwarded to the 
Major General Commandant of the Corps. 

At the expiration of the man's term of enlistment, upon order 
of the commanding officer of the ship. 

In either of the two latter cases the discharge shall be made only 
on the marine's written request, and upon his executing an agree- 
ment in writing to waive all claims to consular aid and to trans- 
portation to the United States. In all cases mentioned in this 
paragraph the discharge shall be issued by the commanding officer 
of the ship and the staff returns shall be forwarded to the Com- 
mandant of the corps after discharge. 

(S) In cases where the discharge is to be issued by an officer By other than 
other than the marine's immediate commanding officer, such as Ending officer! 1 " 
the Major General Commandant of the corps or the brigade com- 
mander, the staff returns, with information as to the cause of dis- 
charge, shall be forwarded to the commanding officer a sufficient 
time in advance to enable him to have the accounts settled and 
the discharge prepared and forwarded for delivery at the proper 
time. Where the discharge is to be issued by the marine's imme- 
diate commanding officer, such as the commanding officer of a post 
or ship, such officer shall cause the officer or noncommissioned 
officer having the clothing account to certify to the officer having 
the pay account, on the form provided for that purpose, a state- 
ment of the clothing account, in order that the latter officer may 
make a full statement of the man's account. Every officer who 
issues a discharge shall report to the Commandant of the corps the 
cause, place, and date of discharge, and forward the staff returns 
to him after discharge. 



188 

(9) The issuing officer shall in every case indorse upon the 
discharge certificate the character given upon discharge. 

Section 6. — Service at Navy Yabds and Babkacks. 

583. 

A a t h ority of The marine detachment serving at a navy yard or naval station 
stS? dant ° f shall be subject to the orders of the commandant thereof. No 
part of the detachment shall be relieved or withdrawn without 
an order of the Major General Commandant of the corps, except 
that deficiencies in the complement of marines on board ships on 
the eve of sailing may, by order of the commandant of a navy 
yard or station, be supplied by the Commanding officer of marines, 
who shall report the circumstances to the Major General Comman- 
dant without delay. 

584. 

Authority of (1) The commanding officer of marines at a navy yard or 
ficS" 1 ©" detach- barracks is clothed with the same authority for the purpose of 
ment * enforcing discipline among the officers and men under his com- 

mand as that which rests, for similar purposes, in the command- 
ing officer of a vessel. 
Responsibility. (2) He shall be responsible for the discipline and efficiency of 
his command. 

(3) Under no circumstances shall an offender be placed on 
guard, or required to perform extra guard duty as punishment, 
whether serving afloat or ashore. 

585. 

Transfer of of- (1) When an officer is ordered to relieve another in com- 
mand of the marines within a navy yard or station, he shall 
report in person, on his arrival, to the commandant of the station. 
(2) Marine officers ordered to duty at a naval station shall 
report first to the commandant of the station, and then to the 
■commanding officer of marines. 

586. 

Police and gov- The commanding officer of marines shall have under his direc- 

ernment of ma- . ,, * ,. - ^ . . , 

rines in barracks, tion the government and police of the marines when in barracks, 

his regulations for which must conform to the general regulations 

of the station. 

587. 

Posting senti- The commanding officer of marines shall cause such sentinels 
lels * and patrols to be posted as may be directed by the commandant 

of the station. 



189 



588. 



The commanding officer of marines shall, every morning, unless Countersign, 
the commandant of the station reserves this duty to himself, 
or directs that the use of the countersign be discontinued, issue 
and transmit the countersign for the ensuing night, in writing 
and under seal, to the commandant and to such other officers, and 
such only, as the commandant may designate. 



589 

r of 
struction of his command. 



The commanding officer of marines is responsible for the in- .o^and ** " ° f 



590. 

At least once in each week the commanding officer of marines. w « ekl y sani- 
tary inspection, 
shall in person inspect the men's quarters, arms, and accouter- 

ments, and the guardroom, cells, prison, and grounds. He shall 

make a thorough examination and assure himself that all military, 

police, and sanitary regulations in force are properly observed 

and that all prisoners, including those in confinement under 

sentence of court-martial, are properly cared for. 

591. 

(1) Officers and marines in garrison shall wear uniform. Uniform. 

(2) The uniform of the day shall be designated by the com- 
manding officer. 

592. 

Customary liberty to noncommissioned officers, musicians, and Granting lib- 
privates shall be granted by the commanding officer of marines. erty * 

593. 

(1) At each station the commanding officer of marines shall de- Officer of the 
tail daily a commissioned officer of the command for duty as offi- day * 

cer of the day. 

(2) The duties of the officer of the day shall be conducted in 
accordance with instructions and regulations established for the 
Army, and the special instructions and regulations prescribed by 
the commanding officer of marines. 

(3) In case of fire at the navy yard or station he shall inform 
the commandant and his commanding officer and carry out the fire 
regulations. 

Section 7. — Marine Corps Target Practice. 

594. 

Marine Corps target practice shall be held as provided in this Conditions, 
section and under the conditions laid down herein. 



19a 



595. 



Bales govern- 
ing. 



(1) When firing the Army courses for qualification, the firing 
regulations for the United States Army, as adopted by the United 
States Marine Corps, will govern the target practice of marines, 
and in order to enable marines serving afloat to qualify under the 
said regulations they will, whenever practicable, be given oppor- 
tunity to fire under said regulations, and when held such practice 
will be in addition to and separate and distinct from the practice 
held under the provisions of the Firing Regulations for Small 
Arms, United States Navy. 

(2) Marines will also be governed by the Firing Regulations for 
Small Arms, United States Navy, and such other regulations as 
may apply to the subject in the Navy, and will in nowise be dif- 
ferentiated in this respect from the naval personnel. 



Pay: 
prizes. 



596. 

ent of Prizes for excellency in gunnery exercise and target practice, 
both afloat and ashore, shall be awarded and paid to enlisted men 
of the Marine Corps, in like manner, in the same amounts, and un- 
der the same conditions as to enlisted men of the Navy. 



Section 8. — Service Afloat Aboaed Ships of War. 
597. 

Embarkation. If a marine detachment is specially assigned to duty on board 
a cruising vessel the provisions of this section shall govern. 

598. 

Bations. (l) Wlien marines are received on board they shall be entered 

separately on the books and shall be in all respects upon the same 
footing as the enlisted men of the Navy with regard to rations. 
Clothing. (2) They shall be furnished, by the supply officer, with clothing 

and small stores when the commanding officer of marines shad 
certify that they require them, under the same conditions as such 
articles are furnished enlisted men of the Navy. 

599. 

Discipline. They shall be subject to the orders of their superiors in rank 

in the same manner as the rest of the crew and shall be entitled 
to the same privileges and be under the same discipline. 



Drill and dis- 
tribution for bat- 
tle. 



600. 

The marine detachment when detailed for duty on board ship 
is a distinct part of the complement of the ship and forms a divi- 
sion in the detail of the whole force for battle. It shall be thor- 
oughly drilled and instructed at such guns as may be assigned 



191 

by the commanding officer and, when practicable, shall be stationed 
as a division thereat, under its own officers, as the commanding 
officer of the ship may direct. If impracticable to so assign the 
marines as a division, they shall be detailed as gun's crews, the 
marine officer or officers to command as many of such crews as 
practicable, and after the assignments above outlined surplus men, 
If any, shall be distributed as the commanding officer of the ship 
deems most effective for battle. 

601. 

The marine officer of the ship has none of the independent Authority of 

officers. 

authority that is vested in the commanding officer of marines at 

a shore station and can assign no punishment or restriction. 

602. 

(1) When more than one marine officer is attached to a ship, Presence of 
one such officer shall at all times be present on board for duty offlccrs for dut y- 
unless excused on particular occasions by the commanding officer 

of the ship. 

(2) In all cases a marine officer, when there is one attached to a 
ship, shall be present to superintend the prescribed instructions 
and exercises of the detachment, unless excused as above. 

603. 

When a ship is ready to receive her complement of marines, the Embarkation. 
commandant of the station, having previously caused the com- 
manding officer of the ship to bo informed, shall direct the com- 
manding officer of marines to send the detaolnnont to the desig- 
nated place of embarkation, accompanied by all its officers, unless 
any are prevented by written order of the Secretary of the Navy 
or by illness, the latter being certified to by a surgeon's certificate. 

604. 

The marine officer of a ship shall be attentive to the cleanliness, Health and 
health, and comfort of his men and to their instruction, soldier- tachuient. ° <e " 
like appearance, and efficiency. 

605. 

(1) The marine officer of the ship shall have charge of and be Charge of arms, 
accountable for the arms, accouterments, and clothing belonging ' 

to his detachment. He shall have these articles kept in good order 
and shall report to the commanding officer any injury that may 









192 

result from neglect or misconduct, in order that the responsibility 
therefor may be fixed and damages be recovered. He shall in- 
spect the clothing at least once in each month, and in case of any 
loss or abuse he shall make report to the commanding officer. He 
shall see that the arms, accouterments, and all Government prop- 
erty, including any uniform clothing for which the marine officer 
is responsible, that is in the possession of marines deceased or 
absent without leave, and any other uniform clothing for which 
the marine officer is responsible, are collected and preserved to 
be disposed of as provided for by law and regulation. (Art. 
122 (2).) 

(2) When the arms and accouterments of the marine detach- 
ment of a vessel are the property of the Bureau of Ordnance, 
Navy Department, the marine officer of the ship shall exercise 
over them only the same authority as is now exercised by the 
officer of a gun division of a ship over his divisional battery 
outfit. 

606. 

Repairs to If repairs to the arms or accouterments under his charge 
become necessary, the marine officer shall apply to the executive 
officer for such assistance as may be needed or shall request 
authority to turn them in for repairs at the nearest depot of sup- 
plies. 

607. 

tions. n> inspec " The marine officer of the ship shall examine daily, before quar- 
ters, the living spaces occupied by the marines, their clothes lock- 
ers, gun racks, and the marine storeroom, assuring himself that 
they are ready for inspection. 

608. 

Where formed. At quarters the marines shall be formed at such place as shall 
be designated by the commanding officer of the ship, under their 
own officers, the senior of whom shall report the absentees. 

609. 

Times of drills. The marines shall be instructed and exercised at prescribed 
drills, including pulling in boats, at such times and places as the 
commanding officer of the ship may appoint. 

610. 

Guard mount- (i) When ordered by the commanding officer of the ship, regular 
details shall be made for guard each day, and the ceremony of 



193 



guard mounting shall be carried out as nearly as possible as at 
barracks on shore. 

(2) On board ships having more than 20 privates the guard of 
the day shall consist of 1 noncommissioned officer and 10 privates ; 
and on board those having less than 20 privates it shall consist 
of 1 noncommissioned officer and 8 privates. 



611 



(1) All permanent or standing orders for sentinels shall be 
approved by the commanding officer of the ship and shall pass 
through the marine officer of the ship. When necessary, the 
officer of the deck shall give special orders for sentinels, and when 
such orders are of an important character he shall inform the 
executive officer and marine officer of the ship. In all cases the 
orders shall be communicated to the sentinels by the sergeant or 
corporal of the guard. 

(2) The marine officer shall visit sentinels frequently and shall 
satisfy himself that they understand their orders and duties. 



Sentinels. 



612. 



Marines may be detailed for duty as orderlies for flag officers, 
chiefs of staff, and commanding officers of ships. 



Orderly duty. 



618. 



(1) Noncommissioned officers shall not be detailed as messmen. Assignment of 

(2) Marines shall not be assigned to duty as master at arms, j" 011 to othcr du " 
yeoman, or chief pharmacist's mate, except in case of emergency, 

which shall be determined by the commanding officer of the ship. 
When necessary to make such assignment, it shall continue only 
until a suitable person can be selected for the required duty. 

(3) They shall not be assigned to duty as messengers for the 
officer of the deck. 

(4) In detailing marines for any work or labor not included in 
their usual guard, post, and deck duties, regard. shall be had to 
the amount of guard and post duty being required of them. 

614. 

(1) When a vacancy in the complement of noncommissioned Vacancies of 
officers occurs on board a cruising ship, the marine officer of the oXersTibro^d!* 
ship shall recommend and the commanding officer of the ship shall 
designate some one of the detachment for promotion to fill the 
vacancy, when practicable. The commanding officer of the ship 
shall appoint a board, consisting of the marine officer of the ship 
and of two line officers of the Navy or Marine Corps, to examine 



194 

the person so designated as to his qualifications for promotion. If 
reported qualified, and the report be approved by the commanding 
officer of the ship, he shall make the appointment to continue in 
force until the termination of the cruise, unless sooner vacated 
by order of the appointing authority. If, at any time, the com- 
manding officer of the ship desires that an appointment issued by 
himself be made permanent, he may make recommendation to the 
commandant of the corps, who may issue a permanent warrant. 
In the United (2) When such a vacancy occurs within the waters of the 
states * United States and the commanding officer of the ship does not 

deem it advisable to promote a member of the detachment, he 
shall report the facts to the Major General Commandant of the 
corps, who shall fill the vacancy by transfer. 

615. 

Offenses. Reports against marines shall be entered in the daily report 

book. Any misbehavior of the marines on guard or on duty as 
sentinels shall be reported to the executive officer through the 
officer of the deck and to the marine officer of the ship. The ma- 
rine officer of the ship, when on board, shall be present at the mast 
when offenses committed by marines are to be investigated. 

616. 

Conduct and The marine officer of the ship shall keep the executive officer 
liberty lists. informed of the proficiency in rating, sobriety, and obedience of 
the marines, and shall make recommendations to him regarding 
their liberty. 

617, 

Muster rolls U) The marine officer of the ship shall keep a muster roll, and 
"onnt«.° tlimg a °" cl °thing and other accounts, and shall forward them, as well as 
other required returns, through the proper channels. 

(2) He shall prepare and submit, in the same manner, and on 
the same form as is provided for the payment of marines at shore 
stations, monthly pay rolls, in duplicate, to the supply officer of 
the ship, retaining a third copy, such rolls to show in the column 
of " Remarks " all necessary data to support any extra credits ap- 
pearing thereon ; the original, when approved by the commanding 
officer of the ship, will constitute the supply officer's authority tor 
the payment of the roll. After payment has been accomplished 
he shall make such corrections in the retained roll as are neces- 
sary to make it agree with the original as audited and settled by 
the supply officer, make the necessary entries in the " Service 
Record Book." obtain the certificate of the supply officer, in the 
space provided, to the effect that said roll is a copy of the roll 
upon which payment was made, after which he shall transmit the 



195 

same to the paymaster of the corps, United States Marine Corps, 
through the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(3) The jurisdiction and handling of accounts of the Marine 
Corps by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts consists solely in 
keeping the record of all expenditures that are chargeable to Ma- 
rine Corps appropriations. 

618. 

A marine officer may be detailed by the commanding officer Superintendent 
of the ship as superintendent of small-arm target practice. practice.* 1 _arm 

619. 

Marine officers may be required to make intelligence reports intelligence 
upon such subjects as the commanding officer of the ship may rep ° 
direct. 

620. 

The officers and men of the Marine Corps serving in a fleet Drill on shore. 
shall be properly organized and shall be landed at such times and 
places as the commander in chief may direct for exercise in pre- 
scribed drills and duties, under the command of the fleet marine 
officer. 

621. 

When serving on shore with a mixed detachment, composed of Service with a 
seamen and marines, the marines shall always be placed on the Jfe^.* etac 
right in battalion or other infantry formation, and the senior 
officer of the line of the Navy, or of the Marine Corps, according 
to rank, shall command the detachment. 

622. 

Marine officers below the grade of major may be assigned to Watch and 
duty as officers of the deck in port. Those marine officers on ec ° cers " 
the junior watch list may stand junior officer watch at sea. 

623. 

The marines of receiving ships and of vessels which are tern- , Drill with ma- 
, ,, , „ rines of fcar- 

porarily at a navy yard shall, under the direction of the com- racks. 

mandant of the station, be landed for the purpose of drill and 

exercise in the school of the battalion, in conjunction with the 

marines of the station, under the command of the senior marine 

officer present. 



196 



624. 



Official corre- 
spondence. 



All official correspondence between officers and enlisted, men 
and the Major General Commandant or staff of the corps, relating 
to the detail, efficiency, or requirements of the command shall be 
addressed to the commanding officer of the ship. Communica- 
tions from enlisted men shall be forwarded through the marine 
officer of the ship and executive officer to the commanding officer 
of the ship. 



625. 

Allowances. The allowance of arms, accourterments, tentage, and equipage 

for marine detachments of ships shall be in accordance with the 
current allowance lists therefor approved by the Secretary of the 

Navy. 



Section 9.- 



-Seevice Aboard Naval Vessels as a Separate 
Organization. 



626. 

Marine trans- Special armed transports, each carrying a permanently or- 
P° rts « ganized force of marines, may be ordered to duty with fleets, 

squadrons, or divisions, or on special service. 

627. 

Organizations, When a force of marines is embarked on a naval vessel or ves- 
etc - sels as a separate organization not a part of the authorized com- 

plement thereof, the authority and powers of the officers of such 
separate organization of marines shall be the same as though 
such organization were serving at a navy yard on shore, but noth- 
ing herein shall be construed as impairing the paramount au- 
thority of the commanding officer of any naval vessel over the 
vessel under his command and all persons embarked thereon. (Act 
Aug. 29, 1916.) 

628. 



Orders to ma- All orders to the marine organization when embarked shall, so 
rmes, discipline, far ag may be pract icable, be given through its own officers and 
noncommissioned officers, and the commanding officer of the ship 
shall bear in mind that, although the discipline of all on board is 
under his control, he is nevertheless to leave the organization to 
the management of its own officers, so far as may be consistent 
with the order and discipline of the ship. 



197 

629. 

When embarked on board a naval vessel or vessels in accord- care of parts 
ance with the provisions of this section, the marines shall take of sbip * 
care of all parts of the ship that are devoted to their use. 

630. 

When a vacancy occurs in the complement of noncommissioned Filling vacan- 
officers on board an armed transport, the marine officer command- 
ing the organization shall convene a board to conduct the ex- 
amination, and if the candidate be reported as qualified, the 
marine officer may issue the necessary warrant, the appointment 
to continue in force until the termination of the cruise. If the 
marine officer desires that such appointment be made permanent, 
he shall make recommendation to that effect to the Major General 
Commandant of the corps, who may issue a permanent warrant. 

631. 

(1) The Department of the Pacific, United States Marine Corps, the D pacifi?. eIlt ° f 
will include such posts, detachments, offices, and other organiza- 
tions as may be directed by the Major General Commandant. 

(2) The departmental commander shall be under the direct 
command of, shall perform his duties under the immediate direc- 
tion of, and shall be responsible for the general efficiency and 
discipline of the troops under his department to the Major Gen- 
eral Commandant. 

(3) The departmental commander shall, when ordered by com- 
petent authority, make visits of inspection to the various stations 
of the department. 

(4) Under the direction of the Major General Commandant, 
the departmental commander shall issue orders for the movement 
of officers and troops in the department. 

(5) Under the same direction, the departmental commander 
shall distribute the officers and men for duty at the several sta- 
tions and with the various organizations in accordance with the 
necessities of the service; and shall, when duly ordered, furnish 
detachments for vessels of the Navy, according to their authorized 
complements. When duly ordered, he shall also cause vacancies 
in such detachments to be filled and shall direct the necessary 
transfer of officers and men for that purpose. 

(6) The departmental commander shall exercise a general super- 
vision over all expenditures and supplies needed for the mainte- 
nance or connected with the management of the department. It 
shall be his duty to see that all estimates of funds required for 
the support and employment of the department are based on proper 
considerations and are made for legal objects. 

183841°— 20 14 



CHAPTER 17. 



ORGANIZATION OF THE NAVAL FORCES. 

Sec. 1.— Art. 641-649. General organization of the naval forces. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 650-652. Status of ships. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 653-664. Organization of the fleets. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 665-669. Hospital ships. 



Section 1. — General Organization of the Naval Forces. 
641. 

(1) The organization of the naval forces for war will be stated tlo ^ ar or s auiza - 
in the Mobilization Plans in the War Portfolio. 

(2) During peace the principal naval forces shall be divided u** ce or s» nI - 
into three fleets, as follows : 

(a) United States Atlantic Fleet. 
(&) United States Pacific Fleet, 
(c) United States Asiatic Fleet. 

(3) The monthly Navy Directory will include the home-yard 
assignment of United States naval vessels, and no change in this 
assignment of home yards will be made without the authority of 
the Secretary of the Navy. 

642. 

Each fleet shall be commanded by a commander in chief. A f ^JJJ manders 
commander in chief may be ordered to command a special service 
squadron or other force at the discretion of the department. 

643. 

The geographical limits of command of the commanders in 
chief of the three fleets of the peace organization shall be as 
follows : 

(a) Atlantic Fleet. — This shall include the Atlantic Ocean and Atlantic Fleet. 
Mediterranean Sea and their tributary waters. The eastern limits 
shall be the western coasts of Europe and Africa ; in the Mediter- 

(199) 



200 



Pacific Fleet. 



Asiatic Fleet. 



ranean Sea, at Suez; north of Asia, the eightieth meridian east 
of Greenwich ; and south of Africa, the twentieth meridian east 
of Greenwich. The western limits shall be the eastern coasts of 
North, Central, and South America ; north of North America, the 
one hundredth meridian west of Greenwich ; south of South Amer- 
ica, the seventy-first meridian west of Greenwich ; and^ in the 
Straits of Magellan, Punta Arenas, Chile. 

(&) Pacific Fleet. — This shall include the eastern part of the 
Pacific Ocean and tributary waters. The eastern limits shall be 
the west coasts of North, Central, and South America; north of 
North America, the one hundredth meridian west of Greenwich; 
south of South America, the seventy-first meridian west of Green- 
wich ; and in the Straits of Magellan, Punta Arenas, Chile. The 
western limits shall be the one hundred and eightieth meridian 
as far north as the fiftieth parallel of north latitude, and above 
that the one hundred and sixtieth meridian east of Greenwich 
and the east coasts of Asia; and north of Asia, the eightieth 
meridian east of Greenwich. 

(c) Asiatic Fleet. — This shall include the Pacific and Indian 
Oceans and tributary waters between the eastern limits of the 
Atlantic command and the western limits of the Pacific command. 



644. 

Forces in each These commands shall be composed as the department may 
from time to time direct, and shall be under the commander in 
chief of the fleet. Nothing in these regulations, however, shall 
be construed as authorizing any commander in chief to attach to 
his command any vessel not specifically so ordered by the depart- 
ment, except so far as may be justified by the regulations relat- 
ing to the rights and duties of a senior officer present. 

645. 



Vessels on spe- 
cial service. 



Vessels on special service and vessels making passage within 
the limits of a command may operate within the limits of any 
one of the three commands at the department's discretion, with- 
out being placed under the immediate command of the commander 
in chief. 

646. 



squSo'ni 86 ™ 166 Special service squadrons or detachments may be organized at 
any time at the discretion of the department ; for the performance 
of any duty which may be required of them, and the officer in com- 
mand of such a squadron or detachment may be designated as 
either a commander in chief or a commander of a squadron or de- 
tachment, as circumstances may render advisable. Such squad- 



201 

rons or detachments may operate within the limits of command of 
the commander in chief of one of the principal fleets without 
being placed under the direct command of such commander in 
chief, but when so acting shall be subject to the provisions of the 
following article. 

647. 

When one or more ships arrive within the limits of command Separate forces 

meeting. 
of the commander in chief of the Asiatic Fleet, or in waters 

contiguous to those in which a flag officer is serving in command 

afloat, the senior officer present, if junior to the commander in 

chief, or to such other flag officer, shall report to him either by 

telegraph or mail, as may be deemed expedient. In so doing he 

shall report the tenor of his orders, if not secret, and if secret, he 

shall report the fact. He shall also report how communications 

may reach him. These reports shall continue from time to time, 

as necessary, or as required by circumstances, until such detached 

force has left the limits of command or the proximity of the flag 

officer to whom they are made. If the officer in command of the 

detached force is a flag officer senior in rank to the commander 

in chief of the fleet concerned, the latter shall make to the 

former the reports required by the provisions of this article. 

It shall be the duty of the senior in every case to keep the 

junior informed as to how to address and forward such reports. 

648. 

In addition to the three fleets mentioned in the above para- other forces. 
graphs the vessels of the Navy in commission will constitute (a) 
Naval District Forces, and (&) the Naval Transportation Service. 

649. 

(a) Assignment of transports, cargo, and fuel vessels to the Transportation 
Naval Transportation Service will be made by the Chief of Naval ser?Ice# 
Operations. The Port Director Naval Transportation Service will, 
under the direction of the district commandant, coordinate the 
various activities of these vessels in regard to : Operation, includ- 
ing port movements, berthing, loading, discharging, and bunker- 
ing; personnel, including inspections, changes, and passengers; 
material, including repairs by ship's force, navy yard, or private 
firms under the cognizance of the various bureaus of the Navy De- 
partment; supply, including ship's stores, material supplies, and 
cargo. 

(ft) Reports and recommendations should be forwarded to the 
Chief of Naval Operations. Transportation of passengers shall be 
governed by the Bureau of Navigation. 






202 

Section 2. — Status of Ships. 
650. 

(1) The status of each vessel of the Navy will be definitely or- 
dered, either as in commission or out of commission. Vessels in 
commission may be in any one of four conditions, as follows : 
Ships iu full (a) In full commission. — Vessels in this condition are fully offi- 
cered and manned, and ready in all respects for service, and un- 
der orders or liable to orders for service without previous notice. 
They may be temporarily disabled for repairs by order of the de- 
partment, however, without changing their status. Such vessels 
will ordinarily be attached to fleets, special service squadrons, de- 
tachments, or naval districts.. 
duced P§ commJs- (o) In reduced commission. — Vessels in reduced commission are 
sion. officered and manned with less than 80 per cent of their full com- 

plement, but with sufficient complement to maintain the vessel in 
material readiness for service and to perform such operations as 
may be necessary to insure efficient performance of the material 
and to train the personnel. Such vessels will ordinarily be at- 
tached to fleets, or naval districts. 

Ships in com- ( c ) x n commission in reserve. — Vessels in this condition shall be 
mission in re- 
serve, maintained at some designated navy yard or other suitable place, 

and shall be kept ready for sea on short notice. They shall have 
reduced complements of officers and men on board including, if 
practicable, an engineer officer and such engineer and artificer per- 
sonnel as may be required to maintain the material in condition 
for operation. The provision that they shall be ready for sea on 
short notice shall not be construed to prevent the carrying on of 
such repairs as may be necessary to keep them ready for sea, or as 
may be authorized by the department, but no work shall be under- 
taken on any of them that will render them unable to move upon 
the expiration of four working days after the receipt of orders, 
without first obtaining permission from the department. Such 
vessels will ordinarily be attached to fleets or naval districts. 

Ships in com- /$) j n commission in ordinary. — Vessels in this condition shall 
mission in ordi- 
nary, be maintained at some designated navy yard under the com- 
mandant in such manner as will best tend to keep them in condi- 
tion for service if needed, under detailed instructions from the 
department. They shall have complements of officers and men on 
board only large enough to enable them to be properly cared for 
in the condition in which ordered to be maintained; fheir com- 
plements shall include, if practicable, an engineer officer and such 
artificer personnel as may be required. Necessary repairs shall 
be conducted on them, but no work shall be undertaken on any of 
them without special permission from the department which would 



203 

delay them longer than would be necessary to change them from 
the condition in ordinary to that of readiness for sea service were 
no repairs in progress. Such vessels ordinarily will not be at- 
tached to fleets but will be maintained in ordinary independently. 
(2) Ships out of commission. — Ships in this condition shall have 
no personnel on board, and shall be under the full control of the 
commandant of the navy yard at which they lie. Repairs and 
alterations shall be carried on on board them as may be authorized 
by the department, or they may be held out of commission and not 
under repair awaiting the department's instructions to commission 
or otherwise dispose of them. 

651. 

Vessels maintained in commission in any of the four conditions Flag and pen- 
specified above shall fly the flag and commission pennant. Ves- nan ' 
sels out of commission shall not fly the flag or commission pennant. 

652. 

The relations between the commanding officers of ships in re- c o mmandanis 
duced commission, in commission in reserve, and in commission J^ers™? vessels 
in ordinary, and the commandants of the yards at which they lie in commission in 
shall be the same as those which exist between the commanding 01 
officers of vessels in full commission at navy yards and the com- 
mandants of such yards. If organized in forces, flotillas, squad- 
rons, or divisions, the relations between the commanders thereof 
and the commandants shall be the same as though the vessels were 
in full commission. 

Section 3. — Oeganization of the Fleets. 

653. 

The fleets of the United States shall be organized in accordance Definitions, 
with the following definitions and plan : 

A fleet is an organized body of ships under the command of 
a commander in chief. 

A force is a major subdivision of a fleet. It is usually com- 
posed of all vessels of that fleet that are of the same type 
or class or that are assigned to the same duty. 

A flotilla is a major subdivision of a force of destroyers or 
submarines. 

A squadron is a major subdivision of a force of vessels 
other than destroyers or submarines in which classes of 
vessels it is a major subdivision of a flotilla. 

A division is a major subdivision of a squadron. 



204 

A section is one-half of a division. 

A detachment is a subdivision of a fleet temporarily operat- 
ing independently under orders from the department or 
semi-independently at some distance from the commander 
in chief. 
submarine? 011 ° f Tnere sna11 De normally two ships in each section of battle- 
ships, battle cruisers, and armored cruisers. 

There shall be normally three ships in each section of all ships 
other than battleships, battle cruisers, and armored cruisers. 

There shall be normally two sections in each division, except 
that in the case of submarines all boats based on one tender shall 
normally constitute one division. 

There shall be normally two divisions in each squadron of 
battleships, battle cruisers, and armored cruisers. 

There shall be normally three divisions in each squadron of 
vessels other than battleships, battle cruisers, and armored 
.cruisers. If practicable a suitable flagship and a tender shall 
be assigned to each destroyer squadron. 

There shall be normally three squadrons of destroyers or sub- 
marines in each flotilla. A flagship shall, if practicable, be as- 
signed to each flotilla of destroyers or submarines. 

The number of squadrons or flotillas in a force is not limited. 
Suitable flagships shall be assigned for each destroyer force and 
for each submarine force if composed of more than one flotilla. 

654. 

diSns of The Forces shall be named as follows : 
fleet « Battleship force. 

Cruiser force. 
Destroyer force. 
Submarine force. 
Air force. 
Mine force. 
Train. 
Forces which are rendered advisable by future developments 
may be organized under appropriate names. 

Squadrons and flotillas shall be named by serial numbers, be- 
ginning with 1 in each type of vessel. 

Divisions shall be named by serial numbers, beginning with 1 
in each type of vessel. 

Sections are not permanently named. 

When necessary for clearness, the name of the fleet shall follow 
the name of the subdivision of the fleet. 
Examples: 

Battleship Division One. 

Cruiser Division Six, United States Atlantic Fleet. 



205 

Destroyer Flotilla One. 
Submarine Division Five. 
Mine Division Two. 
In numbering flotillas, squadrons, and divisions, the newest 
ships shall have the largest numbers. 

655. 

The titles of any subdivision of the fleet shall be formed by Ti j les of f com - 

** manders of sub- 

prefixing the title " Commander " to the name of the subdivision divisions. 

he commands. 

Examples: 

Commander Battleship Division One. 

Commander Cruiser Division Two. 

Commander Train. 

Commander Mine Squadron Two. 

656. 

Administrative command shall be exercised by the commander Administrative 
in chief through the force commanders ; by the force commanders comma11 • 
through the division commanders of the battleship force and 
scout force; and through the flotilla commanders, squadron com- 
manders, and division commanders of all other forces. 

657. 

Tactical command shall be exercised by the commander in chief Tactical com- 
through the force commanders ; by the force commanders through 
the squadron commanders or through the flotilla commanders ; by 
the flotilla commanders through squadron commanders ; by the 
squadron commanders through division commanders; but any 
flag officer may communicate directly, for tactical purposes, with 
any vessel or any subdivision of his command. 

658. 

Officers ordered to command forces may be assigned additional Orders to offl- 

,,.. ,. ,„ ,.,,„ . ,., cers in command 

duty in immediate command of subdivisions of the force, in which of subdivisions, 
case they shall be ordered as the commander of the force with 
additional duty in command of such subdivisions of the force. 
Commanders of divisions, except in the case of destroyers, shall 
not, except temporarily or in an emergency, be ordered to addi- 
tional duty in command of a ship of the division. The com- 
manders of a destroyer division may be ordered to command a 
vessel of the division. 

659. 

The department will assign vessels to fleets, forces, flotillas, ^Assignment of 
squadrons, and divisions, but such assignments shall not be 



206 

interpreted to limit the discretion of the commander in chief in 
making at any time a strategic and tactical distribution of his 
command. Fleets or forces made up of vessels not suitable for 
tactical grouping will be organized so as best to meet their 
special situation. 

660. 

Home yards. Each division of vessels shall be assigned to some particular 
navy yard for routine repairs and overhaul, which yard shall be 
known as the " home yard " of that division. In the case of de- 
stroyers, all divisions of any one squadron shall, if practicable, 
have the same " home yard." Other vessels, such as vessels of 
the train, shall be assigned to home yards as may be deemed 
expedient. 

661. 

Vessels ia re- Vessels in reduced commission, or in commission in reserve, 
d u c e d commis- 
sion or in com- shall be assigned to fleets and forces, and constitute a part of 

serre? 11 1B re " tne command of the commander in chief of the fleet and of the 

commander of the force to which assigned. 

662. 

of vesseis"?n re" Such vessels shall be organized so far as practicable into sub- 

d»ced commis- divisions in all respects analogous to the subdivisions constituted 

sion and in com- ^ ° 

mission in re- of similar active units, and shall be administered by subdivision 

commanders under the supervision of the commander of that 

force of the fleet to which they are assigned. Such subdivisions 

will be named by the numbers they would have should they join 

the active fleet. 

663. 

Basing and Vessels in reduced commission, or in commission in reserve, 

command. shall be based together in the largest practicable subdivisions, at 

suitable bases where secure mooring or berthing spaces can be 

provided, and an officer of suitable rank and experience shall be 

ordered to command each subdivision. 

664. 

Manenvers and Vessels in reduced commission or in commission in reserve 
operations. shall be considered available for limited operations and shall 

be ordered to sea from time to time as circumstances permit, 
for exercise cruises, gunnery exercises, maneuvers, and such 
other purposes as the force commander, commander in chief of 
the fleet, or department may direct. 



207 

Section 4. — Hospital Ships. 
665. 

The Navy Department shall designate such vessels as it may Designation, 
deem necessary to be called and employed as " hospital ships." nLance. 8 " C ° S 
When in service, such ships shall be considered as floating hos- 
pitals, for the purpose of caring for, treating, and transporting 
the sick and wounded of the Navy, Marine Corps, and Army, 
as well as shipwrecked and other persons requiring medical 
service, and as such shall be under the general direction of the 
Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, so far as all matters pertaining 
to the distinctly hospital features of the ship are concerned. 
Action in regard to such matters pertaining to the distinctly 
hospital features of the ship, and in regard to the detail of 
medical officers, dental officers, and nurses and members of the 
Hospital Corps thereto, shall be upon the recommendation of the 
Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Action in regard to matters not 
pertaining to the distinctly hospital features of the ship shall be 
taken by the appropriate bureaus or offices of the department in 
the same manner as is done for any other ship of the naval 
service. 

666. 

No persons other than those enumerated in the preceding Transportation, 
article shall be transported aboard hospital ships. 

667. 



Hospital ships shall be governed by the provisions of the Navy 
Regulations, so far as they apply, of the laws of the United 
States, and of The Hague Convention of October 18, 1907, making 
applicable to such ships the principles of the Geneva Convention 
of July 29, 1899. 

668. 



How governed. 



A hospital ship, being assimilated to a naval hospital on shore, Assimilated to 
shall be commanded by a naval medical officer not below the grade shore a^p 1 * 41 - 
of lieutenant commander, such commanding officer being detailed 
by the Navy Department. 

669. 



(1) The commanding officer of a hospital ship shall be gov- Commanding 
erned by the Navy Regulations in all respects so far as they may offlcer * 
be applicable to him as the officer in command of a naval hospital 
ship. 



CHAPTEE 18. 



A COMMANDER IN CHIEF. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 679-702. General duties. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 703-716. Duties in time of war. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 717-728. Intercourse with foreigners. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 729-730. On assuming command. 

Sec. 5. — Art. 731-739. Supplies and repairs 

Sec. 6. — Art. 740-746. Personnel. 



When articles or paragraphs contained in this chapter have the Note ' 
marks *, t, t, or ft placed against their numbers, it shall be under- 
stood that these marks mean as follows: 

* That the provisions of the article or paragraph so marked are 
to be carried out by commanding officers, so far as they may be 
applicable to such officers and to existing conditions. 

t That the provisions of the article or paragraph so marked are 
to be carried out by senior officers present, so far as they may be 
applicable to such officers and to existing conditions. 

t That the provisions of the article or paragraph so marked are 
to be carried out by division commanders, or, in the case of vessels 
other than battleships and battle cruisers and scouts, by squadron 
or flotilla commanders, so far as they may be applicable to such 
officers and to existing conditions. 

ft That the provisions of the article or paragraph so marked are 
to be carried out by force commanders so far as they may be ap- 
plicable to such officers and to existing conditions. 

Section 1. — General Duties. 

679. 

(1) The title "commander in chief," when occurring in naval Title, 
laws, regulations, and other documents, shall be held to refer to 
the officer designated as such in his orders from the Navy Depart- 
ment, or to the officer who succeeds him as provided for in article 
682. 

(209) 



210 

Period of (2) The duties, prerogatives, and honors of a commander in 
chief commence on the date of hoisting his flag and continue until 
it is finally hauled down. 

680. 

... To x „ aiin0,ince A commander in chief shall, upon the date of assuming com- 
tais staff. 

mand, announce the fact in a general order to the fleet, setting 

forth the authority for his assumption of command. At the same 
time, or as soon thereafter as may be practicable, he shall an- 
nounce the officers who are to serve upon his staff. 

681. 

Beiinquishing a commander in chief shall not relinquish his command without 
the consent of the Secretary of the Navy, unless condemned by 
medical survey. (Art. 172.) 

682. 

incapacitated. T n case f the death, incapacity, or permanent absence without 
relief of the commander in chief, the provisions of article 172 (1) 
(2) shall govern. The temporary successor shall sign as com- 
mander in chief. 

683. 

d'fin 1 ^ offleer " t 1 ) Tne term "flag officer," as used in these regulations, shall 
be construed to include all officers of the line of the Navy above 
the rank of captain. 

(2) The President may select any officer not below the grade of 
commander on the active list of the Navy, and assign him to the 
command of a squadron, with the rank and title of " flag officer " ; 
and any officer so assigned shall have the same authority and re- 
ceive the same obedience from the commanders of ships in his 
squadron, holding commissions of an older date than his, that he 
would be entitled to receive if his commission were the oldest. 
(Sec. 1434, R. S.) 

684. 

Course to be The commander in chief shall direct the course to be steered 

steered. 

by the fleet when at sea, and is responsible for its safe conduct. 

685. 

Medical aid to The commander in chief may require the medical officers of his 
persons not in ,„.,., 

the Navy. command to render professional aid to persons not in the naval 

service, when such aid is necessary and demanded by the laws of 

humanity or the principles of international courtesy. 



211 

686. 

m , , . n ~. , When to exer- 

The commander m chief, when senior officer present, has cise the power of 

when in a foreign port where there is no United States consul, or a consul - 

upon the high seas, the authority of law to exercise the powers of 

a consul in regard to mariners of the United States. (See sec. 

1433, R. S.) 

687. 

(1) The commander in chief shall take all practicable steps to bat ? 1 e" dInes8 for 
keep the ships of his command ready for battle. 

(2) Whenever opportunity presents itself for overhauling the Machinery of 
machinery, vessels shall be informed of that fact. Nothing short 

of the definite probability of a sudden call for service shall be 
permitted to prevent the disabling of the motive and other machin- 
ery for overhauling and repair. 

(3) In order to promote battle efficiency, gunnery and engineer- engineering com- 
ing competitions have been established. petitions. 

(a) The rules and instructions governing the competitions will 
be issued by the department from time to time, and are con- 
fidential. 

( l) ) The commander in chief shall make an unusually poor per- 
formance at target practice or in any part of the steaming com- 
petition the subject of investigation. 

688. 

(1) A commander in chief is charged with the maintenance of C-in-c may or- 
discipline in the fleet and is empowered to order general courts 

martial and courts of inquiry. Responsible for 

(2) He is responsible for the indoctrination, drill, training, and ^"on and 1 op- 
efficient administration and operation of the fleet and the eoordina- eration of fleet, 
tion of its various units in strategic and tactical employment. 

(3) He shall make recommendations to the Navy Department . Recommcnda- 
as to the composition and organization of the fleet and as to all partment re fleet. 
matters pertaining to its military efficiency and control. He shall 

submit schedules of employment and cruising itineraries to the 
department in accordance with its instructions. 

(4) He shall keep the department advised as to condition and mc ^ t ee J dv d s ^ ar *g 

deficiencies of the fleet and its requirements of supplies, material, to condition of 
, , fleet and its re- 

and personnel. quiremcnts. 

689. 

% Tt (1) The commander in chief shall cause every vessel of his Inspection. 
command to be inspected as follows : 

(a) As soon as practicable after assuming command, or after a 
ship has joined his command. 



212 

(&) Annually from the date of the first inspection. 

(c) Immediately before the departure of a ship from his com- 
mand, if not inspected within the previous six months. 

(d) At such other times as he may deem necessary. 

(2) The inspections prescribed in this article, except the last, 
shall be conducted in a careful and deliberate manner, and full 
reports, according to prescribed forms, with such additional infor- 
mation as may be important, shall be made to the Chief of Naval 
Operations. The additional inspections provided for under (d) 
may be more or less complete, and may be reported or not, at his 
discretion. 

(3) The inspections of vessels belonging to the battleship or 
the scout forces required by this article shall be made by the com- 
manders of divisions, but of all other vessels by the squadron or 
flotilla commander depending upon the force to which the vessel 
belongs. The reports of such inspections shall be forwarded to 
the force commander, who in turn will forward them to the 
commander in chief for his information and action with such 
comments upon them as are deemed advisable before transmitting 
them to the department. Any vessel under the command of a 
commander in chief or of a force commander shall be liable to 
inspection by those officers at any time. 

690. 

INSPECTIONS OF NAVAL VESSELS. 

Condition and (l) When an inspection of a naval vessel in commission is 
mand n on *inspec- made by a commander in chief, division commander, flotilla com- 
tion# mander, or other officer that may be delegated for such inspec- 

tion, the report of the inspection shall contain at the end of the 
*' General remarks " a concise statement of the condition and 
efficiency of the ship and whether special credit or discredit should 
attach to the commanding officer in connection with her condition 
and efficiency, and shall name such other officers as have, in the 
opinion of the inspecting officer or board, derived from their 
observation of matters under direct charge of such officer, mani- 
festly and notably contributed by their attention to duty, ability, 
energy, and zeal toward the excellent condition and high efficiency 
of the vessel, or whose failure in any of the above respects has 
contributed toward unsatisfactory conditions or low efficiency, 
stating the duty performed by each of the officers so named. 

(2) Copies of these statements will be taken by the Bureau of 
Navigation from the reports of inspection and filed with the official 
records of the officers concerned. Copies will also be sent to the 
officers concerned, and any statement in reference thereto which 
an officer may make through official channels shall also be filed 
with his record. 



213 



691 



The commander in chief shall make careful and frequent inspec- inspection of 
tions of the naval hospitals and other places provided for the 
sick within the limits of his command, when outside the conti- 
nental limits of the United States, and report their condition to 
the Secretary of the Navy. If unable to perform this duty himself, 
he shall direct that it be performed by some line officer under his 
command, such officer being senior in rank to the medical officer 
in command of such hospital. If practicable, he shall require 
reports from the officer in command of the hospital as often as 
may be necessary in order to keep himself fully informed of the 
condition of the sick. 

692. 

The commander in chief shall carry out all drills and erc ^JJJ ls and ex * 
exercises in accordance with the customs of the service, the in- 
structions of the department, and the drill books and other pub- 
lications of a similar nature. This shall be done in such manner 
as will most conduce to maintaining the fleet in constant readiness 
for war in all its phases. 

693. 

The commander in chief shall require the ships under his Ships to visit 
, * . . ..MX* , .^. *, ,. ,1 * ^. within the limits 

command to visit the several ports within the limits of his com- f command. 

mand as may be necessary or advantageous for the interests of the 

United States. He shall not send a ship beyond such limits except 

upon some urgent duty, which shall be reported at once. 

694. 

When his flagship is not designated bv the department, the com- a Selection o f 

flagship. 

mander in chief shall select one of the heaviest and most powerful 
vessels of his command as his permanent flagship; and he may, at 
his discretion, shift his flag temporarily to any other ship under 
his command, reporting to the Secretary of the Navy his reasons 
for so doing. 

695. 

(1) In the waters of the United States, the commander in *■*"■»«*. 
chief shall permit passengers on board of the ships of his com- 
mand only upon written permission from the Secretary of the 

Navy. 

(2) When in foreign waters, passengers shall not be embarked 
on board ships of his command without his express authority or 
that of the senior officer present. (Art. 116.) 

183841°— 20 15 



214 

Stowaways. (3) Stowaways found on board ships returning to a United 

States port shall be delivered into the custody of the immigration 
officials at the port of entry. If there are no immigration officials 
at the first port entered, instructions from the department shall 
be requested. 

696. 

Official eaiis. The commander in chief shall give due regard to the 
provisions of article 770, and in case of bad weather, rough 
sea, or other circumstances which justify it, shall, upon anchor- 
ing, make signal excusing force commanders from reporting on 
board the flagship as required by these articles. This shall be 
done when circumstances render such calls unnecessary and 
when, at the same time, the enforcement of the provisions of 
those articles would result in needless exposure or discomfort 
to the officers concerned. 

697. 

To regulate When vessels of the fleet are with the flag, the commander 
fleet! W 6n m in cnief » subject to the provisions of the Navy Regulations, chap- 
ter 46, shall issue orders regulating the extent of the permission 
which may be granted to officers and men to visit the shore, and 
the character and extent of leave of absence which may be 
granted. 

698. 

Liberty patrol. (1) when i iber ty i s granted to any considerable number 
of men, in any except a city large enough to properly care for 
them without danger of disturbance or disorder, the commander 
in chief shall cause to be landed with the liberty party a sufficient 
patrol of petty officers of the Navy or noncommissioned officers 
of the Marine Corps, in charge of an officer, to maintain order 
and suppress any unseemly conduct on the part of any member 
of the liberty party. A sufficient number of officers shall be de- 
tailed to act as assistants to the senior patrol officer. The senior 
patrol officer shall communicate with the chief of police or other 
local officials and make such arrangements with him to aid the 
patrol in properly carrying out its duties as may be practicable. 

in foreign (2) This patrol shall not be landed in any foreign port without 
first obtaining the consent of the proper local officials. Tact 
must be used in requesting this permission, and unless it is 
willingly and cordially given the patrol shall not be landed. If 
such consent be not obtained, the size of the liberty party shall 
be kept down to such limits as may be necessary to render dis- 
turbances unlikely. 

Patrol equip- (3) Officers and men on patrol duty shall wear leggings. When 
in a foreign port both officers and men shall be unarmed ; when 
in a United States port they shall wear side arms and the men 
shall carry policeman's clubs. 



215 



(4) No officer or man who is on patrol duty with liberty parties 
ashore shall at any time while on such duty, under any circum- 
stances whatever, partake of or indulge in any form of intoxicat- 
ing liquor or other form of intoxicant or narcotic (except tobacco, 
under proper circumstances) whatever while on such duty. The 
senior patrol officer shall see that the provisions of this para- 
graph are strictly observed and shall promptly report to the com- 
mander in chief, in writing, all violations of it that may come 
to his notice. All officers and men of the patrol shall report to 
the senior patrol officer all violations of the provisions of this 
paragraph on the part of those under them. 

(5) In cases where it is not practicable to either relieve the men 
of the patrol for meals or to send proper meals to them, the 
commanding officers of the ships to which such men are attached 
are authorized to direct their supply officers to advance to the 
senior patrol officer sufficient sums of money to cover the cost of 
such meals obtained ashore; the person receiving this money to 
furnish to each such supply officer a statement of the number of 
meals furnished and the amount paid for each man, with a cer- 
tificate that such disbursements were necessary and wore actually 
made. When men of the patrol are absent from their ships for 
the entire day, their rations will be stopped on board ship and 
actual subsistence paid on public bill under appropriation " Pro- 
visions, Navy." When they are furnished with only one or two 
meals ashore during their absence from the ship for the frac- 
tional part of a day, their rations will not be stopped on board 
ship and actual subsistence paid on public bill under appropria- 
tion " Pay, Miscellaneous." The cost of a single meal shall not 
exceed seventy-five cents a man in any case without special 
authority from the commander in chief or senior officer present. 



Intoxicants. 



Meals. 



699. 

(1) The commander in chief shall notify the commanding Mail, 
officers of vessels concerned when, for any reason, he gives direc- 
tions as to the forwarding of mail. (Art. 2064.) 

(2)$ He shall be careful to observe, and to require others of his C orr espona- 
command to observe, the regulations in regard to correspondence. 

(3) He shall also be governed by the following rules: 

(a) He has the sole right to correspond directly with the Navy with Navy De- 
Department concerning any official matter connected with the fleet. i ,artment - 

(Art. 1502.) 

General re- 

(&) He shall keep the Secretary of the Navy fully informed ports, 
of the movements of the fleet. These general reports shall not be 
considered as taking the place of separate letters on separate 
subjects. 



216 

Condition and ( c ) He shall frequently state the condition and probable re- 
sh?ps. remen S ° quirements of the ships of his command. 

Supplies. W He sna11 make any suggestions that he may deem impor- 

tant in relation to furnishing the ships with supplies and keeping 
them in an efficient condition. 

Reports infec- (e) + He shall at once report any contagious or infectious dis- 
tious diseases. eage of a grave character that may break out in any of the ships 
of his command. 
Probable move- (f)$ He shall, so far as is practicable, report the probable move- 
ments of snips. men ts of ships, giving such information as may be necessary to 
enable the department to maintain communication with them. 

Yearly report. (4) He shall each year transmit to the Secretary of the Navy as 
soon as practicable after the first of July (or immediately after 
being relieved, for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year) a report, 
in duplicate, for publication, covering all subjects necessary for a 
complete military review of his command and its operations during 
the preceding fiscal year, and especially the following : 

Ship more- (a) The movements of all ships, and character of work per- 
ments * formed ; the amount of coal consumed, and the cost thereof. 

Courts-martial. (&) a summary of general courts-martial, summary courts- 
martial, and deck courts. 

Discipline. (c) The discipline of the command with a summary of enlist- 

ments, discharges, desertions, and petty punishments. 

Sanitary con- (d) The sanitary condition of the command, with the percent- 
age of sick, number of deaths, and number sent to hospitals and 
invalided home. 

Report when (5) when a commander in chief is relieved from command 
during the fiscal year, he shall, upon detachment, submit a similar 
report to that provided for in paragraph (4) for the portion of 
such year which has elapsed prior to such detachment ; but such 
report shall, in this case, include only a general review of the 
operations and condition of the ships of the fleet, the statistical 
data called for in the annual report being submitted for the entire 
fiscal year by the officer in command at the end of such year. 

Ship at a navy (6) When a vessel of his command is at a navy yard for any 
yar * purpose, she will be under the command of the commandant from 

arrival to departure, subject to the limitations of article 1502. 

The commander in chief shall release such a vessel from the 
observance of any fleet regulations that may interfere with the 
purpose for which she is at the yard. 

700. 

Reports of im- While in waters adjacent to a navy yard or naval station, 
renctr to C coi£ tne commandant of such yard or station shall be promptly in- 
mandants. formed by dispatch of all serious accidents or other important oc- 

currences in connection with the ships of the fleet or other such 
command. 



217 

701. 

The commander in chief shall forward to the Secretary of ^^^vSto * 
the Navy any suggestions for the improvement of navy yards or 
ships, or upon any other subject connected with the Navy that he 
may deem important. Such suggestions shall be accompanied by 
plans and estimates when practicable. 



When relieved 
command. 



702. 

When relieved of command, a commander in chief shall turn 
over to his successor all original records of his official correspond- 
ence, original letters, documents, or papers, concerning the ships 
or ships' companies of his command, or authenticated copies of 
the same; the original or authenticated copies of all unexecuted 
orders; all general regulations and orders he may have issued 
from time to time ; all documents received for his guidance ; and 
such other official correspondence and information concerning his 
command and station as may be of service to his successor. He 
shall forward to the Secretary of the Navy copies of all important 
unexecuted orders. If he returns to the United States in a ship 
of the Navy before being relieved, or is detached without a relief, 
the above correspondence and papers shall be disposed of as may 
be directed by the Navy Department. 

Section 2. — Duties in Time of War. 

703. 

The articles of this section will not be construed as an enu- General duties, 
meration of all of the duties of a commander in chief in time 
of war, which must, for the most part, depend upon circumstances 
and instructions. 

704. 

The commander in chief, when preparing his fleet for sea in To furnish his 
time of war, shall furnish to the commanders of forces, squad- cers^with* °in- 
rons, flotillas, and divisions and to commanding officers of single s tractions ' 
ships copies of all orders, instructions, private signals, and such 
other information as will enable each, so far as possible, to under- 
stand fully his duty when in action and at all other times. 

705. 

If the Secretary of the Navv does not reserve the privilege of To designate 

division c o m- 
designation, the commander in chief shall select the ships in which manders and 

the officers commanding divisions shall hoist their flags or pen- tneir ships ' 

nants, form the fleet into squadrons and divisions, and assign the 

officers to command them according to rank. 



218 



706. 



cat*° pianr U1 to The commander in chief shall, if possible, before going into 
those who may action, communicate to his chief of staff, his commanders of 
command! 11111 in forces, squadrons, flotillas, and divisions, and to the command- 
ing officers of ships, his secret orders, private signals, and other 
information that will materially assist them if called upon to 
assume chief command. 

707. 

tion° n with °mni- If in tlie near vicinit y of a DOd y of United States troops or 
tary forces. allies of the United States, the commander in chief shall main- 
tain, as far as possible, a complete concert of action with its com- 
mander, and in case of an engagement shall assist in every way. 

708. 

nianding 1 officer Bef ore going into action the commander in chief shall, if 
to haye° plan of possible, supply every commanding officer with a plan of battle 
and assign thereon the position each shall occupy. Division com- 
manders shall not change these dispositions unless it should be- 
come necessary at a time when signals or ships are obscured. 

709. 

Prepared for When in presence of an enemy or when there is any probability 

battle in pres- f an engagement, the commander in chief shall keep his command 
ence of enemy. 

prepared for action and take every precaution against surprise. 

710. 

Display of the Under no circumstances shall an action be commenced or battle 
flag in battle, fought without the display of the national ensign. 

711. 

To prevent the Tne commander in chief shall attend personally to the destruc- 

captnre of im- tion of his orders, instructions, or other papers that may be of use 
portant papers. . , , ,. ,, , , , , 

to an enemy if he believes they are about to be captured. 

712. 

Eeports after (*) After a battle or action of any kind, the commander 
a battle. m chief shall require from commanders of divisions and from 

commanding officers of ships a report of all the particulars thereof 
coming to their notice, including a statement of the conduct of 
their subordinates, with a particular mention of individual in- 
stances deserving praise or censure. He shall require command- 
ing officers to transmit with their reports those of their respective 
executive officers. He shall thereupon make a similar report to the 
Secretary of the Navy, although a report of a preliminary char- 
acter may have been made previously. 
Reports of any (2) He shall also require from commanders of divisions and 
!™ P or doty. Se "" from commanding officers of ships, reports of any important 






219 

service or duty they have performed at any time under his com- 
mand, and he shall transmit these reports, with an endorsement 
of his opinion thereon, to the Secretary of the Navy. 

(3) All important reports shall be accompanied by diagrams, Reports to be 
sketches or other illustrations when necessary or desirable in mustratfons. J 
order to afford a clear comprehension of the circumstances. 

713. 

When troops are embarked on board any of the ships of his T k r ? ops h em i 
command the commander in chief shall take all necessary precau- ships of his com- 
tions to preserve their health and maintain discipline. mand. 

714. 

The commander in chief shall afford protection and convoy, so To protect and 

convoy merchant 

far as it is within his power, to merchant vessels of the United vessel's. 
States and to those of allies. 

715. 

During a war between civilized nations with which the Duties during 
United States is at peace, the commander in chief and all under civilized nations 
his command shall observe the laws of neutrality and respect a { n jtcd sJates.* 11 * 
lawful blockade, but at the same time make every possible effort 
that is consistent with the rules of international law to preserve 
and protect the lives and property of citizens of the United Stales 
wherever situated. 

716. 

When the United States is at war, the commander in chief To observe the 

shall require all under his command to observe the rules of f/rnatVonai lair 

humane warfare and the principles of international law. When a,,a . troat y oul1 - 

^ 1 gations. 

dealing with neutrals he shall cause all under his command to 

observe the rules of international law and the stipulation of 

treaties, and expect and exact a like observance from others. 

Section 3. — Intercoukse with Foreigners. 

717. 

When at a port and not informed as to the officials pres- :_• To ascertain 

• '• . the custom as to 

ent whom it is usual to visit, or as to the interchange of other the interchange 
courtesies, the commander in chief shall send an officer of his of courtcsles - 
staff to the senior representative of the United States at the port, 
or in the absence of any such representative, to the highest local 
official in order to inform himself. 

718. 

(1) The commander in chief shall preserve, so far as possible, ft, 1 * 018 ^ " 8 "l*," 
the most cordial relations with the diplomatic and consular repre- and consular 
sentatives of the United States in foreign countries and extend to J f e P th e e SC "united 
them the honors, salutes, and other official courtesies to which States, 
they are entitled by these regulations. 



220 

To consider (2) He shall carefully and duly consider any request for 
reques . geryice or otner communication from any such representative. 

Responsibility. (3) Although due weight should be given to the opinions and 
advice of such representatives, a commanding officer is solely and 
entirely responsible to his own immediate superior for all official 
acts in the administration of his command. 

719. 

Communica- The commander in chief shall, as a general rule, when 
eigia 8 officials. ° r " in foreign ports, communicate with local civil officials and foreign 
-diplomatic and consular authorities through the diplomatic or 
consular representative of the United States on the spot. 

720. 

Absence of In the absence of a diplomatic or consular officer of the 

consuiar tlC officer. r United States at a foreign port the commander in chief, as senior 

officer present, has authority — 

To exercise ( a ) To exercise the powers of a consul in relation to mariners 
powers of a con- v ' * 

sni. of the United States (Sec. 1433, R. S.) ; 

(&) To communicate or remonstrate with foreign civil authori- 
ties as may be necessary ; 

(c) To urge upon citizens of the United States the necessity 
of abstaining from participation in political controversies or viola- 
tions of the laws of neutrality. 

721. 

th T ru" t<)rial an " ^ Tlxe commander in chief shall exercise great care that all 
under his command scrupulously respect the territorial authority 
of foreign civilized nations in amity with the United States. 

(2) No armed force for exercise, target practice, funeral 
No armed force escort, or other purposes shall be landed without permission from 

to be landed. ^ local an thorities ; nor shall large bodies of men be granted 
leave to visit the shore without a similar permission; nor shall 
men be landed to capture deserters. 

(3) Target practice with guns or torpedoes shall not take place 
No target prac- without permission from the Government of the country concerned 

mission. ° U Per " within foreign territorial waters or at any point from which shots 
may fall or torpedoes enter therein. 

722. 

Violation of On occasions where injury to the United States or to citi- 
an^tre^ty a obliI zens tnereof is committed or threatened, in violation of the 
gations. principles of international law or treaty rights, the commander 

in chief shall consult with the diplomatic representative or consul 
of the United States, and take such steps as the gravity of the 
case demands, reporting immediately to the Secretary of the Navy 
all the facts. The responsibility for any action taken by a naval 
force, however, rests wholly upon the commanding officer thereof. 



221 

723. 

The use of force against a foreign and friendly state, or against Use of force « 
anyone within the territories thereof, is illegal. 

The right of self-preservation, however, is a right which belongs .. Self-preserva- 
to States as well as to individuals, and in the case of States it in- 
cludes the protection of the State, its honor, and its possessions, 
and the lives and property of its citizens against arbitrary vio- 
lence, actual or impending, whereby the State or its citizens may 
suffer irreparable injury. The conditions calling for the applica- 
tion of tbe right of self-preservation can not be denned beforehand, 
but must be left to the sound judgment of responsible officers, who 
are to perform their duties in this respect with all possible care and 
forbearance. In no case shall force be exercised in time of peace 
otherwise than as an application of the right of self-preservation 
as above defined. It must be used only as a last resort, and then 
only to the extent which is absolutely necessary to accomplish the 
end required. It can never be exercised, with a view to inflicting 
punishment for acts already committed. 

724. 

(1) Whenever, in the application of the above-mentioned landing an 
principles, it shall become necessary to land an armed force in foreign terri- 
foreign territory on occasions of political disturbance where the ory * 

local authorities are unable to give adequate protection to life and 
property, the assent of such authorities, or of some one of them, 
shall first be obtained, if it can be done without prejudice to the 
interests involved. 

(2) Due to the ease with which the Navy Department can be 
communicated with from all parts of the world, no commander 
in chief, flag officer, or commanding officer shall issue an ulti- 
matum to the representative of any foreign Government, or de- 
mand the performance of any service from any such representa- 
tive that must be executed, within a limited time, without first 
communicating with the Navy Deparment, except in extreme cases 
where such action is necessary to save life. 

725. 

The right of asylum for political or other refugees has no Granting of 
foundation in international law. In countries, however, where asy um * 
frequent insurrections occur, and constant instability of govern- 
ment exists, usage sanctions the granting of asylum ; but even in 
the waters of such countries, officers should refuse all applications 
for asylum except when required by the interests of humanity 
in extreme or exceptional cases, such as the pursuit of a refugee 
by a mob. Officers must not directly nor indirectly invite refugees 
to accept asylum. 



222 

726. 

To protect th» So far as lies within their power, commanders in chief, 

commerce of the division commanders, and commanding officers of ships shall pro- 
United States. „ 

tect all merchant vessels of the United States in lawful occupa- 
tions, and advance the commercial interests of this country, always 
acting in accordance with international law and treaty obliga- 
tions. 

727. 

Dealings with rpj ie commander in chief shall impress upon officers and 

foreigners. 

men that when in foreign ports it is their duty to avoid all possible 

causes of offense to the authorities or inhabitants; that due def- 
erence must be shown by them to the local laws, customs, cere- 
monies, and regulations ; that in all dealings with foreigners 
moderation and courtesy should be displayed, and that a feeling 
of good will and mutual respect should be cultivated. 

728. 

(1) (a) Damage to a vessel by collision, grounding, or other 
casualty which will require repairs, and other important infor- 
mation which should be known without delay, shall be promptly 
transmitted to the Chief of Naval Operations or the bureau or 
office concerned by dispatch. 

Casualty and (/>) The arrival at or departure from a port or anchorage of 
movement re- , _. .•• ,-' ; j/ . ± -, . 

ports. every naval vessel is required to be reported in a movement 

report." This information is required by the Chief of Naval 
Operations, the commandant of the naval district, and, in the 
case of a vessel attached to a fleet, by the commander in chief, 
force commander, flotilla commander, squadron or division com- 
mander, and task-group commander. 
BesponsiMlity. (2) The senior officer present afloat, except at a navy yard, is 
in all cases responsible that the next reporting senior is furnished 
with the necessary information. 

Base move- (3) when the fleet is operating from a base, all reports of move- 
ment report. * & > r 

ments of vessels attached to the fleet shall be made through the 

fleet flagship, whether in or out. Force commanders shall report 
to the fleet flagship by bridge or radio the arrivals and depar- 
tures, giving port from or to, of vessels of their forces operating 
from the base. The fleet flagship will at 10 p. m. (75th meredian 
time) each day, or as soon thereafter as practicable, make a 
combined base movement report to the Chief of Naval Operations 
and the district commandant. Each senior officer present afloat 
operating from a secondary base shall make a similar report to 
reach the fleet flagship one hour before the time set for the base 
movement report. 



223 



(4) (a) At a navy yard all movement reports are made by the 
commandant, who shall be requested by the ship concerned to 
make movement reports to the fleet commanders desired. 

(&) Commandants of navy yards shall make reports of ships' m * t a r r e d ™ 0Te * 
movements as they occur, except that the report to the Chief of 
Naval Operations shall be made by all commandants other than 
those of yards in the first to eighth naval districts, inclusive, in 
the form of a combined yard movement report, sent at 10 p. m. 
(75th meredian time), combining all movement reports for the 
past 24 hours. 

(5) The following table indicates the channel of movement 
reports : 





Makes movement report to— 


Reporting 
officer. 


At fleet 


At fleet 

secondary 

base. 


At a naval 
station other 


At navy 


At other port 




main base. 


than navy 
yard. 


yard. 


or anchorage. 


Ship not at- 


Fleet flag- 


S. O. P. A.. 


Commanding 


Commandant 


S. 0. P. A. 


tached to 


ship. 




oflicer of 






fleet (or 
on cle- 






station. 
















tai le d 

service). 
Ship at- 
tached to 












Unit com- 


Unit com- 


Unit com- 


do 


S. O. P. A. 


mander. 


mander. 


mander. 






fleet (not 












on d e- 












tailcd 












service). 












Unit com- 


Force com- 


S. 0. P. A. 


S. 0. P. A. 


do 


S. 0. P. A. 


mander. 1 


mander. 


(force com- 


(force com- 




(force com- 






mander if 


mander if 




mander if 






present). 


present). 




present). 


Force com- 


Commander 


S. 0. P. A.. 


S. 0. P. A.. 


do 


S. 0. P. A. 


mander. 


in chief. 










Senior offi- 




Commander 
in chief. 


Commander 
in chief, 




Operations 
commander 


cer pres- 






ent, afloat. 






command- 
ing officer 
of station , 
other ad- 
dresses as 
required. 




in chief, force 
commander, 
unit com- 
mander, dis- 
trict com- 
mand ant, 
other ad- 
dresses as 
required. 
Ope rations, 
district com- 


Commander 


Operations, 
d i strict 




Operations, 
command- 


Commandant 


in chief. 








comma n - 




ing officer 




mandant , 




dant. 




of station, 
district 
comman- 
dant. 




other ad- 
dresses as 
required. 


Comman- 






p e r ations 
(for ships 


Operations, 
a istrict 




dant. 














not at- 


comman- 






• 




attachedto 


dant , other 










fleet), dis- 


addresses as 










trict com- 


required. 










mandant. 







* In any force, reports to intermediate superiors in the force will be made as may 
be directed by the force commander. • 



224 

Forms. (6) (a) The following forms shall be followed in making 

movement reports by dispatch, except as provided for in article 8 : 

1. 1022 Wyoming arrived navy yard New York 1015, meaning 
Wyoming arrived at the navy yard, New York, 10.15 a. m. on 
the 22d. 

2. 1023 Wyoming left navy yard New York for Newport R. I. 
1030. 

3. 1024 Pennsylvania left Hampton Roads for Newport, R. I. 
arrive 1000 26th, 1430, meaning the Pennsylvania sailed from 
Hampton Roads 2.30 p., m. of the 24th for Newport R. I., and is 
expected to arrive at Newport 10 a. m., the 26th. 

(6) The reference number at the end of the text should ordi- 
narily give the time of movement as the report is made imme- 
diately. In cases of combined reports the individual times may 
be expressed by a time reference number in the text. 

(7) Reports of sailing for a period of over 48 hours will also 
give the estimated time of arrival at destination based on dis- 
tance and intended speed. This estimate is for the information 
of superiors and is in no way binding upon the commanding 
officer. 

Coding. (8) (a) During mobilization of naval communications these 

reports shall always be coded and transmitted in naval form 
(Communication Instructions, United States Navy). During peace 
times these reports shall not be coded except when such informa- 
tion is of such nature that it should be regarded as confidential 
or secret, and shall be transmitted in the form prescribed by the 
Communication Instructions, United States Navy. 

(&) In order not to compromise the codes an exact compliance 
with the above forms is not necessary nor desirable, but location 
and destination must always be shown in the text of the dispatch. 
The wording of dispatches should be varied in accordance with 
the instructions for the use of naval codes. However, the mini- 
mum number of words shall be used consistent with a clear 
understanding. 

Section 4. — On Assuming Command. 

729. 

To become fa- (l) As soon as possible after assuming command the com- 
eommand. 1 * mander in chief shall make himself familiar with the conditions 
and capabilities of the ships of his command, and thoroughly 
inform himself as to the qualities of their officers and crews, 
armament, speed under different circumstances, economy of serv- 
ice, and capacity for warlike stores ; as to the skill, capacity, 
judgment, and aptitude of their several commanding officers, and 
as to such other matters as may be necessary in order to enable 



225 

him to make the best selections of officers, men, or instruments for 
the performance of any important public duty., 

(2) He shall make himself familiar with the facilities for To become fa- 
making repairs and obtaining supplies at the various ports within ™ a tion. W 

the limits of his station, and with the climatic and sanitary con- 
dition of the latter, in order that the service of ships may be 
directed as far as possible with a view to their economic adminis- 
tration and efficient condition. 

(3) He shall use every exertion to equip the ships of his com- Equipment and 
mand expeditiously and keep them- ready for service. If he dis- g h ° lp n s# d ! tion of 
covers any defects in the ships, their armament, or equipment 

whereby they are rendered unfit for their destined service, he 
shall report the details of such defects to the Secretary of the 
Navy. 

730. 

(1) The commander in chief shall regulate exercises and sani- To regulate ex- 

i . . ■, . , . , . ™, . erclses and sani- 

tary duties in general instructions to his command. These in-tary duties. 

structions must be in accordance with the laws and regulations 

governing the Navy, the orders emanating from the Secretary of 

the Navy, and the usages of the naval service. 

(2) Copies of all standing orders, instructions, and routine 
issued to a fleet shall be forwarded to the Secretary of the Navy. 

Section 3. — Supplies and Repairs. 

731. 

(1) The commander in chief shall be responsible for the th E ° e ° e nom y of 
economical administration of his command. 

(2) He shall exact economy in the consumption of fuel for all f ue i. c ° n ° m y ° 
purposes, but he shall not refuse to permit expenditures of coal 

for gunnery exercises, speed trials, steaming trials, and other 
necessary exercises, unless for other reasons than economy. 

(3) He shall require commanders of divisions and commanding Reports of 

stores required 

officers of ships not attached to divisions to keep him fully in- and on hand. 
formed as to the stores and supplies needed by the ships under 
their command, and as to the general condition of those on hand. 

732. 

When on a foreign station the commander in chief shall ,., s,,p ,^ : 'LL n . s 
° snips with provi- 

cause separate requisitions for each ship to be made on the sions and stores. 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts once in six months, or oftener 
if necessary, for stores pertaining to that bureau. He shall 
at the same time state to what point such supplies should 



226 

be shipped in each case. He shall cause requisitions for sup- 
plies under cognizance of other bureaus to be made to fill antici- 
pated wants when he deems it for the best interests of his com- 
mand to do so, but such requisitions must conform in all respects 
to the requirements of article 1395, and when the supplies are not 
to be purchased on the station, the requisitions shall be forwarded 
to the bureau concerned, from whence they shall be transmitted 
to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for fulfillment. 

733. 

Requisitions (1) When in command of a foreign station the commander in 
pSrs SU and ie iabor" cnief shall carefully scrutinize all requisitions, take into con- 
sideration the necessity for obtaining whatever is required and 
the expenditure involved, and only approve them when he considers 
it for the best interests of the Government to do so. Requisitions 
shall not be approved for articles in excess of allowance either in 
kind or quantity except in cases of emergency or necessity. 
Cost of sup- (2) In addition to the methods provided by these regulations 
and labor. ' for ascertaining, when in a foreign port, the cost of all supplies, 
repairs, and labor, he is authorized to ascertain the cost by such 
other means as he may deem suitable and proper. 

734. 

Repairs in In a foreign port, or in a home port where there is no navy 
reign por s. y ar( j ? w hen any ship under his command requires slight repairs 
which can not be made by the mechanics of the Navy present 
without too much delay, the commander in chief shall direct that 
the repairs be made in the manner most advantageous to the 
Government. In acting under this article, the provisions of article 
1991 shall be strictly observed. 

736. 

Disposition of The commander in chief shall not permit any stores, supplies, 
or° munition? 168 ' or munitions to be disposed of otherwise than as provided by law 
and by the Navy Regulations. 

737. 

Accountable The commander in chief will be held accountable for every dis- 

of'pliouYmoney bursement of public money or disposal of public stores made in 

or i ( L i8i l 08al of pursuance of his order. His signature to an order, requisition, or 
public stores. . ,. „ ' . 

other authority to disburse money or dispose of stores, and his 

approval of the same, will be considered as evidence of his com- 
plete knowledge of and accountability for the transaction. 



227 



738. 



When in command of a foreign station the commander in chief Sending home 
shall, when conditions warrant, transfer to the ships about to sail cies by ships re- 
for the United States all condemned supplies and stores which united States.' ° 
have been recommended to be turned into store. (Art. 744 (4).) 

739. 

If it is necessary to charter a vessel for any purpose, the com- When vessels 
i-. ^ , ,i , t- , , . „ L , are chartered, 

mander in chief shall have a charter party containing all the 

agreements of the contracting parties drawn in quadruplicate, 
retaining one copy, giving one to the master of the chartered ves- 
sel, forwarding the third to the Secretary of the Navy, and giving 
the fourth to the officer of the Supply Corps concerned to be for- 
warded with the bill to the Auditor for the Navy Department. 

Section G. — Personnel. 

740. 

The commander in chief may, when the public good impera- e4 i °tJ ce u n**t '"d" 
tively demands it, send an officer to the United States who has states for mis- 
been guilty of acts not susceptible of trial by a court-martial. A 
full report of the circumstances shall be made to the Chief of the 
Bureau of Navigation. 

741. 

(1) The commander in chief shall take every reasonable pre- Precautions on 

... ., - ..fc - „ . . . unhealthful sta- 

caution to preserve the health of crews of ships serving in ma- tions. 

larial and unhealthful regions. When in unhealthful localities, 

and where necessary, native boatmen may be employed to attend 

the ship, in order to preserve the health of the crew. 

(2) Upon arrival in port he shall at once obtain information Information 

i otT'irili hit lio'ilth 

regarding the health of the neighborhood, and in case of the of ports visited, 
prevalence of infectious disease the commander in chief shall 
consult with the fleet surgeon and adopt such of the following 
precautionary measures as are consistent with the necessities of 
the ship and the exigencies of the service : 

(a) Restriction of liberty on shore either to certain hours or Precautionary 

measures. 

to the transaction of important business; when necessary, total 
deprivation of liberty. 

(b) Restriction of communication with the shore or other ships, 
either to market boat, mail boat, or chartered boat; when neces- 
sary, complete nonintercourse. 

(c) Restriction of supplies (food, water, coal, and other stores) 
from shore. 



228 

(d) Modification of standing orders or routine regarding drill, 
dress, diet, etc., for the crew, and the ventilation and purification 
of the ship or any of its parts. 

(e) Control of any other conditions likely to affect the general 
health of the ship. 

In Tropics. (3) In tropical climates, and especially in unhealthful ports, 

ships shall be kept as cool and dry as possible. Awnings shall 
be kept either spread or housed. 

Anchorage in (4) infected ports shall be avoided if possible. When practi- 

uuhe a lth 1 u 1 

ports. cable, an anchorage in malarial and infected ports shall be selected 

to windward and at a distance of at least one mile from probable 
sources of infection. 

(5) The sanitary instructions issued by the department shall 
be strictly observed. 

742. 

Precautions when sick and disabled officers and men are about to be sent 
sick home. home in a supply or chartered ship, the commander in chief 

shall order a board of officers, one of whom shall be an experi- 
enced medical officer, to examine the ship and report to him 
in writing if she is suitable for the purpose, and if everything 
necessary has been provided for health and comfort, and, if not, 
what deficiencies exist. He shall not permit such a ship to de- 
part until every possible provision necessary for the sick has 
been made. He shall detail from his command any extra medi- 
cal officers that may be necessary to accompany such ships. 

743. 

hot? the sick (i) The commander in chief shall endeavor to send home all 
are to he sent 
home. sick and disabled officers and men by public ships, and shall only 

charter vessels for the purpose on occasions of urgent necessity. 

(2) He may, at his discretion, send home by other conveyance 

patients condemned by medical survey whose physical condition 

renders it necessary to avoid the climatic influences, delay, or 

other conditions affecting health to which they would be subjected 

in a public ship. Under these circumstances officers are entitled 

to a first-class passage, and others as their physical condition may 

require, but not above second class. 

744. 

Ships on for- (i) when in command of a foreign station, in the absence of 

about to^ail for instructions on the subject, the commander in chief shall transfer 

home * to ships about to sail for home all men whose terms of enlistment 

are about to expire, unless for some urgent reason connected with 

the public service it should be necessary to retain them. Men in 



229 

such ships who have a long time to serve may be transferred to 
ships remaining on the station, to fill their complements ; but this 
shall be done only when urgently necessary. 

(2) He shall endeavor to arrange the detail of officers for ships 
about to sail for home so that those who shall have been on con- 
tinuous sea service for three years may reach the United States 
at the expiration of that time. (Art. 2040 (2).) 

(3) He shall take advantage of every public conveyance to 
send home all prisoners and such other persons as may be neces- 
sary. 

(4) By direction of the Secretary of War, men and supplies by^Sj^trlns" 
pertaining to the Navy Department will, upon the request of the ports. 

senior naval officer present, be transported on the Army trans- 
port ships having accommodations not required for uses of the 
Army. When the vessel upon which such transportation is de- 
sired is about to sail from one of the ports of a military depart- 
ment, application therefor should be made to the military com- 
mander of the department, and when it is impracticable to reach 
such commander, then to the military commander of the port 
of departure. When such transportation is desired upon a vessel 
about to sail from any port not within a military department the 
transport quartermaster may grant the same. 

745. 

_ Offle-ers trans- 

The commander in chief shall report by dispatch to the Bureau f erred to or from 
of Navigation when officers are transferred to hospitals for h08 P itals * 
treatment and when they return for duty. 

746. 

The commander in chief shall hold the same relation to 
flagship in regard to its internal administration and discipline fl ags hip! ° " ° 
as to any other ship of his command. His importance is lessened 
by engaging in the details of duty of this particular ship, and the 
respect which ought to attach to her commanding officer is weak- 
ened by any interference with him in the proper exercise of his 
authority. 

183841°— 20 16 



CHAPTER 19. 

FLAG OFFICER NOT IN CHIEF COMMAND. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 756-770. General duties. 

Sec. 2.— Art. 771. Duties of force commander. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 772-773. Duties of squadron commander. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 774-775. Duties of division commander. 



Section 1. — General Duties. 
756. 

Flag officers and others, not in chief command, shall obey with- To obey the 
out delay or modification ail orders of the commander in chief. ^ 1 ™ f> mander in 
Unless otherwise ordered, signals made by the commander in chief 
shall be answered by the officers commanding squadrons and divi- 
sions ; these officers shall repeat the signals to the ships of their 
commands. 

757. 

( 1 ) In a fleet regularly organized in divisions of ships the Duties of com- 
commanders of divisions shall, within the limits of their respective Sous!* ° f *"" 
commands, and under the general supervision and direction of the 
commander in chief, perform the duties prescribed by the following 

articles of these regulations : 682, 685, 703, 704, 706 to 716, inclu- 
sive, and 717 to 727, inclusive. 

(2) All reports and papers called for by the above enumerated 
articles shall be addressed to the commander in chief, except such 
as he may designate to be forwarded to the department direct in 
order to facilitate the conduct of public business. 

(3) They shall regulate exercises and sanitary duties within the 
limits of their command in accordance with the laws and regula- 
tions governing the Navy, the orders emanating from the Secre- 
tary of the Navy, the instructions of the commander in chief, and 
the usages of the naval service. 

(4) Commanders of divisions shall be held responsible by the 
commander in chief for the efficiency of their respective com- 
mands in tactical exercises, target practice, engineering, ship and 
boat drills, and all other particulars affecting the general efficiency 
of the fleet. 

(5) They shall also perform such other duties as may be re- 
quired by the commander in chief. 

(231) 



I 



232 

(6) When on detached service the commander of a division is 
responsible for the safe conduct of his division and shall direct 
the course to be steered. 

758. 

When on de- When an officer not in chief command is separated from his 
a e ser>ice. senior? an( j is in command of a squadron or division of ships on 
detached service, he shall, under the commander in chief and sub- 
ject to his orders, routine, and instructions, be governed by the 
articles of chapter 18 of these regulations. Such officer shall 
assume the title of "commander of detached squadron (or divi- 
sion)" and. if not a flag officer, shall be governed by articles 327 
and 331 in regard to the display of the insignia of seniority. 

759. 

in case of sep- I f from any cause the commander of a squadron or division 
aration, to as- becomes separated from the commander in chief, he shall assume 

sume command. * ' 

command of all vessels within signal, distance, not in sight of the 

commander in chief, and then proceed to join the latter with the 

utmost dispatch. (Arts. 150- (4) and 798.) 

760. 

May shift his A commander of a squadron or division may shift his flag or 
flag or pennant. p erman t £ another ship should his own become disabled during 
an action ; under no other circumstances, however, shall he do 
so without the authority of the commander in chief. 

761. 

To aid the During an action commanders of squadrons and divisions shall 
chi™. mander in d0 their utmost to aid the commander in chief. 

762. 

Reports of an Commanders of divisions shall, after an action or any important 
JortMit* seSSic™" service, forward to the commander in chief their reports ; also 
those of the commanding officers under their command, prepared 
as laid down in article 712. 

763. 

Orders and Commanders of divisions shall require that orders and regula- 
oteerved°. nS * tions issued by the Navy Department or by the commander in 
chief are observed by all under their commands and that their 
ships are maintained efficiently. They shall conduct their work 
so as not to delay the transaction of business between individual 
ships and the commander in chief. 






' 233 

764. 

(1) The commanders of forces, of divisions of the battleship 
and scout forces, and of squadrons and flotillas' of other forces 
shall, within the limits of their respective commands, and under 
the general supervision of the commander in chief, perform the 
duties prescribed by the following articles : 729, 689, 692, 695, 696, 
698, 699 (1), (2), (3-d), (3-e), (3-f), (6), 700, 701, 731 to 739, 
inclusive, and 741 to 746, inclusive. 

(2) All reports and papers called for by the above-enumerated 
articles shall be addressed to the commander in chief, except such 
as he may designate to be forwarded direct to the department in 
order to facilitate public business. 

(3) The intent of this article is to give to the commanders of 
divisions of the battleship and scout forces and to the squadron 
or flotilla commanders of all other forces the details of adminis- 
tration of their respective commands, but nothing contained herein 
shall be construed to diminish the authority of the commander in 
chief over his whole command nor to relieve him of responsi- 
bility for its general efficiency. (Art. 655.) 

765. 

(1) In carrying out the provisions of article 689 with regard Inspections, 
to vessels under his command^ an inspecting officer shall carefully 

choose the time for the inspections required by paragraphs (a), 
(c), and (d) of that article and shall regulate those to be made 
semiannually so that preparation therefor shall not interfere with 
training for gunnery exercises. Before inspecting a ship he shall 
report to his senior officer in order that the members of the fleet 
staff may be detailed to assist, if practicable. 

(2) He shall frequently visit the vessels of his command in- Inspections 

. without previous 

formally and without previous notice for purposes of partial notice. 

inspection in order that he may be fully informed as to their 

condition. If, on these occasions, anything particularly worthy of 

praise or censure is discovered, it shall be reported to his senior 

officer. When making these inspections special attention shall 

be paid to the condition of the crew's messes and to the state of 

discipline on board. 

(3) Commanders of divisions of the battleship and scout forces Reports to 
and of squadrons or flotillas of all other forces shall make to their e JJf° comman " 
force commander such other suggestions and reports concerning 

the efficiency, discipline, and conditions of the ships under their 
commands as they may deem important, and the force commander 
shall forward them when necessary to the commander in chief 
with such comments as he may deem advisable. 



234 

766. 

Drills ashore The commander of a division of the battleship force or of the 
and afloat. _ 

scout force, or the commander of a squadron or of a flotilla of any 

other force, shall not hesitate to request permission to conduct 

any individual or collective drills which in his opinion may be 

necessary to increase the efficiency of his command. 

767. 

Surreys, (i) The commander of a division of the battleship force or 

boards, and sum- ^ 

mary courts-mar- of the scout force, or the commander of a squadron or of a 

flotilla of any other force shall order and act upon all medical 

and other surveys within the limits of his command, but reports 

of boards of medical survey shall be forwarded for the action 

of the commander in chief when present. 

(2) He shall order all boards for the examination of petty 

officers for promotion required by regulations or by departmental 

order. 

768. 

signai™? UVerS and (1) When the fleet is under wa y the commander of a force, 
squadron, flotilla, or division shall take such steps as may be 
necessary to see that his ships maintain their positions and obey 
promptly all orders issued by signal or otherwise. He shall, in 
fleet maneuvers, make signals to his force, squadron, flotilla, or 
division as required by the Battle Signal Book. 

(2) He shall give special attention to the efficiency in signaling 
of the vessels under his command. 

769. 

If separated from the commander in chief by any unexpected 
occurrence, the commander of a division of the battleship force 
or of the scout force or the commander of a squadron or of a 
flotilla of any other force shall upon rejoining the flag submit 
a report of the cause of such separation and direct similar re- 
ports to be made by the commanding officers of the ships under 
him and forward them with his own. (Art. 839 (1).) 

770. 

board flJeVflag™ W Wnen tne fleet or an y P ar * thereof enters port the force 
snip. commanders shall, unless excused therefrom by signal, repair on 

board the flagship of the commander in chief or of the senior 
officer present and shall report to him the condition of the vessels 
under their command and the necessity for work thereon during 
the stay in port. 



235 

(2) Division commanders of the battleship or scout forces 
and squadron or flotilla commanders of other forces shall, as 
promptly as possible upon anchoring and unless excused there- 
from by signal, repair on board the flagship of their force com- 
mander or of the senior officer present and shall report to him 
the condition of the vessels under their command and of the 
necessity for work thereon during the stay in that port. 

(3) Each commanding officer of a vessel of the battleship and 
scout forces shall, as soon as possible upon anchoring and unless 
excused therefrom by signal, repair on board the flagship of 
his division commander and report to him the condition of the 
vessel under his command and the necessity for work thereon 
during the stay in that port. The commanding officers of all 
other vessels shall make similar visits and reports to their 
squadron or to their flotilla commanders. 

Section 2. — Duties of Force Commander. 

771. 

(1) A force commander is charged, under the commander in Force com- 
chief, with the maintenance of discipline in the force. Uith d m funl* 

(2) He is responsible, under the direction of the commander in nance of disci- 

. . pllne, drills, and 

chief, for the drill, training, and efficient administration and opera- administration. 

tion of the force under his command. 

(3) It is his duty to keep himself informed of the material con- Maintain force 
dition of the vessels under his command and to maintain them in dition. C *" e0n " 
an efficient condition. 

(4) Correspondence affecting the military efficiency of any correspond- 
vessel, extensive alterations or repairs, her readiness for service, ence ' 

her movements, or withdrawal from the fleet, shall be forwarded 
through the commander in chief; other correspondence relative 
to routine repairs, upkeep, and maintenance, minor alterations and 
overhaul, and everything necessary to maintain vessels in efficient 
condition, shall be conducted directly with the department and 
bureaus concerned, except when otherwise provided for in the 
Navy Regulations. 

(5) The force commander shall keep the commander in chief Keep com- 
,. „ , , . . „,.<. r. . . mander In chief 

advised of the conditions of his force and of its operations. informed of con- 



dition of force. 



Section 3. — Duties of Squadron Commander. 

squadrons of battleship and scout forces. 

772. 

A squadron commander of the battleship force or of the scout 
force is not an administrative officer except when senior officer 



236 

present. Under the direction of his force commander he is respon- 
sible for the tactical control of his squadron as a part of the force 
to which it belongs. 

SQUADRONS OB FLOTILLAS OF FORCES OTHER THAN BATTLESHIPS AND 

SCOUTS. 

773. 

Responsible (1) Under the force commander the commander of one of these 

iscip ne. S q Ua fl rons or flotillas is charged with the maintenance of discipline 

in his squadron or flotilla. 

R e s p o n sible (2) He is responsible, under the direction of the force com- 

minitraSon! and man ^ er » for tne drill, training, and efficient administration and 

operation. operation of the squadron or flotilla under his command. 

Maintain divi- (3) It is his duty to keep himself informed of the material con- 
condit 1 ion? fflaent dition of tne vessels under his command and to maintain them in 
an efficient condition. 
Correspond- (4) All correspondence with higher authority in relation to the 
squadron or flotilla shall be forwarded through the force com- 
mander, except when otherwise provided for in the Navy Regula- 
tions. 
Keep force (5) The squadron or flotilla commander shall keep the force 

commander ad- ^ 

vised of condi- commander advised of the condition of his squadron or flotilla and 
tionof command. Qf .^ operations> 



Section 4. — Duties of Division Commander. 

divisions of battleship and scout forces. 

774. 

Responsible (1) Under the force commander the commander of a division 
for discipline. q£ the battleship force or of the scout force ig d^ged with the 

maintenance of discipline in his division. 

Responsible (2) He is responsible under the direction of the force com- 

minutrationj and mander for the drill, training, and efficient administration and 

operation. operation of the division under his command. 

Maintain force (3) It is his duty to keep himself informed of the material 

dition. Cien C ° n " condition of the vessels under his command and to maintain them 

in an efficient condition. 

inspect ves- (4) He shall in person inspect the vessels of his command, 
sels. 
Correspond- (5) All correspondence with higher authority in relation to the 

CBCe * division shall be forwarded through the force commander, except 

when otherwise provided for in the Navy Regulations. 



237 

DIVISION OF FORCES OTHER THAN BATTLESHIPS AND SCOUTS. 

775. 

A commander of a division of other forces has in general no No administra- 

administrative duties except when senior officer present. If com- e l ™ t ^heifsenior 

manding a division of combatant ships he is responsible for the ^ 1 " p* 686 "*® 1 " 

z •when ordered by 

tactical control of his division as a part of the squadron or flotilla c o m m ander in 

to which it belongs. In the case of the cruiser or the mine force [£ cn (. to assume 

or of the train, if circumstances demand, a division commander 

may have such administrative duties as the commander in chief 

shall judge necessary. 



CHAPTER 20. 



STAFF OF A FLAG OFFICER AFLOAT. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 785. Chief of staff to a commander in chief. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 786. Staff of a commander in chief. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 787. Enlisted men in the immediate service of a 

commander in chief. 
Sec. 4. — Art. 788. Staff of a flag officer afloat not in chief command. 



Section I. — Chief of Staff to a Commander in Chief. 
785. 

(1) A chief of staff will be detailed to the staff of a commander Detail and 
in chief and may be detailed to the staff of a force or squadron 
commander. 

(2) The chief of staff to an admtral or vice admiral shall be a 
rear admiral or captain ; the chief of staff to a rear admiral 
shall be a captain or commander. 

(3) The chief of staff shall be subject to the orders of the com- 
mander in chief and to him only ; the authority of the chief of 
staff is authority delegated by the commander in chief. 

(4) The chief of staff will supervise and be responsible for the 
work of the various divisions of the staff. All officers of the staff 
are subject to the orders of the chief of staff in all matters per- 
taining to staff duty. 

(5) The chief of staff may succeed the commander in chief under 
whom he is serving in the manner prescribed in article 1604. 

(6) An assistant chief of staff shall be detailed to the staff of 
a commander in chief. He will assist the chief of staff in super- 
vising the work of the staff. 

Section II. — Staff of a Commander in Chief. 

786. 

(1) The staff of a commander in chief will be organized into an Organization 
,. ,. . . , , ,, ,. . . . and duties, 

operations division and such other divisions as may be pre- 
scribed by the department or found necessary by the commander 

(230) 



240 

in chief for the proper administration and operation of the fleet 
during peace and war. 

(2) The assistant chief of staff will be the chief of the operations 
division. The commander in chief will appoint the chiefs of the 
other divisions from among the officers ordered to duty on his 
staff. 

(3) The chief of each division will supervise and be responsible 
for the work of his division. 

(4) The divisions of the staff will be organized by the commander 
in chief and the officers assigned to duty on the staff will be dis- 
tributed among them so as to administer and operate the fleet to 
best advantage. 

(5) Members of the staff of a commander in chief shall be borne 
upon the books of the flagship and assigned to quarters as fol- 
lows : (a) The chief of staff to cabin accommodations after the 
commanding officer of the flagship ; ( & ) other officers when of or 
above the grade of commander to cabin quarters, if practicable; 
(c) when below the grade of commander to the wardroom. All 
awards of wardroom accommodations to members of the staff 
will be in accordance with rank after the executive officer, the 
heads of departments, and the commanding officer of the marine 
detachment of the flagship. 

(6) In all matters of general discipline the members of the staff 
shall be subject to the internal regulations and the routine of the 
flagship, as though they were a part of her complement. 

(7) The communication force of a flagship shall be under the 
sole direction of the staff while employed on communication duty. 

(8) When the chief of staff is not in command of the flagship he 
shall mess with the commander in chief; other members of the 
staff may do so at the discretion of the commander in chief. 

(9) In addition to the officers assigned to duty in the various 
divisions of the staff personal aids will be assigned to duty on 
the staff as necessary. 

(10) A commander in chief ordered to command of a fleet will 
recommend to the department the composition of his proposed 
staff. 

Section III. — Enlisted Men in the Immediate Service of a 
Commander in Chief. 

787. 

Status of en- (l) All enlisted men assigned to special duty in the immediate 
service of a flag officer afloat, including bandmen and boats' crews. 
shall be considered as a part of the crew of the ship, but shall 
not be assigned to any ship duties except by prior consent of the 
flag officer. So far as their duties for the flag officer are con- 
cerned, they shall be under the supervision of the staff. 



241 

(2) The yeoman, printers, and servants assigned to duty in the 
special service of a flag officer afloat shall, subject to the approval 
of such flag officer, be assigned stations at all general drills and 
exercises and at quarters, but such men shall not be called upon 
to attend such drills and exercises or muster without the prior 
consent of such flag officer. Other enlisted men assigned to special 
duty in the immediate service of such flag officer, including boats' 
crews and bandsmen, shall be assigned regular stations at quar- 
ters, drills, and exercises, and shall attend musters, drills, and 
exercises when such attendance does not interfere with the 
performance of their special duties under the flag officer ; when 
they are to be excused from such ship's duties, the staff shall so 
inform the commanding officer of the ship in advance. 

Section IV. — Staff of a Flag Officer Afloat Not in Chief 

Command. 

788. 

The staff of a flag officer not in chief command will consist of Composition, 
a flag lieutenant and a fla;; secretary, to be nominated by the 
flag officer on whose vessel they are to serve, and of such aids 
and additional officers as the Navy Department may detail. The 
organization and duties of the staff of a flag officer not in chief 
command will correspond as far as practicable to the organization 
herein described for a commander in chief. 






CHAPTER 21. 



SENIOR OFFICER PRESENT. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 798-809. General duties. 



Section 1. — Geneeal Duties. 
798. 



When two or more ships meet in port or at sea, the chief. Command when 

* ^ two or more ships 

command during the time the ships are within signal distance meet. 



Command when 
ti 

incen 
of each other shall be exercised as laid down in article 150. 

799. 

When ships meet in port, the junior commanding officer of one Junior to show 
or more ships shall, if circumstances permit, call upon the senior 
commanding officer of one or more ships, show all the orders not 
secret under which he is acting, and inform him of the condition 
of his command. For the time being he shall consider himself 
subject to the authority of such senior. 

800. 

A junior in command must, when meeting a senior, either at To obtain per- 
sea or in port, obtain permission by signal or otherwise to con- "'nforto perform 
tinue on his course, to anchor or get under way. to communicate evolutions, etc. 
with the shore, or to perform any evolution or act of importance 
which would require the permission of his commander in chief, if 
the latter were present. 

801. 

(1) The senior officer present shall not, in the absence of special . When the sen- 
instructions, take advantage of his superior rank to detain or divert o? detain 
divert from their destination the whole or any part of any forces n °[^ 8 fiSmediate 
which he may fall in with. His authority to do so, however, command, 
must be recognized without question and should the public in- 
terests imperatively demand it, he may employ temporarily the 

(243) 



244 

ships which he meets. If the commanding officers of these ships 
have special instructions which forbid their being diverted from 
their course, they must inform the senior officer present, in order 
that he may give such instructions due consideration. 

(2) As soon as the cooperation of these ships ceases to be im- 
perative, he shall order them to continue the service on which 
they were engaged when he met them, unless circumstances in the 
meantime render this inexpedient. 

(3) He shall limit the exercise of command over training ships 
and other special service ships to such general matters of naval 
routine, discipline, and official intercourse as shall not interfere 
with the special service upon wmich they are employed. 

802. 

The senior officer present shall discharge the duties of a com- 
mander in chief, as laid down in these regulations, in articles 
683, 685, 686, 687, 703 to 716, inclusive, and 717 to 727, inclusive, 
and authority for that purpose is hereby conferred upon him. 

803. 

identification (i) When two or more ships meet thev shall hoist their en- 

of snips meeting. r 

signs and the signals establishing their identities (ships attached 

to the same fleet shall use their distinguishing pennants in identi- 
fying themselves to one another), except that, if two or more of 
them are in company under the permanent or temporary com- 
mand of a flag officer or senior officer present, only the flagship 
of such flag officer or the ship of such senior officer present shall 
hoist her identification signal. 

(2) When two or more ships meet and there is doubt as to 
what commanding officer is the senior officer present the fact shall 
be ascertained by signal. 

804. 

Collision. In t ^ e even t f a collision he shall proceed as provided in Naval 

Courts and Boards. 

805. 

on5e? ?n * ch^f Tne senior officer present shall make to the officer in chief 
command. command a detailed report of any important circumstances in 

connection with, or duty performed by, the forces under him, re- 
quiring from his subordinates such reports as may be necessary. 

806. 

To require ex- When two or more ships are together the senior officer present 
ercise in commit- , ■ , „ . . , . , 

nications. shall have frequent exercises in day and night communications. 



245 

807. 

The senior officer present shall discharge the duties of a com- ffl Dut *j. s J f J a ? 
mander in chief as laid down' in articles 684, 695, 697, 699 ( 1 ), by senior officer. 
703, 706 to 711, 714 to 716, 717 to 727, 731(2), 733, 734, 737, 739, 
743, 745, and authority for that purpose is hereby conferred upon 
him. 

808. 

The senior officer present shall, as far as practicable, conduct Business, how 
business coming under his jurisdiction through the duly author- 
ized force or other subordinate commanders or senior force officers 
present of the fleet or other command to which ships present may 
belong. 

809. 

There shall be maintained at each navy yard and naval station Portfolio of 

senior officer 

a " Portfolio of senior officer present afloat," in which shall be present afloat, 
contained the originals or certified copies of all orders or in- 
structions received or issued by the senior officer present afloat. 
This portfolio shall be transferred to and kept in the custody of 
the senior officer present afloat or, if there be no such officer, 
in the custody of the commandant. 
183841°— 20 17 






CHAPTER 22. 



COMMANDING OFFICER OF A SHIP. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 819. Commanding officer of a ship and the succession 

to command. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 820-828. Assuming command and fitting out. 
Sec. 3. — Art. 829-834. Organization. 
Sec. 4. — Art. 835-868. General duties. 
Sec. 5. — Art. 869-875. Duties in time of war. 
Sec. 6. — Art. 876-879. Intercourse with foreigners. 
Sec. 7. — Art. 880-889. Navigation. 
Sec. 8. — Art. 890-899. Supplies and repairs. 
Sec. 9. — Art. 900-921. Personnel. 



Section 1. — Commanding Officer of a Ship and the 
Succession to Command. 

819. 

(1) Should the officer regularly ordered to command a ship ^ cc „5 8ion *° 
be absent, disabled, relieved from duty, or detached without relief 

the command shall devolve upon the line officer next in rank regu- 
larly attached to and on board the ship, until relieved by com- 
petent authority or the regular commanding officer returns. 

(2) An officer succeeding temporarily to command has the same 
authority and responsibility as the regular commanding officer, 
but he shall make no change in the existing general orders, or- 
ganization, or other permanent dispositions, and shall endeavor to 
have the routine and other affairs of the ship carried on the same 
as usual. See also article 25. 

Section 2. — Assuming Command and Fitting Out. 

820. 

(1) An officer who has been ordered to the command of a when ordered 
ship not yet in commission shall at once make a thorough personal commission" 01 '" 
examination of her and inform himself as to her condition and 
state of preparation for service; if she be at a navy yard, shall 

(247) 



248 

apply to the commandant for detailed plans of the ship and for 
such other information as can be given him concerning her condi- 
tion and the repairs and changes made in her hull, machinery, 
and equipment. If she be elsewhere than at a navy yard, he 
shall obtain this information in such manner as may be practi- 
cable. 

(2) He shall make requisition for such articles as are required 

to render her efficient. 

Beportsofcon- (3) If at a navy yard, he shall make frequent verbal reports 

dition of ship. of the con( iition of the ship to the commandant, and on the last 

day of each week he shall make a written report, in which he 

shall state all of her deficiencies of materiel and personnel. 

(4) He shall, if the ship be at a navy yard, exercise no au- 
thority or control over her preparation before she is transferred 
to his command, but shall keep himself constantly informed of 
the progress made and offer to the commandant such suggestions 
concerning the preparation as he considers essential or important 
to her efficiency. 

(5) If, when the commandant signifies his intention of trans- 
ferring the ship to the command of the officer ordered to receive 
her, that officer considers her in an unfit condition to be commis- 
sioned, he shall represent the fact to the commandant in writing, 
stating the reasons. 

821. 

Going into When the ship is to be placed in commission, she shall be for- 
commission. mally transferred by the commandant, or by an officer representing 
him, who shall not be inferior in grade to the officer ordered to 
command, as follows: As many of the officers and crew of the 
ship as circumstances permit, including a guard and music, shall 
be assembled and properly distributed on the quarter-deck. When 
ready the commandant or his representative shall cause the 
national ensign and the proper insignia of command to be hoisted 
in accordance with articles 321 and 338 and turn the ship over 
to the officer ordered to command ; the latter shall then read his 
orders to command, assume charge of the ship, and cause a watch 
to be set. 

822. 
Responsible (1) The commanding officer, upon assuming command of a ship 
for discipline. w b en g^g i s commissioned, becomes responsible for the discipline 
on board. 

(2) He shall at once make himself familiar with the details of 
the material and personnel of his command, in order that he may 
make proper representations if any portion of either is unfit for 
the service to which the ship is destined. 

(3) He shall use every exertion to complete the equipment of 
the ship and fit her for sea. 



249 

823. 

Assuming com- 

(1) If, when an officer ordered to command joins the ship to mand of a ship 

which he has been ordered, and she is without a permanent com- in C0mmissl0n - 

manding officer, all hands shall be called to muster and the officer 

ordered to command shall read his orders and assume command. 

The temporary commanding officer shall transfer to him every 

article in his keeping that pertains to the commanding officer, and 

afford all the information possible that will be of service in the 

administration and command of the ship. 

(2) After taking command, if the ship is newly commissioned 
and, during her existing commission, has not been under the com- 
mand of a permanent commanding officer, he shall proceed as 
though the ship had just been commissioned .as laid down in 
article 822 ; otherwise he shall hold the inspection provided for in 
article 824 and report as therein directed. 

824. 

(1) In the case of a ship already in commission, with a com- An officer re- 
manding officer regularly attached thereto, the commanding officer iY Vommaud?* 110 * 
about to be relieved, shall, before the transfer is effected, make 

a thorough inspection of the ship in company with his successor, 
and cause the crew to be exercised in his presence at battle sta- 
tions, fire quarters, collision quarters, and mustered at stations 
for abandon ship, unless the weather or other conditions render 
it impracticable or inadvisable. He shall point out any defects 
and account for them, and explain fully any peculiarities of con- 
struction or arrangement of the ship. A statement, in quad- 
ruplicate, of the inspection is to be drawn up and, if satisfactory, 
signed by the officer succeeding him. If not satisfactory he shall 
state in what particular it is not so, and the officer relieved shall 
make such explanations as he may deem necessary, each over his 
own signature. One copy of this statement is to be forwarded to 
the Chief of Naval Operations, one to the commander in chief 
of the station, and one shall be retained by each of the officers 
between whom the transfer of command takes place. 

(2) The officer about to be relieved shall deliver to his sue- Correspond- 

ence, keys, signal 
cessor the originals or authenticated copies of all unexecuted books, etc. 

orders, and take duplicate receipts for the same, forwarding one 
copy to the superior from whom the order was received. He shall 
also deliver to him copies of all general regulations and orders 
that are in force on board, all documents received for his guid- 
ance in command, and such other official correspondence and in- 
formation concerning the ship and her qualities, the officers 
and crew, as may be of service to his successor. He shall de- 
liver the signal books, intelligence outfit, and the keys to all 



250 

confidential signals and other publications; also all other books, 
rolls, and documents required by these regulations to be either 
kept or supervised by himself. Under no circumstances shall he 
carry away the original records of his official correspondence, orig- 
inal letters, documents, or papers concerning the ship or her of- 
ficers and crew, but he may take authenticated copies of the same. 
He shall sign the log books, communication records, ensigns' jour- 
nals, expenditure books, reports of fitness of officers, and all 
other papers requiring his approval, up to the date of his relief. 
Turning over (3) After the formalities enumerated in paragraphs 1 and 2 

command. 

of this article have been completed, all hands shall be called to 
muster and the officer about to be relieved shall read his orders of 
detachment and turn over the command to his successor, who shall 
read his orders of command and assume charge. 
Status of cap- (4) The officer relieved, though without authority after turning- 
over the command, is, until he finally leaves the ship, entitled to 
all the ceremonies and distinctions accorded him while in com- 
mand. 

825. 

When supplied If, when the crew is received on board after a ship has been 
crew. a ™ m eri ° r commissioned, the commanding officer believes that any members 
thereof are physically incompetent to perform properly the duties 
of their ratings, or are otherwise undesirable, he shall so report in 
writing to the commandant of the naval district and request a 
survey or other appropriate action upon them. (Art. 1142.) 

826. 

To verify de- After going into commission, and as soon as practicable after 
scrp ons. ^ receipt of the crew on board, the commanding officer shall 

take the necessary steps to verify the service records and descrip- 
tive lists of the crew. The executive officer, with the medical and 
supply officers, shall constitute a board for that purpose ; the board 
shall correct all errors found in the description of the men, also 
errors in dates and spelling, and shall note those who appear 
physically defective; a list of these corrections shall be submitted 
to the commanding officer for his approval. Copies of the correc- 
tions made shall be transmitted by the commanding officer to the 
Bureau of Navigation. The same precautions shall be observed 
whenever men are received on board. 

827. 

Defects in (l) The commanding officer of a ship newly placed in commis- 
sion, both before and after commissioning, shall pay particular 
attention to the equipment of the ship and endeavor to discover 



251 

if there are any defects in her outfit and stores, including ma- 
chinery, boilers, pumps, water-tight doors, valves and cocks, 
access to bottoms and bilges, ventilation, fire-extinguishing and 
distilling apparatus, spars, sails, rigging, guns and implements, 
ammunition and ordnance stores, navigation supplies and instru- 
ments, clothing, provisions, and medical outfits. 

(2) He shall satisfy himself that the battery can be manipulated 
effectively. 

(3) He shall cause to be examined all spare parts of machinery Machinery, 
and other spare articles, and ascertain if they are suitable for 

the purpose intended. He shall satisfy himself that the boats are 
tight, and that their outfits, including boat guns and their fittings 
and hoisting apparatus, are efficient ; 

(4) Should any defect be discovered in connection with the f ec ? s e . port of de " 
items mentioned in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article, or in any 

other particular, he shall make a written report thereof to the 
commandant, and if not remedied in a reasonable time, to the Chief 
of Naval Operations. 

(5) Before leaving the navy yard the commanding officer shall 
require the supply officer of the ship to report to him in writing 
if all the stores as laid down in the allowance books have been 
received, and what defects or deficiencies, if any, exist in the 
materiel or personnel under his immediate supervision. He shall 
then report to the Chief of Naval Operations the condition of 
the ship, her outfit, and equipment. 

828. 

When the command of a ship in commission and acting singly Data for an- 
is changed, the officer relieved shall make a report to the Secre- nua repo * 
tary of the Navy on the date of his detachment in accordance with 
so much of article 699 (4) as may be applicable to his late com- 
mand; if in command of a vessel attached to a fleet, he shall 
furnish the commander in chief with the data necessary for him 
to make the required report complete as far as the vessel is con- 
cerned. 

Section 3. — Organization. 

829. 

The organization of ships of the Navy shall be governed by Police and 
naval laws, regulations, and orders from superior authority ; all tionsf * reS ™ a " 
rules and routine orders of the commanding officer shall be in 
accordance with the same. 

830. 

The Articles for the Government of the Navy shall be read General orders 

^ j. ^ m j j.. ,., . aBd Articles for 

aloud to the officers and crew, at quarters if practicable, once in Government o f 
every month and a copy of them shall be kept posted at all times NaTy * 






252 

in a conspicuous place accessible to the crew. All general orders 
issued by the Secretary of the Navy or the commander in chief 
which may in any degree affect the crew shall be read to the 
officers and crew by an officer, under the direction of the com- 
manding officer, at the first quarters after their receipt and the 
fact entered in the log book. Court-martial orders and other 
official matter of like tenor shall be read in the same manner or 
placed on bulletin boards or other conspicuous places where they 
can be read by officers and crew. Copies of all orders concern- 
ing the daily routine and police regulations and of routine orders 
concerning the ship's company shall be kept posted in a con- 
spicuous position accessible to the crew. 

831. 

The orders to The commanding officer shall issue all general orders relative 

the^executiyel 15 to the duties of the ship through the executive officer and shall 

keep him informed of his own methods of performing duty in 

other respects, in order that in his absence this officer may exercise 

command intelligently and in accordance with his wishes. 

832. 

Crew stationed (i) The ship shall not sail from a port in the United States 
fore sailing. until the crew has been watched, quartered, and stationed, and 
also exercised at all important stations. 

(2) If the vessel be newly commissioned the commanding officer 
shall take the first opportunity after leaving the navy yard to 
determine her tactical qualities and periods of rolling and pitching. 

833. 

Determination Newly commissioned ships shall conduct trials during: their 
of tactical quali- . " . '■, ^, 

ties. shaking-down cruise in accordance with the department s current 

instructions for turning trials and obtaining tactical, maneuver- 
ing, and periods of rolling and pitching. 

834. 

To superintend -ji^ commano ling officer shall superintend all important evolu- 
exercises. tions, exercises, and inspections. 

Section 4. — General Duties. 
835. 

A commanding A commanding officer who departs from his orders or instruc- 
offleer always re- 

sponsible for his tions under any circumstances, or takes official action at the 
acts. 



253 

request of any person, must do so upon his own responsibility and 
immediately report the circumstances to the officer from whom 
he received his orders and instructions. 

836. 

The commanding officer shall keep a night order book in which Night order 
shall be entered the course and any necessary special precautions ook * 
concerning the speed and navigation of the ship and all orders 
given to the officer of the deck for the night. This book shall be 
preserved as a part of the official records of the ship and turned 
in at the end of the cruise. 

837. 

The commanding officer shall not, when in a fleet or squadron, No indepcnd- 
perform any independent evolution without orders from the com- en m0Temen s - 
mander in chief, division commander, or other officer in direct 
authority over him, except to avoid a collision or danger. 

838. 

If, when in a fleet, squadron, or division, the commanding officer Notice of dan- 
finds that the course directed is leading the ship under his com- geT ' 
mand or any other, into danger, he shall promptly give notice 
to the commander in chief, division commander, or other officer 
in direct authority over him, and to the ship endangered. 

839. 

(1) If a ship is separated from the command to which she if separated, 
belongs, her commanding officer must explain the cause of such 
separation to his immediate superior, and also to the commander 

in chief. (Art. 769.) 

(2) If a ship enters a port not designated nor permitted by Entering port 
the instructions, her commanding officer shall report to his imme- n0 es sna e 
diate superior the cause for so doing and the delay necessary. 

840. 

The commanding officer shall report to the commander in chief, Reports in case 
immediately after its occurrence, every instance when the ship "hip. amaffe 
under his command touches the ground, has a collision, a fire on 
board, any serious accident to hull, spars, machinery, or boilers, 
or other important events of like nature; he shall forward with 
the report a statement of all the circumstances attending the 
accident. 






254 

841. 

Loss of the (l) in case of the loss of the ship, her commanding officer shall 
remain by her with officers and crew as long as necessary and 
save as much Government property as possible. Every reasonable 
effort shall be made to save the log book, muster roll, accounts of 
officers and crew, and other valuable papers. 

The captain (2) if it becomes necessary to abandon the ship, he should be 

last to leave. n 

the last person to leave her. 

(3) He shall make a report of the circumstances to the Secre- 
tary of the Navy as soon as possible, and if wrecked within the 
United States shall repair to the nearest naval station with the 
crew of the ship. 

Crew and prop- (4) He shall, if in a foreign country, lose no time, after making 
erty saved, how 7 f .^ -, J 

disposed of. all efforts to save property, in returning with the officers and crew 

to the fleet or squadron to which they belong or, if acting singly, 

to the United States. He shall take steps for the preservation of 

the Government property saved, until it shall be disposed of in 

such manner as the department may direct. 

842. 

Expeditions On occasions of sending a boat or other expedition away from 
rom asp. ^^ ^.p oq i m p 0r ^ an ^ cLuty, when it is to proceed beyond signal 
distance, the commanding officer of the ship shall give written 
orders to the officer in command of the boat or expedition. 

843. 

Care of crew. The commanding officer of a ship shall use all proper means to 
preserve the health of the crew, and shall from time to time 
consult with the medical officer of the ship in regard to sanitary 
measures to be adopted for that end. (Art. 741.) 

844. 

Customs exam- (i) The commanding officer of a ship shall facilitate any ex- 

inations. "* 

amination which it may be the duty of a customs officer of the 
United States to make on board of the ship under his command. 
(2) He shall not permit a foreign customs officer to make any 
examination whatsoever on board of the ship or boats under his 
command. 

845. 

to S fee r permftted r Ttie command ing officer shall not permit any ship of the Navy 
under his command to be searched by any person representing a 
foreign state, nor any of the officers or crew to be taken out of 
her, so long as he has the power to resist. If force is used it 
must be repelled. 



255 



846. 



(1) In ports where war or insurrection exists or threatens, the Man-of-war 

boats, 
commanding officer of a ship shall always require the boats away 

from the ship to have some competent person in charge, and shall 
see that the proper steps are taken to make their national char- 
acter evident at all times. 

(2) The boats of a ship of war will be regarded, in all matters 
concerning the rights, privileges, and comity of nations, as parts 
of the ship herself. 

847. 

(1) The commanding officer of a ship shall not perform a mar- Marriages on 
riage ceremony on board ; nor shall he permit one to be performed 

when the ship is outside of the territory of the United States, 
except in accordance with the local laws and laws of the State, 
Territory, or district in which the parties are domiciled, and 
in presence of a diplomatic or consular official of the United States, 
who has consented to issue the certificates and make the returns 
required by the consular regulations. 

(2) He shall report to the Secretary of the Navy all marriages 
occurring on board. 

848. 

The commanding officer of a ship is not required to perform Not required to 
the duties of a supply officer. ( Sec. 1432, R. S. ) Jer. 88 8UPPly 0<B " 

849. 

Whenever an officer in charge of a department is ordered de- Officer detach- 
ed during cruise, 
tached from a ship during a cruise, the commanding officer shall 

require the officer so ordered to make a thorough inspection of 
the material of the department in company with his relief, and, 
upon the completion thereof, to submit jointly with his relief a 
report on the condition of the parts of the ship, machinery, and 
equipment of the department, with particular reference to any 
defects or deficiencies discovered. In the event of any disagree- 
ment between the officers as to the conditions discovered, the com- 
manding officer shall take appropriate steps to ascertain the 
actual conditions, and, if necessary, the responsibility therefor. 
He shall forward the report to the Secretary of the Navy. Should 
lack of time or other circumstances prevent the two officers mak- 
ing the inspection in company, the incoming head of department 
shall be required to make the inspection and report as soon as 
possible after taking charge. 

850. 

The commanding officer shall see that the officers and crew are Safety orders. 
instructed in the safety orders and all requirements regarding 
the care, stowage, handling, and examination of explosives, in- 



256 

flammables, and fuels as laid down in the Navy Regulations and 
the bureau manuals. He shall be responsible that all the proper, 
necessary, and prescribed precautions are taken relative to the 
care, stowage, handling, and inspection of explosives, inflam- 
mables, and fuels on board ship. 

851. 

issuance of ad- (l) Conditions not covered by safety instructions included in 
orders! y the Navy Regulations or in the Bureau of Ordnance Manual may 

arise which, in the opinion of the commanding officer, may render 
firing unsafe. Nothing in these safety instructions shall be con- 
strued as authorizing firing under such conditions or as prevent- 
ing the commanding officer from issuing such additional safety 
orders as he may deem necessary. 

(2) Before the firing of any gun, other than for saluting, the 
Recoil cylinders shall be inspected and filled in the presence of 
the gunnery and division officers, and a report thereof made to 
the commanding officer. 

853. 

Keys to com- (i) a commanding officer about to be relieved shall deliver to 

partments con-. ,„ , „ , ,, ,„^, 

taining explo- his successor the keys for all spaces and receptacles used for the 
custody" 3 their storage of projectiles and explosives, also the keys to the entire 
flooding system used in connection with ordnance. 

(2) The commanding officer shall be the custodian of the keys 
to all spaces and receptacles containing projectiles and explosives. 

(3) He shall be the custodian of the keys to all flood cocks, and 
shall take the necessary steps to insure that the flooding and 
sprinkling testing caps and plugs are kept locked except when 
actually in use for testing, and that they are never left attached 
to the flooding or sprinkling systems at the conclusion of the 
tests. 

(4) Spaces containing explosives will not be opened without 
the knowledge and consent of the commanding officer. 

(5) When practicable an officer should obtain the keys for 
spaces containing explosives, and for flooding and sprinkling sys- 
tems, from the commanding officer, and be present when such 
spaces are open, explosives being handled, or flooding systems 
tested. Keys should be returned to the commanding officer, when 
exercises or inspections are completed, by the officer who obtained 
them. 

854. 

Ordnance ma- (i) T^g commanding officer of a vessel ordered out of commis- 
terial, snip going . 

out of commis- sion at a navy yard shall not deliver the orders of detachment to 

officers assigned to duty in connection with any part of the 

ordnance equipage or supplies until the vessel's battery, torpedo 



257 

installation, fire-control installation, mine equipment, and all other 
ordnance equipment and office records have been inspected by a 
special board, composed of a representative of the commandant 
of the navy yard, the gunnery officer of the vessel, and, when 
the Chief of the Bureau of Ordnance considers it necessary, an 
additional officer from the Bureau of Ordnance. 

(2) The report of this board shall be in quadruplicate and with- 
out estimates. The original shall be sent to the Bureau of Ord- 
nance for file ; one copy shall be for the files of the commandant, 
and one copy for the files of each of the divisions of the manu- 
facturing department, for the information of the boards of survey 
and estimate in matters under the cognizance of the Bureau of 
Ordnance. 

855. 

The commanding officer shall designate the number of rockets, Ready signal 

-,,,.,. ,. r. , ammunition. 

and amount of powder to be kept in readiness for signal purposes ; 
also the number of rounds of ammunition to be kept ready for 
possible contact with an enemy, and for saluting purposes. 

856. 

(1) When at sea no gun or air ports shall be opened without °pen ports at 
the knowledge and consent of the commanding officer, and they' 

shall always be opened and closed by men specially appointed 
for that duty. Those on the lower decks shall be closed at sunset 
unless special authority is granted to keep them open after that 
time; and a report shall invariably be made to the officer of 
the deck when a port is opened or closed at sea. 

(2) Neither gun nor air ports shall be opened when there is 
any probability that water will enter to a dangerous extent. 

857. 

(1) Commanding officers shall see that the utmost secrecy is to F ** e k e° t nt ™ ! . 
observed in connection with all fire-control material in so far as tret, 
persons not connected with the Naval Service are concerned. To 
this end it is directed that — 

(a) Blue prints, textbooks, or descriptive matter relating to 
fire control be not shown, loaned, or quoted to persons 
not connected with the United States Naval Service. 
( & ) Systems used for training the personnel in fire control 
and spotting or the system used during the practice 
or in battle be not explained to persons not connected 
with the United States Naval Service. 
(c) Instruments used in connection with fire control be not 
explained, loaned, demonstrated, or stripped for copy- 
ing for the benefit of any person not connected with 
the United States Naval Service. 



258 

(2) These restrictions also apply to representatives of com- 
panies having contracts for fire-control material. Authority will 
be granted by the Chief of the Bureau of Ordnance to waive the 
restrictions in individual cases when it is considered desirable or 
necessary to do so. 

858. 
Materiel readi- (i) The commanding officer of each ship in commission shall 

ness. 

use every effort to keep the materiel of the ship in readiness for 

war service at all times. He shall on the first day of each quarter 
report in writing to the Chief of Naval Operations the state of 
materiel readiness of the ship for active war service. Should 
the state of readiness change during the quarter it will at once 
be made the subject of a special report to the Chief of Naval 
Operations, and if the changes in the state of readiness require 
. repairs or alterations, he will submit a request for such repairs 
and alterations in the manner prescribed in article 1969 (2). 

(2) A ship leaving a navy yard after an overhaul should be in 
such materiel condition that there will be no doubt of her ability to 
maintain her position in the fleet under war conditions. Com- 
manding officers, cooperating with the yard authorities as provided 
for in article 1536, will use every effort to have the ship in such 
condition when leaving a yard, and upon leaving will report to the 
Chief of Naval Operations that the ship is in all respects ready 
for war service, or if not ready, will report the defects and the 
reasons for their not having been remedied. 

859. 

Telegraph When a ship is acting singly her commanding officer shall, by 
move men s o ^ irect telegraph, keep the department advised of her movements. 
(Arts. 350, 2028, 2046.) 

860. 

Bill of health. Before proceeding to sea the commanding officer shall require 
the medical officer to procure a bill of health in all cases in which 
it may be necessary or advisable. 

861. 

Passengers. (!) He sna11 Permit passengers on board only under the follow- 

ing conditions: 

(a) When in the waters of the United States, upon the permis- 
sion of the Secretary of the Navy or upon the order of a superior 
officer. 

( b ) When in foreign waters, upon the written permission of the 
commander in chief or of the senior officer present ; or, if alone, in 
accordance with article 695. 



259 



(2) He shall not permit a passenger to interfere in the manage- 
ment of the ship in any way, except as provided in article 174. 

(3) The names of all passengers and the dates of arrival on 
board and departure shall be entered in the log book and reported 
to the Bureau of Navigation. 

(4) Before proceeding to sea he shall satisfy himself that there 
are no unauthorized persons on board. 






8G2. 



Report defects. 



Lost torpedo. 



(1) Commanding officers of vessels of the battleship and scout rt S outl 
forces shall forward directly to the commander of the division to 
which their vessel is assigned and commanding officers of all other 
vessels to the commander of the squadron or flotilla, unless other- 
wise directed by him, all routine reports concerning the organiza- 
tion, administration, duties, and discipline of the ship in accord- 
ance with the administrative flow of command as stated in 655. 

(Art. 2042.) 

(2) He shall report in detail, as soon as discovered, any defect 
in the ship, its armament, or equipment, which lessens its effi- 
ciency. 

(3) Every effort shall be made to guard against the loss of tor- 
pedoes, and an ample number of boats shall be in attendance 
when engaged in torpedo practice. When a torpedo sinks, the 
spot shall be buoyed at once, and, if the depth of water and other 
circumstances permit, a diver shall be sent down as promptly as 
possible. Whenever a vessel fails to recover a torpedo, the com- 
manding officer of such vessel shall report fully to the com- 
mander in chief or force commander (through the division com- 
mander) the methods and periods of search. In the case of a 
lost torpedo, a board of survey shall be convened which shall 
determine the cause and responsibility for the loss. The report 
of the board of survey shall be forwarded to the commander in 
chief, or force commander, by the officer ordering such survey, who 
shall indicate thereon his action. 



863. 

(1) Commanding officers are authorized to offer and pay a Reward, lost 
sum not exceeding $20 for the recovery of a lost torpedo or para- paravanes. * n d 
vane or when a torpedo or paravane has not been recovered within 

a reasonable period and its recovery appears doubtful. On ap- 
proval of the senior officer present the amount may be increased 
to $50 if attendant circumstances justify the payment of this 
amount. 

(2) Rewards will be paid on requisitions for services and 
chargeable to the current appropriation " Ordnance and ordnance 
stores," or " Construction and repair," as the case maj 7 be. 



260 

(3) In special cases where the commanding officer or senior 
officer present may consider an amount in excess of $50 to be 
just and reasonable for exceptional service in the recovery of a 
torpedo or paravane, he may recommend payment of a sum in 
excess of the above specified amount, which recommendation in 
the case of torpedoes should be referred for approval to the 
Chief of the Bureau of Ordnance, or in the case of paravanes to 
the Chief of the Bureau of Construction and Repair before pay- 
ment is made. 

(4) In all cases of payment of above rewards, a report of 
the attending circumstances will be forwarded to the Bureau of 
Ordnance or the Bureau of Construction and Repair as the case 
may be. 

864. 

Reports to the When acting singly the commanding officer shall report as 
e^mancK eMef required by articles 712, 805, 874 (3), 874 (8). 

865. 

Loss of service The commanding officer shall cause each officer of division to 

records* 

report to him the loss of clothing and bedding sustained by the 
crew on occasion of the loss or capture of the ship. These reports, 
carefully drawn up in a uniform manner and duly signed by 
each officer of division and by himself, shall be forwarded to the 
Chief of the Bureau of Navigation. 

866. 

inspection act- When not attached to a fleet or squadron, the commanding 
officer of a ship shall inspect the ship under his command in 
accordance with articles 689 and 690. 

867. 

Customs inspec- (1) When any ship under the control of the Navy Department 
ships' S and Army arrives within the territory of the United States, after having 
transports. visited a foreign port or ports, the commanding officer thereof or, 

in the case of a number of ships in company, the senior officer 
present, shall inform the collector of such United States port of 
the arrival of said ship or ships, and shall hold such ship or 
ships subject to such custom inspection as the collector of the 
port shall be directed to make by the Treasury Department. Com- 
manding officers shall see that no dutiable articles are landed 
until after such action has been taken by the collector of the 
port. If the first port visited be not a port of entry, the provi- 
sions of this order shall be complied with at the first port of 
entry visited thereafter. 



261 

(2) The commanding officer of each such ship shall cause each ._ Lis * <>* dutia ' 
v ' e , , We articles. 

person on board who has purchased or otherwise acquired articles 

abroad which he intends to land from the ship to furnish a list 
of such articles and the prices paid therefor, separately stating 
articles of wearing apparel and similar personal effects intended 
for their personal use and articles intended for others. All such 
articles shall be conveniently packed, ready for examination by 
the customs officials upon arrival. 

(3) The Secretary of the Treasury has instructed the customs inspection, 
officers to examine and appraise such articles and to collect the 

duties accruing thereon, after allowing the one hundred dollars 
exemption upon wearing apparel and similar personal effects in- 
tended for personal use. No customs examination of baggage 
other than that so listed and presented for examination will be 
made. 

(4) The provisions of this article shall not be construed to Not to eifect 
delay the movements of any naval vessel engaged in the per- snip m0Tem e n *s. 
formance of her duty. 

(5) By agreement with the Treasury Department this procedure To whom ap- 
has been extended to officers and enlisted men returning upon p 

Army transports but excluding Red Cross, Young Men's Chris- 
tian Association, and other workers who may travel on Army 
transports. Commanding officers should take every measure to 
see that the provisions of this article are strictly complied with, 
since failure to do so involves the good faith of this department 
in abiding by its agreement with the Treasury Department on this 
subject. Strict compliance with the provisions of this article 
will greatly facilitate the examination of baggage of returning 
officers and men. 

868. 

(1) The commanding officer shall see that, pursuant to changes Detailing ora- 
in the detail of officers, there is always an officer in charge of departments. 
every department by detailing one, and that the regulations for 

turning over property when officers are transferred are strictly 
complied with. If in command of a ship in reserve, he shall 
exercise particular care to prevent the deterioration of her equip- 
ment in any manner. (Arts. 1228 and 1392.) 

(2) Dealers, agents of dealers, and tradesmen generally will 
not be permitted on board of vessels of the Navy, except as here- 
inafter specified. 

(3) Dealers and agents of dealers may be permitted on board 
naval vessels when wanted for the purpose of expediting public 
business. Others having specific business may be permitted on 
board at the discretion of the commanding officer. 

183841°— 20 18 



262 

(4) Buniboating will not be allowed on board or alongside of 
naval vessels; and, with the exception of daily newspapers, all 
sales made on vessels of the Navy must be made through the 
ship's store, except that the crews of vessels which do not carry 
pay officers may purchase fresh fruit and vegetables (and these 
articles only) from boats. 

(5) When vessels of the Navy intend to enter or leave the 
waters of a naval district, the senior naval officer shall inform 
the naval district commandant by dispatch of the probable time 
of the arrival or departure of the vessels or vessel, giving the 
names or organization. 

(6) The naval district commandant shall transmit this infor- 
mation promptly to the commander of any coast defenses of that 
district within range of which the vessels will pass. 

Section 5. — Duties in Time of Wae. 

869. 

In time of The commanding officer of a ship shall consider the provisions 
of article 704 as applicable to himself in reference to this section. 

870. 

Station in bat- The station of the commanding officer of a ship in battle shall 
tie. 

be such as will enable him to fight the ship to the best advantage. 

871. 

When pacific If the commanding officer of a ship entertain any doubts in 
doubtful?" 8 are regard to the pacific relations of the United States with any for- 
eign State, he shall be vigilant in watching the movements and 
acts of possible enemies, in order to prevent being surprised or 
taken at a disadvantage. 
- 

872. 

When an en- (1) The commanding officer of a ship shall, when in presence of 
sibie? 1611 1S P ° S " an enemy, or upon approaching a strange ship or on being ap- 
proached by one, have the crew at quarters and the ship ready 
for battle. 

(2) When in company with an enemy for a considerable length 
of time, as when both are at anchor in a neutral port, the officers 
and crew shall be kept on board and the ship and personnel at all 
times, day and night, in readiness for action at a moment's notice. 

873. 

Communicating The commanding officer of a ship shall, if possible, before going 
mation? 11 * ° r " into action, communicate to his officers his plans for battle and 



263 

such other information as will be of service to them should they 
succeed to the command of the ship. 

874. 

(1) Immediately after a battle he shall repair damages as far. To prepare for 

_ further service 

as possible, and use every effort to prepare the ship for further immediately af- 

service in action. He shall transmit to his superior in command er att e * 

a list of killed and wounded, and of ammunition, personnel, or 

material necessary for immediate service. 

(2) He shall not, without permission, retire from battle to tlr J Yrom^attle" 
assist a disabled ship, or to take possession of a captured one. 

(3) When an enemy's ship strikes her flag in battle he shall TJ^^JJJJ 
continue the action with other ships of the enemy, but shall take her flag, 
possession of the surrendered ship as soon as practicable. 

(4) On taking possession of a prize, he shall adopt such meas- g^*"? 8 a°eapl 
ures* as may be necessary to prevent her from being recaptured, tared vessel. 
He shall remove such of the officers and crew as may be necessary, 

and take great care to preserve the log, all journals, signal books 
and signals, orders, instructions, letters, ship's papers, and any 
other documents of importance or bearing upon the validity of 
the capture. 

(5) He shall take care that all prisoners of war are treated Prisoners of 
with humanity ; that their personal property is preserved and 
protected; that they are allowed the use of such of their effects 

as may be necessary for their health ; and that they are supplied 
with rations properly cooked. He shall, however, have them prop- 
erly guarded and deprived of all means of escape or revolt. 

(6) After a battle he shall make full report thereof as pre- Beports after 
v ' a battle. 

scribed in article 712. These reports must be accurate and ex- 
plicit and contain all important details; the movements of ships 
should be illustrated; the force and direction of the wind and the 
state of the sea given; the hearing, distance, and outlines of the 
land, if any is in sight, stated ; and the efficiency of the ship and 
all munitions of war carefully noted. 

875. 

When acting singly, the commanding officer of a ship shall carry General duties, 
out the instructions prescribed in section 2, chapter 18, of these 
regulations for a commander in chief, as far as they may be 
applicable. 

Section 6. — Intercourse with Foreigners. 
876. 

The commanding officer of a ship shall carefully note and con- General duties 
, „ n , In relation to 

form to the instructions laid down in section 3, chapter 18, of these foreigners. 

regulations. 



264 

877. 

Assistance to The commanding officer of a ship shall afford all assistance in 
his power to vessels of a foreign state at peace with the United 
States and to vessels of the United States. 

878. 

If refused as- If refused assistance by any foreign official, the commanding 
sistance. officer of a ship shall report the circumstances to the officer in 

chief command and to the Secretary of the Navy. 

879. 

Intelligence The commanding officer shall require the officers of his command 
repor s. tQ C00 p era £ e w ^j 1 hi m i n acquiring information for intelligence 

reports. 

Section 7. — Navigation. 

880. 

Draft of ship. (i) The commanding officer of a ship shall, immediately before 
leaving and as soon as practicable after entering port, require 
the navigating officer to ascertain the draft of the ship, forward 
and aft, and enter it in the log book. 

Lookouts. (2) He shall always, when under way, and if necessary, when at 

anchor, have a lookout stationed aloft during the day. At night 
he shall have as many lookouts stationed as are necessary. He 
shall take steps to insure that lookouts are proficient in their 
duties. 

Running and (3) He shall take special care that the lights required by law, 
anc or lg s. ^ o p revent collisions at sea and in port, are kept in order and 
burning during the night, unless it be necessary to extinguish them 
for war purposes or while exercising as though engaged in war. 
He shall require that there be kept at hand, convenient for use, 
means for relighting or replacing any such light as may be ex- 
tinguished. 

Precautions to (4) He shall observe every precaution required by law to pre- 
prevent colli- 
sions. vent collisions and other accidents on the high seas and inland 

waters. 

Course steered. (5) Unless in company with a senior, he is responsible for the 

course steered, and he is always responsible for the safe conduct 

of the ship. 

881. 

Piloting. The commanding officer shall pilot the ship under his command 

under all ordinary circumstances, but may, in accordance with the 
provisions of article 1454, employ a pilot when necessary. 



265 



882. 



When in the vicinity of the land, or upon approaching an anchor- p r e p arations 
age of any kind, the commanding officer shall have the cables bent for ancnorin s« 
and the anchors ready for letting go. 

883. 

(1) When under way on soundings the commanding officer shall When sound- 
have casts of the lead taken frequently, if necessary, to verify the taken, 
position. 

(2) When going into or out of a port or approaching an an- 
chorage, shoal, or rock, with or without a pilot on board, he shall 
keep the hand leads going and, if necessary in order to obtain 
correct soundings, reduce the speed. 

884. 



(1) The commanding officer shall select a safe place to anchor. 
After anchoring he shall have such bearings and angles taken and 
entered in the log book as will enable the exact position of the 
ship to be located on the chart. 

(2) He shall, if the ship is anchored at a place not surveyed, 
and if practicable, have the depth of water and character of the 
bottom examined for at least three cables' length around the ship. 
The result shall be entered in the log book. 



Anchoring. 



885. 

The commanding officer shall keep himself informed of the error Compasses. 
of the standard and steering compass and of the gyroscopic and 
radio compasses. 

886. 



The commanding officer shall report to the Navy Department Hydrographic 
all important hydrographic or other information he may acquire information. 
concerning the navigation of ships. In case of temporary deficien- Sailing dlrec- 
cies in aids to navigation he shall forward a copy of his report tIons * 
directly to the nearest Lighthouse Inspector concerned. The ad- 
dresses of Lighthouse Inspectors are in the Introduction to Light 
Lists. 

887. 

(1) The commanding officer shall carefully preserve all informa- Navigation in- 
tion that he may receive or be able to procure concerning the safe iJ'Jtton, 11 ' p™ 8 " 



navigation of the ship. 

(2) He shall require the sailing directions, light and beacon 
lists, and notices to mariners of the ship to be compared with 



curement, and 
correction. 



266 

those of other ships of the Navy which he may meet, having later 
information on these subjects than his own, and any differences 
shall be noted. 

(3) He shall, when there is any doubt about the safe naviga- 
tion of routes he proposes to take, or ports he intends to visit, 
make every effort to obtain from any reliable source, foreign or 
otherwise, all possible information that will aid him. 

888. 

Surveys. The commanding officer shall, when his duties and other circum- 

stances permit, make a careful survey and construct a chart of 
any shoals, harbors, or dangers to navigation that he may discover 
or find to be inaccurately located. He shall forward them through 
the usual official channels, with all the original data and compu- 
tations used in their construction, to the Hydrographic Office. 

889. 

Suspected dan- when passing in the vicinity of suspected dangers or where 
gers. 

there are indications of shoal water or danger not on the 

chart, the commanding officer shall, unless there are good reasons 
to the contrary, make such search as the weather and other cir- 
cumstances permit, forwarding to the Hydrographic Office the re- 
sults, with a track chart showing the traverses made and sound- 
ings taken. In the event of no search being made, he shall report 
to the Hydrographic Office the result of his observations and his 
reasons for the omission. 

Section 8. — Supplies and Repaibs. 

890. 

Economy in The commanding officer shall regard himself as responsible 
for the economical maintenance of his ship, and shall require from 
all under his command a rigid compliance with the regulations in 
relation to the receipt and expenditure of public money or stores. 

891. 

Not to inter- The commanding officer shall exercise no control over the 
fere with duty of _, ... . , ,. , . 

commandant. officers or mechanics of a navy yard or station where the ship un- 
der his command may be moored, unless by the permission or di- 
rection of the commandant, except in matters coming under the 
police regulations of the ship. (Arts. 1502 and 2042.) 

892. 

Repairs by (l) The commanding officer shall, as far as possible and when 
' in accordance with the interests of the Government, cause all 



267 

repairs to the hull, machinery, spars, boats, and to all articles of 
equipment and outfit to be made by the ship's mechanics. This 
regulation is subject to the following provision of the act of 
August 22, 1912 : " No enlisted men or seamen, not including com- 
missioned and warrant officers, on battleships of the Navy, when 
such battleships are docked or laid up at any navy yard for 
repairs, shall be ordered or required to perform any duties except 
such as are or may be performed by the crew while at sea or 
in a foreign port. (Art. 1596.) 

(2) He shall regard as urgent all repairs necessary to insure 
efficiency, or to preserve the health of the personnel. He may 
request assistance from the senior officer present in making such 
repairs, both in labor and material, but the ship's own force must 
be utilized to the utmost. 

893. 

The commanding officer shall be governed by the provisions Disposing of 
of article 736. Should he learn of inaccuracies in the property supplle8, 
accounts of any officer of the ship charged with the care and cus- 
tody of the properly, he shall arrange the adjustment by survey 
or other method prescribed by these regulations. 

894. 

(1) Before arriving in port the commanding officer shall cause Requisitions 
the supply officer of the ship to submit to him requisitions for all an {j JJJJJ ?*'£" 
supplies, prepared in accordance with articles 1395 to 1397, in- ior officer, 
elusive, and immediately upon arrival, shall take the necessary 

steps to procure needed supplies. He shall also submit to the com- 
mandant of the station or senior officer present reports of all 
repairs needed, requests for surveys, and all other papers requir- 
ing action. He shall call special attention to any article he may 
require that is in excess of allowance either in kind or quantity. 

(2) Upon arrival in port he shall immediately prepare his ship 
for sea, unless otherwise ordered. 

895. 

When it becomes necessary to approve requisitions for sup- Requisitions ap- 
plies, repairs, or labor for the ship under his command, the com- JS5T°* by hlm " 
manding officer shall be governed by articles 733 and 737. 

896. 

Except in emergency, the nature of which shall be reported, Nottoiand 
the commanding officer shall not land any spare spars, stores, or 8pare articles - 
other articles belonging to the ship, at any port, without the 
written permission of the bureau concerned. 



268 

897. 

Allowance (1) The commanding officer shall, after actual trial, report 
1,sts * any deficiencies or excesses that may come to his notice, in the kind 

or quantity of articles in the allowance lists. He shall require 
from any of the officers of his command who find these books de- 
fective, specific written statements giving the particulars wherein 
they are so, and shall embody this information in his report. (Art. 
15«5 (13).) 
Materials for (2) He shall require that there be kept on hand, in accordance 
ship!*™ ° n ° witn the allowances of such materials prescribed by the allowance 
lists of the various bureaus, a sufficient quantity of cement, com- 
position, and paint to prevent corrosion or other deterioration. 
Except as provided in article 1380, he shall require that the 
quantities issued to each department be used for the protection 
and preservation from corrosion of such parts of the ship, its 
machinery, and fittings as are under the cognizance of that de- 
partment. Materals of this character supplied for the protection 
of machinery and fittings under the cognizance of bureaus other 
than the Bureau of Construction and Repair shall not be used 
for protection of bulkheads, bunkers, bilges, double bottoms, or 
other hull members or fittings wherever located. 

898. 

When any work done upon the ship under his command at a 
navy yard is deemed by him to be unsatisfactory in any particu- 
lar, the commanding officer shall make a special, detailed, writ- 
ten report of the same to the Chief of Naval Operations, forward- 
ing the original of such report through the commandant of the 
navy yard concerned, who shall cause to be indorsed thereon state- 
ments from the heads of divisions concerned, together with his 
own recommendation, and forward the same to the bureau or 
office concerned. 

899. 

He shall cause to be inspected all deliveries of provisions and 
ship's store stock made by contractors as required by article 
1214 (1). 

Section 9. — Personnel. 
900. 

Persons who (1) The commanding officer of a ship is authorized, when act- 
the* UnitedStltes . in S Singly, to send to the United States the following : 

(a) Persons whose term of service has expired or is about to 
expire. 



269 

(&) Persons who have been condemned by medical survey. 

(c) Persons charged with a crime or offense for which they can 
not be tried on the spot by a court competent to adjudge a suffi- 
cient punishment, in which case necessary witnesses shall also be 
sent. 

(2) He shall follow the instructions laid down in articles 742 
and 743, when applicable to himself. 

901. 

The commanding officer shall carefully observe the instructions Service on un- 
■■ M ~ healthy stations. 

given m article 741. 

902. 

(1) The commanding officer of a ship shall, if possible, investi- investigation 
gate in person all offenses. The investigation shall not be dele- 
gated to any other officer, unless in case of illness or absence from 

the ship. (Art. 213.) 

(2) He shall have a record of punishments kept according to , h Beeo f nl of p,,n " 
prescribed forms, including all minor punishments such as extra 

duty and deprivation of leave as well as confinement. 

903. 

The commanding officer of a ship shall not, while on a foreign Merchant sea- 

,..,,. _ , men not to b? 

station, receive on board as prisoners seamen from merchant vs- received on board 
sels, unless the witnesses necessary to substantiate the charges ttS P rlsoners - 
against them are also received, or adequate means adopted to 
insure the presence cf such witnesses on the arrival of the pris- 
oners at the place where they are to be handed over to the civil 
authorities. 

904. 

The commanding officer of a ship shall, when on a foreign sta- Complaints of 
tion, if three or more of the crew of a merchant vessel of the 2JJJ h " l,t sea " 
United States complain to him of the quality or quantity of the 
provisions or water served out to them, proceed in accordance 
with the Revised Statutes, section 4565. 

905. 

The commanding officer of a ship may, when on a foreign sta- Distressed sea- 
tion, receive on board distressed seamen of the United States 
without reference to the established complement of the ship. 
They shall be entered as supernumeraries for rations and passage 
to the United States, provided they bind themselves to be amenable 
in all respects to the laws and regulations for the government of 
the Navy. Such persons, however, shall not be received or en- 






270 

tered upon the books of the ship without the authority of the 
senior officer present, and commanding officers shall keep the 
commander in chief fully informed of all transactions in regard 
to them. 

906. 

complemeiuf Tlle c° mmandin g officer of a ship shall not exceed the number 

the ship. of men allowed by the complement of the ship in any rating, 

except to make up a deficiency in some superior rating, or by 

express authority of the. Chief of the Bureau of Navigation or. 

wh,en on a foreign station, by authority of the commander in chief. 

907. 

cruits inspect re " The commanding officer shall cause all recruits to be inspected 
and examined in accordance with the requirements of the enlist- 
ment forms previous to their enlistment. 

908. 

enSred h fn \og. be (*) Tne commanding officer shall cause to be entered in the log 

book the name and rank or rating of any person who may die on 

board, with a statement as to the exact time and cause of death. 

Report of (2) When death occurs while the ship is at a port within the 
deaths. 

continental United States, he shall report the same to the Chief 

of the Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Commandant 
of the Marine Corps, by despatch, giving the full name, rank or 
rating, and service number, date, and cause of death, stating 
whether or not the next of kind has been notified and what dispo- 
sition has been made of the body. In such cases he shall also 
inform (by despatch) the nearest relative or legal representative 
of the deceased (unless living outside of continental United States) 
and request him to communicate by telegram with the Bureau of 
Medicine and Surgery, Navy Department, Washington, D. C, re- 
garding disposition of the remains. If practicable, the body shall 
be transferred immediately to the nearest naval nospital or to the 
medical department of the nearest navy yard or station for em- 
balming, preparation, and retention for such further disposition as 
may be directed by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Other- 
wise the body shall be embalmed and retained on board until 
directions for disposition are received. 

(3) When death occurs at sea or in a port outside the continen- 
tal United States, he shall not notify the next of kin by despatch, 
but shall make report by despatch to the Chief of the Bureau of 
Navigation or the Major General Commandant of the Marine 
Corps, giving the full name, rank or rating, and service number, 
date and cause of death, name and address of the next of kin. and 



271 

request instructions for disposing of the body. Whenever prac- 
ticable, the remains shall be embalmed and retained on board 
awaiting instructions from the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, 
and burial shall not be made in a foreign port or at sea, in advance 
of receipt of such instructions, except when preservation or reten- 
tion of the body is impossible. 

(4) He shall, upon the death of any person on board the ship Effects of de- 
under his command, cause all of the effects of the deceased to be cease persons ' 
collected and inventoried. If the deceased was an officer, this 

shall be done by two officers of the ship ; if a member of the crew 
or other person, by the officer of his division or one detailed, for 
the purpose. The inventories shall be made out in duplicate, duly 
attested and signed by the officers making them. Upon the com- 
pletion of the inventory the effects, if not of a perishable nature, 
shall be put up in packages of a convenient size and sealed with 
the seal of the ship. The commanding officer shall retain one copy 
of the inventory himself, and shall deliver the other to the supply 
officer, who shall also take charge of the effects for safe-keeping. 

(5) If any of the effects of a deceased person are perishable 
and deteriorating they shall be immediately sold at auction, the 
proceeds of which shall be disposed of in the same manner as 
other money found in his effects. 

(6) All moneys, articles of value, papers, keepsakes, and other Disposition of 
similar effects shall be forwarded to the legal representative or, in ceased persons.*" 
default of such, the heirs at law of the deceased. Should it be im- 
possible to ascertain the existence of the legal representative or of 

heirs at law, the moneys and articles mentioned and other similar 
effects shall be sent to the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation or 
to the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps, as the 
case may be, for safe-keeping. Should the above-described prop- 
erty be unclaimed for a period of two years after the death of the 
owner thereof, all articles and effects so deposited shall be sold 
at auction to the highest bidder, and the proceeds of such sale, 
together with the moneys above mentioned, shall be deposited in 
the Treasury to the credit of the Navy pension fund. 

(7) If at any time during the two years such above-described 
property is in the custody of naval authorities the executor or 
legal representative of the deceased person shall apply for his 
effects, all shall be delivered to him. 

(8) The commanding officer shall exercise his discretion in 
causing the effects of deceased enlisted men to be sold at auction 
at the mast, or retaining them for transmission to the heirs, rela- 
tives, or friends. In exercising this discretion he shall be gov- 
erned by the wishes of the heirs, relatives, or friends, if possible 
to learn them before closing the accounts of the deceased. 



272 

(9) He shall cause the accounts of all deceased persons to be 
closed as soon as possible and forwarded to the Auditor for the 
Navy Department, together with the will, if any can be found. 
These accounts must be examined and approved by the command- 
ing officer. 

909. 

Certificates of The commanding officer shall sign the descriptive lists on all 
2nd* pensfon. mty ' certificates of death, certificates of ordinary disability, and cer- 
tificates of pensions. 

910. 

Effects of The commanding officer, when it is discovered that any person 
is a straggler, shall cause his effects to be collected and inven- 
toried and placed in safe-keeping. These effects shall be sold at 
public auction when the man is declared a deserter, except that 
in the cases of men whose records are closed out by desertion due 
to absence from his ship when it is about to sail, effects shall not 
be sold until a reasonable time after the ship's arrival at the next 
port. The proceeds of the sale shall be credited on the deserter's 
account, either on board or, in the excepted case, at the deserters' 
roll. 

911. 

Effects of per- The effects of persons captured shall be collected, inventoried, 

sons captured by 

an enemy. and placed in the custody of the supply officer of the ship, sub- 

ject to the orders of the owner or his representative ; but the 
same discretion may be exercised by the commanding officer in 
reference to sale of the effects of captured enlisted men as in 
the case of enlisted men deceased. 

912. 

The instmc- (1) The commanding officer of a ship shall require all officers 
cers. of ki S command to embrace every opportunity to improve them- 
selves in their profession and increase their knowledge. 

(2) He shall give line officers, especially the senior ones, oppor- 
tunity to gain experience in maneuvering the ship at sea. 

(3) He may, when at sea, require any of the watch officers to 
determine and report to him the ship's position and the compass 
error. 

(4) He shall require the line officers junior to watch officers 
to acquire a thorough knowledge of the machinery of the ship 
and to become proficient in the management, care, and preserva- 
tion of its various parts. 

(5) He shall require all line officers junior to watch officers 
to become skilled in navigation. Those doing line duty shall 
obtain and submit daily, at sea, the noon position by observation 



273 

and by dead reckoning, and the compass error on one heading, 
when practicable. They shall also take twilight observations 
when the weather is favorable. 

(6) He shall require ensigns, not regular watch and division Ensigns. 
officers, to keep a journal containing observations of a professional 
nature and essays on professional subjects or decriptions of nauti- 
cal and professional material which they may desire or may be 
directed to prepare. He shall examine these journals on the last 

day of every month and upon the day of relinquishing command 
and make such indorsement thereon as he may deem proper. He 
shall also require them to keep a navigation notebook, including 
a track chart of the cruise and daily positions of the ship. 

(7) All junior line officers on board ships fitted with radio 
apparatus will be required and given every opportunity to become 
proficient in its use. 

(8) On board battleships and armored cruisers in full commis- 
sion and other vessels where there are more than four ensigns in 
the junior officers' mess, he shall appoint the navigator, the gun- 
nery officer, or one of the senior watch officers to have general 
supervision of the junior officers, to act as their adviser and assist 
them to a proper understanding and performance of their duties. 
The officer so detailed must inform himself of the individual 
peculiarities, character, and disposition of the junior officers and 
of their special inclinations and capabilities for the different 
branches of their profession. He must endeavor to cultivate in 
them a seamanlike and military spirit, a proper sense of duty and 
honor, and careful observance of professional etiquette, so as to 
develop in them the well-rounded character of a naval officer. 
He shall not supervise other officers in the instruction of their 
juniors, but he will endeavor to have instruction so equalized us 
to make the practical training of each junior line officer well bal- 
anced and thorough. He will supervise the administration of the 
junior officers' mess and be a permanent member of the board for 
auditing its accounts. 

913. 

The commanding officer shall carry out the instructions in Reports on the 
regard to the reports on the fitness of officers, as laid down in 
articles 137 and 138. These reports shall be forwarded directly 
to the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps unless 
the approval or comment of a higher authority be required. 

914. 

The commanding officer shall make a special report to the Chief Special report* 
of the Bureau of Navigation of any petty officer who may show 



274 

marked ability for the position of chief petty officer, or for a rating 
higher than that in which serving; also of men and apprentice 
seamen specially qualified for instruction as seamen gunners, 
petty officers, electricians, yeomen, or for ratings in the engineer's 
force. 

915. 

To deliver or- The commanding officer shall not withhold any orders or other 
mnnkation. " communications received from a senior for any person under his 
command, except for good and sufficient reasons, which he shall 
at once report to said senior. 

916. 

Effects de- If it becomes necessary to destroy clothing or other personal 
T«£t ye spread Pr 5 effects of officers or crew to prevent the spread of disease, the corn- 
disease, manding officer shall order a survey as provided in article 1925. 

917. 

Books, rec- (1) The commanding officer shall carefully examine the books, 
turns 8 'concerning records, and returns pertaining to the crew, and shall have them 
the crew. ker>t and made in strict accordance with the regulations and with 

such instructions as may be issued by the Bureau of Navigation. 

(2) He shall require the division and other officers to report in 
writing such information as may be necessary to enter in these 
books, records, and returns. 

918. 

Officers absent if any officers are absent when the ship is about to sail from a 
about to* sail? " home port, the commanding officer shall report their names to the 
Chief of the Bureau of Navigation, with such particulars con- 
cerning their absence as he may be able to furnish. 

919. 

Executive offl- The commanding officer shall give to the executive officer fre- 

cer to have op- .' , ... ,, J. , ., " . 

portunities for quent opportunities for handling the ship while getting underway 

handhng ship. an ^ com i ng f- anchor, while going alongside of or leaving docks, 
and while maneuvering in company with other ships and else- 
where. 

920. 

Discharge or Commanding officers of vessels shall notifv the Commissioner 
desertion of , T • . . . 

aliens. of Immigration or inspector in charge of the nearest port of entrv 



275 

in sufficient time prior to the discharge within the United States 
of every enlisted man who is not a citizen of the United States to 
permit the commissioner or inspector to take such steps as they 
may deem appropriate ; and shall also at once notify the commis- 
sioner or inspector whenever a man who is not a citizen of the 
United States deserts within the United States and furnish him 
a description of such deserter. Except with respect to Chinese, 
natives of Porto Rico, the Philippines, and Guam, this does not 
apply to enlisted men of the Navy who are natives of our insular 
possessions. 

921. 

(1) To permit the issue of certain items of toilet supplies, such issue of toilet 

Slll)I)li?S etc to 

as toothbrushes, tooth powder, toilet soap, etc., to men in debt to men in debt." 
the Government by reason of sentences of courts-martial, com- 
manding officers are authorized to direct, in writing, the trans- 
fer from the ship's store stock to the clothing and small stores 
stock for issue as contemplated by article 1108, paragraph 2, of 
such articles as may be considered necessary for the health and 
comfort of the men requiring such issue. 

(2) These transfers from the ship's store account to the clothing 
and small stores account shall be covered by the usual transfer 
invoices prepared monthly and approved by the commanding 
officer. 

(3) In instances where there is no ship's store, purchase of the 
necessary items may be made on approved open-purchase requisi- 
tions under the " Clothing and small stores fund " in the usual 
manner and without the necessity for prior reference to the depart- 
ment for approval. 

(4) Articles so transferred or purchased shall be issued and 
charged to the account of the man concerned in the same manner 
as other items of clothing and small stores usually carried in stock. 

(5) The provisions of the foregoing paragraphs of this article 
apply with equal force to enlisted men of the Navy or Marine 
Corps held for trial who may not be in a pay status by reason of 
indebtedness to the Government or for other cause. 



CHAPTER 23. 



EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF A SHIP. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 931-951. Duties of the executive officer. 



Section 1. — Duties of the Executive Officer. 
931. 

(1) The executive shall be detailed as such by the Secretary Personality, 
of the Navy from officers of the line exclusive of those restricted 

by law to the performance of engineering duties. He shall be 
the line officer next in rank to the commanding officer. 

(2) If detached, absent, disabled, placed under arrest, sus- Succession to 
pended from duty, or otherwise rendered incapable of performing ° mce * 

the duties of his office, his duties shall devolve upon the line 
officer next in rank below him attached to and on board of the 
ship (exclusive of such as may be restricted to the performance 
of engineering duty only). 

(3) It is the intent of these regulations to constitute the execu- Representative 
tive officer the direct representative of the commanding officer in offlcen"" 11 * 11411115 
maintaining the military and general efficiency of the ship, and 

to this end it is provided that he shall be the line officer next 
in rank to the commanding officer. As such representative, and 
in order that he may properly perform the duties imposed upon 
him, all heads of departments and other officers and all enlisted 
men on board ship shall consider themselves as under his orders, 
as the aid or executive to the commanding officer, in all that 
pertains to the operation and maintenance of the ship and to the 
preservation of order and discipline on board ; and all communi- 
cations in regard to ship duty intended for or issued by the com- 
manding officer shall be transmitted through the executive officer, - 
except where the contrary is specifically laid down in these regu- 
lations. While the course of procedure laid down in this para- 
graph is necessary in order that the executive officer may prop- 
erly carry out his duties, it is not intended that this regulation 
shall be so construed as to prevent any head of department 
from having free access to the commanding officer in regard to 
matters connected with the duties of his department. 
183841°— 20 19 (277) 



278 

(4) Aboard ships to which no first lieutenant is attached the 
executive officer shall perform the duties of first lieutenant in 
addition to his regular duties. 

(5) Aboard ships to which no regular gunnery officer is at- 
tached, the executive officer shall, in addition to his regular 
duties, perform also those of the gunnery officer. 

(6) Aboard smaller ships the executive officer may also be or- 
dered to perform the duties of navigating officer. In such cases all 
the duties of the gunnery officer shall be performed by the senior 
watch officer, in addition to his regular duties. 

932. 

Authority. (i) The executive officer has no authority independent of the 

commanding officer, from whom his orders shall be considered 
as emanating, and the details of duty hereinafter laid down shall 
be regarded as in execution of the orders of the commanding 
officer. (Art. 182.) 

(2) While executing the orders of the commanding officer he 
takes precedence over all other officers. 

933. 



General duty. (1) When on board ship he shall regard himself as always on 
duty. 

(2) He shall receive all orders relating to the general duties of 
the ship directly from the commanding officer and shall transmit 
them to other officers as may be necessary. He is responsible 
for their execution. (Art. 831.) 

(3) He shall have general charge of the details of duty in con- 
nection with the maintenance and operation of the ship in all 
departments, and shall especially carry out all details of duty 
in connection with the organization, police, inspection, discipline, 
exercise, and efficient condition of the crew, and may, as the 
representative of the commanding officer, direct all officers at- 
tached to the ship as to the cleanliness, good order, efficiency, and 
neat and trim appearance of ship and crew. 

(4) He shall arrange and coordinate the ship's work, drills, 
and exercises of the crew as a whole. He shall make up and 
publish the daily routine. He shall plan and publish the 
schedule of exercises as far in advance as possible to the 
end that those concerned may be warned in sufficient time 
to plan their work and make suitable preparation. He shall be 
responsible that all training is carried out in a uniform manner 
throughout the ship, in strict accordance with the instructions 
and regulations issued by the Navy Department from time to 
time, and that all prescribed or necessary safety precautions are 



279 

strictly observed at all times. To this end he shall direct the 
other officers of the ship, but nothing in these regulations shall 
be construed as relieving such other officers from any part of 
their responsibility for the efficiency of the men and material 
committed to their charge. 

(5) He shall keep himself constantly informed of the policy of 
the commanding officer in regard to the official administration of 
all matters of duty, in order that he may carry out the wishes of 
the commanding officer. (Art. 831.) 

(6) So far as his power extends, he shall correct all abuses, 
prevent infractions of discipline, and suppress disorder. He shall 
report to the commanding officer anyone who may disobey or 
disregard any law, naval regulation, or order. 

934. 

The executive officer shall aid the commanding officer in every 
way possible in performing the duties assigned him. 

935. 

The executive officer shall see that the officers of the ship are to supervise 
vigilant in the performance of their duties; that they perforin ^®f JUhJf«i ut of 
them in a uniform manner ; and that they conform strictly to all 
orders. 

936. 

The executive officer shall direct the officer of the deck in all To direct the 
matters concerning the general duties of the ship. When theSS*" ° f th * 
commanding officer is not on deck he may direct the officer of 
the deck how to proceed in time of danger or during an emergency, 
or he may assume charge of the deck himself, and shall do so 
should it in his judgment be necessary, but he shall at once 
report to the commanding officer the fact and his reasons for so 
doing. 

937. 

The executive officer shall see that officers commanding divisions S u p e r ? I sion 
perform their duties carefully, thoroughly, uniformly, and in ac- °™J di*tiio« of - 
cordance with these regulations; that they thoroughly inspect 
and keep in order the materiel under their charge; that they 
comply strictly with the uniform regulations; and that they are 
present and personally instruct the junior officers and men at all 
exercises. He shall endeavor to inculcate a spirit of emulation 
among the officers in respect to the efficiency, drill, bearing, and 
behavior of the men under their command. 



cers. 



280 



938. 



Supervision of Under the commanding officer, the executive officer shall exer- 
jnnior officers of ..... 

the line. cise particular supervision over the instruction of junior officers 

of the line. 

939. 

inspection of All parts of the ship shall be open to the inspection of the 
executive officer, and he shall make such inspections as the com- 
manding officer may direct. 

940. 

Care of powder ( l ) The executive officer shall take stringent precautions to 
an expiobnes. guar( j a g a i ns t accidents whenever the magazines or shell rooms 
are opened. (Art. 853.) 

(2) He shall cause to be posted such sentries as may be neces- 
sary to guard against the danger of igniting any explosive or 
dangerous compound. 

(3) He shall be vigilant in the care of guncotton, fulminate 
fuses, and other compounds of like nature. (Art. 853.) 

941. 

Munitions of The executive officer shall at all times keep himself informed 
war on oar . ^ ^ e condition and quantity of munitions of war on board and 
the readiness of the ship for war. He shall familiarize himself 
with the personnel, and with the material and structure of the 
ship to the end that he may instantly render to the captain the 
maximum assistance in action in carrying out whatever orders he 
may receive. 

942. 

Familiarity (i) The executive officer shall be constant in his attendance on 
with ship, etc. 

board both before and after commissioning, and shall make him- 
self familiar with every part of the ship and with all her appur- 
tenances. 

(2) He shall report to the commanding officer any defects, or 
other matters of importance connected with the ship, that he may 
discover. 

(3) He shall report upon the efficiency of officers as prescribed 
in Article 137. 

943. 

Capacity of the The executive officer shall be the personnel officer of the ship. 
He shall inform himself, as far as possible, of the physical capa- 



281 

city, service record, and experience of each man detailed for the 
crew, in order that he may station him to the best advantage. 
Should he have any doubt of a man's physical ability to perform 
the duty required of him, he shall report the fact to the command- 
ing officer. 

944. 

(1) The executive officer shall take the deck whenever all hands a To , tak * the 

' deck at all 

are called for any particular duty, exercise, or evolution, except bauds. 

at quarters and during action ; and unless otherwise directed by 

the commanding officer, shall see that every officer of the ship fit 

for duty is at his station. (Art. 1024.) 

(2) He shall not be required to keep a watch, but he may relieve Keeping watch. 
the officer of the deck for short periods as a matter of accommo- 
dation. 

945. 

In his administration of the police of the ship he shall give Ship's police, 
such orders as may be necessary. He shall satisfy himself that 
the sentries are properly placed, and that they are attentive to 
their duties. He shall endeavor to cultivate among the sentries a 
feeling of pride in the strict performance of all their duties. 

946. 

When the ship is cleared for action, the executive officer shall Clearing ship 

.l . , . . for action. 

report to the captain when all proper and necessary dispositions 
for battle have been reported ready ; and if circumstances permit, 
he shall make an inspection personally to assure that all is in 
readiness as required. 

947. 

The executive officer shall be ready at all times to assume com- Station in bat- 
niand in case the captain is disabled. To this end his habitual 
station in action shall be in the secondary ship-control station, in 
close proximity to means of ship control other than those in the 
conning tower, and where he can maintain efficient communication 
with the captain. So far as practicable this station shall be lo- 
cated where it would probably not be involved in any disaster to 
the captain. 

948. 

After battle the executive officer shall submit to the command- After battle. 
big officer a detailed report comprising all noteworthy incidents 
that have come to his notice, including a statement of the conduct 



282 

of his subordinates, with particular mention of individual in- 
stances deserving praise or censure. 

949. 

in time of In case of fire or of any occurrence that may place the ship 
in danger, the executive officer shall exert himself to maintain 
order, and should it become necessary to abandon the ship, he 
shall, under the direction of the commanding officer, see that 
the sick and wounded are first cared for. 

950. 

Liberty lists. The executive officer shall be charged with the preparation of 
the lists of men to be granted liberty, and shall be especially 
careful that the men are treated with the utmost fairness in 
this respect. 

951. 

Absenting him- The executive officer shall not absent himself from the ship 
shi" fr ° m the except as provided in article 1729. 



I 



CHAPTER 24. 



GUNNERY OFFICER OF A SHIP. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 961-671. Duties of the gunnery officer. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 972. Safety precautions. 



Section 1. — Duties of the Gunnery Officer. 
961. 

(1) The gunnery officer of a ship is the officer detailed by the Personality. 
Chief of the Bureau of Navigation to have supervision over and be 
responsible for the entire ordnance equipment, and is the head of 

the gunnery department of the ship. The gunnery officer shall, 
if practicable, be the line officer next in rank to the executive. 

(2) If detached, absent, disabled, placed under arrest, sus- if detached, 
pended from duty, or otherwise rendered incapable of performing 

the duties of his office, his duties shall devolve upon the line 
officer next below him in rank attached to and on board of the 
ship (exclusive of such as may be restricted to the performance 
of engineering duty only) ; except that, when such absence or 
disability is temporary and of short duration only, the command- 
ing officer may, at his discretion, authorize his duties to be car- 
ried on in his absence from duty by the officers, warrant officers, 
and other subordinates directly under him in the performance 
of his regular duties, without diverting the line officer next in 
rank from his regular duties in order to assume those of gunnery 
officer. 

(3) When no regular gunnery officer has been designated, the 
commanding officer shall designate an officer of his command to 
act as gunnery officer. 

(4) An officer junior to him shall be detailed as his assistant 
in fire-control duties, with a view to becoming his relief if occa- 
sion arises. 

962. 

(1) The gunnery officer shall assist the executive officer in General duties, 
carrying out the provisions of article 933 (4), especially in con- 
nection with fire control and the drill, exercise, and efficiency 

(283) 



284 

of the armament as a whole ; and to this end he shall have, subject 
to the executive officer, the necessary authority over all officers 
connected with the armament. He shall make such inspections 
and perform such duties at drills and exercises as the commanding 
officer may direct. 

(2) He shall have charge of all material and articles of outfit 
pertaining to the Bureau of Ordnance, that have been issued for 
use by the supply officer of the ship, except as provided for in 
article 1104 (3). 
D d U,ty i™ ii e " ^ Ttie gunnery officer shall see that all equipage and supplies 
stores. in his charge are properly cared for, and take such measures as 

may be necessary for their preservation and economical use. 

(4) He shall at least once a year take an inventory of the 
equipage for which he has signed custody receipts. He shall take 
this inventory as nearly as practicable coincidentally with the 
inventory taken by the supply officer in accordance with the pro- 
visions of article 1222 and shall transmit it, through the command- 
ing officer, to the ship's supply officer. In forwarding the inven- 
tory he shall certify to its correctness and make the statement 
that the necessary memorandum requests for survey have been 
submitted to the commanding officer to cover all deficiencies. 



963. 



Armament. (l) The gunnery officer shall be held responsible for the effi- 

ciency of the armament and of all appurtenances connected there- 
with ; and for the cleanliness and good condition of all ammuni- 
tion stowage spaces and ordnance workshops, and of all ordnance 
storerooms not turned over to the supply officer of the ship. 

Explosives. (2) He shall supervise and be responsible for the proper 

stowage and care of all explosives on board ship, and shall make 
or cause to be made such inspections, examinations, and tests 
thereof as may be prescribed. 

964. 

When ship is (l) When the ship is placed out of commission the gunnery 
commission. officer, ordnance gunner, chief gunner's mate, and yeoman shall 

not be detached or transferred until the battery and entire ord- 
nance equipment of the vessel have been inspected by a special 
board, nor until the ordnance supplies in charge of the gunnery 
officer have been satisfactorily accounted for and surveys cover- 
ing shortages have been held and approved. (Art. 854.) 

(2) When a gunnery officer is relieved his orders of detachment 
shall not be delivered until he has made a detailed inspection of 
the armament for which he is responsible in company with his 
successor, and has turned over to such successor all orders and 
instructions relating thereto. 



285 

965. 

When acting as executive officer during a temporary absence Acting as ex- 
or disability of the latter, the gunnery officer shall endeavor to ecn lve ° cer * 
have the work of the ship carried on in all respects as it would 
be if the executive officer were on duty. 

966. 

(1) When fitting out, the gunnery officer shall make a careful When fitting 
inspection of the battery and its appurtenances, and all of the 

arms, equipments, and other material belonging to the Ordnance 
equipment; of the ammunition stowage spaces and passages, 
flood cocks, sprinkling systems, outlet and overflow pipes, hose, 
hoisting and transporting gear, and all other appurtenances con- 
nected with the stowage, care, preservation, and service of the 
ammunition of the ship. 

(2) He shall during his inspection ascertain whether the am- 
munition stowage spaces are dry and their linings tight, the 
means for flooding, sprinkling, and draining efficient and in order; 
the arrangement for ammunition stowage complete and ample ; the 
main and auxiliary lighting apparatus for annminition stowage 
spaces in order and of ample power; and the means for supplying 
ammunition to the battery safe, efficient, and ample. 

(3) When the ammunition stowage spaces are ready for the 
ammunition, and he is familiar with all their appurtenancvs. lie 
shall report the fact to the executive officer. 

(4) Should he discover any defects or deficiencies he shall im- 
mediately make a detailed written report of the facts to the com- 
manding officer. 

967. 

The gunnery officer shall be responsible for the instruction of Safety orders, 
the officers and crew in the safetv orders, and all regulations re- D , " ty ) n re " 

' gard to ordnance 

garding the care, stowage, handling and examination of explo- stores, 
sives as laid down in the Navy Regulations and in the Ordnance 
Manual. 

968. 

Upon the detachment of officers the gunnery officer shall re- Officers' p i s - 
quire the return to him of pistols and other ordnance stores which ° s * 
have been loaned to them for their personal use. 

970. 

When the officer of the deck is required to take part in drills May relieve 
and exercises the gunnery officer may be designated by the com- ec * 



286 

manding officer to take the deck. He may relieve the officer of 
the deck at any time as a matter of accommodation. 

971. 

The gunnery officer shall not absent himself from the ship 
except as provided for in article 1729. 

Section 2. — Safety Precautions. 

972. 

Material (1) (a) Material changes or modifications in the batteries of 

changes. ships or any of their attachments, or in the torpedo equipment, 

shall not be made without explicit authority from the Bureau of 

Ordnance. 

Compressed-air (&) Any cutting of torpedo air flasks, accumulators, piping, com- 

machinery. pressors, or other receptacles for compressed air used in connection 

with the torpedo plants is prohibited. 

(2) (a) All persons in the naval service whose duty it may be 
to supervise or perform work in connection with the inspection, 
Care in nan- care, preparation or handling of explosives, shall exercise the ut- 
dling explosives. most care that all regulations and instructions are rigidly ob- 
served. No relaxation of vigilance with respect to these shall ever 
be permitted. 

( & ) Persons engaged in the handling, preparation, or transporta- 
tion of ammunition must be carefully supervised by those in 
authority over them and frequently warned of the necessity of 
using the utmost caution in the performance of their work. It 
is only by such means that accidents can be prevented, as fa- 
miliarity with work, no matter how dangerous, is apt to lead to 
carelessness. 

(c) Handling of ammunition shall be reduced to the minimum 
in order to prevent the occurrence of leaky containers, damaged 
tanks and cartridge cases, loosened projectiles, torn cartridge bags, 
etc. Powder stored for a considerable period in a leaky container 
is likely to deteriorate rapidly with the attendant danger of 
spontaneous combustion. Shore stations and ships receiving am- 
munition showing signs of rough treatment shall at once fully 
investigate the circumstances and submit a complete report to the 
Bureau of Ordnance. 

(d) Where safety devices are provided for any form of am- 
munition, they shall always be used in order to preclude any 
possibility of accidental discharge. 

Service am- (3) (a) Service ammunition is supplied to ships for use in 
battle only. It is not to be used for drill at the guns, for instruc- 
tion of the personnel that requires opening of charges or pro- 



287 

5ectiles, for testing hoists or conveyors, or for other similar pur- 
poses except upon the express authority of the Navy Department. 
It shall be regarded as part of a vessel's outfit, shall be kept dis- 
tinct from the ammunition issued for gunnery exercises, and shall 
never be expended in gunnery exercises without the authorization 
of the Orders for Gunnery Exercises or special instructions from 
the Bureau of Ordnance. 

(&) Special ammunition is put up and issued for gunnery Special ammu- 
exercises, or else certain of the ship's allowance of service am- nlilon ' 
munition, particularly designated, is set aside for that purpose. 
Such ammunition, provided it is not live ammunition, may, where 
in the discretion of the commanding officer it becomes necessary, 
be used for instructional purposes, for testing hoists and con- 
veyors, but not for drill at guns. 

(c) The unexpended portion of such ammunition as may have 
been issued for a specific gunnery exercise or experimental firing 
shall be turned in as soon as practicable after such firing to an 
ammunition depot, preferably the one where it was prepared, 
unless additional firings are immediately authorized by the com- 
mander in chief or director of gunnery exercises. 

(d) Since the correctness of reports and records depends upon 
it, care must be taken not to obliterate the identification marks 
on ammunition or to interchange it in incorrectly marked con- 
tainers. 

(4) When smokeless powder is removed from magazines at powder out- 
naval ammunition depots or on board ship for transportation, gun- J 1 ^ of ma & a " 
nery exercises, or other purposes, it shall not be exposed to the 

direct rays of the sun or subjected to other abnormal conditions of 
temperature. This prohibition applies equally to powder in bulk, 
in tanks, cartridge cases, ammunition boxes, or other containers. 
Whenever it may be necessary to transport smokeless powder 
ammunition in boats, or to take it on shore, as for boat-gun or 
field-gun target practice, it must be effectively shaded from the 
rays of the sun. 

(5) (a) Whenever, in particular cases, the terms of paragraph Exposed and 

3 have not been complied with, any ammunition which may have" nfit ammuni- 
tion, 
been exposed shall be segregated, and shall, for purposes of tests, 

inspections, and reports, be regarded as a separate index; and if 
on board ship it shall be landed at a naval ammunition depot at 
the first opportunity, should there be reason to believe it has 
deteriorated. 

( b ) If at any time smokeless powder be exposed to a tempera- 
ture higher than 100° F., a special report shall be made to the 
Bureau of Ordinance immediately, explaining the circumstances 
in detail and stating the temperature and the length of time the 
powder was so exposed. 



288 

(c) Smokeless powder that has been wet from any cause what- 
ever must be regarded as dangerous for storage on board ship. 
Such powder must be completely immersed in distilled water (in 
which condition it is entirely safe), and must be turned in to a 
naval ammunition depot without delay, where, upon receipt, it 
must be scrapped for shipment to Indianhead for reworking. 
Each container of immersed powder must be clearly marked to 
indicate its gross weight and the condition of such powder. 

(d) Smokeless powder in leaky containers shall be landed at 
the earliest practicable moment after discovery, for replacement, 
unless a surveillance test shows it to be in normal condition, and 
the container is properly repaired. 

(6) Projectiles comprising the service outfit of ammunition 

shall not be altered or disassembled on board ship, in any of 

their parts, without explicit instructions from the department. 

They shall be kept free from rust, and the paint or lacquer shall 

be renewed when necessary. The old paint shall be removed 

before painting in order that the dimensions may not be increased 

thereby, and care shall be exercised that no paint is placed on 

the bourrelet. Projectiles for separately loaded 5 and 6 inch guns 

are issued with their rotating bands protected by grommets or 

rope slings. The slings and grommets shall be removed only 

when preparing for firing, except in those cases where storage 

space necessitates their removal before storing in the shell rooms. 

Since the slings are likely to jamb the hoists, they should be 

removed before sending up the projectiles. When removed, slings 

and grommets shall be returned to a naval ammunition depot. 

Evidences of (7) ( a ) Powder shall not be destroyed unless it shows unmis- 
deeomposition of v ' v ' a 

{loader. takable sig?is of advanced decomposition. In the event of such 

deterioration every charge of the index on board shall be exam- 
ined, and only such charges will be destroyed as contain the 
decomposing powder. Decomposition in the sense here used is 
evidenced by — 

(1) The grains being friable and easily crumbled. 

(2) Unmistakable odor of nitrous fumes. 

(3) Very low violet paper test and surveillance test. 
The conditions in (1) and (2) must be confirmed by (3). 

( b ) Powder found in a soft or mushy condition shall be thrown 
overboard immediately. 

(c) Whenever any powder is landed or destroyed because of its 
unstable or decomposed condition, samples of each index shall 
always be preserved and forwarded to the Naval Proving Ground. 
Indianhead, Md., for examination, and the Bureau of Ordnance 
notified at once of the shipment and the reason therefor. 



289 



Safety Orders. 



(8) Copies of all safety orders shall be kept posted in conspic- 
uous places easy of access to members of the crew, and all mem- 
bers of the crew concerned shall be frequently and thoroughly 
instructed in them. 

(9) The attention of all officers is invited to the necessity for 
the continuous exercise of the utmost care and prudence in the 
handling of all kinds of ammunition and explosives. 

(10) Conditions not covered by these safety orders may arise 
which, in the opinion of the commanding officer, may render firing 
unsafe. Nothing in these safety orders shall be construed as 
authorizing firing under such conditions, or as preventing the 
commanding officer from issuing such additional safety orders as 
he may deem necessary. 

(11) When in doubt as to the exact meaning of any safety 
order, an interpretation should be requested of the Bureau of 
Ordnance. 

MAGAZINES. 

(12) (a) No naked lights, matches, or other flame-producing 
apparatus shall ever be taken into a magazine or other compart- 
ment containing explosives of any kind. 

(b) All explosives shall be removed from a compartment in or 
adjacent to one in which it is intended to use an oxy-acetylene cut- 
ting or welding torch or any similar appliance. 

(c) Magazines shall be kept scrupulously clean at all times. 
Particular attention shall be paid that no oiiy rags, waste, or any 
other materials susceptible to spontaneous combustion are stored 
in magazines or other compartments containing explosives of any 
kind. 

(d) Drill Charges for bag guns soon become covered with oil 
and grease, and it is strictly forbidden to store such charges in 
magazines or other compartments containing explosives. 

(e) Nothing shall be stored in magazines except explosives, 
authorized containers, and gear which is actually used to assist 
in handling ammunition. 

(13) (a) Case ammunition, loaded and fused projectiles, or Case ammuni- 
smokeless powder charges, will never be used for drill. This does purposes? r * 
not prohibit the fitting of case ammunition in a. gun previous to 

firing, provided the firing pin has been removed and the electric 
tiring circuit has been completely disconnected. 

(b) No ammunition, or other explosive, shall be used in any 
gun, or appliance, other than the gun or appliance for which it is 
supplied. 

(14) (a) During firing no ammunition other than that imme- 
diately required shall be permitted to remain outside of the maga- 



No red lights. 



Welding. 



Cleanliness. 



Drill charges. 



Forbidden 
ticles. 



290 

Ammunition (ft) j n s hips fitted with magazine flap doors, only such maga- 
zin*. zine flap doors as are being used to supply charges shall be open, 

the flaps, in all cases, being down except during the time of actual 
passage of the sections of the charge through the door. 

(c) Where powder is sent up to the guns from the magazines in 
bags and not in metal containers there shall not be removed from 
its tank, nor shall the top of the tank be left so loosened as to 
expose the charge to flame, at any time for the guns or guns 
being supplied, more than one charge each in every one of the 
stages of the ammunition train. This does not apply where con- 
tinuous chain hoists are used, as in this case the hoist may be 
kept filled. 

(15) (a) At gunnery exercises there may be assembled on deck 
no more than the necessary allowance of ammunition for the inter- 
mediate or secondary battery guns that are to fire on the next 
run ; but no charge for a bag gun shall be removed from its tank, 
nor shall the top of the tank be left so loosened as to expose the 
charge to flame until immediately before the charge is required for 
loading. For case guns, the allowance required for the gun or 
guns that are to fire on the next run may be removed from the 
boxes. 

(&) When an ammunition supply test is made, the ammunition 
used therefor will be that authorized for gunnery exercises unless 
the order for the test authorizes the use of service ammunition. 

(c) In loading projectiles fitted with tracer fuses, care shall be 
taken not to strike the tracer mouth cup of the fuse, as such a 
blow involves danger of igniting the tracer and thereby an ex- 
posed powder charge in the vicinity . 

(d) Under no circumstances shall the material of powder bags 
be added to without authority. Should it be necessary to stiffen 
the charges additional cloth or tape shall not be used, but the 
lacing shall be tightened. If the powder bag be badly injured, it 
should be replaced by a new one from the spares on hand. 

Blind shell. (16) Only blind shell shall be used for subcaliber practice. 

Fitting of pri- (17) Service primers should not be previously loaded in the 
lock except as may be necessary to test the fit of the primer. 

Fnses - (18) (a) Fuses shall not be removed from loaded shell except at 

naval ammunition depots until explicit instructions are received 
from the Bureau of Ordnance, 
fn.ed C ro*ecttle° ^ Any loaded an<i ^^^ projectile which may be accidentally 
" dropped in service from a height exceeding 5 feet should be set 
aside and turned in to a naval ammunition depot at the first 
opportunity. Such a projectile should be clearly marked to 
indicate its condition and should be handled with the greatest 
care. Upon receipt at the naval ammunition depot it shall be 
unfused and the fuse scrapped. 



291 

(c) With one or two exceptions minor caliber fuses are armed Arming of 
by setback instead of centrifugal action. Care must be used to 
avoid tapping or otherwise striking projectiles fused with minor 
caliber fuses. This is particularly applicable to attempts to 
loosen projectiles in the cartridge case by repeated light blows 
of a hammer or mallet. 

(19) Gunnery and division officers shall see that the special Safety devices, 
fittings and devices installed for purposes of safety are in good 

condition and operative at all times. 

(20) It is unsafe to fire guns that have a constriction of the „ Bore constric- 

tion. 

bore due to steel. Such a constriction may be caused by gun 
liners overriding the retaining shoulders. It usually appears in 
the form of a ring in the immediate vicinity of the liner shoulders 
near the muzzle, and can usually be seen immediately after clean- 
ing the guns by looking through the bore toward a strong light, 
the observer moving his point of vision around the end of the 
bore. The constriction will appear as a ring of light and shadow, 
and if such is found will be immediately reported to the Bureau 
of Ordnance. A study of the general arrangement drawings will 
show the position where such constrictions are most likely to 
occur. 

(21) (a) A circle shall be painted on the deck to indicate the Recoil posi- 
limiting position of the breech of the gun on recoil, and the gun 

crew shall be instructed how to keep clear. 

( & ) Marks or indicators shall be provided to indicate if the Return to bat- 
gun returns to battery, and a member of the gun crew shall be er> * 
detailed to observe these marks or indicators after each shot. 
The service of the gun shall be stopped should the gun fail to 
return to battery. 

(22) In preparing a battery for firing, the division officer shall Tompion re- 
assure himself that the tompion is removed from each gun, that mo?e * 

the bore is clear, and that the gas-ejecting system is working 
satisfactorily. 

(23) (a) Before the firing of any gun, other than for saluting, Recoil cyiin- 
the commanding officer shall require a report that the recoil cyl- 
inders have been inspected and filled in the presence of the gun- 
nery officer. 

(&) After filling recoil cylinders not fitted with expansion tanks, 
the amount of liquid necessary to allow for the expansion of the 
liquid due to heat shall be withdrawn. 

(24) The salvo latch shall be removed from or made tempo- SalY0 ^tc"- 
rarily inoperative on any gun used for drill, and shall be replaced 

or made operative before such gun is fired. Where no salvo latch 
is installed, effective measures shall be taken during firing to 
guard against opening the breech of a loaded gun. 

(25) Whenever the guns of a vessel are being fired, the fire Fire n °se« 
hose shall be led out as at fire quarters and pressure shall be 



292 

maintained on the fire main. This does not require water to be 
running through the hose. 

Dangerous sec- (26) When engaged in gunnery exercises with director fire, an 

tor ' observer shall be stationed at one of the sight telescopes of each 

broadside gun or turret and shall cause the firing circuit to be 

broken in case the gun or turret is trained dangerously near any 

object other than the designated target. 

Entering of (27) Especial care shall be exercised to see that all sections of 
powder charges are entered in the chamber with the ignition ends 
toward the breech, and that the rear section is touching the face 
of the breech plug when closed. The other sections shall be 
placed as far forward as possible. 

Broken pow- (28) If a powder bag is broken while loading to the extent of 
allowing powder grains to fall out, the command " silence " shall 
be given and the loose grains shall be gathered up. If it is 
impracticable to place the charge in the gun. it shall be sent out 
of the turret and be completely immersed in water. 

Mushroom. (29) The mushroom of every bag gun shall be wiped after each 

shot with a sponge or cloth dampened with fresh water. 

Empty car- (o<)) The sponging of case guns is not necessary, but before 
tridge cases. * ° 

storing empty cartridge cases below they shall be freed from 

inflammable gases. 

Priming. (o-j^ ^ -j.| le p r i m i n g f a ftag g^ ^hile the breech plug is 

open is forbidden, and the breech plug shall be closed and locked 
before the primer is inserted in the firing lock, except in a gun in 
which the wedge block containing the firing pin is arranged to 
operate automatically by the functioning of the breech mechanism, 
in such a manner that the firing pin can not be brought opposite 
the primer until the breech plug is closed and locked. 

(&) When priming locks of the sliding wedge type, special care 
should be taken to insure the primer being pushed in beyond the 
primer retaining catch to prevent the primer coming out or being 
sheared off by the operation of the wedge in closing. 

Unlocking of (32) (a) The breech plug of a gun shall never be unlocked or 
Sr"mer7 ith Mve opened while there is a live primer in the lock. 

(b) If a firing ianyard is used, it shall never be hooked to the 
trigger of the lock until after the breech plug has been closed and 
locked and the gun primed. The lanyard shall be hooked just 
before cocking the lock. 

(c) The breech plug of a gun shall never be unlocked or opened 
while the lock is cocked or while the lanyard is hooked to the 
trigger. 

(d) When the order "Cease firing" is given, loaded guns must 
be put in such condition as to render accidental discharge im- 
possible. This necessitates for bag guns the removal of the primer 
and for case guns the removal of the case. If a crew leave a gun 
at any time, the gun shall be left in the condition of cease firing. 



293 

(33) Every possible precaution shall be taken to prevent a gun^ ciden * s fr ?™ 
from being fired when the breech plug is swung home but not nism. 

fully rotated and locked. Accidents from this cause are likely to 
happen with screw breech mechanisms fitted for percussion firing. 
Where the lock is operated automatically, the automatic function- 
ing of the lock shall not be interfered with in any way. If a gun 
be fitted for electric firing with the contacts so arranged that the 
plug must be fully rotated before the firing circuit can be closed, 
it is not possible for an accident of this kind to happen by electric 
firing, but it is still possible by percussion firing. 

(34) (a) As soon as a gun is loaded, the breech shall be closed Closing of 
without delay. breecb ' 

(&) When a gun which has been fired is still warm when re- Powder 1h 
loaded and it later becomes necessary to remove the charge, the warm snn ' 
gun need not be fired, but should be unloaded, provided no attempt 
has been made to fire the gun. If such attempt has been made, 
proceed as for hangfire. When it is apparent that the service of 
the gun will not be resumed within a reasonable time, the smoke- 
less powder involved will be completely immersed in distilled 
water and kept in that condition until turned in to a naval am- 
munition depot at the first opportunity. 

(c) When it becomes necessary to unload a gun which has not Vnloading. 
been warm at any time while loaded, the following will he ob- 
served: If a case gun, the cartridge will be carefully examined, 
and if found in good condition, it may he returned again to the 
magazine; if not in good condition, it should be broken down and 
the powder treated as Stated in paragraph (2). If a bag gun, 
the charge should be most carefully examined. If found dry, free 
from grease, and in good condition, it may be sent back to the 
magazine; if slightly greasy, the charge should be rebagged on 
board ship, if spare bags are available; if such bags are not avail- 
able, or if grease or moisture has in any way gotten into the 
powder, the charge should be completely immersed in distilled 
water and treated as directed in paragraph (2). 

(35) (a) There is a possibility of firing primers prematurely by Prematura fir- 
the force exerted by the firing pin on the primer plunger due to lns of P rlmcrs - 
successive closings of the Mark XIII mod. 1 firing lock on the 

same primer. Each slight pressure of the firing-pin contact point 
tends to move the primer plunger forward, and firing by percus- 
sion may result from the progressive movement. 

(&) This is most likely to occur when repriming the gun with- 
out opening the breech plug, as the firing lock works much quicker 
and more violently by hand than is possible when working in con- 
junction with the operation of closing the plug. 

The design permits the closing of the lock without subjecting 
any member of the crew to danger from recoil of the gun. If the 
183S41 — 20 20 



294 

lock-operating handle can not be safely reached by hand a suit- 
able tool should be employed to close the lock. 

Excessive force (36) No force greater than that which can be applied by the 
hibited. " g Pr °" hand alone shall be used in loading a cartridge case into a gun. 
Any cartridge case that does not freely and fully enter the cham- 
ber of the gun under the influence of the force of the hand 
alone shall be carefully extracted and put aside. It shall be 
properly marked to indicate its condition and shall be turned in to 
a naval ammunition depot at the first opportunity. 

Condition of (37) ( a ) In every case gun, except those of the sliding wedge 
type, the breech plug shall not be closed until the gun captain is 
assured by actually feeling that the front face of the plug is in 
normal condition and that the firing pin does not project beyond 
the face of the plug. 

(&) The danger of a broken firing pin point or of the fusing of 
metal on the face of the breech plug, due to a primer blowback, 
shall be constantly borne in mind. 

(c) As the firing pin of every concentric screw breech mechan- 
ism is directly in rear of the primer when the plug is closed but 
not rotated, the utmost care shall be taken to insure that the 
firing pin and all parts are in good condition, as the failure of 
a part of the mechanism might permit the firing of the gun before 
the plug is rotated. 

(d) In a case breech mechanism having the firing pin held in 
position by a cotter pin, similar to the 5-inch Mark V mechanism, 
the cotter pin shall be in place at all times, in order to prevent 
the firing pin from losing its housing. If the firing pin be not 
housed, a premature explosion is apt to occur. 

(e) In all case guns, when live ammunition is being tested, the 
firing pin shall be taken out. 

(f) No case gun shall be fired with a breech mechanism in 
which the firing pin is not completely housed. 

Inflammable (38) (a) As there is an inflammable gas present in the cham- 
ber of a gun after firing which, under certain conditions, may 
constitute a danger by igniting the powder charge which is to be 
used for the next round, the following precautions shall be 
observed : 

(1) Bag guns fitted with approved type of gas ejector which 
is in good condition shall not be reloaded until a member of the 
crew, whose duty is to look through the bore, has assured himself 
that the bore is clear and has announced " Bore clear " either 
by voice or by approved signal, such as a whistle, gong, or horn. 

(2) Until the "Bore clear" signal above described is given 
powder shall not be exposed closer than 4 feet from a gun not 
mounted in a turret.. In turrets fitted with ammunition cars 
the car shall not be brought above a horizontal plane 6 feet 
below the axis of the trunnions until the " Bore clear " signal is 



295 

given. In turrets fitted for hand passing powder the powder 
shall not be exposed in the turret chamber nor shall the flame 
seal, shutter, or flap between the turret chamber and the next 
stage in the powder passing train be opened or unlocked until 
the " Bore clear " signal is given. 

(3) In turrets not fitted with bulkheads between the guns the 
" Bore clear " signal to the turret crew shall not be given until 
the guns which have been fired and whose breech plugs have been 
opened are reported clear, when one signal to the entire turret 
crew shall be given. 

(4) Bag guns not fitted with approved type of gas ejector and 
which permit using the combined sponge and rammer shall have 
the shell rammed home with the combined sponge and rammer 
dampened with water, and until this has been done the same 
restrictions on exposure of powder as above laid down before the 
" Bore clear " signal shall be enforced. 

(5) Bag guns not fitted with an approved type of gas ejector 
or those with gas ejectors out of order and which do not permit 
using the combined sponge and rammer shall not be loaded until 
sufficient time has elapsed for the gases in the bore to dissipate 
and the " Bore clear " signal must be given. The same restric- 
tions on exposure of powder as given above shall be enforced. 

(6) The above precautions do not apply to case guns. 

(39) (a) The possible danger of a serious accident due to open- Precautions 
ing the breech plug of a gun too soon after a failure to fire de- Jun^fire™ ° f 
mands the constant exercise of the utmost prudence and caution 
whenever such a failure occurs. 

(&) Whenever an attempt has been made to fire and a gun 
fails to fire a hangfire shall be regarded as probable. No dis- 
tinction shall be made between a misfire due to the failure of a 
primer to ignite and a misfire due to a failure of a charge to 
ignite after the primer fired until it fe known if the primer failed 
to fire : 

(1) In pointer fire extract the primer and examine to see if 
it exploded. 

(2) In director fire determine if firing circuit was fully closed. 
If found fully closed, remove and examine primer to see if it 
exploded. 

(c) Except in action, whenever a misfire occurs in a gun an 
interval of at least 30 minutes shall be allowed to elapse after 
the last effort to fire the gun before the breech plug is opened, 
except when in the case of a gun using a lock primer an examina- 
tion of the extracted primer shows it did not fire. In such a case 
there is no danger of a hangfire and the foregoing rule need not 
apply. In case of misfire in field and landing guns on shore an 
interval of 10 minutes shall be allowed to elapse after the last 
effort to fire the gun before the breech plug is opened. 



296 

(d) Nothing in this article shall be construed as discouraging 
possible efforts to fire the gun which do not involve opening the 
breech plug. In bag guns, the primer shall be removed (using an 
appropriate tool in order to avoid danger of being struck by the 
recoil or of injury from a blowback), and a new one inserted and 
fired, using either electric or percussion mechanism, as seems most 
desirable, and these efforts shall be continued as long as there is a 
reasonable chance of firing the gun. In case guns, efforts to fire 
shall be continued as long as there is a reasonable chance of firing, 
either by electricity or percussion, or by both, when such efforts- 
do not require the breech plug to be unlocked or opened. 

(e) When possible chance of serious danger due to a misfire 
may be overbalanced by the more important considerations of 
battle, the battery or turret officer may, at his discretion, open the 
breech plug without waiting as required in paragraph (3). 

(/) If, after removal from the gun, an inspection of the car- 
tridge case shows that the primer has been struck by the firing 
pin, or in case the misfire occurred in a bag gun, the charge will 
be treated as prescribed in article 2868 (2). 

(g) In any case, the gun while loaded must be kept pointed so 
that its accidental discharge will do no damage. 

(h) When a gun is being unloaded after a misfire, in accord- 
ance with these safety orders, all unnecessary members of the gun 
crew shall be dismissed from the vicinity of the gun and the 
unloading shall be personally supervised by the division officer. 
Anti-aircraft (40) Unless otherwise specifically authorized, anti-aircraft guns 
on board ship shall not be fired during gunnery exercises or test 
firings at elevations greater than 80°, on account of the erratic 
character of trajectories at high angles of elevation. 
Morris -tube (41) No Morris-tube practice shall be held without an efficient 
prac ice. bullet catcher securely attached to the muzzle of the gun or other- 

wise suitably secured in the line of fire of the small rifle. 

TURRET GUNS. 

Tests of mech- (42) (a) Every turret and every gun shall be moved through 
the extreme arcs of train and elevation, and all motors and 
mechanisms in connection with the guns and ammunition hoists 
shall be operated daily, except on Sundays and holidays, and ex- 
cept when coaling ship, heavy weather, or repairs render it im- 
practicable. The men regularly stationed to point and train guns 
and to operate the hoists and mechanisms shall be required to do 
so at this time. All parts shall be lubricated at this time as may 
be necessary. 

Precautions in (&) When a turret is trained, except at general quarters, the 
training. turret officer or the turret captain shall place members of crew — 

(1) On deck outside turret, 

(2) In turret chamber, 

(3) In handling room, 



297 

whose duty it shall be to see that all persons are clear of the 
turret and that all gear and fittings, such as stanchions, hatches, 
etc., are clear for training. 

(c) The warning bell under the overhang of turret operated Warning bell, 
from push button at trainer's station shall be rung before training 

and at intervals during training. 

(d) Frequent examination (particularly before and after target .Holding down 
practice) shall be made of all turret holding down clips, their 
connections, turret training gear, deck lugs, and roller paths. 

Special report shall be made by the commanding officer whenever 
repairs to these fittings or replacements are found necessary. 

(c) It is most important that the adjustment of turret guns on Knifc edges, 
their knife edges be frequently checked to insure that these guns 
are not operated while on their trunnion seats. To tins end, the 
trunnion clearances will be measured with feelers at least once a 
month, and adjusted to the dimensions given on the drawings. 
Extreme care will be exercised to see that trunnions are kept 
well lubricated at all times. 

(43) All tanks for turret and handling room sprinkling system Sprinkling 
shall be filled before firing and the whole system tested. All * 
emergency immersion tanks shall be filled to proper level before 

firing. 

(44) (a) In no case shall shutters separating a gun compart- Shutters. 
ment or turret chamber from the next stage in the powder train or 

from the handling room be secured in the open position during 
drills or exercises or while the guns are firing. 

(b) If the shutters be damaged during firing, except in action, 
so that they can not fulfill their purpose, the gun or guns con- 
cerned shall cease firing, and firing shall not be resumed until 
the shutters insure a separation of the gun compartment or tur- 
ret chamber from the next stage in the powder train or from the 
handling room. 

(c) It shall be the duty of one man of each gun crew of a tur- 
ret to insure that the loading or spanning tr;iy is properly seated 
before a shell is rammed. 

(45) The ramming of shells in turret guns by interposing one Ramming of 
or more sections of a powder charge, which contains an ignition 

charge, between the head of the rammer and the base of the shell 
is prohibited. 

(46) Except in action, whenever a circuit breaker becomes so Circuit break- 
sensitive as to function due to the shock of firing, rather than to ers * 

an electrical overload, the circuit breaker shall be either over- 
hauled or replaced and shall not be tied or fixed in position. 

(47) A trunked-in ammunition car with automatic shutters shall Ammunition 
be made inoperative by opening its switch or locking its control 

lever in " off " position before any member of the personnel shall 
lean into the car to adjust or remove powder bags. 



298 

TOEPEDOES. 

Charging tor- (48) (a) Torpedo air flasks shall never be charged with air to 
exceed the designated working pressure stamped on the flask. 
Overcharging with warm air which is allowed to cool to the 
designated pressure is prohibited. When the safe working pres- 
sure is reduced on old or pitted flasks the new pressure will be 
stamped on the flask near the charging valve. This pressure must 
never be exceeded except at a properly equipped testing station. 

(fr) The artificial cooling of torpedo air flasks after charging 
by spraying with water or by flooding the torpedoes in the tubes 
is prohibited. 

Hoisting in (49) Torpedo air flasks shall not be hoisted from submerged 
charged condi- * "^ ' . 

tion. torpedo rooms nor struck below in a charged condition. 

Eecoveringtor- (50) in recovering a torpedo in the water, the propeller lock 
pedoes. 

shall be put on at the earliest possible moment and kept on until 

the torpedo is safely landed. 

(51) (a) Leaky or punctured torpedo torch pots may supply 
the flame to ignite combustible gases. Torch pots of any sort will 
not be stowed below decks. 

(&) Torch pots on vessels with submerged tubes will only be 
taken below just prior to firing. 

(c) Torch pots will only be taken on board submarines when it 
is contemplated to fire torpedoes. They will be habitually stowed 
on the tender or at the base. 

(d) Torch pots will not be stowed or permitted within 20 feet 
of a gasoline container. 

MINES, DEPTH CHARGES, AND AERO BOMBS. 

Always to be (52) Current instructions prescribe effective measures to pre- 

armed. vent the accidental arming or launching of mines, depth charges, 

and aero bombs in storage or in handling. Mines, depth charges, 

and aero bombs shall at all times be handled and treated as if 

fully armed. 

Firing mecha- (53) The firing and priming mechanisms of mines, depth charges, 
and aero bombs shall never be removed, repaired, disassembled, or 
altered in any manner not covered by current instructions, except 
under explicit instructions from the Bureau of Ordnance. Defec- 
tive mines, depth charges, and aero bombs shall be turned into a 
naval ammunition depot or naval mine depot at the first oppor- 
tunity. Such a mine, depth charge, or aero bomb should be clearly 
marked to indicate the nature of the defect, and should be handled 
with the greatest care. 

Detonators. (54) Detonators will never be inserted in aero bombs except 

immediately previous to the actual flight of the aircraft and when 
it is the intention to release the bombs. In case any bomb has not 



299 

been dropped, its detonator will be removed immediately after the 
aircraft has returned. The Mark VI bomb fuse, however, has a 
self-contained detonator held in a safety chamber. This detonator 
will not be removed, being kept in place at all times. 

(55) Such safety devices as are provided in the design of an Safety devices, 
aero bomb fuse should always be set at the safe and unarmed 
position at all times except during actual flight preparatory to 
dropping a bomb. Where a safety pin or other device must be 
removed previous to an actual installation on an aircraft, this will 
be done immediately previous to such installation, and the device 
will at once be replaced upon the removal of the bomb after the 
return of the aircraft to its station. 



CHAPTER 25. 



ENGINEER OFFICER OF THE SHIP. 



Sec 1. — Art. 981-982. Personality. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 984-989. Responsibility. 
Sec. 3. — Art. 991-997. General duties. 



Section 1. — Personality. 

981. 

The engineer officer of the ship shall be detailed as such by the Detail to duty. 
Chief of the Bureau of Navigation, and he is the head of the engi- 
neer department of the ship. On board ships where the engineer 
officer has not been so detailed, an officer of appropriate rank and 
experience shall be designated by the commanding officer as the 
engineer officer. 

982. 

If the engineer officer of the ship be detached, absent, placed, if detached, 

disabled, etc. 
under arrest, suspended from duty, or otherwise rendered in- 
capable of performing the duties of his office, his duties shall 
devolve upon the line officer attached to and on board designated 
by the commanding officer. 

Section 2. — Responsibility. 

984. 

The engineer officer of the ship shall be responsible for the Machinery and 
preservation and efficient working of all machinery under cogni- 
zance of the Bureau of Engineering; the motive engines and 
their dependencies, both of the ship and of her boats ; the steam 
machinery necessary in actuating the apparatus by which turrets 
are turned ; the steam and hydraulic turret-turning engines ; the 
steam pumps, steam heaters, steam connections and pipes, dis- 
tilling apparatus, refrigerating engines, forced-draft blowers, 
steam fire pumps; and all electrical appliances installed in the 
ship, including gyro compass, radio, and fire-control appliances 

(301) 



302 

and other electrical and sound apparatus. He shall also be 
charged with the maintenance and care of all steering engines, 
capstan engines, winches, and other power-driven auxiliaries, 
under the cognizance of the Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
He shall be responsible for the efficiency and good condition of all 
valves, cocks, and pipes within the engineer compartments con- 
nected with hand pumps, and he shall see that the suction and 
bilge wells are kept free from ashes, dirt, and grease. 

985. 

General ma- He shall have charge of the general machine shop of the ship, 
of all work done therein, and of all mechanics concerned in such 
work. When repair work is required for any other department 
of the ship than the engineer department for which the employ- 
ment of the personnel or facilities of the general machine shop 
or of the engineer department is necessary, it shall be done either 
in the shop and under the direct supervision of the engineer 
officer of the ship or outside under the supervision of the other 
officer concerned, as the commanding officer, acting through the 
executive officer, may direct. All such work shall be done on 
a memorandum request, which shall state whether the work is 
to be done under the supervision of the engineer officer of the 
ship or by mechanics from the engineer department under the 
supervision of the other officer concerned, which memorandum 
request shall be approved by the executive officer. The executive 
officer shall decide upon the precedence to be given different items 
of work, subject to the approval of the commanding officer. 

986. 

Compartments. He shall be responsible for the cleanliness and good condition 
of all bulkheads, doors, valves, pipes, and machinery within the 
engine rooms; of the boiler rooms, shaft alleys, coal bunkers, 
firemen's wash rooms, engineer and electrical storerooms and 
workshops; of all dynamo rooms, distribution rooms, interior-com- 
munication rooms, and storage-battery charging stations; and of 
all compartments and double bottoms within the line of such bulk- 
heads, together with those compartments and double bottoms 
accessible only through the engineer compartments. 

987. 

stores, etc. He shall have charge of all material stores, supplies, and 
articles of outfit pertaining to the machinery of which he has 
cognizance, including the entire electrical outfit of the ship, that 
have been issued for use by the supply officer of the ship. 



503 



988. 



He shall be responsible for the proper use of stowage, and 
accounting for the various fuels used on board ship. 



Fuel. 



989. 



He shall have charge of the preparation and care of the engine- 
room log, electric log, and other prescribed records and reports 
pertaining to the material under his cognizance. 



Records. 



Section 3. — General Duties. 



991. 



(1) He shall be responsible at all times, whether under way or 
at anchor, for the good order and cleanliness of the engineer de- 
partment, and shall see that it is at no time left without a suffi- 
cient watch properly supervised. 

(2) He shall personally supervise the operation of the ma- 
chinery in battle, in getting under way or coming to anchor, and 
also, as far as practicable, at all times when unusual care is re- 
quired to be given to the working of the engines. When in the 
engine rooms he shall be responsible for all duty performed there. 

(3) He shall not absent himself from the ship except as pro- 
vided for in article 1729. 

(4) He shall frequently visit the engine rooms during the day, 
and at any time during the day or night when his presence or 
services there may be necessary. He shall also every evening 
carefully inspect his department and see that everything is in 
a satisfactory condition for the night ; that there is no probability 
of accident from fire, from the introduction of sea water, or 
from other causes, and that all of the rules and routine orders 
of the ship relating to his department are being obeyed. At 8 
p. m. he shall report the result of this inspection to the execu- 
tive officer, unless called elsewhere by urgent duty, in which case 
he shall cause the report to be made by the senior one of his 
assistants available. 

(5) He shall not be required to attend a formal assembly of 
other than heads of departments, for the purpose of making this 
report. 

992. 



Station. 



Inspections. 



(1) (a) Subject to the approval of the executive and command- x Duty relative 

v ' v ' J ^^ to personnel. 

ing officers, the engineer officer of the ship shall assign to the 
engineer watch and division officers, ensigns of the line doing 
engineering duty, chief gunners and gunners for electrical duty, 
chief machinists, and machinists, their routine duties in connec- 



304 

tion with the care, preservation, and repair of machinery and 
the electric plant, apportioning among them the entire machinery 
and the electric plant, of the vessel for which he is responsible, 
so that each officer shall have direct charge of some particular 
part of the machinery or the electric plant. Such division of 
the duties shall not, however, relieve the officer actually on duty 
or watch in the engineer department of his responsibility for the 
proper performance of the detailed work of the day. 

(&) He shall cause the officers commanding the engineer divi- 
sions to comply with the requirements of chapters 29 and 30 
(engineer watch and division officers) and such parts of chapter 
28 (deck watch) as apply to all personnel divisions of the ship. 

(c) He shall cause the officers of the engineer department to 
instruct the petty officers and men in their duties. 

(2) When ensigns of the line are assigned to duty in the 
engineer department he shall see that they acquire a practical 
knowledge of engineering duty. 

(3) (a) He shall make out watch, quarter, station, fire, and 
cleaning bills. After approval by the executive and commanding 
officers, these shall be hung in a conspicuous place conveniently 
accessible to all members of the engineer force. These bills shall 
clearly show the duty and station of every officer and man of his 
force under all conditions of service. 

(&) If the type of ship and the number of men available per- 
mit, he shall organize the engineer department in three or four 
steaming sections or watches. 

(4) The engineer divisions shall be mustered at quarters at 
such place or places as may be designated by the captain. At 
quarters the engineer officer of the ship shall command the engi- 
neer divisions. He shall make the usual report in regard to 
absentees. 

(5) He shall report to the commanding officer on the efficiency 
of officers performing engineering duty as prescribed in article 
137. He shall keep the executive officer informed of the sobriety 
and obedience of the enlisted men of the engineer force and of 
their proficiency in their respective ratings. 

993. 

Duties relative (i) ( a .) The engineer officer of the ship shall keep the corn- 
to machinery. * ^ 

manding officer informed at all times as to the condition of the 

machinery and electric plant and of all repairs that may be 

needed. He shall have entered in the steam log or electric log. 

as may be pertinent, a copy of every written report that he may 

make to the commanding officer on this subject. He shall, through 

the proper channels, make recommendations to the Secretary of 



305 

the Navy concerning any alterations in methods or in apparatus, 
or installation of new devices which will contribute to increased 
efficiency or economy of the machinery under his cognizance. 

(&) He shall report to the commanding officer whenever a 
boiler is injured ; also any accident or derangement to the motive 
engines or their dependencies, or to any of the machinery under 
his charge. 

(c) Whenever he deems it necessary he shall make written 
suggestions or reports to the commanding officer concerning the 
motive machinery and its dependencies, or other fittings of the 
ship for which he is responsible. 

(d) Should he receive an order the execution of which would, 
in his opinion, injure the machinery or boilers, or tend to ex- 
travagance in the consumption of fuel he shall report his opinion 
to the commanding officer and suggest a remedy. 

(2) (a) The engineer officer of the ship shall not at any time, 
for any purpose, disable the machinery, even temporarily, except 
by permission of the commanding officer. 

(&) He shall not permit fires to be lighted or hauled, except in 
cases of emergency, without orders from the commanding officer. 

(c) He shall not permit the main engines to be turned except 
in obedience to a signal from, or by permission of, the officer of 
the deck. 

(3) The engineer officer of the ship shall make, or canse to bo 
made, frequent inspections of all machinery for the maintenance 
and care of which he is responsible and shall report to the com- 
manding officer any repairs or adjustments which, in his judgment, 
are necessary to keep them in an efficient and good working condi- 
tion. He shall have immediate charge of all such repairs, but 
shall not for such purpose, disable the machinery, even temporarily, 
except by order of the commanding officer. He shall submit such 
reports of the condition of said machinery as may be required by 
the Bureau concerned. 

994. 

(1) (a) Upon joining a ship fitting out the officer ordered to When fitting 
duty as engineer officer thereof shall make a careful examination ut of commit 
of all parts of the machinery used for motive power of the ship s,on a shlp - 
and her boats; and of the following machinery: Steering, hy- 
draulic, accumulator, and turret-turning engines; ash, anchor, 
and other hoisting engines ; dynamo engines, pumps, fan blowers, 
and ventilating engines; steam heaters, evaporators, and distilling 
apparatus; refrigerating machinery and all other machinery of 
whatever description wherever found in the ship ; of all dynamo 
rooms and the entire electric plant of the ship, including electric 
fire-control instruments and radio apparatus ; of all steam connec- 
tions of the boilers and coal bunkers; of all tanks, cisterns, and 



306 

storerooms for engineer's and electrical supplies, except for those 
not issued for use and under the charge of the supply officer of 
the ship. 

( b) He shall satisfy himself that the spare gear belonging to his 
department is on board, tried in place where necessary, stowed in 
convenient location, and that every precaution is taken to preserve 
it in good condition. 

(c) Should he discover any defects or deficiencies, he shall 
immediately make a detailed written report of the facts to the 
commanding officer. 

(d) For the purposes of inspection, and as directed by the 
commanding officer, he shall have access to such engineering 
equipage, equipment, stores, and supplies, and to similar articles 
pertaining to the electrical outfit as have not yet been issued for 
use by the supply officer of the ship. 

(2) (a) When the ship is placed out of commission, the engi- 
neer officer shall insure that the material under his cognizance is 
prepared for laying up in the approved manner and to the satis- 
faction of the commandant. 

( & ) When the ship is placed out of commission, the engineer 
officer of the ship, and such other members of the engineer's force 
as the engineer officer may designate, shall not be detached or 
transferred until the equipage, equipment, stores, and supplies is- 
sued to the engineer officer for use have been satisfactorily ac- 
counted for and surveys covering shortages have been held and 
approved. 

995. 

Duties reiatiTe (1) The engineer officer shall perform similar duties in connec- 

to stores 

tion with equipage and supplies under his charge as are prescribed 
for the gunnery officer in article 962 (3, 4). He shall, in the dis- 
position and stowage of these stores, and in the use of lights, take 
every possible precaution against fire. He shall see that the ap- 
paratus in his charge for extinguishing fire is always kept ready 
for use. 

(3) He shall enter in the engine-room log the dates of com- 
mencement and completion of each inventory and shall furnish 
this data to the navigator for entry in the ship's log. 

996. 

Duties relative (a) The engineer officer of the ship shall keep an account of 
the expenditures of fuel for various purposes and shall record 
it in the engine-room log. The report shall be submitted quar- 
terly and on going out of commission to the Bureau of Supplies 
and Accounts. He shall also prepare the reports on fuel, oil, 



307 

and water as required by the Rules for Engineering Performances. 
(&) The engineer officer shall frequently examine the bunkers 
in person, with the view of ascertaining the quantity of fuel ^ 
actually on hand, as compared with the amount called for by the 
fuel account. Should he discover any material excess or de- 
ficiency, he shall report it at once to the commanding officer. 

(c) The engineer officer shall report to the commanding officer 
at noon each day the amount of fuel consumed for the preceding 
24 hours, and the amount remaining on hand, and when under 
way, he shall cause a report to be made to the officer of the deck 
hourly of the average number of revolutions per minute of the 
propellers, and at the end of the watch the average steam and 
revolutions for the watch. 

(d) Before fueling he shall ascertain the condition of the 
bunkers and of all water-tight openings, and shall satisfy himself 
that no unauthorized materials are stowed in the bunkers. After 
fueling he shall report to the commanding officer what bunkers 
are filled and whether the coaling ports, scuttles, and other fuel- 
ing connections have been so closed as to be water-tight. 

997. 

(1) (a) The engineer officer shall have charge of the prepara- Duties reiati?e 
tion and care of the engine-room log and electric log, which shall ° recor s ' 
be begun upon the day the ship is placed in commission. 

(&) He shall keep the engine-room log and electric log in ac- 
cordance with the instructions and directions as printed therein. 

(c) He shall cause to be entered in the engine-room log a 
record of all injuries to any of the engineer force, including elec- 
tricians, while within the engineer department. 

(d) He shall, as soon after noon each day as practicable, 
present the engine-room log, complete to date, to the commanding 
officer for his inspection. 

(e) He shall furnish to the navigating officer daily the data 
concerning the engineer department required by the ship's log 
book. 

(f) Entries in the engine-room log pertaining to matters and 
events outside of the engine and fire rooms, such as wind, weather, 
speed, state of the sea, the course steered, draft of water, etc., 
shall be copied from the ship's log book, when recorded there. 

(g) At the end of each quarter he shall submit the engine-room 
log to the commanding officer for transmission to the Bureau of 
Engineering. A copy of the engine-room log, which shall be signed 
and approved in the same manner as the original, shall be re- 
tained on board. 

(h) The rough sheets of the engine-room and electric logs 
shall be retained on the ship as a record. 



308 

(i) The engineer officer shall cause the engine-room log to be 
corrected as may be pointed out by the commanding officer, unless 
■ he believes the proposed entries to be incorrect ; in which event he 
shall, if required, explain in writing to the commanding officer 
the reasons for this opinion. The commanding officer may then 
enter upon the engine-room log, over his own signature, any re- 
marks concerning the particular inaccuracy or omission under 
consideration that he may deem proper. 

(2) The engineer officer shall have recorded in a book kept for 
the purpose, the location of all spare parts of machinery and a 
complete statement of everything that transpires in his department 
which may be of use to his successor in familiarizing himself with 
the machinery of the vessel and its history. 
Acting execu- When acting as executive officer during the temporary absence 

tivc officer 

or disability of the latter, he shall endeavor to have the work of 
the ship carried on in all respects as it would be if the executive 
officer were on duty. 



CHAPTER 26. 



NAVIGATING OFFICER OF A SHIP. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 1007-1031. Duties of the navigating officer. 



Section 1. — Duties of the Navigating Offices. 



1007. 

The navigating officer is the officer detailed by the Chief of Personality, 
the Bureau of Navigation to perform the navigation duties and 
is the head of the navigation department of the ship. The navi- 
gating officer shall be senior to all watch and division officers. 

(2) If detached, absent, disabled, placed under arrest, suspended 
from duty, or otherwise rendered incapable of performing the 
duties of his office, his duties shall devolve upon the line officer 
next below him in rank attached to and on board of the ship (ex- 
clusive of such as may be restricted to the performance of engi- 
neering duty only) ; except that, when such absence or disability 
is temporary and of short duration only, the commanding officer 
may, at his discretion, authorize his duties to be carried on in his 
absence from duty by the officers, warrant officers, and other 
subordinates directly under him in the performance of his regu- 
lar duties, without diverting the line officer next in rank from his 
regular duties in order to assume those of navigator. 

(3) Aboard smaller ships the executive officer may also be or- 
dered to perform the duties of navigating officer. 

1008. 

The navigating officer shall be responsible for the care and good General duties, 
order of the steering gear in general, except the steering en- 
gine or steering motors, and of all the compartments occupied by 
the steering machinery, the interior of the conning tower and chart 
house, navigator's office and storerooms, and all instruments, aids, 
or apparatus, except electrical, directly or indirectly connected 
with the navigation of the ship. 

183841°— 20 21 (309) 



310 

1009. 

The navigating officer shall receive all orders relating to his 
navigating duties directly from the commanding officer, and shall 
make all reports in connection therewith directly to the command- 
ing officer. 

1010. 

Duties when (i) Previous to entering pilot waters, the navigating officer 

approaching ^ ° 

shoals or in pilot shall study the charts, sailing directions, and other sources of 

waters. information concerning the navigation of the ship therein, so that 

he may be prepared to give to the commanding officer any infor- 
mation or assistance required concerning this duty. 

(2) When the ship is approaching land or shoals, or entering 
port, he shall give his careful attention to the course of the ship 
and the depth of water. 

(3) If he thinks the ship is running into danger, he shall at 
once notify the officer of the deck and advise him as to a safe 
course to be steered, and shall promptly report to the command- 
ing officer. If the commanding officer is conning and the naviga- 
tor thinks the ship is running into danger, he shall so inform the 
commanding officer and advise him as to a safe course to be 
steered. 

(4) The duties mentioned herein shall be performed whether 
there be a pilot on board or not. 

(5) In thick weather or when in doubt as to position, the navi- 
gator will make use of the available radio compass shore stations 
for assisting in the determination of the ship's position. 

1011. 

Corrections to The navigating officer shall keep all sailing directions, light and 
bemadeln 
charts, etc. beacon lists of the ship, corrected to date in accordance with 

personal observations and such other reliable information as he 
may from time to time be supplied with, or be able to obtain ; 
he shall see that the sources of this information are charged 
against the charts in the proper blank spaces in the chart cata- 
logue; he shall see that all charts are corrected to date before 
being used. Copies of all information obtained by him affecting 
navigation shall be forwarded by the commanding officer to the 
Hydrographic Office. 

1012. 

Hydrographic When hydrographic survevs are made, the navigating officer 
snrveys. 

shall construct on a large scale the charts of the ground surveyed, 

to be forwarded to the Hydrographic Office. 



311 

1013. 

When determining the position of places whose latitude or Latitude and 
longitude, as laid down on charts or recorded in tables, is believed p {a£ef * not Veil 
to be in error, the navigating officer shall carefully note the surveyed, 
particular spot at which the observations were taken, describing 
it in such a manner that it may be plotted on a chart, and shall 
state the number and nature of the observations and the manner 
in which they were taken. If he obtains the longitude by means 
of chronometers and meridian distances, he shall state the number 
of chronometers employed, their general character, the age of their 
rates, and the longitude he assumed as that of the place measured 
from. A copy of all data, as well as of the computations made, 
shall be forwarded by the commanding officer to the Hydro- 
graphic Office. 

1014. 

So far as practicable with the means and appliances at his „ Tidal obserra- 

tions. 
command, the navigating officer shall make tidal and current 

observations at all places visited where careful observations of 

this kind have not been recorded, and endeavor to ascertain the 

set and strength of the tides, the limits of their rise and fall, and 

the time of high water immediately following the periods of a new 

or full moon 

1015. 

The navigating officer shall keep a book in which shall appear Book for com- 

putations. 

all original observations and computations, made for the purpose 
of navigating the ship, or copy thereof, with results and dates. 
This book shall be regarded as an official record of his performance 
of his duties in the navigation of the ship, and shall be subject to 
examination by superior authority. At the end of the cruise it 
shall be forwarded to the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation. 

1016. 

When acting as executive officer during a temporary absence or When acting 
disability of the latter, the navigating officer shall endeavor to a * r executiTe offl - 
have the work of the ship carried on in all respects as it would 
be if the executive officer were on duty. 

1017. 

When fitting out, the navigating officer of a ship shall make Duties when 
a careful inspection of all parts of the ship confided to his care ; ns ou 8 p * 
of the steering apparatus in general, except the steering engine 
or steering motors ; and of everything connected with the naviga- 
tion outfit of the ship. Should he discover any defects or de- 



312 

ficiencies he shall immediately make a detailed written report 
thereof to the commanding officer. 

1018. 

Position of the (*) Wnen under way, the navigating officer shall report in 
ship. writing to the commanding officer the position of the ship at 8 

a. m., at 12 m., and at 8 p. in., and at such other times as the com- 
manding officer may require. 

(2) He shall take such observations or make such calculations 
concerning the position of the ship as the commanding officer may 
at any time require. 

1019. 

Compasses. (1) Tne navigating officer shall prepare the compass reports, 

except gyro compass reports, in accordance with the instructions 
as laid down in the prescribed forms or issued from time to time. 
He shall keep the compass record, which shall be a complete 
history of the compasses while on board ship, and shall contain 
copies of all compass reports. The compass record shall be 
signed by him on the last day of every quarter and shall be sub- 
mitted to the commanding officer for his approval. 

(2) When the ship is under way and the weather permits, he 
shall each day ascertain by observation the error of the standard 
compass and of the gyro compass and report the result to the 
commanding officer in writing. He shall also make frequent com- 
parisons of the standard and gyro compasses. He shall, when- 
ever practicable, obtain the errors of the radio compass and sound 
apparatus. 

(3) He shall prepare and keep corrected tables of deviations of 
the standard, battle, maneuvering, and auxiliary battle compasses, 
copies of which shall be kept posted near those compasses in such 
positions as to be accessible to the officer of the deck and other 
officers concerned in the navigation of the ship. He shall also pre- 
pare, and keep corrected, tables of errors of the radio compass and 
sound apparatus, copies of which shall be kept posted near those 
compasses and receivers. 

(4) All courses and bearings that are entered in the log book, 
as well as bearings for computation, shall be marked to show 
whether they are true, magnetic, or by the standard compass, and 
in the last case the ship's head " per standard compass " must be 
stated, and the deviation on that heading given. 

(5) He shall not move the standard compass, or any of its 
attachments or compensating magnets or appurtenances, from the 
position in which they were placed and secured when the ship 
was commissioned unless authorized by the commanding officer. 



313 

(6) He shall frequently examine all the compasses of the ship 
and see they are in good order and ready for use, and that the 
spare compasses are properly stored. 

1020. 

(1) The navigating officer shall wind the chronometers daily, and^ESs!" 6 *'" 
and carry out such instructions as may be given from time to 

time concerning their care, comparison, and rating. The chro- 
nometer comparison book shall be forwarded at the end of the 
cruise to the United States Naval Observatory. 

(2) He shall have the care of the deck clock and regulate the 
ship's time. 



Deck clock. 



1021. 

The navigating officer shall frequentlv examine the lead lines *>ad lines and 

, -j. -,. n ,, j _c , *. . . speed -measuring 

and other sounding gear, and all apparatus used for determining apparatus. 
the speed of the ship, and see that they are in order and correctly 
and properly marked. 

1022. 

(1) The navigating officer shall have charge of the prep; i ration Preparation of 

log. 
and care of the ship's log and, except on board of a flagship, of 

the communication record. It shall be his duty, subject to orders 

from the commanding officer, to see that the watch officers 

receive instructions relative to the correct manner of keeping 

the log as may be necessary to insure the proper preparation 

of same. 

(2) When the ship is commissioned he shall begin the log book Out of eom- 

mission, 
by entering and signing tho remarks describing that part of the 

ceremony which takes place previous to the setting of the watch. 

(3) He shall carefully examine the deck log book, see that it 

is prepared In accordance with the Navy Regulations and the Examination of 
instructions issued from time to time, and call attention of the 
watch officers to any inaccuracies or omissions in their entries. 
He shall then have it accurately copied in the smooth form and 
placed before the watch officers daily for signature. 

(4) He shall enter each day in the log the course and distance dat > a avlgational 
made good, the ship's position, the magnetic variation, the devia- 
tion of the compass, the amounts of coal and water expended, the 

quantity of each remaining on hand at noon, and such other data 

as may be required. 

. (5) He shall immediately before leaving and as soon as possible Draft of ship. 

after entering port, cause the draft of the ship, forward and aft, 

to be carefully taken and entered in the log. 



314 

recJS? uniCati0 " (6) Exce P t on board a flagship, he shall have the rough com- 
munication records accurately and neatly copied on smooth com- 
munication record forms and placed before the watch officers 
daily for signature. 

(7) The smooth log and smooth communication record shall be 
regarded as the ship's official log and communication record, 
respectively. They are to be correct, certified copies of the deck 
log book and the rough communication records ; they shall be type- 
written when practicable, and shall be prepared in duplicate. 
The original of the smooth log and the smooth communication 
record shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Navigation at the end 
of each calendar month by registered mail. The carbon copies 
shall be retained on board and shall be turned into the com- 
mandant of the navy yard when the vessel is placed out of com- 
mission. The foregoing sentences of this paragraph refer par- 
ticularly to cases where the loose-leaf type of log is used. In 
special cases where a vessel has been authorized by the Chief of 
the Bureau of Navigation to use some other type of log the fore- 
going principles shall govern only as far as is applicable to the 
particular type of log used. 

(8) He shall be allowed a yeoman for his clerical work. 
Operation of (9) Except on board a flagship, or in cases where a radio 

officer has been designated, he shall supervise the operation and 
personnel of the ship's radio. 

(10) A signal and its meaning shall never be entered together 
in the ship's log or other record. 

(11) When a ship is docked on a foreign station or elsewhere 
than at a United States navy yard, a copy of the hull board's re- 
port shall be entered in the log. 

(12) The results of periodical examination of steering gear and 
a brief statement of steps taken to remedy defects shall be entered 
in the log. 

(12) The result of periodical examination of steering gear and 
of historical interest. 

(14) The meeting and adjourning or recessing of courts-martial 
sitting on board vessels of the Navy shall be entered in the ship's 
log. The name and rank of the president or senior member shall 
be entered. 

(15) The name of any person whose signature appears in the 
log shall likewise be typewritten or stamped. 

(16) If the orders referred to above are confidential in their 
nature, the abstract of their contents shall be omitted from the 
log, the entry then consisting simply of a note of the office of 
origin, number, and date thereof, by which it will be possible to 
find the original orders in the files of the issuing office. 



radio. 



315 



1023. 



(1) The navigating officer shall carefully prepare all hydro- Meteorological 
graphic reports and meteorological returns required in accordance 

with instructions and forms from time to time and submit them to 
the commanding officer for transmission. 

(2) The navigating officer shall prepare for signature by the B ?P ^f I? 
commanding officer and transmission by radio to " Govt. Observer, and North Pa- 
Washington, D. C," when in North Atlantic waters, and to " Govt. c c * 
Observer, San Francisco, Calif.," when in North Pacific waters, 
meteorological reports as set forth below, such reports to be in the 

" Radiotelegraphic Code for the Use of Observers at Sea," issued 
by the Weather Bureau. When two or more vessels are in com- 
pany, the navigator of the senior vessel shall be responsible for 
submitting the reports required ; the remaining vessels in the 
group need not submit such reports. 

(3) Vessels cruising in the waters of the Gulf of Mexico and Ca- Caribbean X Sea', 
ribbean Sea and off the Atlantic coast (United States), west of the J n * st Atlantic 
sixtieth meridian, will render specific reports by radio twice a 

day, at 7 a. m. and 7 p. m., seventy-fifth meridian time, during 
the period from June 1 to November 30, inclusive. Similarly, 
vessels cruising in North Pacific waters, when within communicat- 
ing distance, will render special weather reports by radio at 7 
a. m. and 7 p. m., seventy-fifth meridian time, throughout the year. 

(4) Meteorological reports are further to be forwarded at any , Storm warn- 

ings. 
hour when storm or threatening weather conditions, especially those 

characteristic of hurricanes, are observed. Special reports about 

noontime will be furnished when they may be specifically called 

for by the Weather Bureau. Vessels in United States ports, or 

when less than 75 miles distant therefrom, are not required to 

make meteorological reports by radio, except when unusual and 

dangerous weather conditions are encountered. 

(5) In addition to the reports by radio provided for in the forego- s P eclal cases - 
ing instructions, vessels will, when 75 or more miles from a United 

States port, and at times and under conditions when radio reports 
are not required, take and record observations at 7 a. m., seventy- 
fifth meridian time, and report the same by mail to the Weather 
Bureau. The provisions as to vessels acting singly or in com- 
pany will apply also in the rendering of these reports. 

(6) It is essential that the instrumental error of all barometers Instrumental 

errors. 
used in the taking of observations shall be known by the Weather 

Bureau. To this end comparative readings should be made at 

frequent intervals, as circumstances permit. 

(7) Forms, code books, and all necessary instructions for use in Forms. 
connection with the sending of reports will be issued by the 
Weather Bureau. Supplies may be renewed at any office of the 
bureau located in a coast city, or by application to the central 

office at Washington, D. C. 



316 



1024. 



tie. 



station in bat- (1) In battle the navigating officer shall be the ship-control 
officer, and shall be stationed in the conning tower or elsewhere, 
as may be necessary, to enable him to assist the commanding 
officer in handling the ship. At such times he shall relieve the 
officer of the deck and shall himself act in that capacity. He shall 
relieve the deck during quarters. 

(2) When the officer of the deck is required to take part in 
drills and exercises the navigating officer may be designated by 
the commanding officer to take the deck. He may relieve the deck 
at any time as a matter of accommodation. 

1025. 

Duties reatire The navigating officer shall perform similar duties in connection 
with equipage and supplies under his charge as are prescribed 
for the gunnery officer in article 962 (3-4). 

1026. 

When ship is When the ship is placed out of commission the navigating officer, 
commission. ° chief quartermaster, and navigating officer's yeoman shall not 
be detached or transferred until the equipage, equipment, stores, 
and supplies issued for use to the navigating officer have been 
satisfactorily accounted for and surveys covering shortages have 
been held and approved. 

1027. 

When the exigencies of the service do not render it inadvis- 
able, the navigating officer shall perform the duties of senior 
member of summary courts-martial, deck court officer, senior mem- 
ber of the hull board, ship survey officer, and such other miscel- 
laneous duties of this nature as may be appropriately assigned 
to him by the commanding officer. 

1028. 

Additional Except on ships to which chaplains are assigned, the navigating 

duties 

officer shall be responsible for the library books issued by the sup- 
ply officer of the ship for use, and if any which are not on board 
are needed he shall recommend that requisition be made for them. 

1029. 

Ship's library. The navigating officer shall not absent himself from the ship 
except as provided for in article 1729. 

1030. 



Sound appara- Once a month the navigating officer shall test the submarine 
signal-receiving apparatus and shall enter the results of the test 
in the ship's log. Any defect found shall be remedied. This 



317 

apparatus may be very simply tested by having one person in the 
compartment where the microphone tanks are located speak to 
another person listening at the receiver. If the apparatus is in 
good order the sound of the voice should be transmitted without 
difficulty. 

1031. 

(1) The system of standard time zones long established on land zon ? 8 an a * a ' < J a t . ime 
has been extended over the oceans and throughout the circuit of 

the globe. The surface of the globe is conceived to be divided 
into 24 staves or zones, each bounded by meridians 15° of arc or 
one hour of time apart in longitude. The initial zone is the one 
which has the meridian of Greenwich running through the middle 
of it, and the meridians 7£° east of Greenwich and 7£° west of 
Greenwich, marking its eastern and western limits. It is called 
the "zero zone " because the difference between the standard time 
of this zone and Greenwich mean time is zero. And each of the 
zones in turn is designated by a number representing the number 
of hours by which the standard time of the zone differs from 
Greenwich mean time. 

(2) The zones lying in east longitude from the zero zone are 
numbered in sequence from 1 to 12, and are called minus zones, 
because, in each of them, the zone number must bfe subtracted 
from the standard time in order to obtain the Greenwich mean 
time. The zones lying in west longitude from the zero zone are 
numbered in sequence from 1 to 12, and are called plus zones, 
because, in each of these zones, the zone number must be added 
to the standard time in order to obtain the Greenwich mean time. 

(3) The twelfth zone is divided medially by the one hundred 
and eightieth meridian (the line separating the meridians of east 
longitude from the meridians of west longitude), and the terms 
minus and plus are used in the halves of the zones which lie in 
the east longitude and west longitude, respectively. 

(4) The number of a zone prefixed by the word "plus " or the plus 
sign, thus +, or by the word "minus" or the minus sign, thus — , 
constitutes the " zone description " of the time of that zone. 

(5) In the vicinity of the land, the boundaries between zones are 
modified so as to be in accord with the boundaries of the countries 
or regions using corresponding times, as shown in the Hydrographic 
Office Chart of the Time Zones of the World. (H. O. No. 5192.) 

(6) The ship's time of vessels of the Navy shall be kept by 
observing the following rules : 

(a) The clock shall customarily be adjusted to standard time 
of the successive zones as they are entered, although the instant 
at which the alteration is made need not necessarily be that at 
which the vessel passes from one zone to another ; the change of 



318 

time to be invariably one hour, the minutes and seconds remain- 
ing unaffected, with the exception of the cases covered by rule (e). 

(b) The " zone description " of the time that is being kept shall 
be marked in a conspicuous manner on such of the ship's clocks 
as may be designated by the commanding officer. 

( c ) Ship's log books and records in which times are given must in- 
clude a statement of the " zone description " of the time being kept. 

(d) In all official correspondence in which time is referred to, 
the " zone description " of the time being kept must be stated in 
the correspondence. 

(e) When a vessel is in a harbor of a country where the legal 
time differs from the standard time zone system, the exact amount 
in hours, minutes, and seconds which must be applied to the local 
time to obtain the corresponding Greenwich mean time with the 
appropriate sign of plus or minus shall be used as the " zone de- 
scription." 

7. In observing the foregoing rules regarding recording of 
" zone description " it should be borne in mind that the " zone 
description " is the correction which must be applied to ship's 
time to obtain the corresponding Greenwich mean time. 

8. Nothing in the foregoing paragraph of this article shall be 
construed as interfering with the privilege of the Commander-in- 
Chief, or senior officer present, to direct what time shall be kept 
by the units of his command under circumstances, such as the 
conducting of strategic maneuvers which may render desirable a 
departure from the regular method. 

(1) Instead of adjusting the ship's time to apparent time at noon 
each day, the clock is to be adjusted to the standard time of the 
successive zones as they are entered, although the instant at which 
the alteration is made need not necessarily be that at which the ves- 
sel passes from one zone to another ; the change of time will invari- 
ably be one hour, the minutes and seconds remaining unaffected. 

(2) The "zone description" of the time that is being kept is 
to be marked in a conspicuous manner on such of the ship's clocks 
as may be designated by the commanding officer. 

(3) All entries of time in the ship's log books and records are to 
be accompanied by the "zone description" of the time being kept. 

(4) In all official correspondence, when the time is referred to, 
the " zone description " is to be added. 

(5) When a vessel is in a harbor or within the territorial 
limits of a country where the legal time differs from the standard 
time zone system, the exact amount in hours, minutes, and sec- 
onds which it differs from Greenwich mean time is to be given 
with its appropriate sign of plus ( + ) or minus ( — ). 

The established instructions for expressing time in messages re- 
main unaffected. 



CHAPTEE 27. 



FIRST LIEUTENANT OF A SHIP. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 1040-1051. Duties of the first lieutenant. 



Section 1. — Duties of the First Lieutenant. 
1040. 

(1) On board battleships and armored cruisers an officer of the Personality, 
rank of lieutenant commander or lieutenant shall be assigned to 

duty as first lieutenant. The iirst lieutenant, if practicable, shall 
be junior to the gunnery officer, engineer officer, and navigating 
officer, but he shall be senior to all the watch and division officers. 
Commanding officers of battleships and armored cruisers shall de- 
tail an officer to act as first lieutenant when no regular first lieu- 
tenant has been ordered to the ship. 

(2) If detached, absent, disabled, placed under arrest, sus- if detached, 
pended from duty, or otherwise rendered incapable of performing di s al)1 « d ' etc » 
the duties of his office, his duties shall devolve upon the line officer 

next below him in rank attached to and on board of the ship (ex- 
clusive of such as may be restricted to the performance of engi- 
neering duty only) ; except that, when such absence or disability is 
temporary and of short duration only, the commanding officer may, 
at his discretion, authorize his duties to be carried on in his ab- 
sence from duty by the officers, warrant officers, and other sub- 
ordinates directly under him in the performance of his regular 
duties, without diverting the line officer next in rank from his reg- 
ular duties in order to assume those of first lieutenant. 

1041. 

(1) The first lieutenant shall be responsible for the cleanliness, General dm- 
good order, efficiency, and neat and trim appearance of the ship tles * 
as a whole, and of all parts thereof ; and he shall have the neces- 
sary authority, as the representative of the commanding officer, 
to enable him to carry out his duties in this respect. 

(319) 



320 

(2) He shall be responsible for the cleanliness and good condi- 
tion of all compartments and double bottoms, and of all the bulk- 
heads, doors, valves, and pipes within them, except those specified 
as coming under the supervision of the engineer officer. He shall 
be responsible for the cleanliness of the casings, and of the bulk- 
heads around all machinery, outside of the engineer compartments, 
and all pipes ( including the smoke pipes ) , hatches, ventilators, and 
bulkheads on the berth deck and upper decks, with such excep- 
tions as may be directed by the commanding officer. 

(3) All parts of the ship for whose care and cleanliness he is 
responsible shall be open to his inspection, and he shall make such 
inspection as the commanding officer may direct. 

(4) He shall make frequent inspections of all mess gear and 
stores of the crew, and of all mess tables, cooking utensils, gal- 
leys, chests, and lockers. 

1042. 

Construction The first lieutenant is the construction officer of the ship and is 
officer. the ]iea(i of tlie cons truction department of the ship. He shall 

have charge of all equipage, equipment, stores, and supplies under 
the cognizance of the Bureau of Construction and Repair, except 
those pertaining to electrical machinery, that are issued for use 
by the supply officer of the ship. 

1043. 

When ship is When the ship is placed out of commission the first lieutenant, 
commission. 11 ° chief boatswain or boatswain, chief carpenter or carpenter, chief 
boatswain's mate, and chief carpenter's mate shall not be detached 
or transferred until the equipage, equipment, stores, and supplies 
issued for use to the first lieutenant have been satisfactorily ac- 
counted for and surveys covering shortages have been held and 
approved. 

1044. 

When acting When acting as executive officer during a temporary absence 

cx^cutiv e officer 

'or disability of the latter, the first lieutenant shall endeavor to 
have the work of the ship carried on in all respects as it would 
be if the executive officer were on duty. 

1045. 

station in bat- In battle the regular station of the first lieutenant shall be 
in the central station, in general charge of the organization not 
connected with the armament or with the engineer department. In 
case of serious fire or other casualty he shall proceed to the spot, 
assume charge, and take such action as may be necessary. 



tie. 



321 



1046. 



(1) When fitting out, the first lieutenant shall make a careful Fitting oat. 
inspection of all parts of the ship for which he is specially re- 
sponsible. Should he discover any defects or deficiencies, he shall 
immediately make a detailed written report thereof to the com- 
manding officer. 

(2) He shall also carefully examine all equipage, equipment, 
stores, and supplies under his charge, and shall report to the 
commanding officer any defects or deficiencies that he may dis- 
cover. For purposes of inspection, and as directed by the com- 
manding officer, he shall at all times have access to such equip- 
ment, stores, and supplies as have not yet been issued for use by 
the supply officer of the ship. 



1047. 

Before entering port the first lieutenant shall see that the ship 
presents a neat appearance in all respects. 



Appearance of 



1048. 

(1) The first lieutenant shall be the custodian of all the keys , Custodian of 

' * keys, 

of the ship except those that are kept by the commanding officer. 

those of the storerooms belonging to other departments than his 
own, and those of receptacles for personal effects. He shall have 
charge of all duplicate keys and spare keys furnished to the ship, 
the custody of which is not confided to other officers by regula- 
tions, and shall hold them for issue when needed. 

(2) Heads of departments shall have charge of all keys of their 
respective storerooms, including duplicate and spare keys to the 
same. 

(3) None of the ship's keys shall be taken out of the ship. 



1049. 

The first lieutenant shall perform similar duties in connection 
with equipage and supplies under his charge as are prescribed for 
the gunnery officer in article 962 (3-4). 



Duties relative 
to stores. 



1050. 

When the officer of the deck is required to take part in drills 
and exercises the first lieutenant may be designated by the com- 
manding officer to take the deck. He may relieve the deck at any 
time as a matter of accommodation. 



Hay 

deck. 



relieve 



1051. 

The first lieutenant shall not absent himself from the ship 
except as provided for in article 1729. 



CHAPTER 28. 



OFFICERS OF THE DECK. 
Sec. 1.— Art. 1061-1080. Duties. 



Section 1. — Duties. 
1061. 

(1) The officer of the deck is the officer on watch in charge of Officers of the 
the ship. deck - 

(2) The officer of the deck shall be responsible for the safety 
of the ship, subject, however, to any orders he may receive from 
the commanding officer. 

(3) Every officer or other person on board the ship, whatever 
his rank, who is subject to the orders of the commanding officer, 
except the executive officer, shall be subordinate to the officer of 
the deck. 

1062. 

(1) Before taking charge, an officer about to relieve the deck General duties 
shall make himself thoroughly acquainted with the position of charged * "^ 
the ship with reference to vessels in sight, and to any land, shoals, 

or rocks which may be near ; with the general condition of the 
weather, the course, speed, main engines and boilers in use, con- 
dition and amount of sail set, all unexecuted orders, and the 
orders of the commanding officer for the night ; with the condition 
of the running lights and any other appliances required by law 
to be in operation or at hand in order to prevent collisions; 
and with the condition of the force on deck available for duty 
and the general condition of the ship. 

(2) Before taking charge, when the ship is in squadron, he If out of gta . 
shall see that she is in her station ; if out of her station he may tlon. 
decline to take charge until he has reported the fact to the com- 
manding officer and received his orders. 

(3) When at sea he may decline to relieve the deck until there When he may 
is a watch up ready for duty. If the ship be in a perilous posi- Recline to relieve 
tion he may also decline to relieve the deck until he has reported 

the fact to the commanding officer and received his orders. 

(323) 



324 



1063. 



Keeping the (i) When at sea, and especially when approaching land or in 
ger. pilot waters, the officer of the deck shall keep himself informed 

of the position of the ship ; whether land or lights are in sight, or 
whether either are likely to be seen, and of all other particulars 
which may be of use to him in keeping the ship out of dangqp. 
If approaching land or shoals he shall keep leadsmen in the 
chains and have the anchors and chains clear and ready for use. 
To re "»ain on (2) He shall remain in charge until regularly relieved, and 
tentiye. shall not engage in any occupation which may distract his atten- 

tion from duty. 

Care of the (3) He shall see that the junior officers and the watch are at 
ship when under 
way. all times alert, at their stations, attentive, and ready for duty ; 

that every necessary precaution is taken to prevent accidents; 
that a boat is always ready for lowering and the life buoys ready 
for letting go ; that the lookouts are in place and vigilant and 
that they understand their duties. He shall exercise great care 
that the ship is skillfully steered and kept on her course, and 
shall keep a correct account of the courses, the speed, and leeway 
made. He shall see that the running lights are kept bright from 
sunset to sunrise and their condition reported every half hour; 
that during a fog, when approaching vessels, and at all other 
times the precautions required by law to prevent collisions are 
fully complied with ; that when in pilot waters the leads are kept 
going or that other means to ascertain the soundings are at hand 
and are frequently used ; and that nothing is placed near the com- 
passes that will change their errors., (Art. 1338.) 
To keep in sta- (4) When in company with other ships be shall be very care- 
ful to keep in station ; if unable to do so he shall report at once 
to the commanding officer. 
To consult the (5) When the commanding officer is on the navigating bridge, 

deck. the officer of the deck shall not change the course, alter the speed, 

nor perform important evolution without consulting him. 
Reports to he (6) He shall promptly report to the commanding officer all land, 

tain. shoals, rocks, lighthouses, beacons, buoys, discolored water, ves- 

sels, or wrecks discovered; all changes in the weather or shifts 
of wind; ail signals made; all changes of sail, speed, formation, 
or course by the senior officer present, or the ships in company ; 
any change in course or speed made by himself; any marked 
change in the barometer, force of the wind, state of the sea, or 
marked indications of bad weather ; the display of storm signals 
on shore ; all serious accidents ; the winding of the chronometers ; 
the hours of 8 a. m., meridian, and 8 p. m. ; when at sea, the lati- 
tude at meridian, if obtained ; the movements of men-of-war, mail 
steamers, and other large vessels ; and, in general, all occurrences 
worthy of notice. 



325 

(7) He shall not, unless to avoid immediate danger, change Changing the 

' course, 

the course without directions from the commanding officer, and 

then he shall report the change to hinr as soon as possible. When 
on soundings he shall regard advice from the navigator as suffi- 
cient authority to change the course, but he shall at once report 
the change to the commanding officer. 

(8) In time of war, or when hostilities may be expected, he A . Precautions in 

time of war. 
shall not make any dispositions that will interfere with the imme- 
diate use of the armament. If at any time he sights a suspicious 
ship or other object that may, by any possibility, have a hostile 
purpose, he shall instantly make preparations for battle, and in- 
form the commanding officer. 

(9) He shall not make any official signal, either by clay or by Signals, 
night, without authority from the commanding officer, except to 

warn ships of immediate danger. He shall see that a good look- 
out is kept for signals ; that none is answered until understood ; 
and that the authorized appliances for making signals of all kinds 
are at hand and ready for use, night and day. He shall see that 
all signals and official messages, including those transmitted orally, 
sent or received, are immediately entered in the communication 
record, noting the time and the vessel or vessels or station to or 
from which the signal was made. Upon being relieved he shall 
sign communication record for the time covered by his watch. 
On board a flagship the duty of keeping the communication record 
shall be performed by the personal staff of the flag officer. 

(10) When there is danger of a collision he shall at once sound c A os d ,ngr water " 
the signals for closing the water-tight doors. 

(11) At sea he shall always cause the watch to be mustered at Mustering the 
8 p. m., and as frequently thereafter during the night as may be 
necessary in order to keep all present alert and ready for duty. 

(12) He shall require the coxswains of both lifeboats to report Lifeboats, 
to him daily at sunset the condition of the boats in respect to 
readiness for service ; and at sea he shall require the coxswain of 

the lifeboat's crew of the watch to make the same report at the 
beginning of each watch. 

(13) He shall see that the petty officer, or corporal, of the inspections 
guard, or other person detailed for the purpose, makes the rounds unng the nIght ' 
of the ship, visiting all accessible parts below the main deck every 

half hour after 10 p. m., and until all hands or the idlers are 
called in the morning. During these rounds the petty officer, or 
corporal, is to inspect the lights and the prisoners, and see if 
irregularities of any kind are taking place, reporting the result to 
the officer of the deck. The latter shall also require a junior officer 
of the watch, if there be one, to make these rounds every two 
hours, or oftener, if necessary, when his services on deck can be 
spared. 

183841°— 20 22 



326 

1064. 

The routine. (i) The officer of the deck shall carry out the instructions laid 
down in the routine book, the weather and other circumstances 
permitting, modifying them as may be necessary to comply with 
the orders of the commanding and executive officers. 

(2) When the bell or bugle of the flag or senior ship can be 
heard, ships shall follow her in striking the bell and in sounding 
routine calls. 

1065. 

Salutes, h<m- So far as his authority extends, the officer of the deck shall 
tions. see that the regulations concerning salutes, honors, and distinc- 

tions are carefully observed. 

1066. 

Etiquette of (l) The officer of the deck shall see that all officials who come 

ili£ side 

on board or leave the ship receive the side honors to which they 
are entitled. 

(2) He shall see that all persons coming alongside or visiting 
the ship are courteously treated. 

(3) Unless prevented by urgent duty, he shall be at the gang- 
way to receive, and shall accompany to the side, all commissioned 
officers or distinguished visitors. When so prevented, he shall 
send a junior officer of the watch to represent him. 

1067. 

Leaving and (1) The officer of the deck shall require all persons over whom 
8hlpf Ili,lg *° * 6 ne has authority to report to him or his representative upon leav- 
ing the ship, stating that they have permission to do so, and also 
to report their return on board. • 

(2) The absence from the gangway of an officer of the watch, at 
the time of the departure or return of any officer, is not to be con- 
strued by the latter as a sufficient reason for omitting this report. 

(3) The officer of the deck shall report to the executive officer 
the departure and return of all officers senior to that officer. 

1068. 

Turning o v e r Whenever it may be necessary to turn over the engines by power 

not e under S yfay! n when the ship is not under way, the officer of the deck shall first 

obtain permission to do so from the commanding officer, and shall 

station a competent person at the engine-room bell to give the 

necessary signals, taking every precaution against accident. 



327 

1069. 

When at anchor in a strong tideway, or with a strong wind Wn - ei * in «J an " 

ger of dragging. 

blowing, the officer of the deck shall keep a drift lead over the 
side and, if possible, observe a range on shore, and take all other 
precautions necessary to ascertain at once if the ship drags. 

1070. 

The officer of the deck shall carefully and patiently instruct the To instruct 
junior officers and crew in their respective duties, pointing out any aircrew. offlcers 
mistakes made and how they may be avoided. 

1071. 

(1) The officer of the deck shall bear in mind that his manner Manner of per- 
of performing duty has a great influence upon the discipline f f ormillg duty * 
the crew and the efficiency of the ship ; that he should be dignified, 

discreet, zealous, energetic, and subordinate, displaying a feeling 
of deference to superiors and a spirit of kindness to inferiors. 
He shall himself scrupulously obey all orders and regulations, 
and require the same of his subordinates. He shall avoid the use 
of harsh language, and, while never permitting any duty to be 
performed in a careless, indifferent, or dilatory manner, he shall 
protect the crew from all unnecessary annoyances. 

(2) He shall, when giving orders, use only the phraseology 
customary in the service, without any unnecessary repetition. He 
shall use a decided and authoritative tone, sufficiently loud only 
for the occasion. He shall, when giving orders that are to be 
repeated or passed, use the exact words proper to pass them, and 
not permit any changes or additions by his subordinates. 

1072. 

In port the officer of the deck shall wear gloves and carry a insignia of 
spyglass or binocular. 

1073. 

(1) When stores or supplies for the ship come alongside, the stores and sup- 
officer of the deck shall report the fact to the executive officer p 

and notify the officer in whose charge they belong. He shall notify 
the medical officer of the ship when fresh provisions for the gen- 
eral mess come alongside. (Art. 1400.) 

(2) When boats, tenders, or lighters come alongside with stores, 
he shall have them cleared, and at the same time exercise due 
diligence to prevent the introduction of prohibited articles. 



328 

(3) He shall see that all articles to be sent away from the ship 
are carefully stowed in the boats or vessels receiving them so as 
to prevent injury. 

1074. 

Boats. (1) The officer of the deck shall inform himself of all boats 

that come alongside or leave the ship. 

(2) He shall report to the executive officer any contemplated 
movements of the ship's boats of which the latter is presumably 
not cognizant. 

(3) When the boats of the ship are manned, he shall inspect 
them and see that they are in good order, that they have their reg- 
ular crews, and that the latter are suitably clothed in the uniform 
of the day. 

(4) He shall see that the keepers of the boats riding at the 
booms and astern unship the ensigns, except on prescribed occa- 
sions, that they lay in the oars, are generally attentive, do not 
lounge about or leave their boats, and give the proper salutes as 
laid down in the Regulations. 

(5) He shali take care that boats alongside do not lie at the 
gangway while waiting, but off the boom or quarter out of the way 
of approaching boats, unless permission is given to haul out to 
the boom. 

1075. 

Boarding book. (1) When a boat is sent to board the ship of the senior officer 
present, the officer of the deck shall see that a notebook is carried, 
in which verbal orders received shall be immediately entered. 

(2) The information derived from merchant vessels boarded 
shall be recorded permanently in a book kept for the purpose. 
(Art. 357.) 

1076. 



Ship's boats The officer of the deck shall see that a lookout is kept on the 
under sai . ship's boats that are in sight and under sail, that aid may be 

promptly sent in case of accident. 

1077. 

Hatch tarpau- The officer of the deck shall not, without permission from 
llBS# superior authority, permit the hatch tarpaulins to be used for any 

purpose except covering the hatches. 

1078. 

Logbook. (i) j n addition to the entries in the log required by Navy 

Regulations, the established forms, and by special instructions 
the officer of the deck shall see that every circumstance of im- 



329 



portance or interest occurring during his watch is noted in the 
deck log book. (See art. 1022). Upon being relieved he shall 
sign his name at the conclusion of his remarks. 

(2) He shall exercise particular care that the meteorological 
observations are carefully taken and entered in the deck log, in 
accordance with instructions, and that the signs of approaching 
bad weather are noted and recorded. 

(3) He shall enter the following particulars in the deck log: 

(a) The name and rank, or rating, and service number, of all 
persons who may join or be detached from the ship; all enlist- 
ments, transfers, discharges, deaths, and desertions ; the names of 
all persons made prisoners by an enemy, and of all absent without 
leave; the names of all passengers, with times of coming aboard 
and leaving ; courses steered and distances sailed ; the time when 
any particular evolution, exercise, or any other service was per- 
formed ; the nature and extent of all punishments inflicted, with 
the name of the offender and his offense ; when at sea, the sighting 
of land, lighthouses, lightships, and of all dangers to navigation. 

(b) Any accident to the ship, including all cases of grounding, 
and the loss or injury of boats, spars, sails, rigging, and stores, 
with all the attendant circumstances and the extent of the injury. 

(c) Full particulars of any and every injury, accident, or casu- 
alty, however slight, among the officers, crew, or passengers on 
board. 

(d) All alterations made in the daily allowance of provisions 
or fresh water per man with the authority and reasons therefor. 

(e) A mention of the employment of any hired vessel, with a 
statement of her tonnage, the name of her master or owner, the 
number of her crew, for what purpose she is employed, and the 
authority therefor. 

(f) Every occasion upon which fires in the furnaces are lighted, 
hauled, or allowed to die out, with the hour of each change. If 
the engines are in operation, the average revolutions per minute 
and the average pressure of steam for the watch. 

(g) The reading of all draft marks before leaving and after 
entering a port. The draft shall also be entered before and after 
fueling, and if fuel is taken from a collier, the corresponding 
drafts of the fuel ship. 

(h) The dates of commencement and completion of each in- 
ventory of equipage and supplies taken under the requirements of 
articles 1222 and 1393 (13). 

(i) Daily report by ordnance gunner of temperature of maga- 
zines. Weekly report of tests of flooding systems and inspection 
of ammunition spaces. (Art. 1333.) 

(j) The state of the weather and the sea will be entered in the 
columns of the log, but will not be duplicated in the watch of- 
ficer's remarks unless circumstances render it necessary to a 



Meteorological 
observations. 



In general. 



Accident. 

Casualty. 

Provisions. 
Hired vessel. 



Boilers and en- 
gines. 



Ship's draft. 



Inventories. 



330 

proper interpretation of the columns. Watch officers will care- 
fully supervise the entries in the columns, for which they are re- 
sponsible. 

Punishments. (k) Whenever any punishment is inflicted, the name, rank, or 
rating of the offender, the date and nature of the offense, and 
the kind and degree of punishment. The date of every arrest, 
confinement, and restoration to duty shall also be entered in the 
log. 

Shell rooms. (I) Weekly examination of shell rooms containing loaded shell, 
test of flood cocks, with appropriate remarks as to conditions. 

Position after ( m ) Bearings and angles taken after anchoring. 
an p^ovMons ^ Whenever provisions are delivered on board by a contractor, 

the exact quantity of each article delivered, the contractor's name, 
and the name of the officer making the inspection. 

Prisoners. ( ) All cases of confinement and release of prisoners. 

Collision drill. (p) Time taken to hold collision drill. 

Orders, when (q) Summary of orders upon getting under way and duty per- 
way! nS u B d e r formed, when directed by commanding officer. 

Reserve feed (r) Amount of water carried in double bottoms not specially 
water. fitted for carrying reserve feed water. 

(s) Result of soundings taken in accordance with article 883. 

Provisions. (t) Whenever provisions are delivered on board by a contractor 

an entry shall be made in the ship's log showing the contractor's 
name, the exact quantity of each article delivered, and the name 
of the officer making the inspection prescribed by article 1214. 

1079. 

Punishments to Entries in the log regarding punishments shall include the 
be entered in log . °. , ' _ *" 

book. name, rank, or rating and service number of the offender, the 

date and nature of the offense, and the kind and degree of punish- 
ment. The date of every suspension, arrest, confinement, and 
restoration to duty shall also be entered upon the log book. 

1080. 

Examinations when at sea the officer of the deck shall require — 
and reports. ^ 

(a) The chief boatswain or boatswain, during the morning 

watch, to examine the condition of the chains, boats, boat booms, 

and rigging and report the result. 

(&) The chief carpenter or carpenter, or one of his mates, to 
sound the well in each compartment and examine all ports that 
should be closed, reporting the result at least twice during each 
watch. When water ballast is admitted, the chief carpenter or 
carpenter shall himself examine the state of the water and report 
at 8 a. m. and 8 p. m. 

(c) The chief gunner or gunner, or one of his mates, to ex- 
amine the guns and see that they are properly secured, reporting 
the result at least twice during each watch. 



CHAPTEE 29. 



OFFICERS OF THE ENGINE-ROOM WATCH. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 1090-1093. Duties. 



Section 1. — Duties. 
1090. 

(1) The officer in charge of the engine-room watch shall be x Dntieg reiati?e 

, , to an engine- 

responsible for running or attending the engines and other ma- room watch. 

chinery, the boilers and their appurtenances, and all other work 
being done in the department, and all engineering work done by 
the engineer's force. He shall be vigilant throughout his watch, 
and shall remain at his station and be in readiness to respond 
promptly to any call. Except when called elsewhere in the depart- 
ment by matters of extreme urgency, he shall be in the designated 
section for control of the main engines at all times when it may 
be necessary to work the engines in answer to signals. 

(2) He shall carefully and patiently instruct the watch in 
their respective duties, pointing out any mistakes made and how 
they may be avoided. 

(3) He shall bear in mind that his manner of performing duty 
has a great influence upon the discipline of the watch and the 
efficiency of the department ; that he should be dignified, discreet, 
zealous, energetic, and subordinate, displaying a feeling of defer- 
ence to superiors and a spirit of kindness to inferiors. He shall 
himself scrupulously obey all orders and regulations, and require 
the same of his subordinates. He shall avoid the use of harsh 
language, and, while never permitting any duty to be performed 
in a careless, indifferent, or dilatory manner, he shall protect the 
watch from all unnecessary annoyances. 

(4) He shall, when giving orders, use only the phraseology 
customary in the service, without any unnecessary repetition. He 
shall use a decided and authoritative tone. He shall, when giving 
orders that are to be repeated or passed, use the exact words 
proper to pass them, and not permit any changes or additions by 
his subordinates. 

(331) 



332 

1091. 

Duties. (1) The watch officer about to take charge of the watch shall 

not relieve his predecessor until he has satisfied himself that the 
condition of the machinery is as turned over to him, and he shall 
require the officers and petty officers on watch to report to him 
the condition of the men and parts of the department under their 
control. 

(2) He shall use every effort to maintain the motive machinery 
and its dependencies in an efficient condition, and to prevent any 
accident or injury to the same. 

(3) He shall cause to be executed promptly any order received 
from proper authority, whether by signal or otherwise. 

(4) He shall report at once to the officer of the deck any pres- 
ent or probable derangement of the machinery which may affect 
the maneuvering powers of the ship. He shall not permit the 
speed of the engines to be altered without orders from the deck, 
except through necessity. 

(5) He shall notify the engineer officer of the ship as soon as 
he discovers anything wrong with the machinery or boilers. 

(6) He shall cause to be faithfully executed and observed all 
instructions and directions received from the engineer officer con- 
cerning the use, care, and preservation of the motive machinery, 
and other professional duties with which the engineer officer is 
charged by the Navy Regulations and Manual of Engineering In- 
structions. 

(7) He shall preserve order among his subordinates in the en- 
gine and fire rooms, and shall place upon the report book the name 
of any man who is guilty of any infraction of discipline. 

(8) He shall keep the log and make such entries as are required 
by the instructions contained therein. 

(9) He shall, so far as is in his power, prevent any waste of 
coal, oil, or other stores. 

(10) He shall not absent himself from the place or his duties 
unless regularly relieved. 

( ( 1 ) Reports to the officer of the deck and to the engineer officer 
shall, when possible, be made through voice tubes or by telephone. 
When this can not be done, the reports shall be carried by some 
intelligent subordinate; in the case of important reports, both 
means shall be employed. 

1092. 

Responsibility While the officer of the watch or of the day's dutv is given gen- 
of division offi- ... „ . . ,. . , . *■ 

cers. eral supervision over all work m the engineer department, the 

general work of maintenance and repair shall be carried on under 

the direct supervision of the division officers. 



333 

1093. 

(1) The officer having the day's duty shall be responsible for Duties relative 
all work being done in the department, all engineering work being to " day ' 8 dut *" 
done by any of his force, and he shall be diligent in attendance 

and supervision. 

(2) All orders regarding the management of the machinery or 
the men belonging to the engineer force shall be given through the 
engineer officer on duty, except in an emergency., 

(3) He shall see that the morning orders are properly executed. 
He shall inspect the department between 7 and 8 o'clock p m., and 
satisfy himself that all cocks and valves are closed or otherwise 
as ordered; that all unnecessary lights are out; that all water- 
tight doors and hatches that do not interfere with the work going 
on are properly closed ; and that all precautions have been taken 
to guard against fire, leakage, or other accident ; and he shall re- 
port to the engineer officer before 8 p. m. the condition of the 
department. 

(4) He shall carry out such duties of the officer in charge of 
the engine-room watch as are applicable for the existing condi- 
tions in the engineer department. 



CHAPTER 30. 



DIVISION OFFICERS. 



Sec. 1. — Art. 1103. Definition. 
Sec. 2.— Art. 1104r-1108. Duties. 



Section 1. — Definition. 
1103. 

(1) A division officer, within the meaning of these regulations, 
is one regularly assigned to command a division. 

(2) A watch officer is one regularly assigned to duty in charge 
of a watch either on deck or in the engine room. 

Section 2. — Duties. 

1104. 

(1) Officers shall be assigned by the commanding officer to Assignment to 
divisions in such manner as, in his judgment, will most conduce to dI?18lons - 

the efficiency of the ship as a whole. (Art. 1287.) 

(2) Division officers shall punctually and zealously execute all General re- 
methods prescribed by, and orders received from, the commanding qu remen 8 ° * 
officer, executive officer, their respective head of department, and 

other superiors set over them ; see that their subordinates on 
board perform with diligence the duties assigned to. them ; be 
attentive to the conduct of the ship's company ; check all profane, 
abusive, obscene, and improper language ; suppress any unseemly 
noise, confusion, or disturbance ; and report to the executive officer 
those who are guilty of any infraction of the laws, regulations, 
or orders by which they are governed. 

(3) They shall be responsible for the care, preservation, and 
manipulation of the part of the ship assigned to their division 
and of all material, stores, supplies, and articles of outfit issued 
to their divisions; and shall report immediately to the head of 
the department concerned, any repairs or extra cleaning which 

(335) 



336 

may be necessary. They shall furnish the officer of the deck with 
a memorandum of any articles lost or injured while under their 
charge. 

1105. 

To keep fully Division officers shall keep themselves fully informed of all 

c n er r ning C °thc r eg' l ilations, instructions, and technical details concerning the 

ship's appurte- care , preservation, and manipulation of the ships' appurtenances, 

and the training of enlisted men. They shall scrupulously observe 

every prescribed and necessary precaution for safety. 

1106. 

(1) Division officers shall keep a- book containing a correct copy 
of the watch, quarter, station, fire, collision, abandon ship, boat, 
and other bills of all internal orders, of the routine book, and 
of other written instructions concerning the duties of the ship. 

(2) They shall personally instruct their divisions at all pre- 
scribed drills. The junior officers and the petty officers assigned 
to divisions shall be afforded every opportunity to become profi- 
cient in exercising and handling men. (Art. 1287.) 

(3) They shall encourage and endeavor to assist those who are 
desirous of improving themselves in knowledge or of advancing 
in rating. 

(4) They shall, so far as is applicable to themselves, observe 
the requirements of chapter 36. 

(5) They shall endeavor to bring the division under their com- 
mand to the highest possible state of fighting efficiency. 

General duties. (6) They shall, during exercise, follow the directions laid 
down in the official instructions and take the necessary precau- 
tions to prevent accidents. 

(7) They shall make themselves thoroughly conversant with the 
fire bill and carefully carry out its requirements. 

1107. 

To take their Division officers shall at once repair to their stations when- 
hands? 8 ** * ever tne cal1 for a11 ha nds is sounded, unless otherwise directed. 

1108. 

Requisitions by (1) The division officers shall, whenever necessary, have pre- 

cers. p are( j and signed memorandum requisitions for clothing and small 

stores or other articles required by the men. They shall not 

permit requisitions to be submitted for any man more frequently 

than necessary with the exercise of reasonable foresight. 

(2) No issue of clothing or small stores shall be made to any 
person in debt to the Government or against whom a checkage is 



337 

pending which may put him in debt, except on written authority 
of the commanding officer and a statement upon the requisition 
that the issue is necessary for the health and comfort of the 
person requiring it. (Art. 921.) 

(3) Division officers shall require each man to whom an issue To witness is- 
of clothing or small stores is made to present the articles drawn, \™ and^slores^" 
together with his copy of the receipt given by him (Art. — ), 

to his division officer or to some person in that division designated 
by such officer to check off. 

(4) Division officers shall, in addition to carrying out the inspection of 
instructions already laid down for inspection, take special care c ° ins ' 

that all outer and underclothing, overcoats, caps, hats, and bed- 
ding of the men are, in respect to quality, pattern, and color, in 
accordance with the prescribed uniform. 

(5) They shall see that all materials drawn are used for the 
purpose required; that all clothing is neatly made, marked, and 
kept in order, and that none of it is sold ; that the men are neat 
in person and clothing, and provided with such articles of clothing 
and small stores as are required by the Uniform Regulations ; 
and that underclothing is worn at all times unless dispensed with 
by order of the commanding officer. All work done by ship's 
tailor shall be submitted to the division officer concerned for in- 
spection and approved before it is accepted or any payment made 
therefor. (Art. 122.) 



CHAPTER 31, 



JUNIOR OFFICERS OF THE LINE. 
Sec. 1.— Art. 1118-1122. Duties. 



Section 1. — Duties. 
1118. 

(1) Junior officers of the line are those below the rank of lieu- Definition, 
tenant, junior grade, not assigned permanently to duty as watch 

and division officers. 

(2) They will not be ordered to other than sea duty until they sea service re- 
have served at least five years as commissioned officers, except < i uIred - 

for special training or instruction. 

1119. 

(1) They shall perform such duty as may be assigned them. Duty. 

(2) An ensign shall not be assigned to duty on the staff of a 
flag officer or as aid to a commanding officer. 

1120. 

Should an ensign be assigned permanently to duty as a watch Watch duty, 
and division officer he shall mess in the wardroom and be assigned 
quarters as a wardroom officer. 

1121. 

They shall keep a journal and navigation notebook. Note books. 

1122. 

(1) In order to broaden their experience they shall be detailed Duty to be 

vftricd 

successively to as many departments as practicable. 

(2) Ensigns of the line shall be assigned to a nine months' , Ensigns of the 
. ,, t, . _. . _ . , . . line assigned to 

tour in the Engineer Department for instruction in engineering. Engineer duty. 

(3) The commanding officer shall make entry in the fitness Entry in the 
report of ensigns whether or not they are qualified to take charge en°ign. reP ° rtS ° f 
of an engine-room watch under way. 



(339) 



CHAPTER 32. 



THE MEDICAL OFFICER. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1132-1177. Duties aboard ship. 

Sec. 2.— Art. 1178-1183. Dental officer. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1184-1203. Shore stations and general duties. 



Section 1. — Duties Aboard Ship. 
1 132. 

The medical officer of a ship is the head of the medical depart- Duties. 
ment of the ship. He shall have charge of all material and stores 
aboard under the cognizance of the Bureau of Medicine and 
Surgery. He shall be in direct charge of the treatment and care 
of the sick and wounded, and shall advise the commanding officer 
in regard to matters affecting the physical fitness of the personnel. 

1133. 

The medical officer shall report to the commanding officer im- Contagious or 
mediately upon becoming aware of danger from any contagious cases. 10 " 8 S " 
or infectious disease, or of its appearance amongst the personnel. 
Subject to the direction of the commanding officer, he shall use 
every means in his power to prevent the introduction of such a 
disease or, if existing on board, to prevent it from spreading. 

1134. 

The medical officer shall keep himself informed of the sanitary Health of the 
condition of the port in which the ship is lying, and immediately por ' 
report to the commanding officer any facts that may influence the 
health of the personnel of the ship. (Art. 741.) 

1135. 

Whenever the medical officer deems it necessary, it shall be his Suggestions, 
duty to make written suggestions or reports to the commanding 
officer concerning the sanitary condition of the personnel, the pre- 
vention or checking of disease, and the care and comfort of the 
sick and wounded. 

183S41 °— 20 23 ( 341 ) 



342 

1136. 

Precautions. (i) The medical officer shall carefully observe the general ap- 
pearance of the personnel, and should he suspect the presence of 
disease in any person, he shall report the fact to the commanding 
officer with appropriate recommendations. 

Malingering. (2) Whenever he discovers that any person has willfully pro- 
duced, concealed, aggravated, or feigned any disease or injury, 
he shall report the fact to the commanding officer, and enter it 
upon the report book. 

Concealed dis- (3) Whenever, in his opinion, any members of the crew have 
concealed diseases he shall, with the approval of the commanding 
officer, examine them and place any that seem to require it under 
appropriate treatment ; such examinations shall also be made when 
directed by the commanding officer. This duty may be delegated 
to junior medical officers only. 

1137. 

Relief of the The medical officer shall at all times have in readiness every- 
struction in first thing necessary for the relief of the wounded, and, at frequent 
aid * intervals, with the approval of the commanding officer, shall pro- 

vide for the instruction of the ambulance party in first aid to the 
wounded. 

1138. 

r e p r t s of As soon as possible after a battle the medical officer shall make 

killed find 

wounded. out careful duplicate reports of the killed and wounded, sending 

one copy to the commanding officer, and the other through him to 
the commander in chief. 

1139. 

Unofficial cer- The medical officer shall not give an unofficial certificate of ill 
tificates. health or of inability to perform any duty. 

1140. 

Food for the The medical officer shall have the food for the sick frequently 
sick> inspected by a medical officer, and shall report if it is Lot pre- 

pared properly or in accordance with his directions. 

1141. 

Medieal sur- Whenever in his opinion any person on board becomes unfit for 
vey ' further duty on account of ill health or injury, he shall report the 

fact to the commanding officer and, if necessary, recommend a 
medical surveyor transfer to a hospital. 



343 

1142. 

(1) A patient, while being transferred to a hospital, shall, in Transfers, 
serious cases, be accompanied by a medical officer, if practicable. 

(2) A patient, when transferred from the care of a medical offi- 
cer of the Navy to that of any other person, shall be accompanied 
by a hospital ticket and by his health record. 

(3) Every man about to be transferred from one ship or sta- Examination 
... * , „ , , . , ., . „ . . before transfer. 

tion to another shall be subjected to a careful physical examina- 
tion conducted by the medical officer, who shall make the requisite 
entries on the man's health record. Except in an emergency, no 
man who is known to have been exposed to any infectious or con- 
tagious disease, or who is found to be suffering from such disease 
or from active venereal infection, which may be a menace to 
others, shall be recommended for transfer except for treatment in 
hospital or for passage thereto. When an emergency requires the 
transfer of men with these diseases, a full report shall be for- 
warded through official channels to the medical officer of the ship 
or station to which transfer is made. If any cases of these diseases 
are found and retained, they shall be promptly admitted for treat- 
ment and a report of the facts made to the commanding officer. 

1143. 

(1) When a patient is transferred to any other than a United Patients in 
States naval hospital, the date of the transfer shall be noted in his "united 1 States 
health record, and the case continued therein until the patient re- naTal hospital, 
turns to duty or until the ship leaves port, if the patient be left 

behind. 

(2) On the departure of the ship, if in a foreign port, the 
medical officer shall forward, through the commanding officer, to 
the consul the health records of the cases of all patients referred 
to in paragraph 1 of this article, who are left behind. The record 
in each instance shall state that it is to accompany the patient, if 
sent to the United States, or to be forwarded to the commanding 
officer of the next ship arriving in the port. 

(3) Upon the arrival of a ship in a foreign port, her medical 
officer shall take charge of all cases referred to in paragraph 2, 
and continue their health records. When practicable, such medi- 
cal officer shall frequently visit these patients, in order to continue 
a correct health record in each case. He shall interest himself 
in their welfare, report their progress to the commanding officer, 
and suggest any measures that he may consider necessary for their 
benefit. 

(4) The hospital expenses of such patients shall be paid from 
the proper appropriation under the Bureau of Medicine and 
Surgery. 



344 

(5) When such patients are transferred or received, a report 
of the fact shall be made to the fleet surgeon and, if in a port of 
the United States, to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 

1144. 

Certificates of (1) The medical officer shall prepare duplicate certificates of 



death. 



death and forward them through the commanding officer to the 
Bureau of Medicine and Surgery and shall furnish a copy to the 
commander in chief. 

(2) The statement as to origin of disease or disability causing 
death shall always be noted therein, with reasons for the opinion 
expressed as to whether or not it was incurred in line of duty. 

1145. 

Medical store- The medical officer shall see that only medical stores and sup- 
plies, and spirits and wines that are the property of the Gov- 
ernment, are kept in the medical storeroom. He shall retain the 
key himself and never permit it to pass into the custody of an 
enlisted man without permission of the commanding officer. The 
storeroom shall not be open, except in the presence of an officer 
unless in an emergency. 

1146. 

Custody o f The medical officer shall not permit any spirits, wines, or malt 



and 'malt liq- li( l uors ' tne P r °P er ty of the Government and under his charge, to 



spirits, wines, 
and malt liq- 
uors, be placed in the possession of any enlisted or appointed man, 

except in small quantities for immediate consumption by patients. 



1147. 

Reports of epi- (1) Upon the arrival of a ship in a foreign port, the medical 
giousf disease"* 8 " officer shall obtain, as far as practicable, the sanitary data pre- 
scribed in the Manual for Medical Officers and shall forward the 
same without delay to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 

(2) During the prevalence of epidemic or contagious diseases, 
especially in ports of the Gulf of Mexico, the West Indies, and 
South America, he shall include in such report all reliable infor- 
mation relating thereto that he may be able to procure. 

1148. 

Duty in con- The medical officer of the ship shall indorse upon the record 

Nummary courts^ of every summary court-martial, the sentence of which involves 

martial. confinement for a period exceeding 10 days, on diminished rations. 

or on bread and water, his opinion as to whether the infliction of 

such sentence would produce serious injury to the health of the 



345 

person sentenced, in form as follows : " From an examination of 

, and of the place where he is to be confined, I am of the 

opinion that the execution of the foregoing sentence will (not) 
produce serious injury to his health." 

1149. 

In the absence, or during the disability, of the medical officer ^j!J e,Ice or dis * 
of the ship the medical officer next in rank on board shall perform a : 
his duties. 

1150. 

When fitting out, and as soon as possible after reporting for When fitting 
duty, the medical officer of the ship shall examine the sick bay, 
dispensary, medical storeroom, and other accommodations for the 
sick and wounded. Should he discover any defects or deficiencies 
therein he shall make a detailed written report of the facts to 
the commanding officer. 

1151. 

As soon as practicable, after going into commission, the medical To examine the 
officer shall examine the crew in order to verify the descriptive 
lists and health records, and to ascertain if all the members are 
physically qualified to perform the duties which will probably be 
required of them. If any are found disqualified, he shall, with the 
approval of the commanding officer, request that a survey be 
held upon them. (Art. 826.) 

1152. 

(1) During the examination required in article 1151 the medical Vaccination, 
officer shall make a list of all who seem to require vaccination, 

which shall be performed as soon as the duties of the ship permit, 
and repeated in case of failure until there is a reasonable assur- 
ance that the person is protected. The time to vaccinate, and the 
number to be vaccinated at any one time, shall be decided by the 
commanding officer upon recommendation of the medical officer. 
All members of the crew received on board from time to time 
during the cruise, who are not known to be protected, shall be 
vaccinated as speedily as possible. 

(2) All persons in the naval service shall be vaccinated with 
smallpox vaccine and given typhoid prophylaxis in accordance 
with instructions contained in the Manual for the Medical De- 
partment. 

1153. 

The medical officer shall report to the commanding officer daily Dally report of 
by 10 a. m., in writing, the names and condition of the sick. 



346 



1154. 



Binnacle list. The medical officer shall prepare a binnacle list containing 
the names of those he recommends to be excused from daty, either 
wholly or in part, and submit it to the commanding officer daily 
before 9.30 a. m. Necessary additions and changes during the 
clay shall be made in the manner provided in article 1322 (1). 

1155. 

instruction in At general quarters and at special exercises, with the approval 
Suets °and t0 first" of tne commanding officer, the medical officer shall distribute a 
aid dressings, sufficient number of first-aid appliances for all requirements and 
frequently advise divisional officers as to the use of these appli- 
ances, as provided for in article 1346. 

1156. 

To inspect the The medical officer shall, when required, inspect the provisions 
the"rew! ° r of the crew, and report any that are unsound or likely to cause 
illness. (Art. 1320(5).) 

1157. 

Preparation of The medical officer shall report to the commanding officer any 
want of care or cleanliness or any neglect in the preparation of 
food for the crew, which may be injurious to health. 

1158. 

Testing water. Before Cooking or drinking water from shore is taken on board, 
the medical officer shall investigate its source and make as com- 
plete an examination of it as possible with the means at hand, 
and report at once if any doubt exists as to its purity. All such 
examinations shall be recorded in the journal. (Art. 1320(5).) 

1159. 

Fresh provi- (i) The medical officer shall inspect as to their quality all 
fresh provisions delivered to the ship. This duty may be dele- 
gated to a junior medical officer. 

Examine con- (2) He shall examine the contents of boats attending the ship 

hoatl ° f bnm " witn articles of food or drink for sale, and report if the articles 

are, in his opinion, suitable to be consumed as food or drink. A 

junior medical officer may perform this duty. (Art. 1320(2).) 

1160. 

To inspect cells The medical officer shall make inspections of the cells and other 
and prisoners. plaCeg of confinement, as well as of the prisoners, and report the 
result to the commanding officer. (Art. 216.) 



347 



1161. 



The medical officer shall accompany the first lieutenant on his inspection of 
weekly inspection of living spaces, holds, and storerooms. (Art. ° s ' 
1360(2).) 

1162. 

The medical officer of a ship returning to the United States .Patients re- 

, ,, , n . ,, . ceived for pas- 

shall, when patients are received for transportation, continue their sage to United 

health records as readmissions, and account for them as the sick statcs ' 

of the ship. 

1163. 

(1) The medicai officer shall keep a health record of all officers Health record, 
and enlisted men, which shall be subject at any time to the in- 
spection of the commanding officer and of the fleet surgeon. (Arts. 

137(5) and 1179.) 

(2) Upon the completion of a health record, he shall forward 
it to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, through the command- 
ing officer. 

1164. 

(1) When a ship is commissioned the medical officer thereof Inyoices and 
shall be furnished with triplicate invoices of all articles in her cai^stoiJs m a nd 
medical outfit duly signed by the medical officer in command of supplies. 

the naval medical supply depot. 

(2) He shall take charge of all such articles when delivered 
and invoiced to him, and shall receipt for them if they correspond 
in character and amount with the invoices. These invoices and 
receipts must be approved by the commanding officer, after which 
the medical officer Of the ship shall retain the third, forwarding 
the first to the medical officer in command of the naval medical 
supply depot, and the second to the Bureau of Medicine and 
Surgery. 

(3) Medical stores transferred from the naval medical supply 
depot to a ship, after the invoices of her regular outfit have been 
signed and disposed of, shall be invoiced and receipted for in like 
manner. 

. (4) When medical stores are transferred from a storeship, 
storehouse, or depot to a ship, the invoices and receipts must be 
made in triplicate, approved by the senior officer present, and 
disposed of in the same manner as though at a navy yard. 

(5) When medical stores are transferred from one ship in com- 
mission to another, the invoices and receipts shall be made in 
duplicate and approved by the senior officer present. The officer 
transferring and the officer receiving the stores shall each sign 
both copies, the latter retaining the original and the former the 
duplicate. 



348 

(6) If the medical officer finds any discrepancy, error, or omis- 
sion in the invoices of stores, lie shall report it to the command- 
ing officer, who shall have the invoices corrected before they are 
receipted. 

(7) All invoices of medical stores shall be kept on file for future 
reference, and when the ship goes out of commission shall be 
transferred to the medical officer of the navy yard with the 
medical outfit and its inventory. (Art. 1172.) 

1165. 

Ships on de- When serving in a ship not attached to a fleet, and without 
ac e service. t]tie United States, the medical officer shall make requisition for 
necessary medical supplies, from time to time, on the supply offi- 
cer of the ship, as favorable opportunity for their purchase offers. 

1166. 

Medical stores (1) The allowances in the supply table are intended as the 
and supplies. basis of supplies for a ship when fitting out for a cruise. Needful 
additions may subsequently be made from time to time by requisi- 
tions, but it is not necessary or expected that these additions shall 
bring the amount of supplies on hand fully up to that given in the 
supply table. 
Not to he pur- (2) Timely requisitions for stores and supplies must be made to 
chased. cover ordinary expenditures, but they shall not be filled by pur- 

chase if it can be avoided. (Art. 1399.) 
Stores from (3) When any of the stores and supplies on board in charge of 
ments/ depart " other officers are necessary for the sick, they may be obtained 
upon requisition duly approved by the commanding officer. A re- 
ceipt for them shall be given. (Art. 1395.) 

1167. 

Laundry and Laundry work, extra provisions, and groceries for the sick shall 
extra provisions. be Q^tainecl by open purchase on duly approved requisitions. 

1168. 

Surgical in- Surgical instruments and appliances shall not be replaced unless 

struments. 

condemned by a board of survey ; and all that are condemned shall 
be turned in at a navy yard or to a supply depot. 

1169. 

Loss of medi- In the event of discovering any loss or destruction of medical 
stores, surgical instruments, or furniture, the medical officer shall 
report the fact immediately to the commanding officer, and re- 
quest a survey thereon. 



349 



1170. 



(1) When the ship goes out of commission the medical officer Medical outfit 

when going out 

shall be guided by instructions contained in the Manual for the of commission. 
Medical Department. 

1171. 

(1) When stores and supplies are transferred from the charge Transfer of 
of one medical officer to another, triplicate receipts must be 

passed. 

(2) Whenever a medical officer is relieved from duty, he shall 
transfer to his successor all public property in his charge. 

(3) When a hospital corpsman has been placed in charge of 
property of the Medical Department, on his relief from duty he 
shall transfer to his successor all public property in his charge. 

1172. 

(1) In all cases, unless otherwise directed, the medical officer Bil1 of health. 
shall procure a bill of health before leaving port. 

(2) Upon arrival of the ship in port he shall be prepared to 
receive the health officer and exhibit to him the bill of health; 
also to answer any questions that may be asked concerning the 
sanitary condition of the ship. 

1173. 

On the 1st of January of each year the medical officer shall Sanitary re- 
submit to the Chief of the Bureau <>f Medicine and Surgery, 1>0r " 
through official channels, a sanitary report, as prescribed in the 
Manual for the Medical Department. While embracing matters of 
general sanitary and professional interest, this report shall give 
special attention to information and recommendations tending 
to promote military efficiency through the maintenance of physical 
fitness in the personnel. 

1174. 

In battle it shall be the first duty of the medical officer to give Duty i„ battle, 
such attention to the wounded as will permit those who are able 
to return promptly to their stations at the guns or elsewhere, and 
to render such aid along humanitarian lines as conditions will 
permit. 

1175. 

(1) The medical officer shall be stationed in the sick bay at 
quarters. 

(2) He shall take charge of the surgeon's division and of the station and 
men on the sick list, require their presence at the sick bay if able daty at « ttarters - 
to come, and report absentees. 

(3) He shall comply with the requirements of chapter 30. visionf e0nS dl " 



350 

1176. 

(1) The surgeon's division shall consist of all medical and 
dental officers of the ship, the pharmacist, all enlisted men of the 
Hospital Corps, and such attendants as may be detailed by the 
commanding officer for exclusive duty with the Medical De- 
partment. 

(2) For the issue of money, small stores, and clothing, the en- 
listed men of this division shall be under the medical officer in 
the same manner as the men of the gun division are under the 
gun-division officers. 

1177. 

A report of The medical officer shall cause to be entered upon the report 

1)FC*1 clips of (lis* 

cipiine to be book the names of any subordinates of the surgeon's division, or 
made# of the sick or their attendants, who may be guilty of any breaches 

of discipline. 

Section 2. — Dental Officers. 
1178. 
Duties of den- Dental officers shall be assigned to the medical department of 

tal officers 

the ship or station to which they may be attached, under the gen- 
eral supervision of the medical officer. They shall not be called 
upon to assume any of the professional duties or responsibilities of 
medical officers. The professional services of dental officers shall 
be available only for officers and men on the active list of the 
Navy and Marine Corps, and such services are restricted to those 
measures which will most effectively and economically preserve 
the teeth of the personnel and insure physical fitness. 

1179. 

Attention to They shall be unremitting in attention to members of the naval 

P&ticnts* 

personnel who may be patients under their care, and shall exact 
from those under their direction a rigid performance of their 
duties. 

1180. 

medical offlcerof They sha11 keep the medical offi cer fully informed aS to the con- 
patients' condi- dition of all patients, and promptly notify him of any case which 
may require medical attention. 

1181. 

Record of They shall keep a record of patients treated and all dental work 



patients. 



performed and submit the same to the medical officer for incorpo- 
ration in the prescribed medical reports and returns. 



351 

1182. 

Dental officers will receipt for all dental property under their ert Dental prop " 
charge and will be accountable for its care and preservation. They 
shall not be released from responsibility for the value of any dental 
instruments or furniture unless the expenditure shall have been 
authorized by the bureau or a board of survey. 

1183. 

In making requisitions and returns of dental property, dental Bequisitions. 
officers will follow the instructions and regulations governing 
medical officers under similar circumstances. 

Section 3. — Shore Stations and General Duties. 

1184. 

The medical officer of a shore station, under the direction of Duty of medi- 
the commandant, shall supervise the hygiene of the station and shore stations, 
recommend such measures as he may deem necessary to prevent 
or diminish disease. He shall likewise examine monthly and 
note in the journal the sanitary conditions of all public buildings, 
the drainage, the sewerage, the amount and quality of the water 
supply, the clothing and habits of the men, the character and cook- 
ing of food, and report in writing the conditions to the com- 
mandant, together with such recommendations as he may deem 
proper. The commandant shall indorse his views and action 
thereon and, if he deem the action recommended by the medical 
officer undesirable, shall state fully his objections thereto. He 
shall then return the report, with his indorsements, to the medical 
officer, who shall immediately enter the indorsements of the com- 
mandant in the journal and forward the report, through official 
channels, to the Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, 
with such further report, if any, as he may deem necessary or 
advisable in the premises. A special sanitary report shall be 
made at any time when an emergency arises, and at once be for- 
warded, through official channels, to the Chief of the Bureau of 
Medicine and Surgery. 

1185. 

(1) Medical officers on duty at navy yards and naval stations General duties, 
will, in addition to their official duties, be required to attend the 
families of officers and enlisted men, including those on the retired 
list, residing in the yard or station, or within 1 mile of the naval 
dispensary, except as noted in paragraph 4. 



352 

(2) Medical officers on detached duty, such as recruiting, may 
be designated by the department to attend officers and enlisted 
men and their families residing within 2 miles of their office. 

(3) Except in cases of emergency, the medical attendance con- 
templated in paragraphs (1) and (2) will be available only during 
the regular working hours of the yard, station, or office, and pro- 
vided it may be accorded without interference with the medical 
officer's other duties. 

Officers' fami- (4) Medical attendance will be accorded the families of officers 
lies in Wash- 
ington. on duty in Washington, D. C, not otherwise provided for, and 

retired officers and their families, who reside within 2 miles of 

the Navy Department. 

(5) The family of an officer or enlisted man shall include only 
those relatives who are dependent upon him for support, and not 
persons employed by him. 

(6) Officers and enlisted men will exact of their families con- 
sideration in their relations with medical officers, requiring those 
who are physically able to visit the dispensary, if there is one on 
the station. 

Medical stores. (7) The expenditure of such medical stores as may be deemed 
necessary by the Surgeon General in carrying out the provisions 
of this article is authorized. 

(8) Officers and enlisted men on duty at navy yards, naval 
stations, and elsewhere shall immediately inform the medical 
officer of the existence of suspected cases of contagious or com- 
municable diseases in their quarters, in order that the medical 
officer may investigate, report to the commandant, and take the 
steps necessary to safeguard the health of the command. 
injured em- (9) When wounds or injuries are received by mechanics or 
p oyees. laborers while at work in the yard, the medical officer shall supply 

whatever may be necessary in rendering professional assistance. 
Such cases, if serious, shall be recorded and indexed in a book 
provided for that purpose, and if the injuries were received in the 
line of duty the case shall be reported to the commandant. 

1187. 

Persons sent to (1) Officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps, 
hSpita?s! n " aVal wnen on duty at a place where there is no naval hospital, may 
be sent to other hospitals, upon the order of the commander in 
chief, or the senior officer present, and the expenses of such per- 
sons shall be paid from the naval hospital fund; and no other 
charge shall be made against their accounts than such as are 
made for persons under treatment at naval hospitals. 



353 

1188. 

Whenever any officer, seaman, or marine entitled to a pension Pensions of 
is admitted to a naval hospital, his pension, while he remains JitS 118 n ° s " 
there, shall be deducted from his accounts and paid to the Sec- 
retary of the Navy for the benefit of the fund from which such 
hospital is maintained. 

1189. 

(1) Expenses incuired by an officer of the Navy for medicines Expenses in- 
and medical attendance shall not be allowed unless they were ci"^™, etc? me 
incurred when he was on duty, and the medicines could not have 

been obtained from naval supplies, or the attendance of a naval 
medical officer could not have been had. ( Sec. 1586, R. S. ) 

(2) Officers of the Navy or Marine Corps on duty where the 
services of a naval medical officer are not available shall, as a 
basis of claim for expenses, report any sickness or injury, as soon 
as they are able, to the Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and 
Surgery. 

(3) All claims for expenses incurred for medicines and medical 
attendance shall be forwarded to the Chief of the Bureau of Medi- 
cine and Surgery for examination and approval. After approval 
such claims shall be forwarded to the Chief of the Bureau of Sup- 
plies and Accounts for payment by such officer as he may desig- 
nate. Claims shall be accompanied by receipted bills and all other 
papers pertaining thereto. 

(4) Where the services of a naval medical officer are obtainable, Treatment by 
officers in a duty status may have, under the control of the medical 

officer in charge, when the latter is not in his own opinion suffi- 
ciently skilled to properly treat the affection, the benefit of con- 
sultation with and treatment by a specialist ; but such consulta- 
tion and treatment must be by prior authority of the Chief of the 
Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, and under the direction and con- 
trol of the medical establishment of the department, as the law 
does not permit the allowance of expense of consultation with or 
treatment by a specialist when it is incurred upon the mere 
volition of the officer concerned. Ordinarily it is assumed that 
such consultation with a specialist is for the purpose of confirm- 
ing the diagnosis and outlining the treatment, the medical officer 
in charge of the case being regarded as professionally capable of 
carrying out further treatment. 

(5) Expenses for medicines and medical attendance shall not be Expenses l n 

,. , -. r. i, , „, . n case of enlisted 

allowed in the case of enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps man. 

where naval medical supplies are available and where the services 

of a naval medical officer can be had ; nor shall they be allowed 

unless the sickness or injury has been promptly reported to the 

Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery by the officer in com- 



354 

mand ; or if on detached duty, as at radio stations, subreeruiting 

stations, with Naval Militia, etc., by the enlisted man himself as 

soon as able. 

Where there is (g) when officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine 
no Government 
hospital. Corps, on detached duty, require immediate hospital treatment 

where a naval hospital or a hospital of the United States Public 
Health Service is not available, and when transportation to one 
or the other is not practicable, they will be admitted to a civil 
hospital, and prompt information of the fact, together with a full 
statement as to the nature of the disabiltiy, shall be communicated 
to the Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery through 
official channels — either by the officer in command or, if on de- 
tached duty as set forth in paragraph 5 of this article, by the 
patient himself as soon as able. 

(7) (a) Dental treatment is regarded as included in the term 
"medical attendance." (Comptroller's Decision, Dec. 20, 1919.) 

(&) Necessary and reasonable claims for expenses for dental 
service will be considered in the same manner as claims for other 
medical expenses, and only when such expenses were incurred in 
an emergency when in a duty status where the services of a naval 
dental officer could not have been had and when a naval medical 
officer, if available, has been consulted in advance. 

(c) Prosthetic dental treatment at the expense of the Govern- 
ment will be allowed only when authorized in advance by the 
Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. 

1190. 

Officers ad- (i) When an officer is admitted to a naval hospital he is en- 
mitted to hospi- 
tais. titled to remain under treatment and to have all the advantages 

of such hospital until cured. In the case of chronic disorders, 

which after a sufficient period shall appear to the medical officer 

in command of the hospital to be not susceptible of cure, that 

officer shall make a report to the commandant of the station and 

request a medical survey thereon. If a survey recommends a 

continuation of treatment, the officer surveyed may remain until 

a subsequent survey shall recommend a discharge. 

(2) When a medical survey, duly approved, shall recommend 
an officer's discharge from hospital, it shall be at the option of 
such officer, if disabled or decrepit, to be transferred to the Naval 
Home. 

(3) A copy of all the papers in such cases shall be forwarded 
by the commandant to the Secretary of the Navy. 

1191. 



Sick and dis- Sick, wounded, or disabled officers are entitled to the benefits 
titled tfmedicai of naval medical and surgical attendance, either within or with- 
attendance. ut a naval hospital, so long as they remain sick, wounded, or 



355 

disabled. The fact that an officer has been recently treated within 
a naval hospital shall not prevent his readmission to the same or 
to any other hospital. 

1192. 

Convalescent patients may be detailed for light service, but _ Convalescents 

To Ik* uiscbflr&r^d 

shall not be retained in the hospital for that purpose after they when fit for 
are fit for duty. * uty * 

1193. 

No patient in hospital shall te entitled to any service except Attendants, 
that of the regular hospital attendants; nor shall anyone, except 
medical officers on duty, patients, and employees of the hospital 
be subsisted or lodged without permission of the Chief of the Bu- 
reau of Medicine and Surgery. 

1194. 

The medical officer in command of each hospital, and the medi- , Accountability 

for property ex- 
cal officer of each station and ship shall be held responsible and pended. 

accountable for all public property under his control belonging to 

the medical department of the Navy. 

1195. 

A health record shall be issued for each person in the naval Health record, 
service, which shall accompany him in all transfers, as pre- 
scribed in the Manual for the Medical Department. The health 
record shall be kept in the custody of the medical officer of the 
ship or station. 

1196. 

(1) Medical officers making entries in the health record or on "Not in line 
reports of death or reports of medical survey of officers or enlisted of duty " entrles - 
men of the Navy or Marine Corps for disease or injury, shall state 
specifically whether such disease or injury was received in the line 

of duty or not in the line of duty, and when not in the line of duty, 
whether the disease or injury is the result of his own intemperate 
use of drugs or alcoholic liquors or other misconduct. 

(2) When the medical officer having the custody of the health Entries con- 
record of an officer or enlisted man of the Navy or Marine Corps pc'lt? use C ™f 
enters on such record that any disability for which such officer or n ™£ 8 uquors*. 100 " 
enlisted man is admitted to the sick list was not received in line 

of duty, or was the result of his own intemperate use of drugs or 
alcoholic liquors or other misconduct, it shall be the duty of such 
medical officer to inform the patient when such an adverse entry is 
made, provided the condition of the patient does not make such 
action inadvisable. He shall inform the commanding officer at the 
same time, and the procedure then shall be as prescribed in para- 
graph 4. 



356 

individual to (3) It shall likewise be the duty of the senior member of any 
adverse report, board, which makes a similar adverse record relative to the origin 
of any disease or injury, to inform the individual concerned of such 
record. In the case of a board of medical survey the statement in 
rebuttal should not be incorporated in the body of the survey but 
forwarded as a separate paper. 
Right of indi- (4) it shall then be the right of such individual to request the 
commanding officer to have entered on the health record bearing 
such an adverse entry, such evidence in rebuttal as he may desire 
to present. A copy of such entry and evidence shall then be for- 
warded to the Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery for 
filing. 
Dependant on (5) j n the event of the condition of the individual being such 
dividual. as to render it impracticable or inadvisable to inform him of such 

adverse entry, this fact shall be noted on his health record, and 
he shall be so informed so soon as circumstances permit, and such 
action be noted on the record when taken. 
no^ ri a Sill rove d d eatl1 ^ In tlie event of tne death of a person in the naval service 
in which the commanding officer does not approve of the assigned 
origin of the fatal illness or injury as given in the official report 
of death, it shall be his duty to indorse thereon his opinion and the 
reasons therefor, the report being then forwarded to the Chief of 
the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery for file. 

Absence from (7) j n the case of an officer or enlisted man of the Navy or Ma- 
duty due to own _, . ^. -^^.^ -, *. ,,.., 
misconduct. rine Corps in active service absent from duty on account of sick- 
ness, injury, or disease resulting from his own imtemperate use of 
drugs or alcoholic liquor or other misconduct, when the command- 
ing officer and medical officer are in accord the entry shall be final. 
Should the commanding officer and medical officer disagree, the 
former will call a board of officers of not less than two members, 
one of whom shall be a medical officer, to report upon and make 
recommendations in the case. The approval by the commanding 
officer of the findings of this board shall be final ; but if the com- 
manding officer disapproves the finding of the board the proceed- 
ings will be forwarded for the action of the next higher authority. 
A copy of the final decision in the case will be entered in the health 
record. 
Misconduct re- (8) Whenever an officer or enlisted man of the Navy or Marine 
port * Corps in active service is absent from duty on account of sickness 
injury or disease resulting from his own intemperate use of drugs 
or alcoholic liquors, or other misconduct, the medical officer having 
cognizance of the case shall prepare and forward to the command- 
ing officer an admission " Misconduct Report " and upon the indi- 
vidual being discharged to duty a discharge " Misconduct Report." 
In the case of officers these reports shall be forwarded in dupli- 
cate, one for the commanding officer, the other via the commanding 
officer to the officer carrying the officer's accounts. In the case of 



357 

enlisted men the reports shall be made in triplicate when neces- 
sary and forwarded through the commanding officer, one each for 
the commanding officer and the officer carrying the man's ac- 
counts, and the third for the officer having custody of the man's 
enlistment record. (Art. 554.) 

1197. 

A survey may be ordered by the commander in chief of a fleet, Order for sur- 
the commandant of a station, the senior officer present, or by a 7 ' 
division commander in a fleet, upon any officer or other person 
under his command, on the request of the senior medical officer 
of the ship or station where the person is serving. 

1198. 

(1) A board of medical survey shall consist, when practicable, , Boards of med- 

ical surrey, 
of three medical officers. 

(2) If it be inconvenient to detail three officers, two will suffice. 
In extreme cases, or on board a ship on detached service, the sur- 
vey may be held by the medical officer <>f the ship. 

1199. 

Reports of medical survey shall be made upon the prescribed ve * ed,cml sur " 
form and shall conform to the instructions as given in the manual 
for the Medical Department. 

1200. 

No person other than the medical officer shall be permitted to Entries only 
conduct any part of a physical examination or to sign an original cers!"* 
entry or any medical record of enlistment. Every such examina- 
tion shall be completed according to the. official forms. 

1201. 

(1) The examination having been concluded and the candidate Records. 
found qualified for the service, the medical examiner shall enter 
his descriptive list upon the blank service record furnished by the 
Chief of the Bureau of Navigation or the Major General Com- 
mandant of the Marine Corps and, having signed it, shall trans- 
mit the record to the commanding officer. He shall also make the 
necessary entries upon the blank health records furnished by the 
Chief of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, retaining such 
records until the recruits are transferred, when they shall be duly 
forwarded, as provided in the manual for medical officers. 
183841°— 20 24 



Transfer. 



"Waivers. 



358 

(2) Upon the transfer at any time of an enlisted person, the 
medical officers shall make the necessary entries upon the service 
and health records. 

1202. 

(1) In cases where physical disqualifications are waived by the 
Navy Department, the medical examiners shall fully describe the 
same on all records of enlistment. 

1203. 

sick e t™ hospital! ^ ^ iek P ersons mav De sent to a hospital at any time upon 
the recommendation of the medical officer of the ship or of a board 
of medical survey, approved by the commanding officer. (Art. 
1142.) 
Tuberculosis (2) All cases of tuberculosis occurring on board seagoing ships 
which are recommended for transfer to the naval hospital at Las 
Animas, Colo., must be sent first to the nearest naval hospital for 
further disposition as directed by the Navy Department. 

Accounts of (3) when any petty officer or enlisted person is sent from a 
men sent to hos- * 

pitai. ship or station to a United States naval hospital at home or abroad 

for duty or for treatment, his accounts and other papers shall be 
sent direct to that hospital. The medical officer in command of 
the hospital shall forward the pay accounts to the supply officer 
of the nearest receiving or station ship, and such supply officer 
shall comply with the orders of the medical officer in command of 
the hospital in such matters pertaining to changes of rating, pay, 
etc., as is done in similar cases for commanding officers of vessels 
whose accounts the supply officer has in charge. 

(4) When such transfer is made to a hospital not a naval hos- 
pital, his accounts and other papers shall be retained on board, 
and such transfer shall not be considered as creating a vacancy 
until the ship to which he has been attached sails from the vicinity 
of the hospital. When a man is thus left, he shall be furnished 
with his accounts and a copy of his service record, and the orig- 
inal of his service record shall be sent to the Bureau of Navi- 
gation. 
Orders upon (5) if a man be in a hospital not a naval hospital when his 
recoTery vf^ e^n ^.^ , g ^^ tQ ^pa^ an( j there is no prospect of the immediate 
hospital. arrival of another United States vessel in the port, he shall be 

ordered upon his recovery to report, preferably by telegraph, to 
the Bureau of Navigation for instructions. He shall be given 
sufficient money from the amount due him to defray his necessary 
expenses, and he shall be instructed to keep a written account 
thereof upon which to base a claim for reimbursement. He shall 
request the surgeon in charge to furnish him with a certificate of 
the dates of admission to and discharge from the hospital. 

(6) When he has not sufficient money due him, the United 
States consul, if there be one, and, if none, then the surgeon in 



359 

charge of the hospital, shall be requested to take charge of him, 
and upon his recovery to ask instruction, preferably by telegraph, 
of the Bureau of Navigation, Navy Department, as to what dis- 
position shall be made of him, in which case the Bureau of Navi- 
gation Will provide the necessary funds. 

(7) Enlisted men held for treatment at a hospital after expira- no f a j* al whlle ln 
tion of enlistment are held for the convenience of the Govern- 
ment, and entitled to pay and allowances until date of actual dis- 
charge from the service. 

(8) Persons transferred to the naval hospital at Philadelphia if sent to 
shall be directed to report to the governor of the Naval Home. Philadelphia.' * ' 



CHAPTER 33. 



OFFICERS OF THE SUPPLY CORPS AFLOAT. 
Sec. 1.— Art. 1208-1234. Duties. 



Section 1. — Duties. 
1208. 

(1) Before entering upon the duties of his office, every officer Bond*. 
of the Supply Corps shall give bond for the faithful performance 
thereof, with sufficient surety, to be approved by the Secretary 

of the Navy, and under such regulations or instructions as may 
fee issued from time to time by proper authority. 

(2) He shall give a new bond, with sufficient surety, every four n«tt bond. 
years, or whenever required to do so by the Secretary of the 

Navy ; and all such bonds shall be examined every two years for 
the purpose of ascertaining the sufficiency of the surety thereon. 
(Sec. 1384, R. S.) 

1209. 

The supply officer of the ship shall be the senior officer of the The supply offl- 
Supply Corps attached thereto, except as provided elsewhere in 
these regulations ; and he shall be the head of the supply depart- 
ment of the ship and the supply division. (Arts. 1228 and 1229.) 

1210. 

The supply officer of a ship shall have charge of the accounts Duties of sup- 
of the personnel, of the purchasing of stores and material for Parsing)?' 8 " 
the ship, and of the disbursement of funds in connection with the 
general operation of the ship. 

1211. 

The supply officer shall also have charge of the accounts and ^"H 08 of 8np " 
the custody of all supplies and equipage not issued for use, except 
coal, ammunition, Marine Corps, and medical stores. 

(361) 



362 



1212. 



Inventory 
mess outfits. 



o f The supply officer of the ship shall make a careful inspection 
and inventory of officers' mess outfits at the end of each quarter, 
and when the ship is put out of commission ; he shall furnish the 
different messes with itemized statements of the losses in their 
outfits and of the amounts due the Government from the officers' 
messes, and shall collect such amounts and take them up on nis 
official cashbook. 

1213. 



Duties. (1) The supply officer of a ship shall have charge of the 

general mess and of the commissary steward, cooks, bakers, and 
men detailed for duty in the ship's galley and supply department. 
He shall be responsible for all mess gear issued to the crew, and 
for the cleanliness and good condition of the galley, bakery, issuing 
room, and other places where the men of his division work. 

(2) No person employed in the service of the general mess shall 
be paid ration money or any extra compensation by the supply 
officer or his assistants, or by subscription from the crew. Indi- 
vidual contributions to the mess are prohibited. 



1214. 



Inspection 
provisions. 



(1) Commanding officers are particularly and especially enjoined 
to require that all provisions delivered on board by a contractor be 
inspected upon delivery by a commissioned officer (that is to say, 
the officer of the deck or by his relief or the junior officer of the 
watch — preferably the former), who shall personally, and without 
delegating this duty to any other, ascertain the exact quantity of 
each article received and certify the fact over his official signa- 
ture, and at once deliver said record to the supply officer who shall 
himself (or have the pay clerk) check the same with the retained 
copy of the order and file them together for subsequent comparison 
with dealer's bills. 

(2) Whenever provisions are delivered on board by a contractor, 
an entry shall be made in the ship's log showing the contractor's 
name, the exact quantity of each article delivered, and the name 
of the officer making the inspection prescribed in the preceding 
paragraph. 

1215. 



Duties of com- 
missary steward. 



(1) The commissary steward shall not have custody of or 
control over the record of provisions received, nor shall he pre- 
pare public bills or quarterly provision returns: his duties being 
confined solely to the galley, bakery, and such storerooms as 
he has charge of and the work directly connected therewith — 
including the preparation of bills of fare, together with a state- 



363 

ment giving the estimated quantity of each article needed in the 
preparation thereof, for submission to the supply officer. He shall 
make each morning a written report to the supply officer of all 
provisions issued the day before, and shall keep an accurate 
account of everything committed to his care. 

(2) Nothing contained in the foregoing relative to inspection of 
provisions shall in any way relieve the supply officer or his sub- 
ordinates of their responsibility in the premises. 

1216. 

The supply officer shall have charge of the ship's store, when Ship's store, 
one has been established, and of the yeomen and jacks-of-the-dust 
assigned to duty in connection therewith. 

1217. 

(1) The supply division shall consist of all officers of the Sup- The supply di- 
ply Corps attached to the ship, the chief pay clerks, pay clerks, vlslon - 

and acting pay clerks, yeomen and jacks-of-the-dust, the com- 
missary steward, cooks, bakers, storemen, and such other persons 
as may be assigned to it by the commanding officer, 

(2) It shall muster at quarters at a place designated by the 
commanding officer. 

(3) The senior officer of the Suppl.x Corps shall take charge 
of the division and make the usual report in regard to absentees. 
He shall comply with the requirements of chapter 30. 

(4) In battle, the members of the division shall be stationed by 
the commanding officer where they will be of the greatest service. 

(5) For the issue of money, small stores, and clothing, the 
enlisted men of this division shall be under the supply officer in 
the same manner as the men of the gun divisions are under the 
gun division officers. 

1218. 

(1) The officers of the Supply Corps shall take charge of the r00 c ,^ e an d f g {*J*J" 
office, store, and other rooms under their charge, which are kept 

locked, keeping the keys in their custody. They shall see that 
store and other rooms under their charge are clean, dry, well 
ventilated, and in good order, and that they are prepared for in- 
spection at the same time as the other parts of the ship. 

(2) They shall see that no private articles are stowed in these 
rooms, and that they are not used as sleeping apartments with- 
out the knowledge and authority of the commanding officer. 

(3) They shall see that stores in their charge are properly 
cared for, as provided by the Navy regulations. 



364 



Loss of or (4) In the event of discovering deterioration, loss, or destruc- 
dainage to public , . „ _, ._ ._. ,, . ,. . 4l . 

property. tion of any of the public property in their charge, they shall im- 

mediately report the fact to their commanding officer. 

1219. 



Ship going li 
commission. 



Upon joining a ship fitting out, the supply officer shall carefully 
examine the supply office, storerooms, and other spaces allotted 
for the stowage of provisions and supplies in his charge, and 
shall report in writing to the commanding officer their capacity 
and any defects or deficiencies in their arrangement. 



1220. 



Evening 
spection. 



in- The supply officer of the ship shall, every evening, carefully 
inspect his department and see that everything is in a satisfactory 
condition for the night ; that there is no probability of accident 
from fire, from the introduction of sea water, or from other 
causes; and that all of the rules and routine orders of the ship 
relating to his department are being obeyed. At 8 p. m. he shall 
report the result of this inspection to the executive officer. In 
case of the absence of the supply officer he shall cause this in- 
spection and report to be made by the senior one of his assistants 
available. He shall not be required to attend a formal assembly 
of other than heads of departments, for the purpose of making 
this report. 

1221. 



Suggestions. The officers of the Supply Corps shall, when necessary, make 
written suggestions or reports to the commanding officer concern- 
ing supplies and stores for the ship. 

1222. 



Annual inven- 
tory. 



(1) The supply officer of the ship shall take a yearly inventory 
of equipage and supplies in his custody, reporting their condition 
to the commanding officer and correcting the accounts in ac- 
cordance with the quantities found to be on hand. The supply 
officer shall also correct his accounts by survey for " Equipage in 
use " to agree with the . certified inventory taken by the re- 
spective heads of departments [art. 1393 (13)]. 

(2) The supply officer shall notify the heads of departments 
in advance of the date upon which he will begin his inventory, and 
such inventory shall be completed within one month and under- 
taken at such time as to insure its completion before the end of 
the third quarter of the fiscal year. A report shall be made to the 
commanding officer in writing in each instance, stating that the 



365 

inventory has been completed and that the necessary requests for 
surveys have been submitted to enable the books to be corrected, 
with the statement that the surveys submitted cover all deficiencies 
and excesses. 

(3) The dates of commencement and of completion of each in- 
ventory shall be entered in the ship's log. 

(4) The supply officer will prepare all requests for surveys 
on equipage in use on a memorandum request of the head of 
department concerned. 

(5) On each quarterly balance sheet submitted, the date of the 
last inventory will be noted. 

1223. 

The supply officer of the ship shall be informed by the head s ^"J plIe j e a f r ° t * 
of each of the ship's departments, in writing, whenever it isments. 
anticipated by such head of department that the requirements for 
any item of stores or supplies will exceed the quantity indicated 
by the allowance list for the period concerned. Should differ- 
ences of opinion arise between any head of department and the 
supply officer of the ship as to the quantities to be carried, the 
commanding officer shall decide the question. 

1224. 

An officer of the Supply Corps ou disbursing duty ashore or Funds ad- 
afloat may turn over to the chief pay clerk, pay clerk, or acting clerk. ° Pa> 
pay clerk serving with him, for disbursement as his deputy, 
such sums of money as may be necessary to meet current daily 
expenditures. The money so turned over will be covered by a 
receipt which will be kept in the officer's personal custody ; and 
the balance in the possession of the clerk will be verified by the 
officer weekly. 

1225. 

Under the direction of the commanding officer the supply officer Duties in for- 
shall, on arrival in a port where supplies are to be purchased or e gn por 8 * 
bills of exchange negotiated, obtain, by personal inquiry on shore, 
full and complete information as to the current rate of exchange, 
the quality and price of naval supplies, the names of persons and 
firms regularly dealing therein, and the commercial standing of 
such dealers. He shall also visit and obtain from the resident 
consul or commercial or consular agent of the United States, if 
there be one, the above-required information. These require- 
ments will be modified accordingly when the above-mentioned 
duties are performed by the fleet paymaster or division supply 
officer. 



366 



1226, 



Transmitting (1) officers of the Supply Corps shall forward, through the 

official papers. ' ^ * ° 

commanding officer, all reports and communications, except corre- 
spondence with the Treasury Department and accounts and re- 
turns. (Art. 1884.) 

(2) Applications to the Comptroller of the Treasury, under the 
act approved July 31, 1894, for his decision upon any question 
involving a prospective payment, shall be forwarded through the 
usual official channels to the Navy Department for transmission of 
that officer. 

1227. 

Signatures on ]s T o yeoman shall sign an official paper for any officer of the 
official papers. • , _. 

Supply Corps. 

1228. 

..■ 

Death or inca- (1) In case of the death, unauthorized absence, mental or 
pi^officer afloat." physical incapacity as determined by competent medical authority, 
of any officer of the Supply Corps on duty, or if necessary to relieve 
him from duty for any other cause, the commanding officer of the 
ship or station shall immediately take possession of the safe and 
of the keys of the storerooms of such officer, and report all the 
facts in the case to the senior officer present. The latter shall, 
without delay, direct a board of officers to take an inventory of 
the papers, money, and stores then on hand; and shall appoint a 
suitable person to take charge of the same, and to perform the 
duties of such officer of the Supply Corps until otherwise directed 
by competent authority. (Art. 209.) 

(2) The senior officer present shall also appoint another suit- 
able person to complete the vouchers, transfer the accounts, close 
up the books, and to have the custody of the same and of all 
papers necessary to the complete settlement of the account of 
such officer of the Supply Corps, and to be responsible for their 
proper transmission to the department. 

(3) Both the above-named appointees shall be present when 
the above inventories are taken, and shall be furnished with copies 
thereof; which copies, duly certified, shall be considered satis- 
factory vouchers for the money and stores thus ascertained to 
be on hand. 

(4) If an officer of the Supply Corps unable to settle his ac- 
counts shall, while of sound mind, have nominated in writing the 
person to be selected to have custody of the books, vouchers, and 
other papers, and to complete accounts as above mentioned, the 
senior officer present shall, unless manifestly contrary to the 
public interest, conform to such nomination, and shall inform the 
department without delay of his entire action in the matter ; but 
nothing in this paragraph shall apply to a supply officer relieved 
from duty for misconduct. 



367 

1229. 

When the office of supply officer becomes vacant, by death or Acting supply 
otherwise, in ships at sea, or on foreign stations, the senior officer ° cers * 
present may make an acting appointment of any fit person, who 
shall perform the duties thereof until another supply officer shall 
report for duty. (Sec. 1381, R. S., and Art. 1788.) 

1230. 

( 1 ) In case of fire or shipwreck, it shall be the special duty of in case of fire 

or shiu^vrocR 

every officer of the Supply Corps to secure and preserve the ac- 
counts of officers and men, the public money, and such other public 
papers and property, in the order of their value, as circumstances 
permit. 

(2) In every case of the loss or capture of a vessel belonging to 
the Navy of the United States, the proper accounting officers of the 
Treasury, under the direction of the Secretary of the Navy, are 
authorized, in the settlement of the accounts of the supply officer 
of such vessel, to credit him with such portion of the amount of 
the provisions, clothing, small stores, and money with which he 
stands charged on the books of the Auditor of the Navy Depart- 
ment as they shall be satisfied was inevitably lost by such capture 
or loss of a public vessel ; and such supply officer shall be fully 
exonerated by such credit from all liability on account of the pro- 
visions, clothing, small stores, and money so proved to have been 
captured or lost. (Sec. 284, R. S.) 

1231. 

The accounting officers of the Treasury shall relieve any dis- Relief from 
<** o «. x, ,_ , ■ , * 1L .,.x losses ordeficlen- 

bursing officer of the Navy charged with responsibility on account C les. 

of loss or deficiency while in the line of his duty, of Government 
funds, vouchers, records, or papers, in his charge, where such loss 
or deficiency occurred without fault or negligence on the part of 
said officer, provided that the Secretary of the Navy shall have de- 
termined that the officer was in the line of his duty, and the loss 
or deficiency occurred without fault or negligence on his part. 
The determination by the Secretary of the Navy of the aforesaid 
questions shall be conclusive upon the accounting officers of the 
Treasury. (Act of July 11, 1919.) 

1232. 

When the ship is placed out of commission the supply officer, Ship placed 

,, . , ,. . . out of commis- 

the pay clerks, and the senior yeoman serving under them in each sion. 
branch shall not be detacned or transferred until the equipage, 



368 

equipment, stores, and supplies in their charge have been satis- 
factorily accounted for and surveys covering shortages have been 
held and approved. 

1233. 

Ship without On board every vessel to which no officer of the Supply Corps 
stores. y ° Cer ' is attached such regulations as relate to the obtaining and caring 
for and to accounting for articles of equipage and supplies as apply 
to the handling of such articles aboard vessels not having the gen- 
eral supply system in operation shall be observed by the heads of 
the several ship's departments. 

1234. 

Ship without If there be no officer of the Supply Corps attached to the ship, 
mess? ly ° fficer; the commanding officer shall detail an officer to administer the 
general mess. 



CHAPTEE 34. 



OTHER COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF THE NAVY, COMMIS- 
SIONED WARRANT OFFICERS, AND WARRANT OFFICERS. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1244. Duties of fleet chaplain. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1245. Duties of chaplain. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1246. Professors of mathematics. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1247-1251. Naval constructors. 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1252-1253. Civil Engineers. 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1254. Definitions of warant officer titles. 

Sec. 7. — Art. 1255. Chief boatswain and boatswain. 

Sec. 8. — Art. 1256. Chief gunner and gunner. 

Sec. 9. — Art. 1257. Chief gunner (0) and gunner (0). 

Sec. 10. — Art. 1258. Chief gunner (E) and gunner (E). 

Sec. 11. — Art. 1259. Chief gunner (R) and gunner (R). 

Sec. 12. — Art. 1260. Chief machinist and machinist. 

Sec. 13. — Art. 1261. Chief carpenter and carpenter. 

Sec. 14. — Art. 1262. Chief sailmaker and sailmaker. 

Sec. 15. — Art. 1263. Chief pharmacist and pharmacist. 

Sec. 16. — Art. 1264. Chief pay clerk and pay clerk. 



Section; 1. — Putiks ok Fi.kf.t Chaplains. 
1244. 

The duties of the fleet chaplain shall be as follows: 
(a) To inspect the work of the chaplain* at frequent intervals. Duties. 
(&) To advise, counsel, and offer suggestions to the chaplains of 
the fleet concerning their work. 

(c) To arrange for services on board ships that do not carry 
chaplains. Also for interchange of chaplains of the different 
faiths so as to provide services for all. 

(d) To call frequent meetings of chaplains of the fleet for con- 
ference, discussion, and adjustment of the matters pertaining to 
their work. 

(e) At the end of each quarter he shall make a written report 
to the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation concerning the chaplains 
and their work. 

(369) 



370 

Section 2. — Duties of Chaplains. 
1245. 

The chaplain shall — 
I)l,ties - (1) Perform divine service aboard his own ship when pre- 

scribed by the commanding officer. 

(2) Perform divine service aboard other ships and at shore 
stations and naval hospitals when directed by the senior officer 
present. 

(3) Facilitate performance of divine service by clergymen of 
churches other than his own as directed by his commanding officer. 

(4) Form voluntary classes for religious instruction as directed 
by commanding officer. 

(5) Supervise instruction of those deficient in elementary sub- 
jects, reporting quarterly in writing to his commanding officer on 
the character, hours, and progress of instruction given each indi- 
vidual so instructed. 

(6) Visit the sick daily or oftener unless their condition renders 
these visits inadvisable. 

(7) At quarters, report to his battle station as directed by 
commanding officer, who shall assign the chaplain a station 
whereat he may attend the wounded. 

(8) At daily quarters, report his presence aboard to the execu- 
tive officer. 

(9) As required by section 1398 R. S., report annually to the 
Secretary of the Navy (via official channels) all official services 
performed by him. 

(10) As provided by section 1397 R. S.. conduct public worship 
according to the manner and forms of his own church. 

(11) Before the ship reaches port, he shall ascertain the names 
of the men on board whose families reside in the immediate 
neighborhood of said port, and, after conference with the men. 
if they so desire, he shall pay an official call on their homes, 
with the object of establishing a feeling of good will between the 
ship and the home. 

(12) He shall report to the commanding officer the names of the 
families visited. 

Section 3. — Professors of Mathematics. 

1246. 

Duties. Professors of mathematics may be assigned to duty at the Naval 

Observatory, in charge of the Nautical Almanac, at the Naval 
Academy and elsewhere, as the Secretary of the Navy may direct. 



371 



Section 4. — Naval Constructors. 



124 



Naval constructors and assistant naval constructors shall per- 
form such duties on shore as may be assigned them by the de- 
partment or by other competent authority. 



Duties. 



1248. 

Naval constructors and assistant naval constructors shall, when 
practicable be detailed for service afloat in such fleets or on such 
repair ships as the department may designate 



Service afloat. 



1249. 

When serving afloat as fleet naval constructor or division naval 
constructor, they shall perform such staff duties as may be as- 
signed them by the flag officer on wh they are serving. 

1250. 



When detailed for sea service, other than with the fleet or 
division staff, they shall be attache! to such vessels of the fleet 
as may be designated by tin 1 commander in chief, and shall per- 
form such duties as may be assigned by the commander in chief 
or by the commanding officer of (lie ship to which attached. They 
may be ordered to serve on board the several vessels of the fleet 
in turn. 

1251. 



Assignments. 



(1) Upon joining a ship a naval constructor or assistant naval Duties on 
constructor shall immediately make himself familiar with the g S IP * 
plans, construction, means of interior communication, water-tight 

doors, ventilating apparatus, disposition of Weights, coal bunkers. 
storerooms, quarters for oiiicers and men, and all hull and other 
fittings, pertaining to the Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
As opportunity offers, he shall carefully observe and note, under 
all conditions of service, the stability, rolling, pitching, turning 
power, speed, and all other qualities of the vessel affected by the 
design ; also the methods of stowing and purchasing anchors and 
boats, of stowing and handling coal, the condition and working 
of the steering gear, windlasses, and other fittings. 

(2) He shall make quarterly reports of his observations to the Quarterly re- 
commanding officer of the ship, who shall forward the same to the port " 
department, through the commander in chief, with such remarks 

as may be deemed necessary. 



372 

(3) He shall, when practicable, under the direction of the com- 
manding officer, supervise all repairs and other work under the 
cognizance of the Bureau of Construction and Repair, which may- 
be done upon the ship by a private or foreign dockyard or estab- 
lishment ; shall keep the commanding officer informed of the 
progress of such work, and upon its completion shall make to him 
a detailed written report of the same. Under the commander in 
chief or senior officer present, he shall perform the same duties 
for all vessels of the fleet under repair by outside resources. 
Report on for- (4) He shall examine all foreign ships and naval establish- 
eign ships. ments he may be permitted to visit, and shall make detailed re- 
ports thereon to the Office of Naval Intelligence of all matters 
that may be of interest in his particular branch. 

Section 5. — Civil Engineers. 
1252. 

A member of the Corps of Civil Engineers of the Navy having 
not less than seven years active service shall be assigned to duty 
as Chief of the Bureau of Yards and Docks. (Act of June 29, 
1906.) 

1253. 

Duties. Officers of the Corps of Civil Engineers may be assigned to duty 

as heads of the public works departments of navy yards, and else- 
where, as the Secretary of the Navy may direct. 

Section 6. — Warrant Officer Titles. 
1254. 

(1) Chief boatswains, chief gunners, chief machinists, chief 
carpenters, chief pay clerks, chief sailmakers, and chief pharma- 
cists are commissioned warrant officers. 

(2) Boatswains, gunners, machinists, carpenters, pay clerks, 
sailmakers, and pharmacists are warrant officers. 

Section 7. — Chief Boatswains and Boatswains. 

1255. 

Duties. (i) Chief boatswains and boatswains are assistants to the 

first lieutenant and, as such, shall perform duties as assigned 
by him. 

(2) The chief boatswain or boatswain shall — 
(a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition 



373 



and the economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficien- 
cies to the first lieutenant direct. 

(&) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
the checking and testing of all equipment in his department. 

(c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters 
as may be assigned by the commanding officer. 

Section 8. — Chief Gttnnebs and Gunnebs. 

1256. 



Chief gunners and gunners are divided into three classes: 
Chief gunners (O) and gunners (O) — Ordnance. 
Chief gunners (E) and gunners (E) — Electrical. 
Chief gunners (R) and gunners (R) — Radio. 

When so designated in orders from the Chief of the Bureau of 
Navigation they shall perform duties as listed below. 



Classification. 



Section 9. — Chief Gunners (O) and Gunnebs (O). 
1257. 

(1) Chief gunners (O), and gunners (O), are assistants to the DutIes - 
gunnery officer, and, as such, shall perform such duties as may 

be assigned to them. 

(2) The chief gunner (O), or gunner (O), shall — 

(a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition 
and economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies 
to the gunnery officer direct. For purposes of inspection, and as 
directed by the commanding officer, they shall have access to such 
ordnance equipment and stores as are not yet issued for use by 
the supply officer of the ship. 

(&) Comply with the ordnance instructions as to the care, 
preservation, and use of ordnance material ; reporting to the gun- 
nery officer any repairs to the armament or other work in his 
department as he shall deem necessary. 

(c) When at sea, attend to the security of the battery, maga- 
zines, and torpedo equipment, and endeavor at all times to pre- 
vent injury to any part thereof. 

((?) Be responsible for the efficient condition of the life buoys, 
frequently testing them to insure their good condition, and keep 
them ready for use at all times. 

(e) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
the checking and testing of all equipment in his department. 

(f) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
may be assigned by the commanding officer. 

183841°— 20 25 



374 

Section 10. — Chief Gunners (E) and Gunners (E). 
1258. 

(1) Chief gunners (E), and gunners (E), are assistants to the 
engineer officer. 
Duties. (2) (a) They shall be assigned to an engineer division and shall 

perform such additional duties and stand such watch as may be 
prescribed by the head of the department with the approval of 
the commanding officer. 

(&) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
may be assigned by the commanding officer. 

Section 11. — Chief Gunnees (R) and Gunnees (R). 

1259. 

(1) Chief gunners (R), and gunners (R), are assistants to the 
engineer officer. 
Duties. (2) (a) They shall be assigned to an engineer division and shall 

perform such additional duties and stand such watch as pre- 
scribed by the head of the department with the approval of the 
commanding officer. 

(&) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
may be assigned by the commanding officer. 

Section 12. — Chief Machinists and Machinists. 

1260. 

(1) Chief machinists and machinists are assistants to the engi- 
neer officer. 

Duties. (2) (a) They shall be assigned to an engineer division and 

shall perform such additional duties and stand such watch as may 
be prescribed by the head of the department with the approval 
of the commanding officer. 

(&) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
may be assigned by the commanding officer. 

Section 13. — Chief Carpenters and Carpenters. 

1261. 

Duties. (1) Chief carpenters and carpenters are assistants to the first 

lieutenant and, as such, shall perform duties as assigned by him. 

(2) The chief carpenter or carpenter shall — 

(a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition 
and the economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies 
to the first lieutenant direct. 



375 

(6) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
the checking and testing of all equipment in his department. 

(c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
may be assigned by the commanding officer. 

Section 14. — Chief Sailmakers and Sailmakers. 

1262. 

(1) Chief sailmakers and sailmakers are assistants to the first Duties. 
lieutenant and, as such, shall perform duties as asigned by him. 

(2) The chief sailmaker or sailmaker shall — 

(a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition, 
and the economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies 
to the first lieutenant direct. 

(0) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
the checking and testing of all equipment in his department 

(c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
may be assigned by the commanding officer. 

Section 15. — Chief Pharmacists and Pharmacists. 
1263. 

(1) Chief pharmacists and pharmacists are assistants to the Duties. 
senior medical officer and, as such, shall perforin duties as as- 
signed by him. 

(2) The Chief pharmacist or pharmacist shall — 

(a) Be accountable for all equipment and stores in his charge, 
exercising personal and careful supervision over their condition, 
and the economical expenditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies 
to the senior medical officer direct. 

(b) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
the checking and testing of all equipment in his department. 

(c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
may be assigned by the commanding officer. 

Section 16. — Chief Pay Clerks and Pay Clerks. 
1264. 



(1) Chief pay clerks and pay clerks are assistants to the senior 
officer, Supply Corps, with whom they are serving and, as such, 
shall perform duties as assigned by him. 

(2) The chief pay clerk or pay clerk shall — 

(a) Be accountable for all equipment, stores, funds, and records 
in his charge, exercising personal and careful supervision over 



Duties. 



376 

their condition, and the economical and properly authorized ex- 
penditures thereof, reporting any deficiencies to the senior officer, 
Supply Corps, with whom he is serving. 

(&) On going into, or out of, commission, personally supervise 
the checking and testing of all equipment, stores, funds, and 
records in his department. 

(c) Take such battle station and station for daily quarters as 
may be assigned by the commanding officer. 



CHAPTER 35. 



PETTY OFFICERS AND CREW. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1275-1276. Petty officers and crew. 
Sec. 2.— Art. 1277. Masters-at-arms. 



Section 1. — Petty Officers and Crew. 
1275. 

(1) Petty officers shall show in themselves a good example of Petty officers - 
subordination, courage, zeal, sobriety, neatness, and attention to 

duty. 

(2) They shall aid to the utmost of their ability in maintaining 
good order, discipline, and all that concerns the efficiency of the 
command. 

(3) For the preservation of good order petty officers are always 
on duty and are vested with the necessary authority to report and 
arrest oifenders. This authority attaches to them while ashore 
on liberty. 

(4) When an enlisted man is appointed petty officer, the com- 
manding officer shall bring to his attention the provisions of this 
article. 

1276. 

(1) All enlisted men acting as custodian of stores shall exercise s t rcs. todIan ° f 
vigilance and care over the stores to which they have access. 

(2) They shall keep such accounts of public stores as may be 
prescribed from time to time. 

(3) They shall see that the regulations concerning lights in the 
storerooms to which they have access are strictly observed, and 
that every precaution is taken to prevent fire or other accident. 

Section 2. — Masters-at-Arms. 

1277. 

(1) A leading petty officer shall be detailed to act as the Master-at-arms, 
master-at-arms. 

(377) 



378 

(2) The master-at-arms is the custodian of ail prisoners, and 
of the brig, reporting for orders and instructions directly to the 
executive officer. 

(3) The master-at-arms shall not suffer prisoners to escape, nor 
dismiss them without orders from proper authority. 

(4) In case of serious fire, or of any sudden danger whereby 
the safety of the ship is imperiled, and when time will not permit 
a reference to superior authority, he shall release all prisoners 
at once, reporting the fact immediately to the officer of the deck. 

(5) He shall be watchful over the prisoners and visit them at 
least once every four hours during the day, and oftener if neces- 
sary, to ascertain their condition and needs. While he must sup- 
press disorder among the prisoners and report all delinquents, he 
shall be reasonable and not unduly severe in his demands. 

(6) The master-at-arms shall keep a record of punishments in- 
volving confinement, and shall report to the officer of the deck, for 
entry in the log book, all cases of confinement and release of 
prisoners. 

(7) At general muster he shall answer for the members of the 
crew who are in confinement. 



CHAPTER 36. 



SHIP ORGANIZATION AND ROUTINE. 

Sec. 1. — Arts. 1287-1295. Ship organization. 
Sec. 2. — Arts. 1296-1349. Ship routine. 



Section 1. — Ship Organization. 
1287. 

(1) The complement of the ship in officers and men is com- Organization, 
posed of such numbers, ranks, and ratings of officers and men as 

are necessary to fight the ship most efficiently ; or, in special cases 
and in certain types of ships, to perform such other necessary 
duties as contribute most to the efficient performance of the ship's 
functions in time of war. 

(2) The complement of a ship building shall be determined by Complements 
the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation from an analysis of the re- new 8 ps * 
quirements of the particular ship. This complement is subject to 

revision by the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation upon recom- 
mendation of the commanding officer at such time as the advisa- 
bility of making changes to contribute to the efficiency of the ship 
becomes evident. To this end the commanding officer of a ship 
about to go into commission or newly commissioned shall carefully 
analyze the complement in organizing the ship. 

(3) When the exigencies of service make it impossible on ac- Complements 
count of general shortage of personnel to assign to a ship her reducc ^« 

full complement of officers and men, the Chief of the Bureau of 
Navigation shall determine upon and assign an allowance of per- 
sonnel in accordance with existing circumstances. 

(4) The crew of each ship shall be organized and assigned to Battle bill, 
battle stations by means of the battle bill, with the preparation of 

which the executive officer is charged under the direction of the 
captain. All of the officers and men shall be assigned to battle 
stations in accordance with their individual qualifications, and no 
changes in the stationing of officers and men shall thereafter be 
made without giving this end in view due consideration. The 

(379) 



380 

battle bill shall show the duties to be performed in action and the 
succession to command for each battle station. The battle bill 
shall be so prepared as to provide, when operating with an allow- 
ance of men less than full complement, for immediate expansion 
by adding to crews by filling up the least important stations with 
unskilled personnel, when such may be supplied, to bring the 
complement to full strength. 

Divisions. (5) The complement of the ship shall be further organized into 

■divisions and crews. The assignment to divisions shall be based 
primarily upon crews assigned to battle stations. All line officers 
shall be assigned to command, in so far as is possible, the divisions 
composed of the crews which they command in action ; and petty 
officers to the command of the crews which they command in 
action. 

Chain of com- (6) In the ship's organization the chain of command shall be 
utilized to the maximum by using the division and the crew as 
units in all ship's activities. 

Subdivision. (7) The ship itself and the entire crew thereof shall be subdi- 

vided and placed under the immediate command of appropriate 
officers and petty and noncommissioned officers, officers for battle, 
for emergency, and for routine activities. 

Training. (8) In all matters pertaining to the training of the personnel 

and the preparation of material for battle or other activity, and 
quarters for muster, each division officer, petty officer, or crew 
leader shall be responsible for that part of the ship's personnel 
and material which he commands in action, in so far as this may 
be practicable. 

Absence of offl- (9) In the absence of officers, the petty and noncommissioned 
officers, shall be responsible at all times for the preservation of 
order, the maintenance of discipline, and the compliance with 
orders, regulations instructions, and the customs of the service in 
the part of the ship to which assigned. 

Watches and (10) Divisions and crews shall be organized into watches and 
sections for duty, watch keeping, and liberty, so that battle 
watches may be kept in all battle stations in accordance with 
the standard of readiness for action prescribed by the commander 
in chief to meet the necessities of the occasion. 

Departments. (11) For administrative purposes the complement of the ship 
shall be further organized into six departments, viz: 
(a) Gunnery department. 
(&) Navigation department, 
(c) Engineer department. 
'(d) Construction department, 
(e) Medical department. 
(/) Supply department. 

These departments shall be in charge of the gunnery officer, the 
navigator, the engineer officer, the first lieutenant, the medical 



cers 



381 

officer, and the supply officer, respectively. In small ships one 
officer may have charge of several departments in accordance with 
these regulations. The work of the ship, however, shall be carried 
on, in so far as is possible, through the division officers and petty 
officers, who shall be responsible to the captain for the execution 
of such instructions as they may receive. 

(12) The engineer department, consisting of the engineer divi- The engineer 
sions, shall comprise all engineer watch and division officers, 

ensigns of the line performing engineering duty, all chief gunners 
and gunners for electrical duty, chief machinists and machinists, 
and of all enlisted men of the engineer force, including electricians 
and the engineer's yeomen. Firemen, third class, and electricians 
may be assigned stations outside of the engineer department in the 
battle organization. 

(13) Based on the battle bill, the executive officer shall prepare Watch, quarter 
watch and station bills, bills for berthing, messing, cleaning, fire, dm 
collision, abandon ship, coaling, boat, fire and rescue, and landing 

force, assigning general duties to the several divisions, and, upon 
receiving the approval of the captain, shall have these bills framed 
and hung in some conspicuous place. The division officers shall 
thereupon prepare complete and detailed station bills for the crews 
and members of their divisions for performing all details of ship's 
duty, and shall submit these for approval to the executive officer. 
These shall be kept complete, corrected and posted for the in- 
formation and guidance of all hands. In small ships the entire 
bill may be prepared by the executive officer. 

(14) The executive officer shall see that each officer on coming Assignment or 
aboard is assigned a specific station for each operation of the ° cers " 
ship's functions, and that each enlisted man is immediately as- 
signed to a division. 

(15) The division officers shall see that each man, upon assign- Assignment ot 
rnent to his division, is furnished with a station billet giving his meu * 
assignment in number, rating, division, watch, and his station in 

each operation of the ship's functions. 

(16) In so far as the construction of the ship permits, the com- Living and bat- 

tle stations, 
piemen t of the ship shall be assigned to the performance of routine 

duties, and to living and berthing space in the vicinity of their 

several battle stations. 

(17) The responsibility for the execution of all instructiops in Executive re- 
regard to organization of the ship rests, under the authority of ecution? e f ° r e * 
the captain, on the executive officer. 

(18) Petty officers shall be selected, rated, and stationed so as 
to use fully their experience and abilities in command of men, 
rather than their individual manual dexterity. 

(19) The personal command of any officer at the battery shall Battery of one 
include, as far as practicable, only one class of guns. An officer class of suns * 



382 

shall not be displaced in his command simply because of difference 
of rank. 
Keep bills cor- (20) All officers shall be required to keep copies of the battle 
rectcd to date. bill prescribed in paragraph (4) above, corrected to date; and 
in like manner copies of such parts of the other station bills as 
are necessary for the performance of their duties. 
When part of (21) The organization shall be so arranged that when any con- 
crew is absent. s i(j era ble part of the complement is away from the ship for any 
service the force remaining on board shall be sufficient to effi- 
ciently care for the safety and handling of the ship under way. 

Absence of (22) The organization shall be so arranged that when any con- 
part of crew. 

siderable part of the complement is away from the ship for any 

service the force remaining on board shall be sufficient to effi- 
ciently care for the safety and handling of the ship under way 
and be efficiently organized for this purpose. In organizing the 
service of the battery on board battleships and armored cruisers 
it shall be assumed that the marine detachment is the only part 
of the ship's force that is likely to be withdrawn from the ship 
for other than temporary duties in time of war, and the station 
bills shall be arranged accordingly for efficiently manning their 
stations for battle in the case of their absence. The provisions of 
this paragraph shall not be construed as restricting the organiza- 
tion of full battalions of infantry and artillery on board such ships 
for drills or other purposes in time of peace. 
Disposition all (23) On going out of commission the battle bill and station bills 
foil out* o" com* of the shi P sha11 be forwarded to the Bureau of Navigation. 

mission. 

1288. 

Boats — care (1) Each boat shall be assigned to a line officer who shall be 
of * responsible for general condition, armament, equipment, and out- 

fit, and for the proper instruction of its crew and their duties, and 
who shall as a rule command it when on special duty. 

Provisions in (2) A moderate supply of provisions and water shall be kept 
in all boats at sea. If a boat is sent away from the ship at 
sea she shall be provided with such articles as the special occasion 
or duty demands. 

Lifeboats. (3) When at sea the boats best adapted as lifeboats, one on 

each side, shall be always ready for lowering. In these boats 
shall be life preservers and such other standard equipment as is 
required for such boats. The detaching apparatus shall be kept 
in order and ready for use, the steering oar shipped, and such 
other dispositions made as will render these boats most effective 
and safe in a seaway and as lifeboats. In port one or both 
lifeboats shall be kept ready for immediate use from sunset 
until 8 a. m. Boat sails shall always be kept in condition for use. 
When it is necessary to unbend and stow them below for preser- 



boats. 



383 

vation, they and theft gear shall be kept properly marked so 
that they may be obtained without delay. 

(4) Flagships will be allowed 6 signalmen, first class; 6 signal- 
men, second class; and 4 signalmen, third class. 

(5) Vessels of the first rate will be allowed 4 signalmen, first 
class; 4 signalmen, second class; and 4 signalmen, third class. 

(6) Vessels of the second rate will be allowed 4 signalmen, first 
class ; 2 signalmen, second class ; and 2 signalmen, third class. 

(7) Vessels of the third rate will be allowed 3 signalmen, first 
class ; 1 signalman, second class ; and 2 signalmen, third class. 

1289. 

(1) A separate mess shall be formed for chief petty officers, to 
which one cook shall be allowed. Messmen shall be allowed on 
the basis of the number in the mess, one for each 15 men or frac- 
tion thereof. 

(2) The other petty officers and enlisted men and marines shall 
be arranged in one general mess, divided into submesses of 20, as 
nearly as may be, to each of which shall be assigned one messman. 
Petty officers shall mess with their own divisions. 

(3) Messmen shall be detailed from the lower ratings. In no 
case shall a petty officer be detailed as messman. The executive 
officer shall have general charge of messing arrangements and 
shall be responsible for the detailed organization and discipline 
of the messmen and for the proper service of food. 

(4) The executive officer shall prepare the daily and monthly 
ration records for the information of the supply officer as a basis 
for the issue of rations ; and shall be responsible for their correct- 
ness. 

1290. 

The articles for the Government of the Navv, sea and port Useful lnforma- 
, ,,,,,.„ ., tion to be posted, 

routine, report record, schedule for drills and exercises, daily con- 
duct reports, all police regulations, safety precautions, department, 
fleet, and ship routine orders; and general court-martial orders, 
which concern the ships company, shall be kept posted. Informa- 
tion concerning the movements of ship, the mails, the addresses 
of letters, the boat schedule, quarterly recommendations, restric- 
tion lists, results of competitive drills, results of competitive 
sports, and other information of like nature and interesting to the 
crew and profitable for them to know shall also be posted. 

1291. 



C. P. O. mess. 



Crew's mess. 



Messmen. 



Ration records. 



Copies of all safety orders shall be kept posted in conspicuous 
places, easy of access to members of the crew, and all members of 
the crew concerned shall be frequently and thoroughly instructed 
in them. 



Safety orders. 



384 

1292. 

Records con- (]\ rphe execu ti V e officer shall, under the supervision of the 
• ermiiff the _ 

crew. commanding officer, have charge of the preparation and keeping 

of all books, records, and returns required by the Chief of the 

Bureau of Navigation concerning the crew. 

(2) In connection with this duty he shall require from heads 

of departments and division officers such assistance as may be 

necessary. 

Report book. (3) He shall keep a report book showing proper columns ac- 
cording to the information required ; this book shall be so placed 
that officers desiring to make reports against any member of the 
crew may have access to it and enter the report therein. 

Reports. (4) Reports requiring immediate attention shall be made to the 

officer of the deck, who shall at once refer them to the executive 
officer. 

1293. 

C. 0. to regn- (1) The commanding officer, subject to the provisions of the 

wateh°s f tandi e B?!' Nav y Regulations, shall regulate the manner in which officers 

shall stand watch on deck and in the engine room, both at sea 

and in port, and the manner of standing day's duty in port, 

when authorized. 

(2) Officers shall not interchange duties without the com- 
manding officer's permission. 

1294. 

Deck duty (1) Deck duty shall be performed as prescribed in this article. 
(2) On board every ship to which there are attached five or 
W th k . more line officers of the ranks of lieutenant, lieutenant (junior 
ins. grade), and ensign, below the heads of departments and eligible 

for watch duty (see par. 7), and in addition to such as may be 
detailed for engineering duty, such officers shall stand a strict 
and regular watch as officer of the deck, both at sea and in port, 
except as provided in the following paragraph. 
Day's duty. (3) On board a ship of the class described in the preceding 

paragraph, the commanding officer may, in port, at his discretion, 
permit such officers to stand day's duty, with junior officers stand- 
ing a strict and regular deck watch under them. 

(4) On board ships other than those described in paragraph 
(2) of this article the commanding officer may, at his discretion, 
permit the officers detailed for deck duty to stand day's duty 
in port. 
Manner of (5) When standing day's duty, the watch officer having the 
<futy. lnS days day's duty shall always be ready to appear the moment he is 
summoned or notified that his presence is required, and he shall 
receive all reports direct, no matter where he may be. He shall 



385 

habitually be on deck and attentive to duty from " all hands " in 
the morning watch until after " taps," except during meals. 
When a junior officer is on watch as officer of the deck under 
the officer having the day's duty, the latter can exercise his 
authority only through the officer of the deck, whom he is 
authorized to relieve at any time. 

(6) Should the number of commissioned line officers junior to Number of 

witch officers B"C* 

the heads of departments, exclusive of any detailed for engi- d ue ed. 
neering and commissioned warrant officers, be insufficient to main- 
tain a deck watch in four on board a capital ship, or a deck watch 
in three at sea or two on board other vessels, the first lieutenant, 
navigator, and gunnery officer — one or more of them, taken in 
inverse order of seniority — may be assigned to additional duties 
as a deck watch officer temporarily. 

(7) Junior line officers shall stand watch as junior officers of junior officers, 
the watch both at sea and in port, whenever their number allows 

this to be done without manifest hardship. They may be given 
charge of a deck watch as soon as the commanding officer is satis- 
fied of their qualification for it. 

1205. 

(1) (a) The engineer duties of a ship shall be performed by Engineer dn- 
officers of the line below the grade of commander, chief machinists, 
machinists, chief gunners electrical, gunners electrical, and en- 
listed personnel of engineer ratings including electricians. 

(b) Commanding officers of vessels shall inform the Bureau of To inform de- 

partment. 
Navigation of the dates of detail and relief of all officers per* 

forming engineer duty on board ship. 

(2) (a) Assignment to duty as engineer watch or division ?™ gi , n ®. e J r 

J watch and diri- 

officer shall be made by the commanding officer, and shall be for sion officers, 
a period of one year, at the end of which an officer shall be re- 
lieved and assigned to other duty, unless a longer term is 
authorized by the department. 

( & ) The designation " engineer watch and division officers " Designation. 
includes all commissioned officers assigned to the engineer de- 
partment on board ship, exclusive of the engineer Qfficer, assistant 
engineer officer, ensigns of the line under instruction, chief 
machinists, and chief gunners electrical. 

(c) On board capital ships in active commission the command- { „ u e ™j Cr ^ a tch 
ing officer shall detail at least four engineer watch and division officers, 
officers and others in addition when practicable. 

{d) On board other vessels in active commission when the num- 
ber of commissioned line officers available for deck watch duty 
exceeds four, one or .more shall be detailed to engineer duties, 
according to the number available. 



386 

When the num- ( e ) Ensigns of the line performing engineer duties may be as- 
officers is re- signed to duty as engineer watch and division officers, when the 
duced - commanding officer considers them qualified for it, even before 

the expiration of the nine months' instruction period. 

Warrant offl- (3) ( a ) When the number of commissioned officers regularly 
assigned to engine-room watch is reduced below four, chief 
machinists and machinists shall be assigned to duty as engine- 
room watch officers until the total number of such officers avail- 
able for duty is brought up to four. 

Petty officers. (&) When the number of officers available for engine-room 
watch is reduced below three, qualified petty officers may be as- 
signed to duty as engine room watch officers in sufficient number 
to bring the watches to a watch in three. 

Watch stand- (4) Engineer- watch officers shall stand a strict and regular 
inc. 

watch at sea, and in port a strict and regular watch or day's 

duty, at the discretion of the commanding officer. 

Assistant en- (5) ( a ) Qn ships for which an assistant engineer is allowed, he 
ffineer officer. 

shall be detailed as such by the Chief of the Bureau of Naviga- 
tion, and he is to perform such duties as the engineer officer of 
the ship, under the commanding officer, may prescribe. He shall 
have no regular duties outside the engineer department. 

Succession to (&) If the assistant engineer officer of the ship be detached, ab- 
sent, placed under arrest, suspended from duty, or otherwise ren- 
dered incapable of performing the duties of his office, his duties 
shall devolve upon the line officer attached to and on board the 
ship, designated by the commanding officer. 

Responsibility (c) When the engineer officer is not in the engine room, the 
assistant engineer may direct the officer in charge of the engine- 
room watch how to proceed in time of danger or during an emer- 
gency ; or he may assume charge of the watch himself, and shall 
at once report to the engineer officer the fact and his reasons for 
so doing. 

Electrical offi- (6) The officer in command of the electrical division shall be 
cer * known as the electrical officer. 

Permission to (7) Engineer-watch officers, junior officers, chief gunners elec- 
leave the ship. ., , „ ,,.,,, ,.„ -, . . > 

trical, and gunners for electrical duty, chief machinists and ma- 
chinists shall, Jbefore applying for leave to be absent from the 
ship, obtain the engineer officer's permission. Should the engineer 
officer refuse such permission, he shall report his reasons to the 
commanding officer. 

Section 2. — Ship Routine. 

1296. 

Routine. The routine carried out on board ships of the Navy shall con- 

form to these regulations. 



387 

1297. 

(1) The executive officer, under the direction of the captain, Sea and port 
shall prepare the sea and port routine, the boat schedules, and routine - 

the officer' of the deck's order book. 

(2) He shall be responsible under the captain for planning and dri ^ ls x e ^ n j s e in ^ 
promulgating the schedule of exercises, drills, and instruction for struction. 

the personnel of the ship to cover all phases of battle, emergency, 
and other activities aboard ship. Such plans shall be made and 
published as far in advance as possible to the end that officers 
and petty officers may make the maximum preparation. When 
circumstances permit, such plans should cover the period of the 
entire week, 

1298. 

(1) Quarters for inspection shall be held daily, under ordinary Quarters for 
circumstances, at 9.30 a. m. or earlier. inspection. 

(2) EVery man attached to the ship shall be assigned to a 
division. 

(3) The officers of a ship not assigned to a division shall report 
their presence at quarters in person. 

(4) Saturday afternoon shall, in general, be regarded on board Saturday half- 
^. ........ holiday. 

ship as a half holiday. 

(5) Sunday shall be observed on board all ships and at naval The obscrv- 
stations in an orderly manner. All labor shall be reduced to the 
requirements of necessary duty, and the duty required of officers 

and men on that day shall be reduced to a minimum consistent 
with the requirements of the service. The religious tendencies of 
officers and men shall be recognized and encouraged. 

(6) The commanding officer's inspection of ship and crew shall 
not be held on Sunday. The inspection of the ship shall be held 
on such other day of the week as may be most expedient and the 
inspection of the crew on Saturday before noon, if circumstances 
permit ; if not, as soon after the dinner hour as practicable. 

(7) At quarters the executive officer shall transmit as a whole Station and 
to the commanding officer the reports from officers in charge of t?ve S officer 6 ™! 
divisions of the presence or absence of their men. quarters. 

(8) There shall be available, for the guidance of the officer of Routine book, 
the deck, a routine book, which shall contain the daily routine at 

sea and in port and such orders and instructions as may be neces- 
sary concerning the manner of performing the duties of the ship 
over which he has supervision. This book shall be kept in a place 
where it is accessible to all. 

(9) The executive officer shall keep a morning order book, in Morning order 
which he shall enter the instructions for the officer of the deck book * 
during the morning watch. 



388 

1299. 

To prevent un- All officers of the ship shall exact a silent performance of duty, 
necessary noise. ftn( j ^ unnecessary noise, confusion, and singing out shall be 
avoided. 

1300. 

instruction of (1) Special instruction and exercise shall be given to all men 
crew « w ho evince marked inclination or aptitude for any particular 

branch of their profession. Every incentive shall be given to de- 
velop and maintain the professional qualifications of such men, 
and opportunities shall be afforded them for improvement in that 

Instruction of branch for which they are best fitted. All men of the seamen 
men * branch, and particularly the seamen, second class, shall be in- 

structed in steering, boxing the compass, heaving the lead, knot- 
ting and splicing, the use of the palm and needle, sailing and pull- 
ing in boats, exercise aloft, nomenclature of parts of the ship, com- 
mon navigation and weather instruments, and generally in all the 
duties of seamen. If there be any who can not read and write, 
facilities for learning shall be given them, and they shall be en- 
couraged in so doing. 

Petty officers (2) The commanding officer shall give to petty officers and war- 
ceri warraBt offi " rant officers who seek to qualify themselves for warrant and 
commissioned rank such opportunities and facilities for study as 
may be practicable, provided their records warrant it ; and when 
practicable he shall designate officers to assist them in their 
preparation. 

Petty officers. (3) Petty officers shall be encouraged to become expert instruc- 
tors of enlisted men and to acquire the requisite confidence and 
ability to assume responsibility and exercise authority in the in- 
struction, drilling, and control of enlisted men under their charge 
afloat and ashore. Systematic instruction shall be given them by 
officers in each branch of their duties to qualify them as instruc- 
tors and drill masters. When they attain proficiency they shall be 
utilized, under the supervision of their divisional officers to drill 
and instruct squads of men placed under them. 

steersmen. (4) All seamen and men holding higher ratings in the seaman 

branch shall be required to become expert seamen, second class; 
also should be able to steer before being advanced in rating. 
Every opportunity shall be taken to accomplish these ends. 

instruction at (5) After men have become thoroughly proficient in the duties 

battle stations, of their regular stations for action they shall be instructed in the 

duties of some other battle stations, so that in times of emergency 

they may serve at stations other than their own, or perform other 

useful duty. 

instruction in (6) All members of the crew, whatever their rating, shall be 
Stoats. aTmS and taught the use of small arms of all kinds and shall be exercised in 
boats. 



389 

1301. 

Unless urgent duties prevent, or the weather renders it impos- General quar- 
sible, there shall be an exercise at general quarters held at least 
once a week, and each division shall be drilled at least once a day, 
except on Saturday and Sunday, until the crew is proficient. In 
bad weather oral instruction under cover shall be substituted for 
open-air drills. When in port where there are United States 
marine barracks the marines, if there be a detachment on board, 
shall be landed and drilled in company with those at the barracks 
at least once a week, when practicable. 

1302. 

General drills shall usually be held during forenoon periods ; General drills. 
individual drills and instruction and ship's work, in afternoon 
periods. 

1303. 

The executive officer shall see that officers and men of all battle drnis. eS ° nCe ** 
stations are present at their stations at exercise, unless unavoid- 
ably absent, so that the efficiency of the crews may not be im- 
paired by exercising shorthanded or with inexpert substitutes. 

1304. 

Exercises at collision drill and at closing water-tight doors Exercise at 
and hatches shall be held without warning at other than routine 
times, and the officers and crew shall be required to observe the 
signal with the utmost dispatch, and the commanding officer shall 
determine by careful inspection that all water-tight doors and 
hatches have been properly closed and secured, and that the 
regular collision mat is ready to be put into place, gear rove and 
mat stretched. There shall be entered on the log book the time 
required fully to perform the foregoing requirements. Where 
doors are not closed properly or gaskets are found in bad con- 
dition, special reports from those responsible shall be required. 

1305. 

(1) The signal to indicate that water-tight doors, valves, and Signals for 
traps are to be closed shall be one blast of the siren much pro- tight doors!* W 
longed, together with all general alarm signals provided. The 
prolonged blast on the siren shall never be used except in case 
of imminent collision, grounding, or other accident requiring it, 
or for exercise, and when so used for exercise, everything shall be 
done as for actual accident. Means of escape for men in remote 
183841°— 20 26 



390 

compartments must be provided and those stationed to close doors 
must be required to make search for £nd give warning to men in 
distant compartments. 

(2) The signal to open water-tight doors after an emergency or 
exercise shall be three short blasts on the siren. The three short 
blasts shall mean always and invariably " open water-tight doors 
and hatches," except that they may be used for the purpose of 
testing the siren. 

(3) The siren shall never be used for any purpose other than 
as indicated above. 

Doors closed (4) During an action, or when at sea, in fog, or at night, and 
,au ion. at ot i ier times when sudden collisions may occur, as many of the 
water-tight doors, hatches, and valves as practicable shall be 
closed, taking into consideration the necessities of the occasion and 
the requirements of the officers and crew. 
eio?in* a do 1 ors f i > n ^ Men slia11 be detailed wno shall, upon the alarm of fire or 
case of fire. when the signal is given, proceed with all possible speed to close 
the air ducts and water-tight doors, which will isolate the fire 
and not interfere with the water supply, and then report them 
closed to the officer of their division. The branch pipes from the 
air conduits to the magazines and shell rooms shall be kept dis- 
connected, except when the latter are in use. There shall be a 
sufficient number of men so detailed as to provide for all possible 
absentees from sickness or other cause. 

1306. 

Fire stations. The crew ^hall be drilled at their fire stations at least once a 
week, the alarm being frequently sounded at night. 

1307. 

Commissary Commissary stewards, cooks, and bakers shall be excused from 
stewards, cooks, , , , ' . „ 

and Tbakers. all except general drills and exercises. Excepting in case of actual 

emergency, when food is being prepared for use a sufficient num- 
ber of cooks and bakers shall be left in charge, corresponding to 
the ship's condition of readiness for action. 

1308. 

Reveille and i n port reveille shall be sounded when all hands are called in 
tattoo. * 

the morning, and tattoo at 9 p. m. 

1309. 

Fires for cook- (i) All fires used for cooking shall be extinguished at tattoo, 
Ing. 

unless specially authorized by the commanding officer to be con- 
tinued longer for some specific purpose. When the weather is very 



391 

warm they shall be extinguished as early as practicable, if by so 
doing the comfort of the crew is increased. 

(2) All lights, except those in the cabins, offices, officers' quar- Lights extin- 
ters, and those designated as standing lights, shall be extinguished too! e & tat ' 
at tattoo. 

(3) The lights on the lower decks shall be reduced in number Lights extin- 
before tattoo, unless required for the comfort of the crew. Allflttoo? before 
lights in the holds, storerooms, and orlops, and all open lights in 

the ship, except those in officers' quarters, must be extinguished 
before 7.30 p. m., or at the time of the evening inspection by the 
executive officer. 

(4) There shall be at all times during the night a sufficient num- m Standing 
ber of standing lights throughout the open parts of the ship to en- Ig s ' 

able the officers and crew to turn out, repair to the upper decks, 
or to attend to any duty arising from a sudden emergency. 

(5) The lights in officers' quarters, except those in the cabins Lights in offl- 

ccrs' tiU'Ttors 

and such as may be designated as standing lights, shall be ex- 
tinguished at 10 p. m., unless the time is extended. 

(G) Special lights for officers' use in their rooms after hours Extension of 
may be permitted by the commanding officer, provided that they lights * 
do not prevent those who may desire rest from sleeping. 

(7) The commanding officer shall require quiet to be preserved Quiet to he 
in officers' quarters after 10 o'clock, unless the time is extended Crs?^ after 
as provided in paragraph 5 of this article. 

(8) During rainy or cloudy weather and at other times, if neces- Sufficient light, 
sary, when the duties of the ship will permit, sufficient artificial 

light shall be supplied between decks for the crew to read, write, 
or engage in recreation. 

(9) Ships with single electric lighting plants shall always have Single electric 
on hand in the dynamo room and at other places throughout the S lns p ants " 
ship, ready for use, lamps or lanterns that will give sufficient light 

for emergencies. 

(10) Uncovered lights shall never be left unattended in any Uncovered 
part of the ship, and covered lights shall always be so secured as llghts - 

to prevent breaking or capsizing. Uncovered lights shall never be 
used in holds, storerooms, orlops, lockers, bilges, or other places 
below the berth deck, except to test the air. 

(11) Such lights and fires as the commanding officer may deem Lights and 

dangerous shall be extinguished when the magazines are opened, f l?P wll?n h , an * 
, , ,,. . , , . , ' dllng powder 

or when handling or passing powder, explosives, or other dangerous and explosives. 

combustibles. 

(12) In time of war, or when necessary to conceal a shin from , L| s h ts in time 

of war. 

an enemy, only such lights shall be used as are deemed advisable 
by the senior officer present. 

(13) Once a month all oil lamps used for replacing the electric Oil lamps test- 
lights in case of an accident, shall be lighted and kept burning cd monthly - 
for a sufficient length of time to insure their being ready for use. 



392 

(14) Care shall be exercised that all lights used by navy yard 
and other shore mechanics are extinguished when work ceases 
for the day. 
Matches. (15) None other than safety matches shall be permitted on 

board, and the commanding officer shall prescribe the necessary 
precautions to be observed in their use. They shall not be used 
in storerooms, holds, or orlops, and care shall be taken that per- 
sons about to enter the magazines and shell rooms have no 
matches about them. 

To see that ( 16 ) At g 9 and 10 p m tlle master-at-arms shall make 
lights and fires ' ' 

are extinguished, the rounds to see that the fires and lights are extinguished as pre- 
scribed, reporting the result of his inspection to the officer of the 
deck. 

1310. 

Use of ship's (1) When in port, and when sanitary conditions, exercises, and 
duties of the ship permit, regular trips of the ship's boats shall 
be made at such hours as the commanding officer may think 
proper. In order that officers and men may conveniently return 
on board for their meals, and at night, and in order to encourage 
them to do so, trips should be appropriately and liberally sched- 
uled, relief boat crews being detailed as necessary. The senior 
officer present may order such schedule of omnibus boats as may 
be appropriate. 

(2) Whenever officers attend entertainments, or like affairs, in 
their official capacity, adequate and convenient transportation 
shall be provided for them, going and returning. 

(3) The use of boats during meal hours and at night shall be 
restricted to a reasonable extent consistent with the necessities 
of the occasion. 

(4) When a ship is supplied with but one power boat it shall 
be used for the general service of the ship. 

Bescuing per- (5) Efficient means shall be constantly kept in readiness for 
sons oyer oar . regcuin g an y 0ne w h m ay fall overboard. 

1311. 

Personal re- (l) On board a flagship the following reports shall be made 
ports to com- _ _, 

mander in chief, to the flag officer : 

(a) When in port, the movements of all ships of war, mail 
steamers, and vessels that may be in danger from any cause. 

(&) When at sea, the discovery of land, lighthouses, lightships, 
strange sails, and all dangers, real or supposed ; also the position 
of the ship at 8 a. m., 12 m., and 8 p. m. 

(2) A ship at sea in company with a flagship shall make by 
signal the same reports to the commander in chief or commander 
of the force to which attached as though she were the flagship, 
except the 8 o'clock positions. 



393 



1312. 

In mauers affecting the external appearance of the ship, the Motions of flag- 
motions of the flagship or of the ship of the senior officer present 
shall be followed. 

1313. 

When in a fleet or squadron, no ship shall make an official . ^°* to make 
signal to any other than the flagship of her immediate superior, 
except when necessary to repeat one made by the latter or to 
report a danger, or as provided in article 1311 (2) ; nor shall a 
signal of recognition be made to a strange ship without per- 
mission. 

1314. 

When two or more ships of the Navy meet, their signal books olf jJ] al s S or 5jj! 
and general orders shall be compared, and such other steps shall tion. 
be taken as may be necessary to obtain the latest information that 
may affect such ships. 

1315. 

In ships other than flagships the commanding officer shall Signal anitac- 
require all signals and official messages, by whatever means re- 
ceived, to be immediately recorded, and that a smooth copy of this 
record be made in the communication record. These records shall 
be verified and authenticated daily by the signature of the signal 
officer and radio officer, respectively, and shall be submitted to the 
commanding officer for daily examination and monthly approval. 
No alteration of these records shall be permitted, and they shall 
be forwarded to the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation monthly. 
The commanding officer shall prevent any entry or tiling of a 
signal number of code message with its translation. 

1316. 

The commanding officer shall designate the number of rockets Rockets and 
and the amount of powder to be kept in readiness for signal HaT purposes/ ^ 
purposes. 

1317. 

(1) The commanding officer shall examine the deck log, com- Tne lo s Com- 
munication record (except aboard flagships), and engine room log j unaal. eleCtriCal 
daily, the electric log and all expenditure books as occasion may Expenditure 
require, and shall approve them on the last day of every month, books - 
when they are filled out, and upon the day of relinquishing com- 
mand. He shall have corrected any inaccuracies or omissions he 
may observe. After they have been examined by the commanding 



394 

officer no change or addition shall be made without his permission 
or direction. 

Sailing orders (2) Upon getting underway, the commanding officer shall cause 
to be entered in the log a brief summary of the orders under 
which the ship moves, quoting the authority for the orders, and, if 
written, the number and date thereof; or, if not acting under 
specific orders, a statement of the reasons for the move. In gen- 
eral, the ship's log should show the character of the duty on 
which the ship is engaged and the reasons for her movements, in 
order that it may be of historical value in future years. The com- 
manding officer should, therefore, cause to be entered in the log, 
from time to time, such brief statements of duty performed and 
of the conditions surrounding it as may be practicable and advis- 
able. If the orders referred to above are confidential in their 
nature, the abstract of their contents shall be omitted from the 
log, the entry then consisting simply of a note of the office of 
origin, number, and date thereof, by which it will be possible to 
find the original orders in the files of the issuing office. 

Changes in (3) Any change or addition to the deck log must be made by 
ship's log. the officer in w h ose wa tch the event under consideration occurred. 

An officer of the watch shall not decline to make a change in or 
an addition to his log, when his attention is called to an inaccu- 
racy or omission by the commanding officer or navigating officer, 
unless he believes the proposed change or addition to be incorrect ; 
in which event he shall, if required, explain in writing to the 
commanding officer his reasons for this opinion. The commanding 
officer may then make any remarks concerning this particular 
inaccuracy or omission that he may deem proper, entering them 
at the bottom of the page over his own signature. 

The engine (4) The engineer officer of the ship shall cause the engine room 
room log. j g £ Q k e corrected as may De pointed out by the commanding offi- 

cer, unless he believes the proposed entries to be incorrect ; in 
which event he shall, if required, explain in writing to the com- 
manding officer the reasons for this opinion. The commanding 
officer may then enter upon the engine room log, over his own sig- 
nature, any remarks concerning the particular inaccuracy or 
omission under consideration that he may deem proper. 

Draft of the (5) Th^ carpenter shall take the draft of the ship when enter- 
ing and just before leaving port, and report it to the navigating 
officer, and to the officer of the deck for entry in the log. 

1318. 

Precautions to (1) Except in emergencies, coal shall not be taken on board in 
fire tS ftom a8 spoI- a condition that might render it dangerous. The bunkers con- 
taneous comhns- taining such coal shall be carefully watched. 
gas*. 11 a (2) Coal bags that have been used shall be examined periodi- 

Coal hags. cfiliy, as fine coal dust remaining in them may produce sponta- 



395 

neous combustion. They shall not be stowed below until they 
are dry. While in use, suitable details shall be made to repair 
bags that may become torn, and means shall be provided for re- 
turning bags from ship to collier, so that they will not be lost 
overboard. 

(3) The utmost endeavor to bring the vessel to the highest fu f 1 fn? cicncy in 
proficiency in fueling ship shall be made. 

1319. 

(1) So far as possible the ship shall be kept thoroughly clean Cleanliness. 
throughout, dry, at a comfortable temperature, well supplied with 

light, and properly ventilated ; blowers shall generally be kept 
running at full speed when hammocks are down. The men shall 
be required to wash daily ; when possible, supplies of fresh water 
shall be allowed for that purpose and for washing clothes. Bar- 
rels or buckets of dirty water must not be stowed away or per- 
mitted to stand about the decks. Bath and wash rooms shall be 
supplied with hot and cold water and kept open during the even- 
ing. Every effort shall be made to encourage cleanly personal 
habits. The hair and beard shall be kept short. At morning 
inspection division officers shall carefully observe whether these 
rules have been followed, and, should it be necessary, any man 
may be punished for their infraction. 

(2) The commanding officer shall see that the crew is not ex- Precautions as 
posed to the sun or to night dews when such exposure is injurious c ° ew# ca of 
and can be prevented. Men who get wet shall be permitted to 

change their clothing as soon as possible. In ports where there 
is an infectious disease, or where contagious diseases are notori- 
ously prevalent, the commanding officer should consult with the 
medical officer regarding measures advisable to preserve the health 
of the crew. If necessary, liberty and leave should be restricted 
or suspended. Men suffering from communicable disease shall not 
be granted liberty except upon recommendation of the medical 
officer. 

(3) Clothing shall be inspected once a month, and oftener if clothing, 
necessary, in order to ascertain that it is clean, properly marked, 

and of uniform pattern, that previous issues are duly accounted 
for, and to take note of any deficiencies ; and the necessary steps 
shall be taken to see that every man is provided with a proper 
amount of stowage space for his clothing. In granting clothing 
requisitions due regard shall be paid to the necessities of the 
individuals of the crew and the state of their accounts, keeping 
them, if possible, out of debt. Nothing but the regulation uni- 
form shall be worn ; and in arranging the dress for the day com- 
manding officers and senior officers present shall prescribe such 
as is adapted to the climate, with prompt changes to meet varying 



396 



Bedding. 



Allowance 
water. 



Dress board 



conditions of weather, so as not injuriously to affect the health. 
Clothing wet hy perspiration must be dried and, if possible, 
washed before being stowed away. At morning inspection, from 
which no one shall be excused unless necessary, a careful ex- 
amination shall be made to see that the clothing is clean, neat, 
and in accordance with the order for the day. Every reasonable 
opportunity and facility shall be given to the crew to make, mend, 
mark, and wash their clothing. 

(4) Bedding shall be aired once a week, each piece being sepa- 
rately shaken out and hung up, arranged along the ridge ropes 
and rails without intervals. All bedding shall be of the uniform 
pattern and color ; each man shall have two mattress covers and 
change them frequently ; when hammock mattresses become lumpy 
or need cleaning, they shall be returned to the vessel's home yard, 
being replaced from the spare mattresses carried on board ; 
blankets shall be washed as often as necessary, special facilities, 
if possible, being given to firemen, mechanics, and others whose 
bedding requires frequent inspections and much care. 
of (5) Unless absolutely necessary, the daily allowance of fresh 
water shall not be limited to less than one gallon per man for all 
purposes. When practicable, fresh water shall be issued for wash- 
ing the soiled clothes of the crew. 

(6) A dress board, on which will be indicated the uniform of the 
crew, shall be kept posted in a conspicuous position. 



1320. 

(1) The commanding officer shall appoint a board, consisting of. 
the executive officer and two other officers, to audit monthly the 
accounts of the officers' and chief petty officers' messes, which 
board, shall report to him anything unsatisfactory in their condi- 
tion. 
inspections and (2) A medical official shall inspect, as to quality, all fresh food 
nse of fresh food, purchased f 0r the general mess, and frequently inspect the fruit 
and other articles of food and drink offered for sale alongside. In 
localities where night soil is commonly used for fertilizing pur- 
poses none of the vegetables ordinarily eaten uncooked shall be 
permitted on board ; and in infected ports no fresh milk, bottled 
waters, or fruits shall be allowed. 
Serving ont of (3) When possible a junior officer and one or more petty officers 
shall be present when meals are served out at the galley ; they 
shall report if there is any cause for complaint as to the quantity 
and quality of the food. 

Honrs for (4) The commanding officer shall establish hours for messins:, 
messing. 

having a due regard for the duties of the ship and the health of 

the crew. The crew shall not be disturbed during meal hours 

when it can be avoided. The practice of conducting visitors 



rations 



I 



397 



through the messing spaces' of the men during meal hours should 
be discouraged. Meals shall not be served to men going on watch 
before the regular meal hours; such men shall get ther meals at 
the regular time and shall relieve one-half hour after meals are 
served. 

(5) The commanding officer shall see that all cooking and mess Food and wa- 
utensils are kept clean ; that the food is wholesome and well 

cooked. Only pure water, distilled when practicable, shall be 
allowed for drinking or culinary purposes, and no water shall be 
issued for drinking until it has been examined and approved by the 
medical officer. 

(6) The executive officer shall notify the supply officer of any Changes in sub- 
changes in the number of men in the various submesses, in order 

that the food may be properly apportioned at the galley. 

(7) The executive officer shall notify the supply officer daily Extra Issnes for 
of the number of men in the engineer and dynamo force detailed 
for night steaming watches, so that extra issues of provisions may 
be made to them. 

1321. 



night watches. 



The commanding officer shall cause liberty lists to be prepared 
! y ihe executive officer, which he shall carefully inspect before 
approval. He shall exercise great care that no injustice is done 
in the distribution <>f privileges in this respect. (Art. 1731.) 



Liberty lists. 



1322. 



(1) The commanding officer shall examine and approve daily 
the binnacle or other list of officers and crew recommended to be 
excused from duty, and after it has been approved no names 
shall be added without his permission. 

(2) He shall inspect the health records and journal of the 
medical department whenever he considers it necessary. 



Binnacle list. 



The 
records. 



medical 



1323. 



(1) The commanding officer shall encourage the men to engage 
in athletics, fencing, boxing, boating, and other similar sports 
and exercises. Gymnastic outfits will be furnished by the depart- 
ment to vessels requesting them. When the weather and other 
circumstances permit, he shall establish in the routine of exercises 
and drills a regular period for swimming, such exercise to include 
every enlisted person on board, except those excused by the 
surgeon. 

(2) During boat races the use of whistles or siren shall not be 
permitted as an encouragement to the contestants ; the whistle of 
the referee's launch may, however, be used to indicate which boat 
is leading. 



Athletic exer- 



Swimming. 



398 

Bomboats and (3) The executive officer shall regulate the bumboats and all 
traffic alongside or on board, and be watchful that no unauthor- 
ized articles for the crew, unwholesome fruit or food, or improper 
articles are introduced on board. (Art. 1320 (2).) 

Ship's l>ariber, (4) He shall, with the approval of the commanding officer, 

maker'. a " S ° e " regulate the prices that the barber, tailor, and shoemaker, and 

other men performing services for the crew, shall be permitted to 

charge, bearing in mind that the charges should be moderate, as 

the men are already paid for their services. 

1324. 

Harbor water, in ports where cholera, typhoid, dysentery, or other water- 
borne diseases are prevailing, either sporadically or epidemically, 
the use of harbor water shall not be permitted on board either 
upon or below the upper deck ; also, in ports where the water is 
contaminated by sewage, animal matter, or refuse, its use shall 
only be permitted after consultation with the medical officer of 
the ship. 

1325. 

Ail doors, The commanding officer shall assure himself that the duty of 

be worked once examining and working, once a week, all cocks, valves, slides, 

doors, outlets, and hatches in connection with the ventilating 

apparatus, pumps, and water-tight compartments is faithfully 

performed. 

1326. 

To receiye an& (i) The commanding officer shall prescribe the means, with 
consider requests ° * 

of the crew. reasonable restrictions as to time and place, by which the members 

of the crew may make any request, report, or statement to him, 
which he shall receive and consider. Frivolous, vexatious, or 
intentionally false reports or statements shall be considered mis- 
demeanors. 

(2) Men of lower ratings shall be encouraged to consult their 
petty officers and division officers in regard to their requests, 
reports, and statements, but such procedure should not operate 
as a restriction. 

1327. 

Smoking.- (1) The commanding officer shall designate the parts of the 

ship where smoking is allowed for officers and crew, and if pos- 
sible provide places where all may be comfortable. 

Officers. (2) Smoking below the main deck shall be allowed only in the 

cabins and officers' messes between the hours of S a. m. and 10 
p. m., and in such other inclosures and at such times as the com- 
manding officer may specifically designate. On special occasions 
the commanding officer may extend the hours for smoking in the 
officers' messes. 



i 



399 

1328. 

(1) The crew shall be permitted to smoke from "all hands" Crew. 
to " turn to," during meal hours, and from the time the ham- 
mocks are down until tattoo. The crew may also be permitted 

to smoke at other times, such as during holidays, on Saturday and 
Sunday afternoons, during coaling ship and cleaning up after- 
wards, and for a limited period during night watches ; but these 
are privileges which may be withheld and should be if they lead 
to soiling the ship or other abuses. 

(2) Smoking during divine service is forbidden. 

(3) Smoking in the ship's boats, not on detached service, is Ship's boats. 
forbidden. 

(4) After the hammocks are down, the crew shall smoke only 
on the upper decks. 

(5) The master-at-arms shall have charge of the smoking Smoking lamp. 
lamp and see that it is kept lighted during smoking hours only. 

He shall take care that there is no smoking in unauthorized places 
and that the galley fires and other lights are not used by smokers. 

1329. 

(1) The chief boatswain or boatswain, chief gunner or gunner, Reports from 

warrant officers. 

chief carpenter or carpenter, and chief sailmaker or sailmaker, 
or, in their absence, their mates, shall report to the executive 
officer twice daily, at 8 a. m. and 8 p. m., the condition of the ship 
and her appurtenances, so far as their respective departments are 
concerned. 

(2) The executive officer shall report to the commanding officer To renort con- 

& dltion of ship, 

the condition of the ship at 8 p. m. 

(.°>) At 9 a. m. daily the master-at-arms shall submit through Report or pris- 
the executive officer a report of all persons confined, with a state- oncc *' 
ment of their offenses, the manner and date of confinement, and 
the authority by which the confinement was ordered. 

(4) The master-at-arms shall examine the holds and store- inspections, 
rooms to see if they have been closed at the appointed hour, the 
lights extinguished, and the keys turned in. and report the result 
to the executive officer when the latter makes his evening rounds. 

1330. 

(1) The boatswain of the ship shall frequently examine the Special duties. 
spars and rigging. Should he discover any signs of weakness or 

any defects, he shall report the same to the first lieutenant and, if 
requiring immediate attention, to the officer of the deck. 

(2) When at sea, in ships where it would be appropriate, he Bijjgijiirand 

, „ , „, . , . movable articles. 

shall go aloft every morning and examine the rigging on each 



400 

mast, reporting the result to the officer of the deck, and shall pay 
particular attention to the securing of the anchors, boats, and 
other movable articles. 
Ground tackle. (3) He shall satisfy himself that the ground tackle is always 
ready for use and in good condition. When at anchor he shall see 
that nothing interferes with a readiness to veer, slip, or bring 
to the chain or to let go the spare anchors. 

1331. 

HaTTsers and (l) AH hawsers and towiines shall be pointed, and all other 
pieces of gear, including awning stops, shall be hitched. 

stowage of (2) When stowing the hold and storerooms under his charge 
he shall take care that such articles as may be needed in an 
emergency are kept accessible. 

1332. 

Life lmoys. The life buoys shall be in order and constantly in readiness ; 

they shall be frequently tested by dropping, with a line attached 
for recovery; and when at sea or in a strong tideway an efficient 
person shall be stationed by them. 

1333. 

Daily inspec- (i) The gunner assigned to ordnance duty shall inspect the 
tion of maga- . 

zines. magazines daily, and the fact that such inspection was niacin 

shall be noted in the ship's log. This inspection shall be made 

personally by the gunner (if there be one on board) unless he is 

incapacitated for duty. 

(2) The temperature and hygroscopic condition of the magazines 
shall be constantly watched. Maximum and minimum ther- 
mometers shall be placed, one in the hottest and one in the 
coolest part of each magazine. The temperature shall be taken 
daily and the fact noted in the ship's log book, using the term 
*' normal " for normal conditions and entering the maximum 
temperature found in any magazine and the minimum temperature 
found. When abnormal conditions are found, the actual tempera- 
tures will be recorded and the Bureau of Ordnance informed by 
letter of the circumstances. 

(3) The condition of the magazines, as to cleanliness, ventila- 
tion, temperature, and the general condition of their contents, shall 
be carefully watched at all times by the ordnance gunner, who 
shall immediately report any unusual or wrong condition to the 
gunnery and executive officers. 

Weekly tests (4) The ordnance gunner shall inspect the ammunition stowage 
otc. fl0 ° d fOCKS ' spaces and test all of the flood cocks once a week, reporting the 



401 

result to the executive and gunnery officers and furnishing to the 
officer of the deck a memorandum report of such test for entry in 
the ship's log. 

1334. 

(1) The carpenter shall assist the first lieutenant in the inspec- Assistance to 
tion and care of all compartments, water-tight doors, double hot- Jieutenaut? first 
toms, and mechanical devices for the management and safety of 

the vessel, outside the engineering department. 

(2) He shall, in ships where it would be appropriate, when at Examination 
sea examine the spars during every morning watch and report of SDars ' 
their condition to the officer of the deck. 

(3) He shall frequently examine the lightning conductors and da J J t i f r h g tuing con " 
see that they are kept in good condition. 

(4) He shall keep in place and ready for use at all times the Battening down 
apparatus used for battening down hatches. 

1335. 

A suitable anchor watch shall be detailed by the executive offi- Anchor watch, 
cer, in accordance with instructions from the commanding officer. 

1336. 

(1) The executive officer shall be responsible for the condition Ground tackle, 
of the anchors, chains, and moorings. He shall inspect and over- 
haul the chain cables whenever necessary, and see that they are 

properly marked and in good order., Once each month both bower 
chains, if they have been used, shall be ranged on deck to the 
60-fathom shackle, and each link closely examined for defects. 

(2) When moored he shall keep himself informed of the condi- Hawse. 
tion of the hawse and, with the sanction of the commanding offi- 
cer, shall have it cleared when necessary. 

(3) In getting under way, at least two competent petty officers Examination of 

chain. 

shall be detailed whose sole duty shall be to examine critically 
each link of chain as it comes in for any sign of cracks in the 
welds. 

(4) Before entering port, the executive officer shall see that all Dispositions 

for anchoring, 
dispositions for anchoring are made, and that all the ground tackle 

is ready for use. 

(5) If a cable has been slipped or parted, every possible means Cahle slipped 
shall be employed to recover both the anchor and that part of the or parted * 
cable which is lost. 

(6) Whenever an anchor is lost or an accident experienced with Be port lost 

anchor, 
a chain cable, a special report shall be made to the Bureau of 

Construction and Repair, containing all possible information sur- 
rounding the circumstances of the loss or accident, together with a 



402 

statement as to whether the requirements as to care, preservation, 
and inspection of anchors and chain cables have been carried out. 
In this report the shot numbers of the chain and the type and 
serial number of the anchor shall be stated. The shot numbers 
will be found on the end links of each shot. In the case of a 
broken link or shackle, if recovered, it should be boxed and for- 
warded to the Boston Navy Yard for examination. A copy of the 
report mentioned above should also, in all cases, be sent to the 
Boston yard. 

.Replacement in ca se replacement of an anchor, or all or part of a chain cable 
of anchor or , . 

cable. is required, a request by letter should be forwarded to the Bureau 

of Construction and Repair, via the commandant of the vessel's 

home yard, or by dispatch direct to the bureau if the matter is 

urgent. 

Annual exanii- (7) On all vessels the commanding officer will have made at 
nation of chain. ° 

least once a year a careful examination of the bower and sheet 

chains throughout their entire length. They will be ranged on 
deck by shots, cleaned, scaled, and inspected for defects, shackle 
and forelock pins refitted and greased or white leaded, and identi- 
fication marks restored if necessary. The chain will then be care- 
fully painted. As the shots nearest the lockers are the least used, 
one of them, or two in the case of battleships and cruisers, pro- 
viding the shots are in good condition, should be shifted at these 
times to a position inboard of the 40-fathom shot, in order to dis- 
tribute the wear more uniformly along the entire length of the 
chain. If serious defects are discovered, they should be brought 
to the attention of the Bureau of Construction and Repair, and if 
it is not practicable to make immediate replacement, the defective 
shots should be shifted to the bitter end of cable. A note of this 
examination should be entered on the next following quarterly re- 
port. 
First lienten- (8) The executive officer shall have the assistance of the first 
ant to assist. lieutenant in the performance of these duties. 

1337. 

Disposal of (1) Wood, barrels, packing boxes, or unpierced metal cans 
refuse. shall not be thrown overboard, either in port, or at sea. 

(2) In confined ports, where garbage would constitute a menace 
to the health or a nuisance to people in the vicinity, it shall not 
be thrown overboard, but shall be burned on board ship or other- 
wise disposed of in some suitable manner. 

1338. 

Air and gun (i) When at sea no ports shall be opened without the knowl- 
edge and consent of the commanding officer ; and they shall always 






403 

be opened and closed by men specially appointed for that duty. 
Those on the lower decks shall be closed at sunset unless special 
authority is granted to keep them open ; and a report shall in- 
variably be made to the officer of the deck when a port is opened 
or closed. 

( 2 ) Neither gun nor air ports shall be opened when there is any 
probability that water will enter to a dangerous extent 

1339. 

(1) The sailmaker's mate shall frequently examine the sail Special duties, 
rooms to see if the sails, awnings, etc., are dry, free from vermin, 

and properly tallied. 

(2) He shall allow no painted or oiled canvas or other material . Painted and 
that may produce spontaneous combustion to be stored in the sail 

room. 

1340. 

When a ship arrives at a navy yard for docking or for ordinary High expio- 
repairs, explosives need not be removed unless work is to be done Jjjj^jjf* to be 
in the immediate vicinity of the explosives. 

1341. 

(1) All spare articles, stores, cables, hawsers, and sails shall Examination 
be examined each quarter, and oftener if necessary, in order to sl)are articles, 
prevent deterioration and insure their efficient condition. 

(2) At this quarterly examination particular attention shall be 
paid to the chain cables; they must be scaled and cleaned of rust 
and other foreign matter ; the shackles, shackle bolts, forelock 
pins, and swivels will be carefully examined and put in order; 
and such parts as require it will be coated with blacking, tallow, 
or white lead. 

1342. 

(1) The master-at-arms shall take charge of the effects of all Effects of the 

, , , , ^ o., t , , t ^ .., absent and dead. 

absent and deceased members of the crew and hold them until 
disposed of by order of superior authority. 

(2) He shall take charge of the bag and hammock of anyone 
who is absent without leave, reporting his action to the executive 
officer. 

(3) He shall take charge of the effects of liberty men when so 
directed. 

(4) He shall be present at the sale of the effects of deserters 
and deceased persons. 

1343. 

When a magazine is about to be opened all unauthorized lights When maga- 
zines opened, 
and fires near the entrance must be extinguished. 



Chain cables. 



404 



1344, 



Clearing lower When an order is given to clear the lower decks the chief master- 
at-arms shall see that it is obeyed at once, and that no unauthor- 
ized persons remain below. 

1345. 

Evening in- The master-at-arms shall see that all dispositions ordered 
for safety at night, including the securing of storerooms, holds, 
orlops, water-tight doors, etc... that are closed for the night, are 
completed by 7.30 p. m., or before. 

1346. V 

First-aid in- (i) i n order that all men in the naval service inav be properly 
struction by di- 
vision officers, drilled in first aid, instruction therein shall be given by divisional 

officers to the men under their immediate command. 

(2) The period of such instruction shall be of 10 minutes' dura- 
tion twice each week, when practicable, to follow or form part of 
the exercises of a regular drill period, and shall be limited to the 
following subjects: 

(a) Control of hemorrhage; (&) application of occlusive dress- 
ings; (c) resuscitation of the apparently drowned. 

(3) The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery will issue detailed in- 
formation covering the above points. The necessary dummy dress- 
ings shall be supplied by the medical department of the ship or 
station. Divisional officers shall be instructed by the medical 
officers of their respective commands in the details of first-aid 
drills as may be necessary. 

1347. 

on, tallow, (i) oil, tallow, and cotton waste shall be stowed in metallic 
and waste. v ' ' 

tanks, which shall be kept as far from the boilers as possible. 

Waste and other similar materials saturated with oil or grease 

shall be destroyed immediately after use. 
Oiled or paint- (2) Oiled or painted canvas, and other oiled or painted fabrics, 

shall not be stowed below, and when not in daily use shall be 

frequently examined. Caution shall be used when lights are 

taken into the paint room, 
inflammable (3) rpj ie commanding officer shall not permit any private prop- 
explosives anderty in the nature of inflammable liquid or oil, explosives, or 

otliPT* d 3. nacrous 

stores. ° other dangerous stores liable to spontaneous combustion, to be 

placed on board. Private ammunition shall be stowed in the places 

provided for ship's ammunition of a similar character. 

Where stowed. (4) No inflammable liquid or explosive oil shall be allowed on 

board for ship's use, except such as is permitted by the allowance 



405 

books. Spirits of turpentine, alcohol, and all varnishes and liquid 
driers shall be kept in 5-gallon shipping cans, securely stowed in 
chests on upper deck, except where large quantities of alcohol 
are required to be carried, in which case it may be stowed in 
50-gallon drums, or, where permanent installations are made for 
torpedo uses, a tank of 100 gallons capacity may be permitted; 
and none of these liquids shall be taken below except in small 
quantities for immediate use. Asphaltum varnish, boot topping, 
and all other compounds of turpentine, naphtha, benzol, or similar 
materials shall be included in this category. These compounds 
give off gases which when inhaled produce unconsciousness and 
asphyxiation or poisoning; the formation of poisonous gases by 
the interaction of varnishes, etc., salt water, and air are not 
necessary to produce these results, it being only necessary to have 
open or leaking cans of varnish, etc., and a high temperature to 
have present all the elements necessary for causing insensibility. 
Certain brands of metal polish may generate explosive or asphyxi- 
ating gases, and such brands shall therefore not be stowed below. 

(5) The commanding officer shall require the medical officer of ^f^^ 1 ^"e 1 * 16 
the ship to give his personal attention to the safety of all in- 
flammable medical stores. Acids shall not be kept near com- 
bustible materials and, when in bottles, shall be placed in lead- 
lined boxes. 

(6) Precautions shall be taken to guard against fire in the Boilers and en- 
vicinity of the boilers and engines when steam is up, and for at s nes * 

least twelve hours after fires are hauled. 

(7) All ventilators and air ducts shall be periodically examined Ventilation and 
and cleaned out, in order to prevent the accumulation of rubbish 

and lint that might assist to spread a fire. 

(8) The commanding officer shall take such other proper pre- precaution in 
cautions as may occur to him to guard against fire, and keep all s cner al« 
fire-extinguishing apparatus in order and ready for use. When 

in dry dock, and the fire pumps are useless, extra and stringent 
precautions shall be taken. 

1349. 



A red flag shall be hoisted at the fore whenever powder or Powder flag, 
other explosives are to be embarked or disembarked. A red 
flag shall be hoisted in the bow of all boats, lighters, and other 
craft transporting explosives. 
183841°— 20 27 



CHAPTER 37. 



CARE AND PRESERVATION OF HULLS OF SHIPS AND ME- 
CHANICAL CONTRIVANCES PERTAINING THERETO. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 135&-1368. General instructions. 



Section 1. — General Instructions. 
1359. 

(1) The commanding officer of every ship in commission shall Hull board. 
appoint a hull board consisting of three officers, one of whom shall 

be an officer of the engineer department of the ship, for the pur- 
pose of examining and reporting upon her condition, especially as 
regards deterioration of the inner bottom, and vertical bulkheads 
of boiler compartments, corrosion at the water line, and of the 
underwater exterior of the ship, including valves, propellers, rud- 
der, and all other fittings each time they are accessible. The board 
shall also examine and report upon all parts of the top sides, inner 
hull, and double bottoms, at some time during the quarter; the 
interval between two successive inspections to be not more than 
four months. The board shall also report upon the efficiency of all 
power and hand pumps within the ship, requiring them to be 
tested, both for draining the bilges and for fire purposes. Report 
shall also be made upon the efficiency of all Construction and 
Repair auxiliaries. 

(2) The officers composing this board shall be assisted by such 
other persons as may be necessary for the efficient performance 
of their duties. The reports of the board shall be forwarded 
to the Bureau of Construction and Repair, within 10 days of the 
end of the quarter covered, on form N. C. R. 1, and in accordance 
with the detailed instructions contained thereon, special care 
being taken to see that all blank spaces for entries are properly 
filled in. 

(3) The commanding officer shall cause a hull book to be kept, 
in which shall be entered, by the officers making them, reports, 
duly signed, required by this article, and such other detailed 
records as may be directed by the Bureau of Construction and 
Repair in connection with instructions relative to hull books. 

(407) 



408 

(4) The quarterly hull inspections shall be made by hull boards 
as follows: 
Vessels in com- ( a ^ Yessels on Navy Register in commission. — The commanding 
officer shall appoint a hull board consisting of three officers, one 
of whom shall be an engineer officer of the vessel. 

commission. ( o ) Vessels on Navy Register, out of commission. — The com- 

mandant charged with their custody shall appoint a board of three 
officers, at least one of whom shall be a construction officer. 
District craft. ^ y esse j s no f on ^avy Register but listed as district craft. — 
The commandant of the district to which the craft are assigned 
shall appoint one or more boards to report on all craft in the 
district, each board consisting of at least two officers, one of whom 
shall be a construction officer. 

to^5tes. 10aiied W Vessels of the Navy loaned to States for use as nautical 
school ships or for other purposes. — The commandant of the dis- 
trict in which the vessels are located, shall appoint a board of 
three officers, one of whom shall be a construction officer. 

1360. 

inspection of (1) The first lieutenant, navigating officer, and engineer officer 
c^ompar men , gliall eac j 1 i nS p ec t weekly all compartments, except double-bottom 
compartments, and all water-tight doors and mechanical devices 
for the management and safety of the vessel for which each is 
specially responsible; and shall make to the commanding officer 
after each inspection separate written reports on the condition of 
the parts of the ship and of the mechanical devices thus inspected. 
Unless special inspections thereof are necessary at more frequent 
intervals, on account of unusual conditions, each of the above offi- 
cers shall inspect once a quarter the double-bottom compartments 
for which he is responsible, and shall report the results of such 
inspections to the commanding officer in writing. Special care 
shall be observed in the inspection and preservation of the inner 
bottoms under the boiler compartments and the vertical bulkheads 
bounding them. 

(2) The medical officer of the ship shall accompany the first 
lieutenant on the weekly inspection of living spaces, holds, and 
storerooms, and after each such inspection shall make to the com- 
manding officer a written report of the sanitary condition of the 
vessel. 
for C fuei a o tnleiltS ^ Tne insi(ie of compartments or tanks used for carrying fuel 
oil shall be inspected every twelve months, the plating or bulk- 
heads separating fuel-oil compartments from others shall be care- 
fully examined for leaks during the quarterly inspection and each 
time that oil is taken on board. 
Coal bankers. (4) The interior surfaces of coal bunkers, being subject to ex- 
cessive abrasion, are liable to rapid corrosion and as far as prae- 



409 

ticable, they shall be cleaned without chipping or scraping at least 
once every three months ; and in case the interval between two 
examinations of any compartment amounts to six months, a special 
report shall be submitted to the commander in chief, stating the 
circumstances that have caused the delay in inspection and clean- 
ing., If recoating be found necessary, such portions as require it 
shall be touched up when the metal is dry and in proper condition 
to receive the coating, with red lead, asphaltum, bituminous, or 
other approved compositions, as the case may be, to conform to 
the material previously used in coating such compartments. The 
coal-bunker spaces as a whole shall not be entirely coated unless 
such coating is found to be absolutely necessary. 

1361. 

(1) The ship, if in commission for sea service, shall be docked, Docking, fre- 
cleaned, and if not sheathed, painted at least once in twelve 

months. If convenient opportunity offers, the vessel may be 
docked at intervals of about six months, but under no circum- 
stances shall more than a year elapse without docking, except 
by authority of the Secretary of the Navy. The bottoms of ships 
shall not be cleaned by divers except in cases of urgent military 
necessity, when great care shall be exercised to remove as little 
as possible of the coating of paint. Whenever the ship is docked, 
the engineer officer of the ship shall examine all outboard valves 
(including the mufflers of submarines) in any way connected with 
the engineer department, also the propellers and shaft tubes, and 
the result shall be entered in the engineering and ship's logs. 
The first lieutenant shall examine all other outboard valves, and 
also the rudder and other underwater fittings, and enter their 
condition in the ship's log. 

(2) When a vessel is docked, the bottom shall be thoroughly Cleaning and 
cleaned and all blistered paint scraped, but no paint of any kind pa n ng ' 
which adheres firmly and affords protection is to be removed, 

unless specific instructions have been received from the Bureau 
of Construction and Repair to that effect. Under exceptional 
circumstances only, to be specifically stated, shall red lead or a 
mixture of red lead and white zinc be used, and in such cases the 
bottom shall be carefully prepared and ample time allowed for 
the paint to dry thoroughly. 

(3) Hogging lines or chains for use with collision mats, or for Hogging lines, 
other purposes, shall not be continuously kept under the ship's 

bottom. 

1362. 

(1) When a ship is docked on a foreign station or elsewhere Docking 

abroad; examl- 

than at a United States navy yard, the permanent board provided nation and re- 
for in article 1359 shall examine the ship's bottom and report port * 



410 

upon its condition and upon the paint used. A copy of the report 
shall be entered in the ship's log and the original forwarded to 
the Bureau of Construction and Repair. The report shall con- 
tain the following data : 

(a) Date of docking and date of undocking. 

( & ) Condition of the ship as to fouling and kind of fouling : 

1. At or near the water line. 

2. At turn of bilge. 

3. Near keel. 

4 At the entrance and run. 

(c) Describe carefully the condition of the paint, noting de- 
terioration of any of the paints applied, body of paint remaining, 
and whether this be anticorrosive, antifouling, or protective paint 
only. Note carefully the effect of the fouling upon the paints 
used, and where different kinds of fouling exist compare the 
effect of the different ones upon the paint. 

(d) Corrosion or pitting of bottom. Describe its character in 
detail, stating definitely the amount of surface affected and where 
it occurs. 

(e) Number of coats and kinds of paint applied, stating 
definitely the brand of paint and all distinguishing marks to 
make absolute identification possible. If the brand of paint differs 
from that applied at the previous docking, a definite statement 
to this effect should be made, giving the name of the brand of 
paint previously applied. 

(/) The atmospheric conditions at time of painting. 

iff) Work, if any, other than cleaning and painting, carried out 
on the underwater exterior, and any changes made in propellers, 
shafting, etc. 

(2) Whenever a naval vessel is docked at a navy yard the com- 
mandant shall submit to the Bureau of Construction and Repair 
a report on Form N. C. R. 155. This report shall also contain a 
statement as to what work, if any, other than cleaning and paint- 
ing, was carried out on the underwater exterior of the vessel, and 
any changes that may have been made in propellers, shafting, etc. 

1363. 

General direc- ( l ) When any places showing corrosion of a serious nature are 
cautions. 11 e discovered they shall be carefully scaled, dried, and again coated 
with anticorrosive material at the first possible opportunity. 

Recurrence of (2) The frequent recurrence of corrosion in any particular com- 
partment should be followed by special investigation, to determine 
the cause and the best remedy possible. Unusual cases of this 
nature shall be made the subject of a special report to the 
Bureau of Construction and Repair, giving a detailed statement 
of the extent and character of corrosion, of the remedies applied, 
and, as far as discovered, the cause or causes. 



411 

(3) An iron or steel unsheathed ship or other craft shall never Mooring. 
be attached to the moorings or chains used for a sheathed ship or 

other craft and the sheathed ship or other craft shall never be 
moored closer than two hundred and fifty feet to an iron or steel 
one. This shall not prevent the placing alongside of an iron or 
steel unsheathed ship of sheathed floating cranes, coal lighters, 
ammunition lighters, or other yard craft, for the service of the 
vessel; but such craft shall not be retained alongside the vessel 
for a longer time than is necessary for the service required. 
Similar precautions shall be observed wherever any craft or other 
structure may be in danger of corrosion from electrolytic action 
due to the proximity of any other craft or structure. 

(4) Care shall be observed that no loose articles of copper or Befuse. 
bronze, filings of the same, or rust scale, are allowed to remain in 
immediate contact with iron or steel, and that the lead pipes, 
strainers, and other parts in the bilges are kept in good condition. 

(5) Bronze propellers shall be frequently cleaned of all marine Propellers, 
growth. Zinc protectors must be placed near them. 

(6) An electric portable shall be used for examining the condi- 
tion of double bottoms, the interiors of boilers, and other dark 
places. 

(7) When about to examine, clean, or paint double bottoms or Precautionary 
boilers, the following precautionary measures shall be adopted : SJe'Yottonw and 
They shall be opened and well ventilated, a connection being made boilers. 

to a fan system if possible. This done, the purity of the air shall 
be tested before entering by burning a candle on the bottom at 
least five minutes. Working parties inside shall always maintain 
communication with some one outside ; they shall also have with 
them a lighted candle, and shall withdraw should it begin to burn 
dimly. 

(8) In view of the extreme thinness of bulkhead, shell, and 
other plating on torpedo boats and destroyers, and as these vessels 
are built of galvanized material which is damaged by use of scal- 
ing hammers, old paint and rust on structural work or fittings 
of such vessels shall be removed by means of scrapers and wire 
brushes, and scaling hammers shall be used only where actual 
scale exists that can not be otherwise removed. Special care Is 
to be used to distinguish between old paint and rust scale. 

1364. 



(1) Under ordinary conditions all compartments of the double i_, ^? t * r ln don " 

ble bottoms, 
bottom, except those specially fitted for carrying reserve feed 

water, shall be kept dry ; they may, however, be utilized for carry- 
ing fresh water for steaming purposes whenever, in the opinion 
of the commanding officer, it may be necessary, and the amount 
of water so carried shall be entered in the ship's log, and before 



412 

sailing a special report of same shall be made to the Bureau of 
Construction and Repair. 

(2) When salt water is admitted to the double bottoms of a ship 
in commission, either purposely or accidentally, the commanding 
officer shall report the fact and the accompanying circumstances 
to the Bureau of Construction and Repair. 

1365. 

Ejecting sys- (1) All parts of the gas ejecting system, including pipes, fittings, 
and relay tanks that are subject to pressure, shall be tested to a 
pressure of 200 pounds by the ship's force during each overhaul 
period, and the result thereof shall be included in the current 
quarterly hull report. 

(2) The water ejecting system, when fitted, shall be thoroughly 
tested by the ship's force during each overhaul period by sub- 
jecting each compartment to which this system is connected to a 
test that will simulate, as nearly as possible, conditions that would 
ordinarily be met with in service. The method of operation, manip- 
ulation of valves, etc., is given in the booklet of general informa- 
tion and should be followed in connection with the above test. 
Great care must be exercised that bulkheads, decks, and other 
portions of the structure are not subjected to pressures in excess 
of those for which they are designed. The results of this test, 
especially as regards the efficiency of the watertightness of the 
compartments affected, shall be included in the current quarterly 
hull report. 

1366. 

Mast and rig- The hull board shall also report upon the condition of masts 
and rigging. Special attention should be given in the inspection 
of cage-masts to see that the elements have not become weakened 
by corrosion and that the drain holes in wake of plug connections 
have not been stopped up by dirt or paint. 

1367. 

instructions (1) The following instructions relative to the inspection and 
higgear! steer " care of steering gear shall be followed : 
Transmission (2) The transmission ropes or wheel ropes, as the case may be, 
shall be withdrawn and carefully examined at least once every six 
months. If they are found to be in good condition, they shall be 
well covered with Albany grease and graphite and replaced. If 
any evidence of stranding of the rope is found, the part so affected 
shall be repaired or a new rope rove. When new ropes are rove, 
care should be exercised that the stretch is taken up by the auto- 
matic tightener on vessels on which such tighteners are fitted, 



413 



otherwise there is danger of the rope leaving the drums or sheaves. 
At the same time a careful examination shall be made of all keys 
in the transmission shafting, to see that they are not loose and 
that they are properly seated. 

(3) The valve in the engine room in the exhaust pipe leading 
from the steering engine shall be locked wide open when the steer- 
ing engine is being used. The steam valves on the pipes leading 
to the steering engine shall also be kept wide open at the same 
time. 

(4) The greatest care shall be taken that all bearings in the 
transmission gear are kept in good condition and well lubricated. 
Bearings that are difficult of access or those located in hot 
places shall be given special attention. As the entire weight of 
the ordinary type of warship rudder is carried on a floating ring 
on the top face of the rudder support, the oiling arrangements 
of the ring shall be examined frequently and supplied with the 
proper lubrication. 

(5) Spaces in the vicinity of the bevel gears shall not be used as 
storage places for clothing or other articles which may accidentally 
get into the transmission gears and jam them. 

(6) On vessels fitted with the Williamson steering engine, care 
shall be taken in shifting the gear from steam to hand that the 
locking pin of the main clutch is properly housed in the hole 
provided for the purpose and not improperly housed between the 
clutches. 

(7) Care shall be taken that the floating ring in the steering 
stand or the roller bearing fitted for carrying the weight of the 
vertical shaft is kept in adjustment so that the weight will not be 
taken on the lower bearings, which are not designed for that 
purpose. 

(8) The plugs in the encasing pipe of the transmission rope 
shall be frequently removed and the pipe filled with graphite and 
Albany grease. 

(9) Emery, emery cloth, or any other gritty substance shall not 
be used for cleaning purposes on the bright work of the steering 
engine or its gear. 

(TO) When ships in commission are not underway and the 
steering gear is not in use, the steering engine shall be turned 
over at least twice a week for the preservation of pistons, valve 
stems, and other working parts. 

(11) The result of the periodical examination of the steering 
gear and a brief statement of the steps taken to remedy any 
defects that may be found therein shall be entered in the ship's log. 



Valves. 



Bearings. 



Bevel gears. 



'Williamson en- 
gine. 



Floating ring. 



Encasing pipe 
plugs. 



Use of emery 
prohibited. 



Tests. 



Entry in log. 



1368. 



(1) The various classes of ships and the parts thereof shall be 
painted in accordance with the " General Instructions for Paint- 



Painting ship. 



414 

ing and Cementing Vessels of the U. S. Navy," as issued by the Bu- 
reau of Construction and Repair. A copy of these instructions, 
corrected to date, shall be supplied to each ship on going into com- 
mission by the commandant, and commanding officers shall request 
the Bureau of Construction and Repair to supply additional copies 
when needed. 

Gaskets ana (2) The rubber gaskets of water-tight doors, manholes, hatches, 
fittings. air p 0r ts, etc., shall not be painted, greased, nor oiled; louvres, 

gauze air screens, screw threads, moving parts of auxiliary ma- 
chinery, and zinc protectors on the bottom shall not be painted. 

Whitewash. (3) Whitewash and shellac shall never be applied to any iron 

or steel parts of the ship. 



CHAPTER 38. 



STORES AFLOAT. 



Sec. 1. — Art. 1378-1394. Custody, care, and expenditure. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1395-1401. Requisitions, purchases, and public bills 

for ships. 
Sec. 3.— Art. 1402-1404. Ships' stores. 
Sec. 4. — Art. 1405-1406. Clothing and small stores. 
Sec. 5.— Art. 1407-1416. Rations. 



Section 1. — Custody, Case, and Expenditure. 
1378. 

The delivery of supplies to a ship in commission shall not be .."JfJ 6 . 11 res P° n - 
deemed complete until they have been actually placed on board, plies received i>e- 
or in her boats or other conveyance at the wharf, and receipts gins * 
have been obtained. 

1379. 

The cargo of storeship or supply ship shall be kept sepa- Cargo of a 
rate from supplies withdrawn therefrom for use of the ship. storeship. 

1380. 

(1) On board ship all supplies except provisions, clothing, Supplies to be 
small stores, and ship's stores shall be for general use and, with *™eral C use? f ° T 
the approval of the commanding officer, may be transferred from 

one department to another. 

(2) Supplies in store shall be in the custody of the supply Custody of 
officer of the ship, or, on board ships where the general supply supp ies * 
system is not in force, of the respective heads of the departments 

to whom invoiced. 

(3) Where a bureau considers it necessary to prescribe a 
minimum limit of stores to be carried for use under its cog- 
nizance, such limit will be fixed by the bureau concerned, and 
the stock must be restored to this limit at the earliest opportunity. 

(415) 



416 

1381. 

Supplies to !>e (i) All invoices of supplies shall be checked off, when tne 

rW'ckod oil do* 

livery. articles are delivered to a ship by the representative of the 

bureau concerned, or by a subordinate under his direction, but a 
representative of the ship's supply officer shall also be present 
and jointly verify the stores, and this representative alone shall 
have authority to sign the memorandum invoice or receipt cover- 
ing them. Such stores shall not be placed in storerooms or used 
until the above directions have been carried out. 
Care in pack- (2) Heads of ships' departments shall exercise care in regard 
to the condition of articles turned into store, in packing such 
articles, especially those that are breakable, and no article that 
is unserviceable shall be so turned in without being first covered 
by proper survey. When fragile articles, such as thermometers, 
stop watches, or others supplied in special boxes, are received 
the boxes shall, if possible, be saved and used in turning in 
similar articles in future ; a tag shall be attached to such articles 
showing date and number of survey. 

1382. 

Provisions may (1) The provisions of a ship directed to be fitted for sea may 
reporting o^snp- be put on Doar( i an( ^ stowed before the supply officer reports, if 
ply officer. it be deemed necessary by the commandant to expedite her sailing. 

In such cases an officer shall be ordered by the commandant to 
take an exact account of the provisions put on board, to the 
quantity of which he shall certify in triplicate, one copy for the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, one for the supply officer of 
the yard, and one for the supply officer of the ship. 
Provisional (2) Upon being furnished with this certificate, if it agrees with 
receipt. ^ i nvo i Ces furnished by the supply officer of the yard, the 

supply officer of the ship shall receipt for the quantities therein 
specified, with the understanding that on the first convenient 
opportunity he may, if he desires it, have a survey to ascertain 
the quantities remaining on board at the time of the survey, but 
this survey shall be held, if practicable, within three months from 
the date of such receipt. 
Deficiencies. (3) if upon such survey and upon an examination of the re- 

ceipts and expenditures any deficiencies appear, the supply officer 
will be permitted to expend such deficiencies from his returns, 
using the approved survey as his authority for such action. 

1383. 

Delivery on Clothing and small stores shall not be put on board before the 
a°Bd d «2nIffiSS supply officer reports for duty. 



417 

1384. 

Officers shall at all times attend to the care and preservation 
of all Government property in their charge, and upon proper 
representation from them the commanding officer shall afford them 
such assistance as may be necessary to protect and preserve such 
property from deterioration and waste so far as may be within 
his power.. 

1385. 

No article of public supplies is ever to be appropriated to the Supplies not 
private use of any person not in distress without the consent of a ted e to aP pr7 P ate 
the Secretary of the Navy or the order of the senior officer present, JJJ { * distress*"* 
who shall give the Secretary of the Navy information of every 
case that may occur, together with the attending circumstances, 
and he shall be careful to take the best security for indemnity to 
the Government. 

1386. 

(1) No article for which an officer is responsible shall be sent ^o articles to 
out of a ship except on the written order of the commanding Jj iD 8cnt out of 
officer. No article shall be turned in at a navy yard from a ship jj article to 
in commission without the authorization of the bureau concerned. be tu ' n 'J in at 

iki\ } jiird. 

excepting when authorized under approval of survey reports under 
the provisions of articles 1906 and 1909. 

1387. 

On board vessels not operating under the general supply system ships not un- 
(arts. 1393 and 1394) stores shall be accounted for as provided in *£ 8npply sys " 
article 1866. 

1388. 

The transfer from one ship to another of articles of supplies Transfer of 

which are not in excess of her allowance or of articles of her artlcles of e( J' jI * 

page. 

equipage shall be authorized only by the senior officer present 
when absolutely necessary, and no such transfer shall be made 
of articles not in all respects fit, unless they have been passed 
upon by a board of survey, a copy of whose report shall be sent 
with the invoice to the ship receiving the articles. 

1389. 

In case of loss or such damage as to unfit supplies for issue, snppiies and 
or articles of equipage for further use, the officer in whose charge damaged. l08t ° F 
they are shall request a survey, for the purpose of establishing 
and reporting the facts. If lost, the articles shall be expended 



418 

from the books, but the accountability of the officer responsible 
for the loss shall not thereby be diminished, and the board of 
survey shall ascertain and report thereon. But if they are so 
damaged as to be unfit for further Government use in their 
original capacity, and are to be turned into store, they shall re- 
main on the books until they can be turned in, when they shall 
be invoiced at their appraised value to a supply officer on shore. 

1390. 

Besponsibiiity The heads of departments of a ship shall be held responsible 
supplies are de- for supplies turned in during transit to the places designated 
livered. for fl^,. reception. The supply officer shall not be deemed to 

have received them until their actual delivery in such places. 

1391. 

Condition of Every article transferred from a ship shall be cleaned and 
articles trains* 
ferred. placed in good condition so far as is within the capacity of the 

ship's force before being transferred. The heads of the ship's 
departments shall be held to a strict accountability for the con- 
dition in which stores under their charge are transferred or turned 
into store. 

1392. 

Detach ment ^ an °ffi cer having charge of supplies or equipage should be de- 
during cruise, tached from a ship during a cruise, an inventory shall be taken, 
and he shall make a complete transfer to his successor, if the 
time shall permit, in order to relieve himself from responsibility. 
If this complete transfer is not made, he shall, before his de- 
parture from the ship, so report to the commanding officer. (Art. 
868.) 

1393. 

General sup- (1) On board vessels carrying an officer of the Supply Corps, 
ply system. other than vessels permanently assigned as receiving ships, a 
general supply system shall be operated, whereby the supply of- 
ficer shall requisition, issue, and account for all equipage and con- 
sumable supplies, except medical stores, Marine Corps stores and 
ammunition, ammunition containers, and ammunition details. 
Quarterly (2) Instead of allowance of supplies by items, quarterly money 
me°nts! y allot " allotments will be prescribed for ships coming within the pro- 
visions of this article, against which the supply officer of the 
ship shall charge the value of all supplies as drawn. A 
statement of these money allotments for the several ships will be 
published from time to time in Xavy Department General Orders. 
Any article carried in stock on board, which may be legally 
charged to the appropriation concerned, may be drawn and charged 



419 

to this money allotment, provided that articles that are not shown 
on the allowance book of any bureau shall not be carried in 
stock. 

(3) These allotments are exclusive of expenditures for fuel, 
water, and lubricating oil, which may be used as required, and 
also of ammunition, battery, and torpedo supplies, and explosives, 
which are covered by standard allowance. 

(4) Ships which are not in full commission or in reserve for 
the full period of allowance shall be entitled to a pro rata only of 
the above allotment corresponding to the time in commission or 
in reserve. 

(5) Department allotments are not cumulative, and an un- Allotments not 
drawn balance remaining in one allowance period shall not be 

added to the allotment for the succeeding quarter. 

(6) Issues of supplies shall be made by the ship's supply officer stub reqoisi- 
to the several ship's departments on stub requisitions prepared tlons * 

by the heads of departments concerned. Those stub requisitions 
shall show the name of the ship, date, department requiring the 
supplies, appropriation chargeable, and the quantity and descrip- 
tion of the articles needed. Responsible persons shall be designated 
in each department to draw and receipt for stores. The stubs, 
when priced, shall be retained by the heads of departments re- 
ceiving the stores, to be used by them in comparing the totals 
shown on the transfer statement submitted quarterly by the 
ship's supply officer for receipt. Receipted stub requisitions shall 
be numbered serially as received and shall be retained by the 
ship's supply officer when completed, to be forwarded to the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, if required. The use of the 
stub requisition form referred to in this paragraph shall be con- 
fined to the purposes described, and all requisitions for articles 
in excess (i. e., not appearing on the allowance book of any de- 
partment on board) shall be submitted to the bureau concerned 
for approval on the regular ship's requisition forms (S. and A. 
Forms Nos. 44 and 44a), in accordance with Articles 1607 and 
1395, except in emergencies. 

(7) Commanding officers may, if it be deemed advisable, per- Memoranda re- 
mit ships' supply officers to issue stores on memoranda receipt ce p ps " 
slips bearing the signature of the person authorized to draw 

stores. On board ships where this practice is allowed these re- 
ceipt slips shall be assembled and summarized weekly on regular 
priced invoices in duplicate and the formal receipt of the head of 
department concerned taken. 

(8) The supply officer of the ship shall keep the accounts of Accounts ofal- 
allotments in values only, charging the allotment of each de- 
partment with the value of supplies as they are drawn by it 

for use. 



420 

Supplies in ex- (9) Whenever supplies drawn for use in a ship's department 
are found to be in excess of needs, they shall be returned to 
the ship's supply officer on a returned-material stub, to be credited 
to the proper allotment and appropriation. 

Quarterly in- (10) At the expiration of each quarter a priced returned ma- 
on C hand. SUPP 1CS terial stub marked "Memorandum" shall be negotiated by each 
head of department concerned, enumerating by items and classes 
the supplies remaining on hand in his department which have been 
charged to the Title C allotment. This stub shall operate to 
reduce the issues for the quarter concerned and its value shall 
be included in the class balances in store as of the last day of the 
quarter, though not to be taken up by items on the stock ledger. 
A corresponding issue and charge shall simultaneously be made as 
of the succeeding quarter. This transaction will be on paper only 
and no supplies actually returned to store as provided in article 
1393 ( 9 ) will be listed on the memorandum stub. 

lotmeit* 86 ° f al " (11 ^ Wnen tne limit of the allotment to any department has 
been reached, the commanding officer may apply to the bureau 
concerned for a special increase to cover needs for the remainder 
of the quarter. No vessel shall be permitted to exceed her quarterly 
money allotment under any circumstances while communication 
with the bureaus concerned is possible. In making request for an 
additional allotment, the vessel will either furnish a list of the 
articles desired or give sufficient reason for making such request. 
Equipage, (12) On ships operating under the general supply system, equi- 

Titie B. page, Title B, in use, shall be directly under the supervision and 

care of the various heads of ships' departments. In each ship's 
department there shall be established and maintained by the head 
of the department a complete custody record of the equipage, 
Title B, in use in that department, agreeing with the articles on 
charge as shown by the books of the ship's supply officer. 
Inventories of (13) Inventories of equipage in use shall be taken at least once 

egu page. ^ year, by the respective heads of departments who have signed 

custody receipts for such equipage. These inventories shall be 
taken as nearly as practicable coincidently with the inventory 
taken by the ship's supply officer in accordance with the provi- 
sions of article 1222, and shall be transmitted, through the com- 
manding officer, to the ship's supply officer. The ship's supply 
officer shall notify the heads of departments in advance of the 
date upon which he will begin his inventory. In forwarding 
inventories, heads of departments shall certify as to their cor- 
rectness and make the statement that the necessary memorandum 
requests for survey will be submitted to the commanding officer to 
cover all deficiencies. The dates of commencement and completion 
of each inventory shall be entered in the ship's log. 
Custody re- (14) Whenever articles, Title B equipage, are issued for use 

articles S Title °B! eitner u P° n recei Pt on board or from storerooms to a department, 



421 

the head of such department shall sign custody receipts for such 
articles. Officers relieving other officers as heads of departments, 
shall check up the equipage in use in their departments with the 
custody record (1393-12) maintained by his predecessor and 
furnish new custody receipts within one month to the supply 
officer. 

1394. 

(1) A general supply system similar to that prescribed in General s u.p- 
article 1393 for vessels carrying officers of the Supply Corps shall torpedo vessels, 
be operated, as prescribed in this article, for torpedo craft and 

other small vessels. 

(2) In place of an allowance of supplies by items, quarterly Quarterly 
money allotments will be prescribed for torpedo craft and other ™ e ° n J s ® y a ot " 
small vessels, against which the supply officer of the tender or 
stationary base shall charge the value of all supplies as drawn. A 
statement of these money allotments for the several vessels of the 

Navy will be published from time to time in Navy Department 
General Orders. 

(3) A six months' supply of such stores, based upon the Quantity of 
quantities stated in the type allowance lists, shall be considered by^ender.™" * 
an approximately correct quantity to be carried by the tender or 

at the stationary base. 

(4) (a) Requisitions for supplies not appearing on allowance Requisitions 

„ , , , „ . , . for articles not 

books of any department on board are in excess, shall be so desig- on allowance 
nated and must bear an explanation as to the necessity for sub- books * 
mitting them. 

(&) The approval of an in-excess requisition does not increase In-excess requi- 
the allotment. Supplies procured on such authority shall on issue s 
be charged to the regular allotment unless a request for an in- 
crease in allotment, as provided in paragraph 11, has been sub- 
mitted and approved. 

(c) When the issue of supplies carried on the allowance books Oyerexpendi- 
would involve an overexpenditure of the allotment, they shall not 
be covered by in-excess requisition, the use of which is restricted 
to articles not carried on the allowance lists, but by request for 
increased allotment, as prescribed in paragraph 11. 

{d) The vessels shall carry only sufficient stores for their im- Quantity of 
mediate needs, the number of days being determined by the 
flotilla commander, fifteen days being considered sufficient for 
ordinary duty. 

(e) If toward the close of a quarter, when only a small balance Stores for 
under the current quarterly allotment may be available, a vessel ©"quarter. 
is required to proceed on an extended trip and will be away from 
tender, yard, or other source of supply, necessary stores may be 
taken on board. In this event, the current quarter will be charged 
with the full amount available, and the succeeding quarter obli- 
183841°— 20 28 



422 

gated for the value of the additional stores received. Special ref- 
erence to cases of this character will be made on reports of ex- 
penditures of the vessel for the quarters concerned, showing the 
amount of the allotment for the succeeding quarter to be obli- 
gated. The reports will indicate the necessity for such action. 
Supplies in ex- (5) Supplies in excess of those called for by the allowance 

coss wl^crf 0MI*" 

ried. books of the flotilla may be carried on board the tender or at the 

base, at the discretion of the flotilla commander. 
Supplies for (6) When at the base or in the presence of the tender supplies 
how°draTvn. ' for torpedo vessels shall be drawn from such base or tender only, 
unless when at a navy yard in the presence of the tender the 
flotilla commander considers it advisable to allow supplies to be 
procured from the supply officer of the yard. In such cases, and 
in emergencies when the boat is absent from the tender or base, 
supplies may be drawn from a yard or vessel on requisitions ap- 
proved by the senior officer present, the necessity for such requisi- 
tions being explained thereon and the tender or base to which the 
supplies are to be invoiced being indicated. 
Supplies for (7) Equipage and supplies are intended for the use of the tor- 
all epar men s. ^ e ^ Q vesse i 5 as required, and not for any one department on board. 
Equipage in (8) Equipage on board torpedo craft shall be requisitioned by, 
h°ovv e requ1si- mvoice <3- to, and accounted for by heads of departments under 
tioned. Title B, a separate balance sheet being rendered for each of the 

five departments. Equipage on board submarines shall be requisi- 
tioned by, invoiced to, and accounted for by the supply officer of 
the tender or base in the same manner prescribed for ships operat- 
ing directly under the general supply system (arts. 1393 (12), (13), 
2j dnailce eqai " and (14), 1867). Ordnance equipage for general issue to a torpedo 

page. 

or submarine flotilla shall be requisitioned by and invoiced to the 
supply officer of the tender under Appropriation Purchases Ac- 
count, Title , and upon issue shall be invoiced to Title B. 
Inyentory. ( a ) Commanding officers of torpedo craft and submarines shall 

require heads of departments to take an annual inventory of 
equipage in their respective departments in the same manner as 
provided in article 1222 for supply officers of ships., Where the 
inventory and last balance sheet fail to agree, the discrepancies 
shall be accounted for by survey. All balance sheets rendered will 
show date of last annual inventory. 

Section 2. — Requisitions, Purchases, and Public Bills fob 

Ships. 

1395. * 

Requisitions (l) Requisitions for equipage, supplies, or services other than 
In general from 
ships. those pertaining to the Medical Department and to the Marine 

Corps to be furnished a ship shall be prepared by the supply 



423 

officer of the ship on the request, if necessary, of the heads of de- 
partments requiring the supplies or services, with original and 
one copy in cases where the requisition is not forwarded for 
bureau approval, and with original and three copies in all other 
cases, 

The object for which the materials or services are required shall 
be stated, and, if the authority for the submission of the requisi- 
tion is a bureau letter or indorsement, the date and number of the 
letter shall also be stated. 

(a) Requisitions for supplies not in excess of allowance shall be Requisitions 
7 *. j. \ • i, • -4.. ., „ „ „ for supplies not 

made but twice a year, each requisition to cover the full allow- in excess of ai- 

ance of supplies for the succeeding half fiscal year. All items 1(wance * 
or parts of items not needed shall be omitted and, in the event of 
their being required at a subsequent date, they may be covered 
by a " not-in-excess " requisition. No requisition shall be made to 
cover the allowances for more than one of these periods. 

( b ) Ships, when newly commissioned toward the end of a „ e *J\ y c commis- 
half-yearly period, shall be entitled to the full six months' allow- sioned ship. 
ance, unless the bureaus concerned prescribe that only a per- 
centage thereof be allowed. Requisitions for coal, oil, waste, 

water, and other articles shown to be allowed as required are 
exempt from the foregoing limitations. 

(c) Articles remaining on hand at the end of an allowance required 11 for. e 
period shall be applied to the amounts allowed for the succeeding 

period. Requisitions for such articles not in excess of allowance 
shall include only the difference between the quantity shown to be 
on hand and the quantity allowed in each case. 

(2) Articles not in excess of allowance and articles in excess no t "in* excess 8 ™ 
of allowance shall not be placed on the same requisition. separate requisi- 

(3) Requisitions for articles not in excess of allowance shall 
embrace only articles shown on the allowance list, in quantity 
and kind as allowed. 

(4) Requisitions for articles in excess of allowance shall em- tio ^ g ha { ^"Hn 
brace all articles not on the allowance list or not allowed in the excess. 

kind or quantity desired. All requisitions from receiving ships 
and from ships having no allowance lists shall be treated as for 
articles in excess of allowance. All other requisitions, except for 
supplies required by the supply officer of a ship under " Title X," 
or articles of equipage to replace those condemned by an approved 
survey, of such articles as are shown on the allowance list shall 
be considered as in excess. 

1396. 

(1) All requisitions for supplies or services for a ship at a po s r " J'Vhere 
port where there is no navy yard shall be treated as prescribed there is no navy 

• «.■ 4.-1 y ard * 

in this article. 



424 

(2) When time will permit, and under all ordinary circum- 
stances when in the United States, and on foreign stations when 
the procurement from home of the articles needed will be ad- 
vantageous to the Government, requisitions shall be forwarded 
(original and three copies) to the bureau concerned, for action 
by it and by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(3) When time will not permit, or on foreign stations where 
direct purchase will be to the advantage of the Government, or 
in the case of needed services of little importance as to cost, the 
senior officer present may direct procurement by the fleet, squad- 
ron, or division supply officer, or by the supply officer of the ship 
concerned. 

1397. 

Economy (l) in the procurement and expenditure of stores all officers 
strictly enjoined. 

shall be strictly governed by the established allowances, and exer- 
cise such economy as to make them last for the full time specified, 
and longer if practicable. Only in case of absolute necessity or 
accident will a departure from the allowances be tolerated, and 
requisitions for articles needed to meet such necessities must be 
made out as in excess, bearing certificates stating plainly the facts 
which are deemed sufficient to warrant approval of the requisi- 
tions. 

Equipage. (2) Articles of equipage and unusual articles of supplies for 

which requisition in excess has once been made and been disap- 
proved by the bureau concerned shall not be required for again 
within six months unless the bureau concerned so authorizes 
within six months, and then a reference shoud be made on the 
new requisition to the fact that a previous requisition for the 
same articles has been disapproved. 

1398. 

Duties of com- (1) Excepting when purchase is to be made by the fleet, squad- 
in^ p*p S r o y fng ron > or division supply officer under the direction of the flag officer, 
requisitions. commanding officers have supervisory power over the purchase of 
supplies, and in approving requisitions shall be guided by the 
actual needs of their commands, taking into consideration the 
nature of the service in which they are engaged, the probability 
of being able to obtain the supplies from other ships, and the pos- 
sibility of obtaining them from the United States without too 
great a delay. 

(2) No purchase is in any case to be made by other than a 
supply officer, and no article shall be purchased unless the neces- 
sity for the same is first properly established. All purchases shall 
be made after competition. 



425 

(3) Officers in charge of departments shall keep themselves 
informed of the needs of their respective departments, and shall 
meet such needs by timely requisitions in accordance with article 
1395. 

1399. 

Medical supplies, surgical instruments, and "instruments of Instruments 
precision " shall be selected by officers representing the depart- plies to be se- 

looted 

ments requiring them. 

1400. 

(1) Articles purchased shall be delivered subject to inspection inspection of 
and approval as to quantity and quality by the head of department ties? aSC 
requiring them ; in the case of fresh provisions or stock for the 

ship's store, the officer of the deck or his relief or the junior 
officer of the watch (preferably the former) shall inspect as to 
quantity, and a medical officer as to quality. (Arts, 1159, 1320, 
and 1613.) 

(2) All inspections of supplies shall be made by the officers of 
the ship to which they are delivered. 

(3) Should the decision of an inspecting officer be questioned, 
the commanding officer shall order a board of at least three com- 
petent officers to inspect the supplies. The report of this board, if 
unanimous, shall determine the acceptance or rejection of the sup- 
plies ; if not, the final decision shall rest with the commanding 
officer. 

(4) Each delivery of stores shall be accompanied by a list of 
the articles. 

1401. 

In order to prevent the transportation by Government vessels . Shipment o f 
A stores, 

of articles intended for other than Government use, it is directed 

that no commanding officer of any vessel accept for shipment any 

freight which is not covered by bill of lading issued by the officer 

authorized to make shipment. 

Section 3. — Ships' Stores. 

1402. 

In accordance with the provisions of the act approved May 12, Authorization. 
1908, commanding officers of all naval vessels having a supply 
officer regularly attached are authorized to maintain ships' stores, 
if they deem it advisable, and for this purpose are authorized to 
approve the purchase, under the appropriation " Provisions, Navy," 
of such articles as may be considered necessary or desirable, sub- 
ject to the limitations contained in this section. 



426 



1403. 



Character. Tne following items and no others may be purchased for the 

ship's store under the provisions of the preceding article : 

Belts, money. 
Books, educational. 
Buckets, galvanized. 
Brushes, nail. 
Brushes, shaving. 
Brushes, tooth. 
Cakes. 

Cap ribbons, colored. 
Cards, playing. 
Catsup, tomato. 

Chains (monel metal, for identifica- 
tion tags). 
Chowchow. 
Cigarette papers. 
Cigarettes. 
Cigars. 

Cleaning paste and powder. 
Cold cream. 
Confections. 
Crackers. 
Dentifrices. 
Ear protectors. 
Fruit, fresh. 

Fruit, tinned, individual size. 
Games, checkers and dominos only. 
Gloves, canvas. 

Gloves, white, cotton and lisle. 
Glue, mucilage, or paste. 
Goggles. 

Grape juice, small size. 
Handkerchiefs, bandana. 
Horn bits and mounts. 
Hose supporters. 
Ice cream. 
Ink. 

Jams and jellies, individual size. 
Key rings and chains. 



Laces, shoe. 

Matches, safety. 

Meats, tinned, individual size. 

Mess gear (transfer from N. S. A.), 

Milk, evaporated, individual size. 

Milk, fresh. 

Mirrors. 

Mustard, prepared. 

Oil, lubricating and cleaning. 

Padlocks. 

Pastry. 

Pencils. 

Penholders. 

Pens. 

Pickles, individual size. 

Pipes and cleaners. 

Polish, shoe, black, tan, and white. 

Pork and beans, individual size. 

Post cards. 

Powder, toilet. 

Preserves, individual size. 

Purses, leg. 

Razors. 

Razor blades. 

Razor strops. 

Sardines. 

Shaving cream, powder, and soap. 

Soap. 

Soap boxes. 

Sponges, rubber. 

Stationery. 

Sweat cloths. 

Tobacco. 

Tomatoes, tinned, individual size. 

Vaseline. 

Witch-hazel. 



1404, 



Profits. (1) An act of Congress, approved June 24, 1910, reads in part 

as follows : 

"Provided, That hereafter a profit not to exceed 15 per centum 
may be charged on sales from ships' stores, such profit to be ex- 
pended in the discretion of the Secretary of the Navy, under such 
regulations as he may prescribe, for the amusement, comfort, and 
contentment of the enlisted force, and to be accounted for to the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Navy Department." 

(2) Subject to the provisions of the above act. commanding 
officers of ships in which ships' stores are maintained are au- 



427 

thorized to approve the purchase of such articles or the procure- 
ment of such services as may be considered necessary or desirable 
for the amusement, comfort, and contentment of the enlisted force 
under their respective commands. All profits, less the value of 
loss by survey or from other causes may be expended for the pur- 
pose indicated in this paragraph. • 

Section 4. — Clothing and Small Stokes. 

1405. 

Clothing and small stores shall be issued every week day issues of cMh^ 
(except for five days prior to the issue of monthly money), at stores, how made, 
such hour as may be directed in writing by the commanding officer. 
Sales of clothing and small stores for cash will not be made except 
in commissary stores ashore or by special authority of the Bureau 
of Supplies and Accounts. 

1406. 

(1) For issues of clothing and small stores to supernumeraries issues to super- 
entitled to pay, invoices of the articles shall be sent to the officer m,meraries - 
having the accounts, together with the original receipts of the 

men and requisitions for all issues covered thereby. An officer 
shall witness these issues to supernumeraries and sign the receipt 
as such. 

(2) Any officer of the Supply Corps may, when necessary, issue To torpedo 
clothing and small stores to the crews of torpedo craft or other cra " 
vessels having no supply officer on board, and such issues shall 

be treated as prescribed in paragraph 1 of this article when the 
officer making the issue is not the one having the accounts of such 
men. 

Section 5. — Rations. 

1407. 

If any of the crew object to the quality of the provisions issued Provision* al- 

«.'■«: i a* ' -4. : ii *. t* • le & ed t0 be unflt 

to them, the supply officer shall at once request a survey. If, in f 0r issue. 

the judgment of the surveying officer, the provisions are of proper 

quality, they shall be issued, notwithstanding objections, unless 

the commanding officer shall direct otherwise. If, however, the 

provisions are not approved, others of a better quality shall, if on 

board, be at once issued in their stead. 

1408. 

Such provisions as in the opinion of the supply officer can issues to offl- 
be spared from the supply on board, without unduly reducing the cers ' messes - 



428 

quantities for regular issue, may, with the approval of the com- 
manding officer, be sold to officers' ;md other messes at their 
average cost price, to be delivered only at the regular times and 
places of issue; but no person or mess shall be permitted to pur- 
chase a full allowance of any article while the crew is on short 
allowance thereof. 

1409. 

The ration de- The ration is not a part of the pay, but is a limited allowance 
by the Government, under certain conditions defined by law. Com- 
mutation of rations by the enlisted men is not a right, but an 
allowance granted only by executive authority. 

1410. 

Commutation (1) Rations stopped for enlisted men of the Navy and Marine 
ing actual time Corps shall be commuted for the actual period of time during 
not diawn. which they are not drawn. 

(2) The number of rations to be commuted for chief petty 
officers' mess and for men of the messman branch is left to the 
discretion of the commanding officer ; but no enlisted man shall 
be allowed to commute his ration and subsist himself without 
special authority from the Bureau of Navigation. 

(3) Provisions issued to messes composed of men whose rations 
are commuted shall in all cases be treated as provisions sold to 
messes for cash. 

1411. 

Subsistence of (i) The subsistence of the crew of a vessel not carrying a sup- 
crews oi vessels 

not carrying ply officer shall be in direct charge of the commanding officer, who 
supp y o cers. s j iall p r0 cure the necessary provisions from supply officers ashore 
and afloat, from dealers having monthly and quarterly contracts 
or by purchase in the open market, but by the latter method only 
when necessary provisions are not procurable from the other 
sources mentioned. Only articles authorized by the Bureau of 
Supplies and Accounts will be purchased under contract or in the 
open market. Commanding officers shall keep a record of all pro- 
visions received and expended and, at the end of each month and 
when relieved, shall render a ration record to the Bureau of Sup- 
plies and Accounts on the prescribed form in accordance with the 
instructions thereon. 

(2) Expenditures of provisions for the crews of such vessels 
shall be regarded as overissues within the meaning of the ration 
law, and the total value thereof shall not exceed an amount found 
by multiplying the total number of rations of men actually sub- 
sisted during the period of such expenditures by the authorized 
ration allowance. 



429 

(3) The value of any unused allowance may be carried forward 
as additional allowance during the succeeding monoh or months 
of the same quarter, but no unused allowance or savings will be 
carried forward from one quarter to another, any unused allow- 
ance existing at the end of a quarter reverting to the Government. 

(4) Commanding officers will be held personally accountable for 
any issues in excess of the allowance and whenever in any quarter 
the prescribed allowance has been exceeded commanding officers 
will make a special report to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts 
giving in detail the reasons for the overexpenditure. 

(5) Provisions procured from dealers shall be paid for on public 
bill by the supply officer receiving the dealers' bills from com- 
manding officers. A copy of each such public bill will be for- 
warded immediately to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
These copies of public bills will show the place and date of the 
receipt of the articles, which information is obtained from the 
commanding officer's certificate on the dealer's bills. 

1412. 

Honorably discharged men electing homes on board receiving ho ]J e e s n n le b c ( f in ? 
ships are entitled to one ration per day for a period of four months receiving ships. 
from the date of discharge. This ration can not be commuted. 

1413. 

The supply officer shall be promptly notified when men are sent Rations of ai>- 
to a hospital for treatment, or when absent from their ship or sta- J t oJp e j e 8 to be 
tion with or without leave. In all cases the issue of rations or 
commutation therefor shall cease during such absence. 

1414. 

Merchant vessels in distress or needing supplies may be fur- Supplies fur- 
nished with such as can be spared, but receipts in triplicate shall ™ h 8 a h n e t (1 ves^eisTin 
be taken, the original of which shall be retained by the officer from distress, 
whose department the stores have been furnished, and the dupli- 
cate and triplicate forwarded by different conveyances to the Bu- 
reau of Supplies and Accounts. Cash payments may be received, 
if practicable, and accounted for by the supply officer ; if otherwise, 
a bill of exchange shall be obtained, to be drawn by the master on 
the owners, payable to the order of the Secretary of the Navy, and 
its first and second forwarded by different conveyances ; the ad- 
dress of the owner shall be stated, and the value of the supplies 
calculated at the average price. In the case of clothing and small 
stores the prices establishc 1 by general order shall be charged. In 
cases of extreme distress gratuitous assistance may be furnished. 



430 

1415. 

Destitute Destitute American seamen received on board are supermi- 
men. meraries not entitled to pay and rations. Issues made to them 

shall be upon the written order of the commanding officer, which, 
with the invoices of articles issued, shall be sent to the Bureau of 
Supplies and Accounts, and separate entries made on the quarterly 
provision return for the adjustment of appropriations. The name 
of the vessel to which the men belong, and, if taken on board at 
the request of a United States consul, the name and station of the 
latter, shall be stated in the order and in the invoice. 

1416. 

.| ll PP] ie | fu . r - Such stores as can be spared may, when requested, be issued 

nished to foreign 

ships of war. upon the written order of the commanding officer to a foreign ship 

of war; receipts in triplicate from the commander thereof being- 
taken and forwarded as directed in article 1414. 



CHAPTER 39. 



QUARTERS AND MESSES OF OFFICERS ON BOARD SHIP. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1426-1434. Officers' quarters. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 1435-1441. Officers' messes. 



Section 1. — Officers' Quarters. 
1426. 



(1) When no flag officer is embarked in a ship having two cabins Quarters of 

comi 
cer. 



the commanding officer of the ship may occupy either cabin 



1427. 

(1) A chief of staff other than the commanding officer of a flag- Quarters of 
ship shall be provided for in the quarters of the flag officer. 

(2) The commanding officer of the ship shall not be required to Flagship with 
share his accommodations with a chief of staff. If there is but 8 ng e ca 

one cabin available for the flag officer, the commanding officer of 
the ship, and the chief of staff, they shall occupy it jointly, and 
the choice of accommodation shall be in the order named. 

1428. 

All commissioned officers not in command, above the rank of Wardroom of- 
ensign, shall be wardroom officers. Ensigns assigned to duty as 
watch and division officers, either on deck or in the engineer 
department, shall also be wardroom officers. 

1429. 

(1) When the wardroom staterooms are arranged symmetri- staterooms for 
cally on both sides of the ship, the forward room on the starboard ^rs. m 

side shall be occupied by the executive officer and the next three 
rooms by the gunnery officer, navigating officer, and first lieuten- 
ant, in the order named. All other rooms on the starboard side 
shall be occupied by line officers not detailed for engineering 
duties, in the order of rank. 

(431) 



432 

(2) On the port side the forward room shall be occupied by the 
engineer officer of the ship, the second by the supply officer of the 
ship, the third by the medical officer of the ship, the fourth by the 
marine officer of the ship (if there be one), the fifth by the chap- 
lain (if there be one), and the others by the remaining staff offi- 
cers, marine officers, and line officers detailed for engineering 
duties, entitled to quarters in the wardroom, in the order of their 
rank. 

(3) Spare rooms shall be assigned by the commanding officer, 
and in making such assignments he shall give preference to officers 
who keep a watch, either on deck or in the engineer department. 

(4) In ships having staterooms arranged otherwise than as 
above mentioned, a plan of assignment of quarters will be supplied 
from the department before the ship is commissioned. 

(5) When not actually needed for a chief of staff, the quarters 
for such officer, when not within the cabin limits, may be occupied 
by the executive officer. 

1430. 



Staff may be A flag officer may assign quarters in his own cabin to any mem- 
accommodated in ber Qf hig gtaff? and whne g0 accoirim odated he shall mess with the 

flag officer and have no title to quarters elsewhere. 

1431. 

Junior officers. Ensigns not watch and division officers, second lieutenants in the 
Marine Corps not in command of detachments, and officers of the 
Supply Corps having the rank of ensign and not regularly assigned 
to duty as supply officer of the ship are junior officers and shall 
occupy the junior officers' quarters. 

1432. 

Other officers. Each commissioned warrant officer and warrant officer shall 
have a room forward of the junior officers' quarters if there be 
sufficient space, or elsewhere as may be provided in the design of 
the ship. If necessary, two of them shall occupy one room jointly. 
The rooms shall be occupied as designated by the department. 

1433. 

Passengers. No officer embarked as a passenger shall be entitled to a state- 

room to the exclusion of an officer belonging to the complement of 
the ship. 

1434. 

Storerooms not No storeroom or office shall be used for a sleeping apartment ex- 
other purposes .* ce I )t Dy authority of the department, nor shall any such room be 



i 



433 

used for any other purpose than the public service for which it is 
allotted, unless in cases of emergency, in which case the emer- 
gency and consequent changes shall be immediately reported to the 
department. 

Section 2. — Officers' Messes. 
1435. 

(1) Officers shall mess in the apartments assigned therefor, ex- Messing of of- 
cept as hereinafter provided. Separate messes shall not be formed 

in the same apartment, nor shall meals be taken in rooms or 
other places than at the regular mess table, except in case of sick- 
ness. 

(2) The commanding officer and other officers attached to a re- Becelvlngship. 
ceiving ship shall live and mess on board unless specially exempted 

by the Secretary of the Navy- 

1436. 

Cabin officers in ships with two cabins may form one mess if Cabln messes, 
they desire. A flag officer may have any of his staff in his mess. 

1437. 

Officers embarked as passengers shall mess in the apartment to Officers as pas- 

sengers. 
which they would belong if attached to the ship. 

1438. 

(1) In all officers' messes the senior line officer present in line„ Senior line of- 
v * fleer to preside. 

of succession to the command shall preside and have the power to 

preserve order. (Art. 81.) 

(2) When no line officer in succession to the command is pres- 
ent, the senior officer present, whether of the staff or of the Ma- 
rine Corps, shall preside. 

(3) The officers of the mess shall be assigned permanent seats 
at the mess tables alternately, in the order of rank, to the right 
and left of the presiding officer, except that the seat opposite that 
of the presiding officer shall be occupied by the mess treasurer. 

1439. 



(1) Each officers' mess shall elect a mess treasurer, who shall Mess treasurer, 
have charge of all matters relating to the service and expenditure 
of the mess. All officers of a mess are eligible to election as mess 
treasurer, and if elected shall so serve; but no officer shall be re 
quired to serve more than two months consecutively. 



434 

Mess tr.-as- (2) The nress treasurer shall keep an account of all receipts and 

urcr's accounts. „ 

expenditures, from which an abstract of the financial condition 

of the mess may at any time be ascertained. At the close of each 
month he shall render to the mess a statement of the accounts of 
the mess, showing in detail all sums owed to or by the mess and 
the names of the persons by or to whom owed, his receipts and ex- 
penditures, and contracts entered into for future delivery of sup- 
plies. The books of the mess shall be produced whenever called 
for by the commanding or executive officer. 

(3) He shall incur no indebtedness which can not be discharged 
by the funds appropriated for the mess, and he shall see that all 
bills are paid before leaving port. If, however, from the unex- 
pected sailing of the ship, or from circumstances beyond his con- 
trol, he is forced to leave any bills unpaid, he shall report the num- 
ber and amount to the commanding officer, who will take all meas- 
ures to have them paid as soon as possible. 

(4) He shall detail mess attendants for duty within the mess, 
subject in permanent details to confirmation by the executive 
officer. 

Auditing mess (5) The mess treasurer's accounts shall be audited monthly by a 

*icconiits 

board composed of three officers designated by the commanding 
officer. The auditing board shall, after examining the accounts 
and satisfying itself as to their condition, certify them by signa- 
ture with such comment as may be desirable and then submit 
them to the commanding officer by the tenth of the monrh. If the 
condition of the mess, as shown by the mess treasurer's accounts 
or the report of the board, be unsatisfactory in any respect, the 
commanding officer shall take appropriate action or, if necessary, 
report the matter to higher authority. The board appointed to 
audit the accounts of the last month of any quarter shall take 
an inventory of the stock of the mess and include a statement 
thereof in its report to the commanding officer. 
Before pro- (6) When a vessel is in a United States port and preparing to 
cee mg on cruise. p rocee( j on a cru i se the commanding officer may sanction supplies 
for officers' messes being received on board, at the risk of the 
dealers, to be paid for as consumed in not less than quarterly 
installments; provided the dealer shall agree thereto in writing. 
A statement of all agreements so made and the payments thereon 
shall be included in the mess treasurer's accounts each month until 
the obligation is fully discharged. 

(7) Neither the steward nor any other person shall, without 
written authority from the mess treasurer, be permitted to incur 
indebtedness on shore in the name of the mess. 

1440. 

Mess bills. (1) Every officer attached to a seagoing ship shall pay monthly, 

in advance, the full amount of the mess bill to the mess treasurer ; 



435 



and no officer shall be excused from such payment except as pro- 
vided in the succeeding paragraphs of this article. 

(2) An officer ordered on detached duty or sent to a hospital 
shall be entitled to a rebate of the full amount of his mess bill 
for the period of his absence. An officer ordered temporarily to 
duty away from the ship to which he is attached, so that he does 
not avail himself of the privileges of the mess during such 
absence, is " ordered on detached duty " within the meaning of 
this paragraph, even though such duty should be "in addition to 
his present duty." 

(3) An officer granted leave of absence for more than ten days, 
including travel time, shall be entitled to a rebate of one-half 
the amount of his mess bill for the period of his actual absence; 
but no such rebate shall be allowed for a period of actual absence 
of ten days or less. 

1441. 



Officers' messes shall be held to a strict accountability for the 
mess outfits of china, glass, plated tableware, towels, and linen. 
The wardroom, junior, and warrant officers' messes may decline 
the whole or any part of such outfits. 



Mess outfits. 



CHAPTER 40. 



QUARANTINE, PILOTAGE, CONVOY, TRANSPORTATION ABOARD 
GOVERNMENT VESSELS, AND THE AMERICAN NATIONAL 
RED CROSS. 

Sec. 1.— Art. 1451-1453. Quarantine. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1454. Pilotage. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1455-1457. Transportation aboard Government vessels. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1458-1460. Transportation services. 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1461-1467. Convoy of Army transports. 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1470. The American National Red Cross. 



Section 1. — Quarantine. 
1451. 

(1) Commanding officers of ships shall, on entering a port,. Regulations to 

. , . , be complied with. 

foreign or domestic, comply strictly with all its quarantine regu- Facilities fur 
lations. &•>«» »*""• 

(2) They shall, whether liable to quarantine or not, afford 
every facility to visiting health officers, and give all the informa- 
tion the latter may require. 

(3) Should doubt exist as to the regulations of the port, no t Y [ ho » doub< 

exists as to quar- 

communication shall be held with the shore, with boats, or with ant ine reguia- 
other ships, until a sufficient time has elapsed to allow of the visit tlons * 



of the health officer. 



1452. 



(1) Should a naval vessel arrive in port with a quarantinable . , Dut i y of , c , ap " 

x ■ tain when Infec- 

disease on board, or should such disease break out while lying in tious disease ex- 
ists 

port, the fact shall be at once reported to the commander in chief 
or senior officer present. The commanding officer shall hoist the 
quarantine flag and prevent all communication likely to spread 
the disease elsewhere until pratique is received. 

(2) In order to check the spread of such disease on board ship, 
he shall arrange with the authorities of the port for the care and 
treatment of patients on shore or on board a hulk. 

(3) If at sea in company with other ships and a quarantinable 
disease exists or appears on board, he shall keep the quarantine 

183841°— 20 29 (437) 



438 

flag flying as long as the disease lasts and shall do all in his 
power to prevent dissemination. 

1453. 

Caution in re- (1) In boarding arriving vessels, care shall be taken not to vio- 
vesseis. late the rules of the port, and in case they are subject to quaran- 

tine, the boarding officer shall, if possible, obtain the information 
required without going alongside. 
B°* rdin ? Tes - (2) Vessels at sea coming from a suspected port not having a 
clean bill of health, or otherwise liable to quarantine, shall not be 
boarded unless it be absolutely necessary, and the fact of such 
communication, when it occurs, shall be reported on arrival in port 
to the health officer. 
No conceal- (3) n concealment shall be made of any circumstances that 

ment of facts. . 

may subject a ship of the Navy to quarantine. 
Section 2. — Pilotage. 
1454. 
Employment (i) Commanding officers of ships may employ pilots whenever 

of pilots. 

in their judgment such employment is necessary. (Art. R. 881.) 

(2) When pilots are employed they shall not be called on board 
until the ship is ready to proceed to sea ; nor, when coming from 
sea, shall they be kept on board after the ship bas reached her 
destination, 
to^enfpioyeo? (%) Preference shall be given to licensed pilots and they shall 
not be paid more than local rates. 
Coast pilots. (4) c oas t pilots shall not be employed except by special au- 
thority from the Bureau of Navigation, and when employed shall 
not be paid local pilotage. 
Pilot does not (5) A pilot is considered merely as an adviser to the command- 
ficer? e f r om r<> in g officer, and his presence on board a naval vessel shall not re- 
sponsibility, lieve the commanding officer, or any of his subordinates, from 
full responsibility for the proper performance of the duties with 
which they, or any of them, may be charged concerning the naviga- 
tion and handling of the ship. 

Section 3. — Transportation Aboard Government Vessels. 

1455. 

(1) General officers of the Army, when ordered to take pas- 
sage, without troops, in a ship of the Navy, shall be accommo- 
dated in the quarters of the flag officer, if one be embarked in 
the same ship ; otherwise, general officers and all field officers by 



, 



439 

commission when taking passage without troops and when of, 
or above, the rank of the commanding officer, shall be accommo- 
dated with the commanding officer. Other commissioned officers 
of the Army shall be accommodated with the wardroom or junior 
officers, according to rank. This quartering shall not interfere 
with the sleeping apartments of the officers of the ship. 

(2) When officers of the Army are embarked with troops in a 
ship commanded and officered by officers of the Navy, the latter 
shall occupy the apartments allotted to them, and separate ac- 
commodations shall be provided for the use of the officers of the 
Army and those under their command. The officers of the Army 
shall mess together, and not with the officers of the Navy, unless 
otherwise agreed upon with the sanction of the commanding 
officer of the ship and commanding officer of the troops. 

(3) Officers and enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps em- 
barked on board United States Army transports will at all times 
wear uniforms. The uniform to be worn will be prescribed by the 
senior naval line officer or marine line officer embarked, as the 
case may be, and will, as far as practicable, correspond to the 
uniform prescribed by the commanding officer of troops for the 
troops embarked. 

1456. 

(1) The commanding officer of a ship of the Navy shall have 
full power, on his own authority, to order an offender, whether 
officer or soldier, to be placed in either naval or military custody 
as he shall consider most desirable; but in all cases where 
an offender is to be disembarked for trial by military authority, 
he shall be placed in military custody on board the ship. 

(2) Enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps, while being 
transported on an Army transport, shall be subject to and obey 
the United States Army Transport Service Regulations, and shall 
be liable to their proportionate share of police and guard duty 
whenever the commanding officer of troops on board the transport 
shall deem it advisable to divide those duties between the enlisted 
men of the Army and those of the Navy or Marine Corps on 
board. Enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps may also be 
called upon, but only when, in the judgment of said commanding 
officer, there is an emergency, to perform such duty as their 
special knowledge and skill may enable them to perform. 

(3) Enlisted men of the Army, while being transported on a 
naval vessel, shall be subject to and obey the regulations of the 
ship, and shall be liable to their proportionate share of police and 
guard duty whenever the commanding officer of the ship shall 
deem it advisable to divide those duties between the enlisted men 



440 

of the Navy and those of the Army on board. Enlisted men of the 
Army may also be called upon, but only when, in the judgment of 
said commanding officer, there is an emergency, to perform such 
duties as their special knowledge and skill may enable them to 
perform. 

(4) All orders to enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps 
on board an Army transport, or to enlisted men of the Army on 
board a naval vessel, shall, as far as practicable, be given through 
their respective officers, noncommissioned, or petty officers. 

1457. 

(1) The senior medical officer of the military forces upon em- 
barkation and debarkation shall submit to the commanding and 
senior medical officer of the ship a statement to the effect that the 
command is clean, harbors no communicable diseases, and all 
individuals have been vaccinated against smallpox and typhoid 
fever. He will provide against the embarkation of infected per- 
sons and property. 

(2) The ship's sick bay shall be under the control of the senior 
medical officer attached to the ship who is responsible for the 
care and use of the hospital equipment and property and for the 
care and treatment of the sick and injured of the crew, casual 
passengers, and for Army sick transferred to the sick bay for 
treatment. The senior medical officer of the ship will hold sick 
call for troops if Army medical officers do not accompany the 
contingent. Sick call for the troops will be held by Army medical 
officers when attached thereto. Patients requiring rest in bed or 
hospital treatment will be transferred to the ship's sick bay and 
to the care of the senior medical officer of the ship. When neces- 
sary Army medical department personnel may be required by 
the commanding officers of the ship to aid the senior medical 
officer of the ship to care for the sick. 

(3) When directed by the commanding officer the senior medical 
officer attached to the ship shall make such sanitary inspections 
of the ship and personnel as may be considered necessary and 
shall take appropriate action to prevent the spread of communi- 
cable disease. 

Section 4. — Transportation Services. 

1458. 

(1) All matters relating to the commandeering, chartering, 
taking over, fitting out, manning, equipping, loading (except as 
provided for in article 1461 (6)), sailing, routing, movements, 
and maintenance of ships of all kinds for the Transportation 



441 

Services of the United States Navy, including transports or other 
vessels operating under the authority of the Navy Department, 
shall be controlled by the Navy, including engaging of officers and 
crew, the providing of rules for their government, their interior 
discipline and administration, and the prescribing of regulations 
for the security and defense of the vessel and the safety of all 
persons on board, both at sea and in port, regardless of the 
character of the personnel or character or ownership of the 
animals, equipment, or supplies to be transported, except as 
specifically provided elsewhere in these regulations. 

(2) Vessels of the Transportation Services of the United States 
Navy are those included in the fleet train, in Fleet Transporta- 
tion Service, and the Naval Transportation Service. During peace 
a fleet train comprises all store, repair and hospital ships, all 
transports and other similar vessels operating under a com- 
mander in chief. During war, vessels of these types operating 
under the commander in chief will form the fleet train and the 
Fleet Transportation Service; the fleet train comprising those 
vessels operating within the advanced area, and the Fleet Trans- 
portation Service those vessels operating within the fleet trans- 
portation area. The Naval Transportation Service comprises all 
store, fuel, and hospital ships, all transports and similar vessels 
operating under the Director of Naval Transportation Service; 
and the operations of this service in a theater of war shall be 
limited to the naval transportation zone. 

(3) Vessels of the Transportation Services will be governed by 
the laws of the United States, United States Navy Regulations 
and by special instructions issued by the Navy Department, or the 
commander in chief under authority of the Navy Department. 
All matters coming under the cognizance of* the various bureaus 
and offices shall be referred 1<> the bureaus or offices concerned 
for action. 

1459. 

(1) When officers of the Army, detachments of troops with 
equipment and stores, or Army animals, equipment and stores, 
are embarked in a naval vessel for transportation, the officers and 
troops shall be quartered and property s owed as directed by the 
commanding officer of such naval vessel, after consultation with 
the Army officer commanding the troops, or the quartermaster in 
charge of the property, as the case may be. 

(2) Similarly, when officers of the Navy and Marine Corps, or 
enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps, or Naval and Marine 
Corps property are embarked in Army transports for transporta- 
tion, the officers and enlisted men shall be quartered, and the 
property stowed as directed by the properly constituted Army 
officer on board, after consultation with the naval officer or 



442 

marine officer commanding the detachment or in charge of said 
property. 

(3) Officers of the Army, Navy, and Marine Corps who embark 
for passage in vessels operated by the Army, or by the Navy, 
shall be quartered and messed in accordance with their seniority 
in rank, but they shall not displace the officers regularly attached 
to the vessel as part of the complement. Similarly, enlisted men 
shall be messed and quartered in accordance with their ratings 
or ranks in so far as their assignment in units makes this pro- 
cedure suitable. 

1460. 

( 1 ) When troops of the Army are to be accommodated on board 
of naval transports, a joint inspection shall be held, prior to the 
first voyage of the transport designated to embark the troops, 
by the commanding officer of the ship or his representative, and 
the commanding general at the port of embarkation or his duly 
constituted representative. This inspection is to acquaint the 
Army authorities with the nature of the provisions which have 
been made to accommodate troops and to insure that these accom- 
modations are sufficient and suitable under the circumstances for 
the troops which it is proposed to embark. 

(2) After the above preliminary inspection, no further formal 
inspection by the Army authorities in port is considered necessary 
or desirable. 

(3) The commanding officer of a naval transport carrying Army 
troops shall, during the voyage, request the commanding officer of 
troops to inspect the accommodations and arrangements which 
have been provided for his troops, and shall request the com- 
manding officer of troops prior to disembarkation at the end of 
the voyage, to submit suggestions as to alterations and deficiencies 
which he may consider necessary or desirable. 

Section 5 — Convoys of Army Transports. 
1461. 

(1) Whenever it becomes necessary to fit out and assemble con- 
voys of Army transports for oversea transportation, the Navy 
Department may designate an officer of commensurate rank, and 
so inform the War Department, to have general supervision and 
direction of the inspection, preparation for service, and operation 
of such transports in the particulars enumerated in these regula- 
tions for a naval convoy commander. 

(2) When an oversea expedition including Army transports, 
forming a naval convoy, has been decided upon, the Navy Depart- 
ment shall appoint an officer of suitable rank as convoy com- 
mander and shall supply the War Department with full partial- 



443 

lars as to painting, installing additional lookout stations, changes 
in rig or in equipment required to insure the safety of such vessel 
and the lives of the persons on board; the armament and fire- 
control system to be installed; and the commissioned naval per- 
sonnel and the number and ratings of the enlisted personnel to 
be embarked as gun's crews, bridge force, and communication 
force, in order that suitable accommodations may be provided for 
them. 

(3) The naval convoy commander shall be furnished full in- 
formation concerning the strength of the expedition and its pro- 
posed objectives. The Army authorities shall afford him ade- 
quate facilities for inspecting the transports as they assemble 
for the purpose of ascertaining whether they are properly armed 
and equipped for safety and defense ; supplied with the necessary 
communication systems for handling naval guns and for receiving 
reports from properly placed and equipped lookout stations; 
fitted with ground tackle, boats, life rafts, life preservers, lines, 
and all equipment necessary for the proper management and con- 
trol of the convoy while in transit, or while disembarking men, 
animals, and equipment, under the conditions which will probably 
be met ; and whether the accommodations provided for the naval 
personnel are suitable. The naval convoy commander shall call 
the attention of the Army commander to defects or deficiencies 
with respect to such matters, and the Army commander shall use 
every effort to remedy such defects or deficiencies in accordance 
with the judgment of the naval convoy commander. The naval 
convoy commander shall render all possible assistance with the 
resources at his disposal. In the event that it is found impracti- 
cable to remedy the defects or supply the deficiencies which, in 
the opinion of the naval convoy commander, if allowed to con- 
tinue, will threaten the safety of the convoy or jeopardize the 
safety of the expedition, the matter shall be reported immediately 
to their respective departments by the Army commander and 
naval convoy commander. 

(4) The Navy shall install in each designated transport a 
suitable battery and an elficient fire control and lookout system, 
and provide glasses for lookouts and full bridge equipment for 
making signals by day and night. 

(5) All matters relating to the purchase, charter, fitting out, 
equipping, and maintenance of Army transports, or other vessels 
operating as transports under the control of the War Department, 
engaging their officers and crews and providing rules for their 
government, their interior discipline and administration, shall be 
controlled by the Army, except that all regulations concerning the 
security and defenses of the vessel and the safety of all persons 
on board, both at sea and in port, shall be prescribed by the 
Navy. 



M4 

(6) All matters relating to the loading of vessels employed as 
transports for the transportation of Army personnel, animals, or 
stores, whether such vessels are operated by the War or Navy 
Department, shall be under the charge of the Army. The quota 
of troops or cargo to be assigned to each vessel within the limits 
of her capacity, and the order in which the cargo shall be stowed 
shall be decided upon by the Army, after consultation with the 
convoy commander or his representative in order that the stability 
of the ship shall not be endangered in loading. Ammunition for 
ships' batteries shall be loaded by the Navy after consultation 
with the proper Army authority. 

1462. 

(1) An officer, if practicable, not below the rank of lieutenant 
commander in the Navy, and two other experienced officers, to- 
gether with a suitable number of quartermasters, signal men, 
extra lookouts, radio operators, and a full gun's crew for each 
gun, shall be detailed to each designated Army transport by the 
Navy Department. 

(2) Quarters for the naval officer representing the naval con- 
voy commander and his assistants, assigned to an Army trans- 
port for duty, shall be provided with a view to the duties they 
are to perform in the control of the ship and her defense. The 
quarters for the senior naval officer shall be in close proximity 
to the navigating bridge, and shall be assigned irrespective of 
rank. The quarters for the naval officers detailed as assistants 
to the senior naval officer shall be in close proximity to their 
battery stations, and shall be assigned irrespective of rank. 

(3) The commanding officer of troops, the quartermaster, the 
quartermaster's agent on board, or the master of the vessel, as 
the case may be, shall make the necessary assignments of quar- 
ters and storage spaces for the use of the Daval guard, their 
clothing, and the equipment and stores for operating the battery. 
Similarly, the naval contingent of enlisted men whose duties are 
on the bridge, in the radio room, or at the battery, shall be 
quartered with a view to the duties they are to perform in the 
navigation and defense of the ship. 

146;?. 

(1) The Army commander shall be embarked in the flagship of 
the naval convoy commander if practicable. If not practicable, 
the transport of the Army commander shall be placed in formation 
near the flagship ; and in this case the senior naval officer assigned 
to transports should be embarked with the Army commander, and 
an Army officer to represent the Army commander should be em- 
barked in the flagship of the naval convoy commander. 



i 



445 

1464. 

(1) When the destination and approximate data of sailing, as 
decided upon by the War and Navy Departments, have been com- 
municated to the naval convoy commander by the Navy Depart- 
ment, the naval convoy commander shall issue the order as to 
the destination and the time of sailing, after the Army com- 
mander has stated to him that he is ready to sail. The orders of 
the convoy commander shall be immediately communicated to the 
Army commander. Should circumstances arise after sailing which 
render change in plan or destination necessary or desirable for 
the saftey of the expedition, at sea and in disembarking, which 
change it is not practicable to refer to high authority, the naval 
convoy commander shall, after consulting with the Army com- 
mander, decide as to such change. 

(2) In making np a convoy, with Army transports or groups of 
Army transports fitting out in different ports, the senior naval 
officer present at any port ordered to duty with a transport of the 
convoy, shall, under the direction of the naval convoy commander 
or his representative, have the duties and responsibilities in fitting 
out prescribed for the naval convoy commander in article 1461. 

(3) As soon as an Army transport is loaded and ready to pro- 
ceed under naval convoy the competent Army authority shall so 
notify the senior naval officer present on duty with the convoy. 
After this notification has been communicated to the senior naval 
officer on board a transport, his authority over her movements and 
his responsibility for her safety and defense shall begin when 
she leaves the dock or completes her loading in the stream. 

(4) In accordance with the instructions of the naval convoy 
commander, in making up a convoy or part of a convoy in any 
port, the senior naval officer present on duty with the convoy shall 
prescribe anchorages in the harbor and the time and order of 
getting under way, arrange for necessary pilotage out of harbor 
and through mine fields and obstructions, determine the order 
of the formation of ships in following mine sweepers, and. con- 
duct the transports to the rendezvous decided upon by the naval 
convoy commander. 

140 5. 

(1) The naval convoy commander shall have control of all 
movements of the convoy and shall prescribe all orders of sailing 
and formation. He shall make provision for emergencies, such 
as an attack by an enemy or a dispersion of the convoy due to 
weather or other circumstances. 

(2) The naval convoy commander shall assure himself that his 
subordinates placed on the transports are familiar with his dis- 
positions and plans. 



446 

(3) Should the transports become separated the senior naval 
officer present and on duty shall take charge of the convoy and 
control its movements in accordance with the plans of the convoy 
commander. 

1466. 

(1) The senior naval officer attached to a transport shall, under 
the authority of the convoy commander, at all times, both at sea 
and in port, after the competent Army authority has reported the 
transport loaded and ready to proceed, have complete command 
of the transport in all matters relating to speed, course, maneuver- 
ing, anchorage, and the defense of the vessel, and complete control 
over all signaling and radio. He shall act in accordance with the 
instructions issued to him by the convoy commander. He may 
call upon the commanding officer of troops for officers and men for 
any duty connected with the security and defense of the vessel 
or her personnel. The commander of troops shall detail officers 
and men in the numbers requested, and the officers and men so 
detailed shall perform the duties for which their services are 
requested under the direction of the senior naval officer on hoard. 

(2) In case no troops are embarked in a transport under convoy 
the senior naval officer on board may call upon the Army quarter- 
master or the master of the vessel for the detail of men as addi- 
tional lookouts, to assist in the supply of ammunition to the 
battery, or for any other duty connected with the safety of the 
vessel or her personnel ; and the men shall be detailed in the 
numbers required and shall perform the duties for which their 
services are requested under the direction of the senior naval 
officer on board. 

(3) The senior naval officer on board shall be responsible for 
the sufficiency and the character of the exercises of the passengers 
and crew of the transport at fire quarters, abandon ship, general 
quarters, and darken ship. He shall direct such changes from 
the established procedure on board in these evolutions as are 
necessary to meet war conditions, such as fire in action and aban- 
doning ship as the result of injuries received in action. 

(4) The senior naval officer, should it become necessary to 
abandon ship, shall direct the movements of the boats, and, after 
consultation with the officer cammanding troops and the master 
of the transport, shall take such further measures as may be 
necessary to insure their safety. 

(5) The master and officers of the vessels shall perform their 
navigation and watch duties affecting her speed and movements 
under the direction of the senior naval officer on board, and 
should there be any opposition to or interference with his au- 
thority in any way, the senior naval officer may call upon the 
commanding officer of troops who shall then take such steps with 



447 

the force under his command as may be necessary to enforce the 
authority of the senior naval officer. 

(6) The senior naval officer on board shall censor the entries 
in the log, ship's papers, reports, and other documents wherein 
might be mentioned routes, positions, and rendezvous. 

(7) The authority of the senior naval officer on board shall 
be limited to those matters above enumerated. 

1467. 

(1) Dispositions for landing. — The time and place of landing 
shall be determined by the naval convoy commander, after con- 
sultation with the Army commander. The order of landing shall 
be determined by the Army commander after consultation with the 
naval convoy commander. After the order of landing has been made 
known to him the naval convoy commander shall control the 
placing of transports for disembarking troops and material, the 
loading and unloading of boats, and the beach or landing places 
used for disembarkation. The naval convoy commander shall 
take the necessary precautions with the means at his disposal to 
insure the safety of transports, troops, and material in unloading ; 
and he shall control the withdrawal of transports when discharged ; 
and take whatever measures may be further required for their 
safety. 

(2) If the landing is opposed, the naval convoy commander 
shall cooperate fully with the Army commander to insure the 
safety of the disembarkation ; and he shall further render the 
greatest assistance practicable with the sole object of insuring 
to the utmost the plan of campaign of the Army commander. 

Section 0. — The American National Red Cross. 
1470. 

(1) The American National Red Cross having been authorized Authorized bj 

Con (Tress 

by an act of Congress (approved Apr. 24, 1912) to render aid 
to the land and naval forces in time of actual or threatened war, 
the following regulations governing the status, organization, and 
operations of the Red Cross when employed with the naval forces, 
having received the approval of the President of the United States, 
are issued for the information and guidance of all concerned. 

(2) Organized Red Cross units, if accepted for service with the Enrollment, 
naval forces, will be enrolled as members of the Naval Reserve 

Force and will constitute a part of the medical department of the 
Navy. 

(3) When the Navy Department desires the use of the services Procedure to 
of the Red Cross in time of war or when war Is imminent, the J^y,"**- wIth 
Secretary of the Navy will communicate with the chairman of the 



448 

Red Cross, specifying the character of the services required and 
designating the place or places where the personnel and materiel 
may be assembled. 

Qualification. (4.) -$ individuals of the American Red Cross will be enrolled 
in the medical department of the Naval Reserve Force, until found 
physically and professionally qualified, by a board of medical 
officers, for the performance of the service expected of them. 

Responsibility (5) Separate establishments, maintained by the American Red 
offieeVs! me ca Cross, receiving naval patients shall have detailed thereto a naval 
medical officer, who will keep the health records of the naval 
patients and see that these patients are returned to naval jurisdic- 
tion when convalescent or fit for duty. This officer will not be 
responsible in any way for the administration of the institution. 

Personnel. (g) r^jjg j^ e( j Cross may be called upon in time of war, or when 

war is impending, for the following classes of personnel : 

(1) Physicians, surgeons, and dental surgeons. 

(2) Pharmacists. 

(3) Hospital Corps men. 

(4) Nurses. 

(5) Clerks. 

(6) Cooks and other hospital personnel. 

(7) Laborers. 

Organization. (7) American Red Cross personnel available for service with 
the Navy will be organized and equipped as may be prescribed 
by the headquarters of the American Red Cross as approved by 
the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Units organized and 
equipped in this manner will then be listed for service, after 
enrollment in the Naval Reserve Force, in connection with any 
of the activities of the medical department of the Navy. 

Training. (8) The training of American Red Cross personnel prior to 

enrollment in the Naval Reserve Force shall conform, in the case 
of individuals or units designated to perform the duties of hos- 
pital corps men, to the naval instruction for this type of person- 
nel, and shall include instruction in first aid, elementary hygiene, 
hospital corps drill, and the methods of transporting sick and 
wounded ashore and aboard ship. 

(9) American Red Cross personnel corresponding to naval hos- 
pital personnel shall be trained in hospital routine, their training 
conforming to that of the personnel of a naval hospital or hospital 
ship. 

Information (10) Information Bureau American Red Cross personnel, for 
bureau. service at Navy base hospitals may be accepted for service as 

civilians when accredited by officials of the American Red Cross. 
The duty of this type of personnel will be to aid the commanding 
officer of the naval hospital in furnishing information to relatives 
and friends concerning the sick and wounded in the hospital and 
when authorized by the commanding officer to furnish to the indi- 



449 

vidua 1 patient personal comforts, fruit, flowers, entertainment, 
etc., when the same can not be obtained through the regular 
governmental channels. Members of the Information Bureau 
Service will conform to such regulations as may be instituted by 
the commanding officer of the hospital and if a Navy chaplain is 
attached to the hospital they will cooperate with him in every way. 

(11) Medical and surgical supplies and equipment may be ac- Acceptance of 

supplies a in J 

cepted from American Red Cross representatives when author- equipment, 
ized by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery or in advance of 
authority when an emergency exists. As a rule no supplies will 
be accepted from the American Red Cross which can be obtained 
in the usual way by making requisition for the same. Ambu- 
lance service may be accepted when occasion arises. 

(12) The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery will arrange with 
American Red Cross headquarters for the organization, equip- 
ment, and subsequent enrollment in the Naval Reserve Force of 
such units for service in the medical department of the Navy as 
may be desired. 

(13) One or more officers of the Medical Corps of the United detail of narai 

medical officer 

States Navy will be detailed for duty with the Military Relief with relief dhi- 

Division or Department of the American National Red Cross, the s,on " 
senior one of whom shall act as liaison officer between the Ameri- 
can National Red Cross and the Navy Department 



CHAPTEE 41. 



SHORE ESTABLISHMENTS. 
PART I.— NAVAL DISTRICTS. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1480. Establishment and limits. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 1481-1484. General administration. 
Sec. 3. — Art. 1485. Organization. 
Sec. 4. — Art. 1486. Coast defense. 

PART II.— NAVAL BASES. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1487. General administration. 

PART III.— NAVY YARDS AND NAVAL STATIONS. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1488-1502. General administration. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1503-1508. Ships at a yard or station. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1509. Commissioning and delivery of ships. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1510. Ships going out of commission and ships out 

of commission. 
Sec. 5. — Art. 1511-1515. Personnel, civil and naval. 
Sec. 6. — Art. 1516. General organization. 
Sec. 7. — Art. 1517. Captain of the yard. 
Sec. 8. — Art. 1518-1531. Officers in charge of departments and 

divisions. 
Sec. 9. — Art. 1532. Engineer officer. 
Sec. 10. — Art. 1533. Construction officer. 
Sec. 11. — Art. 1534. Public works officer. • 

Sec. 12. — Art. 1535-1536. Inspection officer and assistant inspec- 
tors. 
Sec. 13. — Art. 1537. Supply officer. 
Sec. 14. — Art. 1538. Disbursing officer. 
Sec. 15. — Art. 1539. Accounting officer. 
Sec. 16. — Art. 1540. Medical officer. 
Sec. 17. — Art. 1542. Work done by one department or division for 

another. 
Sec. 18. — Art. 1543. Employment of labor at navy yards. 
Sec. 19. — Art. 1544. Floating dry docks. 
Sec. 20. — Art. 1545. Visits to vessels building. 

Sec. 21. — Art. 1546-1548. Relations of the commander in chief, At- 
lantic Fleet, with the naval station, Guantanamo Bay. 
(451) 



452 



Sec. 22. — Art. 1549. Relations of the commander in chief, Asiatic 
Fleet, with the naval stations, Cavite and Olongapo, 
and other shore activities within the limits of the 
Asiatic Station. 

Sec. 23. — Art. 1550. The navy yard, Washington, D. C. 

Sec. 24. — Art. 1551. The navy yards under industrial management. 

Sec. 25. — Art. 1552-1553. Regulations for the control, defense, and 
protection of Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, and defense of the 
Panama Canal. 

PART I.— NAVAL DISTRICTS. 

Section 1. — Establishment and Limits. 



Limits. 



Exceptions. 



1480. 

(1) The United States and island possessions are divided into 
naval districts with limits and headquarters as indicated in the 
subjoined table: 




12 



Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island 
(including Block Island and Nantucket Light Vessel). 

Vermont, Connecticut, New York, northern part of New 
Jersey, including counties of Mercer, Monmouth, and all 
counties north thereof. 

Pennsylvania, southern part of New Jersey, including 
counties of Burlington, Ocean, and all counties south 
thereof; Delaware, including Winter Quarter Shoal 
Light Vessel. 

Maryland, West Virginia, North Carolina, Virginia 



South Carolina, including Frying Pan Shoals Light Vessel, 
G eorgia. 

Florida, except counties west of Analachicola River 

Florida, counties west of Analachicoia River, Alabama, 
Tennessee, Louisiana, Mississippi, Arkansas, Oklahoma, 
Texas. 

Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, 
Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, North Dakota, South 
Oakota, Nebraska, Kansas. 

New Mexico, Arizona, southern part of California, in- 
cluding counties of Santa Barbara, Ventura, Los An- 
geles, and San Bernardino and all counties south 
thereof. 

Colorado, Utah, Nevada, northern part of California, 
including counties of San Luis Obispo, Kern, Inyo, 
and all counties north thereof. 

Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Alaska. 

Hawaiian Islands, and islands to westward, including 
Midway. 

Panama Canal Zone 

Philippine Islands 



Headquarters. 



Boston. 
New York. 

Philadelphia. 



Naval operating 
base, Hampton 
Roads. 

Charleston. 

Key West. 
New Orleans. 



Great Lakes, 111. 
San Diego. 

San Francisco. 



Bremerton. 
Pearl Harbor. 



Canal Zone. 

Cavite. 



(2) The United States islands under Naval Governors — Virgin 
Islands, Guam, and Samoa — also Porto Rico and the naval station 
at Guantanamo, shall not be included in naval districts. All 
naval activities in the Porto Rico-Virgin Islands area are under 
the commandant of the naval station, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands 
of the United States, for all purposes of administration. 



Commandant. 



453 

(3) Within each naval district Marine Corps activities not 
attached to a naval unit which is nnder the command of a naval 
officer will be excluded from the jurisdiction of the commandant 
of the district, excepting their coordination with the general plan 
of the military defense of the district. 

(4) Within the fifth naval district the activities located on the 
Severn and Potomac Rivers and at South Charleston, W. Va., will 
be excluded from the jurisdiction of the commandant of the fifth 
naval district, excepting their coordination with the general plan 
of military defense of the district. 

(5) All matters pertaining to the military operations in naval 
districts shall be under the Office of Naval Operations. 

(6) District commandant shall be kept informed of duties and 
domicile of officers within their district. 

Section 2. — General Administration. 
1481. 

Each naval district shall be commanded by a designated com- 
mandant, who is the direct representative of the Navy Depart- 
ment, including its bureaus and offices, in all matters affecting 
district activity. 

1482. 

(1) In the administration of affairs in the district the com- vl J d e taiis. UPer " 
mandant shall not personally supervise the details of work or 
administration of the several groups or units, but will transact 
necessary business with the officer commanding the group or unit. 

These groups or units will be coordinate, and every effort will be 
made to develop complete intercommunication and cooperation 
between the several groups and units in regard to all matters 
requiring joint action. 

(2) The commandant of a district has, in the general transac- 
tions of the service, authority and control over all naval establish- 
ments ashore within the limits of his command, but is not to 
interfere with the management of those establishments where 
there are commanding officers, unless a particular and sufficient 
cause should in his opinion render it necessary, in which case 
he is to report to the department the nature of the order given 
and his reasons for giving it. 

(3) If, however, the commanding officer of the establishment 
considers that any public inconvenience is likely to arise from 
compliance with the order of the district commandant, he is to 
represent it promptly to him, stating the objections, after which, 
if the. order is adhered to. it is to be obeyed without further de- 
lay or discussion, the district commandant becoming wholly re- 

183841°— 20 30 



454 

sponsible to the department for the measure. The commanding 
officer concerned may, if he thinks prober, send to the department 
any observation which he may be desirous to submit for considera- 
tion. 

(4) (a) The responsibility for the organization and efficient 
operation of all administrative units within districts, such as navy 
yards, torpedo stations, training stations, recruiting stations, sub- 
marine bases, schools, etc., rests with the officer in direct command 
of such units. 

( & ) In the administration of affairs within his district the com- 
mandant shall not direct nor shall he be responsible for the tech- 
nical work being carried on by any of the various organizations, 
but the head of each administrative unit will keep him informed 
regarding the general nature and scope of the work carried on, 
and supply him with all information that will be of value in for- 
mulating plans (1) for the coordination of all naval activities 
within the district and (2) for the operation and defense of the 
district in the event of war. 

(c) In the execution of these regulations it is assumed that an 
" administrative unit " consists of all activities which are so 
grouped in one place as to come logically under the immediate 
military control of one head. As, for an example, where a receiv- 
ing ship, marine barracks, or hospital is located within the natural 
limits of a navy yard, it will be under the immediate military con- 
trol of the commandant of that yard. 

(d) Communications relating entirely to the technical work of 
any of the establishments referred to in paragraph (4) (a) shall 
be carried on direct with the bureau or station concerned. 

(e) Communications from any administrative unit which in- 
volves a question of military policy, or which affects the operations 
of any other unit, shall be forwarded through the commandant of 
the naval district for recommendation. 

1483. 

*° In the temporary absence of the commandant from the limits 
of his command or in the event of his disability, the command shall 
devolve upon the assistant commandant, or in his absence uDon the 
senior line officer on duty within the district. 

1484. 

General duties. (1) The commandant of a naval district shall be guided by the 
Regulations for Naval Districts and by such other orders and in- 
structions as may be issued to him by the Navy Department. 

Defenses. (2) He shall supervise and be responsible for all matters affect- 

ing the dispositions and operations of the district naval coast de- 
fense forces, or other forces under his command, having for their 



command. 



455 



object the repulse of hostile attacks upon any part of the naval 
district, or upon naval vessels or merchant shipping in or off the 
harbors or in the coastwise sea lanes of the district. 

(3) He shall cooperate with the Army commanders and com- 
manders of the fleet forces within the district, in the preparation 
of defense plans in time of peace, as well as in their execution in. 
time of war. 

(4) He shall, under the direction of the Bureau of Navigation, 
be charged with the command and administration of the Naval Re- 
serve Force within the district.. 

(5) He shall be charged with the maintenance of an efficient 
information and communication service within the district in ac- 
cordance with instructions issued by the Office of Naval Intelli- 
gence and the Office of Naval Communications. 

(6) He shall, by inspection of the various units of the district 
and by conference with the commanding officers, keep himself 
closely in touch with all the activities of the district and with 
their efficiency. He shall coordinate their work and make such 
recommendations to the department concerning the district as will 
promote the interests of the Navy within the district and further 
the accomplishment of its mission. He shall keep himself informed 
of the various commercial and industrial activities in the district 
which might be of use to the Navy in time of war. 

(7) In intercourse with Government, State, and foreign officials 
or with local authorities in matters of business or ceremony of in- 
terest to the Navy, he shall himself, or through his subordinates, 
represent the Navy Department. 

(8) Commandants of naval districts are authorized to admin- 
ister oaths for the purposes of the administration of naval justice 
and for other purposes of naval administration. 



Preparation of 
defense plans. 



Naval Reserve 
Force. 



Communication 
service. 



To keep In 
touch with dis- 
trict activities. 



Be presents 
Navy Depart- 
ment. 



Section 3. — Organization. 



1485, 



(1) The district shall be organized into units or groups accord- 
ing to the character of their activities and situation, each group or 
unit under the command of an officer responsible for all activities 
within the group or unit. The district commandant shall not per- 
sonally supervise the details of work or administration of these 
separate groups or commands but will transact necessary business 
with the officer commanding. 

(2) These groups or commands will be coordinate and every 
effort will be made to develop complete cooperation and inter- 
communication between them in matters requiring joint action. 
Correspondence between groups shall not be routed through the 



Organization. 



Coordination. 



456 



commandant, who shall be kept informed by the commanding 

officers only as to matters of administration and general interest, 

and the commandng officers are responsible that matters of interest 

to the commandant are brought within his knowledge. 

Status similar (3) ^he organization should establish between the commandant 
to that of com- x ' ° 

mandcr in chief, of the district and the commanding officers of the various 

groups included in his command relations similar to those which 
exist between a commander in chief afloat and the various units 
of his command. 
District craft. (4) District craft include all floating craft, other than those 
on the Navy Register, assigned for use in naval districts. Vessels 
on the Navy Register and small boats may be assigned to duty 
in naval districts and while so assigned shall be considered dis- 
trict craft, although not so specifically denned. Derricks, cranes, 
dredges, pile drivers, and similar floating appliances, built for use 
in specific localities, shall be under the jurisdiction of the com- 
mandants or commanding officers of the specific yards or stations 
concerned. 

(5) All correspondence relative to changes in the assignment 
of district craft from one district to another is to be addressed 
to the Chief of Naval Operations through the bureaus or offices 
concerned. 

Section 4. — Coast Defense. 

I486 



Mission of (l) The mission of the commandant of a naval district in Coast 
commandant. ^ 

Defense is to control the sea communications within the district. 

repulsing hostile attacks on the, seacoast, or upon naval vessels or 

merchant shipping in or off harbors or in the coastwise sea lanes. 

The limits of the naval districts extend to seaward so far as to 

include the coastwise sea lanes. 

Strategical di- (2) When an enemy attack is made, the senior naval officer 

rectum of forces. 

within the limits of the naval district or districts in which the 
attack is being made, whether commanding a district or a de- 
tachment of the fleet, will assume the strategical direction of all 
naval forces within the district or districts. 

(3) The senior naval officer afloat in the area in which the 
attack is being made, whether attached to the fleet or a district, 
will assume the tactical direction of all naval forces in contact 
with the enemy. 

(4) Cooperation between Army and naval officers directing op- 
erations against enemy attacks will be governed by the following 
principles : 

(a) When an enemy force of a strength greatly superior to 
that of the naval force available for use against it approaches the 
coast, the naval officer will inform the Army officer of the situa- 



Tactical direc- 
tion of forces. 



Army and 
N a ? y coopera- 
tion. 



457 

tion and shall assume that the Army has a paramount interest 
in the operation and shall coordinate the operations of the naval 
forces with those of the military forces. 

(6) If, however, the conditions are such that the enemy is, 
or can be, engaged by a naval force approximating in strength 
that of the enemy, the Army officer shall be so informed and shall 
assume that the Navy has a paramount interest in the operation 
and shall coordinate the operations of the military forces with 
those of the naval forces. 

(5) The commandants of naval districts will cooperate with the 
Army officers commanding corps areas in the preparation of plans 
in time of peace, determining the more probable situations likely 
to arise and entering into advance agreements upon plans of joint 
action for each such situation. 

PART II.— NAVAL BASES. 

Section 1. — General Administration. 

1487. 

(1) The commandant of a naval base shall be an officer de- 
tailed to this duty by the department, and in his absence from 
1 lie limits of his command the senior naval line officer in com- 
mand of one of the activities within the limits of the base shall 
act as commandant. 

(2) The commandant of a naval base shall exercise full military 
authority over the various administrative establishments within 
his command, but he shall not direct or be responsible for the 
administration of the technical work of these establishments, 
lie shall, however, be kept informed 6f the work in progress at 
these establishments and shall make such inspections from time 
to time as may be necessary to keep him acquainted with the 
condition of all parts of his command. 

(3) The commandant shall have control, through the public 
work's officer, of all new construction and of all repairs beyond 
the capacity of the force employed by the establishments for which 
such repairs are to be made, but in connection with all work of 
this character which relate exclusively to one of the establish- 
ments the commanding officer of the establishment concerned shall 
act as the direct representative of the commandant. For technical 
maintenance and supervision, radio stations within the limits of 
a naval base will be under the district radio materiel officer. 

(4) (a) Correspondence shall be routed through the command- 
ing officer of the establishment concerned, i h) Correspondence 
relating entirely to the internal technical work of one of the 
stations, except such as relates to movements of vessels or of 



458 

officers, shall be routed direct to the station (or bureau) having 
cognizance, unless it deals with large questions of administration 
or with matters of general interest concerning which the com- 
mandant should be informed. 

(5) It is purposed to establish, as far as they are applicable, 
the same general relations between the commandant of a naval 
base and the various organizations included in his command that 
exist between a division commander afloat and the vessels of his 
division, except that the independence of the individual organiza- 
tions in the technical work for which they exist is to be fully 
conserved. 

PART III.— NAVY YARDS AND NAVAL STATIONS 

Section 1. — General Administration. 

1488. 

of G cwnmandants ^ ^ e commandant of a navv var d or other shore station 

of navy yards, shall, under the direction of the Secretary of the Navy, exercise 

entire control over every department in the yard, and shall be 

held responsible for the preservation of all buildings and stores 

contained therein, of all vessels out of commission, and for the 

judicious application of all labor. (Art. 89 (1).) He shall be 

the general manager of the industrial department. 

To require du- (2) He shall see that all officers and others under his command; 

erly performed!*" and all employees perform their duty faithfully and efficiently, and 

that all returns and reports are made in the time and manner 

prescribed. 

Not to allow (3) He shall see that no materials of any kind are diverted 
improper use of „ , , . . , , , . '• , ., , 

labor or mate- from their intended use, except for proper purposes, and that no 

ria1, mechanic or other employee does any work during working hours. 

except for public purposes ; and that the machinery plant or other 

Government appliances and the labor necessary for the operation 

thereof shall not be used in doing work for private parties, except 

in cases of emergency or when authorized by the Secretary of the 

Navy. 

Not to make (4) He shall not make any alterations in the prescribed assign- 
alterations in ■■■•.: ••/ „ , . • . . . , , .'• ., , . . 
yard, or sell or ment of buildings of the yard, nor permit the purchase of stores 

thority thOUt *"" or tne sale of any ar ticles, scraps, or chips, condemned or other- 
wise, unless authorized by the Secretary of the Navy. 
To sign pay (5) He shall sign all pay rolls of civilian employees except 
those under the cognizance of the Bureau of Medicine and Sur- 
gery, which, however, he shall approve. 

(6) Officers of lower rank may be attached to the yard as 
subordinate aids to the commandant, to perform such duties as 
may be assigned by him, and for general experience and observa- 
tion in the duties of their profession. 



459 

(7) Warrant officers and mates attached to the yard shall per- 
form such duty as may be assigned them by the commandant. 

1489. 

(1) No new work shall be undertaken at a navy yard or station Authority for 
except on Secretary of the Navy's or bureau authorization ad- 
dressed to the commandant, or by the commandant himself in 

virtue of article 1975 (5). (Art. 393 (6).) 

(2) When work is authorized, the commandant shall issue neces- 
sary orders regarding its execution. 

1490. 

It shall be the duty of every commandant to recommend to the D H ty .°f e<,m " 

manumit to ree- 

Secretary of the Navy all additions and alterations in the station ommend impror <>- 
under his command which he may deem necessary for the proper men 8 ' c * 
development or improvement of the station, with a view to meeting 
all probable demands of the fleet upon it, and all repairs to public 
works or public utilities which he deems necessary for their proper 
preservation and the cost of which is in excess of the regular 
allotment of funds made him for this purpose. Such recommenda- 
tions will be forwarded by the Secretary of the Navy to the 
bureaus concerned for recommendation and statement of funds 
available, and final action thereon shall be by the Secretary of the 
Navy. 

1491. 

All communications from naval stations relative to alterations, Communiea- 
improvements, and the purchase and installation of machinery and alterations, im" 
machine tools, including requisitions for machine tools, shall be pro?ements ' etc ' 
addressed to the Secretary of the Navy. All requests for such 
work or material shall bear estimates of time and cost to per- 
form or secure the same and shall show the yard department 
or division under which they are needed. Upon receipt by the 
department such papers will be referred to the bureau or bu- 
reaus concerned for recommendation and for statements as to the 
state of the appropriations concerned and the availability of 
funds for the specified purposes, after which they shall be returned 
to the department, where final action will be taken and the neces- 
sary instructions issued. 

1492. 

At stations which are not under a commandant the duties of Stations not 

under a comma n- 
commandant as laid down in this section shall be performed by the dant. 

commanding officer or the officer in charge of such station. 



460 

1493. 

steps to se- Whenever any officer charged with the details of administration, 
upkeep, and operation of any public work or public utility finds 
that there is need for repairs which he is not authorized to under- 
take himself as a part of the upkeep thereof, he shall so report to 
the commandant, who shall take the necessary steps to secure the 
performance of such repairs. 

1494. 

Annual re- Commandants of shore stations shall submit annually to the 
port8 ' Secretary of the Navy a report on the activities and suggested 

improvements of the stations under their command. 

1495. 

Relations be- It is the intent of these regulations to create and maintain at 
ti^ns'and depart eacn naval station relations between the commandant and the 
ment « department and bureaus similar as nearly as practicable to those 

existing between the commanding officer of a ship in commission 
and the department and bureaus. The bureaus have no direct 
cognizance over the administration of a naval station, their func- 
tion being to state what work shall be performed thereat, to issue 
general instructions as to the plans on which work is to be done, 
and to allot funds for the performance of work coming under their 
cognizance and for the upkeep and operation of nonindustrial 
public works and utilities under their cognizance. 

1496. 

Succession to (1) In the absence of the commandant the line officer next in 
rank, not restricted by law to the performance of engineering 
duties, shall become the acting commandant and shall exercise, 
for the time being, the authority of the commandant, both ashore 
and in respect to ships in commission at the yard, as prescribed 
in article 1502. 

(2) The commanding and other officers of a receiving or station 
ship at a navy yard or station shall not be considered as on duty 
in the yard or station so far as succession to temporary command 
is concerned ; nor shall they exercise authority therein, but shall 
be subject in all respects to the orders of the commandant or act- 
ing commandant of the yard. 

1497. 

Fire reguia- (l) The commandant shall establish regulations to suard 
tions. 

against accidents from fire in the ships and buildings within the 

yard. 



461 

(2) He shall cause the fire department to be organized for day F j re depart- 

inent. 

and night work, and exercised at least once every m jnth, both by 
day and night. Where the organization is not deemed sufficient 
to control a fire in the yard, either by day or by night, he shall 
make such arrangements with the local municipal authorities as 
will insure a prompt response to any call for aid. 

(3) The alarm of fire shall be given by ringing the yard and Fire alarm. 
ships' bells, blowing yard whistles, or sounding an automatic 

alarm. Stations will be indicated in accordance with an alarm 
signal system aproved by the commandant. 

(4) He may direct the fire alarm to be sounded for a fire in the Fires outside 
immediate vicinity of the yard, and the engines and other ap- ° yar ' 
paratus may be sent to such fires, but they shall be kept under 

command of their own officers. 

14 98. 

(1) The gates of the vard shall be closed at sunset, and no Precautions to 

be takeu at night. 

strangers shall be admitted after that time, unless they come 
to visit officers in the yard or on board ships lying thereat. 

(2) The watchword for the night and the countersign shall be , The counter- 

' sign and watch- 

issued only to such persons as the commandant may direct. word. 

1499. 

When a ship is ordered to be fitted out at a navy yard, the 8hl p2 al t P o Ue b e fi 
fitting out shall be under the direction of the commandant, in charge of com- 
conformity with general regulations and established allowances. man 

1500. 

When the commandant is directed to build, fit out, or repair Accounts to he 
any ship, or to construct any building, or to make any improve- opene 
ment at a yard, or when he authorizes work, he shall cause an 
account to be opened against *uch ship, building, or improvement, 
debiting it with the cost of the labor, indirect expense, and of the 
different materials used, detailed reports of which shall be for- 
warded to the proper bureau when the objects are completed. 

1501. 

No alterations shall be made in the hull, boilers, machinery, Alterations, 
or the dimensions or arrangements of masts, boats, or other 
equipments of any ship which may be ordered for repairs or fitting 
out, without the previous sanction of the bureau concerned ; but 
if, in the commandant's opinion, any change can be made to 
improve the qualities of a ship, or increase the accommodations 



462 

of her crew, he shall report the same to the bureau concerned, 
giving his reasons for recommending alterations and the estimated 
time required, and cost of same. 

1502. 

Receiving Receiving ships attached to a navy yard or station shall be 
subject to the control of the commandant in all matters per- 
taining to the receiving ship business. 

Section 2. — Ships at a Yard ok Station. 
1503. 

Authority over. (1) All vessels at a navy yard or naval station, for any purpose, 
shall be under the command of the commandant, who shall limit 
the exercise of such command to matters pertaining to the service 
for which the ship or ships are at the yard, and to the enforce- 

Officers as ment of the police and fire regulations of the yard. When offi- 
eourS or boards. cers attached to cruising ships in commission at a navy yard are 
required by the commandant for service on courts or boards at 
the yard or on board of other ships, they shall be detailed by 
the senior officer or officers present in command of such ships, 
upon the request of the commandant. (Art. R 603.) The crews 
of battleships that are docked or laid up for repairs shall not be 
required to perform any duties except such as are or may be per- 
formed by the crew while at sea or in a foreign port. Otherwise, 
in making repairs to, or during other work on, ships in commission, 
the services of the crews shall be utilized as far as practicable. 

Use of ma- (2) No material of any kind, not even scrap, is to be used by 
terial. 

ships' mechanics without the permission of the head of division 

or department, or authorized assistant of the division or depart- 
ment in which the work is to be done. 

1504. 

Arrival and (1) The commandant shall report to the Chief of Naval Opera- 
departure. tiong the arr i va i an( j departure of all ships, except district craft. 
On arrival, and before the departure, of any vessel the command- 
ing officer shall report to the commandant. The commandant, or 
officer designated by him, shall furnish tugs and other assistance 
as may be needed in handling the ship, and shall be responsible 
for the moving and berthing of all vessels at the yard, except 
naval vessels in commission. 
Responsibility (2) The commandant shall be responsible for the safety of all 
for damage. vessels and floating equipment while at a navy yard or station and 
for all damage that may be done by any of them while there, ex- 



463 

cept for ships or other craft under a commanding officer or mas- 
ter, who shall be responsible. 

(3) After arrival at the navy yard or station, no vessel shall be a^Yriaif. and 
moved or undergo dock trials except by direction or approval of 

the commandant. 

(4) Commanding officers of ships moving under their own at in| S u^de/own 
power, with or without the assistance of tugs, or undergoing dock power, 
trials, shall be responsible for the handling of the vessel, and any 

damage that may be done in consequence thereof. 

(5) When any vessel or other craft at a navy yard or station, deJown^ow'er 11 " 
not under her own power, is being moved by direction of the com- 
mandant, or when any vessel not in commission is undergoing a 

dock trial, the person designated by the commandant to be in 
charge of the work shall be responsible for any damage that may 
result therefrom, and all other persons on board shall cooperate 
with him in the execution of his orders. 

(6) When a ship at a navy yard is moved for repairs or other 
purposes, the expense involved by reason of the employment of 
hired labor or tugs for such purpose shall be paid by the bureau 
whose work requires the ship to be moved. 

1505. 

(1) When docking a ship in commission, the commanding officer J°?f, l,,p and 
shall have immediate charge until the bow of the ship reaches the 

dock sill and the vessel is pointed fair for going into the dock. 
The construction officer, or his assistant, shall then take charge 
and complete the docking, being assisted as far as possible by those 
on board, and shall remain in charge until the ship has been 
properly landed and bilge blocks hauled. In undocking, the con- 
struction officer, or his assistant, shall have charge until the bow 
of the ship clears the dock sill, when he shall turn the ship over 
to the commanding officer. 

(2) In docking or undocking ships not in commission or other 
vessels not of the Navy, the same rules shall be observed, except 
that the commandant or officer designated by him shall have im- 
mediate charge of the vessel to be docked. 

(3) While in dock, the commanding officer of the ship, if she ^hSfshfp'Tii 
be in commission, shall be responsible for the proper closing over- dock. 

night of all openings in the ship's bottom upon which no work is 
being done. The construction officer and engineer officer of the 
yard shall be responsible for the closing, before the end of work- 
ing hours, of all valves and openings upon which work is being 
done in their respective divisions, when such closing is practicable. 
In the case of ships in dock not in commission, the construction 
officer and engineer officer of the yard shall be responsible for the 



464 

proper closing of all openings in the bottom of the ship within 
their respective departments. In all cases where practicable, such 
openings shall be closed before the workmen leave the yard for the 
night. 
Before flood- (4) In all cases, the construction officer shall notify the com- 
ing dock. manding officer before letting in water preparatory to undocking 
the ship, and before having the dock valves opened must receive 
a report from the commanding officer that all sea valves or other 
openings in the bottom of the ship are properly closed. 
Precautions in (5) For ships not in commission the same precautions shall be 
fn^comnifssion" observed, except that the engineer officer of the yard shall be noti- 
fied when a ship is to he undocked and shall report to the con- 
struction officer when all valves or other bottom openings in his 
department of the ship have been closed, and shall have men sta- 
tioned at such valves while the ship is going out of dock. The 
construction officer shall cause all other sea valves or openings to 
be carefully closed and men stationed at them until the ship has 
been floated out of dock. 
Refuse. (6) While in dry dock, the commanding officer of the ship shall 
see that no refuse or garbage from the ship is placed in the dock. 

1506. 

Waters adja- Ships in waters adjacent to a navy yard, although within signal 

yard. ° * nay) distance, are not under the command of the commandant of the 

yard, unless so placed by a special order of the Navy Department. 

1507. 

Ships in com- (1) No ship in commission shall be repaired at a navy yard 
mission under re- except ag provided in art i c les 1968, 1969, and 1973. 

Crew moved to (2) When a ship in commission is about to receive extensive 
other Quarters. . „, 

repairs, her officers and crew may be moved temporarily during 

such repairs, if the commandant deems it necessary, to some other 

ship or quarters, which shall be kept in good order in all respects 

by the persons using them. 

1508. 

Commanding (1) Whenever a ship is placed in his charge for overhaul or 

out C deficiencies 1 * fittin £ 0llt ' * ne commandant shall require her commanding officer 

Crew assist i'n to point out any defects or deficiencies he may discover, and with 

equipping. ^ force under his command to perform such duty in connection 

with the overhaul and fitting out as the commandant may direct. 

Conditions not (2) If in the course of work on any vessel conditions are dis- 

known. l ° u s * y covered that were not previously known which will be likely to 

increase the expense or delay the work, the head of division under 

whose cognizance the work comes shall immediately report the 



465 

same to the commandant for further instructions, suggesting such 

modifications as may diminish the expense or increase the utility 

of the work. 

(3) When a ship leaves a navy yard after an overhaul she par tment upon 

should be in such material condition that there will be no doubt leaving yard af- 

. . ter overhaul, 

of her ability to maintain her position in the fleet under war 

conditions. The commandant, cooperating with the commanding 

officer, will use every effort to have all authorized and necessary 

work completed during an overhaul, and when a ship leaves the 

yard he will report to the Chief of Naval Operations that all 

authorized work has been completed, or, if such work has not 

been completed, will report what jobs are uncompleted, and the 

reasons therefor. 

Section 3. — Commissioning and Delivery of Ships, 
1509. 

(1) When vessels are being built or refitted lor service, or are Commissioning 
to be delivered at a navy yard, or being prepared for commission, ships and^board 
the commandant shall appoint a board consisting of officers repre- of lns P cctlon - 
senting the various departments of the yard, who shall, when the 

vessel arrives at the yard, or before a vessel is turned over to her 
commanding officer, make a careful personal examination and 
inspection of every part of her interior, machinery, and equipment. 
The board shall note particularly the condition of her double bot- 
toms, compartments, spaces below the firerooms, magazines, chain 
lockers, holds and tanks, and shaft alleys and see that such spaces 
are free from all foreign matter and are properly protected with 
cement or paint ; and shall report in detail the result of their 
inspection and whether or not the ship is ready to receive her 
outfit and stores. 

(2) When the ship is ready for her officers and crew, and before Report of in- 

sp£ci'ion» 
shi 1 is commissioned, the commandant shall furnish the officer 

ordered to command with a copy of the above report of inspection, 

and with all the plans necessary to a complete understanding of 

all parts of the ship and her more important fittings. 

(3) When a vessel is ready to be placed in commission and Turning over 

to officer ordered 
after the officer ordered to command her has received a copy of to command. 

the report above mentioned and has been afforded an opportunity 
to verify its contents and to make such other inspections of the 
ship as he may desire in company with the captain of the yard, 
the latter shall, at the time set, place the ship in commission and 
turn her over to her commanding officer, taking his receipt there- 
for, which receipt shall state whether or not her condition is sat- 
isfactory to the officer assuming command. 



466 

Section 4. — Ships Going Out of Commission and Ships Out of 
Commission. 

1510. 

Ships going (1) When a ship is transferred to the commandant of a yard 
ston. ° C ° m S "at the expiration of a cruise, or to be placed out of commission, 
he shall have all the supplies and outfit in the several departments 
delivered into the charge of the proper officers and duly surveyed ; 
and he shall require the officers in charge of the supplies to super- 
intend their removal. The equipage and supplies shall be in- 
voiced to the supply officer of the yard and all copies of allowance 
lists forwarded to him. 

Laying np of (2) The machinery of the vessel to be placed out of commis- 

uiaehinery. 

sion shall be laid up in accordance with the instructions for 
laying up machinery, 
to appoint board. (3) The commandant shall appoint a board, to consist of the 
captain of the yard and one or more officers from the machinery 
and hull divisions of the industrial department and from the 
inspection and medical department, respectively, which shall, be- 
fore the ship is turned over by the commanding officer, in company 
with that officer and the heads of the ship's departments, make a 
careful personal examination and inspection of every part of her 
interior, and especially of the double bottom, and of every com- 
partment, the spaces below the firerooms, magazines, chain lockers, 
holds, water tanks, and shaft alleys, and shall see that such 
spaces are free from all foreign matter and are properly protected 
with cement or paint; and the board shall report in detail the 
result of its inspection and that the ship is ready in all respects 
to be placed out of commission. 

(4) When the ship is ready to go out of commission, and after 
the commandant has acted on the report above referred to, her 
commanding officer shall, at the time set, place her out of com- 
mission and turn her over to the commandant, or authorized 
representative, taking his receipt therefor, which receipt shall 
state whether or not her condition is satisfactory to the officer 
receiving her. 
Orders detach- (5) When a ship is to be placed out of commission, the orders 

ills' officers 

detaching officers shall not be delivered until the vessel's supplies 
and equipment have all been landed or receipted for, the crew 
transferred or paid off, the ship ready to be turned over to the 
yard, and all regulations fully complied with. (Arts. 964, 1049, 
and 1392.) 

(6) Should a vessel be placed out of commission before the 
orders of detachment of one or more of her officers have been 
delivered, in pursuance of the preceding paragraph, such officers 
shall immediately report to the commandant for temporary duty 



467 

at the navy yard or station in connection with the vessel to which 
they were recently attached, and the department shall be imme- 
diately informed. 

(7) Orders for placing vessels in and out of commission will be 
issued by the Chief of Naval Operations. 

(8) When vessels are out of commission at a naval station, the Commandant 
commandant shall cause necessary precautions to be taken to cautions/ 6 Pre " 
guard them against deterioration in every department. 

(9) The captain of the yard shall have immediate supervision Captain of 

vara to nave 

over such ships and shall frequently inspect them or cause them supervision, 
to be inspected by one of his assistants, being particularly careful 
to see that they are properly protected from the weather and that 
their general condition as regards cleanliness and security from 
fire is satisfactory. 

(10) Heads of divisions of the industrial department shall be. Responsibility 

for care and 
charged with the care and preservation of the vessel and of all preservation of 

property remaining on board under the cognizance of the several P r °P ert >' etc * 
bureaus ; and their respective responsibilities, where not otherwise 
prescribed, shall be denned by the commandant. They may, on 
the written approval of the commandant, have removed and stored 
on shore, ready for prompt return to the ship, such articles, in 
whole or in part, as in their judgment will there be best safe- 
guarded against loss or damage. They shall take the necessary 
steps to protect the property for which they are responsible from 
deterioration or injury. 

(11) As far as practicable, the requirements for the care and 
preservation of ships in commission, chapter 25 of these instruc- 
tions, shall be complied with in the case of vessels out of com- 
mission at navy yards. Machinery shall be cared for as laid down 
in Bureau Manuals. 

Section 5. — Personnel, Civil and Naval. 

1511. 

The commandant shall report all accidents and injuries to 
civilian employees that occur at the yard or station and observe 
the provisions of act of May 30, 1908. 

1512. 

The appointments, promotions and removal of civil employees, 
and other matters of administration affecting them shall be in 
accordance with chapter 42 of these regulations 



468 

1513. 

Report of The commandant shall report to the bureau of Navigation or 
Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps the death of 
any officer or enlisted person that may occur at the station under 
his command, and shall require from the proper medical officer 
reports of every case of death or disability occurring to persons 
in the naval service under their command in accordance with the 
current edition of Manual of Medical Department, United States 
Navy, which reports shall be sent to the Bureau of Medicine and 
Surgery as evidence of claims for pensions. (See Arts. 1842-1845.) 

1514. 

Status of en- (^) ^11 enlisted men of the Navy assigned to duty in the navy 
listed personnel. , „ , , „, 

yard shall be under the command of the officer designated by the 

commandant. All matters of administration relating to enlisted 
personnel shall be transacted through him, but the heads of the 
various units of the organization of the yard to which the men 
may be assigned shall be responsible for the muster and discipline 
of the men within their limits. 
Custody of rec- (2) Service records, pay accounts, and health records shall be 
lodged as directed by the commandant, and when men are trans- 
ferred a complete set of transfer papers, records, and accounts 
shall accompany them. 

1515. 

Observance of (i) The commandant or commanding officer of any naval sta- 
Territorial, and' tion or other naval reservation situated within the limits of any 
District larfs. statGj Territory, or district, which has been acquired by the 
United States through purchase or otherwise for naval purposes, 
and over which the United States has exclusive jurisdiction, shall 
require all persons on or within the limits of such station or reser- 
vation strictly to observe all existing Federal laws, and all laws 
of the State, Territory, or district wherein such place is located 
which were in force on March 4, 1909. ( Sees. 272 and 289, Crim. 
Code of U. S.) 

Offenses by per- (2) Offenses committed by persons in the naval service within 
sons m naval ,, ,. ., , im . , , 

service. the limits of such station or reservation shall be punished as 

authorized by the Articles for the Government of the Navy, the 

Navy Regulations, and the customs of the services. 

Offenses by (3) Persons not in the naval service who commit offenses on 
persons not in 
naval service. or within the limits of such station or reservation, which offenses 

are not made penal under the laws of the United States, but 
which, if committed within the jurisdiction of the State, Terri- 
tory, or district in which such station or reservation is situated, 
would be subject to punishment in accordance with the laws 



469 



of the State, Territory, or district concerned, existing on March 
4, 1909, shall be deemed guilty of a like offense and subject to 
like punishment. Such persons are subject, for such offenses, 
to trial by the United States district court for the district in 
which the naval station is situated. 

(4) Care shall be taken by commandants and commanding 
officers to see that any reservations contained in the instrument 
conveying title to the United States or the act of legislature ceding 
jurisdiction to the United States are observed. 



Rese rvatious 
in titles to land. 



Section 6. — General Organization. 



151(> 



(1) At navy yards there shall be the following departments: 
Industrial department, public-works department, inspection de- 
partment, supply department, disbursing department, accounting 
department, and medical department. 

(2) The industrial department shall comprise two divisions, the 
machinery division and the hull division. 

(3) The commandant shall be the general manager of the indus- 
trial department. 

(4) The shops and manufacturing and repairing facilities a1 a 
navy yard, except those for the preparation or manufacture of 
provisions or clothing, shall be assigned t<> the machinery and 
hull divisions, as follows : 



Organization. 



Machinery division : 




Ilull division — Continued. 




Boiler plants and stibstatio 




Dry docks and tin 


machin- 


Boiler shop. 




cry thereof ; oper 


itlon and 


Coppersmiths' shop. 




upkeep of. 




Electrical shop. 




Flag shop. 




Foundry. 




Galvanizing and e 


ectroplat- 


Instrument makers' shop. 




trig shop. 




Machine shop. 




Mold loft. 




Pattern shop. 




Paint shop. 




Pipe shop. 




Plumbery' shop. 




Power plants ami machinery 


Railways, marine 


and the 


thereof; operation and 


up- 


machinery thereof; opera- 


keep of. 




tion and upkeep of. 


Toolmakers' shop. 




Rigging loft. 




Hull division : 




Ropewalk. 




Anchor shop. 




Sail loft. 




Blacksmiths' shop. 




Sawmill. 




Block shop. 




Sheet-metal shop. 




Boat shop. 




Ship fitters' shop. 




Carpenters' and joiners' shop. 


Shipwrights' shop. 




Chain shop. 




Slips, building and 


the ma- 


Derricks, shears, and cranes, 


chinery thereof ; 


operation 


except locomotive cranes 


op- 


and upkeep of. 




erating on yard railroad 


Spar shop. 




tracks, outside of shops ; 


op- 


Upholstering and 


leather- 


eration and upkeep of. 




working shop. 




183841°— 20 31 









ment. 



470 

Sni i ion 7. — Oaptaih or the Yari>. 
1517. 

Captain of the (1) There shall be detailed at each navy yard or station, as 
y* rii - aid or executive to the commandant, a line officer not restricted 

Duties of. to the performance of engineering duties, which officer shall, when 
not impracticable, be next in rank to the commandant; and he 
shall be captain of the yard. Such aid or executive shall, while 
executing the orders of the commandant, take precedence over 
all officers attached to ihe yard or station. All orders of such 
aid or executive shall be regarded as proceeding from the com- 
mandant, and the aid or executive shall have no independent 
authority in consequence of such detail. (See sec. 1469, R. S.) 

Police. (2) He shall have charge of the police of the yard and of the 

enforcement of police regulations ; also of watchmen, except those 
under the supply officer. 

Fire depart- (3) He shall have charge of the fire department and of the 
use and care of all fire engines and other apparatus for subduing 
fires, and of all officers, enlisted men of the Nayy and Marine 
Corps, and employees when performing duties in connection there- 
with. He shall cause a daily inspection to be made of all fire 
apparatus, under rules approved by the commandant, informing 
the latter at once of any deficiencies ; and shall, at least once a 
month, report in writing their actual condition. He shall have 
control of all fires and lights, and shall satisfy himself after work- 
ing hours that there is no danger from fires during the night. 

Yard craft. (4) He shall have charge of yard tugs and of their crews. 

While the operation and upkeep of derricks, shears, and cranes 
other than locomotive cranes rests with the hull division of the 
industrial department, when there is any conflict of opinion as to 
the work to be done, or the time of performing the same, the de- 
cision as to which division or to what work such apparatus shall 
be assigned at any particular time is hereby vested in the com- 
mandant, acting through the captain of the yard, as aid or execu- 
tive. 

Vessels out of (5) He shall have charge of and be responsible for the moving, 
commission. mooring, and security of all vessels out of commission. 

lard journal. (6) A regular journal shall be kept under his direction, which 
he shall sign and submit monthly to the commandant for his ap- 
proval. In it shall be entered the reporting for duty or detach- 
ment of officers, the arrival, departure, commissioning, or placing 
out of commission of ships of the Navy, the arrival and departure 
of vessels with stores of any kind for the yard, the nour of docking 
or undocking.any vessel, and the other principal transactions of 
the yard, together with the daily meteorological record. 



471 

Section 8. — Officers in Charge of Departments and Divisions. 

1518. 

(1) The officers in charge of the divisions of the industrial de- u 0ffi , c * rs *" 

' . B charge of depart - 

partment and of the other departments shall have the following ments. 
titles : 

(a) Industrial department, machinery division. — The engineer 
officer; he shall be the line officer detailed for this rluty. v 

(b) Industrial department, hull division. — The construction 
officer ; he shall be the officer of the Construction Corps detailed 
for this duty. 

(c) Public-works department. — The public- works officer; hu 
shall be the officer of the Corps of Civil Engineers detailed for this 
duty. 

(d) Inspection department. — The inspection officer; he shall be 
the officer detailed for this duty. 

(e) Supply department. — The supply officer; he shall be the offi- 
cer of the Supply Corps detailed for this duty. 

(/) Disbursing department. — The disbursing officer; he shall be 
the officer of the Supply Corps detailed for this duty. 

(g) Accounting department, — The accounting officer; he shall 
be the officer of the Supply Corps detailed for this duty. 

(h) Medical department. — The medical officer 1 ; be shall be the 
officer of the Medical Corps detailed for this duty. 

(2) The officer in charge of each of these departments and 
divisions shall be directly under the commandant, and shall be 
responsible to him alone. (Art. ini7. ) 

(3) In the absence of the officer in charge of any division or de- 
partment, the duties thereof shall be performed by the senior as- 
sistant on duty therein, or should there be no assistant, by such 
officer as may be detailed by the commandant. 

(4) Officers detailed as assistants in the several departments 
and divisions shall perform such duties therein as the officer in 
charge thereof may direct, and such additional duties as the com- 
mandant may assign. 

1519. 

The officers in charge of the several departments and divisions Performance 
are the agents of the commandant in carrying out the work of the 
several bureaus, but no one of them shall in any sense be consid- 
ered as the representative of any particular bureau. Whenever 
any work is to be performed at a navy yard, the commandant shall 
direct its performance by either the machinery or the hull division 
or by the public-works department, according to the nature of the 
shops and resources which may be required therefor, and it shall 



472 

be done under the supervision and control of the head of the di- 
vision or department to which it is thus assigned, who shall be 
responsible for the manner and cost of its performance. The 
direct cost of and the indirect charges incident to such work shall 
be charged against the appropriations of the bureau concerned. 

1520. 

inspections by The inspection of all ordinary articles under the cognizance of 
(.epar men s. any t | e p artmeilt or division shall be made by the officer in charge 
thereof, or one of his assistants, but any special article or appli- 
ance may be inspected by such officer as the commandant may 
designate, and inspection calls shall be forwarded by the supply 
officer accordingly. 

1521. 

Weekly reports The engineer officer and the construction officer shall each sub- 
& T or 8 riMWn«" mit weeklv to the commandant a report of vessels building or 
repairing on which work under his cognizance has been done, 
giving the condition of the work to date. 

1522. 

incidental When as incidental to work being done in one of the divisions 
work. 

of the industrial department, work is required which must be per- 
formed in the shops or with the resources of the other division, 
such work may be requested and performed as required by 
articles 1520, 1542. 

1523. 

Eeports and The heads of departments and divisions shall prepare and sign 
Whom signed. * all reports and accounts relating thereto that are required to be 
made by the commandant to the Navy Department or any of its 
bureaus. 

1524. 

Requests for The heads of departments and divisions shall make request upon 
material. tll e Slip piy officer for supplies and material as required and shall 

keep him advised in advance as to the probable needs of their 
several departments and divisions. An officer making a requisi- 
tion shall be responsible for the necessity for the article for the 
purpose stated; the necessity for the delivery within the time 
specified ; the estimate of cost ; the statement as to the appropria- 
tion against which the charges are to be made; and the specifica- 
tions describing the different items. 



1525. 

All requisitions on the supply officer for materials or articles Forms for 
for use in any department or division shall be made in the form rcqu 
prescribed by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

1526. 

(1) In connection with stub requisitions, invoices which are cus- Stub requisi- 
tomarily negotiated as of the last day of the month, such as those votee" Monthly, 
covering monthly consumption of water, electric current, coal and 

power plant, fuel oil and shops, metal and foundry, etc., heads of 
yard departments will prepare and deliver to the supply or ac- 
counting officer on the first working day of the following month all 
necessary data, and these stub requisitions and invoices will be 
priced not later than the second working day of the month. 

(2) Heads of yard departments will see that all daily time Daily time 

, • , ,. , , j.. ... cards and time 

cards and tune reports are delivered to the accounting officer not reports. 

later than 11 a. m. of the working day next after the day on which 

the labor was performed, except that the delivery of piecework 

time cards may be delayed, if unavoidable, to not later than the 

close of the day. 

1527. 

The commandant shall submit, for the information of the Reports as «n- 
bureaus concerned, such detailed reports relative to the character ™J 8 * ed by bu " 
of the work done and the progress made as may be directed by the 
bureau. 

1528. 

Upon the receipt of official notification that articles intended Inspection of 
for his department or division are ready for inspection, the head ma er a • 
thereof, or some person authorized to represent him, or an officer 
designated by the commandant, shall go without delay to the sup- 
ply department and make the required inspection. A definite 
report shall be sent to the office of the supply officer the same day, 
if practicable, and not later than the following day, unless fur- 
ther delay is unavoidable. 

1529. 

Heads of departments and divisions shall make to the com- Suggestions, 
mandant such suggestions in the line of their professions as they 
consider for the interest of the service. 

1530. 

Heads of departments and divisions, or their subordinates, shall Inspection of 
"I ships going into 

carry out the duties relative to the inspection of ships going into or out of com- 
or out of commission. mission. 



474 

1531. 

Reports of (i) At navy yards where vessels are being built, or fitted out 

"wolffnts in VOS" 

seis huhdinsr. for first commission, the heads of the divisions of the industrial 
department shall furnish the commandant of the yard, as soon 
as practicable after the first of each month, with a list of the 
actual finished weights of all articles, including machinery and 
appurtenances thereto, battery or ammunition, spare machinery, 
tools, outfit stores, or other articles of any kind under the 
cognizance of the several bureaus that may have been placed 
during the preceding month on board each vessel under con- 
struction, with the total amount of such weight up to date. Copies 
of the above reports shall be furnished the construction officer, 
and he shall prepare from them a general monthly report giving 
the total amount of weight placed on board the vessel during the 
month, and the total amount up to date. 
Manufactured (2) The engineer officer and construction officer are charged 
with the preparation of articles " to be manufactured " and of 
those for which repairs or alterations have been authorized by 
the several bureaus. In order that the supply officer's records 
may be perfected, they shall notify him in writing immediately 
upon the completion of such articles. When the repairs, altera- 
tions, or manufacturing are done at another yard, the head of 
division of the manufacturing department in charge of the work 
at the yard at which it is performed shall furnish this informa- 
tion to the supply officer at the yard where the supplies are being 
assembled. 

Section 9. — Engineer Officer. 
1532. 

Authority. (i) The engineer officer of the navy yard shall, under the direc- 

tion of the commandant, have charge of the machinery division 
of the industrial department and shall supervise and control all 
work assigned to his division in accordance with the provisions 
of article 1519. 

Labor. (2) He shall have charge of all labor employed by his division. 

except as indicated in paragraph 3 of this article. 

Work for pub- (3) Upon request of the public-works officer the engineer officer 

liC"^voi"ks officer 

shall have performed work not within the facilities of, and shall 
furnish labor not included in, the employments allowed that 
officer, under the direction of the commandant, in accordance 
with article 1534 (3). 
Cognizance. (4) He shall, under the direction of the commandant, have 

charge of and be responsible for the condition and preservation 
of all machinery, boilers, and their appurtenances afloat at the 



475 

station, under tfie cognizance of the machinery division, except 
of vessels in full commission, in commission in reserve, and in 
commission in ordinary; nod he shall exercise control over all 
persons employed in connection with such machinery in matters 
relating to its preservation and good order. 

(5) When a ship is to be placed out of commission, he shall Ships going 
rake charge of her machinery at the time when her engineer officer sk>n. 0f commis " 
is detached. 

(6) He shall inspect quarterly all boilers at the station, includ- or ( iI!^ection b ° il * 
ing those of yard craft, and shall report to the commandant their 

condition and the steam pressure to which they may safely be 
subjected, and he shall make at all times such suggestions as, in 
his opinion, will add to their safety and efficiency. He shall also 
make a quarterly inspection of such other machinery as the com- 
mandant may direct, and shall make such recommendations as he 
may deem wise to insure that all the machinery referred to herein 
be kept in efficient condition. 

Section 10. — Construction Officer. 
153S. 

(1) The construction officer of the navy yard shall, under the Authority, 
direction of the commandant, have chaise of the hull division 

of the industrial department, and shall supervise and control all 
work assigned to his division in accordance with the provisions 
of article 1519. 

(2) He shall have charge of all labor employed by his division, Labor. 
except as provided in paragraph 3 of this article. 

(3) Upon request of the public-works officer, the construction i i( .^V<lrL f officer'" 
officer shall have performed work not within the facilities of, and 

shall furnish labor not included in, the employments allowed that 
officer, under the direction of the commandant, in accordance with 
article 1534 (3). 

(4) He shall, under the direction of the commandant, have Cognizance. 
charge of and be responsible for the condition and preservation 

of the hulls and all hull fittings under the cognizance of the hull 
division, except of vessels in full commission, in commission in re- 
serve ?.nd in commission in ordinary, and he shall exercise con- 
trol over all persons employed in connection with matters relating 
to its preservation and good order. 

Section 11. — Public Works Officer. 
1534. 

(1) The public works officer of a navy yard shall, under the Authority, 
direction of the commandant, have charge of the public-works 



476 

department, and shall supervise and control all work assigned to 
his department in accordance with the provisions of article 1519, 
and shall have charge of the operations and upkeep of public- 
works and public utilities except as otherwise provided in article 
484. 

Labor. (2) When directed to perform work by Government labor he 

shall prepare all necessary schedules of materials to be used 
thereon and shall have charge of all labor connected therewith, 
except as provided in article 1542. 

Eatings of em- (3) Employees in the following ratings are assigned to the 
pioyees. public-works department : 

Concrete workers. Masons, stone. Teamsters. 

Dredgers. Motor vehicle drivers. Trolleymen. 

Drivers, artesian well. Pavers. Wharf builders. 

Gardeners. Pile drivers. Wheelwrights. 

Hod carriers. Plasterers. Such common laborers 

Horseshoers. Roofers. as may be necessary 

Hostlers. Slaters. in carrying on the 

Locomotive engine tend- Stable keepers. work of the depart- 

ers. Stonecutters. ment. 

Locomotive crane tend- Structural steel work- 
ers, ers. 

Masons, brick. Switchmen. 

The various ratings enumerated shall be appropriately grouped 
and shall be operated in a manner similar to that employed in the 
Hull and Machinery Divisions. When work under the cognizance 
of the public works officer requires for its performance the employ- 
ment of a class of labor not above enumerated, such labor as may 
be required may be furnished from the industrial department for 
service under the direction of the public works officer, and when 
such labor is no longer required the public works officer shall so 
inform the head of the division from which it is obtained. 

The direct cost of and the indirect charges incident to the per- 
formance of such work or the use of such labor shall be a charge 
against the appropriation under which the work is done. 
Public work (4) Should the Navy Department decide that any public work 
structe^by con- or Public utility shall be constructed by contract, either wholly or 
tract. in part, the public works officer shall superintend the work, make 

estimates as the work progresses of the proportion completed, and 
certify and sign all vouchers if the work is done in accordance 
with the terms of the contract. 

(5) He shall make to the commandant such suggestions in the 
line of his profession and duty as he may consider for the interest 
of the service. (Art. 1493.) 

(6) He shall have prepared and sign all reports of the work 
under his special charge. 



-177 

Section 12. — The Inspection Officer and Assistant Inspectors. 

1535. 

(1) The inspection officer and the other officers ordered to duty inspection offi- 
in the inspection department shall be assistants to the comman- cer * 

dant for the purpose of executing such instructions as he may give 
in regard to the performance of their duties as inspectors, and as 
such they are the direct representatives of the commandant and 
perform their duties under his direct supervision only. 

(2) The inspection officer, in person or through his assistants, 
shall make such inspections as he deems necessary of work in 
progress or completed. With the exception of work on ships in 
commission, the inspection of which will proceed as prescribed in 
article 1536. and of contract work subject to the inspection of the 
public works officer, the inspection officer shall, under the direction 
of the commandant, be charged with the inspection of all work of 
construction, manufacture, and repair. When engaged in inspec- 
tion duty, officers shall have such access to all departments and 
divisions of the yard as may be necessary. To the end that officers 
engaged on inspection duty may follow the progress Of drawings 
and have knowledge of the plans for work before it reaches the 
shops, they shall have free access to the drafting rooms and to all 
papers and records bearing upon the plans. 

(3) The office of the inspection officer shall be deemed a part 
of the office of the commandant, and the inspection officer shall 
keep no official files or records other than those of the comman- 
dant's office. 

(4) The inspection officer shall keep the commandant closely in 
touch with the character and progress of work and shall bring to 
his attention all cases of excessive cost or time of manufacture 
that may come to his notice. 

1536. 

(1) The Inspection of work done on board a ship in coinnus- General duties, 
sion by navy-yard employees, and on ail articles remaining on the 
books of the ship which are to be overhauled or repaired by the 
yard force and returned to the ship before she sails, shall be 
habitually directed and performed by the commanding officer of 
the ship, who shall act as general inspector of the ship for this 
purpose and who shall, upon arrival at the yard for repairs, 
assign officers of the ship to represent him for such inspection 
duty. Officers so detailed shall act as assistant inspectors and 
shall have the same authority and access to the records, drawings, 
and shops as are given to assistants to the inspection officer of 
the navy yard. The commanding officer shall also appoint a 



478 

suitable number of subinspectors from among the junior and 
warrant officers of the ship, and such others as the commanding 
officer may think proper. It is the purpose of this provision to 
insure that, so far as may be. the responsibility for the inspection 
of ship work shall be assumed by and rest upon the commanding 
officer of the vessel concerned. 

(2) Copies of all job orders issued pertaining to work on a 
ship in commission shall be furnished to the ship on her arrival, 
and thereafter as issued. When the accounting department has 
determined the cost of any job order, the inspection officer of the 
yard shall furnish the ship with a copy of this report, which copy 
shall be retained on the ship's files. In addition to this, the as- 
sistant inspectors of a ship may call upon the inspection officer of 
the yard at any time for such information in his possession as 
may be of use to the ship in connection with her inspection work. 

(3) The general inspector of a ship, through his assistants shall 
keep in close touch with the heads of the divisions of the indus- 
trial department, and with their subordinate officers and super- 
visory force, and also with the inspection officer of the yard and 
his assistants. 

Section 13. — Supply Officer. 

1537. 

Duties. (1) At each navy yard and station there shall be an officer of 

the Supply Corps detailed as the supply officer, who, under the 
direction of the commandant, shall have charge, with exceptions 
noted elsewhere, of the receipt into store, custody, shipment, trans- 
fer, and issue from store of all supplies, material, manufactured 
articles, and all other articles subject to invoice. 

(2) All articles in his charge shall be so stored and guarded as 
to enable him to assume a rigid responsibility for their proper 
care and expenditure. 

(3) He shall have charge of the keys of all storehouses and 
buildings containing articles for which he is responsible. 

(4) He shall have charge of the upkeep and operations of oil 
fuel and coaling plants. 

Section 14. — Disbursing Officer. 

1538. 

General duties. (1) The disbursing officer of a shore station shall pay all offi- 
cers and enlisted persons attached to it and to the vessels in 
commission in ordinary and, if so ordered, those belonging to 
receiving ships; also such officers as have their accounts trans- 
ferred to the station for pay. (Arts. 1797 and 1809.) 



479 

(2) Ho shall pay all civilian employees at the station, upon *»J of me- 
. . , „ . , -, , , TT chamcs and la- 

certifaed pay rolls signed or approved by the commandant. He borers. 

shall be responsible only for the correctness of the computations 
on the rolls of civilian employees pertaining to the different de- 
partments. 

(3) The officer certifying to the correctness of yard labor rolls 
shall be responsible for errors other than errors made in com- 
putation on such rolls, and shall be responsible for overpayments 
resulting therefrom. In cases where the employee to whom over- 
payment was made is still in the service when the error is dis- 
covered, the disbursing officer shall immediately request the officer 
preparing the roll on which the account is carried to make the 
necessary checkage, and such checka.ue will immediately be made. 
In cases where the employee is no longer carried on the rolls, the 
disbursing officer will, immediately upon discovery of the error, 
notify the officer responsible in order that he may take steps 
toward recovery* 

(4) He shall, when directed by the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
counts in accordance with article ItKM, pay for articles purchased 
through purchasing officers or otherwise upon requisitions ap- 
proved by the Paymaster General. 

Section - 15. — Accounting Offices, 
1539. 

(1) Under the direction of the commandant, and in accordance Duties, 
with instructions issued by the department, the accounting officer 
of the yard shall keep the accounts of all manufacturing and op- 
erating expense thereat, which shall include an exact account under 
each department or division of all material and labor expended 
upon each job order, from which he shall prepare such reports of 
all expenditure under each bureau as may be required by the Navy 
Department. He shall furnish monthly, or as the commandant 
may direct, to the heads of the yard departments and divisions 
a statement of expenditures under their departments and divisions. 
He shall notify the head of any department or division when any 
allotment of funds for expenditure under the direction of such 
officer shall be so depleted that it will probably be exhausted be- 
fore the end of the current month. He shall, when so requested 
by a head of a department or division, furnish the latter a state- 
ment of the cost to date of any outstanding job order ; and when 
a job is completed he shall, as soon thereafter as practicable, fur- 
nish the head of department or division concerned a detailed 
statement of the cost of labor and material and the indirect 
charges entering into such job. He shall prepare all pay rolls, 



480 

except those under the cognizance of the Bureau of Medicine and 
Surgery. 

(2) The accounting officer shall submit to the several bureaus 
monthly reports in detail of the cost of work under their cogni- 
zance. 

Section 16. — Medical Officers. 
1540. 

Daily sick re- (l) The medical officer shall make a daily report to the com- 
mandant of all persons in the naval service attached to the yard 
who should be excused from duty on account of sickness, and shall 
furnish to the commanding officer of marines a copy of so much 
of said report as pertains to the marines. 
To examine re- (2) He shall examine recruits who may offer to enlist in the 
dates. oaU(a " Marine Corps at the yard, and all candidates for appointment in 
the Navy who may present themselves under proper authority. 
Applicants for (3) Medical officers shall examine all applicants for pensions 
pensions. under the provisions of sections 4756 and 4757 of the Revised 

Statutes and give the required certificate on the blanks issued by 
the department. 

Section 17. — Work Done bt One Department or Division for 

Another. 

1542. 

How performed. Whenever the head of a department or division requires work 
to be done by another department or division, he shall make a 
request therefor upon the officer controlling the shops in which the 
work is to be done, such request to contain a statement of the 
work required, the job order number, title, and appropriation to 
which it is to be charged, and the authority for the work. Such 
work shall at all times be open to the inspection of the head of 
department or division upon whose request it is done. 

Section 18. — Employment of Labor at Navy Yards. 

1543. 

Regulations The employment of labor at navy yards shall be governed bv the 

governing. J ?•■'-'■' 

instructions contained in chapter 42 of the Navy Regulations, and 
by such other instructions as may be issued by the Secretary of 
the Navy, pursuant to the provisions of law, of executive orders, 
and of the regulations of the Civil Service Commission. 



481 



Section 19. — Floating Dry Docks. 



1544, 



(1) Floating dry docks shall be moored, under the direction of 
the commandant, in such location as the department may select. 
The design and arrangement of the moorings shall be subject to 
the approval of the construction officer in so far as they affect 
the operation and use of the dock. 

(2) The construction officer shall be in immediate charge of 
the dock and of its crew, and shall be charged with the use, 
operation, and upkeep of the dock and of its moorings. He shall 
perform the self-docking and reassembling of the dock when such 
operation is ordered by the Bureau of Construction and Repaid 

(3) The routine scaling, painting, and repairing of the dock 
shall be performed by the crew thereof, as far as practicable 
The construction officer shall advise the commandant as to the 
need for special materials for renewals, and of the necessity 
for alterations or extensive repairs, in sufficient time to allow the 
Bureau of Yards and Docks to arrange for their pure-base or per- 
formance, as the case may be. 

(4) No material changes or alterations shall be made in a 
floating dry dock affecting its structural strength or operating 
mechanism without authority from the Chief of Naval Operations. 

(5) When extensive repairs or alterations are required, the 
necessary plans shall be prepared, and the work, when authorized, 
shall be carried out by the appropriate division of the indus- 
trial department to the satisfaction of the public-works office*; 

(6) When docking operations do not otherwise provide a test, 
every floating dry dock shall bo testeel quarterly, at intervals not 
exceeding three months between successive rests, by submerging 
the dock to the maximum depth probably required for docking 
ships, ami by then raising it again. When submerged, the dock 
shall be observed for listing and for leakage of valves and of 
the drainage system. Following the above test, at least once in 
every Quarter and in no case at greater intervals than three months, 
the interior and all accessible exterior portions of the dock- and 
of its machinery and appurtenances shall be thoroughly inspected 
by a board composed of the engineer officer, the construction officer, 
and the public-works officer, or of commissioned assistants to 
these officers. The reports of these quarterly inspections and tests, 
with suitable recommendations, shall be made to the commandant 
and forwarded by him to rhe Chief of Naval Operations. 

<7) No floating dry dock shall be submerged below the main 
or working deck without sufficient steam pressure in the boilers 
to enable the dock to be immediately pumped up. 



Floating docks, 



Changes. 



Repaii 



Tests. 



Precautions. 



482 

(8) No floating dry dock shall be left over night with the main 
or working deck submerged without special authority from the 
commandant in each ease. 

(9) A sufficient number of boilers to insure the safety of the 
dock shall be kept primed and ready to make steam at all times 
when a floating dry dock is light and not in use. 

(10) On board every floating dry dock there shall always be 
at least one man on watch, who shall preferably be one compe- 
tent to fire boilers, start pumps, and manipulate valves. During 
hours of darkness there shall always be" at least two men on board 
every floating dry dock, at least one of whom shall be awake and 
vigilant at all times. 

(11) Subject to the provisions of these regulations and to the 
approval of the commandant, the construction officer shall draft 
and enforce the necessary rules for the operation and safe use 
of floating dry docks. 

(12) So far as practicable, the regulations governing the dock- 
ing of ships in masonry dry docks shall also govern in the case 
of floating dry docks. 

Section 20. — Visits to Vessels Building. 
1545. 

visitors on (1) No visitors shall be allowed, to go on board vessels of the 

consh-netion. nder -^ av y under construction except by the permission of the senior 

naval officer present ; and no such permission shall be given to any 

one not known to be an American citizen of good standing and 

repute. 

Authority for (2) Visitors representing foreign governments, or known to be 
other than American citizens, shall not be permitted to visit such 
vessels except by authority of the Bureau of Navigation ; and they 
shall in all cases be accompanied by a naval oiiicer on duty at the 
navy yard or works where the vessel is building. 

Section 21. — Relations of the Commander in Chief, Atlantic 
Fleet, with the Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay. 

1546. 

Jurisdiction of The commandant of this station shall have jurisdiction in mat- 
the commandant. ters affecting its internal administration and development and 
control of such vessels, tugs, lighterage, and other facilities as are 
directly assigned for the use of the station. Except as hereinafter 
stated he shall occupy the same relations to the Navy Department 
as do the commandants of naval stations or yards within the 
continental limits of the United States. 



483 

1547. 

As this station is a naval base for the Heel, its resources shall delations of 

c o uimandor i n 
he at the disposal of the commander in chief of the Atlantic Fleet chief of station, 

and of his division commanders ; but other has officers temporarily an<1 othors - 

visiting this station shall have the same relations with it as now 

exist between them and the commandants of naval statious within 

the continental limits of the United States. 

1548. 

Flag officers, as above designated, are authorized to issue orders Orders to Lo 
at their discretion in matters affecting the efficiency and prepared- ^ndant, etc. 
ness of the fleet ; but their authority to do so imposes upon them 
a proper regard for the efficiency of the naval station. Any order 
given by them must be executed by the commandant, who, if he 
feels that such execution will impair the efficiency of the station, 
should, as a matter of duty and before executing the order, call 
the attention of the flag officer to the facts in the case; after 
which, if the latter insists, he must carry oat the instructions 
received promptly and zealously. The commandant is, however, 
under such circumstances to bring the matter to the attention of 
the Navy Department, furnishing the flag officer with a copy of 
such report. 

Sectiox 22. — Relations oi jiik (\>.m maxdkk :.\ ('iiikk, United 
States Asiatic Fleet, with the Naval Stations, Cavtte and 
Qlongapq, and other Shoke Activities "Wtthtx the Limits of 
THE Asiatic STATION. 

154 J). 

(1) The commander in chief of the United Males Asiatic Fleet 
will command and he responsible for all United States naval forces 
afloat and ashore within the Hunts of the Asiatic Station. The 
naval Stations ;it Cavite and titiongapo, as well as nil mobile United 
States naval forces afloat and ashore specially detailed at local 
defense of any part oi* the sixteenth naval district, will be under 
the direct command of the commandant of the district, who will 
he junior and subordinate to the commander in chief of the 
United States Asiatic Fleet. 

(2) As the United States naval stations at f'avite and Olongapo 
arc naval bases for the Asiatic Fleet, their resources shall be at 
the disposal of the commander in chief, United States Asiatic 
Fleet: but other flag officers temporarily visiting these stations 
shall have the same relations with them as now exist between flag 
officers afloat and commandants of naval stations within the conti- 
nental limits of the United States. 



1 



484 

(3) The relations of the commandant of the sixteenth naval 
district to the several Navy and Marine Corps activities within 
the district shall he in all respects; similar to the relations existing 
in naval districts elsewhere, snhject to the provisions of paragraph 
(1) of this article. 

(4) The commander in chief of the United States Asiatic Fleet, 
while having full military authority over the naval station at 
Guam, shall not direct or be responsible for the administration of 
the naval government of Guam or the technical work of the sta- 
tion. He shall, however, be kept informed of the work in progress 
at the station, especially of such work as has a bearing on its 
military effectiveness. 

Section 23. — The Navy Yard, Washington, D. C, and Ordnance 
Plants, South Charleston. 

1550. 

Regulations In view of the character of the work done at the navy yard, 
governing. Washington, D. C, and at the Naval Ordnance plant at South 

Charleston, W. Va., and of the necessity for special organization 
at these places as the result thereof, only those provisions of this 
chapter which are the result of law shall be considered as of 
invariable application to these places. Such other provisions of 
this chapter as the department may direct shall apply to these 
places, together with such special instructions as the department 
may issue from time to time in regard to the subject. When no 
special instructions are issued the provisions of this chapter shall 
be construed to govern, and in each case in which it shall appear 
that special instructions are necessary and have not been issued 
the commandant of the yard shall forward a statement of the 
case to the Secretary of the Navy with his recommendation. All 
laws relating to navy yards in general apply to these places also, 
with full force and effect. 

Section 24. — The Navy Yards under Industrial Management. 

1551. 

(1) In view of the establishment of industrial management at 
certain navy yards, and of the special organization at such yards 
as the result thereof, only those provisions of this chapter which 
are the result of law shall be considered as of invariable applica- 
tion to those yards. It is the purpose of the department in order- 
ing industrial management, to obtain a distinct separation of the 
industrial work from the military work; to insure individual 
responsibility; to secure undivided authority in the conduct of 
the military and of the industrial work, and thereby to obtain 
increased economy and efficiency, 



485 

(2) The officer ordered as industrial manager shall have the 
administration and entire control of, and be responsible for, all 
industrial activities of the yard, including the labor forces; the 
employment and hours of labor; all facilities for production; 
shops, offices, and quarters assigned in connection with industrial 
activities. He shall have under him all personnel and facilities 
of the following departments: Industrial, public works, inspec- 
tion, and accounting. 

(3) Inspection of work done for ships in commission or in 
reserve will be effected as provided in article 1536. Inspection 
of ships building; ships out of commission, and the inspection of 
manufacturing work will be provided for by the industrial man- 
ager, except when detail has been made of officers for prospective 
service with the ship, when inspection will be conducted by such 
officers. 

(4) District craft detailed by the commandant for purely in- 
dustrial purposes, will be under the control of the industrial 
manager while so employed. 

(5) Quarters designated by the department as industrial will 
be available for occupancy by the industrial manager and his 
assistants, as the industrial manager may assign. 

(6) When officers attached to the industrial department at a 
navy yard are required by the commandant for service on courts or 
boards, at the yard or on board of ships at the yard, in connection 
with industrial or technical matters, they shall he detailed by the 
industrial manager upon the request of the commandant. 

(7) All correspondence in regard to matters relating to the 
execution by the industrial department of its work, or technical 
matters in connection therewith, will be directed to the industrial 
manager. Commanding officers of ships shall send all communica- 
tions in regard to work on their ships direct to the industrial 
manager. 

(8) At navy yards where industrial management is established, 
the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the commandant as 
prescribed in these regulations are modified as necessary to carry 
out the provisions of the preceding paragraphs of this article. 

Section 25. — Regulations for the Control, Defense, and Pro- 
tection of Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, and Defense of the Pan- 
ama Canal. 

1552 

(1) The commandant of the naval station at Pearl Harbor, Ter- 
ritory of Hawaii, is authorized and empowered to carry out and 
is charged with the carrying out of the rules and regulations gov- 
erning the navigation, movement, and anchorage of vessels of 
whatsoever character in the waters of Pearl Harbor and in the 

183841°— 20 32 



486 

entrance channel to said harbor, and he shall take all necessary 
measures for the proper enforcement of such rules and regulations. 
(Art. 78.) 

(2) All officers of the Navy and masters and owners of all 
vessels using Pearl Harbor are therefore notified and cautioned 
to conform themselves to the within prescribed regulations and 
to such further lawful rules and regulations as may be established 
in pursuance of this order by the commandant of the naval station. 

(3) The waters of Pearl Harbor and the entrance channel 
thereto shall be construed to mean the waters leading from the 
Pearl Lochs (including the various bodies of water known as the 
West Loch, Middle Loch, East Loch, and Southeast Loch), with 
channels and passages connecting the same, and with the minor 
bodies of water tributary thereto to the outer end of the channel to 
sea and the anchorage ground for a radius of 1 mile from a point 
in the axis of seaward entrance to the channel. 

(4) No commercial or other privately owned vessel not of 
American registry shall be permitted to enter Pearl Harbor ; nor 
any foreign national vessel, except by special authority of the 
United States Navy Department in each case. (Executive Order, 
Sept. 23, 1912.) 

(5) All deep-sea vessels of American registry arriving off Pearl 
Harbor and desiring to enter shall signify such desire and request 
permission by radiotelegraph, signal, or other suitable means, 
and shall not enter the channel, or anchor within 1 mile of the 
entrance thereof before permission is granted nor before the regu- 
larly authorized pilot is received on board. 

(6) All deep-sea vessels of American registry desiring to leave 
Pearl Harbor shall obtain permission therefor from the com- 
mandant, and the commandant shall require the employment of 
a regularly authorized pilot if, in his discretion, it be necessary 
or advisable. 

(7) The passage in or out of the harbor of any vessel is pro- 
hibited between the hours of sunset and sunrise, except when 
specifically permitted by the commandant. 

(8) All traffic in the channels shall be stopped at such times 
as may be directed by the commandant. 

(9) Fishing boats are prohibited from working in the channels. 

(10) Anchorage ground for naval vessels shall be established in 
the East Loch, and anchorage grounds for other vessels shall be 
established so as not to interfere with the efficiency of the harbor 
as a naval port. 

(11) That part of Pearl Harbor lying between Ford Island 
(Mokuumeume) and the mainland portion of the naval station 
shall be entirely reserved for United States naval purposes and 
shall be closed to all traffic or uses by other than naval vessels 
except by permission of the commandant. 



487 



(12) The commandant shall establish and maintain such fur- 
ther harbor rules and regulations as he may deem necessary. 

1553. 



Under the provisions of the Panama Canal act the gover- 
nor is charged with the protection of the canal until such time 
as the President may designate an officer of the Army to have 
entire control of the canal and the Canal Zone during time of war 
or threatened war. The military and naval forces stationed in 
the Canal Zone will furnish such assistance to the governor in 
the performance of this duty as the respective commanding officers 
may be requested by him to render. 



Defense of the 
Panama Canal. 



MM 



CHAPTER 42. 



INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING EMPLOYMENT, LEAVE, PAY, ETC. 
OF CIVILIANS IN THE NAVAL SERVICE. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1562-1563. Employment of labor. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1564-1567. Politics and religion. 

Sec. 3.— -Art. 1568. Classification. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1569. Application and examination. 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1570-1571. Labor boards, transfers, etc. 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1572. Testimony for Civil Service Commission. 

Sec. 7. — Art. 1573-1574. Overtime and holiday work and pay. 

Sec. 8. — Art. 1575-1580. Injury, rewards, leave, retirement. 



Section 1. — Employment of Labor. 
1562. 

Detailed instructions as to civilians in the Naval Establishment instructions 
will be issued by the Navy Department in the Manual of the Sec- 
retary's Office. All bureaus and offices of the Navy Department 
shall be advised of contents prior to publication and changes 
therein shall be handled in the same manner as changes in Navy 
Regulations. 

1563. 

Labor is employed in accordance with the instructions approved Employment 
by the President December 7, 1912, and subsequent acts, the civil- 
service rules, Executive orders, legal decisions, opinions, and 
rulings. 

Section 2. — Politics and Religion. 

1564. 

1. No information relative to the politics or religion of an Politics and 
applicant, eligible, or employee shall be required, requested, or 
received. Any communication containing such information which 
may be offered shall be rejected, and, if written, shall be returned 
to the tender thereof. No consideration shall be given to such 

(480) 



490 

information, and no person shall be employed, promoted, rerated, 
discharged, or otherwise discriminated against or favored on 
account of his religious or political opinions. 

Contributions. (a) No contribution of money for political purposes shall be 
required, requested, or accepted from any employee. 

Political cam- (&) No employee shall take an active part in political manage- 
paign. nient or campaigns, nor use his official authority or influence to 

interfere with or influence the result of an election. 

Violation of (c) A violation of any of the above regulations under section 2 
shall be considered a just cause for immediate dismissal from 
the service. 

(d) Executive order of May 14, 1909, provides as follows: 
"Whenever, in the opinion of the Secretary of the Navy, a 
strict enforcement of the provisions of section 2, Rule I, of the 
civil-service rules would influence the result of a local election 
the issue of which materially affects the local welfare of the 
Government employees in the vicinity of any navy yard or sta- 
tion, the Civil Service Commission may, on recommendation of 
the Secretary of the Navy, and after such investigation as it 
may deem necessary, permit the active participation of the em- 
ployees of the yard or station in such local election. In the exer- 
cise of the privilege which may be conferred hereunder persons 
affected must not neglect their official duties nor cause public 
scandal by their activity." 

1565. 

increase of The act of June 30, 1876, provides that no increase in the 

f fH*f ft t)&fOf*6 oloC" 

tions. force at any navy yard shall be made at any time within 60 

days next before any election to take place for President of the 
United States or Members of Congress, except when the Secretary 
of the Navy shall certify that the needs of the public service 
make such increase necessary at that time, which certificate shall 
be immediately published when made. (19 Stat. 69.) 

1566. 

Contributions No officer, clerk, or employee in the United States Government 
and gifts. employ shall at any time solicit contributions from other officers, 

clerks, or employees in the Government service, for a gift or 
present to those in a superior official position ; nor shall any such 
officials or clerical superiors receive any gift or present offered 
or presented to them as a contribution from persons in Govern- 
ment employ, receiving a less salary than themselves; nor shall 
any officer or clerk make any donations as a gift or present to 
any official superior. Every person who violates this section shall 
be summarily discharged from the Government employ. (Sec. 
1784, Rev. Stat., U. S.) 



491 

1567. 

No money appropriated by any act shall be expended for mem- Member ship 
bership fees or dues of any officer or employee of the United prohibited.™ *"* 
States or of the District of Columbia in any society or association 
or for expenses of attendance of any person at any meeting or 
convention of members of any society or association, unless such 
fees, dues, or expenses are authorized to be paid by specific 
appropriations for such purposes or are provided for in express 
terms in some general appropriation. (37 Stat. L., 184, act of 
June 26, 1912.) 

Section 3. — Classification. 
1568. 

(1) All artisan and supervising artisan and other civil positions ciassificatioa. 
under the jurisdiction of the Department of the Navy, not specifi- 
cally excepted by law or Executive orders, are included in the com- 
petitive classified service. 

(2) Employees of the Naval Home are excepted from the provi- 
sions of the navy-yard regulations. (Letter Civil Service Commis- 
sion, Apr. 2, 1913.) 

(3) Executive order of February 27, 1917, excepts from exami- 
nation the following positions at the Naval Academy : Civilian 
professors, instructors, teachers, bakers' helpers, coffee men, fire- 
men, linen men, pantrymen, dish pantrymen, scullions, utility 
men, waiters, and, when promoted from the position of waiter, 
head and assistant head waiter. 

(4) Executive order of June 24, 1918, excepts from examination 
all positions in the island of Guam, Samoa, and the Virgin Islands. 

(5) Executive order of February 4, 1913, excepts from exami- 
nation artisan and supervisory artisan positions at the naval sta- 
tions Cavite and Olongapo, P. I., and Guantanamo, Cuba. 

(6) Executive order of April 3, 1911, excepts from examination 
one clerk actually on duty with each assistant paymaster of the 
Marine Corps. 

(7) The force at navy yards and naval stations is divided under 
four groups, as follows : 

IN CLASSIFIED. 

Group I. — Laborers and others engaged upon manual work 
which requires no mechanical skill or trade knowledge. 

CLASSIFIED. 

Group II. — Apprentices, helpers, and others engaged upon work 
which requires some mechanical skill or trade knowledge. 



492 

Geoitp III. — Artisans. 

Group IVa. — Supervising employees. 

Group IVb. — Special employees whose primary qualification is a 
trade knowledge, but who are not required to possess more than a 
limited educational qualification. 

Group IVc. — Special employees who are required to have edu- 
cational and technical qualifications. 

Section 4. — Applications and Examinations. 

1569. 

Applications. Application for employment under Groups I, II, and III may be 
made at the office of the labor board on each working day of the 
year. 

(1) Positions under Group IVa shall be filled by competitive 
examinations. 

(2) Positions under Group IVb shall be filled by competitive 
examinations except Planners, Estimators, and Progress men 
which shall be noncompetitive examinations. 

(3) Positions under Group IVc shall be filled by competitive 
examination. 

Section 5. — Labor Boards, Transfers, etc 
1570. 

Composition of (1) There shall be a labor board at each navy yard or station 
and at each separate establishment outside of the navy yards where 
the number of employees is sufficient to require it, composed of 
one commissioned officer with a rank not lower than lieutenant 
commander, who shall serve as senior member of the board, three 
employees permanently assigned to the yard or station, and: the 
district secretary of the Civil Service Commission. In exceptional 
cases where, because of peculiar conditions, it is not advisable 
to designate civilian employees, naval officers in addition to the 
senior member may be selected for board membership. The 
navy-yard members of the board shall be recommended to the 
Civil Service Commission through the district secretary after a 
conference between the commanding officer and the district secre- 
tary. 

Responsibility. (2) The labor board shall be charged with and be responsible 
for the proper, effective, and impartial enforcement of these regu- 
lations, and it shall report, in writing, to the commanding officer 
without delay any violation of the law or regulations relating to 
the employment of labor which may come to its knowledge or to 
that of any cf its members. 



493 

(3) The duties of the labor board are administrative, and it Duties defined, 
shall not make any change in methods or promulgate instruc- 
tions which would materially affect these regulations. 

(4) The district secretary of the Civil Service Commission shall Adviser, 
act as the labor board's adviser in all matters pertaining to the 
administration of the civil-service law and rules, and with ref- 
erence to all such matters the labor board shall be under the direct 

and sole control of the Civil Service Commission. 

(5) The instructions of the Civil Service Commission fixing the Civil Service 
relative weights of subjects, the methods to be employed in rating sections." ™ " 
the examination papers, the information to be furnished by the 

applicant and that to be secured by means of confidential inquiries 
shall be promulgated for the guidance of the labor board. 

1571. 

Reinstallation, transfer, promotion, rerating, reduction, or sepa- Transfer, pro- 
ration of civil employees shall be in accordance with instructions 
contained in the Manual of the Secretary's Office. 

Section 6. — Testimony for Civil Service Commission. 

[Civil-Service Rule XIV.] 

1572. 

(70) "It shall be the duty of every officer and employee in Testimony, 
the executive civil service and of every applicant or eligible for 
a position therein to give to the commission or its authorized 
representatives all proper and competent information and testi- 
mony in regard to matters inquired of arising under the civil- 
service act and rules and to subscribe such testimony and make 
oath or affirmation to the same before some officer authorized by 
law to administer oaths." 

Section 7. — Overtime and Holiday Work and Pay. 

1578. 

(1) The service and employment of all laborers and mechanics Ei & ht - h o"day. 
who are now or may hereafter be employed by the Government 
of the United States, by the District of Columbia, or by any 
contractor or subcontractor upon any of the public works of 
the United States or of the said District of Columbia is hereby 
limited and restricted to eight hours in any one calendar day, 
and it shall be unlawful for any officer of the United States 
Government or of the District of Columbia, or any such con- 
tractor or subcontractor whose duty it shall be to employ, direct, 



494 

or control the services of such laborers or mechanics, to require 
or permit any such laborer or mechanic to work more than eight 
hours in any calendar day except in case of extraordinary emer- 
gency. (Act of Aug. 1, 1892.) 

(2) Under the provisions of law set forth in the preceding 
paragraph, the working hours of laborers and mechanics at navy 
yards and naval stations can be extended over eight hours a day 
only in the case of an extraordinary emergency. 
Emergencies. (3) In cases of emergency involving loss to the Government 
which will not permit of delay, the commandants of navy yards 
and stations may authorize, without the prior approval of the 
department, work in excess of eight hours a day and work on 
Sundays and holidays not to exceed eight hours a day, provided 
that, in each case where overtime work is authorized due con- 
sideration shall be given to the provisions of the two preceding 
paragraphs. 

1574. 

Paying off. Employees at navy yards and stations within the continental 
limits of the United States shall receive their pay during work- 
ing hours. 

Section 8. — Injury. Rewards, Leave, Retirement. 

1575. 

injury. The United States employees' compensation act approved Sep- 

tember 7, 1916, provides compensation and reasonable medical, 
surgical, and hospital services and supplies to civilian employees 
of the United States suffering personal injuries sustained while 
In the performance of duty on or after September 7, 1916. The 
law requires the cooperation with the United States Employees' 
Compensation Commission of officers in charge of civilian em- 
ployees, in order that all facts may be ascertained and that 
the employee may receive whatever compensation and medical 
service he may be justly entitled to in the opinion of the Compen- 
sation Commission. 

1576. 



Leave of ab' 
sence for mili- 
tary duty. 



(1) Section 80 of the act of June 3, 1916, provides that all 
officers and employees of the United States and of the District of 
Columbia who shall be members of the National Guard shall 
be entitled to leave of absence from their respective duties, without 
loss of pay, time or efficiency rating, on all days during which 
they shall be engaged in field or coast-defense training ordered or 
authorized under the provisions of the act. 

(2) Under the Army appropriation act approved May 12, 1917, 
all officers and employees of the United States or of the District 



495 

of Columbia who shall be members of the Officers' Reserve Corps 
shall be entitled to leave of absence from their respective duties, 
without loss of pay, time, or efficiency rating, on all days during 
which they shall be ordered to duty with troops or at field exer- 
cises or for instruction, for periods not to exceed 15 days in any 
one calendar year : Provided further, That members of the Officers' 
Reserve Corps who are in the employ of the United States Govern- 
ment or of the District of Columbia and who are ordered to duty 
by proper authority shall, when relieved from duty, be restored 
to the position held by them when ordered to duty. 

1577. 

The naval act approved July 1, 1918, provides as follows : Cash rewards 

for Sll fiTGTPSt ions 

" That the Secretary of the Navy is hereby authorized, in his 
discretion and under such rules and regulations as he may pre- 
scribe, to pay cash rewards to civilian employees of the Navy 
Department or the Naval Establishment or other persons in civil 
life when, due to a suggestion or series of suggestions by them, 
there results an improvement or economy in manufacturing proc- 
ess or plant or naval material : Provided, That such sums as may 
be awarded to employees or other persons in civil life in accord- 
ance with this act shall be paid them out of current naval appro-, 
priations in addition to their usual compensation: Provided 
further, That no employee or other person in civil life shall be 
paid a reward under this act until he has properly executed an 
agreement to the effect that the use by the United States of the 
suggestion or series of suggestions made by him shall not form 
the basis of a further claim of any nature from the United States 
by him, his heirs, or assigns." 

1578. 

(1) Each and every employee of the navy yards, gun factories, Annual leave, 
naval stations, and arsenals of the United States Government is 

hereby granted 30 days' leave of absence each year, without for- 
feiture of pay during such leave : Provided, That it shall be lawful 
to allow pro rata leave only to those serving 12 consecutive months 
or more: And provided further, That in all cases the heads of 
divisions shall have discretion as to when the leave can best 
be allowed: And provided further, That no more than 30 days' 
leave pay shall be allowed any such employee in one year: Pro- 
vided further, That this provision shall not be construed to deprive 
employees of any sick leave or legal holidays to which they may 
now be entitled under existing law. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

(2) Civil employees at naval hospitals paid on a per diem, per 
month, or per annum basis shall be granted annual leave with 



496 

pay and leave without pay in the same manner as per diem 
employees at navy yards and naval stations. (Comptroller's de- 
cision of May 29, 1920.) 

(3) The civil force of the Marine Corps outside of Washington, 
D. C, shall be granted annual leave and leave without pay in the 
same manner as per diem employees of the same classification 
at navy yards and naval stations and based on the service year. 

(4) In the absence of restrictive legislation in regard to per 
annum employees in the Naval Establishment, said employees 
will, except as otherwise set forth hereafter, be granted annual 
leave upon the same conditions as per diem employees of the 
same classification and based on the service year. This para- 
graph shall not apply to per annum employees in branch hydro- 
graphic offices, who shall be granted leave in accordance with 
instructions for granting leave to civil employees of the Navy 
Department proper in Washington, D. C. 

1579. 

Sick lea?e. (l) Per diem employees of the clerical, drafting, inspection, 

messenger and police force may be granted not to exceed 15 days' 
leave with pay in any one service year, in addition to the 30 days' 
annual leave with pay, in the discretion of the Secretary of the 
Navy, in exceptional and meritorious cases where such an employee 
is ill. (See act of Mar. 3, 1909.) Such 15 days additional is 
not prorated and may be granted at any time during the service 
year, including the first service year. 

(2) Members of the clerical, drafting, inspection, messenger, and 
police force at naval hospitals may be granted sick leave with 
pay in the same manner as per diem employees at navy yards 
and naval stations. 

(3) The civil force of the Marine Corps outside of Wash- 
ington, D. C, may be granted sick leave with pay in the same 
manner as per diem employees of the same classification at navy 
yards and naval stations. 

(4) In the absence of restrictive legislation in regard to per 
annum employees in the Naval Establishment, said employees 
will, except as otherwise set forth, be granted sick leave with pay 
upon the same conditions as per diem employees of the same 
classification and based on the service year. This paragraph 
shall not apply to per annum employees in branch hydrographic 
offices, who shall be granted sick leave in accordance with in- 
struction for granting such leave to civil employees of the Navy 
Department proper at Washington, D. C. 



497 

1580. 

(1) The following is quoted from an act for the retirement of Retirement, 
employees in the classified civil service, approved May 22, 1920: 

" That beginning at the expiration of 90 days next following 
the passage of this act, all employees in the classified civil service 
of the United States who have on that date, or shall have on 
any date thereafter, reached the age of 70 years and rendered 
at least 15 years of service computed as prescribed in section 3 
of this act, shall be eligible for retirement on an annuity as 
provided in section 2 hereof: Provided, That mechanics, city and 
rural letter carriers, and post-office clerks shall be eligible for 
retirement at 65 years of age, and railway-postal clerks at 62 
years of age, if said mechanics, city and rural letter carriers, 
post-office clerks, and railway-postal clerks shall have rendered 
at least 15 years of service computed as prescribed in section 3 
of this act. 

"The provisions of this act shall include superintendents of 
United States national cemeteries, employees of the superintendent 
of the United States Capitol buildings and grounds, the Library 
of Congress, and the Botanic Gardens, excepting persons appointed 
by the President and confirmed by the Senate, and may be ex- 
tended by Executive order, upon recommendation of the Civil 
Service Commission, to include any employee or group of em- 
ployees in the civil service of the United States not classified 
at the time of the passage of this act. The President shall have 
power, in his discretion, to exclude from the operation of this act 
any employee or group of employees in the classified civil service 
whose tenure of office or employment is intermittent or of un- 
certain duration." 

(2) All employees to whom this act applies shall, upon the 
expiration of 90 days next succeeding its passage, if of retirement 
age, or thereafter on arriving at retirement age, be automatically 
separated from the service and all salary or compensation shall 
cease from that date. The head of each department, branch, or 
office shall notify such employees 60 days in advance thereof. 

(3) If within 60 days after the passage of this act or not less 
than 30 days before the arrival of an employee at age of retire- 
ment, the head of the department, branch, or office in which em- 
ployed, certifies to the Civil Service Commission that by reason 
of efficiency and willingness to remain in the service, continuance 
Mould be advantageous to the public service, the employee may 
be retained for successive terms of two years upon certification. 
At the end of 10 years no employee shall be thus continued for 
more than four years. 

(4) The certificate provided for in paragraph 3, in order to 
retain employees for additional two-year periods, after reaching 



498 

the age of retirement, shall only be issued upon the approval of 
the Navy Department, and then in only very special cases where 
it is specifically indicated that the retirement of the employee 
will operate to the injury of the service. 

(5) The application of the provisions of the retirement bill 
is under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Pensions, Department 
of the Interior. 



CHAPTEE 43. 



STORES ASHORE. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1590-1597. Custody, care, and issue. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1598-1603. Shipments. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1604-1610. Requisitions and purchases ashore. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1611-1616. Inspections. 

Sec. 5.— Art. 1617. Public bills. 

Sec. 6.— Art. 1618-1621. Commissary store. 



Section 1. — Custody, Care, and Issue. 
1590. 

(1) Officers in charge of stores shall exercise constant super- Officers in 

,, , ,, , ... charge of stores 

vision over them and protect them by every possible means to exercise care. 
against deterioration from any cause. 

(2) They shall, under the direction of the commandant of the Custody of 
yard or station, have charge of the keys of all storehouses and 5 
buildings containing articles for which they are responsible. The 

keys shall never be taken out of the yard, and when not in use 
shall be kept in the designated place. 

(3) They shall not give a receipt for articles delivered in the In ^ ic « s *° be 
yard until furnished with invoices in duplicate, which shall be 

complete descriptive lists of the deliveries claimed, one receipt 
to be signed and returned to the party delivering the articles and 
the other to be retained. 

(4) No stores furnished ami delivered by a contractor shall be Contract sup- 

, , , ... , . Plies unmarked 

received unless marked with his name. not to be re- 

ceived. 

(5) Immediately after stores received by purchase are inspected, aft ^J nispecticm! 
they shall be tagged or marked with the name of the bureau 

under which purchased, number of contract or open purchase 
requisition, the account, number of inspection call, and date when 
passed or rejected. 

(6) Articles received by shipment shall be tagged or marked 
with the name of the ship or navy yard from which received, 
the account, bureau, and number of invoice. 

(499) 



500 



1591. 



Articles mano- Every article manufactured at a navy yard under Title Z 
factured in nary * 

yards. shall, as soon after completion as practicable, be turned into 

store for issue by the supply officer. 

1592. 

urchased^orthe ^ A11 su PP lies purchased with moneys appropriated for the 
Navy and not for naval service shall be deemed to be purchased for the Navy and 
not for any bureau thereof, and these supplies, together with all 
supplies on hand, shall be arranged, classified, consolidated, and 
catalogued and issued for consumption or use under such regula- 
tions as the Secretary may prescribe without regard to the bureau 
for which they were purchased. (Act of June 30, 1890.) 

(2) The provisions of the preceding paragraph do not apply 
to the " Increase of the Navy " appropriations and to the " Cloth- 
ing and Small Stores " fund ; " Increase of the Navy " appropria- 
tions are continuous and the " Clothing and Small Stores " fund 
is intended to be self-sustaining. 
Accumulation (3) Not more than eight months' probable demand of supplies 
of supplies. shall be carried in stock, and in case of supplies that are liable 
to deterioration a four months' supply is sufficient to keep on hand. 
Supplies for (4) Supplies purchased for the Naval Academy are exempted 
Naval Academy. from tlie provisions of this article. 

1593. 

Supplies for The quantity of materials drawn from store at a navy yard for 
navy-yard work. wor k to be performed therein shall be restricted in every instance 
to that which is actually needed for the job concerned. When a 
job is likely to extend through a period of time including the 
end of a fiscal year, only material actually to be consumed upon 
the specific job before the end of such fiscal year shall be drawn, 
if possible; otherwise any surplus shall be invoiced back into 
store before the expiration of the fiscal year. Any material re- 
maining on hand upon the completion of the job for which drawn 
shall be turned into store immediately on returned material credit 
memorandum ; and under no circumstances shall materials re- 
maining on hand after the completion of the jobs for which drawn 
be permitted to accumulate. 

1594. 

Examination of Supply officers shall afford every facility to heads of depart- 
supplies on hand. ments and divisions, and to inspectors, for obtaining information 
and examining supplies on hand. 



501 

1595. 

(1) (a) Each bureau, except that of Medicine and Surgery, of ^JJJ KTut- 
shall arrange its prescribed outfit ( Title B ) and allowance of stores fits and aiiow- 

( Title C) for ships entitled to them. These allowance lists of ances * 
outfit and stores shall be in tabulated form and the arrangement 
shall be in accordance with the classification of the Bureau of 
Supplies and Accounts. Station ships, receiving ships, prison 
ships, and yard craft are not entitled to allowance lists. Allow- 
ance lists for ships operating under the general supply system 
shall be for Title B only, but each bureau shall also furnish for 
such ships a type allowance list for the information of the supply 
officer showing what items of Title C supplies may be carried in 
store on board under Title X or obtained on " not in excess " requi- 
sitions. 

(&) Allowance lists for destroyers, torpedo craft, and subma- Torpedo craft, 
rines shall be for Title B only. For each class of these vessels 
each bureau shall furnish to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts 
a special type allowance list of Title C items chargeable to its 
appropriation, and the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall 
combine the several bureaus' type allowance lists in one binder 
for issue to the individual vessels. 

(c) Vessels loaned to Naval Militia organizations shall be fur- 
nished with allowance lists of Title B only. 

(d) Other vessels shall be provided with individual allowance 
lists of Title B and Title C. 

(2) Whenever the home yard of a vessel is changed the allow- Chang© of home 
ance lists shall be immediately sent by the yard holding them to yard " 

the new home yard of the vessel, except when the allowance lists 
are being used to outfit a vessel, in which case they shall be for- 
warded as soon as they have served their purpose. 

(3) The prescribed outfit and allowance of supplies for a ship Time of prep- 
shall be prepared during her construction and fully completed ara j tl ^nowance^ S 
at least three months before the time when a contract-built ship 

is accepted by the Government or when a navy -yard built ship 
is ready for trial. 

(4) Four copies of the outfit and allowance list under each Camber of 
bureau shall be furnished by the bureau preparing same to the coples - 

navy yard where the ship is to be fitted out, for the supply officer, 
head of manufacturing division concerned, the ship's supply 
officer, and the head of the ship department concerned, respec- 
tively. When additional copies are required they shall be supplied 
upon request by the bureau concerned. 

(5) (a) The supply officer at the yard where the ship is to be Supplies to be 
fitted out is responsible for the assembling of all of the articles 

called for by allowance lists to be furnished by the Government. 
183841°— 20 33 



502 

In order that he may be informed in the premises, items to be 
furnished by the contractor will be marked with a special symbol. 
If the bureau concerned indicates in the allowance list that certain 
articles are to be obtained from other navy yards, he will obtain 
them from such yards, unless they are available in store., The 
instructions relative to assembling ship's outfits which bureaus 
incorporate in their respective allowance lists shall be carefully 
followed. 

Supplies to be (&) In case a bureau takes the necessary steps to provide cer- 
tain articles, either by purchase or by manufacture at a navy yard, 
the commandant of the yard where the vessel is to be fitted out 
shall be informed in the premises. In such case the supply officer 
is to follow the matter up and see that the articles are actually 
on hand in time for the vessel. 

Articles in (c) Articles in store should be utilized as far as possible, and 

lizel. " when articles are on hand that differ slightly from those called for 

by the allowance list they should be substituted therefor in cases 

where such substituted articles would suit the requirements 

equally well. 

Manufacture or (#) The manufacture or purchase of an article should not be 

DlIFfillASG 

proceeded with until the supply officer has ascertained that it can 

not be supplied from store or economically from stock at some 

other navy yard. 

Yards aesig- ( e ) F rom time to time circular instructions are issued by the 
nated as dis- 
tributing points, bureaus concerned designating certain navy yards as distributing 

points for certain classes of material. Supply officers of other 
navy yards should obtain such material from the distributing 
yards when needed for stock or issue. 
cles^o^manu- W When it has been decided as to what articles are to be man- 
factored. ufactured the inspector at the contractor's works should be com- 

municated with in order to obtain from him plans or other detail 
information necessary for their manufacture to suit the condi- 
tions on the individual vessel. 
Manufactured (g) in the case of articles called for by the allowance list, which 
would ordinarily be assumed to be standard, but which should 
be manufactured especially to suit the vessel, the inspector con- 
cerned should take the initiative in informing the navy yard in 
regard thereto. 

Requisitions (h) When the construction and engineer officers receive requests 
for material. 

for manufacture from the supply officer they will make timely 

requisitions on the supply officer for all of the necessary material. 
As soon as such articles are completed they shall be delivered and 
invoiced to the supply officer, except very heavy or bulky articles, 
which shall remain in charge of the head of the division con- 
cerned as unfinished work under Title Z, until the ship is ready 
to receive them, when they shall be invoiced to the supply officer 



503 

(Title Z to Title X), who shall in turn invoice them under the 
appropriate titles to the head of departments attached to the ship. 
In order that the supply officers records may be perfected the 
head of the division concerned shall inform him in writing imme- 
diately upon the completion of such articles. When the repairs, 
alterations, or manufacturing are done at another yard the 
supply officer at the yard where the work is performed shall 
furnish this informtaion to the supply officer at the yard where 
the ship is to fit out. 

(i) For all articles of outfit and supplies which are not in store Articles not in 
and which are not to be manufactured at the outfitting yard or ob- store * 
tained from another yard the supply officer shall submit purchase 
requisitions based upon the allowance lists. 

(;') When it is necessary to obtain articles of a vessel's outfit Articles fur- 
which are to be furnished by the Government for the purpose of ernment!^ GoT " 
arranging stowage the inspector concerned should make request 
directly on the commandant of the navy yard where the vessel 
is to be outfitted. When standard articles are required for tem- 
porary use only they should be obtained by request from the 
commandant of the nearest navy yard. If the information re- 
ceived from the navy yard indicates that delivery of any article 
desired is likely to be delayed beyond the time when such articles 
are required, report and recommendation in the premises should 
be made to the bureau concerned. 

( k ) For a vessel being fitted out the addition of an item to the Articles added 
allowance list is authority for furnishing the article. After a to allowance 
ship has been in commission six months the outfitting or home 
yard will not take the initiative in furnishing an article added 
to the allowance list. In this case, unless the bureau issues 
specific orders, the article will not be furnished except upon ship's 
requisition. 

(I) An approved allowance list should never be taken as author- Boats and an- 
ity for the manufacture of boats or the purchase of ship's anchors. c 
The Bureau of Construction and Repair will in all cases take 
the necessary steps to provide the boats and ship's anchors. 

(6) The articles for each ship on her first commission must Supplies to be 
be used only for that ship, unless otherwise specifically ordered served. 

by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts under the instructions of 
the Secretary of the Navy. When received or completed, all 
articles shall be distinctly marked or tagged with the name of 
the ship. 

(7) Supplies and equipage for ships in commission shall be Putting sup- 
delivered to the ships' representatives at the storehouses and shall plies on board * 
be there receipted for by them. Articles placed on board ship be- 
fore the arrival of the officers to be charged with their care shall be 
delivered, when directed by the commandant, to the head of 



504 

the department or division concerned, who shall give the supply 
officer receipted store invoices therefor and be responsible for 
their safe custody, but all these articles shall be embraced in the 
summary of store invoices furnished the ship's officers. 

Completion of (8) As articles are set aside, or reported completed, the supply 
Exported. * ° officer shall note the fact upon his copy of the allowance list ; and 
when all the articles are on hand, the fact shall be reported to 
the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, which shall be charged 
with the duty of seeing that all articles of equipment and sup- 
plies are furnished at the proper time. 

Contract-built (9) A list of all articles of equipage and supplies furnished 
ship8, in the contract for a new vessel, showing the quantity of each 

item supplied, the unit cost, and the total cost, arranged under 
Titles B and C, shall, on or before the date when the ship is 
turned over to the Government, be furnished the supply officer 
by the inspectors for the several bureaus concerned. These lists 
shall be prepared by the inspectors and submitted by them to the 
contractors to have the quantities and costs inserted therein. A 
copy of the list of equipage and supplies furnished by the con- 
tractor shall accompany the returns of* the supply officer to the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, in order that proper credit may 
be given the vessel under Title A. 

Title B or c (10) All Title B or C stores which are included in the contract 
ships.* 8 ° neW price of a new vessel and paid for from increase of the Navy 
appropriations shall be taken up by the supply officer at the yard 
where the ship is delivered and immediately transferred to the 
Navy Supply Account, a credit being given to the increase of 
the Navy appropriation involved. Upon issue by the supply officer 
ashore, such stores shall be transferred to the supply officer of 
the ship, under Title B or X ; or, in the case of a ship on board 
which the general supply system is not in operation, they shall 
be issued to the heads of ship departments concerned under Title 
B or C. Increase of the Navy appropriations shall be charged for 
Title B articles and the proper annual appropriations charged for 
Title C stores. 

Reports on al- (11) Commanding officers of ships shall report to the bureaus 
concerned wherein the allowance lists are deemed to exceed or 
to fall short of the requirements for ordinary cruising service, 
and the bureaus shall promptly notify those holding copies of the 
allowance lists of any change to be made. The latter shall make 
the necessary corrections in their lists, and enter abreast of the 
correction, over the signature of the officer in charge of the ar- 
ticles, the number and date of the letter authorizing the change, 
pasting in the back part of the book a copy of the order. Each 
bureau shall number its changes serially for each ship, and a 
record by number of all changes will be kept in front of allowance 
books. In navy yards the standard of reference will be the allow- 



505 

ance book in the custody of the supply officer, and he will also 
have custody of and keep corrected all spare copies of allowance 
books. 

(12) When a ship goes out of commission, all equipage and sup- Supplies of 

snips gOiHj} out 

plies shall be turned in and invoiced to the supply officer. The of commission. 

bureaus concerned shall designate the articles of equipage that 

are to be reserved in store for the recommissioning of the ship. 

When the complete outfit of a ship placed out of commission is to 

be kept in store in reserve ready for instant use, such outfit 

shall, when possible, be stored in a building separate from that 

in which articles for general issue are kept. 

(13) When a ship is placed out of commission, all copies of of A J h TpTgo!n| 
allowance lists on board shall be forwarded to the supply officer out of commis- 
of the yard at which the vessel is placed out of commission, these 8 on * 

copies to be returned to the ship on her being recommissioned. 
When the survey of the ship has been approved, the engineer officer 
of the yard and construction officer of the yard shall at once 
note any changes in vessel's allowance which they may recom- 
mend by reason of alterations to the vessel or her equipment, 
and forward such recommendation, with reason therefor, to the 
bureau concerned. The bureau concerned will act on this recom- 
mendation and make revision to allowance lists if necessary, and 
issue these revisions to all concerned in the same manner as is 
done for vessels building and vessels in commission. The supply 
officer of the yard at which the vessel is out of commission shall 
keep corrected the copy of allowance list belonging to vessel's 
heads of department and supply officer. 

(14) Hammock mattresses turned into store by vessels, in Ships recom- 

missioned. 

accordance with article 1319 (4), will be taken up in the survey 
account on memorandum invoices by the supply officer of the ves- 
sel. The cost of repairing and cleaning shall be charged to appro- 
priation " Construction and repair," which after the mattresses 
will be transferred to the naval supply account at appraised value 
with credit to appropriation " Construction and repair." 

(15) When a ship is to be recommissioned the course as to 
arrangement of outfits and allowances, requisitions, preparation, 
reports etc., prescribed in this article shall be pursued. 

159C. 

When tools or articles of supplies or equipage are loaned to a Tools or a [. fN 
ship by a yard department or division for use in work to be per- and equipage 
formed by the ship's force and are lost by such force, or are loaned t0 a ship * 
damaged or worn out while in possession of the ship's force to an 
extent beyond what would constitute a reasonable wear and tear 
in the performance of the work indicated, they shall be replaced 
by like articles, the cost of said articles to be a charge against 



506 

the allotment of the ship's department concerned. If similar 
articles are not in store on board the ship, they shall be procured 
on ship's requisition submitted for that purpose, upon the face of 
which requisition shall be noted the words : " To replace articles 
borrowed from yard department (division) and lost (or damaged) 
by ship's force." Commandants are authorized to approve such 
requisitions, in advance of the bureau's approval, of articles in 
store for issue at the yard. In the case of title B articles, the com- 
manding officer shall cause them to be taken upon the books of 
the ship ; and shall arrange for a " missing " or " unfit for use " 
survey, or survey "for appraisal," as required by the circum- 
stances, in accordance with the provisions of articles 190&-1908, 
such action to be taken, if practicable, before the departure of the 
ship from the yard. 

1597. 

employ ees at C cer- ^ Such provisions i.nd clothing and small stores as can be 
tain naval sta- spared with due regard :o the maintenance of the necessary stock 
on hand may, under the direction of the commandant, be sold to 
officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps, also to 
civil employees at naval stations beyond the continental limits of 
the United States and in Alaska. In such case the provisions of 
the succeeding paragraphs of this article shall govern. 
Requisitions by (2) A requisition (in triplicate) on the prescribed form shall, 
in each case, be made by the applicant, for such provisions and 
clothing and small stores as he may need for actual use by him- 
self and his immediate family ; and he shall certify upon this 
requisition not only that the stores are required for his personal 
or family use, but also that he will not sell, exchange, or otherwise 
improperly dispose of them. The requisition, after approval by 
the head of the department upon whose rolls the civil employee 
is borne, shall be forwarded to the officer having charge of the 
supplies, through the commandant, who shall carefully scrutinize 
it and satisfy himself that the requisition is correct before ap- 
proving it. Such approval by the head of a department shall be 
considered sufficient evidence that the applicant is a bona fide civil 
employee of the National Government. Requisitions shall not be 
made oftener than twice each month unless absolutely necessary, 
issues. (3) Upon receipt of the approved requisition the issuing officer 

shall enter the value of each article thereon, and upon the pay- 
ment in cash for the value of the stores shall make the issue; 
but no stores shall be issued in advance of a requisition or until 
payment in cash has been made. A suitable issuing room shall 
be provided and, if necessary, a trustworthy person detailed to 
take charge and keep the accounts thereof. 

(4) The issuing officer will forward all three copies of the 
requisition, accompanied with the necessary amount of money, to 



507 

the disbursing officer of the station, who shall receipt therefor 
on the face of the requisition, return two copies to the issuing 
officer, and return the third for his files. 

(5) Stores so issued will be expended in the accounts of the How expended. 
issuing officer as " Sales for cash to civil employees," and a copy 

of the requisition forwarded as an expenditure voucher with his 
quarterly returns. 

(6) The amounts of money received shall be taken up by the 
disbursing officer of the station in his account current under 
" General account of advances," to be adjusted, to the credit of the 
proper appropriation, as cash sales of provisions and clothing and 
small stores to civil employees. 

(7) Subject to the foregoing requirements, civil employees in CM1 employ- 
Alaska, or other place where there is a supply ship, may purchase 

from the supply officer of a vessel such stores as can be spared. 

(8) If a civil employee prove himself unworthy, the comman- , Denial of pri?- 
dant or commanding officer may deny the privilege of purchasing * ege * 
stores. 

Section 2. — Shipments. 

1598. 

(1) Supply officers are authorized to make shipments upon 
the requests of other supply officers to fill approved requisitions 
or approved allowance lists, subject to exceptions previously 
covered as to anchors, boats, etc., without reference to the Bureau 
of Supplies and Accounts. When requesis for shipments are 
made by other bureaus or their representatives the necessary in- 
structions will be issued by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
Inspectors and other officers on detached duty are authorized to 
make such shipments as may be considered necessary without 
specific orders. 

(2) Packages shall be prepared for shipment by the depart- Preparation of 
ment or division concerned when the supply officer's force is not fjjfjj^f* 8 for 
adequate or when special packing or crating is necessary. 

(3) Shipments to navy yards, naval stations, and to vessels at 
such yards or stations, except medical stores, shall be consigned 
to the supply officer of the yard or station concerned. Shipments 
to vessels not at navy yards or naval stations shall be consigned 
to the supply officer of the vessel concerned or if there be no sup- 
ply officer to the commanding officer. 

1599. 

In shipping supplies by Government conveyance, the following Supplies 
instructions shall be observed : eSient b con™£ 

(1) (a) The commandant shall inform the supply officer of the ance. 
probable date of sailing and the destination of every ship sched- 
uled to sail from the yard under his command. 



508 

(&) Upon the receipt of such information, the supply officer 
shall, unless irrevocable shipping arrangements have already 
been made, furnish the commandant with lists of all packages, 
weights, measurements, etc., of the stores that will be ready for 
shipment to the port or ports which the ship or ships are destined. 

(c) The commandant shall then refer the lists to the command- 
ing officers of the respective ships for statement as to what sup- 
plies they may be able to carry, and the commandant shall then 
decide what shipments are to be made, and shall issue the necessary 
instructions. Should there be a difference of opinion between 
the commandant and the commanding officer of a ship as to what 
stores can be carried as freight, the commandant is authorized 
to decide the point at issue, and to direct the commanding officer 
to receive such stores as, in his judgment, are advisable for this 
method of shipment. 

(2) No commanding officer of any vessel will accept for ship- 
ment any freight which is not covered by bill of lading issued by 
the supply officer of the yard at which the vessel is loading; or, 
if there be no supply officer at the place of loading, by the officer 
authorized to make shipment. 

1600. 

Naval supply (l) When a supply ship of the Navy is detailed to carry 
s ip * freight in quantity, the public freight of the ship shall be supplied 

through the supply officer of the yard where the ship is being 
loaded. Stores that are to go by a supply ship, and which are 
not prepared and invoiced by the supply officer, shall be delivered 
to him with proper invoices by the shippers. Stores belonging 
to the medical department and to the Marine Corps shall be de- 
livered in care of the supply officer and the Invoices therefor 
transmitted through him. 

Stowage of (2) The supply officer of the supply ship shall, under the di- 

cargo. 

rection of the commanding officer, be charged with the details 

of stowage and general supervision of cargo. He shall notify the 

supply officer of the yard, through the proper channels, when the 

vessel is ready to take freight and specify the order in which it is 

to be stowed. 

1601. 

Dpty of officer The officer receiving stores by shipment shall indorse such re- 
receivmg stores . J ,.„ „ . ... ' -y. 

by shipment. ceipt upon the bills of lading, stating over his signature the 

condition of the supplies, and surrender the original bill of lading 
to the carrier from which he received the goods with as little 
delay as possible, which bill of lading shall be regarded as evi- 
dence of delivery. The triplicate copy of the bill of lading shall 
be receipted upon delivery of the material and returned to the 
consignor for completion of his files and records. In the event 



509 

of any loss or damage, while in transit a full notation thereof 
will be made on the reverse of the bill of lading, stating the 
value of the loss or damage, and this notation will be regarded as 
notice to the carrier of subsequent claim for the amount involved. 
In all cases the date in the consignee's certificate of delivery will 
be the exact date when the consignment was delivered by the 
carrier. 

1602. 

(1) When any shipment is received other than a shipment Shipment to 
received by a supply officer from a supply officer at another yard wn°5 P JSi e ing[ 
it shall be immediately compared with the bill of lading, and 

should the packages bear the least evidence of having been opened 
and tampered with while in transit, the fact shall be immediately 
reported to the commandant, who shall direct that they be 
opened and checked in the presence of the board of survey. Where 
there is no external evidence of loss, and articles and found, on 
opening the packages, to be missing, the fact shall, in like manner, 
be reported to the commandant, who shall direct the matter to 
be investigated by a board of survey, Article 1908 (3). In either 
case a thorough inquiry shall be made as to the cause and re- 
sponsibility for the shortage. A statement of the means of trans- 
portation and condition of the packages when received, also the 
number and place of issue of the bill of lading involved shall be 
incorporated in the report of the board. 

(2) When a supply officer receives a shipment from a supply 
officer at another yard such shipment shall be immediately con> 
pared with the bill of lading by an officer detailed for that duty, 
and should any article be found in excess, damaged, or missing, 
a report shall be prepared in duplicate by the supply officer, which 
report shall state in detail the means of transportation employed, 
the condition of the packages when received, and any other 
information which may be in his possession bearing upon the 
question of the responsibility for the excess, damage, or shortage. 
After this report has been certified by the officer verifying the 
shipment, one copy shall be forwarded immediately to the supply 
officer making the shipment and the other retained by the supply 
officer receiving the shipment. Missing articles, however, shall 
not be expended from the books of the supply officer receiving 
the shipment except upon the approved report of a board of sur- 
vey, appointed in conformity with the provisions of paragraph 1 
of this article, after careful investigation has made it evident 
that the missing articles have not been overcarried by the trans- 
portation company or can not be otherwise located within a 
reasonable period. 

(3) The recipient of the supplies shall make no alterations in 
the figures of a bill of lading, an invoice or summary, but shall 



510 

indicate the necessary corrections in the consignee's certificate of 
delivery on the bill of lading, also on the invoice or summary, and 
receipt the latter two papers with the reservation " except as to 
articles or values, indicated as not received, in whole or in part, 
as per report of board of survey, or report of excess, short, or 

damaged shipment, dated ." 

1603. 

When a ship (i) When a ship not in commission is sent from one yard to 

not in commis- „ •. _ „ . , , . 

sion requires another and articles of equipage and supplies belonging to her 
supplies. are put on |j 0ar( j t ^ey shaii be placed in charge of the officer 

designated for the command of the ship. As in the case of 
ordinary shipments, the supply officer shall designate some person 
connected with his department to check upon a list all articles 
as they are stowed and to certify the lists. The person perform- 
ing this work shall be held responsible for the correctness of the 
list so certified. The supply officer shall see that the invoices 
agree with the lists checked and certified to as above directed. 
Articles not (2) Articles not required for use in transit shall, as far as 
in Q transit.° r USe possible, be placed in the storerooms, which shall be sealed by 
the supply officer. A detailed list, in triplicate, of all articles not 
so sealed shall be prepared by him and receipted, after verification, 
by the officer placed in command of the ship, who shall retain one 
copy and return the other two to the supply officer.. The latter 
shall forward one copy to the supply officer to whom the supplies 
are invoiced. The officer placed in command shall be responsible 
for supplies not sealed; also that seals are not broken. If it 
becomes necessary to break the seal of any storeroom, the officer 
in command shall be responsible for the contents. Upon the 
arrival of the ship at her destination it shall be immediately 
ascertained whether or not all the articles embraced in the in- 
voices are on board, seals being broken in the presence of the 
officer in command and the supply officer who is to receive the 
articles. If any articles are found to be missing, the fact shall 
be reported to the commandant for immediate investigation by 
a board of survey. 

Section 3. — Requisitions and Puechases Ashore. 

1604. 

Purchases and All purchases and payments therefor shall be made under the 
made under di- direction of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, and orders 
reau°of Snpvlies directing such purchases and payments shall be given only by 
and Accounts, that bureau. When open-purchase requisitions have been ap- 
proved by chiefs of bureau, they shall be transmitted to the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for action. 



511 



1605. 



Immediate purchase under open-purchase requisitions shall be Bestrictions as 
ordered, only when an exigency exists that will not permit the chases! PUr 
delay incident to advertisement and contract. 

1606. 

(1) Purchasing officers shall procure all articles necessary to Duties of pur- 
be bought by open purchase at the places at which they are sta- fn^making^r" 
tioned, if practicable to do so, unless they are satisfied that any chwes. 
particular item or items can be purchased elsewhere at a lower 

price. 

(2) No charge shall be allowed in the accounts of disbursing No commissions 
officers for a commission paid to any person for making a pur- agents!™ 
chase. 

1607. 

(1) For all supplies needed that are not obtainable under ex- General in- 

... , ... .- ._. M .. 7 . . , structions as to 

isting contracts, with the exception of those pertaining to the o p c n - p urchase 

Bureau of Medicine and Surgery and to the Marine Corps, and re « uisitions - 

of those which may be purchased upon the requisition of a chief 

of bureau approved by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, 

requisitions shall be prepared by* the technical officer concerned, 

and submitted by a supply officer, with four memorandum copies, 

numbered in separate series for each bureau and beginning a 

new series for each fiscal year. 

(2) All requisitions shall be strictly according to prescribed Particulars re- 
forms and complete in the following particulars : sitions. " reQM " 

(a) Whenever practicable, the appropriation ultimately charge- 
able with the cost of material requisitioned under the Naval Sup- 
ply Account shall be stated on the requisition. The appropria- 
tion shall immediately follow the words " General account of 
advances." This will apply especially to requisitions prepared 
under the Naval Supply Account specifying articles or material 
intended for a special purpose or job. 

(&) They shall embrace only articles required under one appro- One appropri- 
priation and one title. 

(c) They shall state the date by which supplies shall be de- Dates of de- 
livered ; and when articles embraced in the same requisition are 

required by different dates, they shall be prepared with reference 
to those dates. All articles for the same date shall be grouped 
under that date, and each time group conform to the latest classi- 
fied schedule as to the arrangement of items, specifying the 
classes, and grouping the items under their respective class num- 
bers. 

(d) They shall refer to standard leaflet specifications issued Details and de- 

scriptions, 
by the Navy Department, obtainable from the Bureau of Sup- 



512 

plies and Accounts, and if such specifications are not available 
they shall give such details and descriptions of articles required, 
and of the test which they are to undergo, as will enable bidders, 
purchasing officers, and inspecting officials to understand readily 
what is required. Such descriptions shall be made as broad as 
practicable; and special care shall be taken to avoid so describ- 
ing an article required as to limit it to any proprietary article, 
or to the product or manufacture of any particular individual. 

(e) The words " equal to " or any corresponding terms shall not 
be used except as provided in subparagraph (/) of this paragraph. 
Reference to catalogues may be made in preparing requisitions 
when purchase is to be made in the open market and when the 
value of any individual item does not exceed one hundred dollars, 
and then only when the standard leaflet specification does not 
exist. Reference to more than one catalogue shall be stated 
when practicable. When catalogue references are used in pre- 
paring the requisitions, the following clause must be stipulated 
under the item concerned : 

(f) " The references to the above catalogues are intended to be 
descriptive but not restrictive and only to indicate to prospective 
bidders articles that will be satisfactory. Bids on other makes 
or catalogues will be considered, provided each bidder clearly 
states on the face of his proposa'l exactly what he intends to fur- 
nish, or forwards with his bid a cut or illustration or other de- 
scriptive matter which will clearly indicate the character of the 
article covered by the bid." 

(g) The reference to gauge numbers and gauges to specify the 
diameter or thickness in ordering wire, cable, rods, tubes, and 
sheet metals shall not be made. 

(h) Wires and cables, heretofore specified by gauge numbers, 
will be specified by the area in circular mils. Solid wire may be 
specified by the diameter in mils, when desired. 

(*) Rods will be specified by diameter in mils. Tubing will be 
purchased by outside dimeter in inches and the thickness of the 
wall will be specified in mils (thousandths of an inch). 

(j) Sheet steel and iron, both black and galvanized, will be pur- 
chased by weight per square foot. Other sheet metals will be 
purchased by thickness in mils or by weight per square foot, in 
accordance with commercial practice. 

(fc) In leaflet and other specifications sheet metals will be speci- 
fied by thickness in mils or by weight per square foot, or both, as 
may be necessary. 

Proprietary ar- n\ They shall not call for proprietary articles in any case 
tides. . * 

where it can possibly be avoided ; and when calling for proprietary 

articles they shall be accompanied by a statement from the officer 

concerned showing clearly why these articles and no others will 



513 

answer the necessities of the service. They shall be accompanied 
by the explanatory letter required by article 1610. The following- 
named products or manufactures of particular individuals, makers, 
or proprietors that have been shown by experience to be best 
suited for the particular service required of them may be desig- 
nated by brand name or otherwise, according to the practice of 
the makers or proprietors, viz : All kinds of lubricating oils, 
packing (including gaskets of all kinds), antifriction metals, 
fire bricks for boiler furnaces, lagging material for boilers and 
steam pipes, and boiler-gauge glasses ; but it shall be provided in 
such requisitions that bids will be considered for articles of 
different name or brands that can be shown to have proved 
efficient and satisfactory in naval or commercial use for the pur- 
pose intended. 

(m) They shall state upon the memorandum copies the esti- Estimated cost, 
mated cost, giving unit price as well as total amounts. 

(n) They shall state the object for which supplies are needed or Object, 
the authority for the submission of the requisition; if such is a 
bureau letter or indorsement or allotment, the date and number 
shall be given. 

(o) Requisitions for stock shall bear statements showing Certificate of 
quantities on hand of supplies or articles called for, quantities 8Upp 5 
used during the preceding six months, and length of time the 
supplies or articles to be purchased are intended to last. 

(p) All requisitions shall bear the certificate of the supply 
officer that the articles are not in store and not obtainable under 
existing contracts within the time specified, or from excess stock 
at other navy yards, that they are absolutely needed, and that 
they are required by a date stated. When the supply officer re- 
ceives a request for the preparation of a requisition on which any 
of the items can be supplied from articles in store or are due 
under existing contracts by the time specified he shall imme- 
diately return it to the officer concerned, with the request that 
these items be eliminated ; and under no circumstances shall a 
supply officer prepare a requisition until satisfied that none of 
the items can be furnished from articles in store or due under 
existing contracts. 

(q) When a proper comprehension of requisitions necessitates Sketches or 
sketches or tracings, they shall be appended to the seconds of 
requisitions. 

(r) The items on a requisition shall be numbered in the left- items num- 
hand margin, consecutively, without regard to classes. These 
item numbers shall be used on forms of proposal and orders 
issued by purchasing officers. 

[Note. — The following instructions shall not apply to the pur- 
chase of machine tools for navy yard use:] 



514 

Partial pay- (s) When the estimated cost and nature of installation war- 
ments and reser- . . . 

rations. rants such requirements, requisitions should indicate a provision 

for partial payment. Where apparatus is to be tested after in- 
stallation and should not be finally accepted until after a period 
of satisfactory service a certain percentage of the contract price 
should be definitely reserved and period of reservation stated. 
Guarantee and (#) Contractors should in certain cases be required to repair 

contractor's ha- ,«.•,-_,. 1 j_ - . . -, » j_. ^_ 

bility period. or supply all defective parts for a certain period of time after 
preliminary acceptance. When circumstances make such a re- 
quirement desirable it should be stated on the requisition, and 
the period of contractor's liability definitely stated. 
Spares. (u) Spare parts will be definitely stated and enumerated, or 

provision will be made to have bidders state the spares they pro- 
pose to supply. The price of spares will be stated separately from 
the price of the article, also the itemized price at which spares 
will be furnished during the three years subsequent to date of 
contract. 
Erection and (v) Where apparatus is to be installed or erected by the Govern- 
ment there should be a requirement for services of an expert to 
supervise this in all cases where such a course appears necessary 
or desirable; where pertinent, bidders will be requested to state 
the exact charge for such services, 
information as (w) A statement should appear showing clearly where informa- 

anparatuT.* 61 ° f tion as to work concerned can be secured, so that bidders or 
manufacturers can obtain this information from the proper accred- 
ited source directly. 
Drawings. (%) In the case of machinery or apparatus where working or 

finished drawings should be supplied, this will be definitely stated, 
also whether drawings are to be submitted and approved before 
work can commence. Where drawings or sketches are referred 
to, the number or designation and the source will be clearly indi- 
cated in order that the drawings may be easily identified. When 
articles are to be made according to a drawing, a Vandyke or 
tracing will be supplied with four blue-print copies. 
Specifications, (y) When special specifications accompany the requisition a 

special. Vandyke of such specifications will be supplied or other provisions 

made for obtaining such extra copies as will be needed. 
Checking with (#) Care must be taken that the requisition does not call for 

arawfngs!° nSaBdmaterials or give dimensions at variance with standard drawings 
or printed specifications. In other words, the requisition should 
not show on its face certain dimensions and materials, and then 
later say to be in accordance with a certain drawing or leaflet 
specification which shows some other dimensions or materials. 

(3) (a) In order to prevent any further undue accumulation of 
supplies and materials at the various navy yards and stations, all 
requisitions for stock supplies and materials whose estimated cost 
exceeds $1,000, and all requisitions for stock supplies and ma- 



515 

terials for which there are no printed leaflet specifications, shall 
be viseed by the technical yard division before submission to the 
Paymaster General of the Navy for approval or disapproval ; these 
requisitions should be signed by the head of a technical division 
or bear a notation that the requisition was made at the request of 
the head of a technical division. If these requisitions are not so 
viseed, they shall be submitted to the Paymaster General of the 
Navy via the bureaus concerned. The Paymaster General of the 
Navy shall approve or disapprove, according to his judgment, 
based on quantities reported to be on hand or available for ship- 
ment from other yards or stations. 

(b) Other requisitions — that is, those intended to cover pur- 
chase of supplies or material needed for immediate use or for a 
specific purpose — shall be submitted to the Bureau of Supplies and 
Accounts through the bureaus concerned. If in the opinion of the 
former bureau, any such requisition should not be approved, then 
the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall so inform the bureau 
concerned. In the event of failure of the two bureaus to reach 
an agreement the questions at issue shall be referred to the Sec- 
retary of the Navy. 

(4) If approved for purchase, the requisition and one memo- 
randum copy shall be sent to the purchasing officer designated 
to fill the requisition, who shall retain the memorandum copy as 
the record of his authority for the action ordered, after satisfy- 
ing himself that it is a true copy of the original, and shall for- 
ward the original to the supply officer to be attached to the 
public bill for the payment involved in instances where a pur- 
chasing office contract is not involved. When such contract is 
made, the contract shall be attached to the public bill instead of 
the requisition. If all of the articles bought under a requisition 
be not embraced in one public bill, a note shall be made on those 
vouchers to which the requisition is not appended, stating the 
dealer's name and the date and amount of the voucher to which 
the requisition is attached. If all of the articles on a requisition 
be ordered shipped from one or more yards, the Bureau of Sup- 
plies and Accounts shall use the original of the requisition and 
such memorandum copies as may be necessary in ordering ship- 
ment, forwarding them to the yards from which shipment is to 
be made with proper notation thereon indicating the action to be 
taken. Should the original and all memorandum copies be used 
the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall advise the supply 
officer at the yard from which the requisition emanates as to 
the action taken. The original of a requisition advertised by the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts shall be returned to the yard 
concerned with a statement of the action taken. The third memo- 
randum copy of each requisition shall be filed in the Bureau of 
Supplies and Accounts for reference. 



516 

Return of req- (5) Upon the return of a requisition showing definite action 

uisition and ac- , ,, „. , .„ m , 

tion of snpply of- thereon the supply officer shall notify the officer concerned of the 

flcer " action taken, without delay, and upon the receipt of a notice 

from a purchasing officer or the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts 

that an order for the delivery of articles on such requisition has 

been placed or a written contract entered into, the supply officer 

shall notify the officer concerned of the name of the contractor 

and the date that delivery is due. 

(6) In emergencies, of which the commandant shall be the 
judge, articles needed for immediate use may be purchased by 
the purchasing officer in advance of bureau approval. The requisi- 
tion and necessary memorandum copies thereof shall be forwarded 
to the purchasing officer for action and further reference to the 
bureau concerned for formal approval and transmission to the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for approval and return to the 
purchasing office concerned. In cases where the amount involved 
exceeds $500, the purchasing officer shall submit with the requi- 
sition a list of bidders and a statement of the reasons for making 
award or awards, as the case may be. In this event the requi- 
sition and statement shall be submitted direct to the bureau con- 
cerned for approval and reference to the department for its ap- 
proval and further transmission to the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
counts for its action. A statement that purchase has been author- 
ized in advance of bureau approval shall be placed on the original 
of the requisition and on all memorandum copies by the com- 
mandant. 

(7) Every emergency contract for services or material shall fix 
a maximum amount beyond which contractual liability will not 
be incurred. 

1608. 

pli?s edlCal SnP " For su PP lies pertaining to the Bureau of Medicine and Sur- 
gery, requisitions shall be made by medical officers and sent to 
that bureau. If approved for purchase, the requisition shall be 
transmitted to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for fulfill- 
ment. 

1609. 

Standard sped- Requisitions for materials for which standard specifications 
adhered to. have been adopted shall adhere strictly to such specifications. 
Should it be found necessary to modify standard specifications, 
reasons for such modification shall be stated, and, except in urgent 
cases, the requisition and reasons for modification shall be sub- 
mitted to the bureau concerned. 

1610. 

Proprietary T n submitting requisitions calling for any proprietary article, 
and also in the case of open-purchase requisitions of a total esti- 



517 

mated cost of $500 or over, information shall be forwarded by 
letter showing the following: The necessity for purchase without 
newspaper advertisement; the reason why the article, if pro- 
prietary, and no other, will meet the requirements of the service. 
The letter should also show, in regard to open-purchase requisi- 
tions, the reasons making it impossible to anticipate the need for 
the material in sufficient time to permit of newspaper advertise- 
ment, or why newspaper advertisement is impracticable. If such 
requisitions are submitted in connection with authorized work, 
the authority and date of the authorization of the work in ques- 
tion should be stated, both in the requisition and in the above 
letter. In preparing requisitions, two months should ordinarily 
be allowed as the time required for newspaper advertisement 
from the time the requisition is received in the bureau to the 
date contract is awarded. The handling of requisitions of this 
nature will be facilitated if full and explicit reasons are given for 
making the requisition in question proprietary or open purchase. 

Section 4. — Inspections. 

1611. 

(1) When supplies are received on account of orders or con- guJpf^rccefvecL 
tracts calling for inspection at the yard, or where the factory 
inspection has not been provided for, the supply officer shall 
immediately issue call for their inspection, and it shall be the 

duty of the commandant to see that the inspections are made 
without delay and by duly designated inspecting officers. 

(2) Where material has been inspected as to quality, prior to 
its delivery, by a duly authorized inspector, further inspections at 
the navy yard shall be confined to ascertaining whether the full 
amount has been delivered in good condition and without sub- 
stitution. 

1612. 

(1) The inspection of material, entering a naval station through Calls for in- 
the supply officer, shall be made by officers attached to the indus- spec on8# 
trial, public works, or supply departments.. 

(2) Heads of yard departments and divisions and inspectors 
shall send to the commandant weekly a report of calls not acted 
upon, with explanations of the reasons for delay in each case. 

(3) The engineer officer, construction officer, public works 
officer, supply officer, or inspecting officers, as the case may be, 
shall be responsible for the inspection of supplies submitted under 
Article 1611. In the discharge of this duty he may request the 
detail of such persons as may be deemed best qualified for the 
work. At all inspections a representative of the supply officer 

183841°— 20 34 



518 

shall be present to give any pertinent information that may be 
desired, and it shall be the duty of the supply officer or his repre- 
sentative to bring to the attention of the inspecting officers any 
facts that may aid in the protection of the public interests. 

(4) The inspecting officer of the supply department mentioned 
in paragraphs 1, 2, and 3 shall inspect only textiles, foodstuffs, 
china, glass, silver-plated ware, office supplies, and other articles 
of minor importance pertaining to that department. 

1613. 

Inspection of (1) Supplies for a ship obtained by requisition upon a supply 

ered 1! direct e iy X on officer asnore > if delivered alongside by terms of the purchase 

board ship. before inspection, shall be inspected as provided in Article 1400, 

and a report, in duplicate, of such inspection shall immediately 

be forwarded by the inspecting officer of the ship to the supply 

officer upon whom requisition for the supplies was made. 

(2) Commanding officers shall see that all such inspection 
reports have been forwarded before sailing. 

1614. 

Articles manu- (i) Articles manufactured in the various navy yards shall 
yards. not be required to pass other inspection, but shall be received into 

store by the supply officers after the invoices therefor have been 
verified. 

Records. (2) The heads of yard departments shall keep such records 

as will enable them quickly to supply accurate information regard- 
ing all inspections made by them. 

1615. 

Chemists. (i) ^ navy yards and naval establishments the general 

chemical laboratory and the chemists and assistants employed 
therein shall be a part of the supply department for general 
service to all departments of the yard or station. This provision 
shall not apply to chemists at the several ordnance plants, at the 
engineering experiment station at Annapolis, in offices of in- 
spectors of material, nor to metallurgists in physical testing rooms 
at navy yards outside of the general chemical laboratory. 
Order of chem- (2) Officers making inspections requiring chemical tests as part 
ical tests. thereof shall send suitable samples to the chemist direct, who 

shall proceed with such tests in the order in which the samples 
are received, except in urgent cases which require immediate 
attention. The chemist's reports of analysis shall be made di- 
rectly to the inspecting officer of the division making the request 
for analysis. 



519 

1616. 

The inspection of medicines and other supplies pertaining to medK^supplies. 
the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery shall be made by the medical 
officer in charge, or by a junior medical officer under his direction. 

Section 5. — Public Bills. 

1617. 

Public bills for deliveries accepted shall be prepared and f or- be J^pM^dStt 
warded without delay by the supply officer of the yard concerned oat delay, 
in order that dealers may have no occasion to address letters of 
inquiry or complaint to the department. 

Section 6. — Commissary Store. 
1618. 

(1) Officers and enlisted men of the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Persons »u- 

tliorizcil to ns© 

and Coast Guard, officers of the Public Health Service, both active 
and retired, members of the Nurse Corps (Female), and members 
of the Naval Reserve Force on active duty who are either sta- 
tioned or living in the immediate vicinity of the city where the 
commissary stores are established are authorized to make pur- 
chases from the commissary store. Families of officers and en- 
listed men who are on duty away from the vicinity of the stores 
are entitled to the same privileges if residing in the vicinity of the 
stores. All such purchases shall be confined to tne needs of their 
immediate families. Purchases of apparently excessive quantities 
of provisions by officers and enlisted men living at hotels or 
boarding houses will not be permitted. 

(2) All applications for the privilege of purchasing from the 
commissary store will be made in writing to the officer in charge, 
who will satisfy himself that the applicant is entitled to the 
privilege. As a means of identification, a permit will be issued to 
those allowed the use of the store. A permit is nontransferable, 
and the person to whom a permit is issued will be responsible for 
any purchases made on its presentation. The number of the 
permit and the address of the person to whom issued will be 
recorded. The officer in charge will cause to be investigated all 
excessive purchases and will satisfy himself that only those 
entitled to the privilege of the store are being supplied. 

(3) Purchases will be made in person or upon the written re- 
quest of those entitled to the privilege. Sales will be made to 
purchasers for cash or credit, as the officer in charge may decide, 
or as circumstances may require, at such prices as may be deemed 



520 

for the interests of the Government. For the information of 
purchasers, circulars containing the list of articles carried in stock, 
together with price list and instructions governing the conduct of 
the commissary store, will be issued by the officer in charge. Price 
lists will be furnished only to those authorized to make purchases. 

(4) Accounts will be closed on the last day of each month and 
payment required by the 10th of the following month. Payment 
will be made in cash, by post-office money order, or by check drawn 
on a bank located in the city where the commissary store is 
established. Indorsed checks will not be received. Failure to 
make prompt payment will result in the suspension of the indi- 
viduals concerned of the privilege of the store until all indebted- 
ness is paid. A second failure to make prompt payment will be 
made the subject of a special report to the Navy Department. 

(5) No deliveries of articles purchased from the commissary 
store will be made beyond the delivery limits established by the 
commandant. Shipment by freight, express, and parcel post is 
strictly prohibited. 

(6) Commissary stores will be closed for the purpose of inven- 
tory for such period at the end of each quarter as the officer in 
charge finds necessary. 

1619. 

Beqnisitlons. (i) Requisitions for all articles for sale and for use in com- 
missary stores, except provisions and clothing and small stores 
procurable by transfer from supply officers, will be submitted to 
the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(2) In fixing the prices to be charged for articles carried for 
sale, except clothing and small stores, which will be sold at their 
fixed price, a sufficient addition will be made to the cost to cover 
losses and the value of all articles used in conducting the store. 

(3) All articles received by transfer or purchase for use in con- 
ducting the store will be chargeable against the current appro- 
priation for " Provisions, Navy," and will be accounted for in 
the accounts and on the returns the same as other articles. 

(4) All losses from deterioration or other causes will be made 
the subject of a report of survey. 

1620. • 

Funds. (1) All funds received from sales in the commissary store will 

be turned over at least twice a month to the disbursing officer of 
the yard as transfer of funds, that officer to take up same in 
his account as a " transfer " from the officer in charge and de- 
posit the same to the credit of the Treasurer of the United States 
under " General account of advances." The credit to " Provi- 
sions, Navy," will be made by the Auditor for the Navy Depart- 
ment in settlement of the account of the officer in charge. 



i 



521 

(2) The total amount received from sales in the commissary 
store during a quarter and the total amount transferred to the 
disbursing officer of the yard will be taken up and expended on 
the quarterly accounts current forwarded by the officer in charge 
of the store to the Auditor for the Navy Department and the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(3) Officers in charge of commissary stores are not disbursing 
officers and will make no disposition of funds received from sales 
in the commissary store other than that directed in the preced- 
ing article. 

1621. 

(1) The following permanent records will be kept by officers Records, 
in charge of commissary stores : 

Receiving book. 
Bill book. 
Stock account. 

Record of cash register receipts. 

Record of payments received on account of charged ac- 
counts. 
Cashbook. 
Permit register. 

(2) The receiving book will show the date, quantity, and articles 
of all receipts. The bill book will show the date of each dealer's 
bill, the name of dealer, the amount of bill, and the number and 
date of public bill drawn in payment of same. The stock account 
will show the quantity and value of all receipts and expenditures 
and the balance per inventory under each article. The record 
of cash register receipts will show the amount of the daily re- 
ceipts from that source. The record of payments received on 
account of charged accounts will show date of payment, name 
of customer, number and month of bill for which payment is 
made, amount received, and whether in cash or by check. The 
cashbook will show under the head of " receipts " the total daily 
receipts per cash register and the total daily receipts of pay- 
ments received on account of charged accounts, and under the 
head of " expenditures " the date, name of disbursing officer of 
yard, and amount turned over in accordance with article 1620 
(1). The permit register will show number, date, and the name 
and address of the holder of each permit issued. 

(3) Officers in charge of commissary stores will forward to 
the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts quarterly a balance sheet, 
together with an abstract of receipts and abstract of expenditures 
and a certified inventory, prepared on S. and A. Forms Nos. 142, 
147, and 143, respectively; also vouchers to substantiate each 
receipt and expenditure, except sales. 



CHAPTER 44. 



APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND RETIREMENTS. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1631-1649. Appointments. 
Sec. 2. — Art. 1650-1664. Promotions. 
Sec. 3.— Art. 1665-1671. Retirements. 



Section 1. — Appointments. 
1631. 

(1) No person shall be appointed to any office in the Navy un- Appointments 
less he is a citizen of the United States nor until he shall have examination, 
passed a physical, a mental, and a professional examination. ( See 

sec. 1428, R. S.) 

(2) The physical examination shall precede the mental and 
professional, and if a candidate be physically unfit he shall not be 
examined otherwise. 

(3) The oath to be taken by any person appointed to any office 
of honor or profit in the naval service shall be as prescribed in 
section 1757 of the Revised Statutes. (Act of May 13, 1884.) 

(4) Each candidate shall, before appointment, be required to 
submit, in addition to his sworn statement, satisfactory proof of 
citizenship, which proof will be filed with the record of his exami- 
nation. 

1632. 

(1) Appointments to the lowest grade of the line of the Navy Appointments 
shall be made from those midshipmen who successfully complete ln line of NaTy ' 
the prescribed course at the Naval Academy, and in each calendar 

year not more than twelve from the chief boatswains, chief gun- 
ners, chief machinists, boatswains, gunners, and machinists of the 
Navy. (Acts of June 26, 1884, Mar. 3, 1903, and Mar. 3, 1909.) 

(2) No commissioned warrant officer or warrant officer shall be 
appointed an ensign who is over thirty-five years of age ; who has 
served less than four years as a warrant officer ; who is not recom- 
mended by a commanding officer under whom he has served ; nor 
until he shall have passed such competitive examination as may be 
prescribed by the Navy Department. (Acts of Mar. 3, 1901, and 
Apr. 27, 1904.) 

(523) 



524 

1633. 

Engineering (i) The Secretary of the Navy is hereby authorized to appoint 
annually in the line of the Navy for a period of ten years, follow- 
ing the passage of this Act, in the order of merit determined by 
such competitive examination as he may prescribe, thirty acting 
ensigns for the performance of engineering duties only. 

(2) Persons so appointed must have received a degree of me- 
chanical or electrical engineer from a college or university of high 
standing or be graduates of technical schools approved by the 
Secretary of the Navy, must have been found physically qualified 
by a board of medical officers of the Navy for the performance 
of the duties required, and must at the time of appointment be not 
less than twenty nor more than twenty-six years of age. 

(3) Such appointments shall be for a probationary period of 
three years, and may be revoked at any time by the Secretary of 
the Navy. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

1634. 

Aeronautic (i) The Secretary of the Navy is hereby authorized to appoint 
annually in the line of the Navy and the Marine Corps for a 
period of two years, following the passage of this act, in order 
of merit as determined by such competitive examinations as he 
may prescribe, 15 acting ensigns or acting second lieutenants for 
the performance of aeronautic duties only. 

(2) Persons so appointed must be citizens of the United States, 
and may be appointed from warrant officers or enlisted men of the 
naval service or from civil life, and must, at the time of appoint- 
ment, be not less than 18 nor more than 24 years of age. 

(3) No person shall be so appointed until he has been found 
physically qualified by a board of medical officers of the Navy 
for the performance of the duties required. 

(4) The number of such appointments to the line of the Navy 
and of the Marine Corps shall be in the proportion decided for 
the regular services. Such appointments shall be for a proba- 
tionary period of three years and may be revoked at any time by 
the Secretary of the Navy. 

(5) Student fliers who have qualified as aviators under the 
provisions of this act shall be commissioned acting ensigns for 
aeronautic duties only, after three years' service : Provided, They 
shall have been examined by a board of officers of the Naval 
Flying Corps to determine by a competitive examination pre- 
scribed by the Secretary of the Navy their moral, physical, and 
professional fitness and the order of rank in which they shall be 
commissioned. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 



525 

1635. 

(1) Vacancies in the grade of second lieutenant in the Marine. Appointments 
~ « . „., ,. in Marine Corps. 

Corps shall be filled as follows : 

First. As far as practicable from graduates of the Naval 
Academy each year on completing the prescribed course at the 
Naval Academy. No midshipman at the Naval Academy, or 
cadet at the Military Academy, who fails to graduate therefrom 
shall be eligible for appointment as a commissioned officer in the 
Marine Corps until after the graduation of the class of which 
he was a member. 

Second. From meritorious noncommissioned officers of the Ma- 
rine Corps. 

Third. From civil life. Appointees from noncommissioned offi- 
cers and from civil life must, when appointed, be between the age 
of 21 and 27 years, and 20 and 25 years, respectively. But, in 
the cases of former officers of the Marine Corps, who resigned 
in good standing, the Secretary of the Navy may waive the age 
limit: Provided, That the prior service of such officers and the 
service after reinstatement shall be not less than 30 years before 
the age of retirement. 

(2) Appointments from noncommissioned officers of the Marine 
Corps and from civil life shall be for a probationary period of 
two years, and may be revoked at any time during that period 
by the Secretary of the Navy. The rank of such officers of the 
same date of appointment among themselves at the end of said 
probationary period shall, with the approval of the Secretary of 
the Navy, be determined by the report of a board of marine 
officers who shall conduct a competitive professional examination 
under such rules as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the 
Navy, and the rank of such offcers so determined shall be as of 
date of original appointment with reference to other appoint- 
ments to the Marine Corps. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

(3) As to appointees for aeronautic duties only see 1658 (4). 

1636. 

(1) No further permanent appointments shall be made in any Appointments 
grade in any staff department of the Marine Corps. stiff? "* C ° rpS 

(2) Any vacancy hereafter occurring in the lower grade of 
any staff department shall be filled by the detail of an officer of 
the line for a period of four years unless sooner relieved. 

(3) Any vacancy hereafter occurring in the upper grade of any 
staff department shall be filled by the appointment of an officer 
with the rank of colonel holding a permanent appointment in the 
staff department in which the vacancy exists, or of some other 
officer holding a permanent appointment in such staff department 



526 

in case there be no permanent staff officer with the rank of colonel 
in that department, or of a colonel of the line in case there be 
no officer holding a permanent appointment in such staff depart- 
ment. 

(4) Such appointments shall be made by the President and be 
for a term of four years, and the officer so appointed shall be 
recommissioned in the grade to which appointed. (Act of Aug. 
29, 1916.) 

1637. 

midshipmen^ ° f ^ The assi S nmen t of midshipmen to the line of the Navy upon 
graduation will be made by the Secretary of the Navy, upon the 
recommendation of the Academic Board from the graduates of the 
year. They take rank in the order of merit as determined at the 
Naval Academy. 

(2) The assignment of midshipmen to the Supply Corps of the 
Navy or to the Marine Corps on the completion of the prescribed 
course at the Naval Academy will be made each year by the Sec- 
retary of the Navy, upon the recommendation of the Academic 
Board, from the graduates of that year who request such assign- 
ment. The officers so assigned shall take rank in the order of 
merit as determined at the academy. 

1638. 

Candidates for (i) Appointees to the grade of assistant surgeon shall be be- 

o. s s I s t n ii t sur* # 

geon. tween the ages of 21 and 32 at the time of appointment. (Act 

of Aug. 29, 1916.) Their physical, moral, mental, and professional 

qualifications shall be decided upon by a board of medical officers. 

(2) Acting assistant surgeons may be appointed for temporary 

service after such examination as the Secretary of the Navy may 

prescribe. 

1639. 

Assistant den- (l) a candidate for the office of assistant dental surgeon must 

till sur8T£on 

be not less than 21 nor more than 32 years of age. He must be 
a graduate of a standard medical or dental college and trained 
in the several branches of dentistry. His physical, moral, mental, 
and professional qualifications shall be decided upon by a board 
of medical officers. 

(2) The professional board shall consist of one medical officer, 
who shall be senior member thereof, and two officers of the 
dental corps. 

(3) Permission to appear for examination for appointment in 
the Dental Corps must be obtained by application to the Bureau 
of Navigation through the Surgeon General. (Act of Aug. 29, 
1916.) 



527 

1640. 

(1) A candidate from civil life for original appointment to the Candidates for 

assistant paynias- 
Supply Corps of the Navy must be not less than 21 nor more than ter. 

26 years of age. His physical, mental, and moral qualifications 

shall be decided upon by a board of officers of the Supply Corps. 

(2) The physical examination of the candidates shall be con- 
ducted by a board of medical officers, who shall report the result 
thereof to the board of officers of the Supply Corps, certifying as to 
the physical qualifications of the candidate for appointment as 
assistant paymaster, and such report shall form a part of the 
record of said board of officers of the Supply Corps. 

(3) A chief pay clerk or pay clerk who is a candidate must be 
between the ages 21 and 35. He shall fulfill such requirements as 
the Secretary of the Navy may prescribe. 

1641. 

(1) A candidate for the office of chaplain must be not less Candidates for 
than 21 nor more than 35 years of age at the time of his appoint- 
ment. He must be a regularly ordained minister of good stand- 
ing in his denomination. His moral character, general fitness, 

and experience shall be established to the satisfaction of a board 
of chaplains, which shall conduct a written examination to deter- 
mine his mental attainments. The physical examination of the 
candidate shall be conducted by a board of medical officers. 

(2) Original appointments shall be made to the grade of act- 
ing chaplain after such examination as may be prescribed by the 
Secretary of the Navy, and while so serving acting chaplains 
shall have the rank of lieutenant (junior grade). 

(3) After three years' sea service on board ship each acting 
chaplain before receiving a commission in the Navy shall estab- 
lish to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Navy by examina- 
tion by a board of chaplains and medical officers of the Navy his 
physical, mental, moral, and professional fitness to perform the 
duties of chaplain in the Navy with the rank of lieutenant (junior 
grade). 

(4) If any acting chaplain shall fail on the examinations herein 
prescribed he shall be honorably discharged from the naval serv- 
ice, and the appointment of any acting chaplain may be revoked 
at any time in the discretion of the Secretary of the Navy. (Act 
of June 30, 1914.) 

1642. 

(1) Ensigns who show aptitude for the professions of naval Ensigns for 

^ naval construc- 

architecture or civil engineering may be selected by the Secretary tion or civil en- 
of the Navy for such postgraduate education as will fit them for s ineerin &- 



528 

said professions and for appointment as assistant naval con- 
structors or assistant civil engineers, respectively. 

(2) Hereafter ensigns of not less than one year's service as 
such shall be eligible for transfer to the construction corps. (Act 
of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

1643. 

Candidates for a candidate from civil life for the office of assistant civil engineer 
engineer. C V must be not less than 22 nor more than 30 years of age, must be 
a graduate in engineering from a technical school or university 
of approved standing, and must show evidence that he is proficient 
in the practice of his profession. He shall be required to pass a 
physical examination and such mental and professional examina- 
tions as the Secretary of the Navy may direct. (Art. 1642.) 

1644. 

Appointment of (1) Appointments as warrant officers shall be made only after 
warrant officers, competitive professional examination before boards consisting 
of at least three commissioned officers, from candidates who fulfill 
all requirements prescribed by the Navy Department. 

(2) The qualifications to be possessed by candidates for appoint- 
ment as warrant officers shall be prescribed by the Bureau of 
Navigation after consultation with other bureaus concerned. The 
Bureau of Navigation shall determine the time and manner of 
holding examinations for warrant officers. 

(3) Chief pay clerks, pay clerks, and acting pay clerks will 
be required to furnish bond for the faithful performance of their 
duties in the sum of $5,000, and will be responsible under said 
bond for all money and stores in their custody. 

1645. 

Appointment Warrant officers and pay clerks of the Marine Corps will be 
of warrant offi- . , , . , , ., , , I\ \7' . 

cers and pay appointed in such manner as may be prescribed by law after their 

Corp8 kS ' MariMe qualifications have been established in such manner as the Secre- 
tary of the Navy may prescribe. 

1646. 

Persons not Any person who fails to present himself for examination after 
ive e s n for g exanU." having obtained permissic 
nation. feited his right to appear. 



seh S es n for g exam£ having obtained permission shall be considered as having for 



1647. 



Penalty for Any candidate who gives a false certificate of age, time of serv- 
tificatcs^etc. Cer " ice ' or character, or makes a false statement to a board of examin- 
ers, shall be regarded as disqualified. 



529 



1648. 



Every person, on receiving an appointment from the Navy De- Acceptance and 

oath. 

partment to any office in the Navy, shall immediately forward a 
letter of acceptance, together with the oath of office duly signed 
and certified. 

1649. 

(1) The Nurse Corps (female) shall consist of one superintend- / f ^"f Corps 
ent, appointed by the Secretary of the Navy, whose term of office 

may be terminated at his discretion ; and of as many chief nurses, 
nurses, and reserve nurses as may be needed. 

(2) The superintendent of the Nurse Corps, under the direction peni'tendent. *"" 
of the Surgeon General, shall have general supervision of the 

corps, and her duties and the duties of chief nurses and nurses 
shall be as prescribed by the Surgeon General. All members of 
the Nurse Corps (Female) shall be eligible for duty at naval 
hospitals and on board of hospital and ambulance ships, and for 
such special duty as may be deemed necessary by the Surgeon 
General of the Navy. All details for duty in the Nurse Corps 
shall be made by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, except in 
the case of details involving travel, all orders for which shall be 
submitted to the Bureau of Navigation. Reserve nurses may be 
assigned to active duty when the necessities of the service demand. 

(3) All nurses in the corps shall be appointed, or removed, by Appointments, 
the Surgeon General, with the approval of the Secretary of the 

Navy. They shall be graduates of not less than two years. The 
appointment of superintendent, chief nurses, nurses, and reserve 
nurses shall be subject to an examination as to their professional, 
moral, mental, and physical fitness. 

(4) Nurses are forbidden to receive presents from patients or Not to receive 
from relatives or friends of patients for services rendered when 

on duty. (Act of May 13, 1908.) 

(5) The authority of a nurse, necessary for the performance of Authority of. 
duty to which she may he assigned, shall be duly recognized and 

enforced. 

Section 2. — Promotions. 

1650. 

All officers of the Navy, to be eligible for promotion, shall pass Officers of the 
such professional, moral, mental, and physical examination as the avy * 
Secretary of the Navy may from time to time prescribe. (Sees. 
1493-1510, R. S.) 

1651. 

(1) Promotions to every grade of commissioned officers in the Officers of the 
Marine Corps below the grade of commandant shall be made in the MarIne Cor i>s. 



530 

same manner and under the same conditions as now are or may 
hereafter be prescribed, in pursuance of law, for commissioned 
officers of the Army. (Act of July 28, 1892.) All advancements 
in rank to captain, major, lieutenant colonel, and colonel shall, 
subject to the usual examination, be made from officers with the 
next junior respective rank, whether of the line or staff, in the 
order in which their names appear on said list. (Act of Aug. 
29, 1916.) Examinations for promotion of officers of the Marine 
Corps are conducted in accordance with provisions of law pre- 
scribed for commissioned officers of the Army, in effect August 
29, 1916. 

(2) When the candidate holds the rank of lieutenant colonel or 
below, the board shall examine and report upon (a) his mental 
and physical, (7>) his moral, and (c) his professional fitness for 
promotion, provided that " examinations of officers in the grades 
of major and lieutenant colonel shall be confined to problems in- 
volving the higher functions of staff duties and command." (39 
Stat, 1S3.) 

(3) When the candidate holds the rank of colonel, he shall be 
subject only to " physical, mental, and moral examination." (Act 
of Mar. 3, 1899, 30 Stat., 1009, as affected by act of June 3, 1916, 
39 Stat., 183.) 

1653. 

Promotion in (i) Hereafter the total number of commissioned officers of the 

the line of the 

Na?y. active list of the line of the Navy, exclusive of commissioned 

warrant officers, shall be 4 per cent of the total authorized en- 
listed strength of the active list, exclusive of the Hospital Corps, 
prisoners undergoing sentence of discharge, enlisted men detailed 
for duty with the Naval Militia, and the Flying Corps. 
Total officers. (2) The total number of commissioned line officers on the 
active list at any one time, exclusive of commissioned warrant 
officers, shall be distributed in the proportion of 1 of the grade 
of rear admiral to 4 in the grade of captain, to 7 in the grade 
of commander, to 14 in the grade of lieutenant commander, to 
32£ in the grade of lieutenant, to 41£ in the grade of lieutenant 
(junior grade) and ensign, inclusive. 
Lientenants (3) Lieutenants (junior grade) shall have not less than three 

(junior grade). 

years' service in that grade before being eligible for promotion 
to the grade of lieutenant. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

Ensigns. (4) Officers, after performing three years service in the grade 

of ensign, shall, after passing the examinations now required 
by law, be eligible to promotion to the grade of lieutenant (junior 
grade). (Act of Mar. 3, 1899.) 

Determination (5) To determine the authorized number of officers in the 

of number in , ,,„.,. , „ 

grades. various grades and ranks of the line and of the staff corps, com- 

putations shall be made by the Secretary of the Navy semiannu- 



531 

ally, as of July 1 and January 1 of each year, and the resulting 
numbers in the various grades and ranks, as so computed, shall 
be held and considered for all purposes as the authorized number 
of officers in such various grades and ranks and shall not be 
varied between such dates. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

1654. 

All promotions to the grades of commander, captain, and rear- B ? selection. 
admiral of the line of the Navy, including the promotion of those 
captains, commanders, and lieutenant commanders who are, or 
may be carried on the Navy list as additional to the numbers of 
such grades, shall be by selection only from the next lower re- 
spective grade upon the recommendation of a board of naval 
officers as herein provided. 

1655. 

(1) The board shall consist of nine rear admirals on the active Board of selec- 

tion, 
list of the line of the Navy not restricted by law to the perform- 
ance of shore duty only, and shall be appointed by the Secretary 
of the Navy and convened during the month of December of 
each year and as soon after the first day of the month as practi- 
cable. 

(2) Each member of said board shall swear or affirm, that he 0ath « 
will, without prejudice or partiality, and having in view solely 

the special fitness of officers and the efficiency of the naval service, 
perform the duties imposed upon him as herein provided. 

(3) The board shall be furnished by the Secretary of the Navy ni he? b Cle |ecre^ 
with the number of vacancies in the grades of rear admiral, cap- tary of the Navy. 
tain, and commander to be filled during the following calendar 

year, including the vacancies existing at the time of the conven- 
ing of the board and those that will occur by operation of law 
from the date of convening until the end of the next calendar 
year, and with the names of all officers who are eligible for 
consideration for selection as herein authorized, together with 
the record of each officer. 

(4) Any officer eligible for consideration for selection shall ha ^ c r e i r8 n ^ l8rlble 
have the right to forward through official channels at any time 

not later than ten days after the convening of said board, a 
written communication inviting attention to any matter of record 
in the Navy Department concerning himself which he deems im- 
portant in the consideration of his case. 

(5) Such communication shall not contain any reflection upon w< £j ™ J" JJ™ "j J*" 
the character, conduct, or motives of or criticism of any officer, officers. 

(6) No captain, commander, or lieutenant commander who shall Service in 

grade, 
have had less than four years' service in the grade in which he 

is serving on November 30 of the year of the convening of the 

board shall be eligible for consideration by the board. 



532 

Officers of (7) The recommendation of the board in the case of officers 
former Engineer 
Corps. of the former Engineer Corps who are restricted by law to the 

performance of shore duty only, and in that of officers who may 

hereafter be assigned to engineering duty only, shall be based upon 

their comparative fitness for the duties prescribed for them by 

law. Upon promotion they shall be carried as additional numbers 

in grade. 

infndSd? 1 rCC ° m " (8) The board sha11 recommend for promotion a number of 
officers in each grade equal to the number of vacancies to be 
filled in the next higher grade during the following calendar year. 
Totes required. ^ No gi cer g^all be recommended for promotion unless he 
shall have received the recommendation of not less than six 
members of said board. 

bo^rd POr * °* ^^ The re P° rt of tne board shall be in writing signed by all 
of the members and shall certify that the board has carefully 
considered the case of every officer eligible for consideration un- 
der the provisions of this law, and that in the opinion of at least- 
six of the members, the officers therein recommended are the best 
fitted of all those under consideration to assume the duties of 
the next higher grade, except that the recommendation of the 
board in the case of officers of the former Engineer Corps who 
are restricted by law to the performance of shore duty only, and 
in that of officers who may hereafter be assigned to engineering 
duty only, shall be based upon their comparative fitness for the 
duties prescribed for them by law. 
Submitted to (11) The report of the board shall be submitted to the Presi- 

jPrcsifSont 

dent for approval or disapproval. 

Action fey Presi- (12) In case any officer or officers recommended bv the board 
dent. 

are not acceptable to the President, the board shall be informed 
of the name of such officer or officers, and shall recommend a num- 
ber of officers equal to the number of those found not acceptable 
to the President, and if necessary shall be reconvened for this 
purpose. 

Seaiority in (13) When the report of the board shall have been approved 
by the President, the officers recommended therein shall be 
deemed eligible for selection, and if promoted shall take rank 
with one another in accordance with their seniority in the grade 
from which promoted. 

Examinations. (14) Any officers so selected shall, prior to promotion, be sub- 
ject in all respects to the examinations prescribed by law for 
officers promoted by seniority, and in case of failure to pass the 
required professional examination such officer shall thereafter 
be ineligible for selection and promotion. 
amination. 111 6X " ^) Should any officer fail to pass the required physical 
examination he shall not be considered, in the event of retirement, 
entitled to the rank of the next higher grade. 



533 

(16) On an after June 30, 1920, no captain, commander, or Sea service, 
lieutenant commander shall be promoted unless he has had not 

less than two years' actual sea service on seagoing ships in the 
grade in which serving or who is more than 56, 50, or 45 years 
of age, respectively. 

(17) The qualification of sea service shall not apply to officers Sea service en- 
restricted to the performance of engineering duty only. (Act of only. 

Aug. 29, 1916.) 

1656. 

(1) Such officers of the line of the Navy not below the grade Officers, engi- 
of lieutenant, who have been assigned to engineering duty onlyJ n J" ng dutlfs 
shall retain their place with respect to other line officers in the 

grades they now or may hereafter occupy, and also the right to 
succession to command on shore in accordance with their seniority. 

(2) They shall be promoted as vacancies occur subject to 
physical examination and to such examination in engineering as 
the Secretary of the Navy may prescribe. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

1657. 

Acting ensigns, appointed for the performance of engineering en ^ i c ^°^.^ n , si | i n t s ' 
duties only, shall upon the completion of the probationary period only, 
of three years, of which two years shall have been spent on board 
cruising vessels and one year pursuing a course of instruction at 
the Naval Academy prescribed by the Secretary of the Navy, 
be commissioned in the grade of lieutenant of the junior grade 
after satisfactorily passing such examination as may be pre- 
scribed by the Secretary of the Navy, and having been recom- 
mended for promotion by the examining board and found physi- 
cally qualified by a board of medical officers of the Navy. Such 
officers shall thereafter be required to perform engineering duties 
only, and shall be eligible for advancement to the higher grades 
in the manner herein provided for line officers assigned to engi- 
neering duties only. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

1658. 

(1) Acting ensigns of the Navy and acting second lieutenants of Acting ensigns 
the Marine Corps, appointed for the performance of aeronautic tenanff^iarfne 
duties only shall, upon completion of the probationary period aeronautics, 
of three years, be appointed acting lieutenants of the junior grade, 
or acting first lieutenants, respectively, by the Secretary of the 
Navy for the performance of aeronautic duties only, after sat- 
isfactorily passing such examinations as he may prescribe, and 
after having been recommended for promotion by the examining 
board and found physically qualified by a board of medical offi- 
cers of the Navy. 

183841°— 20 35 



534 

Appointments (2) Such appointments shall be for a probationary period of 
probationary. , -f . T_ 

four years and may be revoked at any time by the Secretary of 
the Navy. 
May elect to (3) Such acting lieutenants (junior grade) and acting first 
grades. 5 lieutenants may elect to qualify for aeronautic duty only or to 

qualify for all the duties of officers of the same grade in the Navy, 
and in the Marine Corps, respectively. 
Aeronautic dnty (4) Those officers who elect to qualify for aeronautic duty 
only shall be detailed to duty in the Naval Flying Corps involving 
actual flying in aircraft. 
Qualified for (5) Those officers who elect to qualify for the regular duties 
regular uty. of tlie j r g ra( j e s hall be detailed to duty in the regular service for 
at least two years to allow them to prepare for such qualification. 
Commissioned (g) Such acting lieutenants (junior grade) and acting first 
tion. lieutenants who have elected to qualify for aeronautic duty only 

shall, upon the completion of the probationary period of four 
years, be commissioned in the grade of lieutenant of the line of 
the Navy or captain of the Marine Corps for aeronautic duties 
only, after satisfactorily passing such competitive examination 
as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Navy to determine 
their moral, physical, and professional qualifications for such 
commissions and the order of rank in which they shall be com- 
missioned. 
Extra num- (7) Such lieutenants for aeronautic duty only shall be borne 

bers 

on the list as extra numbers, taking rank with and next after 

officers of the same date of commission. 

How commis- (8) Such acting lieutenants (junior grade) and acting first 
sioned in line of , «. 

Navy. lieutenants who have elected to qualify for the regular duties 

of the line of the Navy and of the Marine Corps, respectively, 
shall, upon the completion of the probationary period of four 
years, two years of which shall have been on such regular duties, 
be commissioned in the grade of the line of the Navy or Marine 
Corps according to his length of service, after passing satis- 
factorily such competitive examinations as may be prescribed by 
the Secretary of the Navy to determine their moral, physical, 
and professional qualifications for such commissions and to deter- 
mine the order of rank in which they shall be commissioned. 
Precedence. (9) Such officers of the line of the Navy and Marine Corps will 

be borne upon the lists of their respective corps as extra num- 
bers, taking rank with and next after officers of the regular 
service of the same date of commissions. 
JEUgible for (10) Officers commissioned for aeronautic duty only shall be 
eligible for advancement to the higher grades, not above captain 
in the Navy or colonel in the Marine Corps, in the same manner 
as other officers whose employment is not so restricted, except 
that they shall be eligible to promotion without restriction as to 



promotion. 



535 



sea duty, and their professional examinations shall be restricted 
to the duty to which personally assigned. 

(11) Any such officer must serve at least three years in any 
grade before being eligible to promotion to the next higher grade. 
(Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

1659. 



grade. 



Promotion in the staff corps shall be in accordance with the Promotion in 
following distribution in the various grades : the 8taff corps * 

(1) The total authorized number of commissioned officers of Medical Corps, 
the active list of the Medical Corps, exclusive of commissioned 

warrant officers, shall be sixty-five one hundredths of 1 per cent 
of the total authorized number of the officers and enlisted men 
of the Navy and Marine Corps, including midshipmen, Hospital 
Corps, prisoners undergoing sentence of discharge, enlisted men 
detailed for duty with the Naval Militia, and the Flying Corps. 

(2) They shall be distributed as follows: One-half medical 
directors with the rank of rear admiral to 4 medical directors 
with the rank of captain, to 8 medical inspectors with rank of 
commander, to 87£ in the grades below medical inspector. 

(3) The total authorized number of commissioned officers of Sapply Corps. 
the active list of the Supply Corps, exclusive of commissioned war- 
rant officers, shall be 12 per cent of the total number of commis- 
sioned officers of the active list of the line of the Navy. 

(4) They shall be distributed as follows : One-half pay directors 
with the rank of rear admiral to 4 pay directors with the rank of 
captain, to 8 pay inspectors with the rank of commander, to 871 
in the grades below pay inspectors. 

(5) The total number of chaplains and acting chaplains in the Chaplains. 
Navy shall be 1 to each 1,250 of the total personnel of the Navy 

and Marine Corps, as fixed by law, including midshipmen, ap- 
prentice seamen, and naval prisoners. 

(6) Of the total number of chaplains and acting chaplains 
herein authorized 10 per cent shall have the rank of captain in 
the Navy, 20 per cent the rank of commander, 20 per cent the 
rank of lieutenant commander, and the remainder to have the 
rank of lieutenants and lieutenants (junior grade). 

(7) Of the professors of mathematics, the senior three have the Corps of pro- 
rank of captain, the next four that of commander, and the re- ma tics. 
maining five that of lieutenant commander or lieutenant. 

(8) No further appointments shall be made to this corps, which 
shall cease to exist upon the death, resignation, or dismissal of 
the officers then carried in that corps on the active and retired 
lists of the Navy. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

(9) The total authorized number of commissioned officers of Construction 
the active list of the Construction Corps, exclusive of commis- corps - 



536 

sioned warrant officers shall be 5 per cent of the total number of 
commissioned officers of the active list of the line of the Navy. 

(10) They shall be distributed as follows: One-half naval con- 
structors, w T ith the rank of rear-admiral to 8£ naval constructors 
with the rank of captain, to 14 naval constructors with the rank 
of commander, to 77 naval constructors and assistant naval con- 
structors with the rank below commander. 

Corps of Civil (H) The total number of commissioned officers of the active list 
Engineers. 

of the Corps of Civil Engineers shall be 2 per cent of the total 
number of commissioned officers of the active list of the line of the 
Navy. 

(12) They shall be distributed as follows: One-half civil engi- 
neers with the rank of rear-admiral to 5^ civil engineers with the 
rank of captain, to 14 civil engineers with the rank of com- 
mander, to 80 civil engineers and assistant civil engineers with 
rank below commander. 
Dental Corps. (13) The appointment of dental surgeons in the Navy is au- 
thorized at the rate of 1 for each 1,000 of the total authorized 
strength of the Navy and Marine Corps. They constitute the 
Naval Dental Corps, and shall be a part of the Medical Depart- 
ment of the Navy. 

1660. 

Distribution When the distribution in grades and ranks of the Staff Corps 
fixed by ^aw. 110 is not fixed, the promotion of officers of the Staff Corps to such 
grades and ranks shall be on the same date and with the line 
officers with whom they take precedence. 

1661. 

staff offfcrs* 10118 ^ Hereafter, all laws relating to the examination of officers 
of the Navy for promotion shall be construed to apply to the 
regular advancement of staff officers to higher rank on the active 
list the same as though the advancements in rank were promo- 
tions to higher grades. 

(2) Examinations for such staff officers shall not be required 
except for such regular advancement in rank. (Act of May 22, 
1917.) 

1662. 

theMSeXorp^. (1) The total number of commissioned officers of the active list 
of the line and staff of the Marine Corps, exclusive of officers 
borne on the Navy list as additional numbers, shall be 4 per 
centum of the total authorized enlisted strength of the active list 
of the Marine Corps, exclusive of the Marine Band, and of men 
under sentence of discharge by court-martial. 



537 

(2) They shall be distributed in the proportion of 1 officer with 
rank senior to colonel to 4 with the rank of colonel, to 5 with 
the rank of lieutenant colonel, to 14 with the rank of major, to 37 
with the rank of captain, to 31 with the rank of first lieutenant, 
to 31 with the rank of second lieutenant. 

(3) The total commissioned personnel of the active list of the 
staff departments, whether serving therein under permanent ap- 
pointments or under temporary detail, shall be 8 per cent of the 
authorized commissioned strength of the Marine Corps. 

(4) Of this total one-fifth shall constitute the adjutant and 
inspector's department, one-fifth the paymaster's department, and 
three-fifths the quartermaster's department. 

(5) Appointments made to the position of major general com- 
mandant shall be made from officers of the active list of the 
Marine Corps not below the rank of colonel. 

(6) Brigadier generals shall be appointed from officers of the 
Marine Corps senior in rank to lieutenant colonel. The promo- 
tion to the grade of brigadier general of any officer now or here- 
after carried as an additional number in the grade or with the 
rank of colonel shall be held to fill a vacancy in the grade of 
brigadier general. 

(7) In determining the officers with rank senior to colonel, 
there shall be included the officer serving as major general com- 
mandant. 

(8) Officers holding permanent appointments in the staff de- 
partments shall not be eligible for appointment to the grade of 
brigadier general of the line. 

(9) Officers serving in the senior grade of the adjutant and 
inspector's, quartermaster's, and paymaster's departments shall, 
while serving therein, have the rank, pay, and allowances of a 
brigadier general. 

(10) For the purpose of determining the number of officers in 
the various ranks as provided in subparagraph 2, such staff offi- 
cers shall be counted as being of the rank of colonel. 

(11) For the purpose of advancement in rank to and includ- 
ing the grade of colonel, all commissioned officers of the line and 
staff of the Marine Corps shall be placed on a common list in 
the order of seniority each would hold had he remained continu- 
ously in the line. 

(12) All advancements in rank to captain, major, lieutenant 
colonel, and colonel shall, subject to the usual examinations, be 
made from officers with the next junior respective rank, whether 
of the line or staff, in the order in which their names appear on 
said list. (Act of Aug. 29. 1916.) 

1663. 

As to officers restricted to aeronautic duty only see 1658. M S rl, d "t aCr °" 



538 

1664. 

warant°offleers. f As to tne promotion of warrant officers of the Navy see 1632, 
1652. 

Section 3. — Retebehents. 

bettrement of officers of the navy. 

1665. 

service * y yearS ' ^ When any officer of the Navy has been 40 years in the serv- 
ice of the United States he may be retired from active service by 
the President upon his own application. (R. S. 1443.) 
Thirty years' (2) When any officer of the Navy has been 30 years in the serv- 
ice, he may, upon his own application, in the discretion of the 
President, be retired from active service and placed npon the 
retired list with three-fourths of the highest pay of his grade. 
(Act of May 13, 1908.) 

1666. 

In computing length of service : 
m Length of serr- (i) All officers of the Navy shall be credited with the actual 
time they may have served as officers or enlisted men in the 
Regular or Volunteer Army or Navy, or both, and shall receive 
all the benefits of -such actual service in all respects in the same 
manner as if all said service had been continuous and in the 
Regular Navy. (Act of Mar. 3, 1883.) 

(2) All officers who have been or may be appointed to any 
corps of the Navy or the Marine Corps shall have all the benefits 
of their previous service in the same manner as if said appoint- 
ments were a reentry into the Navy or into the Marine Corps. 
(Act of June 10, 1896.) 

(3) Hereafter the service of a midshipman at the United 
States Naval Academy, or of a cadet at the United States Military 
Academy, who may hereafter be appointed to the United States 
Naval Academy, or the United States Military Academy, shall 
not be counted in computing for any purpose the length of service 
of any officer in the Navy or in the Marine Corps. (Act of 
Mar. 4, 1913.) 

1667. 

ineligible for Captains, commanders, and lieutenant commanders who be- 
promo on. come ineligible for promotion on account of age shall be retired 

on a percentage of pay equal to 2£ per cent of their shore-duty 
pay for each year of service : Provided, That the total retired pay 
shall not exceed 75 per cent of the shore-duty pay they were 
entitled to receive while on the active list. (Act of Aug. 29. 1916.) 



539 

1668. 

Except as above noted the age of retirement of all officers of A |® °* retire- 
the Navy shall be 64 years. (Act of Aug. 29, 1916. ) 

1669. 

Officers of the Medical, Supply, and Engineering Corps, chap- Staff officers 
lains, professors of mathematics, and constructors who shall have years' ser?ice. 
served faithfully for 45 years shall, when retired, have the relative 
rank of commodore ; and officers of these several corps who have 
been or shall be retired at the age of 64 years (see par. 5) before 
having served for 45 years, but who shall have served faithfully 
until retired, shall, on the completion of 40 years from their entry 
into the service, have the relative rank of commodore. (R. S. 
1481; act Aug. 29, 1916.) 

1670. 

As to the retirement for physical disability at any time see Physical dis- 
Naval Retiring Boards. (Naval Courts and Boards.) 

1671. 

(1) The commissioned officers of the Marine Corps shall be Officers Marine 
retired in like cases, in the same manner, and with the same 

relative conditions, in all respects, as are now provided for offi- 
cers of the Army, except as to the composition of retiring boards. 
(Naval Courts and Boards.) (R. S. 1622.) 

(2) When an officer has been 30 years in service, he may, upon Thirty years, 
his own application, in the discretion of the President, be retired 

and placed on the retired list. (R. S. 1622 and 1243.) 

(3) When an officer has served 40 years either as an officer Forty years, 
or soldier in the regular or volunteer service, or both, he shall, 

if he makes application therefor to the President, be retired from 
the active service and placed on the retired list, and when an 
officer is 64 years of age, he shall be retired from active service 
and placed on the retired list. (Act of June 30, 1882.) 

(4) When an officer has served 45 years as a commissioned Forty-fire years. 
officer, or is 62 years old, he may be retired from active service 

at the discretion of the President. (R. S. 1244.) 

(5) Marine gunners and quartermaster clerks shall have the Marine gunners 
same privileges of retirement as do warrant officers of the Navy. an r d c i^S^ rmM ' 
(Act of Aug. 29, 1916.) 

(6) All marine officers shall be credited with the length of time Credit for 
they may have been employed as officers or enlisted men in the len & tn of service » 
volunteer service of the United States. (R. S. 1600.) 

(7) As to retirements for physical disability at any time see 
Marine Retiring Boards in Naval Courts and Boards. 



CHAPTER 45. 



ENLISTMENTS, RATINGS, TRANSFERS, DISCHARGES, ETC. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1681-1683. Navy recruiting stations. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1686-1690. Discharges. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1691-1706. Desertions. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1707-1712. Rewards and privileges. 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1713. Enlistments in Hospital Corps. 



Section 1. — Navy Recruiting Stations. 
1681. 

(1) An officer detailed for recruiting duty shall make himself Officers on re- 
familiar with all laws and regulations regarding enlistments andgen'eraf duties*. 5 * 
shall be governed by such instructions as may be issued by the 

Bureau of Navigation for the guidance of recruiting officers. For 
the purpose of administering oaths (see article 115), a recruiting 
officer is the officer in command of a recruiting station. 

(2) He shall be present daily at the rendezvous from 9 a. m. 
to 4 :30 p. m., and later, if necessary. 

(3) He shall guard against the enlistment of improper, unsound, 
or incompetent persons. (Art. 19; and act of June 24. 1910.) 

(4) Officers attached to a rendezvous as assistants to the com- 
manding officer shall not act as his substitute unless the latter is 
unable to attend. 

1682. 

(1) The officer in command is the recruiting officer.. In order Commanding 
to guard against illegal enlistments he shall personally inspect ally to inspect 
and question men offering to enlist. He shall examine into their recruIts « 
qualifications and determine their fitness and capacity. 

(2) On enlisting a person he shall administer to him the oath gl £££ of alle " 
of allegiance, if authorized by law to do so ; otherwise it shall be 
administered by the commanding officer of the ship or station to 

which the recruit is ordered to proceed. 

(3) He shall direct the enlisted person to proceed without delay an s d er re C c e r Jj e t cor to 
to the disignated ship or station and shall forward to the com- be sent to re- 
manding officer at the same time the service record prepared at ce v n& s p * 

(541) 



542 

the rendezvous and signed by himself and the medical officer. He 
shall forward to the Bureau of Navigation the shipping articles 
and the identification record, including the oath of allegience and 
the identification record, which latter shall include a personal 
description and record of finger prints made on the prescribed 
forms. 

1683. 

Lodging, sub- (l) Recruiting officers in charge of permanent stations will 

S1S1611C6 

arrange for lodging and subsistence of enlisted men attached 
thereto in accordance with instructions issued by the Bureau of 
Navigation. 

Section 2. — Dischabges. 
1686. 

(1) Enlisted persons in the naval service of the United States 

are entitled to their discharges only upon the expiration of their 

When entitled terms of enlistment or extended enlistment. But any enlisted man 
to (Hsch&rff© 

may be discharged at any time within three months before the 

expiration of his term of enlistment, or extended enlistment, with- 
out prejudice to any right, privilege, or benefit that he would have 
received except pay and allowances for the unexpired period not 
served or to which he would thereafter become entitled had he 
served his full term of enlistment or extended enlistment. The 
construction to be placed on this provision is that it will work for 
the benefit of the Government and not as a convenience to the en- 
listed man, and then only in cases where reasons for such re- 
quest are fully set forth and the services of the man can be 
spared. An enlistment shall not be regarded as complete until 
the enlisted man shall have made good any time in excess of one 
day lost on account of injury, sickness, or disease resulting from 
his own intemperate use of drugs or alcoholic liquors or other 
misconduct. 
Prior to ex- (2) No enlisted. person serving in the Navy of the United States 
Sltment. ° f en " shall be discharged therefrom prior to three months before the 
expiration of his term of enlistment or extended enlistment, except 
by special order of the Secretary of the Navy, or for one of the fol- 
lowing causes : Undesirability, inaptitude, physical or mental dis- 
ability, unfitness, or by sentence of court-martial. In every case 
the recommendation for such discharge must be made by the im- 
mediate commanding officer under whom the man may be serving. 
Applications for discharges which reach the department in any 
way except through said commanding officers will be disregarded. 
(3) Any person discharged from the Navy wftii a bad-conduct 
discharge, as undesirable, or for inaptitude, shall be required to 



543 

dispose of his outer naval uniforms and shall be furnished with 
a suit of civilian clothes. The suit of civilian clothes should be 
procured by the discharged person at his own expense, if possible, 
or be supplied at no expense to the Government whenever prac- 
ticable. If necessary, the suit shall be furnished at the expense 
of the Government at a cost not exceeding $15 in each case. 

(4) Enlisted men of the Navy not undergoing punishment, under By furlough, 
charges, or in debt to the Government, may, at the discretion of 
the Secretary of the Navy when the exigencies of the service 
permit, be granted furlough without pay for a period covering the 
unexpired portion of their enlistment by reimbursing the Govern- 
ment for expenses incurred in their behalf, and for which adequate 
return by service has not been made, as follows : 

1. Men serving in first enlistment — 

(a) Apprentice seamen or other enlisted men undergoing a First enlist- 
probationary period of training; by reimbursing the Government 
for the cost of that portion of outfit drawn and for the cost of 
transportation at the rate of 3 cents per mile from the place of 
enlistment to the training station. 

(&) Men other than those who enlist as apprentice seamen; 
during the first six months of enlistment, by reimbursing the 
Government for the cost of outfit drawn and for the cost of trans- 
portation at the rate of 3 cents per mile from the place of enlist- 
ment to the place of first duty. 

(c) After the first year of enlistment, by reimbursing the Gov- 
ernment for the cost of outfit furnished. 

2. Men serving in second or subsequent enlistments, or exten- Second or sua- 
sion of enlistment, who received no gratuity or outfit upon reenlist- 8 ^^® 11 * enllst " 
ment — 

(a) During the first year of said enlistment, or extension, by 
reimbursing the Government for the cost of transportation at the 
rate of 3 cents per mile from place of enlistment to place of first 
duty thereafter. 

(b) After first year of said enlistment, or extension of enlist- 
ment, no cost. 

3. Men serving in second or subsequent enlistments, or under 
extended enlistment, who received an honorable discharge gratuity 
upon reenlistment, or upon extending enlistment — 

(a) During first year of enlistment, or extension of enlistment, 
by reimbursing the Government for the total amount of the 
gratuity, and for the cost of transportation from place of enlist- 
ment to place of first duty thereafter at the rate of 3 cents per 
mile. 

(&) During second year of enlistment, or extension of enlist- 
ment, by reimbursing the Government an amount equal to three- 
fourths of the gratuity. 



544 

(c) During third year of enlistment, or extension of enlist- 
ment, by reimbursing the Government an amount equal to one- 
half of the gratuity. 

(d) During the first nine months of the fourth year of enlist- 
ment, or extension of enlistment, by reimbursing the Government 
an amount equal to one-fourth of the gratuity. 

Furlough with- (4) All applications for furlough without pay must show reason 
ou pay# w hy the applicant wishes furlough and state that he waives all 

claim to transportation home and be forwarded through regular 
official channels to the Bureau of Navigation, which is authorized 
to act thereon. On the Asiatic station the commander in chief 
is authorized to grant such furloughs when in his opinion the 
exigencies of the service permit. All such furloughs will be im- 
mediately reported to the Bureau of Navigation and the applica- 
tion, showing by indorsement the action taken thereon, forwarded 
to the Bureau of Navigation. 

Comment to (5) Officers through whom applications are forwarded will in 
plications. 011 aP " each case make comment and recommendation by indorsement 
thereon. 

Improper ap- (6) Applications made with the manifest purpose of avoiding 
duty on particular ships or stations will not be granted. 

Meaning of (7) It should be carefully explained to all men that furlough 
pay. 0118 m U 'without pay is a privilege and not a right and that it will be 
granted only when the efficiency of the service will not be mani- 
festly impaired, and they should understand clearly that when 
furloughed they are subject to recall in time of war or national 
emergency to complete the unexpired portion of their enlistment 
and that they must keep the Navy Department or other designated 
office informed of every change of address. 

(8) All discharges from the Hospital Corps, except upon the 
expiration of term of enlistment or by sentence of a court-mar- 
tial, shall be made by the Bureau of Navigation, after reference 
to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery for comment and recom- 
mendation. 

1687. 

The date of expiration of enlistment for persons serving during 
minority shall be the day next preceding that on which they 
attain their majority ; for a two, three, or four years' enlistment 
on the day of the month next preceding the second, third, or 
fourth anniversary of the date on which enlisted. 

1688. 

Discharges (1) Any person serving in the Navy may, when within the 
Stated. thernited United States, be discharged for one of the following reasons, but 
not otherwise, except by authority of the Navy Department. 



545 

(a) Upon the expiration of his term of service, whether enlisted 
within or without the United States. 

(&) At any time within three months before the expiration of 
his term of enlistment or extended enlistment as provided in 
Article 1686, when such discharge would not create a vacancy in 
complement, or when the ship is about to sail with the probability 
of not returning to the United States before the expiration of the 
enlistment of any man concerned. 

(c) By sentence of a general court-martial. 

(d) By sentence of a summary court-martial, if the man is 
serving in his first enlistment. 

(e) For undesirability, inaptitude, physical or mental disability. 

1689. 

(1) No person, except men in the insular force, shall be dis- ^it^u^'fhc 
charged outside of the United States except by order of the Navy United states. 
Department, or in accordance with the sentence of a general court- 
martial, with the exceptions given in the following paragraphs : 

(2) Upon the expiration of the term of enlistment or extended enlistment" on 
enlistment of a man enlisted within the United States, whose wrltten re « uest - 
retention on board is not essential to the Government interests, 

he may be discharged upon his own written request, which must 
state that the applicant waives all claim for transportation at 
Government expense to the Atlantic or Pacific coast of the 
United States and all consular aid. The original request must 
be signed by the applicant in the presence of a commissioned 
officer of the Navy, who shall also sign thereon as a witness to 
the man's signature. A duplicate of such request shall be entered 
on the service record as soon as granted and signed and witnessed 
as provided for the original. 

(3) Men who have enlisted outside the United States, upon ,^ nl }l tei „ ?■*: 

side the United 

the expiration of their terms of enlistment or extended enlist- states, 
ment, or upon the recommendation of a board of survey. 

(4) Men who are convicted by a consular court of a felonious. Convicted of 

„ , „ • „ . ,. felony in consu- 

offense (as distinguished from cases of overstaying leave, dis- lar court, 
orderly conduct, drunkenness, and other comparatively minor 
offenses in which consular authorities have concurrent jurisdic- 
tion) cease from the date of such conviction to be in the naval 
service of the United States. 

(5) All other written requests of enlisted men regarding dis- Entry on en ," 

, , „ . listment record, 

charge while absent from the United States, or from the coasts 

of the United States where they may have enlisted, in which 

claims to transportation at Government expense may be waived, 

must, if granted, be entered on the service record in the same 

manner. 



546 

Custodian of (Q) Enlisted men who are custodians of stores shall not be 

stores 

discharged until the stores under their charge have been examined 
and satisfactorily accounted for. 

1690. 

Transportation (i) Men enlisted within the continental limits of the United 
on disc harge ; 

enlisted within States and discharged by reason of expiration of enlistment or 
United States, extended enlistment within three months before the expiration 
thereof as provided in article 1686 (1) at a place therein not 
the place of their enlistment shall be furnished at the time 
of discharge, in lieu of transportation and subsistence, travel 
allowance of 5 cents per mile from the place of discharge to the 
place of enlistment. 

Enlisted out- (2) Men enlisted outside the continental limits of. the United 
side and dis- 
charged within States and discharged within said limits, by reason of expiration, 
United States. or within tliree m0 nths before the expiration, of enlistment or 
extended enlistment, shall be furnished at the time of discharge, 
in lieu of transportation and subsistence, travel allowance of 5 
cents per mile from the place of discharge to the port in the 
United States nearest the place of discharge from which a regular 
line of steamships carrying passengers departs for the place of 
enlistment or for the port nearest thereto. . 

Enlisted with- (3) Men enlisted within the continental limits of the United 
in and dis- 
charged without States and discharged outside said limits by reason of expira- 
United States. tion> QJ , within three mont h s before the expiration, of enlistment 
or extended enlistment, shall be furnished at the time of such 
discharge travel allowance at the rate of 5 cents per mile to 
the place of enlistment from the port in the United States nearest 
the place of enlistment at which arrives a regular line of steam- 
ships carrying passengers from the place of discharge or from the 
port -nearest thereto. 
Distances. (4) The distances mentioned in the preceding paragraphs of 

this article shall be computed from the official table of distances 
in use at the time of the man's discharge. 
Entries. (5) The place to which travel allowance is furnished and the 

amount shall be entered under the appropriate heading on the 
man's discharge and on his service record. 
in case of (6) Men discharged by medical survey, if residents of the United 
medical surrey. states or of the i nsil i ar possessions of the United States, shall 
at the time of their discharge be furnished transportation to their 
homes, with subsistence and transfers en route, or cash in lieu 
thereof. 

Section 3. — Desertions. 

1691. 

Definition of Every endeavor shall be made by officers to check desertion 
and absence without leave and to use all legal means to apprehend 



547 

promptly all persons who may be guilty of either.. " Desertion " 
as distinct from " absence without leave " and " absence over 
leave " is defined as unauthorized absence with specific intent per- 
manently to abandon the naval service or cancel the pending 
contract of enlistment. 

1692. 

"Absence without leave" and "absence over leave" shall be JJjJj* i011 10 de * 
regarded by commanding officers as " desertion " when any one 
of the following conditions obtain, and the action to be taken 
in the case of such absentees shall be the same as that taken in 
the case of " deserters " : 

(1) In a case of " absence without leave" action shall be taken 
immediately upon discovery of the fact of unauthorized absence 
if it is manifest that the absentee left the command with the 
intention not to return ; if the intention of the absentee is not 
clearly manifest, then action shall be taken at the end of 10 days. 

(2) In a case of "absence over leave" as indicated by failure 
to return to duty at the expiration of liberty or leave, combined 
with failure on the part of the absentee to communicate without 
delay with his commanding officer, giving reasons for unau- 
thorized absence, action shall be taken at the end of 10 days. 

(3) If any person in the Navy or Marine Corps becomes un- 
avoidably separated from his ship by reason of shipwreck or any 
other circumstances except capture by enemy, it shall be his duty 
to proceed at once to the nearest ship, fleet, or station and report 
himself to the officer in command, and failure to so report shall 
be considered as " absence without leave " and action shall be 
taken at the end of 10 days. 

(4) If any person in the Navy or Marine Corps becomes un- 
avoidably separated from his ship by reason of shipwreck or 
any other circumstance except capture by an enemy, it shall be 
his duty to proceed at once to the nearest ship, fleet, or station 
and report himself to the officer in command. In the event of 
failure to do this he will be regarded as a deserter and no claim 
for wages shall be allowed unless he proves to the satisfaction 
of the department that he was prevented by circumstances beyond 
his control. 

(5) In case of desertion from duty, the desertion shall date from 
the time the man leaves his duty; if from leave, the desertion 
shall date from the time such leave expired. 

(6) The commanding officer shall cause the proper entries of 
the facts, of which he shall be the judge, to be made in the log 
and on the supply officer's pay rolls. On desertion no entry of 
any kind will be made on a continuous-service certificate. It will 
be forwarded incomplete with the service record to the Bureau 
of Navigation. 



548 



1693. 



(1) The provisions of the foregoing article are not intended 
for the guidance of courts-martial in determining judicially 
whether an absentee is guilty of " desertion," but are inserted to 
guide commanding officers and will be adhered to by them in 
making proper entries on the service records of unauthorized 
absentees. 

(2) The entries required are: 

First. A concise summary of the facts in connection with the 
unauthorized absence set forth in such manner as to serve as 
proof in support of a charge of " desertion " based upon one 
of the conditions outlined in the preceding article. 

Second. " The mark of desertion " which constitutes in itself 
a charge (but not more than a charge) preferred against the 
absentee. 

(3) When a man is declared a deserter his accounts shall be 
transferred to the Officer in Charge of the Deserters' Roll, Navy 
Department, Washington, D. C. 

1694. 



Designation of 
deserter. 



The abbreviation " Des." marked against an absentee's name on 
the ship's books signifies that the charge of " desertion " has been 
preferred against that person. 



1696. 



Notice 
sertion. 



de- As soon as a person is declared a deserter, notice of the de- 
sertion shall be sent to the next of kin. 



169 



Bewards. A reward not exceeding $50 may be offered by a commanding 

officer for the delivery of a deserter and one not exceeding $25 
for the delivery of a straggler into the custody of the naval 
authorities at such place and within such time as may be pre- 
scribed in general or specific instructions issued by the Bureau 
of Navigation, or, in case of a marine, by the Major General Com- 
mandant of the Marine Corps. This reward paid for the delivery 
of a deserter or straggler, in no case exceeding $50 or $25, re- 
spectively, shall be checked against the accounts of such deserter 
or straggler, and shall be in full satisfaction of all expenses for 
arresting and keeping, and delivering such deserter or straggler 
other than the expense of telegraphing. In extraordinary cases 
where, by reason of the distance to be traveled, the amount of 



549 

such reward will not compensate, transportation may be fur- 
nished upon the order of the Bureau of Navigation or the Major 
General Commandant of the Marine Corps, as the case may be, 
to the civil officer from the place of arrest to the place of de- 
livery, and the return of such officer, in addition to the reward of 
$50 or $25, as the case may be. 

1698. 

(1) It shall be lawful for any civil officer having authority Authority of 

civil officers 
under the laws of the United States or of any State, Territory, 

or district to arrest offenders, to summarily arrest a deserter from 

the Navy or Marine Corps of the United. States and deliver him 

into the custody of the naval authorities. (Act of Feb. 16, 1909.) 

(2) In all cases in which the aid of the civil authorities is 
required, descriptive lists, signed by the commanding officer and 
stating the amount of the reward offered, shall, in the United 
States, be sent to the headquarters of the police and if necessary 
to the United States marshal, and in foreign ports to the consul 
of the United Sates. 

1699. 

The checkage for payment of rewards shall not be regarded as 
any part of the punishment to which a deserter or straggler is 
liable. 

1700. 

A reward for the apprehension of an officer shall not be offered 
unless specifically authorized by the Navy Department, or on a 
foreign station by the commander in chief. 

1701. 

Before sailing from a port in the United States, the command- ,JJjJ ort of dc " 
ing officer shall forward to the Bureau of Navigation a report of 
deserters and men absent without leave containing their descrip- 
tive lists, and a similar report shall be furnished the consul before 
leaving a foreign port, also information regarding the disposition 
to be made of the men should they be apprehended or seek consular 
aid after the departure of the vessel. 

1702. 

(1) Stragglers or deserters surrendering themselves, or who Surrendering 
are delivered on board cruising vessels other than the one to deserter? 1618 ° r 
which they belong, shall be transferred as soon as possible to the 
receiving ship, if there is one in port. 
183841°— 20 36 



550 

(2) The Bureau of Navigation and the commanding officer 
of the vessel or station from which the man is an absentee shall 
be promptly notified of the delivery or surrender of deserters or 
stragglers. 

1703. 

Extradition of (1) If any person belonging to the Navy or Marine Corps 
charged with crime deserts in the waters of any foreign state 
between which and the United States a treaty of extradition for 
the apprehension and delivery of persons charged with crime 
exists, the senior officer present shall take measures for his re- 
covery in accordance with the provisions of such treaty. 

(2) In no case shall force be used to recover deserters within 
foreign territorial limits or on board foreign ships. 

1704. 

Deserter takes If a deserter from a ship of the Navy in a foreign port takes 
refuge in foreign refuge on board a foreign ship of war of a nationality other than 
that of the port, the senior officer present shall make a formal 
request to the senior officer present of the nation to which said 
foreign ship belongs for the delivery of said deserter. Should 
the request not be complied with, he shall report the case and 
circumstances immediately to the Navy Department. 

1705. 

Forfeitures In Every person who deserts the naval service of the United 
time of war. 

States shall, upon conviction thereof, be forever incapable of 

holding any office of trust or profit under the United States, or of 
exercising any rights of citizens thereof, but this shall not apply 
to any person deserting from the naval service of the United 
States in time of peace. (Sees. 1996, 1998, R. S., and act Aug. 
22, 1912.) 

1706. 

Accomplices. Every person who entices or aids any person in the naval 
service to desert, or who harbors or conceals any such person, 
knowing him to be a deserter, or who refuses to give up such 
person on the demand of any officer authorized to receive him, 
is liable to punishment by imprisonment and fine, to be enforced 
in any court of the United States having jurisdiction. ( Sec. 1553, 
R. S.) 

Section 4. — Rewards and Privileges. 

1707. 

Advancement (1) Seamen distinguishing themselves in battle, or by extraor- 
ind™2?dais ra ^f dinary heroism in the line of their profession, may be promoted 
honor to seamen. to warran t officers, if found fitted, upon the recommendation of 



551 

their commanding officer, approved by the flag officer and the 
Secretary of the Navy. And upon such recommendation they 
shall receive a gratuity of $100 and a medal of honor prepared 
under the direction of the Secretary of the Navy. (Sec. 1407, 
R. S.) 

(2) Any enlisted man of the Navy or Marine Corps who shall ^en of Navy 

il 11 (1 1U il i 1 D C 

have distinguished himself in battle or displayed extraordinary Corps, 
heroism in the line of his profession shall, upon the recommenda- 
tion of his commanding officer, approved by the flag officer and 
the Secretary of the Navy, receive a gratuity and medal of honor, 
as provided for seamen in paragraph 1 of this article. (Act 
Mar. 3, 1901.) 

(3) All acts of gallantry or heroism referred to in this article 
shall be promptly reported to the Secretary of the Navy. 

(4) The presentation of a medal of honor to any enlisted Manner of pre- 
man in the naval service, as awarded by section 1407 of the Re- 
vised Statutes and the act of March 3, 1901, and also to officers, 

whenever the same may be authorized by law, shall always be 
made with formal and impressive ceremonial. The recipient shall, 
when practicable, be ordered to Washington, D. C, and the presen- 
tation will be made by the President as Commander in Chief, or 
by such representative as the President may designate. When 
not practicable to have the presentation at Washington, the details 
of time, place, and ceremony will be prescribed by the Secretary 
of the Navy for each case. In time of war the presentation 
shall be made by the commander in chief of the fleet, or> the 
division commander. 

1708. 

(1) The Secretary of the Navy may issue to any person to Bowknots. 
whom a medal of honor has been awarded a bowknot, to be 

worn in lieu of the medal, and a ribbon to be worn with the 
medal; and whenever such ribbon has been lost, destroyed, or 
rendered unfit for use, without fault or neglect on the part of 
the owner, a new ribbon will be issued to him. (Act May 4, 
1898.) 

(2) The preparation and issuance of all medals of honor and Preparation 

and Issue of 

ribbons for the same, as well as of bowknots, and the correspond- medals. 
ence in relation thereto, will be conducted by the Bureau of 
Navigation. 

(3) Officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps, 
who formerly served in the Army and received campaign badges 
or medals for such service, and who subsequently joined the 
Navy, shall be permitted to wear such badges or medals with their 
naval uniform. 



552 



1709. 



Life-saving (1) Life-saving medals may be awarded to persons in the Navy 

medals. and Marii)e corps, as follows : 

Gold medals. (a) Gold medals to those only who, by extreme and heroic 

daring, have endangered their lives in saving, or endeavoring to 

save, lives from the perils of the sea in waters over which the 

United States has jurisdiction, or upon an American vessel. 

The award of (2) The President is authorized to present, in the name of Con- 
medals of honor, -,-,,. 
distinguish ed gress, a medal of honor to any person who while in the naval 

IJriiKvy mosses! service of tne United States shall, in action involving actual 
conflict with the enemy, distinguish himself conspicuously by gal- 
lantry and intrepidity at the risk of his life above and beyond 
the call of duty and without detriment to the mission of his com- 
mand or the command to which attached. 

(3) The President is further authorized to present, but not in 
the name of Congress, a distinguished-service medal of appropri- 
ate design and a ribbon, together with a rosette or other device to 
be worn in lieu thereof, to any person who, while in the naval 
service of the United States, since the 6th day of April, 1917, has 
distinguished, or who hereafter shall distinguish, himself by 
exceptionally meritorious service to the Government in a duty 
of great responsibility. 

(4) The President is further authorized to present, but not in 
the name of Congress, a Xavy cross of appropriate design and a 
ribbon, together with a rosette or other device to be worn in lieu 
thereof, to any person who, while in the naval service of the. 
United States, since the 6th day of April, 1917, has distinguished, 
or who shall hereafter distinguish, himself by extraordinary 
heroism or distinguished service in the line of his profession, such 
heroism or service not being sufficient to justify the award of a 
medal of honor or a distinguished-service medal. 

(5) Each enlisted or enrolled person of the naval service to 
whom is awarded a medal of honor, distinguished service medal, 
or a Navy cross shall, for each such award, be entitled to addi- 
tional pay at the rate of $2 per month from the date of the 
distingushed act or service on which the award is based, and each 
bar, or other suitable emblem or insignia, in lieu of a medal of 
honor, distinguished service medal, or Navy cross, as hereinafter 
provided for, shall entitle him to further additional pay at the 
rate of $2 per month from the date of the distinguished act or 
service for which the bar is awarded, and such additional pay 
shall continue throughout his active service, whether such service 
shall or shaU not be continuous. 

(6) No more than one medal of honor or one distinguished 
service medal or one Navy cross shall be issued to any one per- 
son ; but for each succeeding deed or service sufficient to justify 



553 

the award of a medal of honor or a distinguished service medal or 
Navy cross, respectively, the President may award a suitable bar, 
or other suitable emblem or insignia, to be worn with the decora- 
tion and the corresponding rosette or other device. 

(7) The Secretary of the Navy is authorized to expend from 
the appropriation " Pay of the Navy " of the Navy Department so 
much as may be necessary to defray the cost of the medals of 
honor, distinguished service medals, and Navy crosses, and bars, 
emblems, or insignia herein provided for, and so much as may be 
necessary to replace any medals,' crosses, bars, emblems, or in- 
signia as are herein or may heretofore have been provided for: 
Provided, That such replacement shall be made only in those 
cases where the medal of honor, distinguished service medal, or 
Navy cross, or bar, emblem, or insignia presented under the pro- 
visions of this or any other act shall have been lost, destroyed, 
or rendered unfit for use without fault or neglect on the part of 
the person to whom it was awarded, and shall be made without 
charge therefor. 

(8) Except as otherwise prescribed herein, no medal of honor, 
distinguished-service medal. Navy cross, or bar, or other suitable 
emblem or insignia in lieu of either of said medals or of said 
cross, shall t)e issued to any person after more than five years 
from the date of the act or service justifying the award thereof 
nor unless a specific statement or report distinctly sotting forth 
the act or distinguished service and suggesting or recommending 
official recognition thereof shall have been made by his naval 
superior through official channels at the time of the act or service 
or within three years thereafter. 

(9) (a) In case an individual who shall distinguish himself dies 
before the making of the award to which he may be entitled, the 
award may nevertheless be made and the medal or cross or the 
bar or other emblem or insignia presented within five years from 
the date of the act or service justifying the award thereof to such 
representative of the deceased as the President may designate: 
Provided, That no medal or cross or no bar or other emblem or 
insignia shall be awarded or presented to any individual or to 
the representative of any individual Whose entire service subse- 
quent to the time he distinguished himself shall not halve been 
honorable: Provided further. That in cases of persons now in 
the naval service for whom the award of the medal of honor has 
been recommended in full compliance with then existing regula- 
tions, but on 'account of services which, though insufficient fully 
to justify the award of the medal of honor, appears to have been 
such as to justify the award of the distinguished-service medal or 
Navy cross hereinbefore provided for, such cases may be con- 
sidered and acted upon under the provisions of this act authoriz- 



554 

ing the award of the distinguished-service medal and Navy cross, 
notwithstanding that said services may have been rendered more 
than five years before said cases shall have been considered as 
authorized by this proviso, but all consideration or any action 
upon any of said cases shall be based exclusively upon official 
records now on file in the Navy Department. 
Silver medals. (&) Silver medals (1) to those who, in cases not sufficiently 
distinguished to deserve the gold medal, have endangered their 
lives in saving, or endeavoring to save, lives from the perils of 
the sea in waters over which the United States has jurisdiction, 
or upon an American vessel; and. (2) to those who have made 
such signal exertions in rescuing and succoring the shipwrecked 
and saving persons from drowning in waters over which the United 
States has jurisdiction, as shall be deemed to merit such recogni- 
tion. (Acts of June 20, 1874 ; June 18, 1878 ; and May 4, 1882.) 

Evidence of (^q) Satisfactory evidence of the services performed must be 
Scry ices p©r* 
formed. filed in each case with the Secretary of the Treasury through the 

Secretary of the Navy. This evidence should be in the form of 
affidavits made by eyewitnesses, of good repute and standing, testi- 
fying of their knowledge. The opinion of witnesses that the 
person for whom an award is sought imperiled his life or made 
signal exertions is not sufficient, but the affidavits must set forth 
in detail all facts and occurrences tending to show clearly in what 
manner and to what extent life was risked, or signal exertions 
made, so that the Treasury Department may judge for itself as 
to the degree of merit involved. The precise locality, whether 
within the waters over which the United States has jurisdiction,. 
or upon an American vessel, the name of the vessel shipwrecked 
or in distress, date, the time of day, nature of the weather, condi- 
tion of the sea, the names of all persons present, when practicable, 
the names of all persons rendering assistance, and every pertinent 
circumstance should be stated. The affidavits should be made 
before an officer duly authorized to administer oaths, and be 
accompanied by a certificate showing the affiants to be credible 
persons, certified by some United States officer of the district in 
which the affiants, reside, such as a judge or clerk of United States 
court, district attorney, or collector of customs. If the affidavits 
are taken before an officer without an official seal, his official 
character must be certified by the proper officer of a court of 
record under the seal thereof. 

1710. 

Good-conduct (1) Any enlisted person in the Navy serving under continuous 

models 

service, or in an enlistment subsequent to a previous enlistment 
terminated by reason of expiration of enlistment, who upon ex- 
piration, or within three months before the expiration of his term 



555 

of enlistment, shall be recommended by his captain for obedience, 
sobriety, industry, courage, neatness, and proficiency shall receive 
a good conduct medal. 

(2) Any such person who has received one medal will, if recom- Clasps or bars. 
mended at the expiration of any subsequent four-year term of 
enlistment, be given in place of a medal a clasp, which shall be 

worn above the medal on the same ribbon. 

(3) A man serving under a continuous service certificate, or in 
an enlistment subsequent to a previous enlistment terminated by 
reason of expiration of enlistment, who has extended his enlist- 
ment, shall be recommended for a good-conduct medal or clasp for 
the four-year term for which he enlisted if qualified under para- 
graph 1 above : Provided, That a man who receives a good conduct 
medal or clasp at the expiration of the term of enlistment of four 
years shall not again be given a good conduct medal upon dis- 
charge from an extension of that enlistment for any period less 
than four years. No man shall be deprived of a good-conduct 
medal or clasp except by sentence of a general court-martial. 

(4) Each enlisted man of the Navy, except mates, shall receive Extra pay. 
75 cents per month, in addition to the pay of his rating, for each 
good-conduct medal, pin, or bar which he may heretofore have 

been, or shall hereafter be, awarded. 

(5) Medals and clasps will be supplied by the Bureau of Naviga- 
tion. 

1711. 

(1) Except as provided in article 1707 (4), all medals shall, Manner of 

presentation. 

when practicable, be presented by the commanding officer at a 
general or special muster of the officers and crew, and shall be 
worn on the prescribed occasions. 

(2) The commanding officer may forbid the wearing of medals 
by any person undergoing punishment. 

1712. 



(1) The application of an enlisted man of the Navy for retire- Retirements, 
ment shall be made to the President of the United States, and in 
computing the 30 years necessary to entitle him to be retired, all 

service in the Army, Navy, and Marine Corps shall be credited, 
and service in the Navy, or in the Army, or Marine Corps during 
the Civil War, from April 15, 1861, to August 20, 1866, and during 
the Spanish-American War, from April 21, 1898. to April 11, 1899, 
shall be computed as double time. 

(2) After approval of an enlisted man's application for retire-, Ho ,Y tr ^ ns : 

,,,,,. , , ^ * ^ . . ferred to retired 

ment, an order shall be issued from the Bureau of Navigation list. 

transferring him to the retired list. Upon receipt of such order 

by his immediate commanding officer, a final statement shall be 



556 

prepared, closing accounts of pay and allowances to and including 
date of retirement. No discharge shall be given, however, and the 
retired enlisted man shall be regarded as continuing in the service 
upon the retired list, but his name shall be dropped from the rolls 
of the vessel on which he was serving when retired, and his 
service record, descriptive list (in duplicate), with fact of final 
statement noted thereon, and his post-office address for the next 
30 days, shall be immediately forwarded through official channels 
to the Bureau of Navigation. Such retired enlisted men are addi- 
tional to the number otherwise provided by law. Upon being 
retired, they will be ordered to their homes and furnished trans- 
portation and subsistence. 

Post-office ad- ( 3 ) 0n the Iast day of each calendar month retired enlisted men 
dress reported. ' J 

shall report to the Bureau of Navigation their post-office address, 

and shall promptly report any change therein. Blank forms for 
personal reports with official penalty envelopes for transmitting 
them, shall be furnished retired enlisted men by the Bureau of 
Navigation. 
iowances 8n of re- ^ Tne authorized pay and allowances of retired enlisted men 
tired men. of the Navy shall be paid them monthly by the disbursing officer 

of the Naval Home, Philadelphia, Pa., of the naval station, Mare 
Island, Calif., or of the naval station, Cavite, P. I. 
and eS paT ^vouch- ( 5 ) Tne Bureau of Navigation shall furnish each retired enlisted 
ers. man with a descriptive list, which he shall forward at the end 

of each calendar month to the disbursing officer. If the retired 
enlisted man can not write, his mark (x) should be witnessed by 
a commissioned officer, if practicable, otherwise by some well- 
known person, preferably the postmaster of his place of residence. 

Section 5. — Enlistments in Hospital Corps. 

1713. 

(1) Any person within the prescribed age limits and otherwise 
qualified may be enlisted as a hospital apprentice without specific 
authority from the department, provided he has satisfactorily 
passed an examination before a medical officer of the Navy. 

(2) Records of enlistment in the Hospital Corps, and all other 
papers relating thereto, shall be referred by the Bureau of Navi- 
gation to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery for information and 
to afford an opportunity for recommendation ; and an examination 
report on a form prepared by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery 
and approved by the Bureau of Navigation shall be recorded in 
both bureaus in every case of enlistment. 



CHAPTER 46. 



LEAVE OF ABSENCE AND LIBERTY. 
Sec. 1.— Art. 1722-1731. Leave and liberty. 



Section 1. — Leave and Liberty. 
1722. 

Permission to leave the United States will in 1 granted by the, Per ?i. issi ® n ,. t 9 

leave the United 
Secretary of the Nav5 T only. States. 

1723. 

The commander in chief of a fleet or squadron within the United ch fjf f ! command 
States, or the commandant of a navy yard or station, shall not within the 
absent himself from his command for a longer period than one 
week in any successive three months, except by permission of the 
Secretary of the Navy. 

1724. 

(1) The senior officer present, afloat, is authorized to grant ^/^/senior S 
leave of absence as follows : To officers, not to exceed 10 days, fleer present, 
exclusive of travel time; to petty officers and enlisted men, in 
accordance with instructions that may be issued from time to time 

by the Bureau of Navigation. 

(2) Leave of absence to officers and enlisted men of ships of a Lea ™ *? offi : 

cers of ships of 
fleet while at a navy yard shall he granted by the senior officer of fleet at navy 

the fleet present at that yard. >ard " 

(3) The commandant of a navy yard or station is authorized to, Leave panted 

* * hy commandant. 

grant leave of absence as follows : To officers attached to the yard 
or station, or serving on board the receiving or station ships, leave 
not to exceed 10 days, exclusive of travel time ; to petty officers and 
enlisted men attached to the yard or station, or serving on board 
the receiving or station ships, leave in accordance with instruc- 
tions that may be issued from time to time by the Bureau of 
Navigation ; to enlisted men of the Marine Corps attached to the 
marine barracks or station, or serving on board the receiving or 
station ships, furloughs not to exceed 30 days, exclusive of travel 
time. 

(557) 



558 



1725. 



" Leave of ab- Permission granted orally to leave the ship or station tempora- 
sence " defined. rily ^ instead of f orma n y authorized leave of absence, does not 
convey permission to leave the general vicinity of the port or sta- 
tion, unless especially so stated. Absence authorized in this 
manner shall not continue on the following day beyond forenoon 
quarters on board ship or the beginning of working hours at a 
shore station, unless an extension beyond such hour has been 
specifically authorized. 

1726. 

Leave granted (1) The senior officer present shall indicate to commanding offi- 

offleer! mina11 mS ce-rs of ships the extent of leave of absence and permission to 

leave the ship or liberty which they may grant to officers and 

enlisted men under their respective commands, without further 

reference to himself, due regard being had to pratique and other 

regulations of the port. 

Not granted (2) Leave to go beyond the immediate vicinity of the station or 

Tug orders' Sai " port shall not be granted to any person attached to a ship under 

sailing orders. 

Betnm to be (3) Every officer to whom leave is granted shall promptly report 
rcDortcd 

his return therefrom to the officer who granted it, in writing, 

giving the date of its commencement and stating the number of 

days of absence from station or duty, inclusive of travel time. 

(Art. 1730 (1).) 

1727. 

to T de b artme°nt ed ^ The actual numDe r of days of leave of absence taken by 
every officer under the provisions of article 1724 shall be immedi- 
ately reported to the Bureau of Navigation by the commanding 

Contents of re- officer of the ship or by the commandant of the station to which 
such officer is attached, and a signed copy of this report shall be 
furnished to the officer carrying the pay accounts of such officer. 
In special cases where an officer is serving at some place other 
than aboard ship or at a naval station, this report shall be made 
by the officer under whom the officer granted leave is serving. 
The report shall not be forwarded until after the leave has ex- 
pired and the officer has returned to his station and duty. It 
shall show the date the leave began and the exact number of 
days absent ; no report shall be made for a fraction of a day. The 
time required for an officer to travel to and from the place where 
his leave is spent shall be considered as leave and shall be in- 
cluded in the report of days absent. 

* ea I e J rom ( 2 ) If an officer be on duty abroad, or on a foreign station, and 
be granted leave for the purpose of visiting the United States, his 
leave begins from the date of his arrival therein, and expires on 



559 

the date of his departure therefrom, and the dates of such arrival 
and departure must be reported to the department. 

(3) Leave of absence shall be granted in terms of months and Manner of 

counting length 

days, as " one month," " one month and ten days." A leave of ab- of leave, 
sence begins on the day following that on which an officer departs 
from his station or duty. The day of departure, whatever the 
hour, is counted as a day of duty ; the day of return as a day of 
absence ; except when such return is made before the regular hour 
for forenoon quarters on board ship or for beginning work at a 
shore station, in which case it shall not be counted as a day of ab- 
sence. Leave for one month beginning on the first day of a calen- 
dar month, shall expire on the last day of the month, whatever its 
number of days. Beginning on an intermediate day, the leave will 
expire on the day preceding the same day of the next month. 

1728. 

(1) No commanding officer of a ship, fleet, or naval station shall L « ave ° n »«■ 

. . i tii i^i , • ( ' 0UIlt of slck ' 

grant permission to any person under Ins command to leave his ness. 

station, or to return from abroad to the United States, on account 

of ill health except upon the recommendation of a board of medical 

survey. 

(2) Requests for leave or detachment on account of ill health, 
when forwarded to the Navy Department, shall be accompanied 
by the report of a medical survey. 

(3) Officers on sick leave in consequence of medical survey shall 
report the state of their health to the department every 15 days. 

(4) When an officer not on duty applies for leave or for an ex- Restrictions of 
tension of leave, on account of ill health, a medical board of sur- 
vey shall be held, if practicable, and a report made to the depart- 
ment ; or, if that be impracticable, he shall forward the certificate 

of a reputable physician, stating that he is unable to perform duty, 
the nature of the disease, and its probable duration. 

(5) Officers on sick leave shall be examined physically to de- 
termine their fitness for duty before resuming duty. 

1729. 

(1) Aboard ships to which different officers are allowed by the Head of de- 

.. . ~* ™ . i partmcnt always 

complement list as executive officer, gunnery officer, navigator, on board. 

engineer officer (if not restricted to the performance of engi- 
neering duty only), first lieutenant, one of the tour last named 
shall always be on board and ready for duty; but the executive 
officer shall not be required to alternate with any other officer in 
leaving the ship. In the absence of the commanding or executive 
officer, or both, the duties of these offices shall devolve upon the 
line officer next in rank attached to and on board of the ship, as 
provided in these regulations. (819 (2), 931 (2), 961 (1).) 



560 

(2) Aboard ships to which no regular first lieutenant is allowed 
by the complement list either the gunnery, navigating, or engineer 
officer (if not restricted to the performance of engineering duty 
only), shall always be on board and ready for duty. In the 
absence of the commanding or executive officer, or both, the 
duties of these offices shall devolve upon the line officer next in 
rank attached to and on board of the ship, as provided in these 
regulations. (Art. 819 (2) and 931 (2).) 

(3) Aboard vessels to which' no regular first lieutenant or gun- 
nery officer is allowed by the complement list, either the execu- 
tive officer, navigating officer, or engineer officer (if not restricted 
to the performance of engineering duty only) shall always be on 
board and ready for duty. In the absence of the executive officer 
the senior on board or the navigating officer and engineer officer 
(if not restricted to the performance of engineering duty only) 
shall act as executive officer. In the absence of both the com- 
manding and executive officers the senior on board of the navi- 
gating officer and engineer officer (if the latter be not restricted 
to the performance of engineering duty only) shall act as com- 
manding officer. 

(4) When the engineer officer of the ship is restricted to the 
performance of engineering duty only, he shall not be considered 
as available for succession to the duties of commanding officer, 
and when that officer is absent his duties shall be performed by 
the senior on board of the other line officers set forth in the three 
preceding paragraphs. 

(5) Aboard vessels where the executive officer performs the 
duties of navigating officer in addition to his regular duties, either 
the executive officer or the line officer next in rank to him, and 
not restricted to the performance of engineering duty only, shall 
always be on board and ready for duty, except when special 
permission to the contrary is granted by the commanding officer. 
In the absence of the executive officer, the line officer next in 
rank on board and not restricted to the performance of engineer- 
ing duty only shall act as executive officer. In the absence of 
both commanding and executive officers the line officer next in 
rank on board and not restricted to the performance of engineer- 
ing duty only shall act as commanding officer. 

(6) When there are two or more officers detailed for engineer- 
ing duty, including chief machinists and machinists, or two or 
more medical, supply, or marine officers attached to a ship, at least 
one of each branch in which there are two or more officers shall 
always be on board and ready for duty unless otherwise au- 
thorized, under special circumstances by previous permission from 
the commanding officer. 

(7) Whenever any officer is granted leave of absence or per- 
mission to leave the ship or station and there is no other officer 



561 

who is specifically detailed by these regulations to perform the 
duties of such officer during his absence, it shall be the duty of the 
officer granting such leave of absence or permission to leave the 
ship or station to officially detail some other competent person to 
perform such duties during the absence of the officer to whom yie 
said privilege is granted, so far as is permissible under the laws 
and regulations. 

(8) Officers not specified in the preceding paragraphs may be 
granted leave of absence or permission to leave the ship or 
station at the discretion of the commanding officer (subject to 
the provisions of these regulations and to any instructions that 
may be received from the senior officer present in regard to the 
matter) or of the commandant. In granting such privileges the 
commanding officer or commandant shall be guided by the existing 
conditions as to the number of officers to be retained on board or 
within the limits of the station and shall so retain a sufficient 
number to efficiently meet any emergency or call to duty that may 
arise. 

(9) Under no circumstances shall any ship or station to which 
two or more line officers are attached be left without at least 
one line officer present and ready for duty, except in cases of 
emergency, of which the commanding officer or commandant shall 
be the judge. 

(10) Except as specified in the second sentence of this para- 
graph, not more than one-half of the crew of any ship shall be 
granted leave or liberty at the same time, and liberty parties 
shall be so, selected as to leave on board an organized force that 
will be effective in any emergency. While secured to a wharf at 
a navy yard, however, not more than one- fourth of the crew 
need be kept on hoard, provided the commanding officer deems that 
such a number will be effective for any emergency. 

17.30. 

(1) The executive officer, and all officers senior to him in rank, Application for 
shall make application for leave of absence or permission to leave leave^e'ship. 
the ship and shall report their return therefrom to the com- 
manding officer. Those junior to the executive officer shall make 
application for leave of absence through and for permission to 

leave the ship to the executive officer and shall report their re- 
turn to him, except in case of leave of absence, in which case the 
report of return shall be made to the commanding officer in 
writing, through the executive officer. (Art. 1726 (3).) 

(2) No person attached to the vessel shall be allowed to leave 
the ship during coaling, except on duty. 



listed men. 



562 

1731. 

Leave to en- (1) When the sanitary or other conditions of the port do not 
render it inadvisable, and when authorized by the senior officer 
present, the commanding officer shall grant liberty or leave of 
absence to the enlisted men, but such liberty or leave of absence 
shall not be granted by other than the commanding officer. 

(2) Enlisted men shall be instructed that when on leave of 
absence they must so arrange that they may have sufficient funds 
to enable them to return to their ships ; recruiting officers will not 
furnish transportation for that purpose. 



CHAPTER 47. 



MONEY, PAY, AND ALLOWANCES. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1741-1756. Eesponsibilities and penalties. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1757-1768. Deposits and checks. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1769-1775. Requisition for money. 

Sec. 4.— Art. 1776-1778. Bills of exchange. 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1779-1781. Deposits by enlisted men. 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1782-1786. Money issued to officers and enlisted men. 

Sec. 7. — Art. 1787-1801. Pay and bounties, Navy. 

Sec. 8. — Art. 1802-1804. Advances. 

Sec. 9. — Art. 1805-1807. Allotments. 

Sec. 10.— Art. 1808-1818. Travel. 

Sec. 11. — Art. 1819-1829. Quarters, light, fuel, and subsistence. 

Sec. 12. — Art. 1830-1840. Miscellaneous allowances. 

Sec. 13. — Art. 1841. Persons deceased. 

Sec. 14. — Art. 1842-1845. Pensions. 

Sec. 15. — Art. 1846-1850. General instructions for purchases. 



Section 1. — Responsibilities and Penalties. 

1741. 

All officers, agents, or other persons receiving public moneys Distinct ac- 
shall render distinct accounts of the application thereof, according counts re <i uir ed- 
to the appropriation under which the same may have been ad- 
vanced to them. (Sec. 3623, R. S.) 

1742. 

(1) No payment to a public creditor shall be evidenced by a Receipts for 
receipt (except when receipt is required either by law or contract) Keck* * not re- 
unless such payment is made in cash, i. e., currency. Therefore ^ ulred » etc « 

no receipt for a payment made by a disbursing officer's check shall 
be required or taken. In no case shall receipt for a payment be 
taken in duplicate, etc., but by single receipt only. 

(2) In all cases where receipts are taken the exchange of cur- 
rency and the receipt therefor shall be simultaneous. Practices 
requiring receipt in advance of actual payment are prohibited. 

(563) 



564 



1743. 



Expenses of No accounting or disbursing officer of the Government shall 

commissions and .. , . , . „ 

inquiries. allow or pay any account or charge whatever growing out of, or in 

any way connected with, any commission or inquiry, except courts- 
martial or courts of inquiry in the military or naval service of the 
United States, until special appropriations shall have been made 
by law to pay such accounts and charges. ( Sec. 3681, R. S. ) 

1744. 

Person in ar- (1) No money shall be paid to any person for his compensation 
who is in arrears to the United States, until he has accounted for 
and paid into the Treasury all sums for which he may be liable. 
(Sec. 1766, R. S., and arts. 1802 and 1803.) 

(2) Money accruing from commuted rations and from the com- 
mutation for quarters may be paid regardless of the person's 
indebtedness. 

1745. 

Loans to offi- It shall not be lawful for any officer of the Supply Corps to ad- 

of FS the Supply vance or loan, under any pretense whatever, to any officer in the 

Corps. naval service any sum of money, public or private, or any credit, 

or any article or commodity whatever. ( Sec. 1389, R. S., and arts. 

1802 and 1803.) 

1746. 

No payments No money which may be placed in charge of an officer of the 
less approved by Supply Corps by order of or authority from his commanding or 
proper authority. SU p er i or officer, or of the Treasury or Navy Departments, shall be 
used or paid without the sanction or approval of either his imme- 
diate commanding officer, the commander in chief of the fleet, the 
commander of the squadron, division, or station to which he be- 
longs, the Auditor for the Navy Department, the Comptroller of 
the Treasury, or the Secretary of the Navy. 

1747. 

Commanding When an officer of the Supply Corps has received, or has been 
formed 10 of 6 all authorized or directed to pay over any public money without the 
money received previous knowledge or sanction of his immediate commanding offi- 
cer, it shall be the duty of the former to report to him forthwith 
the amount received or paid and the authority under which he 
acted. 

1748. 

Objection to When ordered by his commanding officer to make an expenditure 
or de unauth6rifed of money or stores which an officer of the Supply Corps believes to 
payments. be illegal or contrary to regulations, the latter shall state in writing 



565 

the grounds on which he objects to obeying the order, and re- 
quest that the order be reiterated in writing. On the receipt of 
such order the expenditure shall be made. 

1749. 

(1) Disbursement of public moneys, or disposal of public stores, by ord* VoiTom- 
made by a disbursing officer pursuant to an order of any com- ending officers, 
manding officer of the Navy, shall be allowed by the proper ac- 
counting officer of the Treasury in settlement of the accounts of 

the officer upon satisfactory evidence of the making of such order, 
and of the payment of money or disposal of stores in conformity 
with it ; and the commanding officer by whose order such disburse- 
ment or disposal was made shall be held accountable for the same. 
(Sec. 285, R. S.) 

(2) The foregoing, however, does not authorize an advance of 
public money by an officer of the Supply Corps to the commanding 
officer or to any other person by his order. The disbursement pre- 
supposes an indebtedness, and whether the objects for which the 
indebtedness accrued were sanctioned or not by law or regulation, 
an officer of the Supply Corps would be entitled to a credit for pay- 
ment therefor, when made by order of the commanding officer; 
but the disbursement must be for some service or article furnished 
in accordance with law. 

(3) The commanding officer will be held accountable by the 
Navy Department for every expenditure of funds or property made 
by his authority ; but in order to charge a commanding officer with 
pecuniary responsibility for a payment made by his order under 
paragraph 1 of this article, it is necessary that there should be a 
compliance with article 1748, for in the absence of such written 
order from the commanding officer, after a statement of objec- 
tions has been duly made, the officer of the Supply Corps and not 
the commanding officer will be held responsible. 

1750. 

(1) Although an officer may be charged on the books of the i.e^ns^o^the 
Treasury with the amount of requisitions made in his favor, yet receipt of fuods. 
he is not held accountable for money until it shall have come to 

his hands. 

(2) In each transfer of funds thfe receiving officer must state fu J d ^ ansfer of 
on the receipt given that he holds himself accountable to the 

United States for the sanr received. The officer making the 
transfer shall state whether the funds transferred were in cash, 
i. e., currency, or by check. If by check, the date, number, and 
depository on whom drawn must be stated. 
1S3S41°— 20 37 



566 

(3) When transfers have been made to, or funds received from, 
more than one officer, the amounts so transferred or received from 
each officer shall be stated separately. 

1751. 

Custodian of Every officer or other person charged by any act of Congress 
failing to^safely with the safekeeping of the public moneys, who shall loan, use, or 

keep, without convert to his own use, or shall deposit in any bank or exchange 
loaning, etc. ,. , " 

for other funds, except as specially allowed by law, any portion 

of the public moneys intrusted to him for safekeeping, shall be 

guilty of embezzlement of the money so loaned, used, converted, 

deposited, or exchanged, and shall be fined in a sum equal to the 

amount of money so embezzled and imprisoned not more than 10 

years. (Sec. 89, act of Mar. 4, 1909.) 

1752. 

Failare of of- Every officer or agent of the United States who, having received 
ficer to render ,,. ,.,,. ^ ., . -i .■_ ^. •, 

accounts, etc. public money which he is not authorized to retain as salary, pay, 

or emolument, fails to render his accounts for the same as pro- 
vided by law shall be deemed guilty of embezzlement, and shall be 
fined in a sum equal to the amount of the money embezzled and 
imprisoned not more than 10 years. (Sec. 90, act of Mar. 4, 1909.) 

1753. 

Penalty for Every officer of the United States, civil, military, or naval, and 
embezzlement, ,, .. ... . ... , , . 

false returns, every sutler, soldier, marine, or other person, who takes or causes 

etc * to be taken into a State declared to be in insurrection, or to any 

other point to be thence taken into such State, or who trans- 
ports or sells, or otherwise disposes of therein, any goods, wares, 
or merchandise whatsoever, except in pursuance of license and 
authority of the President, as provided in this title, or who makes 
any false statement or representation upon which license and 
authority is granted for such transportation, sale, or other dis- 
position, or who, under any license or authority obtained, willfully 
and knowingly transports, sells, or otherwise disposes of any other 
goods, wares, or merchandise than such as are in good faith so 
licensed and authorized, or who willfully and knowingly trans- 
ports, sells, or disposes of the same, or any portion thereof, in 
violation of the terms of such license or authority, or of any rule 
or regulation prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury concern- 
ing the same, or who is guilty of any act of embezzlement, of 
willful misappropriation of public or private money or property, 
of keeping false accounts, or of willfully making any false returns, 
shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be fined not 



567 

more than $5,000 and imprisoned in the penitentiary not more 
than three years. Violations of this section shall be cognizable 
before any court, civil or military, competent to try the same. 
(Sec. 5306, R. S.) 

1754. 

No exchange of funds shall be made by any disbursing officer Exchange of 
or agent of the Government, of any grade or denomination funds restncted - 
whatsoever or connected with any branch of the public service, 
other than an exchange for gold, silver, United States notes, and 
national bank notes; and every such disbursing officer, when the 
means for his disbursements are furnished to him in gold, silver, 
United States notes, or national bank notes, shall make his pay- 
ments in the moneys so furnished ; or when they are furnished to 
him in drafts, shall cause those drafts to be presented at their 
place of payment and properly paid according to law, and shall 
make his payments in the money so received for the drafts fur- 
nished, unless in either case he can exchange the means in his 
hands for gold and silver at par ; and it shall be the duty of the 
head of the proper department immediately to suspend from duty 
any disbursing officer or agent who violates the provisions of this 
section, and forthwith to report the name of the officer or agent 
to the President, with the fact of the violation and all the cir- 
cumstances accompanying the same, and within the knowledge of 
the Secretary, to the end that such officer or agent may be 
promptly removed from office, or restored to his trust and the 
performance of his duties, as the President may deem just and 
proper. (Sec. 3651, R. S.) 



Tso officer of the United Slates shall, either directlv or indirectly, Premium on 

„ ,. - , , m sales of public 

sell or dispose of to any person for a premium any Treasury moneys to be ac- 

note, draft, warrant, or other public security not his private countod for * 

property, or sell or dispose of the avails or proceeds of such note, 

draft, warrant, or security in his hands for disbursement, without 

making return of such premium, and accounting therefor by 

charging the same in his accounts to the credit of the United 

States; and any officer violating this section shall be forthwith 

dismissed from office. (Sec. 3652, R. S.) 

1756. 

If any officer charged with the disbursement of the public Evidence of 

^ conversion, 

moneys accepts, receives, or transmits to the Treasury Department, 

to be allowed in his favor, any receipt or voucher from a creditor 

of the United States, without having paid to such creditor, in 

such funds as the officer received for disbursement or in such 



568 

funds as he may be authorized by law to take in exchange, the 
full amount specified in such receipt or voucher, every such act is 
an act of conversion by such officer to his own use of the amount 
specified in such receipt or voucher. ( Sec. 5496, R. S. ) 

Section 2. — Deposits and Checks. 

1757. 

Funds to be (1) It shall be the duty of every disbursing officer having any 
nursing officers!" public money intrusted to him for disbursement to deposit the 
same with the Teasurer or some one of the assistant treasurers of 
the United States and to draw for the same only as it may be 
required for payments to be made by him in pursuance of law, and 
draw for the same only in favor of the persons to whom payment 
is made; and all transfers from the Treasurer of the United 
States to a disbursing officer shall be by draft or warrant on the 
Treasury or an assistant treasurer of the United States. In 
places, however, where there is no treasurer or assistant treasurer 
the Secretary of the Treasury may, when he deems it essential to 
the public interest, specially authorize in writing the deposit of 
such public money in any other public depository, or in writing 
authorize the same to be kept in any other manner, and under 
such rules and regulations as he may deem most safe and effectual 
to facilitate the payments to public creditors. ( Sec. 3620, R. S. ) 
snJ^depoSts to (2) In no case are certificates of such deposits required to be 
be rendered. filed with accounts rendered by Government officers to the ac- 
counting officers of the Treasury. In making credit in their 
accounts, however, for deposits made, officers shall state specifi- 
cally the date of the deposit and the designation and location of 
the depository, as well as the source from which the money was 
derived. 

1758. 

Failure to de- Whoever, having money of the United States in his possession 
posi as require . Qr un( j er j^ control, shall fail to deposit it with the Treasurer, or 
some assistant treasurer, or some public depository of the United 
States, when required so to do by the Secretary of the Treasury, 
or the head of any other proper department, or by the accounting 
officers of the Treasury, shall be deemed guilty of embezzlement 
thereof, and shall be fined in a sum equal to the amount of money 
embezzled and imprisoned not more than ten years. '(Sec. 91, act 
of Mar. 4, 1909.) 

1759. 

Moneys to be (l) The gross amount of all moneys received, from whatever 
deposited with- „ ° „ , ; ._, , 17 / 

out deduction, source, for the use of the United States, except as otherwise pro- 
vided in the next section, shaU be paid by the officer or agent 






569 

receiving the same into the Treasury at as early a day as prac- 
ticable, without any abatement or deduction on account of salary, 
fees, costs, charges, expenses, or claim of any description what- 
ever. (Sec. 3617, R. S.) 

(2) Every officer or agent who neglects or refuses to comply Penalty for 
with the provisions of section 3617, Revised Statutes, shall be sub- ^ i n t e hh<ildillg 
ject to be removed from office and to forfeit to the United States 
any share or part of the money withheld to which he might other- 
wise be entitled. ( Sec. 3619, R. S. ) 

1760. 

Whoever, being a disbursing officer of the United States, or a fi Disbursing of- 
ficer unlawfully 
person acting as such, shall in any manner convert to his own use, depositing, Con- 
or loan with or without interest, or deposit in any place or in any or rtl ?£nsferring 
manner, except as authorized by law, any public money intrusted public money. 
to him; or shall, for any purpose not prescrlbeo! by law, withdraw 
from the Treasurer or any assistant treasurer, or any authorized 
depositary, or transfer, or apply any portion of the public money 
intrusted to him, shall be deemed guilty of an embezzlement of 
the money so converted, loaned, deposited, withdrawn, transferred, 
or applied, and shall be fined not more than the amount embez- 
zled or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both. (Sec. 87, act 
of Mar. 4, 1909.) 

1761. 

The supply officer of every ship in commission for sea service Supply officers 
shall keep on deposit with the Treasurer of the Tinted stales aSipSitaJtrSS 
sufficient amount of Government funds t<> enable officers and men uf y* 
to remit money for the support of their families or for their own 
savings. 

1762. 

Supply officers of ships destined for foreign ports shall, before Supply officers 
sailing from the United States, deposit all public funds in their ?"„£ 'oV'Xnd 
possession to the credit of the United States, exeept such money fjJjfM'tatloi ' 
as can be advantageously used within a reasonable time, and such 
funds as may be deposited with the Treasurer of the United States 
to enable officers and men to make remittances. 

1763. 

Officers of the Supply Corps at shore stations having disbursing Places of de- 
accounts shall keep their deposits with the Treasurer of the United fTg officers"^? 
States. shore stations. 



570 



1764. 



Officers of the (1) Officers of the Supply Corps, except when attached to ships 
deposit balances 01 " to forei g n stations, on being relieved from duty involving pe- 

when relieved cuniary responsibility, shall immediately deposit in the Treasury 

from duty. 

of the United States, or other designated depository, the total bal- 
ance of public funds in their hands, and forward a duplicate of the 
certificate of deposit to the Auditor for the Navy Department with- 
out delay. Under no circumstances shall they transfer such bal- 
ance, or any part of it, to their successors, or carry it to future 
accounts of their own, unless authorized to do so by the depart- 
ment. 
Balances of (2) In cases where purchasing officers have received funds for 

purchasing offi- payment of particular bills, which remain unpaid at the time of 

their relief, the funds so received shall be transferred to their 

successors ; all other funds in their possession shall be deposited to 

the credit of the Treasurer of the United States. 

Officers of the (3) When attached to ships or to stations abroad, officers of the 

abroad transfer Supply Corps on being relieved shall, unless otherwise directed in 

funds to succes- their orders, transfer to their successors all public funds due the 

sors. 

United States, including balances on deposit in the several deposi- 
tories, except such amount as may be necessary to meet payments 
on account of pay to themselves, clerks, or yeomen ; transportation 
to the United States, if not otherwise provided; and freight or 
express charges on accounts and returns., If any part of such 
funds reserved from transfer remains unexpended at the time 
final returns are forwarded to the Auditor for the Navy Depart- 
ment, such sum shall be immediately deposited to the credit of the 
United States. 
Checks eover- (4) Checks to cover balances of funds on deposit shall be for 

d"|oSt! anCeS ° a the amount shown as still on deposit and unobligated by the 
analysis of balances on the final account current, the amount to be 
taken up by the receiving officer as funds received by check, and 
shown, in the analysis of balances, as in transit, until notice is 
received from the depositary that the amount is placed to his 
official credit. 
Officer of the (5) Whenever an officer of the Supply Corps is relieved from 

neve? t^> 0r trans- ^ ut y involving the disbursement of money, he shall immediately 

fer blank checks, transfer all Government blank checks to his successor or shall re- 
turn them to the Treasurer of the United States or to other orig- 
inal source of issue, unless ordered to other duty requiring the 
use of the same checks. When transferred to his successor, the 
latter's receipt, showing in detail the numbered checks so trans- 
ferred, shall be taken and forwarded to original source of i?sue. 
An officer, prior to making such transfer, will cancel his symbol 
number from all blank checks so transferred. 



571 

1765. 

The following regulations made by the Secretary of the Treas- 
ury, in pursuance of sections 306 to 310 of the Revised Statutes, 
shall be observed by all officers : 

(1) Any Treasury draft or any check drawn by a public dis- t ^j*'* 8 t jJJJ*' 
bursing officer still in service, which shall be presented for pay- or more years. 
ment before it shall have been issued three full fiscal years, will 

be paid in the usual manner by the officer or bank on which it is 
drawn, and from funds to the credit of the drawer. Thus, any 
such draft or check issued on or after July 1, 1909, will be paid as 
above stated until June 30, 1913, and the same rule will apply for 
subsequent years. 

(2) Any such draft or check which has been issued for a longer 
period than three full fiscal years will be paid only by the settle- 
ment of an account in the Treasury Department, as provided in 
section 308, Revised Statutes, and for this purpose the draft or 
check will be transmitted to the Secretary of the Treasury for the 
necessary action. 

(3) At the close of each fiscal year, the Treasurer, the several 
assistant treasurers, and the national-bank depositories will render 
to the Secretary of the Treasury, as required by section 310, a list 
of all disbursing officers' accounts still unclosed which have re- 
mained unchanged on the books of their respective offices or 
banks, either by debit or credit, more than three fiscal years, giv- 
ing in each case the name and official designation of the officer, 
the date when the account with him was opened, the date of last 
debit and hist credit, and the balance remaining to his credit. 

(4) Whenever any disbursing officer of the United States shall Information 
cease to act in that capacity, he will at once inform the Secretary secretary of the 
of the treasury whether he has any public funds to his credit in Treasur J- 

any office or bank, and, if so, what checks, if any, he has drawn 
against the same which are still outstanding and unpaid. Until 
satisfactory information of this character shall have been fur- 
nished, the whole amount of such moneys will be held to meet the 
payment of his checks properly payable therefrom. 

(5) In case of the death, resignation, or removal of a public dis- Death, reslg- 
bursing officer, any check previously drawn by him and not pre- JjJjJJ' ° f '*" 
sented for payment within four months of its date will not be paid 

until its correctness shall have been attested by the Secretary or 
Assistant Secretary of the Treasury. 

(6) If the object or purpose for which any check of a public , Payment of 

checks ni*iv hft 

disbursing officer is drawn is not stated thereon, as required by refused, 
the following article, or if any reason exists for suspecting fraud, 
the office or bank on which such check is drawn will refuse its 
payment. 



572 

1766. 

Checks on of- (1) Any disbursing officer or agent drawing checks on moneys 
must state Object deposited to his official credit must state on the face or back 
for which drawn. f eac j 1 c heck the object or purpose to which the avails are to be 
applied, except upon checks issued in payment of individual pen- 
sions, the special form of such checks indicating sufficiently the 
character of the disbursement. 

(2) Such statement may be made in brief form, but must 
clearly indicate the object of the expenditure, as, for instance, 
" pay," " pay roll," " public bill No. ," " for ," " re- 
mittance," " exchange for cash," etc. 
Checks not to (3) Checks will not be returned to the drawer after their pay- 
be returned. me nt, but the depository with whom the account is kept shall fur- 
nish the officer with a monthly statement of his deposit account. 
(4) Deposits to the credit of the Treasurer of the United States 
on account of repayment of disbursing funds must be made with 
the officer or bank in which such funds are on deposit to the 
credit of the disbursing officer. 
No allowances (5) No allowance will be made to any disbursing officer for 
pemes. f ° f ex " expenses charged for collecting money on checks, except the un- 
avoidable payment of express charges for money brought from a 
distant point. Such charges may be paid on public bills under 
appropriation " Pay, miscellaneous." 
Death, etc., of (6) In case of death, resignation, or removal of any disbursing 
cer. ursms ° " officer, checks previously drawn by him will be paid from the funds 
to his credit, unless such checks have been drawn more than four 
months before their presentation or reasons exist for suspecting 
fraud. 
Official signa- (7) Every disbursing officer, when opening his first account, 
before issuing any checks, will furnish the depositary on whom 
the checks are drawn with his official signature, duly verified by 
some officer whose signature is known to the depository. 

1767. 

Purposes for (i) Officers of the Supply Corps shall not use the funds intrusted 
which funds may , . , . . , , ,._ 

be used. to them in cashing private checks, coupons, certificates, or 

vouchers. 

Purposes for (2) They shall issue no checks against their official deposits 

"ivliich checks 

may be drawn, except, in pursuance of law and regulation, as follows : 

(a) For money for payment of navy yard and station rolls. 
(6) For payment of ships' pay rolls. 

(c) For payment of advances to officers and enlisted men. 

(d) For payment of allotments. 

(e) For payment of traveling expenses. 



573 

(f) For payment of authorizes! vouchers, stating nature of 
purchase or service. 

(g) For transfer of funds from one officer of the Supply Corps 
to another. 

(h) For remittances by officers and enlisted men on account 
of pay. 

(3) Checks shall be drawn only in favor of the party to whom ^ favor of 
the money is due from the United States, except in case of duly 
authorized allotments, and checks issued to officers and men on 
ships and on foreign stations for their convenience in remitting, 
in which cases checks may be drawn directly to order of persons 
by whom they are received from an officer of the Supply Corps. 
Checks drawn by officers of the Supply Corps to supply themselves 
with funds for making cash payments must be drawn to their own 
order and endorsed to the bank or person furnishing the funds 

17G8. 

The following regulations in regard to checks lost, stolen, or Original checks 
destroyed are established by the Secretary of the Treasury, in destroyed. 6 "' 
compliance with sections 3646 and 3647 of the Revised Statutes: 

(«) Immediately upon the loss of a check, the owner, to better Notification to 
protect his interest, should, in writing, notify the officer or bank n whlchdrawn. 
on which it was drawn of the fact of such loss, stating the name 
of the officer or agent by whom it was drawn, describing the check, 
giving, if possible, its date, number, and amount, and requesting 
that payment of the same be stopped. 

(&) In order to procure the issue of a duplicate check, the party Affidavit to be 
in interest must furnish the officer or agent who issued the original 
check with an affidavit, giving the name and residence of the ap- 
plicant in full, describing the cheek and its endorsements, showing 
his interest therein, detailing the circumstances attending its loss, 
and what acton, if any, he has taken to stop payment thereon. 
The affidavit must be made and signed before an officer authorized 
to administer oaths generally, and he must certify that he ad- 
ministered the oath. 

(c) He must also furnish to the same officer or agent a bond Bond to be 
executed on the proper form and according to these instructions, 

which will be furnished to any officer or agent applying therefor. 

(d) The affidavit and the bond, when executed, are to be en- Endorsements, 
dorsed by the officer or agent as having been submitted to him and 

as being the proof and security upon which he has acted. After 

the expiration of thirty days from the time the original check was 

issued, the officer or agent will issue a duplicate, which must be 

an exact transcript of the original, especial care being taken that Duplicate ig- 

sneu. 

the number and date correspond with those of the original. 



574 

Affidavit, bond, ( e ) r£^ e affidavit, bond, and duplicate check lie will forward 
chock forwarded, without delay to the Secretary of the Treasury, who upon their 
receipt will advise the office or bank on which the check was 
drawn that an application for a duplicate is pending, and the office 
or bank will immediately inform the Secretary whether a request 
has been made to stop payment of the original, and whether such 
original has been presented or paid, and, if not paid, a caveat will 
be entered and payment thereupon will be stopped. 

(f) If the information obtained is satisfactory to the Secretary 
of the Treasury and he approves of the issue of the duplicate and 
of the accompanying bond, he will certify such approval in writ- 
ing on the papers as well as on the duplicate check. 

Payment of (g) Any duplicate check issued in pursuance of these instruc- 
tions, bearing such approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, may. 
if properly indorsed, be paid, subject to the same rules and regu- 
lations as apply to the payment of original checks, but no duplicate 
shall be paid if the original shall already have been paid. 

sueY St lby he officer W In case of tne loss of a cneck issued b 7 a United States dis- 
or agent de- bursing officer or agent who is dead or no longer in the service of 

CCES6(1 

the United States, the affidavit and bond required to be furnished 
by the owner of said check to the officer or agent in the service 
of the United States, prior to the issue of a duplicate check, should 
be forwarded to the Secretary of the Treasury, who will refer 
them to the proper accounting officer for examination and the 
statement of an account in favor of the owner of said check. 

(i) Whenever such an account shall have been stated and an 
officer or agent charged with the amount of said lost check, the 
accounting officer will notify the Secretary of the Treasury, in 
order that the amount of the check, if remaining to the credit of 
the officer or agent in any United States depository, may be repaid 
into the Treasury and carried to his credit and to the credit of 
the proper appropriation. 

Section 3. — Requisitions foe Money. 

1769. 

Eeqnisitions for (i) All requisitions for public funds pertaining to the Naval 

money made on 

Secretary. Establishment shall be made upon the Secretary of the Navy 

through the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(2) Unless specifically authorized by the department, transfers 
of public funds between officers in the United States, except when 
made by fleet, squadron, or division paymasters on duly approved 
requisitions, are prohibited. 



575 



1770. 



All money drawn by officers of the Supply Corps should be re- All moneys 
quired and taken up by them under the head of " General account toT under 8 one 
of advances." head> 

1771. 

(1) When an officer of the Supply Corps presents a requisition Statement of 
for money for the approval of his commanding officer, he shall fur- 1" "accompany 
nish therewith a statement of the amount of public money then in re *i ui s itl0n « 

his possession and on deposit to his credit with each of the several 
depositories. Such requisitions require the approval of the senior 
officer present. 

(2) When requesting supplies of money, the commanding officer 
shall be careful to limit every approved requisition therefor, 
whether in the United States or in a foreign port, to the amount 
that will be actually required before another supply can be advan- 
tageously obtained, as shown by closely calculated estimates. 

1772. 

(1) When money is needed for ships out of the United States, Funds for 
officers shall procure it by requisition upon the fleet, squadron, or stat ions'! oreign 
division paymaster, if in presence of the flagship or conveniently 
accessible thereto. 

(2) When not in presence of the flagship, supply officers of ships 
may transfer money to each other for disbursement, upon requisi- 
tions and receipts in the usual form, with the approval of the 
senior officer present. 

1773. 

Purchasing officers shall be furnished with funds upon requi- Funds for pur- 
, . ,. _ . _ ,. , . , ,. chasing officers. 

sitiong prepared in the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, due noti- 
fication of the drawing of which shall be sent to the purchasing 
officer. 

1774. 

Disbursing officers of navv vards will be furnished with funds Funds for dis- 

,, . , , ',,' . .,. . . £1 mirslng officers 

tor the payment oi labor rolls upon requisitions prepared in the of shore stations. 

Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, due notification of the drawing 

of which shall be sent to such officers. 

1775. 9 

Officers are strictly enjoined to limit their requisitions on the Requisitions 
department to such amounts as are absolutely necessary and shall 
state on the face thereof the necessity for any unusually large 
amounts. 



576 

Section 4. — Bills of Exchange. 
1776. 

Authority to (1) All officers of the Supply Corps attached to seagoing ships 
chaiiee lllS ° f ° X " are authorized, in cases of absolute necessity, to draw bills of ex- 
change to supply themselves with funds ; but no such officer shall 
draw bills when in the presence of the fleet, squadron, or division 
paymaster. 
Blanks fur- (2) Fleet, squadron, and division paymasters and officers of the 
reau° of Supplies Supply Corps ordered to a seagoing ship on the Pacific Station, or 
and Accounts. on tIie Asiatic or other foreign station, or to a ship under orders to 
proceed to foreign waters, shall apply to the Bureau of Supplies 
and Accounts for a supply of blank sets of bills, letters of advice, 
and accounts of sale. 
Accountability (3) The bills shall be kept in the supply officer's exclusive pos- 
©? r exchange? 1118 ses sion, and all remaining at the end of the cruise shall be re- 
turned immediately to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts with 
a letter stating the exact number of blank sets. If relieved during 
the cruise, he shall take a receipt from his successor and make a 
similar report to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
Specimen sig- (4) After reporting for duty as specified in paragraph 2, speci- 
f^rTvarded* be mens °^ the official signatures of the commanding officer and 
supply officer, on S. and A. Form 194 or a separate blank sheet, 
will be forwarded to the Paymaster General of the Navy for 
authentication and transmittal to the foreign financial agents. 
In the case of fleet, squadron, or division paymasters, specimens 
of the official signatures of the fleet, squadron, or division com- 
manders will be similarly forwarded. 

1777. 

Negotiation of In the absence of the commander in chief, if, in the opinion of 
change. ° f ex " the senior officer present, a delay would be detrimental, the divi- 
sion paymaster, if there be one, or the supply officer of the ship, or 
the senior officer present, shall draw and negotiate bills of ex- 
change in conformity with the following instructions : 

(a) Bills must invariably be made payable to the order of the 
commander in chief or squadron or division commander, if the 
vessel is a flagship, or of the commanding officer of the ship if not 
a flagship, and his indorsement on the bills is taken as his ap- 
proval^ the supply officer's act in drawing them. 

(&) When a supply officer needs funds for which he will have 
to draw exchange, he shall inform the indorsing officer of the fact, 
upon the form prescribed. 

(c) If the sale of exchange is authorized, the supply officer shall 
make diligent inquiry of bankers, merchants, and others as to the 
best obtainable rates, kind of money, and time and place of pay- 



577 

merit, and shall then, with the approval of the indorsing officer, 
negotiate the same. 

(d) Bills shall be drawn either upon the foreign financial agents 
of the Navy Department or upon the Secretary of the Navy, pref- 
erably on the latter when the rates of exchange are equal, never at 
less than three days' sight when drawn upon the Secretary of the 
Navy, and at sight or at such time after sight as may be most 
advantageous to the Government when drawn upon the foreign 
financial agents. In comparing the rates of exchange, the com- 
mission of one-half of 1 per cent paid to the foreign financial 
agents must be taken into consideration. To make up the whole 
sum required, as many different sets may be drawn as may be 
most easily negotiated or as the purchaser or purchasers may 
request for their accommodation. 

(e) Before leaving a port the supply officer shall fully inform 
himself of the probable course of exchange and facilities for draw- 
ing in the places he expects to visit, and also as to the money 
usually current there, so that he may know when and where to 
draw most favorably and avoid, as far as possible, taking away 
from a port, either at home or abroad, coin which elsewhere can 
only be used at a disadvantage. 

(/") Immediately after negotiating any bill of exchange the 
supply officer shall transmit to the Secretary of the Navy letters 
of advice, of which the original (so marked) shall be forwarded 
through the proper channels by the earliest opportunity, and the 
duplicate (also marked) similarly forwarded by the next succeed- 
ing mail. 

(g) Whenever bills are drawn upon the foreign agents, letters 
of advice to them shall also be made in duplicate for each set, of 
which the original is to accompany the bills, and the duplicate to 
be sent direct by the earliest opportunity. 

(h) For each series of bills, an account of sale and letter of 
advice shall be forwarded to the Auditor for the Navy Department 
as soon as the bills are negotiated. A duplicate of the account of 
sale shall be forwarded to the Navy Department for the Bureau 
of Supplies and Accounts, and a copy shall be forwarded to the 
commander in chief for the files of the fleet, squadron, or division 
paymaster. 

(i) Unless otherwise especially directed, all bills of exchange 
shall be drawn under " General account of advances." 

0") All money received by negotiating bills of exchange, except 
such as must be applied to the payment of public bills then due, 
shall be deposited on board ship by the supply officer without 
delay, and that officer shall make a report of the amount to the 
officer of the deck and to the commanding officer. 

(k) When the ship under his command is attached to a fleet, 
squadron, or division, the commanding officer shall not authorize 



578 

bills of exchange to be negotiated without having previously ob- 
tained permission from the commander in chief or the squadron 
or division commander, except in cases of emergency. 

(I) When the ship under his command is attached to a fleet, 
squadron, or division, but is separated from the commander in 
chief or squadron or division commander, the commanding officer 
shall forward to that officer, whenever a bill of exchange is 
negotiated, an additional copy of the letter of advice required by 
these regulations to be sent to the Secretary of the Navy. 

1778. 

Accounting for The following instructions as to the proper mode of accounting 
of exchange. 1 S for and paying out the proceeds of bills of exchange shall be 
strictly observed by all officers of the Supply Corps of the Navy : 

(a) When bills are made payable in United States money, or 
are sold for such, otherwise than at par, the entries in the " ac- 
count sales " shall be so made as to show not only the net amount 
actually received by the supply officer, but also the face value and 
the premium or discount charged thereon. Examples: (1) "Pro- 
ceeds of bill No. 10, for $10,000, United States coin, at 5 per cent 
premium; $10,500." (2) "Proceeds of bill No. 12, for $10,000, 
United States coin, at 3 per cent discount=$9,700." 

( b ) When bills are drawn or the proceeds thereof are received 
in foreign money, the entries in the " account sales " shall show 
the amount and kind of money drawn for, and the amount and 
kind of money received, both at its local current value as to the 
money drawn for, and its legal value in United States money. 
Example: "Proceeds of bill No. 20, for £l,000-0s.-0d., sterling, 
received in francs at fr. 24.85 per £=24,850 francs, at 19& 
cts. =$4,796.05." 

(c) In accounting for the proceeds of bills of exchange in their 
accounts current, officers shall credit the United States with the 
legal United States gold equivalent of the face value of the bills, 
and credit or debit the United States with the premium or loss 
on exchange, as the case may be. 

( d ) All foreign money received shall be charged to and paid out 
by officers of the Supply Corps at the legal valuation fixed by the 
Secretary of the Treasury, and published on the first day of each 
quarter. 

Section 5. — Deposits by Enlisted Men. 

1779. 

Deposits with When so requested, the supply officer of a ship shall, under 

supp y o cers. p r0 p er restrictions as to time and place to be prescribed by the 

commanding officer, receive money from members of the crew for 



579 

safe-keeping, issuing memorandum receipts therefor, and he shall 
take every precaution for its safe-keeping. 

1780. 

All funds placed with the supply officer by enlisted men as Deposits re- 
security for their return from absence on leave and forfeited by state"? t0 lmted 
desertion, and all money refunded by minors or others discharged 
from the service, shall be credited to their respective accounts 
on the pay roll, and taken up by the supply officer on his account 
current under " General account of advances-" 

1781. 

(1) Enlisted men of the Navy, serving afloat or ashore, and Deposits by 

crew. 
enlisted men of the Marine Corps serving afloat, may, on the first 

day of each month, and that day only, with the approval of the 

commanding officer, deposit with the officer upon whose books 

their accounts are borne, any portion of the savings; accruing 

from their pay and savings from other sources on board ship, in 

sums not less than five dollars, the same to remain so deposited 

until final payment on discharge or when an enlisted man is fur- 

loughed in accordance with the act of August 29, 1916. 

(2) No enlisted man shall be compelled to deposit any part of Deposits not 

" compulsory, 

his savings, but when sums shall be due them they may make ap- 
plication to the commanding officer, not oftener than once in 
every month, to have such sums as they desire, not loss than 
five dollars and for no fractional part of a dollar, charged against 
their pay account and credited to their deposit account; and this 
request shall he granted in all cases, unless there shall appear 
reasons for not doing so, in which case the facts shall be reported 
to the Navy Department. To effect this transfer, special money 
requisitions marked "For deposit" shall be prepared. The officer 
carrying the accounts shall check against them, in the checkage 
column of the pay roll, the amount deposited, writing the word 
"Deposit" in red ink over the entries. (Arts. 1S70 to 1875.) 

(3) When a deposit is made In cash, and not bv chockage on Deposits in 

cflsh 
the pay roll, the depositor shall certify the entry made in the 

record book of his deposit account by signing his name in the 

place provided. 

(4) For any sum not less than five dollars, deposited for the 
period of six months or longer, depositors, on final discharge or 
upon furlough in accordance with the act of August 29, 1916, shall 

be paid interest at the rate of four per cent per annum. Interest. 

(5) All money so deposited shall be accounted for in the same Deposits, how 
manner as other public funds and shall pass to the credit of the accoun e on 

" Pay of the Navy, Deposit Fund," or " Pay, Marine Corps, Deposit 
Fund," and shall not be forfeited by sentence of court-martial 
or deck court, but shall be forfeited by desertion, and shall not 



580 



P a y ment 
discharge. 



D e p osits 
marines 
shore. 



be paid until final payment on discharge or upon furlough in 
accordance with the act of August 29, 1916, or to the heirs or 
representatives of a deceased depositor, and it shall be exempt 
from liability for such depositor's debts. The Government shall 
be liable for the amount deposited to the person so depositing the 
on same. 

(6) Upon final discharge or upon furlough in accordance with 
the act of August 29, 1916, the officer having the account of de- 
positors shall make payment in full, with interest, of all sums 
deposited during enlistment, in the manner prescribed by Art. 
1870. 

(7) Should a deposit book be lost, the officer having the owner's 
account shall so inform the Auditor for the Navy Department, 
stating all the circumstances connected with such loss, and request- 
ing that he be furnished with a statement showing the amount 
standing to the man's credit as having been deposited. Upon the 
receipt of such statement the officer shall immediately issue a new 
deposit book, giving it the same number as the original, to which 
he shall attach the statement received from the auditor. When a 
man is to be discharged or to be placed on furlough in accordance 
with the act of August 29, 1916, and his deposit book can not be 
found, the officer shall not credit any deposit or interest to the 
man's account, but shall furnish him with a statement setting 
forth all the facts in connection with the loss of the deposit book, 
together with a certificate that " no credit of deposits or interest " 
has been made on his rolls, and shall instruct the man to forward 
said statement to the Auditor for the Navy Department and to 
make claim upon that officer for any balance remaining due. 

*>y (8) Deposits by enlisted men of the Marine Corps serving on 
> n 

shore shall be made as provided in instructions issued in manuals. 



Section 6. — Money Issued to Officers and Enlisted Men. 
1782. 



Payments 
crew. . 



t0 The supply officer shall issue money to enlisted men and ma- 
rines only in such sums and at such times as shall be directed in 
writing by the commanding officer. 

1783. 



Supply officer 
to he present at 
issues. 



Except when prevented by an exigency of the service, to be de- 
termined by the commanding officer, the supply officer shall be 
present and personally superintend all issues of money. 



1784. 



Money lists. (i) Money lists, in duplicate, with the men's names arranged 

consecutively in the order of their pay numbers, shall be prepared 
by the supply officer on the 3d and 18th of each month. The list 



. 581 

prepared on the 3d of the month shall show the amount (nearest 
dollar) which was clue and payable to each man at the end of the 
preceding month ; similarly, the list prepared on the 18th shall 
show the amount due and payable on the 15th of the month. The 
original of this money list shall be submitted to the commanding 
officer for approval, after which a copy shall be posted on the 
ship's bulletin board. 

(2) Under no circumstances shall any person connected with 
the .supply department prepare a special money requisition. 

1785. 

(1) All payments in cash, i. e., currency, to enlisted men and Receipts for 
marines shall be receipted for upon pay rolls or individual re- paymen s - 
ceipts on the prescribed form, filled out in ink, signed by the man 

to whom payment is made, and bearing an officer's signature as 
witness to the genuineness of that of the man. No officer shall 
witness a receipt unless it be actually signed in his presence and 
he be personally acquainted with the signer. All individual pay 
receipts when paid shall be stamped "Paid," with the actual date 
of I he payment 

(2) No receipt shall be required or taken for payments made by No receipts for 

' payments by 
check, on account ot pay; but a description or each check' so issued check. 

shall ho entered in the proper account on the roll. 

(3) In no case shall money he paid to any other than the person 
against whose account the same is charged. 

1786. 

(1) The laws in most cases provide sinrplv for the pavment of Payments to 

officers. 

an annual sum to officers; but both public and private convenience 

require, and custom has fully established, the practice of paying 
officers once a month, and this is now to be regarded as the au- 
thorized rule of the service. 

(2) Officers traveling abroad or residing in remote parts of the 
country for their own pleasure or convenience, where the ordinary 
methods of payments can not apply, must themselves bear the 
delay, inconvenience, and expense which max he caused thereby. 
In every case where payment is authorized to he made to any 
other than the payee direct, the officer must evidence to the supply 
Officer carrying his accounts the fact of bis right to pay by his 
signature made on the date to which payment is desired. 

Section 7. — Pay and Bounties, Navy. 

The information as to pay and allowances prescribed by or in 
pursuance of! law for officers and enlisted men of the Navy and 

183841°— 20 38 



582 

Marine Corps, will bo embodied in the Manual of the Supply Corps 
and the Manual of the Paymaster Department. Marine Corps, re- 
spectively, and the service will be governed accordingly. 

1787. 



Extra pay or 
emoluments for- 
bidden. 



No officer in any branch of the public service, or any other 
person whose salary, pay, or emoluments are fixed by law or 
regulations, shall receive any additional pay, extra allowance, or 
compensation, in any form whatever, for the disbursement of 
public money, or for any other service or duty whatever, unless 
the same is authorized by law, and the appropriation therefor 
explicitly states that it is for such additional pay, extra allow- 
ance, or compensation. ( Sec. 1765, R. S. ) 



1788. 

Persons acting Any person performing the duties of supply officer in a ship at 
abroad? 1 * offlcer sea by appointment of the senior officer present in case of vacancy, 
as provided in article 1229, shall be entitled to receive the pay of 
the officer whom he relieves while so acting. 

1789. 

Sea pay. (1) Officers are entitled to sea pay while attached to and 

serving on board any ship in commission under the control of the 
Navy Department, the Coast Survey, or the Bureau of Fisheries. 

Sea service. ^ Credit for sea service does not necessarily depend upon 

the right to draw sea pay. 

1790. 

Officers, ap- All officers, including naval chaplains and warrant officers, ap- 
dviAwe 3 from P° mtetl t0 the Ntfjy from civil life on and after March 4, 1913, 
shall be credited with service from date of appointment only : 
those appointed prior to that date are credited on date of appoint- 
ment, for computing their pay. with five years' service. 

1791. 



Leave pay. (1) All commissioned officers of the Navy other than those 

whose pay is fixed by section 1556, R. S., when on duty or 
waiting orders shall be allowed, at the discretion of the Secre- 
tary of the Navy, 30 days' leave of absence without change of pay 
or allowance in any one year, or 60 days, provided that the same 
be taken once in two years, or three months if taken once only 
in three years, or four months if taken once only in four years. 
If the absence does not cover the entire period allowed, the 
balance thereof shall be placed to the officer's credit as belonging 



583 

to the last year or years of the four considered, and may be made 
available for future leave. For all absence in excess of that pro- 
vided for above, leave pay shall be allowed. (Act of July 29, 
1876.) 

1792. 

(1) When an officer of the Navy has been 30 years in the Retired pay. 
service he may, upon his own application, in the discretion of the officers. 
President, be retired from active service and placed upon the 

retired list with three-fourths of the highest pay of his grade. 
(Act of May 13, 1908.) 

(2) Any officer of the Navy serving as chief of bureau in the 
Navy Department, and subsequently retired, shall be retired with 
the rank, pay, and allowances authorized by law for the retire- 
ment of such bureau chief. (Act of May 13, 1908.) 

1793. 

An officer of the Navy wholly retired is entitled to not more , A " officer 

wholly retired. 

than one year's pay of his grade, and his name shall be omitted 

from the Navy Register. 

1794. 

(1) Officers shall keep their pay accounts with the disbursing om ^ s oni,is of 
officer of the station nearest their point of duly. In special <: 

where this is round to be impracticable, as that of officers in a 
travel status, a separate entry will l><' made on the pay roll sum- 
mary showing amount of accrued pay and all- turing the 
period Covered. 

(2) When an officer is granted leave of absence, placed on fur- 
lough, or directed to await orders, his account shall be transferred 
to the disbursing officer of such shore station as he may prefer. 

1795. 

An officer whose orders involve a change in the rate of his pay i n i )r a dc c r h a J,ee 0l of 
shall present them i<» the officer having ants for the prepa- ra te of pay. 

ration of such copies of the orders rial indorsements as he may 
require. The officer shall certify the copies and also the time he 
left or arrived at his station or domicile. 

1796. 

If an officer fails to pass the examination preliminary to promo- to^s^'examiiS 
tion and passes upon a subsequent one, or if he fails to attend tj 011 f« r promo- 
when ordered or permitted to be thus examined, for any cause time. * proper 
other than physical disability, and afterwards, on examination, is 
found qualified and promoted, his pay for the higher grade shall 
begin on the date of his new commission. 

1797. 

Officers dismissed or resigning shall be paid including the date in^h^LrvfctT 
they receive official notice of dismissal or acceptance of resigna- 



584 

tion unless another date is specified as the one from which it shall 
take effect. The proper officer of the Supply Corps shall be noti- 
fied by the officer under whom the dismissed or resigning officer is 
serving of such final date. 

1798. 

Seamen trans- A seaman transferred to a merchant ship in distress and paid 

^distress? S P thereon is not entitled to be paid by the United States for the time 

so engaged ; but his commanding officer shall stipulate that such 

seaman's wages shall equal his pay in the Navy, and the amount 

agreed upon shall be entered upon the articles. 

1799. 

Men absent Petty officers or enlisted men absent from their stations or duty 
forfeit pay. without leave, or after their leave has expired, shall forfeit all 
pay accruing during such unauthorized absence. The supply offi- 
cer shall be notified daily of checkages of pay and rations to be 
made for such reason, the ration account of absentees being 
checked in the month during which absence occurs. 

1800. 

Marine de- When a marine detachment is ordered on shore dutv requiring 

tachment on,, . . _ , ^ 

shore duty. the services or a marine pay officer, the accounts of such officers 
and enlisted persons of the Navy as accompany and are attached 
to said detachment shall be regularly transferred to and carried 
by the marine pay officer, and they shall be paid in the same 
manner as the officers and men of the Marine Corps with whom 
they are serving. 

1801. 

Vouchers for (i) The checkage of a loss of pav against a person's account in 

cli^ck&ffo of loss 

of pay. accordance with regulation or the sentence of a court-martial or 

deck court shall be made only upon the written order of his com- 
manding officer to the supply officer, which order shall be filed 
with the accounts. 

(2) "Upon the approval by the commanding officer of a sentence 
involving loss of pay the supply officer shall be notified imme- 
diately in writing in order that the amount of pay to be forfeited 
may be noted on the account of the person concerned. In case the 
reviewing authority remits the loss, the entry on the pay roll shall 
be removed. The responsibility for any overpayment resulting 
from the failure of such commanding officer to so notify the supply 
officer shall rest upon the former. 

(3) Should any person upon whose account such note appears 
be transferred before his sentence has been approved by the Sec- 



585 

retary of the Navy, the supply officer making the transfer shall 
note the facts on the transfer accounts. 

(4) Should the discharge of any person upon whose account 
such a note appears be ordered, the supply officer shall make the 
checkage before discharge. 

(5) To insure the carrying out of the provisions of the preced- 
ing paragraphs of this article, every officer ordering a court- 
martial or deck court shall immediately notify the supply officer 
carrying the accounts of the person to be tried, and such supply 
officer shall make a note on the transfer accounts of such person, 
in the event of transfer before any checkage of pay that may be 
awarded has been made, to the effect that such trial has been 
ordered, but that final action in regard to possible checkage of pay 
has not been taken. 

Section 8. — Advances. 
1802. 

The President of the United States may direct such advances Authority for 
as he may deem necessary and proper to such persons in the adrance of pay - 
naval service as may be employed on distant stations where the 
discharge of the pay and emoluments to which they are entitled 
can not be regularly effected. ( Sec. 1563, R. S. ) 

1803. 

(1 ) All officers of the Navy and Marine Corps, when ordered to offl ^^. T a n rdered 
or from duty at sea on the Atlantic and Pacific stations, shall be to foreign duty. 
entitled to an advance of not over one month's pay, provided they 

are not in debt to the Government for an advance previously paid 
them. All such officers ordered to or from duty at sea or on shore 
on a foreign station or in Alaska shall be entitled to an advance of 
not over two months' pay. 

(2) Any officer of the Navy or Marine Corps presenting his By whom paid, 
orders to any disbursing officer of the Navy (but preferably to the 

officer carrying his accounts), or a marine officer presenting such 
orders to a paymaster of his own corps, within 30 days after the 
date of his receipt of the orders, shall be paid this advance, in a 
single payment, and not in a series of partial payments. 

(3) The specific approval of the department is required in all Department's 

. . , approval, when 

cases where the advance is not drawn within a period of 30 necessary. 
days after the date of the receipt of the orders, which will be 
granted only after a detailed statement of the necessity for such 
advance and a full explanation of the failure to draw the advance 
within the period specified. 

(4) Officers transferred from one ship to another, both ships Transfer from 
, . . • . ,. . ^ , ..j., * ^ one sl "P t° an- 
being m commission for sea service, are not thereby entitled to other. 

such advance. 



586 

Advances (5) Advance pay shall be cheeked against the accounts of the 

checked inline- . 

diateiy. officer receiving the same immediately, and such officer will not be 

allowed to draw any pay until the amount advanced has been 
liquidated. 
rcSvin«' f «ni ffl ad' ^ Every officer who, after being ordered to duty, receives an 
vaiice. ^ advance of pay shall immediately give notice thereof to the officer 

taking up his accounts, and no officer shall knowingly receive pay 
which should be checked against such advance. 

1801. 

(1) Unless emergency conditions make it impossible to do so, 
no enlisted men will be without being accompanied by their trans- 
fer pay accounts. Commanding officers are particularly enjoined 
to see that timely notice is given to supply officers, wherever pos- 
sible, of any contemplated transfers. . No men will be sent to 
foreign duty without their transfer pay accounts except under the 
most urgent emergency conditions; and, in all such cases and 
whenever men are transferred without their pay accounts, it will 
be understood that their accounts will be forwarded at the first 
possible moment after their transfer. 
Ju* y * ? f m ? n (2) Whenever enlisted men are received on board a ship or at 

without transfer 

pay accounts, a station without their pay accounts they may at the end of two 

weeks, if their accounts have not then been received, be taken up 

for pay commencing with the fifteenth day after reporting on 

board such ship or at such station and will thereafter be given 

50 per cent of the pay of their rating. If, after 10 weeks from 

date of reporting, their transfer pay accounts have not then been 

received they may, thereafter, be put in receipt of the full pay 

of their rating less any allotment or other deductions which should 

be made. The pay which accrued during the first two weeks after 

reporting and the 50 per cent withheld during the succeeding two 

months will not be paid until receipt and adjustment of regular 

transfer pay accounts. 

(3) In order that authentic and reliable information may be at 
hand for determining the rate of pay of enlisted men under such 
conditions, there will be inserted in all enlistment records an ad- 
ditional sheet, which will be kept corrected up to date, showing 
the rate of pay of the men concerned and any allotment, insur- 
ance, or other monthly deductions which are to be made. 

(4) Commanding officers will issue orders to supply officers or 
disbursing officers to make payments under authority of this order 
whenever enlisted men under their command are received under 
the foregoing conditions. 

(5) In the event that it becomes necessary to transfer a man 
before the receipt of his regular transfer pay accounts and who 
has been taken up for pay under the foregoing conditions, he will 



587 

be given a "memorandum transfer pay account," which will show 
the inclusive dates for which be has been paid and the total 
amount paid to him. In addition to this the commanding officer 
will require a note to be placed on the extra sheet attached to his 
enlistment record showing the total amount of money paid to such 
enlisted man prior to the receipt of his regular transfer pay ac- 
count. No men who have been taken up for pay previous to re- 
ceipt of their transfer pay accounts will again be transferred 
until this note is placed in their enlistment record showing total 
payments which have been made. 

Section 9. — Ai.lotm bnts. 

J 805. 

(1) Each person on the active and retired lists of the Navy, Allotments. 
Marine Corps, and Nur,se Co$ps ( female), shall, with the approval 

of his commanding officer, be allowed to allot such portion of his 
pay for the support of his family or other relatives or for his own 
savings, as he may desire. Allotments shall nol be registered for a 
period of loss than three months. Approval of the commanding 
officer is nol necessary in the case of allotments of officers or of 
retired enlisted men. 

(2) Allotments shall be made out by the officer carrying the ac 
counts, and after approval shall be promptly forwarded by him, 
as herein required, in order to insure payment when due. At shore 
Stations of the Marine Corps outside the United States allotments 
shall be made out in duplicate by the commanding officer of ma- 
rines, and after approval shall be promptly forwarded by him to 
the paymaster charged with the settlement of the accounts. In 
the case of marines attached to a ship, allotments shall be made 
out in duplicate and forwarded to the paymaster of the corps, 
headquarters United States Marine Corps, Washington, D. C, who 
will forward the original to the Navy Allotment Officer and retain 
the duplicate. 

(3) An allotment shall be executed singly except in the case of now made, 
marines. When granted by an officer, after being signed by him, J2Sf tered ' and 
it shall be registered by the officer carrying his accounts. When 

granted by an enlisted person, after being signed by him, it shall 
be witnessed and registered by the office'- carrying his accounts and 
approved by the commanding officer, except where an allotment is 
registered by an officer separated from the enlisted person whose 
account he carries, in which case the witnessing of such by the 
registering officer shall not be required, but it shall be witnessed 
by the commanding officer and forwarded by him to the officer 
carrying the accounts to be registered. The officer carrying the 
accounts shall be responsible for its deduction from the grantor's 



588 

pay and shall forward the copy to lie Navy Allotment Officer, 
Washington, D. C. An allotment shall be made payable on the 
last day of the month and for a stated term. The date of first 
payment must be sufficiently remote to allow notice to reach the 
Navy disbursing- officer on or before the 10th of the month in 
which first payment is to be made, except allotments registered in 
payment for premiums covering Government insurance, which al- 
lotments may be registered and forwarded to the Navy allotment 
officer at any time during the month for which they are payable. 
In special cases it may be registered with the Navy allotment 
officer. 

(4) In writing the grantor's name, the surname must be stated 
first, followed by full Christian name, e. g., Smith, John Edgar, 
and the grantor in signing should sign name in full. Grantor's 
pay number is not to be entered on allotment granted form. In 
designating the allottee the first name in full and middle initial, if 
any, must be stated, but all titles should be omitted. Whenever an 
allotment is made payable to a bank or similar institution the 
grantor must fill out the prescribed identification form in dupli- 
cate, on which the name of the ship must invariably appear. The 
original of this form must be forwarded by the registering officer 
direct to the allottee and the duplicate to the Navy Allotment 
Officer with the allotment granted. Allotments granted must al- 
ways be accompanied by a letter of transmittal stating the number 
forwarded, this letter to be returned with an indorsement acknowl- 
edging their receipt. 
Causes for (5) The death, discharge, resignation, or desertion of a person 
ments. 11 " allo£ " who has an allotment running, shall be cause for stopping the 
same, and the supply officer of the ship to which the person was 
attached shall notify the Navy Allotment Officer at the first oppor- 
tunity, stating the amount checked by himself and the last month 
for which checked, except in the case of marines transferred to a 
shore station within the continental limits of the United States. 
Avhen the supply officer of the ship will transfer the allotment to 
the marine paymaster of that station for stoppage by the latter. 
The supply officer will be held liable for amounts paid by the 
Navy Allotment Officer in the absence of due notice. But this shall 
not relieve the Navy Allotment Officer from responsibility for 
losses resulting from overpayments due to want of diligence on his 
part, either in the making of immediate acknowledgment of sup- 
ply officers' notices or from lack of cooperation in effecting the 
proper checkages against grantor's account. When an allotment 
is stopped the supply officer shall charge the allotment for as 
many months in advance as will probably be required for informa- 
tion to reach the Navy Allotment Officer. Forfeiture of pay by 
sentence of a general or summary court-martial or deck court 
shall also be cause for stopping an allotment when the payment of 



589 

such allotment, in addition to the forfeiture, would place the 
grantor in debt to the Government. The allotment in such case 
may be renewed immediately sufficient pay has become due him to 
cover the amount of the first payment. 

(6) Notices to discontinue allotments for any cause other than Notice of stop- 
expiration shall be sent in duplicate (S. & A. Form 12), one allot- page ' 
ment only on each notice. Upon receipt of such notices the allot- 
ment officer will make acknowledgment of that fact by imme- 
diately returning the carbon copy to the sending officer. These 
notices must reach the Navy Allotment Officer (Navy Department) 
not later than the 15th of the month following the last month 
charged on the rolls of the supply officer carrying the account. 
Where, due to insufficient time, the Government's interests would 
not be protected by a mailed notice, notice should be sent by tele- 
graph or cable and confirmed by mail. Notices sent by telegraph 
or cable for the benefit of the grantor of the allotment must be at 
his expense. 

1806. 

No person shall be permitted to make an allotment unless there Allotments for 
is due him the amount of the first payment, or unless such amount en ls e men ' 
will probably be due on the date set for the first payment. 

1807. 

(1) An allotment which has been discontinued, at the request Renewal of 
of the person making it. before the expiration of the term for{JjJJ'™*{j ,,ed al " 
which it is granted, shall not be renewed within that term except 

by permission of the Navy Department on satisfactory reasons 
being given for such discontinuance and renewal. However, if 
the grantor of a voluntary allotment (S. & A. Form 6) wishes to 
discontinue the same by reason of the necessity of paying a com- 
pulsory allotment or insurance premium under the act of October 
6, 1917, a new allotment for a smaller amount may be registered 
immediately, without the special authority of the Navy Depart- 
ment. 

(2) In no case shall an allotment be allowed a returned de- 
serter until his account shall have been received from the "De- 
serters' roll." 

(3) Correspondence on the subject of allotments that have been 
granted must be with the Navy allotment officer, Washington, 
D. C. 

Section 10. — Travel. 

1808. 

(1) In lieu of traveling expenses and all allowances whatsoever Mileage, 
connected therewith, including transportation of baggage, officers 
of the Navy, traveling from point to point within the United 



590 

States, under orders, shall hereafter receive mileage at the rate 
of 8 cents per mile, distance to be computed by the shortest 
usually traveled route; but in cases where orders are given for 
travel to be performed repeatedly between two or more places 
in the same vicinity, the Secretary of the Navy may, at his dis- 
cretion, direct that actual and necessary expenses only be allowed. 
Actual expenses only shall be paid for travel under orders outside 
of the limits of the United States in North America. (Act June 
7,1900.) 

(2) Officers performing travel under orders which entitled them 
to the receipt of mileage will indorse upon the original of the 
orders the dates of the beginning and completion of the travel 
performed before presenting their orders for the payment of 
mileage. 

1809. 

Eepeated travel To facilitate action by the department, officers on inspection, 
between same 
points. recruiting, or other duty that necessitates repeated travel between 

the same points shall keep an accurate account of their actual 

expenses and also the number of miles traveled by the most direct 

route, and submit both to the department with their claims for 

reimbursement or mileage. 

1810. 

Travel of ma- (i) Officers of the Marine Corps traveling under orders without 
nne officers. 

troops shall be allowed mileage at the rate of 8 cents per mile (dis- 
tance to be computed by the shortest usually traveled route) for 
travel performed within the United States and actual necessary 
expenses for travel performed without the United States. 

(2) For all sea travel (except when regularly attached to ves- 
sels of the Navy for duty) actual expenses only shall be paid to 
such officers when traveling on duty under competent orders, 
with troops, and the amount so paid shall not include any shore 
expenses at port of embarkation or debarkation ; but for the pur- 
pose of determining allowances hereunder travel in the Philippine 
Archipelago, the Hawaiian Archipelago, the home waters of the 
United States, and between the United States and Alaska shall 
not be regarded as sea travel. For all land travel with troops 
(including the sea travel to be regarded as land travel under 
the above exceptions) such officers shall receive transportation in 
lieu of mileage or traveling expenses. 

(3) In cases where orders are given for travel to be performed 
repeatedly between two or more places in such vicinity as at the 
discretion of the Secretary of the Navy is appropriate, he may 
direct that actual and necessary expenses only be allowed. (Art. 
1815 (5).) 



591 

(4) Mileage of marine officers may be paid by the paymaster or 
an assistant paymaster of the corps upon receipt of proper 
vouchers accompanied by original orders issued or approved by 
the Secretary of the Navy or the Major General Commandant of 
the Marine Corps. 

1811. 

(1) Mileage of officers of the Navy, for travel in the United .Payment of 

mileage. 
States, shall be paid by any disbursing officer of the Navy upon 

presentation to him of original orders issued or approved by the 

Navy Department. Mileage of officers of the Naval Reserve Force, 

when assigned to duty with the Navy and for travel in the United 

States, shall be paid by any disbursing officer of the Navy upon 

presentation to him of original orders issued or approved by the 

commandant of the naval district. 

(2) Officers of the Navy traveling abroad under orders shall Allowance for 
travel by the most direct route, the occasion and necessity for travel abroad. 
such order to be certified by the officer issuing the same, and shall 

receive in lion of mileage only their actual and reasonable ex- 
penses, certified over their own signature's and approved bj tbe 
Secretary of (he Navy. 

(3) As reimbursement to travelers can only be made in such 
amounts ;is the Government would have paid had tbe transports 
tion been officially requested, the transportation requests shall be 
used whenever practicable for officers (entitled to receive actual 
traveling expenses only), enlisted men of the Navy, Naval Re- 
serve, and Naval Militia, and all civilians traveling on official 
business of the Navy Department. 

(4) Such inspection officers, recruiting officers, etc., as are not 
located conveniently to a transportation issuing officer will nnpiest, 
from the Bureau of Navigation, a supply of blank transportation 
requests and authority to use same. 

(5) Mileage or scrip book's will be secured under transportation 
requests and used only when a book i used on one jour- 
ney, i. e., when the cost of railroad transportation is in excess 
of scrip ticket or the distance traveled is in excess of 1.000 miles 
(as from New Orleans. La., to Washington, D. C, or Norfolk, \ 'a.. 
to Pensacola, Fin., and return). This condition is limited to the 
Southeastern Passenger Association territory. 

(6) Transportation requests will not be signed in blank. 

1812. 

(1) No officer of the Navy or Marine Corps shall be paid mileage Allowances 

, . ,, - , . . . ° only for travel 

except for travel actually performed at Ins own expense and in actually per- 

obedience to orders. formed. 

(2) No allowance shall be made for traveling expenses within Orders must 
., _ ,. , _, . x , . . , ., . . nave approval of 

the United States unless the same be incurred under orders ongi- Secretary. 



592 

nally issued or subsequently approved by the Navy Department. 
All allowances made for this purpose must also be approved by the 
Secretary of the Navy. 

(3) No allowance shall be made for traveling expenses without 
the United States unless the same shall be incurred on the order 
of the Secretary of the Navy, or of the commander in chief of a 
fleet or station, or upon orders approved by either of the above. 
(Art. 1815.) 

Terminal points (4) Orders of officers involving travel must designate the place 
ill o?dS! Snated fl ' om which and the point or points to which the travel is to be 
performed. 

1813. 

Travel expenses (1) No person in the naval service shall be paid mileage for 
not allowed. travel performed by Government conveyance. 

(2) An order merely permitting an officer to appear before an 
examining board or a court of inquiry, or detaching him from a 
ship abroad and granting him permission to return home, does not 
entitle him to traveling expenses or mileage. 

Unauthorized (3) An officer who changes his official residence without permis- 
dence. sion of the Navy Department shall not, if ordered to duty, be 

• entitled to mileage in excess of that from his former place of 
residence as recorded at the department. 

(4) No expenses for travel to attend the funeral of a naval 
officer who dies in the United States shall be allowed. 

1814. 

Certificate re- (i) An officer shall certify to such copies of his orders as may 
er. be required as vouchers by the officer carrying the accounts ; also 

that he actually performed the travel in obedience to such orders, 
at his own expense, and without transportation in a Government 
conveyance. In drawing mileage to his home he shall certify upon 
his orders his residence, which must correspond to his usual resi- 
dence, as recorded in the Bureau of Navigation or headquarters 
Marine Corps. 
Calculation of (2) Bills for mileage shall show the process by which the whole 
mileage. distance was calculated, giving the distance from point to point 

and stating how obtained, if not from the official tables of dis- 
tances published by the War Department. 

(3) When a doubt exists as to the distance traveled, the certifi- 
cate of the officer, stating the route by which he traveled, with the 
distance thereon, and that it was the shortest usual route, shall be 
received as evidence. 

1815. 

Traveling e*- (i) Claims for traveling expenses, incurred under orders which 
penses, other ° . 

than mileage, do not entitle .claimant to mileage, shall be itemized and in dupli- 
cate and accompanied by original orders authorizing travel and a 



593 

certified copy thereof, with all indorsements. All such claims 
shall be accompanied, when practicable, by receipted bills, and, 
when this is not practicable a certificate to that effect shall be 
shown on the claim. When vouchers ordinarily procurable, such 
as hotel bills, Pullman receipts, etc., are not submitted with the 
officer's claim, he shall attach an explanation of his omission in 
this respect. 

(2) Claims shall be confined absolutely to necessary expenses claim in gen- 
actually incurred. Automobile and carriage hire, when the neces- eraI * 

sity therefor is clearly shown, and incidental expenses incurred 
on account of travel shown to be reasonable and necessary, will 
be allowed. When expenses for telephone and telegraph are in- 
curred, a certificate shall show that such messages were of an 
official nature, and copies of telegrams sent shall be furnished. 
Charges for laundry or mineral waters, or for fees on Govern- 
ment vessels will not be allowed. The necessity for any delay 
en route shall be clearly shown, and in all eases ;i certificate that. 
the amounts claimed have been actually expended shall appear on 
the claim. 

(3) Officers in the United States shall submit their claims to Officers in 
the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts direct. United states - 

(4) Officers on foreign stations, whose accounts are kept by. Officers on 

foreign stations, 
officers of the Supply Corps, may submit their claims to such officers 

who shall, after verification, make reimbursements to claimants 
upon public bills, indorsing amounts paid upon the original orders 
and filing the claim, together with a certified copy of the original 
orders, as vouchers. In event of a question arising as to the 
propriety of any item on a claim, the officer to whom the claim is 
presented shall forward it to the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
counts. The cost of transportation of public property of the 
United States, in charge of an officer traveling abroad, shall not 
be included in the same voucher or bill as that of his personal 
expenses. 

(5) Officers on inspection duty assigned to a particular district i n ^J t }^ ( jutv° n 
shall be allowed actual expenses in lieu of mileage for all re- 
peated travel between headquarters and points within the inspec- 
tion district, it being considered by the department that all* points 

within inspection districts are in the same vicinity. 

(6) All officers who have additional duties assigned them, re- „ Additional du- 

ties. 
quiring repeated travel from their regular station to other points, 

shall be allowed actual expenses in lieu of mileage, unless mileage 
is specifically authorized in their orders, the department consider- 
ing that places are in the same vicinity when repeated travel is 
authorized. 

(7) In cases of travel by civilian employees, a midday meal will ...Travel by ci- 

* c Tilian employees, 

not be allowed, except when they are absent from their stations 

from 11 a. m. to 1.30 p. m., and an evening meal will not be allowed 



594 

unless return to station or domicile be later than 6.80 p. m. Hours 
of departure and arrival to and from station or domicile must 
be invariably stated on claim. 

by'water' traTel (8) In cases of night travel by water, when staterooms can not 
be procured at the prices prescribed in this order, a certificate to 
that effect shall be furnished to cover payment of larger amount. 
Disputed claim. (9) j n ^ ie eYen t of question arising as to any claim, such claim 
shall be forwarded by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts to the 
Auditor for the Navy Department for settlement. 

(10) The provisions of this article apply also to officers of cor- 
responding rank of the Marine Corps in so far as allowances are 
concerned. 

piicabi^ h0in ap " (11 ) Para g ra P n 7 of this article applies to officers as well as 
civilian employees ; in exceptional cases reimbursement for cost of 
meals may be allowed officers where hours of arrival or departure 
are slightly different from those specified above. A full explana- 
tion of the exceptional circumstances must be given on the claim 
in each instance, and the meals must necessarily be taken during 
absence from place of domicile or headquarters. 

(12) In settlement of claims in reimbursement of traveling ex- 
penses under (a) and (b) which follow, three meals and a lodging 
at t lie same place will be considered a full day, entitling claimant 
to an allowance in amount not exceeding the rate per day specified 
in the proper schedule without regard to the amount which may be 
paid for the various meals or for lodging. In determining the 
number of days the count will be made from the initial expense 
for meal or lodging incurred at any point. 

(13) Charges for meals must be itemized on claims to show 
where taken ; i. e., city or town, or en route on train. 

(14) While traveling on duty away from his post of duty no 
officer or civilian employee shall be allowed or paid any sum for 
subsistence (which includes board, lodging, tips at hotels and tips 
at meals) in excess of expenses actually incurred, nor in excess of 
$5 per day. 

(15) No claim shall be allowed for expenses which, considering 
the circumstances, appear unreasonable or unnecessary, or in any 
respects exceed the following allowances: 

Officers of the Navy. 

(a) TRAVEL WITHIX CONTINENTAL LIMITS OF THE UNITED STATES. 

Actual cost of transportation, including Pullman fare, when not 
in excess of Government rates per transportation request. 

Stateroom for night, water travel, where stateroom is extra S2. 00 

Subsistence, covering meals, lodging, bath, and tips at meals and 

hotel, not to exceed, per day 5. 00 



595 

Tips at hotel (including tips at meals) : 

Per day 1 .50 

Per week at same hotel 1 2. 50 

Meals on train or boat : 

Breakfast 1 1.25 

Midday meal 1 1.25 

Dinner 1 2.00 

Single meals not on train or boat, when absent from station less 
than a day : 

Breakfast 1.25 

Midday moal, no tip allowed .50 

Dinner 1.25 

Tips at meals, each 1 .15 

Tips to porters (exclusive of meal tips) on train or boat : 

Per day . 50 

Trips less than five hours . 25 

Transfer, handling, and checking baggage 1. 25 

Excess baggage allowed by Regulations and charged for at regular 
rates. 

Street-car fare. 

Expressage and storage of official books, papers, or instruments. 

(b) TRAVEL OUTSJPE CONTINENTAL LIMITS OF THE UNITED STATER. 

Hotel bill, including lodging, subsistence, bath, tips al meals and 

at hotel, per day $r>. 00 

Single nieals__. , L 25 

Tips at hotels (includes tips al meal 8) : 

Per day . 7"> 

Per week at one hotel .">. 50 

Fees for sea travel : 
On Atlantic — 

Six days or less, per day 1. 50 

Seven to ten days, total 10. 00 

Eleven to fifteen days, or longer, per day 1. 00 

On Pacific — 

Per day 1.00 

Not to exceed a total of 20.00 

West Indies, Cuba, Porto Rico. Panama, etc., per day 1.00 

From Asiatic Station to United Stales via Suez, total 25.00 

Steamer chair, trips of two days or longer on each line 1.00 

Transfer of baggage 1. 25 

Actual cost of transportation when not furnished by the Govern- 
ment. 
Mess bJU on Government vessel. 

For sea travel, separate staterooms for flag officers, going to or 
returning from command. 

1816. 

(1) Officers of the Navy and Marine Corps, serving at remote sta- officer electing 
tions, which may be reached by Army transports, who may elect JJJJj^ ,^0/' str- 
and be authorized to return to the United States by other than tion. 
the shortest usually traveled route, will be reimbursed the cost 

1 Provided limit of $5 per day for " subsistence" is not exceeded. 



596 

that would have been incurred if travel had been performed via 
Army transport, and mileage for that portion of the journey in the 
United States, provided such cost does not exceed traveling ex- 
penses and mileage by the route actually traveled. 

2. Reimbursement will not be allowed under any circumstances 
for what it would have cost to have returned direct via commercial 
vessel, even though an Army transport would not have been 
available at the time of the officer's detachment who elected 
another route for returning home. 

3. Claims for allowance of expenses for travel of this nature 
will include a statement of the actual expenses incurred via the 
route traveled, substantiated by vouchers, but not including the 
expense on account of delay for the officer's leave or for his own 
convenience. 

4. In the settlement of such claims the department will allow 
the following: 

(a) Baggage transfer (one transfer of baggage from their sta- 
tions). 

(&) Subsistence (to be approximated, equalling the cost via 
Army transport). 

(c) Adjustment of mileage (allowing the mileage which would 
have been necessary had the journey been made via Army trans- 
port, less any payment of mileage made for travel actually 
performed), 

1817. 

Travel of Naval (i) Members of the Navy Nurse Corps (female) performing 
male). travel under orders from competent authority Mill be allowed 

expenses by the following schedule : 

Cost of transportation by the shortest usually traveled route, 
when transportation in kind or transportation request is not 
furnished. 

Actual cost of baggage transfer as required by necessities of the 
journey ; receipts to be furnished ; baggage limited to not more 
than two pieces. 

Cost of one lower berth in sleeping car, seat in parlor car, or 
usual stateroom accommodations on boat, when extra charge is 
made therefor. 

Cost of meals, including tips, not to exceed $4.50 per day while 
en route, when meals are not included in the transportation fare 
paid. 

Cost of meals, tips, and lodging during necessary delays en 
route, not to exceed $4.50 per day. 

Cost of meals and lodging, including bath, tips, and laundry 
work, not to exceed $4.50 per day. while on duty designated in 
orders for the performance of temporary duty ; but reimbursement 



597 

for such expenses will be limited to $1 per day after the first 
30 days at any one place. 

Excess baggage, not to exceed 100 pounds, as per receipt. 

Street car fare, or under exceptional circumstances, when street 
car service is not available, actual cost of cab, carriage, or taxi 
hire. When charge is made for cost of conveyance other than 
street car, full explanation of necessity therefor must be made, and 
approval of the Secretary of the Navy obtained therefor. 

When travel covers less than a full day: Single meals not to 
exceed $1.25 and tips at single meals not to exceed 15 cents. 

Fees to expressmen and porters on arrival at and departure 
from hotels and stations not to exceed 10 cents in each case when 
the service is rendered in connection with the transportation of 
baggage; fees for checking baggage at stations and hotels not to 
exceed 10 cents for each piece checked ; and fees to sleeping-car 
and parlor-car porters not to exceed 25 cents per day, or 10 cents 
when the car is used in daytime only. 

(2) Members of the Nurse Corps, when traveling under orders, 
shall for sea travel be entitled to transportation and reimburse- 
ment of actual expenses as prescribed for officers in subparagraphs 
4 and 5 of paragraph 1280 of the Army Regulations, which read 
as follows : 

Actual cost of meals for the time actually and unavoidably con- 
sumed in the voyage when the same is not included in the charge 
for passage : Provided, That under such conditions the total charge 
for meals, including fees to dining-room stewards, does not exceed 
$5 per day. Amount of rent of steamer chair, not exceeding $1 for 
trips of two days or longer on each commercial steamer, and fees 
to cabin and other stewards not exceeding the following : 

Six days or less on the Atlantic Ocean, $1.50 a day; 7 to 10 
days, not exceeding $10 ; 11 to 15 days or longer, $1 a day ; total, 
not exceeding $15. On the Pacific Ocean, 15 days or less, $1 a day ; 
total fees for 15 days or longer, not exceeding $15. To the West 
Indies, Cuba, Porto Rico, Panama, and to South American ports, 
$1 a day; total fees for 15 days or longer, not exceeding $15. 
From the Orient to the United States, via Suez, not exceeding $25. 

When transshipping at an intermediate port, as a necessary 
incident to a continuous voyage, the actual cost at hotels of meals, 
lodgings, baths, and fees not exceeding 50 cents per day to waiters 
and bell boys: Provided, The total charge for these items does 
not exceed $5 per day ; transfer of self and baggage from dock to 
hotel and from hotel to dock, and fees to porters for handling 
baggage, not exceeding $2 for each transfer. The officer will cer- 
tify on the itemized statement that the account is correct and just 
and that the amounts charged therein were actually paid by him. 
Subvouchers, properly receipted, will be required for items of 
183841°— 20 39 



598 



board and lodging at hotels. When not practicable to obtain such 
subvouchers, the officer will so certify. Charges for baths, where 
baths are not included in the charge for lodging, will in every 
instance be supported by subvouchers. The payment of fees to 
cabin or other stewards or the rent of steamer chairs when trav- 
eling on Government transports is not authorized. (C. A. R. No. 
12. ) " Accounts for reimbursement for items not authorized herein 
will be forwarded to the Paymaster General of the Navy for his 
consideration and approval before payment, but in no case can the 
total of such expenses as are reasonably included under the heads 
board and lodging be lawfully reimbursed in excess of $5 per day. 

1818. 



Transportation (l) When any commissioned officer, warrant officer, chief petty 
officer, or petty officer, first class, having a wife or dependent child, 
or children, is ordered to make a permanent change of station, 
the United States shall furnish transportation in kind by the 
shortest usually traveled route payable from funds appropriated 
for the transportation of the Navy to his new station for the wife 
and dependent child or children. ( Sec. 12, act 18 May, 1920. ) 

Home yards. (2) The home yard of the ship to which an officer, chief petty 
officer, or petty officer, first class, may be attached is his permanent 
station and a duly authorized change in the home yard or home 
port of such vessel shall be deemed a change of station. ( Sec. 12, 
act 18 May, 1920.) 

Government (3) Transportation supplied the wife or dependent child or 

used if available, children of an officer, chief petty officer, or petty officer, first 

class, to or from stations beyond the continental limits of the 

United States, shall not be other than by Government transport if 

such transportation be available. (Sec. 12, act 18 May, 1920.) 

(4) Transportation for wives and dependent children will be 
issued by officers authorized to issue transportation upon presenta- 
tion to them of the orders involving permanent change of station, 
showing by indorsement the transportation which is needed. The 
issuing officer will indorse on the original orders the number of 
the transportation request, the points between which issued, the 
amount of excess cost collected, if any, and the relationship of 
the persons to whom transportation is furnished. 

Children. (5) When children are of such ages as to be entitled to reduced 

rates under transportation tariffs, the transportation requests 
will be issued to show the number of tickets required for adults 
and the number for children at reduced rates. No transporta- 
tion requests are necessary for children who, under transporta- 
tion tariffs, are transported free of charge. 



Issue of trans' 
portation. 



599 



(6) Wives and dependent children of commissioned officers, 
warrant officers, chief petty officers, and petty officers, first class, 
when their transportation is authorized, are entitled to seats in 
a parlor car or berths in a standard sleeping car or the customary 
stateroom accommodations on steamers where extra charge is 
made for the same, on the following basis : 

One lower berth : 
For wife alone. 
For child alone. 

For wife and child under 6 years of age. 
For wife and female child over 6 years of age. 
For two children, same sex. 

For two children, opposite sex, both under 6 years of 
age. 
One section or separated lower and upper berths : 

For wife and one child, male over 6 years of age. 

For wife and two children. 

For two children, opposite sex, one or both over 6 

years of age. 
For additional children on basis as provided above. 
The term " child " refers to children who are furnished trans- 
portation at reduced rates; a separate berth will be furnished each 
child 12 years of age and over, regardless of sex. 

If lower berth is not available, one upper berth may be furnished 
each individual. 

When the total allowance for a family equals or exceeds the 
cost of a stateroom or drawing room, a stateroom or drawing-room 
may be furnished if desired. In case the cost exceeds the allow- 
ance a stateroom or drawing-room may be furnished upon deposit 
of such excess cost with the issuing officer, the fact of such deposit 
to be noted by the issuing officer on S. and A. Form 268. 

(7) Dependents are not entitled to subsistence at the expense 
of the Government. 

(8) Dependents may be furnished transportation to the new 
station from any point, or over a circuitous route, but any excess 
over the cost of transportation from the old to the new station 
via the shortest usually traveled route shall be paid to the officer 
issuing the transportation. Stop-overs also may be obtained under 
the same conditions. 

(9) Excess cost will be calculated at regular commercial rates, 
including any tax, surcharge, or other addition which may be in 
force at the time the transportation is issued. 

(10) Where an officer, chief petty officer, or petty officer, first 
class, having made application for transportation for his depend- 
ents has for any reason failed to secure it and has purchased 
transportation from his private funds, he may submit a claim for 



Parlor or sleep- 
ing car accom- 
modations. 



Subsistence. 



Point of com- 
mencement of 
travel. 



Stop-overs. 
Excess fare. 



Government 
transportation 

unobtainable. 



600 

reimbursement to the Navy Disbursing Officer, Washington, D. C. 
The claim should be accompanied by — 

(a) The original and two certified copies of orders with all 

indorsements thereon. 

( b ) A certificate giving full name of wife and child or chil- 

dren, together with ages and sex of the latter. 

(c) Receipt from agent of transportation company showing 

starting point, destination, and amount paid for 
ticket purchased. 

(d) Receipt for amount paid for parlor car, sleeping car, 

or stateroom, showing between what points fur- 
nished. 

(e) A statement showing what action was taken to secure 

transportation in kind, and reason same was not fur- 
nished. 

(f) A certificate from the officer who, under the regulations, 

would have issued the transportation requests, certi- 
fying that requests were not issued, and his reasons 
therefor. 

Details to be (11) Detailed instructions relative to the transportation of wives 
reau of Supplies an( i dependent children of officers, chief petty officers, and petty 
and Accounts, officers, first class, will be issued to the officers issuing transporta- 
tion by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
Household ef- (12) The personnel of the Navy shall have the benefit of all ex- 
isting laws applying to the Army and Marine Corps for the trans- 
portation of household effects, under such rules as the Secretary 
of the Navy may prescribe. 

Section 11. — Quarters, Light, Fuel, and Subsistence. 

1819. 

Officers' quar- (1) Public quarters at naval stations shall be permanently 
ters (Nary). designated, in the order of their desirability, for occupancy by 
officers in the following sequence, irrespective of rank, these desig- 
nations not to be changed without authority of the Navy Depart- 
ment: 

1. Captain of the yard. 
2.. Engineer officer. 

3. Construction officer. 

4. Medical officer. 

5. Supply officer. 

6. Public-works officer. 

7. Aid to commandant. 

8. Inspection officer. 



fects. 



601 

9. Senior assistant in the machinery division. 

10. Senior assistant in the hull division. 

11. Senior assistant to the captain of the yard. 

12. Senior assistant in the inspection department. 

Officers occupying quarters at navy yards on the date of the 
issue of these instructions shall, notwithstanding the provisions 
of this paragraph, continue such occupancy until the completion 
of their current tours of duty, unless they themselves shall other- 
wise request. 

(2) Officers of the Navy, except midshipmen, serving "with With or ™ith- 
troops " are entitled to their proper allowance of public quarters 

or of quarters hired by the Government for them, or commuta- 
tion therefor ; or, if not serving " with troops," are entitled to 
their proper allowance of public quarters or commutation therefor. 
Officers of the Marine Corps on duty " with troops," or for any 
service with troops, are entitled to their proper allowance of 
public quarters or commutation therefor. 

(3) Where there are no public quarters or not sufficient quar- No public 
ters possessed by the Government to accommodate him, an officer, « uarter8 * 
except midshipmen, serving " with troops " may request that 

quarters providing accommodations suitable to his rank be hired 
by the Government and furnished him in kind, which request shall 
be forwarded to the department for action, through the proper 
channels, with recomendation as to quarters available for hire 
for his use. 

(4) An officer ordered to duty at a navy yard or station shall Application. 
immediately make written application to the commanding officer 

for quarters. 

(5) The quarters to which an officer is entitled when on duty During »b- 
may be continued in kind, at his proper station, during the period 

for which the law permits him to be absent without reduction of 
pay and allowances. 

(6) An officer on sick leave, not detached from his station, is On sick leave, 
entitled to public quarters at his station during the period of sick 

leave, not exceeding six months, provided he or his family occupy 
them. 

1820. 

(1) All officers including mates but excepting midshipmen, on Commutation 
duty at a station where there are no public quarters for their quarteM * 
accommodation, or where the public quarters are inadequate, or 
where quarters have not been hired for their use, or any such 
officers on special duty or on detached service on shore, are 
entitled to commutation for quarters at established rates. 



602 

No public (2) Commutation of quarters is allowed to any officer men- 
quarters. 

tioned in paragraph 1, on duty where no public quarters are fur- 
nished by the United States, as follows : 
(a) On duty at colleges. 

(&) In the discharge of his official duties in charge of civil 
works, when not furnished with rooms to be occupied, by him as 
quarters. 

(c) "In arrest," and on the military duty of attending a court- 
martial trial (his own), and obeying the orders of the court. 

(d) When awaiting orders for the convenience of the Govern- 
ment, for a limited period at a place (except his home) where 
there are no public quarters. 

Officer settling (3) An officer of the Supply Corps ordered to his home to settle 
accounts, while so engaged is entitled, to commutation of quarters. 
(41 Ct. Cls., 31; Dec. 18, 1905.) 

(4) An officer ordered to report by letter to a superior be- 
comes entitled to commutation of quarters when he receives a 
specific order of assignment and reports in person at the station 
to which assigned. 
Temporary ab- (5) An officer does not lose his right to quarters or commutation 
u y. at k is p erm anent station by a temporary absence on duty. While 
he continues to hold that right and exercises it by constructive 
occupation or use of any kind, he can not legally demand quarters 
nor commutation at any other station. Exceptions to this rule 
can be made only by the Secretary of the Navy. 
On leare and (6) An officer on duty at a station where he is properly in 
receipt of commutation of quarters is entitled to the allowance 
during ordinary leave on full pay, and during sick leave. If he is 
relieved from duty at the station and then granted leave, his com- 
mutation ceases. 
Change of sta- (7) when an officer changes station during his temporary ab- 
sence on duty, he loses his right to quarters from the time he 
leaves his old station, and does not acquire a right at his new 
station until he has reported for duty thereat. He is entitled in 
the meantime to quarters or commutation therefor at the station 
where he is temporarily serving. 
Commutation (8) Commutation of quarters is not allowed to any officer men- 
a owe . tioned in paragraph 1 under the following circumstances : 

(a) When detached from duty at one station, where he was en- 
titled to commutation of quarters, and assigned to another, he is 
not entitled to such allowance from the date of detachment to the 
date on which he reports in person at the new station. 
( & ) When ordered to his home to await orders, 
(c) When awaiting orders for his own convenience, or at his 
own request, at a place of his own choosing. 



603 

(d) When unassigned to any duty for an indefinite period, and 
not technically on leave of absence, but permitted to choose his 
own residence. 

(e) On sea service under usual conditions. (Art. 1789.) 

1821. 

(1) Commutation of quarters accrued to date shall be included Payment of 

commutation of 

in all computations of balances due an officer on the pay roll, quarters. 

(2) For each item on the pay rolls covering a payment of com- 
mutation of quarters there shall be certificates from the proper 
officer that application for and no assignment of quarters has 
been made. 

(3) Commanding officers of yards and stations shall make the 
required certificates. 

(4) Officers entitled to commutation of quarters who are with- 
out an immediate commanding officer shall sign this certificate, 
except as provided in the next paragraph. 

(5) In the cases of officers on duty in Washington, not attached 
to the navy yard, the Chief of the Bureau of Yards and Docks 
shall furnish the required certificate. 

(6) The number of rooms with which officers may be funiished rM I m u J m ]j* r com ! 
(or the commutation therefor at the rate of twelve dollars permutation there- 
month for each room), as provided by law for officers of corre- 
sponding rank in the Army, is as follows : Admirals, eleven rooms ; 

vice admirals, ten rooms; rear admirals (first nine), nine rooms; 
rear admirals (second nine), eight rooms; captains, seven rooms; 
commanders, six rooms; lieutenant commanders, five rooms; lieu- 
tenant, four rooms; lieutenants, junior grade, three rooms; en- 
signs and all other officers entitled by law to quarters or com- 
mutation thereof, two rooms. (Act of Mar. 2, 1907.) 

(7) Commissioned warrant officers are entitled to two, three, or Commissioned 

' warrant officers 

four rooms, or to commutation therefor, depending upon their and others. 
right to the pay of an ensign, lieutenant (j. g.), or lieutenant, 
respectively. Warrant officers and mates are entitled to the same 
commutation for quarters as second lieutenants of the Marine 
Corps. (Acts of Mar. 3, 1899; Mar. 3, 1901; and May 13, 1908.) 

(8) Officers and enlisted men of the Marine Corps, when on Marine Corps. 
shore duty, are entitled to quarters or commutation therefor under 

the rules and regulations of the Army. 

(9) Members of the Navy Nurse Corps, when not occupying Co Jp* Ty Nurs * 
Government quarters, will be allowed commutation of quarters at 

$12 per room per month, not to exceed two rooms ; which amount 
will be credited on the pay roll upon the certification of the senior 
officer at the hospital, or station, where members of the Navy 
Nurse Corps may be serving, that application for and no assign- 
ment of quarters has been made, and that Government quarters 
are not available. (Urgent deficiency act, June 30, 1917.) 



604 



1822. 



Batlons. 



(1) Heat and light actually necessary for the authorized allow- 
ance of quarters for officers and enlisted men shall be furnished 
at the expense of the United States under such regulations as the 
Secretary of War may prescribe. (Army appropriation act, ap- 
proved Mar. 2, 1907.) 

(2) Commutation of quarters for dependents of officers on duty 
in the field is allowed. (Act July 11, 1919.) 

1823. 

(1) With the exception of commissioned officers of the line, 
Medical Corps, and Supply Corps, and of chaplains and commis- 
sioned warrant officers, all officers of the Navy are entitled to one 
ration, or to commutation therefor at the rate in effect at the time, 
while doing duty on board a seagoing vessel of the Navy. Midship- 
men are entitled to one ration, or to commutation therefor, at all 
times. 

(2) Rations shall not be allowed to officers on the retired list. 
(Sec. 1595, R. S.) 

(3) The law does not provide for the allowance of rations to 
commissioned officers of the Marine Corps. 

(4) All enlisted men in the Navy attached to any United States 
vessel or station and doing duty thereon shall be allowed a ration 
or commutation thereof. (Sec. 1579, R.. S.) 

(5) The noncommissioned officers, privates, and musicians of 
the Marine Corps attached to ships of the Navy shall each be en- 
titled to receive one Navy ration daily. (Sec. 1615, R. S., and act 
of Mar. 2, 1891.) 

(6) Enlisted men on board a ship for duty or passage, but not 
borne upon the rolls, are supernumeraries entitled to pay, and 
shall be rationed with the crew upon the order of the commanding 
officer. 

(7) The rations of enlisted men shall be commuted only upon 
the written order of the commanding officer. 

1824. 

Subsistence of Prisoners embarked in a naval vessel shall be subsisted, and 
barked* in ships payment shall be made by the supply officer to messes for each 
of the Nary. prisoner subsisted therein at the following daily rates : Cabin, two 
dollars ; wardroom, one dollar and fifty cents ; other officers' 
messes, one dollar. If not in an officers' mess, one ration shall be 
allowed. No other charge shall be made, nor shall any person thus 
subsisted be required to pay any compensation to the mess in 
which he may live. 



605 

1825. 

For the subsistence of pilots two dollars a day shall be allowed Subsistence of 
to a cabin mess, one dollar and fifty cents a day to a wardroom p 
mess, and one dollar a day to any other officers' mess. When 
messed in any other than an officers' mess, or by themselves, they 
shall be allowed one ration each. 

1826. 

(1) No allowance shall be made to any mess for the subsistence Subsistence of 
of officers ordered to take passage in a ship of the Navy. Jeers as Vassen- 

(2) There being no allowance for a minister or other civil offi- gers ' 
cer for whom passage may be ordered in a Government ship, pro- 
vision must be made and the expense defrayed by such passenger 
himself. 

1827. 

(1) The value of one ration per day shall be deducted from the Deduction of 
account of every naval or marine officer admitted into a naval hos- J? nf account o° 
pital during his continuance therein, which amount shall bejgjf" 8 in hos " 
credited to the naval hospital fund by the supply officers on whose 

books such persons are borne. (Sec. 4812, R. S.) 

(2) In computing the number of days patients are subsisted in 
hospital, the day of admission shall be disregarded and the day of 
discharge shall be included. 

1828. 

Officers of the Navy on sea service with the exceptions men- Rations of offl- 
tioned in article 1823 (1) are entitled to their rations while ^ e n rs 8h t e r ™ porarily 
temporarily doing the duty of the ship on shore. 

1829. 

Officers and men of the Navy or Marine Corps, under orders to ^it^^oonerab- 
act on shore in cooperation with the land troops, will be rationed, ing with Army, 
upon requisition of the commanding officer, by the Subsistence De- 
partment of the Army. 

Section 12. — Miscellaneous Allowances. 
1830. 

(1) Authority for admission to an Army and Navy general Army and 
hospital may be obtained by all persons of the Navy and Marine a>> ° spi 
Corps, on the active and retired lists, from the Surgeon General 
of the Navy on the report of a board of medical survey or, when 



606 

that is impracticable, on the certificate of a naval medical officer, 
clearly stating the applicant's disability. A certificate from the 
attending physician may be submitted to the Bureau of Medicine 
and Surgery for its consideration, if no other officer of the Medical 
Corps of the Navy be available. 

(2) The hospital accommodation will be divided between 
patients of the military and naval services and the Marine Corps. 
The length of treatment in hospital will be determined by the 
medical officer in command thereof. 

1831. 

Persons sent to Officers and enlisted men of the Navy and Marine • Corps, 
hospitals. when on duty at a place where there is no naval hospital, may be 

sent to other hospitals upon the order of the commander in chief, 
or the senior officer present, and the expenses of such persons 
shall be paid from the naval hospital fund; and no other charge 
shall be made against their accounts than such as are made for 
persons under treatment at naval hospitals. 

1832. 

Pensions of Whenever any officer, seaman, or marine entitled to a pension 
persons in hos- ,*..■,. , ^ .T , , . . : ., "V . 

pital. is admitted to a naval hospital, his pension, while he remains 

there, shall be deducted from his accounts and paid to the Sec- 
retary of the Navy for the benefit of the fund from which such 
hospital is maintained. 

1834. 

Expenses in- In the absence of the persons mentioned in article 115 (1), offi- 

cnrred in mak- . , , . ... . "" 

ing oath. cers required to make oath in answering interrogatories concern- 

ing the fitness of officers of the Navy or Marine Corps for promo- 
tion shall do so before some other person authorized by law to 
administer oaths. In such case officers shall be careful to pro- 
cure the necessary services at as reasonable a rate as possible, and 
transmit to the department a voucher stating the sum paid. If, in 
the opinion of the department, such sum is reasonable and proper, 
the necessary steps for reimbursement will be taken. 

1835. 

Clothing and An enlisted man of the Navy or Marine Corps sentenced by 

men sentenced court-martial to confinement with loss of pay shall not be deprived 

to loss ot pay. of suc y 1 clothing and small stores as the officer commanding the 

ship, or other place of confinement, may deem necessary to the 

prisoner's health and comfort. (Art. 921.) 



607 



1836. 



Persons confined in prisons in pursuance of the sentence of a 
naval court-martial shall, during such confinement, be allowed a 
reasonable sum, not to exceed $3 per month, for necessary prison 
expenses, and shall, upon discharge, be furnished with suitable 
civilian clothing and paid a gratuity, not to exceed $25, such allow- 
ances to be made in amounts to be fixed by and in the discretion 
of the Secretary of the Navy, and only in cases where the prisoners 
so discharged would otherwise be unprovided with suitable cloth- 
ing or without funds to meet their immediate needs. 

1838. 

No allowance shall be made for the expenses of persons under- M No allowance 

,j, , ■■■- _• r fo* expenses of 
going examination for appointments, except as provided by law candidates for 
for midshipmen. appointment. 

1839. 

The actual expenses only of enlisted men summoned as witnesses Allowance for 
before a court-martial shall be paid, and shall be provided by wItne88es - 
the supply officer upon order of the commanding officer of the ship 
or station to which they belong. 

1840. 

The rules contained in " Naval Courts and Boards " for the pay- F ees and mile- 
ment of fees and mileage to civilian witnesses before naval courts witnesses C befor " 
and boards shall be observed by all persens in the naval service. SJaJ ds court8 and 

Section 13. — Persons Deceased. 

1841. 

(1) The necessary and proper funeral expenses of officers and Funeral ex- 
enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps at naval stations u e n n iJed W states! he 
within the United States will be provided for by annual contracts, 
and elsewhere within the United States will be allowed when ap- 
proved by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, or by such officers 
as may be designated by the Major General Commandant, Marine 
Corps, respectively. In the case of officers, such expenses will be 
allowed only when death occurs while in active service and shall 
in no instance exceed $150. No expenses for travel to attend the 
funeral of an officer who dies in the United States shall be al- 
lowed. The remains of supernumeraries who die destitute in 
naval hospitals may be buried in the hospital cemeteries at Gov- 
ernment expense. (Comp. Dec. July 24, 1914, S. and A., Memoran- 
dum 162, p. 3323.) 



608 

(2) When an officer on duty dies in a foreign country the ex- 
penses of his funeral, not exceeding his sea pay for one month, 
shall be defrayed by the Government, and paid by the supply offi- 
cer upon whose books the name of such officer was borne for pay. 
(Sec. 1587, R. S.) 
nneral ex- (3) j n the case of enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps 



)t In the 

United states, who die and are buried elsewhere than within the United States, 
the amounts paid for funeral expenses, including preparation, en- 
casement, and interment of remains, shall not exceed $50 each, 
unless due regard for decent burial renders greater expense neces- 
sary, which fact must be certified on all copies of the public bill 
by the officer ordering the payment of the bill. 

(4) The remains of naval dead shall be prepared for interment 
or for shipment to their homes under the supervision of an officer 
who shall determine by final inspection in each instance that the 
work of embalming, cleansing, shaving, and dressing have been 
competently performed, and that the encasement, clothing, etc., 
meet all the requirements of the occasion and comply with the 
terms of the contract. 

(5) Where available clothing belonging to a deceased enlisted 
man is not sufficient in quantity or of proper kind or quality, or is 
too much worn, new clothing (outer and under) shall be obtained 
as may be necessary from the Supply Department and charged to 
the appropriation contingent, Medicine and Surgery. 

(6) Especial care shall be exercised that the evidences of au- 
topsies shall not cause unnecessary distress to parents, and that 
the wounds so made shall be neatly closed, and that packings and 
dressings employed shall be of clean and suitable material. 

(7) Navy (or Army) standard caskets, when available, shall be 
used for transportation of remains of officers and enlisted men. 

(8) The commanding officer of a naval hospital shall immedi- 
ately inform the commandant of the station and the department 
(Bureau of Medicine and Surgery) of any death in the hospital; 
he shall in addition inform by telegraph the next of kin, family, 
or legal representative of the deceased. 

(9) Transportation of remains is governed by annual appropri- 
ation and is distinct from " funeral expenses " or " expenses of 
interment." (Comp. Dec, Aug. 21, 1908.) 

(10) For death or disability resulting from personal injury 
suffered or disease contracted in the line of duty, by any commis- 
sioned officer or enlisted man or by any member of the Navy Nurse 
Corps (female) when employed in the active service under the 
Navy Department, the United States shall pay compensation, as 
provided by the act of October 6, 1917, relative to war-risk insur- 
ance. 



609 

(11) Immediately upon official notification of the death, f rom six G ^nths' y pay 
wounds or disease not the result of his own misconduct, of any to widow or 
officer or enlisted man on the active list of the Navy and Marine beneficiary! 118 * 
Corps, the Paymaster General of the Navy shall cause to be paid 
to the widow, and, if no widow, to the children, and if there be 
no children, to any other dependent relative of such officer or en- 
listed man previously designated by him, an amount equal to six 
months' pay at the rate received by such officer or enlisted man 
at the date of his death. 

Section 14. — Pensions. 

1842. 

(1) Any disabled enlisted man who has not been discharged Service p*n- 
for misconduct shall, after 10 years' service in the Navy or Marine f^lttl men™^ 
Corps, be entitled to a pension, if a board of survey consisting of 

three naval officers, one of whom shall be a medical officer, ap- 
pointed by the Secretary of the Navy, shall recommend it. (Sec. 
4757, R. S.) 

(2) After 20 years' service any enlisted man disabled from sea 
service by reason of age or infirmity, who has not been discharged 
for misconduct, shall, if he so elect, be entitled to a pension equal 
to one-half the pay of his rating when last discharged, in lieu 
of being provided with a home in the Naval Home, Philadelphia. 
(Sec. 7556, R. S.) 

1843. 

Commanding officers on shore and afloat shall require from the Official reports 
proper medical officers reports of every case of death or disability ability, 
occurring to persons in the naval service under their command. 
These reports, made in accordance with the current edition of the 
" Manual for the Medical Department, U. S. Navy," shall be sent 
to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery as evidence of claims for 
pensions. 

1844. 

When any person in the Navy or Marine Corps is accidentally Report of eye- 
injured and, on account of the absence of the medical officer, or ddents? 8 t0 &C " 
for any other reason, the facts and circumstances are not entered 
in the health record, the commanding officer shall require an 
officer, or some other trustworthy person who witnessed the acci- 
dent, to make a written report thereon to the Bureau of Medicine 
and Surgery, said report to show when, where, and how the 
accident occurred, and what the injured person was doing at the 
time. This report shall be as brief as practicable, and the com- 
manding officer in his forwarding indorsement shall state his own 
opinion thereon, and the matter shall be referred to in the health 



610 



1845. 



Bureau of In case of death, injury, or disability, where the official medical 
Surgery to X- record may be incomplete, the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery 
lf ^mni°Jtl s sha11 decide whether such death, injury, or disability occurred 



are incomplete. 



in the line of duty. 



Section 15. — General Instructions for Purchases. 
1846. 

The term "purchase," when used in the Navy Regulations, 
shall be construed as relating only to the contract or agreement 
for the sale and delivery of any article or for the performance of 
any service, but not to the payment entailed by the completion of 
such contract or agreement, and the duties of purchase and pay- 
ment shall not be assigned to the same officer, except in the case 
of fleet, squadron, or division supply officers, supply officers of 
ships, and such officers as may be specifically designated by the 
Secretary of the Navy. 

1847. 



Supplies to be (1) All purchases and contracts for supplies or services in any 



procured after 
advertising. 



Purchases 
open market. 



of the departments of the Government, except for personal serv- 
ices, shall be made by advertising a sufficient time previously for 
proposals respecting the same, when the public exigencies do not 
require the immediate delivery of the articles or performance of 
the service. When immediate delivery or performance is required 
by the public exigency, the articles or service required may be 
procured by open purchase or contract, at the places and in the 
manner in which such articles are usually bought and sold, or such 
services engaged between individuals. ( Sec. 3709, R. S. See also 
sees. 1549 and 3714, R. S.) 
in (2) The purchase of supplies and the procurement of services 
for all branches of the naval service may be made in open market 
in the manner common, among business men, without formal con- 
tract or bond, when the aggregate of the amount required does not 
exceed $500, and when, in the opinion of the proper administrative 
officers, such limitation of amount is not designed to evade pur- 
chase under formal contract or bond, and equally and more advan- 
tageous terms can thereby be secured. (Act of Mar. 2, 1907.) 



1848. 



Payments 
advance. 



in (1) In all cases of contracts for the performance of any service 
or the delivery of articles of any description, for the use of the 
United States, payment shall not exceed the value of the service 
rendered, or of the articles delivered previously to such payment. 
(Sec. 3648, R. S.) 



611 

(2) The Secretary of the Navy is authorized to purchase such Mileage books, 

J * * commutation 

mileage books, commutation tickets, and other similar transporta- tickets, etc. 
tion tickets as may at his discretion seem necessary, and to furnish 
same to officers and others ordered to perform travel on official 
business ; and payment for such transportation tickets upon their 
receipt, in accordance with commercial usage, or prior to the 
actual performance of the travel involved, shall not be regarded 
as an advance of public money within the meaning of section 3648 
of the Revised Statutes. (Act of Apr. 27, 1904.) 

1849. 

No advertisement, notice, or proposal for any executive depart- Advertisements, 

, - - restrictions in 

ment of the Government, or for any bureau thereof, or for any offi- regard to. 

cer therewith connected, shall be published in any newspaper 
whatever, except in pursuance of a written authority for such pub- 
lication from the head of such department; and no bill for any 
such advertising or publication shall be paid unless there be pre- 
sented with such bill a copy of such written authority. (Sec. 3828, 
R. S.) 

1850. 

Sections 3744-3746, Revised Statutes, provide, under penalty of Copies of con- 

J.-L. , * ^ •< ^ ,, , tracts to be for- 

fine and imprisonment, that a copy of every contract " shall be warded, 
filed by the officer making and signing the contract in the returns 
office of the Department of the Interior, as soon after the contract 
is made as possible, and within 30 days, together with all bids, 
offers, and proposals to him made by persons to obtain the same, 
and with a copy of any advertisement he may have published 
inviting bids, offers, or proposals for the same." 



CHAPTER 48. 



ACCOUNTS AND RETURNS. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1860-1863. General accounts. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1864. Accounting officers' returns. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1865. Supply accounts ashore. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1866-1867. Supply accounts afloat. 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1868-1877. Inspection of accounts. 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1878-1882. Deserters and persons deceased. 

Sec. 7. — Art. 1883-1887. Miscellaneous. 



Section 1. — Gl.nkkal Accounts. 
1860. 

(1) It shall be the duty of the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- Bureau of Sup- 
counts to cause property accounts to be kept of all the supplies Jjjjj^ *fj k *JJ 
pertaining to the Naval Establishment, and to report annually aecounts. 

to Congress the money values of the supplies on hand at the 
various stations at the beginning of the fiscal year, the disposition 
thereof, and of the purchases and expenditures of supplies for the 
year, and the balances remaining on hand at the end thereof. 
(Act of Mar. 2, 1889.) 

(2) Complying with and extending the requirements of the 
above act, a comprehensive, central system of accounts, covering 
all the financial affairs of the Naval Establishment, shall be main- 
tained under the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(3) While it is the intention that books of accounts shall not 
be kept in any of the bureaus of the department except the Bureau 
of Supplies and Accounts, nothing in this article shall be con- 
strued to prevent the keeping of a record of requisitions received 
and the action taken thereon by the bureau concerned, or of such 
records as may be necessary for the proper conduct of its business. 

1861. 

The accounts of the Naval Establishment shall be maintained Accounts of 
by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts under the following JJjJJ* E^aM 18 *- 
heads : 

(a) General account: A general ledger shall be maintained with 
controlling and representative accounts which shall show by 

183841°— 20 40 

(613) 



614 

totals the balance of all appropriations and funds, also assets, 
expenditures, liabilities, and investment and closing accounts. 

(o) Cost accounts: The cost accounts shall show the expendi- 
tures for the Navy classified under cost or purpose heads (titles), 
i. e., first cost, additions and improvements, maintenance, and 
operating expenses, by ships, stations, and miscellaneous activi- 
ties. Inventories shall be maintained showing the value of prop- 
erty at yards and stations. Records of shop expenses and other 
industrial accounting data shall also be maintained. 

(c) Appropriation accounts: The appropriation accounts shall 
be maintained in ledgers which shall show at all times the con- 
dition of each appropriation ; the unallotted balance, unexpended 
balance of allotments, encumbrances under contracts and requisi- 
tions, unaudited expenditures, unaudited reimbursements, and the 
balance on the books of the Treasury Department under each 
appropriation and fund. 

(d) Fidelity accounts: Fidelity accounts for property and 
money shall be kept for the purpose of maintaining accountability. 
The property accounts will embrace a record of all receipts and 
expenditures of property belonging to the Navy, showing values 
of material under the various stores accounts on each vessel and 
at each yard and station. The fidelity accounts for money shall 
show all receipts, disbursements, and transfers of money by and 
to each disbursing officer, showing at all times the balance due 
the United States. 

1862. 

Titlw. (l) Expenditures under each of the appropriations of the Naval 

Establishment will be located and reported to the Bureau of Sup- 
plies and Accounts by titles, subtitles (i. e., ships or yards), and 
headings or accounts. The following is an outline list of the titles, 
viz: 

SHIP TITLES. 

Title A (No. 1). — First cost of ships (hull, machinery, and 
permanent fittings). 

Title B (No. 2). — Ships' equipage. 

Title C ( No. 3 ) . — Operating expenses. 

Title D (No. 4). — Repairs to ships. 

Title K (No. 5). — Changes and alterations to ships 

Title P (No. 6). — Repairs to equipage. 

1863. 

The following is a description of the titles, subtitles, headings, 
and accounts carried on the books of the Bureau of Supplies and 
Accounts, viz : 



615 

(1) (a) Title A includes the original cost or appraised valua- Title A, Hall, 
ji -i.- •!-... * ■,-. . t -. . ,r ,. , . machinery, and 

tion of ships. It shall include, in the case of a new ship, every permanent fit- 
expenditure that may properly be made a direct charge during its tin8S ' 
original construction, or, in the case of an old ship, its total ap 
praised valuation. 

(&) Objects of charge under Title A which are constructed at 
one navy yard for vessels under construction at another, or at a 
private shipyard, are not subject to invoice (credit to Title A for 
equipage and supplies of new vessels, see arts. 1595 and 1596). 

(c) All expenditures on such objects shall be made under Title 
A, and when ready for transfer the supply officer shall make the 
shipment, but shall not take them up on his books, nor shall they 
be taken up by the supply officer or other consignee by whom they 
are received. They shall be under the charge of the head of the 
department or division concerned, and any further work thereon 
by the Government in order to finish such articles or to install 
them on board the vessel shall be an object of charge under Title 
A, as though the work had been continuous. 

(d) All Title A articles and materials shall, when removed 
from a ship and turned into store, be taken up on the supply 
officer's books at an appraised value. 

(2) (a) Title B includes expenditures upon ships not charged Title B, Equl- 
under Title A, but necessary for making them manageable, and page * 
habitable and serviceable as naval vessels. All charges shall be 

made to this title by invoice to the ship concerned when the equi- 
page is issued from store. 

(3) (a) Title C shows the running expenses and cost and main- Title C, Cost 
tenance of ships in commission. of eommiMio.. 

(&) It shall include the pay of officers and crew; value of 
rations consumed or commuted ; value of stationery for ship's use ; 
supplies used in ordinary maintenance by the ship's force, such as 
painting, carpentering, calking, etc. ; bills for pilotage, towage, 
canal tolls, removing ashes, etc. ; coal, oil, and other supplies con- 
sumed or used in steaming, heating, lighting, and cooking; am- 
munition used in target practice and for other purposes ; and all 
other expenses incidental to the maintenance of the vessel in com- 
mission. 

(c) Consumable supplies are classified as Title C in the Classifi- 
cation of Navy Stores and in the allowance books, indicating that 
when issued for use aboard ship they are chargeable to Title C. 
Such supplies when in store ashore or in store on ships having a 
general supply system are carried under Title X. 

Note. — Material used by the ship's force for repairs such as 
ordinarily would be made at a navy yard will be charged to Titles 
D, K, or P, as the case may be. When necessary, special allot- 
ments should be requested from the bureaus having cognizance. 



616 

Title p, Be* (4) With the exception of maintenance charges by the ship's 
pairs to ships. „ , . , . , ' 

force, all repairs to such integral parts of a ship, or ordinarily 

nontransferable fixtures as were objects of direct charge to the 

ship under Title A, shall be charged under Title D. 

Title K, Addl- (5) Title K includes all expenditures on the hull or perma- 

proTements To nent fittings for changes and alterations which are in the nature 

shi P s - of betterments or improvements. 

Title p, Be- (6) (a) Title P includes all repairs to ship's equipage; i. e., 

eqSage! P 8 articles which are enumerated on Title B allowance lists, where 
such repairs are occasioned by use on board ship. When in use 
on board ship, such repairs shall be made upon request by letter 
prepared by the head of the ship's department concerned, and 
signed by the commanding officer of the vessel and approved by 
the commandant of the yard (or industrial manager at yards 
where an officer is detailed as such), without the formality of a 
survey. 
Title B arti- (&) When Title B articles are turned into store (ashore) they 

store. U shall be taken up in the used material account. Articles fit for is- 

sue or use in their original form shall be transferred to the naval 
supply account at appraised value, which shall be a ready issue 
value, and a corresponding credit shall be given to the major 
annual appropriation of the bureau concerned which is current 
when the articles are actually taken up in the naval supply ac- 
count. Articles which are recommended for repairs shall be held 
in the used material account until such time as the repairs can be 
undertaken when they will be transferred to the naval supply ac- 
count at appraised value, drawn from store and repaired on a 
Title Z job order, under general account of advances — naval sup- 
ply account. Articles not fit for issue in original form or not rec- 
ommended for repairs will be held in the used material account 
until finally disposed of. 
Title E, Na?y- (7) (a) Title E includes the original cost or appraised valua- 

yard property. ^ Qf &1J property at industrial yards. 

industrial and ( & ) For accounting purposes, the information as to the classi- 
yards. fication of industrial or nonindustrial yards will be furnished by 

the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 
Title B, Nary (8) (a) Title R includes the original cost or appraised valua- 
tion ' a°d naval tion of all property at all nonindustrial navy yards, stations, and 
office property fl=j Pps < 
(military). omces. 

Labor and ma- ( & ) The commandant, officer in charge, or officer in command at 
Expenditures, such stations will be responsible for seeing that a report of ex- 
penditures of labor and material is rendered to the Bureau of 
Supplies and Accounts monthly for each of the appropriations 
from which expenditures are made. 



617 

(9) Title G includes all expenditures for the general mainte- Title G, gen- 

„ 7 . - eral mainte- 

nance of and repairs to property at industrial navy yards, and all nance of navy- 
operating expenses of such yards which can not be located directly yard P r °P ert y* 
to building, manufacture, or repair work. 

(10) Title S includes all expenditures for the general mainte- Title , S, gen- 

° eral maintenance 

nance of and repairs to property at nonmdustrial navy yards, sta- of navy-yard 
tions, and offices, and all operating expenses which can not beJJJ^*' (mi11 * 
located to building, manufacture, or repair work. 

(11) Title V includes all expenditures made for the benefit of T" 1 ® \>z en ' 
' . eral administra- 

the naval service generally not assignable to any yard or ship, tion expenses. 
Accounts shall^be maintained under this title as prescribed by the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(12) Title X includes the value of all stores, ashore end afloat, j™ 1 ^ 5o»J aP " 
awaiting issue for use or consumption., 

(13) Title Z represents a manufacturing account and embraces Title z, con- 
all articles manufactured by the Government for the Naval Estab- >ers ° n atcoun * 
lishment and delivered to supply officers for issue. It shall be 

debited with all materials used in manufacture and with all labor 
and indirect charges applied thereto ; and it shall be credited with 
the ascertained cost of completed manufactures as invoiced to sup- 
ply officers for issue. Material unavoidably wasted in manufac- 
ture shall be included in cost of product. 

Section 2. — Accounting Officers' Returns. 

1864. 

Accounting officers at industrial navy yards shall render re- Returns at ln- 
turns as prescribed by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. atrial yards. 

Section 3. — Supply Accounts Ashoke. 

1865. 

(1) Six stores accounts shall he kept by supply officers ashore, Accounts of 

supply officer on 
VIZ : shore. 

The naval supply account. 

The appropriation purchases account. 

The reserve material navy account. 

The used material account. 

The provision account. 

The clothing and small stores account. 

(2) The naval supply account shall comprise all unused mate- Naval supply 
rial paid for by general account of advances and carried for gen- 



account. 



618 

eral issue as a charge to any appropriation, or as special stock to 
be used only for the specific object and as a charge to the specific 
annual or continuing appropriation for which procured. This ac- 
count shall also carry consumable supplies turned in from ships 
and ships' equipage which have passed through the used material 
account, if or when in all respects fit for issue and use in their 
original form, and shall carry machinings and short ends of mate- 
rial charged to current work, if in all respects suitable for reissue 
in the form in which returned to store.. It shall also be used as 
an account through which certain stores carried in the other ac- 
counts are cleared when issued. 
Appropriation (3) The appropriation purchases account shail comprise all 

co n unt. ha8e8 ac " stores embraced in classes 1, 2, 3, and 4, and all other technical 
ordnance material paid for from the annual and continuing ord- 
nance appropriations and carried as stock. This account shall also 
include all airplanes and aeronautical material. All material 
stores and services procured directly under appropriations, unless 
excepted, will be taken up in this account. All material in this 
account shall be subject to general issue without charge to an 
appropriation except that ordnance material will not be issued 
except for work under the cognizance of the Bureau of Ordnance 
unless such material has been specifically released by that bureau. 
All material issued from the appropriation purchases account shall 
be a cost charge to the work or object. 
Reserve mate- (4) The reserve material navy account, shall comprise materials 

count na?y * C " P urcnase d under the appropriation " Reserve material, Navy," and 
carried as a reserve for the purpose of fitting out vessels of the 
fleet and merchant auxilaries. In time of war or national emer- 
gency issues from this account for use will be made direct without 
charge to any other appropriation. 
Used material (5) The used material account shall comprise all stores con- 
demned for sale and all used material and scrap which is fit for 
Government purposes, no matter what its source, except as pro- 
vided in paragraph 2. All such material shall be subject to gen- 
eral issue without charge to an appropriation, but under no cir- 
cumstances shall articles or materials of a special or expensive 
nature be available for issue when material of a lower quality 
is suitable for the work in hand. All material issued from the 
used material account shall be a cost charge to the work or object. 
Provisions and (6) The provisions account shall comprise all provisions. 

counts. ngac " (7) The clothing and small stores account shall comprise all 
clothing and small stores. 

(8) All articles and materials in the stores accounts shall be 
carried at a price. 



619 

Section 4. — Supply Accounts Afloat. 
1866. 

On board all vessels on the Navy List not operating under the 
general supply system (arts. 1393 and 1394) directly or through 
a tender, equipage Title B shall be requisitioned by, invoiced to, 
and accounted for, by the commanding officer, officer in charge, 
or head of department concerned. Balance sheets for each vessel, 
separate for Navigation, Engineering, Construction and Repair, 
Ordnance, and Supplies and Accounts, shall be rendered to the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, with vouchers, within 20 days 
from the expiration of each quarter. No accounting to the Bu- 
reau of Supplies and Accounts is required for consumable sup- 
plies, which will be requisitioned under, and when placed aboard, 
charged directly to Title C on invoices or public bills. The pro- 
visions of this paragraph apply also to equipage and supplies in- 
voiced to the permanent organization of a receiving ship. 

1867. 

On board ships in which the general supply system is in opera- Accounts of 
tion, the supply officer shall maintain the accounts. officer* S " P y 

Section 5. — Inspection of Accounts. 

1868. 

(1) The accounts of all officers of the Supply Corps at shore sta- 
tions within the continental limits of the United States, including Inspection of 
supply officers of training, receiving, and other ships on special thore° stations.* 
service, shall be inspected by the general inspector of the Supply 

Corps at such times as the department (Chief of Bureau of Sup- 
plies and Accounts) may direct. An inspection of the accounts 
of the officer in charge of the midshipmen's store at the Naval 
Academy shall be made quarterly by the general inspector of the 
Supply Corps, with such recommendations as he may deem neces- 
sary. 

(2) An inspection of the accounts of supply officers of ships gh JJ f^Seet oJ 
shall be made quarterly. In every case check books shall be squadron 
examined and the cash balance on hand verified. In ships at- 
tached to a fleet or squadron, the inspection shall be made by the 

senior officer of the Supply Corps of the fleet or squadron at such 
times during the quarter as the commander in chief or squadron 
or division commander may direct, or by the general inspector of 
the Supply Corps in home ports, when directed. When a ship is 
separated from the commander in chief or squadron or division 



620 

commander for more than one quarter, the cash balance on hand 
shall be verified by a board of two officers in the presence of 
the commanding officer. The inspection of the accounts of the 
senior officer of the Supply Corps shall be made, when practicable, 
by such other officer of the Supply Corps of the fleet or squadron 
as the commander in chief or squadron or division commander may 
designate ; or when no other officer of the Supply Corps is available 
for such duty, the cash balance on hand shall be verified as pre- 
scribed for a ship separated from the commander in chief. 

(3) The cash balances of officers of the Supply Corps afloat 

when absent from a port of the United States for more than a 

quarter shall be verified as prescribed for a supply officer of a 

ship separated from the flagship of the commander in chief. 

Of shore sta- (4) An inspection of the accounts of officers of the Supply Corps 

rnTted°!tates. ° f attached to shore stations beyond the continental limits of the 
United States shall be made quarterly by officers of the Supply 
Corps attached to the stations or visiting naval vessels. When 
impracticable to have such inspections made by an officer of the 
Supply Corps, the cash balances shall be verified by a board of 
two officers not of the Supply Corps. 
Reports of in- (5) The reports of inspection shall show the balances on hand 

counts. **" appearing on the last quarterly account current that has been for- 

warded to the department ; the receipts from all sources and the 
expenditures, as substantiated by vouchers, from the date on 
which the balances were taken to the date of inspection, inclusive ; 
the cash on hand as shown by actual count ; and the balances on 
deposit. The report shall be presented on the general inspector's 
report of inspection or on the 'quarterly account current and 
promptly forwarded to the department. 
Inspection of (6) All books, papers, and other matters relating to the office or 

District of Co* accounts of disbursing officers of the executive departments and 

mmbia. commissions, boards, and establishments of the Government in the 

District of Columbia shall at all times be subject to inspection and 
examination by the Comptroller of the Treasury and the Auditor 
of the Treasury authorized to settle such accounts, or by the duly 
authorized agents of either of said officials. 
Fluctuation of (7) For the verification of debits or credits claimed by officers of 
the Supply Corps of vessels and stations on account of gains or 
losses on exchange due to changes in value of foreign coins, im- 
mediately upon the receipt by such officers of the quarterly notice 
of such changes an inventory, reported in duplicate, shall be taken 
of the foreign silver currency, affected by the notice in their hands 
on the date of receipt of such notice. This inventory shall state 
the amount of each kind of such currency and shall be made and 
certified by the officer or officers designated to verify cash balances 
in paragraph 2 of this article ; one copy of the inventory shall be 
furnished the officer of the Supply Corps concerned. 



621 



1869. 



(1) Any difference of pay or allowances to which an officer or . Credits for dif- 

* J ferences of pay, 

enlisted man is entitled may be credited by an officer of the Supply etc., auditor to 

Corps on his current rolls : Provided, That in cases where such e notlfie • 

credits are differences noted in the administrative analyses of pay 

rolls and accounts of the Marine Corps that fact be noted as the 

authority therefor: And provided further, That in all cases of 

credits for any period not borne on his rolls said officer or enlisted 

man presents a complete statement of his account signed by the 

officer or officers upon whose rolls he was borne during the period 

in question. The officer making the credit shall note over it why 

it is made and the period of time that it embraces and shall file as 

vouchers with his rolls the orders, letters, or other papers which 

establish the correctness of the credit. No credit will be made, 

however, of any pay or allowances which accrued at any time 

prior to the two fiscal years preceding the current fiscal year. 

(2) All requests for credit of pay and allowances accruing Claims to be 
during a period prior to the two fiscal years preceding the current liJitor 1 .* * * * t0 
fiscal year or other requests which for any reason an officer of the 

Supply Corps may decline to grant shall be made the subject of a 
claim on the Auditor for the Navy Department. In such case the 
claimant shall forward with the claim, in addition to the papers 
required by paragraph 1, a certificate of the officer carrying his 
accounts that he has not paid and will not pay the amount claimed. 

1870. 

The record of the deposits made by enlisted men shall be kept Records of de- 
in books, one book being provided for each depositor's account. J° e 8 B ts of enlisted 
These books are part of the supply department records and shall 
be held by the supply officer having the pay accounts of the depos- 
itors. When a depositor is transferred the record book of his 
accounts shall be sent with his transfer pay account. 

1871. 

On transfer accounts of enlisted men received, commanding Entry for pay 
officers shall certify the date on which the men whose names are and for rations - 
borne thereon actually reported in person and from which they 
are entitled to rations or commutation thereof. 

1872. 

Whenever the accounts of an enlisted person who has been sent c e r t ificate of 
from a cruising ship to a foreign hospital or private institution in jjlmHwion to or 
the United States are transferred to a receiving ship they shall be hospital, 
accompanied by a certificate signed by the medical officer of the 



622 

ship, giving the date of admission to the hospital or institution 
and the date of discharge, if known. 

1873. 

Notice sent to Whenever an enlisted man is sent to a naval hospital and his 
iVeo^nt^ixfl accounts are transferred to a receiving ship, his commanding offi- 
been transferred. cer shall immediately inform the medical officer in command of 
the hospital where the accounts of the patient have been trans- 
ferred. 

1874. 

Forwarding. The transfer of accounts must in all cases be made through the 
commanding officers. 

1875. 

books r due i0 to er- Tne su PP 1 y officer shall, upon receiving written orders from the 

rors in transfer captain, make any necessary changes in his books to correct 

erroneous entries in the names or description of enlisted men in 

transfer rolls. Such order shall be filed as a voucher with the 

accounts.. 

1876. 

Original entry Before the name of a newly enlisted person can be entered on 
on enlistment. J * 

the books for pay the supply officer must receive a written order 

from the commanding officer, giving the name, date, term of enlist- 
ment, rating under which enlisted, and rate of pay. 

1877. 

instructions. (1) Sentences of deck courts or courts-martial involving loss 
of pay solely or in connection with other forms of punishment, 
when remitted subject to the conditions specified in this article, as 
set forth in " Naval Courts and Boards," shall be governed by the 
following instructions : 

(2) (a) Records of deck courts and summary courts-martial, or 
letters promulgating action upon general courts-martial, shall im- 
mediately following publication of the sentences be referred to the 
officer having the pay accounts of the accused, or, in case of ma- 
rines serving at shore stations, to the officer or noncommissioned 
officer preparing and certifying the pay rolls on which the ac- 
count is borne, and in each such case of a deck court or summary 
court-martial such officer or noncommissioned officer shall indorse 
upon the record of proceedings as follows: 

" Loss of pay, $ , will be deducted in accordance with article 

1877, Navy Regulations." 

In forwarding the above-mentioned records or promulgating let- 
ters, each shall be accompanied by the man's current service record 



623 

and by an order signed by the commanding officer, directing the 
deduction of the approved loss of pay, made out on the prescribed 
form issued by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts (or, in case 
of marines, on the prescribed form issued by headquarters, United 
States Marine Corps) ; a duplicate of which order shall be sent 
immediately by the commanding officer direct to the Auditor for 
the Navy Department, and in case of marines a further copy 
shall also be furnished the adjutant and inspector, United States 
Marine Corps. 

( b ) The amount deducted on account of sentences of deck courts 
or courts-martial, approved in accordance with this article, will be 
credited to the Navy Fines and Forfeitures Fund until final action 
is taken thereon, as provided for in the following paragraphs. 

There shall be secured in the service record of each man a 
sheet on which shall be entered over the signature of the officer 
making the deduction, all amounts deducted from his pay in ac- 
cordance with the provisions of this article which may occur 
during the enlistment. 

(c) Notation shall be made on the smooth pay roll against the 
name of the man, showing kind of court, date of final approval, 
total loss of pay as approved, amount of deduction made during 
quarter, and balance remaining to be deducted. Separate nota- 
tion for each deck court or court-martial must be made on the 
roll, but after the total amount has been deducted under any one 
sentence, no further entry on the roll for that case will be re- 
quired. In case of the transfer of a man, notation must be made 
on both copies of the transfer pay account for each and every 
deck court or court-martial involving loss of pay, on which all 
deductions have not been made, showing kind of court or court- 
martial, date of approval, total loss of pay as approved, the deduc- 
tions made, and the balance remaining to be deducted in order 
that the officer receiving the transfer pay accounts may continue 
deductions until the loss of pay has been liquidated, which he will 
do without orders from the commanding officer of the ship or 
station to which transfer of the man is made. In the case of 
transfer of marines the officer or noncommissioned officer prepar- 
ing and certifying pay rolls will obtain all information regarding 
deductions made or pending from the notations in the service 
record book required to be entered therein by paragraph 2 (c) 
of these instructions. 

(d) When an enlisted man is to be discharged from the service, 
the total amount which has been deducted from his pay during 
his enlistment, in accordance with the provisions of this article, 
will be credited to his account. If the man in question receives a 
dishonorable discharge, a bad-conduct discharge, or is discharged 
as undesirable, for inaptitude, or physical disability due to his 
own misconduct (or a marine discharged before expiration of 



624 

enlistment for causes other than those above enumerated, with 
character below "Good"), he will be checked the total amount 
of pay deducted during his enlistment pursuant to sentences of 
courts-martial and deck courts, which have been conditionally 
remitted in accordance with this article ; if he receives an honor- 
able discharge (in case of a marine if he receives on expiration 
of enlistment a discharge with character " Excellent " or " Very 
good " ) , no checkage because of amounts so deducted will be made 
against his account; if he receives any other form of discharge 
(in case of a marine if he receives on expiration of enlistment a 
discharge with character " Good," or a discharge prior to expira- 
tion of enlistment for causes other than those above enumerated, 
with character " Excellent " or " Very good " ) , his account will 
be checked one-half the total amount so deducted. 

(e) In case the man should extend his enlistment, and the total 
amount involved has been fully deducted, or in case of his death or 
retirement prior to expiration of enlistment, the amount deducted 
from his pay in accordance with this article during his enlistment 
will, on the date that his enlistment would have expired if not so 
extended, or on the date of his death or retirement, be treated as 
though he had been discharged on that date and in accordance 
with the character of discharge which he would then have 
received. 

In cases where the full amount of a sentence has not been 
deducted upon expiration of the four-year term, deductions in 
accordance with this article will be continued for such period as 
may be necessary under the extended enlistment and will be set- 
tled upon the termination of such extension of enlistment. 

(f) If any enlisted man shall be regularly declared a deserter 
and shall not return to the service within a period of six months 
from the date of his alleged desertion, the full amount of all 
sentences of deck courts and courts-martial involving loss of pay 
which have been conditionally remitted in accordance with this 
article during his enlistment shall immediately be executed and 
the conditional forfeiture of pay thereunder shall automatically 
become absolute and complete. 

(3) In cases where there are two or more sentences involving 
loss of pay which have been conditionally remitted in accordance 
with this article the total amount of the first sentence will be 
completely deducted in the usual manner, and deductions under 
the subsequent sentences will then be made in the order in which 
approved; all deductions under one sentence being completed 
before commencing deductions under a subsequent sentence. 

(4) Commanding officers will inform enlisted men whose sen- 
tences are acted upon in accordance with this article that the 
amount of such sentences will be temporarily withheld, and will 
eventually be paid to them in full or in part, or will be entirely 



625 

forfeited, dependent upon their future conduct, as specified in 
paragraph 2. 

(5) Nothing contained in this article will be construed to 
prevent convening or reviewing authorities from disapproving, 
unconditionally remitting, or mitigating any sentences or parts 
of sentences adjudged by courts-martial or deck courts as author- 
ized by law in cases in which such action may be warranted. 

Section 6. — Deserters and Persons Deceased. 

1878. 

(1) The wages due a deserter are forfeited to the United Aeeoants af 
_., deserters. 

States. 

1879. 

(1) All accounts of deserters from the Navy and Marine Corps Desert*™' ac- 
shall remain open sufficiently long to allow the deserter a period con1liu 

of six months from the date of desertion in which to return to 
the service, except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 of this 
article. At the expiration of this period his account shall be 
closed. 

(2) Whenever an enlisted person or marine is declared a 
deserter his allotment, if he has one, must be stopped, his effects 
sold, the amount credited to his account, and the account trans- 
ferred immediately to the proper deserters' roll. If the deserter 
has a deposit, the deposit record book shall be forwarded with the 
acccount. In no case shall the amount of deposit be credited to 
the account prior to transfer. 

(3) When a deserter surrenders himself, or is delivered on board Return of de- 

serter. 
any ship of the Navy, he shall be taken up for pay and subsistence 

from the date of his reception, and the word "Deserter" in red 
ink marked over his name. Such articles of clothing and small 
stores as may be necessary to his health and comfort shall be 
issued. He shall be credited with pay, but no money shall be paid 
to him until his transfer account from the deserters' roll is re- 
ceived. Expenses for his apprehension, transportation, and sub- 
sistence shall be paid on public bill and checked against his ac- 
count. A notice of his return, together with a request for his 
account, shall be prepared conjointly by the executive and supply 
officers of the ship, made out on a prescribed form with all neces- 
sary information, and forwarded immediately to the Bureau of 
Navigation or to the Major General Commandant of the Marine 
Corps. Upon receipt, the part designed for the officer in charge of 
deserters' accounts shall be forwarded to him immediately. 

(4) Checkages for the expense of the deserters' apprehension, Checkagres for 
transportation, and subsistence as provided in article 1695 may in prehension, etc. 



626 

special cases be made upon this roll by order of the Bureau of 
Navigation or the Major General Commandant of the Marine 
Corps (art. 1880), and an itemized memorandum statement must 
invariably accompany the returned transfer account to avoid a 
double checkage. The account shall be forwarded immediately to 
the supply officer of the vessel upon which the deserter is re- 
ceived, together with a transcript of deposit and deposit book, 
should there be a deposit. 
Deserter trans- (5) When a deserter is transferred to another vessel before his 
counts receded, accounts are received from the " Deserters' roll " the supply officer 
of the vessel on which he was received shall prepare a regular 
transfer account from his own books with the word " Deserter " in 
red ink marked over the name. The supply officer receiving the 
transfer account shall take it up on his own books with the same 
mark, and no money shall be paid until the account is received 
from the deserters' roll. If the latter account is received on board 
the ship from which the deserter was transferred, it shall be for- 
warded immediately to the supply officer of the vessel to which 
the deserter has been transferred. 

1880. 

Rewards paid Money paid for rewards or expenses of deserters or stragglers 
etc. 1 deserter8 ' and checked against their personal accounts is regarded as an 
authorized overpayment and must in all cases be shown on public 
bills approved by the commanding officer. When such checkages 
are to be made on the " Deserters' roll," the Bureau of Navigation 
or the Major General Commandant of the Marine Corps shall 
approve the public bills if practicable. (Art. 1879 (4).) 

1881. 

statement of In order that the supply officers may comply with instructions, 
rines furnished commanding officers of marines ashore or afloat shall furnish 
supply officers. them with a statement (Form N. M. C, 90) of the accounts (in- 
cluding clothing) of any marines whose names are borne upon 
their books who die or desert, or of any marine general court- 
martial prisoner transferred from their rolls or to another supply 
officer. A similar statement shall be furnished supply officers for 
their information in making final settlement in the case of marines 
to be discharged for any cause whatsoever. In the case of other 
men leaving their rolls by transfer to another ship or station, a 
copy of the report of transfer shall be furnished supply officers to 
enable them to transfer the deposit record books and allotments 
of such men, if any. 



627 

1882. 

(1) The naval appropriation act approved June 30, 1914, P r °- ug^^finersf 
vides, " That the Secretary of the Navy be authorized at his discre- 
tion to issue free of cost the national flag (United States national 

ensign No. 7) used for draping the coffin of any officer or enlisted 
man of the Navy or Marine Corps whose death occurs while in 
the service of the United States Navy or Marine Corps, upon 
request, to the relatives of the deceased officer or enlisted man 
or, upon request, to a school, patriotic order, or society to which 
the deceased officer or man belonged." 

(2) Commandants of navy yards, commanding officers of vessels, 
or senior officers present, and commanding officers of naval hos- 
pitals are authorized to issue these flags to accompany all bodies 
forwarded or delivered to the next of kin or relatives for private 
interment, in order that the flags may be available for use at the 
time of burial. Request for such issue shall be construed as in- 
cluded in application for the body. The flag will be expended 
from the books by survey in the usual manner, reference to this 
article to be the necessary authority for such expenditure and 
replacement. 

(3) Where no request for the flag is made, the commandant, 
commanding officer, senior officer present, or the commanding 
officer of a naval hospital will hold the flag (properly tagged with 
name of deceased and date of funeral) for a period of three 
months pending receipt of the above referenced request should it 
be forwarded. If at the end of three months no request is re- 
ceived, the flag may be returned for issue or use as the case may 
be. In cases of doubt as to whether the persons making the re- 
quest are legally entitled to the flag, the matter should be for- 
warded to the Bureau of Construction and Repair for its action 
prior to issuing the flag. 

(4) The Bureau of Supplies and Accounts will provide for the 
charging of the value of the flags to a subhead under Title V — 
"Miscellaneous," in order that the total annual charge to the 
appropriation for the above purpose may be known. 

Section 7. — Miscellaneous. 

1883. 

(1) Every officer who receives public money which he is not Rendition of 
authorized to retain as salary, pay, or emolument shall render his accounts ' 
accounts quarterly. 

(2) Such accounts, with necessary vouchers, etc., shall be mailed 
or otherwise sent to the Auditor for the Navy Department within 
20 days after the period to which they relate. 



628 

(3) The Secretary of the Treasury being empowered to make 
orders in particular cases, relaxing the requirement of mailing 
or otherwise sending the accounts within the prescribed time, and 
to waive delinquency, in such cases only in which there is, or is 
likely to be, a manifest physical difficulty in complying with the 
requirements, officers should, when it is impossible to comply, 
make such explanations in the letter transmitting their accounts 
as will enable the accounting officers to determine as to their 
delinquency. 

1884. 

Directions for An officer shall forward his accounts and returns direct, and 
c oVb t s and re- immediately afterward, in each case, inform the commanding 
turns. officer of the ship, in writing, of the fact. Such report shall be 

forwarded by the commanding officer to the commander in chief 
for filing in the office of the fleet paymaster. A copy of the 
quarterly account current shall be forwarded to the commander 
in chief for the fleet paymaster. 

1885. 

Loss of ac- In the event of the loss of accounts occurring from the loss or 
suppi? officers. ' ca P ture of a sni P of the Nav 3'« the supply officer, on receiving a 
written order from the commanding officer, shall open other ac- 
counts with the survivors, from the date of the disaster, giving 
to each person the rating he held at the time the accounts were 
lost; and the accounts so made out shall accompany the sur- 
vivors on their transfer to a ship or station, the officer carrying 
the accounts of which is to govern himself by these accounts in 
making payments or issues, until he receives further instructions 
from the Navy Department or the Auditor for the Navy De- 
partment. 

1886. 

Responsibility An officer can not be held responsible for payments to any 

for payment. person who has been removed from the Navy, unless the officer 

making the payment has received official notification of the fact. 

188 7. 

Purchases for (l) Purchases for or issues of clothing or money to torpedo 
other vessels! * vessels and vessels not having a supply officer on board, when such 
vessels are not at the station to which the supply officer having 
their accounts is assigned, shall be made on order of the senior 
officer present by any officer of the Supply Corps. Issues of cloth- 
ing shall be accounted for as prescribed in article 1406. Any 
transfer of funds between officers, necessarily involved in making 
payments to officers and men of vessels herein specified, is author- 
ized. 



629 

(2) The commanding officers of such vessels shall be furnished Memorandum 
with a memorandum record of the accounts of the crew for presen- 
tation to any officer designated, on which issues of money or 
clothing may be based. All entries shall be made by officers of 
the Supply Corps, except that the commanding officer shall be re- 
sponsible for the entry of data affecting the accounts (changes in 
rating, absences, miscellaneous checkages, etc. ) resulting from his 
orders or from transfers to the ship during the quarter which 
can not be entered at the time of occurrence by the proper officer 
of the Supply Corps. 

183841°— 20 41 



CHAPTER 49. 



SALES AND SURVEYS OF MATERIAL. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1897. Sales of vessels. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1898-1905. Sales of material. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1906-1925. Surveys of equipage and supplies. 



Section 1. — Sales of Vessels. 
1897. 

(1) When the estimated cost for repairs to any vessel in the When consld- 
Navy appears disproportionate to her value to the Navy, the Board 

of Inspection and Survey may, in the discretion of the Secretary 
of the Navy, be ordered to inspect 'and report upon her with a 
view to her sale. This board may also recommend a vessel for 
sale after making the inspection provided for. 

(2) In making its report of the inspection prescribed in the Form of rcc- 
preceding paragraph the board shall report the estimated cost of 

repairs for the vessel in question and an estimated cost of a new 
ship of the same size and like material, and the report shall 
further state whether the repairs, having reference to their esti- 
mated cost, can be made within the statutory limit. 

(3) If the board recommends the vessel for sale, it shall include 
in its recommendation whether the vessel shall be sold as a ship 
or sold as a hulk. It shall also recommend, in sufficient detail 
for the guidance of the Board of Survey and Estimate in pre- 
paring that board's report, what articles or parts, if any, in- 
cluding articles of equipage, shall be removed from her before 
sale and reserved for further use. Upon receipt of copies of the 
Board of Inspection and Survey's report wherein sale is recom- 
mended, the commandant shall appoint a board of survey and 
estimate for the purpose of submitting estimates for the removal 
of the parts of the hull, machinery plant, battery, fittings, and 
equipage the cost for which would be warranted having in view 
its probable future use. Separate reports will be submitted to 

(631) 



632 

the bureaus concerned, the items to be grouped separately as 
follows : 

(a) The removal of those items that are recommended for 
further naval use in their present condition or after necessary 
repairs. 

(&) The removal of those items which it is desired to salvage. 

The commandant shall inform the department when the board of 
survey and estimates' reports have been forwarded, and shall 
furnish the Board of Inspection and Survey with a copy of the 
report. 
port!" 00 ° n re " (4) The re P° rt of the Board of Survey and Estimate shaU be 
forwarded to the Chief of Naval Operations through the Bureaus 
of Construction and Repair, Engineering, and Ordnance in the 
order named, which shall indorse thereon recommendations in the 
case, including recommendations as to what articles or parts, if 
any, including articles of equipage, shall be removed from her 
before sale and reserved for further use. 

(5) Upon receipt in the department the Chief of Naval Opera- 
tions shall advise the Secretary of the Navy in regard to the 
matter. 

(6) If the Secretary decides to order the sale, the report of the 
board shall be indorsed to the Bureaus of Ordnance, Engineering, 
and Construction and Repair in the order named, with instructions 
as to the removal of articles and parts from her before sale; 
to the Chief of Naval Operations, with instructions to prepare the 
necessary order striking her from the Navy Register ; and to the 
solicitor, with instructions to prepare the necessary papers for 
her sale. 

(7) The necessary papers ordering the sale having been signed, 
they shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, 
which shall then conduct the sale in accordance with law. 

Removal of (8) Such articles of equipage and such other articles or parts 

as it may be decided to remove and reserve for further use shall 

be removed from the vessel before she is opened to the inspection 

of prospective bidders. As soon as instructions are received by 

the commandant of the articles and parts to be removed, he shall 

report to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, for insertion in 

the advertisement, the date when the vessel will be ready for 

inspection. 

Disposition of (9) The original report of the Board of Inspection and Survey 
report. 

shall be filed in the files of the department after action by the 

solicitor. 

(10) So far as they may be applicable, and when not in conflict 
with the provisions of this article, the provisions of the follow- 
ing section shall apply also to sales of vessels. A prospective 
purchaser who makes a personal examination of a ship offered for 
sale, shall be required to sign a certificate stating that he under- 



633 

stands that, if his bid is accepted the ship will be delivered in the 
condition shown at the time of his examination, ordinary wear 
and tear excepted, and with such other exceptions as may be 
specifically noted in the certificate. 

Section 2. — Sales of Material. 

1898. 

Inspection, condemnation, appraisal, and public sale are neces- Requirements 
sary to a valid sale of unsuitable supplies. No Such article shall 55i C d e J|", y t0 a 
be sold without specific authority from the department. 

1899. 

No old material of the Navy shall be sold or exchanged which Restrictions as 
can be profitably used by reworking or otherwise, in the con- material, 
struction or repair of vessels, their machinery, armor, armament, 
or equipment ; but the same shall be stored and preserved for 
future use. And when any condemned naval supplies, stores, and 
materials can not be profitably used as aforesaid, the same shall 
be appraised and sold, either by advertising for sealed pro- 
posals for the purchase of the same, or by public auction, after 
advertisement of the sale for such time as in the judgment of the 
Secretary of the Navy the public interest may require. (Act of 
Aug. 5, 1882, and June 30, 1890.) 

1900. 

Sales of condemned supplies and material shall be conducted Bn f e a an es f n g nP ! 

under the direction of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. plies and Ac- 

con nts. 

1904. 

On board vessels in foreign waters, when there is an accumula- . Sal * s of s t° re s 

abroad. 

tion of condemned stores, under Titles B and C, sufficient to cover 
the expenses of a sale, and it is considered to be to the best inter- 
ests of the service so to dispose of them, they shall be resurveyed 
by a board of three officers, and may be sold, after application for 
and receipt from the Secretary of the Navy of the required written 
authority, in accordance with the provisions of section 3828, Re- 
vised Statutes, and of the acts of August 5, 1882, and June 
30, 1890. 

1905. 

In order that the maximum sums may be realized from the sale Special money 
of the effects of dead men and deserters, commanding officers may, effects^ Xsert- 
when they consider it desirable, authorize supply officers to debit ers and deceased « 



634 

on the pay rolls the accounts of the purchasers for the amounts 
of their bids. Prospective purchasers shall be notified at the time 
of sale whether pay-roll credits will be allowed them to make 
payments for their purchases. 

Section 3. — Surveys of Equipage and Supplies. 

1906. 

Preparations (i) Prior to the arrival of a ship at a navy yard officers in 

for surveys. „ 

charge of ships' departments on ships not having the general sup- 
ply system and the supply officers of ships having the general sup- 
ply system shall assemble, in a convenient place for survey, prop- 
erty in their charge which is damaged, deteriorated, obsolete, or 
beyond serviceable repair, and not already covered by repair 
letters (art. 1969, pars. 5 and 6), and shall prepare survey re- 
quests on S. & A. Forms 153 and 153a, in quadruplicate, of such 
articles, placing in any one request only such articles as pertain 
to the same appropriation. Separate requests shall be submitted 
for articles the replacement of which is urgent. For each item 
there shall be entered on these requests the place from which re- 
ceived, the date of receipt, distinguishing marks, such as boat and 
engine numbers, etc., and the invoice price of the article as taken 
from the ship's books, and a concise statement of the reasons for 
requesting its survey. Immediately upon the ship's arrival at the 
navy yard the commanding officer shall forward such requests to 
the commandant, who shall refer them to the officer designated by 
him to survey such articles. Repairs to equipage shall be made 
the subject of letter in the same form as required for Titles D and 
K (Art. 1971), but such requests shall be made separately from 
requests for repairs to articles under other titles and shall be 
made separately for the bureau and appropriation concerned. 
(Art. 1969, pars. 5 to 10, inclusive.) 
Duties of sur- (2) The surveying officer shall promptly inspect the articles 

Yeymg officer. listed> giving precedence to those on the urgent lists, and shall 
render reports, separate for each appropriation, covering articles 
which are worn out, or which are in such condition that repair is 
not justified. 

Should the surveying officer find that certain articles included in 
the ship's request should be repaired by the ship's force, should 
be retained on board for further use without repair, or if the 
articles or material are unfit for their original purpose, but may be 
made suitable for ship's use for repair of equipage or for use as 
scrap metal on board if desired by the vessel, he shall so indicate 
on the ship's request by writing thereon " Retain," " Expend, 
retain for ship's use for repair purposes or as scrap," or " Repair 
by ship's force." 



635 



(3) Every facility shall be given the surveying officer by the Preparation 

,.~. , . . f~. „ , . , , and forwarding 

commanding officer, ship's supply officer, and other officers directly of reports, 
concerned with the articles under survey, and a yeoman from the 
ship shall be detailed to assist him in the preparation of his re- 
ports. The reports shall be prepared in quadruplicate and shall 
be forwarded to the commandant for action, together with the 
original list submitted by the ship which is thus covered. In 
preparing the reports the surveying officer in each case shall enter 
beside each item from where and when it was received and its 
invoice value as borne on the ship's books ( copying from the ship's 
list distinguishing marks such as boat and engine numbers), its 
appraised or present value, and a concise statement as to its con- 
dition at time of survey and whether responsibility for damaged 
or deteriorated condition should be charged against anyone. 
Should the surveying officer consider that the reasons given in the 
ship's list for replacing an article under survey are inadequate, 
he shall call upon the head of the department of the ship con- 
cerned or one of his assistants for amplification of the reasons. 
The head of the department concerned shall facilitate in every 
way the investigation as to responsibility. Commanding officer 
will cause a statement to appear in the surveying officer's report 
as to whether or not disciplinary action has been taken. Articles 
of value without invoice price shall in all cases be appraised by 
the surveying officer. 

(4) If it is found that any of the items listed in the request for 
survey can be economically repaired by the yard force for further 
use, the surveying officer shall eliminate this item from the survey 
request and report the fact to the commandant, who will indicate 
to the commanding officer that a repair letter should be submitted. 
The manufacturing divisions shall furnish the services of experts 
or qualified men to assist the surveying officer in the examination 
of articles under survey or in the preparation of estimates for 
repairs when such services are requested by the surveying officer 
or the head of the division concerned. 

(5) On survey reports, in addition to statement of from where 
and when received, the invoice price of each item, its appraised or 
present value, and statement as to its present condition and 
whether or not responsibility should be charged against anyone 
for such condition, the recommendation " store " shall be entered 
and, further, the disposition recommended for the supply officer; 
whether stock (general), stock with name of ship written below, 
yard use, issue heap, yard heap, repairs to similar articles, sell, 
dump, burn, or other special disposition. And in case any article 
recommended to store for stock, either general or for a particular 
ship, should require repair, entry as to this shall be made, and 
whether yard or contract repair, with estimates of time and cost. 
In all cases the surveying officer shall definitely state whether 



Repair items. 



Articles to be 
turned into store. 



636 

or not the article condemned should be replaced, and -when articles 
are condemned for repairs, whether they should be replaced by 
the repaired articles or a new one from store. 

Articles not on the allowance list shall only be replaced on 
approved " in excess " requisitions. 

ls s ne heap, (g) when a surveying officer recommends an article to the 
etc. 'issue heap, yard heap, or dump, he shall be guided as follows: 

Articles of metal, unserviceable and not warranting repairs and 
which can not be sold in piece to advantage, shall be condemned 
to the issue scrap heap or the yard scrap heap according as they 
may or may not be useful for reworking for Government use. 
Those condemned for the issue scrap heap shall be appraised ac- 
cording to their value as metal, with kind of metal and weight 
stated, and those condemned for the yard heap shall be appraised 
as without value ; and articles part of which are valueless and 
other parts of which may be useful for some purpose shall be 
appraised as to their valuable parts, except when such parts are 
condemned for the yard heap. Only such totally unserviceable 
articles as are without value and unsalable, such as broken china, 
tin, and wooden ware, worn-out paint brushes, etc., shall be thrown 
on the dump. Articles such as totally unserviceable powder and 
chemicals, decayed provisions, etc., the retention of which would 
be prejudicial to the safety and health of the community, shall not 
be deposited on the dump, but shall be condemned to be thrown 
overboard or otherwise destroyed. 

Commandant's (7) Upon the receipt of the surveying officer's reports and of 
the original ship's request returned with them, the commandant 
shall have the items, as submitted by the surveying officer, checked 
against the ship's request and a statement attached thereto that 
the surveying officer's reports cover ail items except as modified 
by paragraph 2 above, and the commandant shall take action by 
appropriate indorsement on each report submitted by the sur- 
veying officer. Upon approval by the commandant of the report, 
the original and one copy shall be returned to the officer request- 
ing survey, with copies of the commandant's indorsement, who will 
carry out the instructions of the approving authority. Articles 
that are to be turned into store will be invoiced at their appraised 
value, and the original of the survey report shall be securely 
attached to the invoice therefor. 

Commanding (8) The commanding officer upon receipt of a copy of a survey 
o cers action. re p 0rt w ni scrutinize the survey request and shall cause repairs 
by the ship's force to be made as indicated on the request by the 
survey officer. (Art. 1906, par. 2.) The commanding officer shall 
have delivery made to the supply officer of the yard of the 
articles authorized to be turned into store and shall forward 
with them the necessary invoices to cover the transfer. Separate 
invoices shall be made for each disposition recommended of the 



637 

articles turned into store, i. e., " for general stock," " for sale," 
" for yard use," etc., and such invoices shall bear the number of 
the survey, yard where held, and date of its approval by the com- 
mandant. All articles turned into store shall be tagged to show 
the name of the ship, the number of the survey, and the disposition 
to be made of the articles. The supply officer of the yard shall 
be responsible for the final disposition of articles in accordance 
with the approved recommendations of the survey reports and 
shall make necessary adjustments. 

(9) The commandant, after acting upon a survey report, shall Copies of sur- 
immediately forward the fourth copy of the report, securely at- bureau?. 01 S 
tached to the survey request, to the bureau concerned, with 

copies of his indorsement which were placed on the originals, using 
S. & A. forms provided for the purpose. Should the bureau con- 
cerned not concur in the action of the commandant on any item, 
appropriate instructions will be issued by the bureau. 

(10) In case the commandant does not approve certain of the tl0 J e ° ^JJiJfoB 
recommendations made by the surveying officer, he shall eliminate survey reports, 
such items from the survey reports, and these items shall be 

referred by a separate list to the surveying officer with appropriate 
remarks for reconsideration. In case the surveying officer adheres 
to his original recommendation, after carefully reconsidering the 
same in accordance with the commandant's instructions, the 
matter shall be referred to the bureau for final action ; otherwise 
the excepted articles from the original report shall be treated as 
under resurvey, and shall receive action by the commandant in 
the same manner as in an original survey. 

(11) When a ship's boat or the machinery of a boat is under Survey of ship's 
survey, it shall be reported upon separately from other items. 

In all cases the construction and repair registry number of the 
hull shall be stated in surveys pertaining to the Bureau of Con- 
struction and Repair, and in those pertaining to the Bureau of 
Engineering the construction and repair registry number of the 
hull, and the Bureau of Engineering make, type, and number 
of engines and boilers involved shall be stated. When power- 
boat machinery or boiler assigned to a hull is surveyed, the 
report shall state (if such be the case) that the hull is in good 
condition and warrants the replacement of the machinery or 
boiler. Otherwise a survey should be held on the hull, and the 
survey on the machinery or boiler should contain a statement of 
the recommendation contained in the survey on the hull. When- 
ever a power boat is turned in, the machinery and spare parts 
belonging thereto shall be turned in with it, unless otherwise 
directed by the Bureau of Engineering or in an emergency by the 
commandant. 

(12) Articles of canvas or cordage may be surveyed in order to 
be turned over for general ship's use, when they have become unfit 



638 



for further use in their original capacity, owing to damage, wear, 
or accident ; the surveying officer for this purpose to be appointed 
as provided in paragraph 1 of this article; and the surveying 
officer shall so indicate in the survey report by the word " Ship's 
use," if such condemnation is justified. In such cases, the officer 
requesting the survey shall expend the articles from his books 
as prescribed in paragraph 2, article 1910. 

1907. 



Culpable r e 
sponsibllity. 



(1) Each survey shall be made a matter of most searching and 
exhaustive investigation by the surveying officers ; in every case 
the responsibility shall be definitely fixed or a statement be made 
showing clearly why such can not be done. 

(2) When the responsibility is definitely fixed upon a person in 
the naval service, the officer ordering the survey shall refer it to 
such person for statement, after which the survey and statement 
shall be forwarded to the department, via bureau concerned, with 
comment and recommendation by the officer ordering the survey. 

(3) In all cases where such action is proper the officer ordering 
the survey, or the commanding officer of the vessel, shall take such 
disciplinary action as the circumstances require. In every case in 
which responsibility is fixed upon a person in the naval service 
the officer ordering the survey will enter a statement on the face 
of the survey to the effect that disciplinary action has or has not 
been taken. 

(4) When the department considers that surveys indicate that 
proper care has not been exercised by officers in charge of equi- 
page or stores, a statement to this effect will be entered in the 
record of the officer concerned. 

(5) Where reports of survey indicate that the proper investiga- 
tion has not been made by the officer or officers composing the 
board of survey and clearly show that the board has not fully 
appreciated its responsibility, the manner of performing the duty 
will be entered in the record of the officer or officers signing the 
report of survey and of the officer approving same. In each 
case the officers concerned will be notified of the department's 
action. 

1908. 



Lost or i 
ing articles. 



(1) When articles are lost or missing afloat the ship's supply 
officer or head of department on ships not having the general 
supply system shall request a survey of such articles, and when 
the value of any one item or the total of identical items does not 
exceed $100, the commanding officer shall appoint a surveying 
officer, who shall be a commissioned officer of a department of 
the ship other than that to which the articles to be surveyed per- 



639 

tain. In small vessels where there may be no officer available 
for such assignment, the request shall be made upon the division 
commander or the senior officer present. The officer so appointed 
shall render in accordance with the provisions of article 1906 
a full and exhaustive report relative to the loss or deficiency 
and shall fix definitely, when possible, the responsibility therefor. 
Each item shall be separately reported upon and the invoice price 
shall in all cases be stated. The report of the surveying officer 
shall be rendered in triplicate to the commanding officer, who, 
upon approval thereof, shall forward the original to the bureau 
concerned through official channels with notation by indorsement 
thereon as to whether or not any disciplinary action has been 
taken by him and return two copies to the officer requesting the 
survey, who shall forward one copy to the Bureau of Supplies and 
Accounts with his quarterly returns as a voucher for the disposi- 
tion of the articles, and one copy shall be retained by him in the 
ship's files. When the value of any missing or lost article is in 
excess of $100, the request for survey shall be forwarded to the 
division commander or senior officer present, who shall appoint a 
board of three officers, of whom one at least and as many as prac- 
ticable shall be commissioned. The action on this report shall be 
taken by the officer ordering the survey and copies of the survey 
report shall follow the course as above directed for cases where 
the missing article surveys are ordered by the commanding officer. 

(2) The method prescribed in paragraph 1 shall be pursued by Survey of 
any officer receiving stores by shipment in which there is a short- me°nts a . gCSinsfall) 
age according to the invoices, or when the articles received do not 
correspond in quantity or kind with the marks on a package, but 

in such cases .the original and one copy of the report shall be for- 
warded to the bureau concerned (except when the Bureau of Sup- 
plies and Accounts is the " bureau concerned " ) and the original 
shall then be forwarded by the bureau concerned with appropriate 
indorsement to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts for its action. 
The survey report in such cases shall be rendered by the survey- 
ing officer in quintuplicate, excepting when the Bureau of Sup- 
plies and Accounts is the bureau concerned, when the report shall 
be rendered in quadruplicate. When action is taken by the 
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, a copy of that bureau's letter 
or indorsement shall be forwarded to the bureau concerned. 

(3) Surveys on articles found missing in shipments shall have Copy of survey 
indorsed thereon a statement of the approving authority that plEg r fncer. S P " 
a copy has been forwarded to the shipping officer. 

(4) An officer receiving a shipment in which there is a short- Account of 

shortii w fi 

age shall take up the invoice in full on his books, expend the 
missing articles according to the direction of the survey report, 
and note in red ink on both copies of the store invoice the invoice 



640 

value of the articles missing, but in no case shall totals in the body 
of the summary be altered. 

(5) In the event of loss of Naval Supply Account stores or 
damage, the survey shall state to what appropriations the value 
of the stores involved shall be charged and also the proportion 
that shall be charged to each. 

1909. 

Snrveys afloat (1) When a ship is away from a navy yard and it becomes 
station" foreign necessary that certain equipage be replaced before the vessel will 
return to a navy yard, an emergency request for survey may be 
submitted and the request so submitted shall state fully the actual 
emergency and shall, if approved by the commanding officer, be 
forwarded to the division commander or senior officer present, 
who shall appoint a commissioned officer from his command .as 
surveying officer. The surveying officer so appointed shall render 
reports as prescribed in article 1906, paragraphs 1 to 4. If the 
article is to be condemned to be turned into store at a navy yard 
the disposition in no case should be other than store and the 
appraised value shall not be stated, otherwise the procedure to 
be followed will be as prescribed in article 1906, paragraphs 7 and 
8, for articles to be turned into store. Upon receipt in store the 
articles will be taken up by the supply officer in the survey ac- 
count and surveyed for final disposition as directed in article 1917. 
The survey officer shall certify on these reports that there is an 
actual emergency requiring the action recommended and that this 
action can not be deferred until the ship's probable arrival at a navy 
Ships on for- yard. For a ship on foreign station in the case of articles which 
eign s a ion. are ^ guc j 1 m^le value that their shipment to a navy yard is mani- 
festly not warranted, instead of the recommendation " store " for 
such items the disposition " overboard," " sell on station," or 
other appropriate disposition should be given. Such surveying 
officer's reports shall be rendered to the division commander or 
senior officer present who ordered the survey. His action shall 
follow as closely as possible that prescribed for commandants 
under articles 1906 (7) and (9). 
Disposition of (2) In approving a survey report afloat the endorsement of the 
afloat. approving authority shall designate the navy yard where the 

articles recommended for store shall be turned in and the man- 
ner of shipment thereto. Articles to be disposed of on foreign 
stations shall be specifically so designated by the approving 
authority. The original of survey report and request and one 
copy shall then be returned to the officer requesting the survey, 
who will carry out the instructions of the approving authority. 
Articles that are to be turned into store will be invoiced at their 



641 

full value and the original of the survey report and request 
shall be securely attached thereto. 

(3) The survey report shall be covered by the approving au- 
thority in the same manner as is prescribed for this class of report 
by commandants. 

(4) Any article under an approved survey report afloat author- Replacement 
. , , , . ,. „ „ . . , of articles afloat. 
ized to be turned into store or disposed of on foreign station, and 

of which the invoice price when new did not exceed $50, may then 
be replaced at once by appropriate requisition as not in excess, 
provided it appears on the allowance list of the ship under the 
bureau by which such articles are furnished. In case the article 
exceeds this value, the requisition for replacement shall be for- 
warded to the bureau concerned, or in case the emergency does 
not permit the delay which would thus be involved, telegraphic 
authority shall be sought from the bureau concerned. The requi- 
sitions submitted pursuant to such surveys shall in all cases bear 
on their faces the reference number of the survey, the date of its 
approval, and statement showing where and by whom approved. 

1910. 

(1) When articles on board ship are found to be totally un- Unserviceable 
serviceable and require, by reason of their insanitary condition, articles" 18 * 111 * 1 "^ 
immediate disposition by being thrown overboard, burned, or 

buried, the officer having custody of such articles shall request a 
survey on them, and the commanding officer shall designate for 
this purpose a commissioned officer of a department of the ship 
other than that to which the articles to be surveyed pertain. 
In the case of small vessels whose complement does not permit 
of this action the request for survey shall be made to the division 
commander or senior officer present, who shall appoint the sur- 
veying officer. The surveying officer shall render a report in trip- 
licate covering each item, with a statement as to where and 
when received, invoice price, present condition and appraisal 
value, the reason for its present condition, and whether or not 
any responsibility should be charged against anyone for such 
condition. He shall further recommend the disposition to be 
made as " overboard," " burn," or " bury." 

(2) Upon approval of this survey by the officer ordering the 
same the recommendation shall be carried out by the officer who 
requested the survey, who shall expend the articles from his 
books by expenditure vouchers and certify across the face of the 
report sent to the bureau concerned and of the copy forwarded 
to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts with the quarterly bal- 
ance sheets that he has complied with the approved recom- 
mendation. 



642 

Ship absent (3) when a ship is away from a navy yard totally unservice- 

from yard; sur- " ^ 

vey of worthless able articles, if without value and unsalable, such as broken china, 

tin and wooden ware, worthless paint brushes, etc., may be treated 
as in the foregoing paragraph. Small articles, such as tools, spare 
parts, etc., the invoice price of which is less than $5 and which 
are damaged beyond repair and without sale value, may also be 
so disposed of. In such cases the officer requesting the survey 
shall expend the articles from his book as prescribed in para- 
graph 2. 
Ensigns, jacks, (4) United States ensigns, union jacks, or commission pen- 
nants may be similarly surveyed when unserviceable for Govern- 
ment purposes and shall then be appraised as of no value and 
burned, the officer requesting the survey complying with para- 
graph 2. 
eqSpage^fVom ^ Articles of equipage made of rope, canvas, wood, metal, etc., 
Title C snpplies. which are capable of being satisfactorily renewed from supplies, 
Title C, by the ship's force shall be so renewed without survey and 
continue to be borne on the books at the original price, the sup- 
plies used in the repairs being expended for use and charged to 
the regular ship's money allotment concerned. Upon request by 
letter a special allotment will be given for such repairs made 
by the ship's force for the amount of material used if approved 
by the bureau concerned. 

1911. 

Cognizance of Where in the foregoing articles the term " bureau concerned " 
fcnreans. 

is used it shall be understood as meaning the bureau having cogni- 
zance of the appropriation from which the cost or expense of 
renewal of the article is defrayed and to which the cost of repairs 
will be charged. 

1912. 

Forms for snr- Survey requests shall be prepared on S. and A. forms, Nos. 153 
▼ey reports. and 153^ respectively, the survey; reports on S. and A. Forms 154a 
and 154b, respectively, the whole report and request forwarded by 
S. and A. Form 154-1 (N. S. A. material) or 154-2 (material other 
than X. S. A. account or survey account material), or 154-3 (sur- 
vey account material ashore), properly filled out and placed on 
top. All sheets should be typewritten whenever possible. Requests 
under each appropriation shall be numbered consecutively, begin- 
ning a new series with each fiscal year, and the surveying officers' 
reports shall always name the number and date of the ship's 
request. 

1913. 



Snr?eys on (1) Commanding officers of ships shall appoint at the beginning 
of each quarter, to serve to the end of it, a surveying officer for 
provisions. To this officer the supply officer shall refer, either 



643 

orally or in writing, all such provisions as he may consider unfit 
for use, provided they do not exceed in value on any one occasion 
$300. 

(2) The surveying officer shall keep an itemized record of all 
his surveys, which, in case of his disability, shall be used and re- 
ferred to by the officer appointed in his place. He shall make his 
report at the end of the quarter, or earlier if ordered. 

1914. 

Articles of clothing and small stores on board ship found by Clothing and 
survey to be damaged may be appraised by the surveying officer 
and issued at the reduced price, in the same manner as other 
clothing and small stores. In such case the supply officer of the 
ship shall furnish the surveying officer with a list of the invoice 
values of the articles, and the appraised values shall be entered 
by the surveying officer for each item. The supply officer shall 
expend the revalued articles from his books at the invoice price 
and take them up again at the appraised value. 

1915. 

Upon the completion and signing of a survey of provisions, ship's Survey reports, 
store supplies or clothing and small stores afloat, the three copies 
shall be forwarded to the officer ordering the survey, who, after 
action thereon, shall return two copies to the officer requesting 
the survey and immediately forward one to the Bureau of Sup- 
plies and Accounts. 

1916. 

When the survey of articles on shore is necessary, such surveys surveys of ar- 
shall be requested and conducted in generally the same manner tlcles ou shore « 
as prescribed for the articles of equipage aboard a ship at a navy 
yard, the provisions of article 190G being followed, as far ;is 
applicable, by heads of departments or divisions of the yard or 
station, electricians in charge of detached radio stations, survey- 
ing officers, and commandants. Both the request for survey and 
the report of survey shall contain all distinguishing marks neces- 
sary to make certain the identity of the article surveyed. 

1917. 



When the supply officer of a navy yard has in stock any articles survey of stock 
which for any cause are unfit for issue or which have become on shore. 
obsolete or which are borne on the books at an improper value or 
which are held in the survey account, he shall without delay sub- 
mit a survey request to the commandant. If the supply officer is 



644 

in doubt as to requesting a survey on an article in stock, he may 
first obtain expert advice in the matter in such manner as the 
commandant may direct. In general the survey shall be ordered, 
held, and acted upon in the manner prescribed for equipage aboard 
a ship at a navy yard, and the provisions of article 1906 shall be 
considered as modified to such an extent as may be necessary to 
adapt the provisions of that article to such cases. The supply 
officer will be furnished the original and a copy of the report of 
survey and will forward the original with his quarterly balance 
sheet. 

1918. 

Survey of ob- When any old materials or articles no longer required for their 
^ore.* 1 * 10168 ° n original purpose have accumulated to any extent in any depart- 
ment of a naval station, through repairs and work on ships, the 
head of the department or division concerned shall submit a sur- 
vey request on such articles to the commandant requesting a 
survey, separate requests being submitted for articles pertaining 
to different appropriations, the forms prescribed by article 1912 
to be used. The commandant shall designate a surveying officer 
from the manufacturing division to which the articles pertain. An 
itemized descriptive list and appraisal shall be made in such 
cases by the surveying officer, and his report shall be rendered 
in quadruplicate to the commandant, with the return of the 
original list submitted by the head of the division. The com- 
mandant shall then take appropriate action on such report, indi- 
cating by indorsement his approval or disapproval of the survey- 
ing officer's recommendation for each item, and shall return one 
copy of the survey report to the head of the division who re- 
quested the survey. A copy of the report and the commandant's 
indorsement thereon shall be forwarded to the bureau concerned, 
and the original and a copy, with the commandant's indorsement, 
shall be forwarded to the supply officer of the yard. Upon receipt 
of the commandant's action the head of the department or division 
shall have the instructions carried out, and such material or 
articles as are authorized to be turned in to store for issue or 
to be repaired for issue or to be sold shall be invoiced to the 
supply officer, who shall treat them in his books in the same man- 
ner as other stores surveyed. Separate invoices shall be sub- 
mitted for each disposition recommended of the articles turned 
in to store, and such invoices shall bear the number of the survey, 
the yard where held, and the date of its approval by the com- 
mandant. The invoices shall be sent to the supply officer by the 
accounting officer. Prior to turning them in to store the articles 
shall be appropriately tagged, showing the number of the survey 
and the disposition to be made of the articles. 



645 

1919. 

(1) A survey of articles carried under Title E or R, shall be Real estate 
prepared on the forms prescribed by article 1912 by the account- chfiery. and ma " 
ing officer of the yard or station on the memorandum request of 

the head of the department or division concerned, and such sur- 
vey shall be ordered, held, and acted upon in the same manner 
as for a survey held under the provisions of article 1917. Surveys 
on articles charged to other titles shall be acted upon in like 
manner but shall be requested by the head of the department or 
division concerned. For each item of a survey the surveying- 
officer shall also state the original value, or. where this can not 
be ascertained, he shall enter an estimated original value there- 
for. After approval of the report of survey, the original thereof 
shall be returned by the approving authority to the accounting 
officer who will adjust the plant account and if necessary to carry 
out the instructions of the approving authority retain a copy and 
forward the original and a copy accompanied by invoices on which 
all distinguishing marks and other necessary data shall be entered, 
to the supply officer who will dispose of the article as recom- 
mended and approved. 

(2) Surveys finally disposing of passenger-carrying automobiles 
shall be referred to the Navy Department for approval before 
final action is taken. 

(3) Surveys on buildings or other structures destroyed or Surveyson 

, i. \a ^ , „ , j. , \. ^ buildings, etc., 

damaged by fire, water, or other cause shall be requested by the destroyed by fire. 

public-works officer. Reports of such surveys shall show the 

original or estimated original cost and the estimated loss in 

value. All such reports shall be referred to the accounting officer 

for adjustment of plant account. 

1920. 

Should the commandant disapprove the recommendation of a Disapproval of 

_, ,, . . . surveys oh ma- 

surveying officer on any items of a survey of property, material, terial or prop- 

or articles ashore, action shall be taken as prescribed in article erty * 

1906. 

1921. 

Immediately before the preparation of the schedules for a Survey of yard 

scrap heap, 
public sale at a naval station the supply officer shall request a 

survey of the yard scrap heap, and the scrap shall then be ap- 
praised with approximate quantity stated, and taken up in the 
condemned stores account, for sale. If, however, it should appear 
to the advantage of the Government to hold for a more favorable 
market or a larger accumulation, survey and appraisal may be 
withheld until a succeeding general or special sale. 
183841°— 20 42 



646 



1922. 



Articles con- (1) The supply officer shall store and arrange in suitable lots 
demiied for sa e. ftU artic j es condemned for sale. Lot numbers shall be assigned 
separately for each machine tool and plant appliance whose 
first cost exceeded $1,000. When occasion requires, the supply 
officer shall present to the commandant a schedule of such lots 
for survey by the board appointed to conduct the sale. This 
board is also authorized to condemn finally the property to be 
sold. 

(a) The board of sale, in forwarding the schedules for ap- 
proval by the department, shall forward therewith a separate 
report, stating that they have carefully examined all the articles 
in the schedules and recommend them for sale, and the return of 
the schedules approved by the department shall be considered as 
an approval of the board's recommendation. Prior to forward- 
ing their report the board of sale shall submit the schedules to 
the head of the yard department concerned, or the industrial 
manager, who shall certify that none of the materials to be 
sold can be further advantageously used by the Navy Depart- 
ment, and that their sale at the appraised value is justified. 

(b) Any articles previously recommended for sale, but con- 
sidered by the board of sale upon this final examination as not 
proper articles for disposition by public sale, shall be reported 
in writing to the commandant, who shall direct the supply officer 
to request a resurvey to determine the final disposition of the 
articles, and such articles shall be transferred or expended from 
the used material account as may be necessary. 

(2) Articles condemned for sale may at any time before the 
preparation of schedules for a general sale be withdrawn for 
use on approved ship's requisitions or by stub requisitions, ap- 
proved by the commandant. In such cases the supply officer 
shall transfer the articles from the appropriation purchases ac- 
count to the proper account, forwarding the commandant's order 
with the transfer invoice accompanying the monthly balance 
sheet to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

1923. 

Provision b, When practicable, a commandant may assign an officer of the 
clothing, etc. Supply Corps other than one attached to the supply department as 
permanent surveying officer to survey articles of provisions and 
clothing and small stores, and for the survey of Such articles 
aboard a ship at a navy yard or station the commandant may 
appoint as surveying officer any officer of the Supply Corps serving 
under his jurisdiction. 



647 



1924, 



(1) Surveys on medical stores shall be ordered by the com- 
mander in chief, squadron or division commander, or by the 
senior officer present. 

(2) All nonexpendable articles that have become unfit for fur- 
ther use shall be surveyed and condemned before the issue of 
others to replace them. 

(3) A survey shall be held at the Naval Medical Supply Depot 
on all medical supplies turned in from cruising ships placed out 
of commission on the Atlantic coast, and at the navy yard, Mare 
Island, on those from ships on the Pacific coast. Such articles 
as are found fit for use shall be turned in for issue. 

(4) Reports of surveys on property under cognizance of "the 
Bureau of Medicine and Surgery shall be forwarded thereto in 
duplicate. 

(5) Whenever any property is surveyed and recommended to be 
sold the articles shall in all cases be appraised. The medical 
officer in charge shall make an inventory of the same and shall 
carefully preserve the property until directed to deliver it for 
sale. A copy of this inventory shall be forwarded to the Bureau 
of Medicine and Surgery as soon as the survey is approved. 

(6) Articles of the medical department delivered to a supply 
officer for sale shall be accompanied by an invoice stating both 
the original and appraised values of the articles. 



Medical stores. 



1925. 



(1) Should it become necessarv to destroy clothing or other Clothing and 
, ■ — „ „ , , . . personal effects 

personal effects of officers or men to prevent the spread of disease, of officers and 

the commandant of the station or commanding officer of the ship men * 
shall direct a survey to be held on the articles, and the report, 
containing a list of the articles, with an estimate of their value, 
approved by him, shall be transmitted to the Navy Department. 
The surveying officer shall base his estimate on the actual value 
of the articles destroyed and not on the original cost of the ar- 
ticles. 

(2) No issue shall be made to persons in lieu of their effects 
so destroyed. They can only be reimbursed for such loss by 
certificate from the Treasury Department after the approval of 
the report of survey by the Secretary of the Navy. 



CHAPTEK 50. 



FUEL. 
Sec. 1. — Art. 1935-1939. General information. 



Section 1. — General Information. 



1935. 

Details upon the subject of fuel are covered in the Manuals of Details in Man- 



the Bureaus of Engineering and Supplies and Accounts. 



uals. 



1936. 



Specifications. 



Specifications. — (a) Coal: Coal for naval use shall be obtained 
from mines carried on the Navy approved lists. In case it is 
necessary to purchase coal abroad general specifications may be 
found in either the Bureau of Engineering Manual or Bureau of 
Supplies and Accounts Manual. 

(h) Fuel oil and gasoline: Specifications and detailed informa- 
tion regarding facilities, conditions, and methods of delivery of 
fuel oil and gasoline will be found in the contract bulletins for 
fuel oil, gas oils, and gasoline (for use ashore and afloat), pub- 
lished by the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. 

(c) Kerosene: Specifications for kerosene may be found in 
leaflet specifications issued by the Bureau of Supplies and Ac- 
counts. 

1937. 

Inspection. — Inspection shall be conducted in accordance with 
instructions issued by the Bureau of Engineering and Bureau of 
Supplies and Accounts. 

1938. 



Safety precautions. — Safety precautions and instructions rela- . Safety precau- 
tive to the stowage, care, and handling of fuels, including coal, 
gasoline, kerosene, gas oils and fuel oil, as prescribed in the 
Bureau Manuals shall be enforced. 



Inspection. 



(649) 



650 

1939. 

Operation of ( 1 ) The upkeep and operation of coaling and fuel plants at a 
plantsf aD Ue navy yard shall be in charge of the supply officer ; the upkeep and 
operation of coaling and fuel plants not at a navy yard shall be in 
charge of the officer in charge of the plant, or the custodian there- 
of, if the plant has not been placed under the commandant of a 
station ; otherwise of the commandant. 

(2) The cost of upkeep and operation of all fueling plants 
shall be as provided for in article 484, paragraphs 11, 12, 13, 
and 14. 



CHAPTER 51. 



REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS TO SHIPS. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 1949-1951. Definitions. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 1952-1953. Docking and overhaul periods. 

Sec. 3. — Art. 1954-1964. Inspection by the Board of Inspection and 
Survey. 

Sec. 4. — Art. 1965-1985. Repairs and alterations not covered by a 
material inspection. 

Sec. 5. — Art. 1986-1988. Weekly reports of work. 

Sec. 6. — Art. 1990. Statutory limit of cost of work on vessels. 

Sec. 7. — Art. 1991-1992. Repairs to cruising vessels on a foreign 
station or when not at a navy yard. 

Sec. 8. — Art. 1993-1994. Work at navy yards and stations for co- 
ordinate branches of the Government and docking for- 
eign Government vessels. 

Sec. 9. — Art. 1995-1996. Work at navy yards and stations for 
private parties. 



Section 1. — Definitions. 



1949. 



(1) The following definitions are employed throughout the 
Navy Regulations and shall be employed throughout the naval 
service, so far as applies to ships : 

(a) The word " repairs " shall be construed to mean such work Repairs. 
as may be necessary to restore the ship or article under considera- 
tion to serviceable condition, without any alteration in design, 
without the addition of any articles or parts, and without the re- 
moval of any articles or parts that are not to be replaced. Re- 
pairs are (further) subdivided into the following classes: 

(1) Urgent repairs, which shall include all immediate repairs, Urgent re- 
necessary for cruising or military efficiency, for the prevention P airs - 

of deterioration, or for sanitary reasons. 

(2) Desirable repairs, which shall include all repairs which it Desirable re- 

repairs. 
is desirable to have made when the services of the ship can be 

spared for a length of time sufficient to accomplish the work. 

(651) 



652 

1951. 

Alterations. The word " alterations " shall be construed to mean all work not 
included in the above definition of the word " repairs," including 
all changes in design that may be deemed advisable in making 
repairs ; it shall also include all additions of any articles or parts 
and the removal of any articles or parts that are not replaced 
by similar ones. It shall include all changes in the character of 
the material of which any article or part is made. No altera- 
tion shall be made in any vessel, either by ship or navy-yard 
force, until specifically authorized by the bureau concerned. 

Section 2. — Docking and Ovebhaul Pebiods. 

1952. 

Docking and (1) Vessels of the Navy will go to navy yards for overhaul only 
work to Se'done when work is absolutely necessary to maintain their military 
daring. efficiency. Except in cases of emergency vessels will not be 

ordered to the yards for the commencement of work until the 
yard reports all plans and material ready to begin actual work. 
(2) Overhaul of vessels will be accomplished at regularly as- 
signed home yards, except when for extraordinary reasons the 
department finds it necessary to direct otherwise. 

1953. 

Docking peri- (l) Vessels of the Navy will be scheduled for regular docking 
periods. 

(2) Docking will be accomplished at regularly assigned home 
yards except when for extraordinary reasons the department finds 
it necessary to direct otherwise. 

(3) During docking periods only urgent repairs and other work 
beyond the capacity of the fleet which has been previously author- 
ized and which can be completed within the docking period will 
be undertaken by the yards. 

Section 3. — Inspection by Boaed oe Inspection and Sukyey, 

1954. 

Bnreans to fee When the department decides that a material inspection of a 
informed and 

alterations r e - ship or aircraft will be made by the Board of Inspection and Sur- 

quest forwarded. veyj the bureaus will be informed, and all requests for alterations 

on that vessel, not yet acted on shall be forwarded to the Board 

of Inspection and Survey with such comments as the bureaus may 

care to make. 



653 

1955. 

(1) When the Board of Inspection and Survey is ordered to Nature of in- 
inspect a ship under the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, spec I0n * 

such inspection shall be for the purpose of making a report in 
general terms of such repairs and alterations as may be needed 
to place the ship in an efficient military condition, having in view 
the age and general condition of the vessel. In submitting its 
report in this connection the Board of Inspection and Survey shall 
state in writing whether or not the vessel inspected is fit for fur- 
ther service or can be made so without disproportionate cost. 

(2) The board shall further include in its report a concise state- 
ment of the condition and efficiency of the vessel and whether 
special credit or discredit should attach to the commanding officer 
in connection with her condition and efficiency, and shall name 
such other officers as have, in the opinion of the inspecting officer 
or board, derived from their observations of matters under direct 
charge of such officer manifestly and notably contributed by their 
attention to duty, ability, energy, and zeal toward the excellent 
conditions and high efficiency of the vessel, or whose failure in any 
of the above respects has contributed toward unsatisfactory condi- 
tions or low efficiency, stating the duty performed by each of the 
officers so named. 

(3) Copies of these statements will be taken by the Bureau of 
Navigation from the reports of inspection and filed with the official 
records of the officers concerned. Copies will also be sent to the 
officers concerned, and any statement in reference thereto which 
an officer may make through official channels shall also be filed 
with his record. 

(4) If the board recommends the vessel for sale the require- 
ments of Article 1897 shall govern. 

(5) When the department directs, the board shall also make a Military in- 

«.j, , spectlon. 

military inspection of the vessel. 

1956. 

(1) When the Board of Inspection and Survey makes the in- Form of re- 
spections provided for by paragraphs (1) and (3) of Art. 1955 
its report shall be submitted in two separate parts. 

(a) One, to be designated " Report of material inspection." shall 
indicate the material condition of the ship in all departments, and 
will contain, with comment and recommendation, lists of all con- 
sidered repairs and alterations in order that such report may be a 
record of the condition of the vessel and a comprehensive guide 
for the purpose of preparing estimates. 

(6) The other, to be designated the " Report of military inspec- 
tion," shall contain the report of all matters pertaining to disci- 



654 

pline and of all other matters other than repairs and alterations 
recommended. The original of this part shall be forwarded by the 
board to the Chief of Naval Operations). A copy shall be for- 
warded to the commanding officer of the ship in question through 
the commander in chief, and a copy shall be filed with the records 
of the Board of Inspection and Survey. 

1957. 

Matter to be The Board of Inspection and Survey shall consider all repairs, 
urgent and desirable; all alterations, whether primarily consid- 
ered or previously authorized but as yet unaccomplished or un- 
completed; and all such items of work shall be grouped and 
numbered in accordance with the recognized classification and 
bureau cognizance. 

1958. 

Procedure. To insure the inclusion and consideration by the Board of In- 

spection and Survey of the various items of repair and alteration 
that may have arisen subsequent to the last general overhaul of 
the vessel the following general procedure shall be observed : 

(a) The commanding officer shall submit for the board's con- 
sideration a written statement relative to such repairs and altera- 
tions as he may consider necessary or desirable, together with 
copies of all previous letters on similar subjects that have been 
submitted and on which final action has not as yet been taken, 
and shall furnish any information or assistance that may be 
needed by the board to enable it to carry out the inspection.. Al- 
terations that have been previously submitted to the department 
and disapproved shall not be included, unless a reconsideration 
of any such item is desired, in which case a separate letter to 
the board shall be written. This letter shall contain a list of the 
items of alterations for which reconsideration is requested. The 
previous history, so far as known, of each item shall be given, 
including the dates and numbers of the correspondence in con- 
nection therewith and the action of the bureau or department 
thereon. For each item there shall be given the reasons which 
are believed to justify reconsideration. 

(&) Commandants of navy yards shall submit for the board's 
consideration complete copies of the last weekly report of work 
(Form N. S. O. 27) for the vessel under inspection, showing all 
outstanding job orders : and the estimate of outstanding job orders 
shall be included in the report of estimates to be submitted by 
the yard (art. 1861 (1)). 

(c) The board shall, in addition to its action on the requests 
emanating from the commanding officer of the ship, recommend 
such other repairs and alterations as may be deemed desirable 



655 

as a result of its own observations and of its opinions, based on 
the reports from similar vessels. 

1959. 

In submitting its report relative to repairs and alterations the Contents of re- 
board shall arrange the items in separate lists under the headings 
" Urgent repairs," " Desirable repairs," and "Alterations " as 
denned in section 1 of this chapter. Under each item of altera- 
tions recommended there shall be given a brief statement as to the 
nature of the work proposed and the conditions which, in the 
opinion of the board, justify its recommendation that the said 
work be done. There shall also be included, under a separate 
heading, a statement of such items of repairs and alterations sug- 
gested by officers of the vessel, or of other vessels, or by other 
officers, as in the board's opinion should not be undertaken, and 
of the reasons for such opinion. Under each of these latter items 
there shall be given a statement, in general terms, of the method 
which has been proposed for carrying out the work referred to, 
and a statement in sufficient detail to permit a full understanding 
of the same by the reviewing authority as to the reasons which 
govern the board in its recommendation that the work be not 
done. If any work recommended is within the capacity of the 
ship's force or fleet repair ships, statement to this effect shall be 
made. (See art. 405.) 



Distribution. 



1960. 

(1) Copies of the material inspection report shall be distributed 
as follows : 

(a) T-he original, so marked, shall be sent to the department 
for file in the department's files. 

(b) The duplicate shall be retained in the files of the Board of 
Inspection and Survey. 

(c) One copy shall be sent to each bureau concerned for its 
information and file. 

(d) Three copies shall be sent to the commandant of the vessel's 
home yard or the yard at which the vessel will overhaul. 

(e) One copy shall be sent to the commanding officer of the 
ship inspected. 

(2) If the commanding officer considers that any item of repair Action of com- 
x ' ° , , manding officer 

is unnecessary or inexpedient or can be done advantageously by on report. 

the ship's force, he shall so report to the commandant in writing, 
and such report shall be considered in the preparation of the 
yard report of estimates. 

(3) Immediately upon receiving a copy of the material-inspec- 
tion report, the commanding officer of the vessel inspected shall 



656 

submit to the department, by letter, such comments and recom- 
mendations in regard to the various items of alterations as he 
inay deem pertinent, based upon his experience with the ship, and 
upon his general knowledge and experience, or should he have 
no comment to submit, he shall specifically state the fact. In 
transmitting this letter forwarding officers shall indorse their opin- 
ions thereon. Upon receipt in the department, the letter shall 
be sent to the bureau concerned for information in connection 
with action on the report of survey. 
tion 1 "? 1 Ai i VOsl t K) All copies of the material-inspection report of the Board 
report. of Inspection and Survey shall be filed in the office to which 

supplied and shall not be forwarded elsewhere for recommenda- 
tion or information. If the head of any office should desire to 
make any comment thereon, such comment shall be made by a 
letter referring to the report. 

1961. 

be E prepa a red. *° (1) Immediately after the receipt of the report of the material 
inspection, the commandant of the vessel's home yard, or the 
yard at which she will overhaul, shall proceed with the prepara- 
tion of estimates on all items of work recommended by the board. 
Estimates need not be submitted for items of work not recom- 
mended by the board unless specially directed by the bureau 
having cognizance thereof. 

esthnate r s. 0Ximate ( 2 ) In cases wh ere the preparation of detailed estimates for 
certain items would unduly delay the submission of the report of 
estimates, approximate estimates, clearly so marked, for these 
items, shall be submitted. 

1962. 

Beports of es- (i) The reports of estimates shall be itemized in accordance 
iimates, now pre- 
cared. with the report of the Board of Inspection and Survey as nearly 

as may be practicable. Where an item covered in the report of 
the Board of Inspection and Survey is found to involve no work 
it shall be covered by a statement to that effect. When a head 
of division of the industrial department recommends the per- 
formance of work which was not recommended by the Board of 
Inspection and Survey, or when he recommends that work recom- 
mended by the Board of Inspection and Survey be not done, 
separate lists of such items shall be included in the report, and 
there shall be clearly set forth for each item the reason for 
such departure from the recommendations of the Board of In- 
spection and Survey. 

(2) The items shall be so worded, if practicable, that if ap- 
proved they may be copied verbatim in issuing job orders. 



657 

(3) For eacli item there shall appear: 

(a) A statement of the work which should be done. — This shall 
be in the words of the report of the Board of Inspection and Sur- 
vey. If this wording is indefinite, the work as proposed by the 
yard (accompanied by sketches if essential to a clear understand- 
ing) shall also be included, so as to clearly and definitely indi- 
cate the nature and extent of the work recommended. If a de- 
parture from the method proposed by the board be deemed neces- 
sary, a full statement of the work as proposed by the Board of 
Inspection and Survey and by the yard and of the difference 
between the two, and of the reasons for the proposed change, shall 
be given. 

(b) Estimate of cost, showing labor, indirect cost, material, 
and total cost. — Separate items and estimates for the parts of 
the work pertaining to the two divisions of the industrial depart- 
ment shall be given. 

(c) Estimates of time to complete the work. — This estimate 
shall show separately the time estimated as necessary to perform 
the work after the material is at hand. Note shall be made in 
this report of any material of large cost or special design requiring 
to be purchased and likely to involve considerable time to obtain 
and of the probable time necessary for the preparation of plans 
and requisitions and for obtaining delivery of such material sub- 
sequent to the submission of the requisition. The report shall 
conclude with a statement of the approximate quantity and cost 
of the materials not on hand which must be purchased in order 
to make the repairs and alterations recommended. The complete 
report. of estimates under each bureau shall include a statement 
as to the time estimated to be necessary for the completion of the 
work recommended in matters under the cognizance of each 
other bureau in order that all bureaus may be informed as to 
the probable time which will be necessary to complete the work 
on the ship as a whole. 

(4) The commandant of the yard shall be held responsible for 
any delays in the completion of the work of preparing estimates. 

(5) As soon as the reports of estimates have been signed, the 
heads of the divisions of the industrial department shall make a 
careful revision of their schedules of materials in order that 
requisitions may be started on their course immediately after 
the order to proceed with the work arrives at the yard. 

(6) In the cases covered by this article alterations and repairs 
are so closely related that simultaneous decision must necessarily 
be reached on both classes of work, and no repair work shall 
be begun, except by specific authority from the department, until 
after decision has been reached by the department in regard to 
both alterations and repairs ; except that the commandant of the 



658 

yard at which the ship is lying shall undertake such work as may 
clearly be necessary for her preservation. 

1963. 

Forwarding (1) The original of the report of estimates, with such com- 
pel) r Ts °of ° est!- ment thereon as the commandant may deem pertinent, shall be 
mates, forwarded direct to the bureau concerned, and such copies shall 

be made for yard use as the commandant may direct. The 
bureau upon receipt shall indorse thereon its recommendations 
and such comments as it may desire to make, and shall forward 
the same to the department. 

(2) The commandant shall inform the department as soon as 
all reports of estimates based on a report of material inspection 
have been forwarded to the bureaus concerned. 

1964. 

Action by de- When received by the department reports of estimates shall 
partment. be acted u ^ on as f n ows . 

(a) The Chief of Naval Operations shall consider each case 
and have prepared the necessary papers for the Secretary's 
signature. 

( 1) ) Consideration shall be given to the advisability of making 
the alterations recommended, not only upon the ship in question, 
but upon all others of the class or upon any others to which the 
same recommendation seems applicable. 

(c) In considering both alterations and extensive repairs pro- 
posed for any ship, due consideration shall be given to the ques- 
tion of whether or not the said ship is of sufficient military value 
to justify the proposed expenditure and to broad questions of 
general policy as affecting the advisability of altering or repair- 
ing her. 

(d) The final action of the department shall be in the form 
of indorsements on the original papers, which indorsements shall 
contain instructions to the bureaus as to what work shall or shall 
not be undertaken, and upon the receipt of which the bureaus 
shall issue the necessary instructions to the navy yard or navy 
yards concerned. 

(e) There shall be included in the department's indorsement, 
on each of the original papers, a summary of authorized expendi- 
tures under all appropriations, a statement of the statutory limit 
of cost, and the date for completion of work, if the same has 
been set. 

(/) The papers shall be filed in the bureau concerned. 



659 

Section 4. — Repaies and Alterations not Covered by a Material 
Inspection. 

1965. 

Whenever it shall come to the knowledge of the chief of any . Recommenda- 
bureau, for matters under his cognizance, that any ship of the l/y 'bureau* i™ hip 
Navy requires work, the same not being of sufficient importance nav^vard t0 * 
to justify calling a material inspection, but for which the ship 
should be ordered to a navy yard, he shall report such fact to 
the Chief of Naval Operations, with recommendations. 

1966. 

(1) Routine repairs to hull, machinery, and outfit of ships not Repairs by 
requiring the plant of ship or engine building establishments shall, ship ' s force * 

as far as possible, be made by the artisans of the ship, squadron, 
or fleet, and the facilities of repair vessels should be utilized 
whenever possible. 

(2) A careful and systematic economy shall be observed in the 
purchase of material for repairs and the allowance books strictly 
adhered to, except in cases of emergency, which shall be reported 
to the department. 

1967. 

No alterations shall be made by the ship's force until authority Alterations to 
therefor has been granted by the bureau concerned; all requests ^he™ authorized 
for such authority shall state that it is desired to do the work by bureau, 
with the ship's force and shall be submitted in the same manner 
as though the work were to be performed by the yard force. 

1968. 

(1) Commanding officers shall endeavor to have all repairs Work by ship's 
possible done by the ship's force, and to this end they shall en- force * 
deavor to anticipate the need for such repairs and to submit requi- 
sitions for the necessary material in time to enable the work to 

be started without delay when needed. No work is, however, to 
be undertaken by the ship's force when battleships are docked 
or laid up at any navy yard for repairs, except such items as 
are or may be performed by the crew while at sea or in a foreign 
port. They shall be ready at all times to forward, if called for, 
statements of work needed in all departments upon the vessels 
under their command. 

(2) Upon arrival at a navy yard commanding officers shall sub- 
mit to the commandant and direct to the bureaus concerned a list 



660 

of work laid out to be accomplished by the ship's force during the 
visit, in order that the extent of work of this character may be 
known. 

(3) Commandants of navy yards and shore stations shall, so far 
as practicable, lend to the ship's force facilities for expediting the 
repairs and authorized alterations. 

(4) When it is anticipated that work will be done by the ship's 
force after arrival at a navy yard the commanding officer shall 
inform the commandant as far in advance of arrival at the yard 
as practicable what material and appliances will be required from 
the yard in order to permit the work to be done in this manner 
without delaying the vessel beyond the date set for completion or 
departure. Upon receipt of this information the commandant shall 
take steps as may be necessary to enable the material and appli- 
ances to be furnished to the ship promptly upon her arrival. 

1969. 

Bequests for (1) No report, except the material inspection report by the 
mitted^by 6 com- Boar( l of Inspection and Survey, shall be considered as a request 
manding officers, for work, and commanding officers must therefore submit requests 
for all work that may be needed, including work the need for 
which may first become apparent through the proceedings of courts 
or boards, or through routine or special reports, such as synopses 
in engine-room logs, quarterly hull reports, target-practice reports, 
reports of condition of auxiliary machinery, etc. 

(2) The commanding officer of a ship in commission shall sub- 
mit requests for repairs and alterations when the condition of the 
ship under his command is such as to require work beyond the 
capacity of the ship's force, and such requests shall be submitted 
without delay when there is a probability that the ship will be 
sent to a navy yard. These requests shall be made out in the form 
hereinafter prescribed. 

(3) Until a new vessel has been finally accepted by the Govern- 
ment all defects that are discovered, for which the contractors 
are responsible and which are of a sufficiently serious nature to 
require immediate repairs, shall at once be reported by the com- 
manding officer to the Chief of Naval Operations. If the defects 
are not of a sufficiently serious nature to prevent postponement 
of repairs until after the final trial, they shall be brought to the 
attention of the final trial board by the commanding officer. 

(4) Upon arrival of a vessel at a navy yard the commanding 
officer shall submit to the commandant, in the manner hereinafter 
prescribed in this article, requests for all repairs necessary at the 
time not previously requested, but commanding officers shall make 
every possible effort to submit requests for all work required 
before arrival at the yard. 



661 

(5) (a) Repairs to equipage or supplies except typewriters and "VeiidgJ^ 
computing machines shall be made the subject of a letter which plies, 
shall contain the information required by Article 1906 (1) in so far 
as applicable. The request shall contain all necessary information 
as to responsibility and disciplinary action taken or to be taken, 
where such is considered necessary. 

(b) The subject of such requests sball be gifceoh as repairs to 
equipage, Title B, with the name of the appropriation involved, 
and for each item the letter shall state tbe condition of the article 
and the cause of damage, and each request sball bear the state- 
ment that the repairs are manifestly warranted. When tbe repairs 
are clearly of a minor nature the commandant may authorize the 
work in advance of estimates, and shall refer the request to the 
division of the manufacturing department winch repairs such 
articles. In case of doubt as to the extent of repairs and the cost 
in proportion to the value of the article, the request shall be re- 
ferred to the division of "the manufacturing department for esti- 
mates prior to other action by the commandant. Upon the com- 
mandant's authorization tbe division of the manufacturing depart- 
ment shall issue Title P job orders to cover the work and shall 
return the request to tbe commandant with estimates of time and 
cost. 

(c) The commanding ollicer, after dm 1 approval by the comman- 
dant (see par. 7), of tbe request for repairs to equipage sball direct 
that the articles be promptly delivered to tbe appropriate divi- 
sions of tbe manufacturing department properly tagged, giving 
name of the article, name of tbe ship, and if obtainable ibo number 
of the job order, accompanied by a copy of the repair letter. 
Receipt of tbe articles so delivered shall be acknowledged by 
the manufacturing department upon the copy of the repair letter 
accompanying the article and such articles shall not be trans- 
ferred from the ship's books. Upon completion of tbe repairs 
the manufacturing department sball notify the commanding officer 
of the ship, who will send for the article, giving a suitable re- 
ceipt. Repairs which are urgent shall be given precedence by the 
yard over other equipage repair requests, and the necessary in- 
formation that the repairs requested are urgent shall be stated 
in the letter requesting same. 

(<1) Separate lists shall be furnished containing items the repair 
of which should manifestly be accomplished by contract instead 
of by the navy yard. In requests for repairs to ship's boats, or 
the machinery thereof, the Construction and Repair registry num- 
ber of hull and the Bureau of Engineering make, type, and number 
of engines and boilers involved shall be stated. 

(G) No alterations will be made to items of equipage unless Alterations to 
authorized by the bureau concerned. cqu paee * 

183841°— 20 43 



662 
commandant's (j) The commandant of a navy yard is authorized to approve 

authority in ap- ' „ 

proving, repairs to any article of equipage provided the estimated cost of 

the repairs does not exceed, approximately, two-thirds of the value 

of the articles when new. In case of boats, repair requests shall 

be approved by the commandant only when the repairs to the 

hull proper (exclusive of repairs to portable portions invoiced 

as part of the hull) do not exceed 25 per cent of the current cost 

of a new boat of the same type (this cost to include both the 

cost of the hull proper and the portable portions invoiced as part 

of same). In cases where the repairs involved are in excess 

of the commandant's authority, the request for same shall 

be immediately forwarded to the bureau concerned for action, 

the commandant's recommendation being stated thereon. 

Renewal of (g) Articles of equipage made of rope, canvas, wood, metal, etc., 
equipage from v m ^ » 

Title o supplies, which are capable of being satisfactorily renewed from supplies, 

Title C, by the ship's force shall be so renewed without survey 

and continue to be borne on the books at the original price, the 

supplies used in the repairs being expended for use. and charged 

to the regular ship's money allotment concerned. Upon request 

by letter, a special allotment will be given for such repairs made 

by the ship's force for the amount of material used if approved 

by the bureau concerned. 

Repairs which (9) if t i ie yar fl m^ that certain articles on which repairs are 
can not he com- 
pleted during warranted can not be repaired during the scheduled visit of the 

ship's yisit 

ship at the yard, such articles shall be repaired to be shipped to 
the vessel upon the completion of repairs, and they shall not be 
transferred from the ship's books when such action is to be taken. 
However, if certain items are so urgently needed that replacement 
from stock is necessary, the commanding officer will be advised by 
the commandant in order that the articles may be surveyed. 

1970. 

Limitation as (^) x requests for alterations shall be submitted between the 
to time of suh- v ' ■ 

mitting requests, time of the material inspection next preceding the overhaul and 

the time of actual completion of such overhaul. 

(2) During the stay of a vessel at a navy yard for repairs or 

overhaul no requests for work other than for urgent repairs shall 

be submitted after the work incident to the repair or overhaul 

has been actually undertaken and the date of completion has been 

announced. Such request, addressed to the commandant, will 

include a statement of necessity for submitting it after arrival 

at yard and why work could not have been anticipated in sufficient 

time to be acted on by the flag prior to arrival at yard. One 

copy being forwarded through the division or force commander 

and the commander in chief to the Chief of Naval Operations. 



663 



1971. 

(1) Each request for work shall be prepared as follows : Form of letter. 
Each letter shall show — 

(a) The ship from which it comes. 

(6) The place from which sent and the date. 

(c) The bureau under the cognizance of which the work 

falls. 

(d) The class of work requested, in accordance with the 

classification contained in paragraph 2 and as defined 
in articles 1949 and 1950. 

(e) The items of work clearly and definitely stated, out- 

lining in sufficient detail what it is desired to have 
accomplished ; locating the defective parts or amount 
and nature of repairs required. If essential to a 
clear understanding of the request, sketches shall be 
submitted showing the proposed work and reference 
shall be made to blue-print numbers and identifica- 
tion marks. Requests that are general in their nature 
or vague and indefinite in character, or such expres- 
sions as " Do work where necessary," will not be 
considered as complying with the above requirements, 
and when items so worded appear in requests they 
shall be eliminated by the commandant as provided 
for in article 1975. paragraph 1, of this chapter. 

(/) A certificate that the work is not within the power of 
the ship's force to perform. 

(g) The signature of the commanding officer submitting the 
request. 

(h) Each letter shall show at the bottom of the last page 
where copies have been sent, and all copies, if not 
written on green paper, shall be plainly marked on 
the face "Copy." 

(i) Whenever practicable in submitting reports or recom- 
mendations relative to repairs, alterations, etc., each 
vessel will be treated in separate correspondence. 

(2) Letters shall be restricted to items under the cognizance of 
a single bureau and to items under a single one of the following 
classes: "Urgent repairs," "Desirable repairs,*' and "Alterations." 
Commandants and other senior officers through whose hands the 
papers may pass shall consider themselves specially charged with 
the duty of striking out from any such letter any item not 
properly belonging there in the manner hereinafter provided. 

(3) In order that the department and the bureau concerned 
may be kept fully informed at all times as to the meaning of 
proposed changes, particularly in their effect on weights added to 



664 

or removed from torpedo craft, each request for alterations shall 
he accompanied by an approximate estimate of the weights in- 
volved, and a statement indicating the effect that the alterations 
or repairs will have on the trim of the vessel. 

(4) For repairs to typewriters and computing machines see Ar- 
ticle 1969 (5). 

1972. 

R e c o nsidera- Alterations that have been previously submitted and disap- 
t i o n of altera- 
tions previously proved shall not be included in the letters requesting work, as pre- 

reeommended. g^jjpfl in article 1971. When a reconsideration of any such item 

is desired a separate letter shall be written for each item, which 

letter shall state fully the previous history of the case, so far as 

known, including the dates and numbers of the correspondence in 

connection therewith and the action of the bureau or department 

thereon. Such letter shall also state fully the reasons which 

are believed to justify further consideration of the matter, and 

shall be forwarded to the department via the division or force 

commander, the commander in chief of the fleet to which the vessel 

belongs, and the bureau concerned. 

1973. 

Forwarding of Requests for work shall be forwarded as follows : 
reques s. ^ p rom vesse ] s ^ n commission requesting work to be done 

at the home yard, or at any navy yard when the vessel has 
definite orders to proceed to such yard, or when at a navy yard. 
If request is submitted after arrival at yard, or not sufficiently in 
advance of arrival to allow action by the force commander, it 
will be addressed to the commandant and include a statement of 
necessity for such late request and why work was not anticipated 
in sufficient time for action by the force commander. (One copy 
being forwarded through the division and force commander to 
the department.) 

Copies and for- (#) Letters requesting repairs, either urgent or desirable, shall 
warding of re- 
pair letters. be made out in triplicate. All copies shall be forwarded to the 

commander of the force to which the vessel belongs, through the 
division commander. The division commander will carefully scru- 
tinize the request with a view to directing that all necessary re- 
pairs which can and should be made by the ship's force be so 
done. He will then forward request for such work as is beyond 
the capacity of the ship's force to the force commander, who will 
arrange for the performance of such necessary work as can be 
done by the fleet repair ships or force tenders. The force com- 
mander will then forward direct to the commandant requests for 
such work as he considers necessary and which should be per- 
formed at a navy yard, except in the case of items of extensive 



665 

repairs, which shall be forwarded through the commander in 
chief as required by article 771 (d). Vessels unassigned to a fleet 
or force will forward the original and duplicate to the com- 
mandant. When any part of a fleet is so operating that to forward 
1 tapers through official channels would manifestly retard repairs, 
they should be acted on and, if necessary, forwarded direct by 
the senior force officer present, copies being sent to the force 
commander. 

(b) Letters requesting alterations shall be made out in tripli- f ^ w a r dUig*™ f 
cate. The original and duplicate will be forwarded through the alteration let- 
division and force commanders, and those officers will indicate 

the necessity or desirability for such alterations and will indicate 
what work, if any, could and should be performed by the ship's 
force or the fleet repair ships or force tenders, and also if they 
should be approved for all other vessels of the same class. Force 
commanders shall forward requests direct to the department and 
bureau concerned except in the case of items of extensive altera- 
tions, which shall be forwarded through the commander in chief, 
as required by article 771 (<1) ; they shall also furnish the com- 
mander in chief with copies of all requests forwarded direct, 
including the action taken by them in connection therewith. Ves- 
sels unassigned to a fleet or force will forward the original and 
duplicate 1 to the department and bureau concerned. 

(c) The original of letters from ships requesting repairs or Purple copy- 
alterations will be written with a good purple copying ribbon, so u "e<L 

as to enable the navy yard receiving the letter to make 1 by the 
boktograph, or some similar process, the number of copies re- 
quired for yard use. If preferred, purple copying carbon paper 
may be used by ships wben requesting repairs or alterations, one 
or more of these copying carbon copies to be sent to the navy 
yard ; from these carbon copies the yard will be able to make 
by the hektograph or some similar process tbe number of copies 
required for yard use. 

(2) From vessels in commission requesting work which can Work whh-h 
not be deferred until the next regular visit to a navy yard, or J" n re J ot be de " 
which requires the vessel to be ordered to a navy yard at an 
early date, or which it is desired to have done at some place other 
than at a navy yard : 

(a) The commanding officer in such cases shall write a letter 
to the department, forwarding it through the flag officer afloat 
(if any) and the bureau concerned, stating the work or condi- 
tion which requires the vessel to go to a navy yard or elsewhere, 
the time by which in his opinion it should be done, and the place, 
if any, at which it is desirable to have the work undertaken, giv- 
ing reasons therefor. The flag officer and bureau shall indorse 
thereon opinions as to the necessity for sending the vessel to a 



666 

navy yard or elsewhere. In an emergency the department shall 
be informed by cable, telegraph, or radio, in addition to the re- 
port forwarded by mail. 

(b) In case of a serious casualty, such as grounding, collision, 
explosion, etc.. a special board shall be ordered by the senior 
officer present to report the nature and extent of the accident 
and damage, the cause, the probable time necessary for repairs, 
and the probable cost thereof ; but shall not consider the question 
of blame attaching to any person or persons whatever, such ques- 
tions being covered by an appropriate board of investigation or 
court of inquiry, as provided for in the regulations. The report 
shall embrace every detail necessary to a complete understand- 
ing of the work involved. If an accident or derangement occurs 
to the machinery of the ship, the board shall be composed of 
three commissioned officers, at least two of whom have had ex- 
perience in the performance of engineering duties on shipboard, 
and if such officers be not available, chief machinists or machinists 
may be substituted. The report shall be forwarded to the de- 
partment at the first opportunity. 

(c) If the department issues orders to proceed to a navy yard 
for work, the commanding officer of the vessel shall then submit 
letters covering all work necessary, as provided in Art. 1971, pro- 
vided requests have not been previously submitted through the 
flag they shall include a statement of the necessity for such late 
submittal and why the work was not anticipated in sufficient time 
for action by the flag. If the work is ordered done at some place 
other than a navy yard, special instructions will be issued by the 
department through the bureau concerned. In the case of ves- 
sels that must necessarily have work carried out at some place 
other than at a navy yard, letters requesting work will be made out 
in duplicate and forwarded to the bureau concerned as provided 
for in paragraph 1 (a) of this article. 

District craft, (3) District craft, receiving ships (not assigned to a fleet or 

receiving ships, , ' , ' .. , 

and vessels outlorce), and vessels out ot commission at navy yards : 
a f na^ird." ** {a ^ Letters covering repairs, either urgent or desirable, shall 
be prepared as the commandant may direct. Action on urgent 
repair letters will be taken as provided in article 1975 (5a). 

(ft) The original of letters covering desirable repairs, complete 
with estimates and recommendations, shall be forwarded to the 
bureau concerned. Letters requesting alterations shall be for- 
warded in duplicate, with estimates and recommendations, to the 
bureau concerned. 

1974. 

indorsements (i) When correspondence relative to work on a vessel Is for- 

by seniors on re- 
quests for repairs warded through a senior officer afloat, he shall endorse on the 
and a erations. or igi na i thereof his recommendations in the individual cases, and 



667 

in the case 'of requests for alterations, recommendations as to the 
other ships under his command to which the same alterations 
should apply. 

(2) Commandants shall submit similar reports relative to ships 
out of commission at the yards which they command. 

(3) When correspondence relative to work on a vessel is for- 
warded direct to the commandant or bureau, the senior or flag 
officer afloat receiving a copy only, he shall, if he desires, submit 
comment on such request by a letter to the bureau concerned. 

19 75. 

(1) If it be found by the commandant or other senior officer Preliminary 
through whose hands the papers may pass, or by a head of a JjJUJi™ n °t! com " 
division of the industrial department, that any item has been incor- 
rectly classified under a heading covered by article 1971, paragraph 

2, he shall state in the comment relative to such item that it has 
been so incorrectly classified, and the commandant shall strike it 
out from the letter in which it has been incorrectly placed and shall 
then act on the letter as though such item had not been included 
therein. When this is done, the commandant shall send a memo- 
randum to the commanding officer informing him of the action 
taken in regard to that particular item and directing that such 
item be resubmitted in proper form in accordance with these reg- 
ulations. Similar actions shall be taken in regard to any item 
submitted under the wrong bureau. Commandants and heads of 
divisions are forbidden to make report on an item wrongfully in- 
cluded in any request for work until such item has been properly 
submitted in due form. 

(2) Upon the receipt of such requests in the commandant's Forwarded to 
office they shall be forwarded to the central offices of the industrial p"rtmeit. Ial d °" 
department; the original shall be forwarded to that head of divi- 
sion to whom the commandant may have assigned the greater part 

of the work to be done. At the same time the duplicate shall be 
forwarded to the head of the other division for his information, in 
order that he may be prepared to act promptly on the original 
when he receives it. 

(3) The heads of the divisions shall submit reports, recommen- Heads of dlti- 
dations, and estimates on the work embodied in endorsements on re p D s r t s . Bn m 
the original of the request, so that when such original finally 

reaches the commandant the papers shall be complete and ready 
for action. In the case of letters requesting urgent repairs, the 
commandant may authorize work without an endorsement of esti- 
mate cost and time. Where an item of work under the cognizance 
of one division of the yard involves incidental work under the 
cognizance of the other division or w T ork under the cognizance 
of another bureau, heads of divisions shall be careful to include 



668 

in their endorsements estimates for such incidental work, together 
with a statement as to the appropriation to which the same is 
chargeable in the event that the same is chargeable to an appro- 
priation under the control of a bureau other than that having pri- 
mary cognizance of the work. Should this procedure involve undue 
delay, items involving such delay shall be excepted in the endorse- 
ment and early separate report on them shall be submitted by 
letter, with reference therein to the previous correspondence. 

inspection offi- (4) j n or fl er to avoid the delay incident to forwarding corre- 
spondence through the inspection officer of the yard, the com- 
mandant shall take such steps as may be necessary to insure that 
that officer has access to such correspondence as it may be de- 
sirable for him to see, including file copies of requests for work 
and recommendations thereon by heads of divisions or depart- 
ments. Should the inspection officer deem it desirable to submit 
comment relative to any item he shall embody the same in a letter 
addressed to the commandant and based on the correspondence 
in file. 

Fi m al nd C S n ° f ^ When the commandant finally receives the requests for 
work called for by this article, endorsed with estimates of time 
and cost by the heads of the divisions of the industrial depart- 
ment, he shall act upon them as follows : 

TJrgent repairs, (a) Urgent repairs shall be immediately acted upon by the com- 
mandant and work started on such items as he considers neces- 
sary, provided the same can be done within the statutory limit 
of cost, without exceeding the allotment of funds, and by the 
date set for the completion of work on the vessel, and provided 
further that not more than three thousand dollars shall be author- 
ized for any one item of work. When requests for urgent repairs 
are received from vessels whose condition is such as makes it 
doubtful whether they are worth the expenditures necessary to 
make complete repairs, the commandant, before authorizing any 
work, shall immediately notify the department of the amount of 
work desired by such vessel, and request an Inspection of the 
vessel by the Board of Inspection and Survey. No work will be 
undertaken without specific authority of the department. 

(&) Requests for urgent repairs, not authorized by the com- 
mandant, shall be forwarded with estimates of time, cost, and 
recommendations to the bureau concerned for final action. 

(c) Requests for desirable repairs shall be forwarded with 
estimates of time, cost, and recommendations to the bureau con- 
cerned. 
Date of com- (6) If no date has been set for the completion of work on a 

pletion. 

vessel, the commandant shall telegraph the department, upon her 
arrival, requesting such date : and if urgent repairs are needed 
he shall state in the telegram the approximate time required. 



669 

(7) If a date has been previously set and necessary work is 
found that will take longer than this date, he shall so inform 
the department, by telegraph, at the earliest possible moment and 
await instructions. 

(8) If the completion of urgent repairs would necessitate ex- Over expendi- 
penditure beyond the regular allotment of funds, the commandant ing CS urgenT P re- 
shall notify the department thereof by telegraph, and, pending in- ^in- 
structions, shall not increase his force to such an extent that the 

monthly allotment would thereby be exceeded. 

(9) When the department has set a date when a vessel at a Requests for 
navy yard must be ready for sea, subsequent requests for work ting of date of 
that will not interfere with scheduled movements shall be acted com i> le tion. 

on by the commandant or be forwarded by him direct to the 
bureau concerned for action, as provided in paragraph 5 of this 
article. If such additional work would interfere with the sched- 
uled movements, the commandant shall telegraph the department 
in regard to the matter, mailing a written report and estimate to 
the bureau concerned as promptly as possible. 

(10) Requests for urgent repairs which have been authorized when an item 
J% , , ,, . „, . . . . . r , M . of repair exceeds 

by the commandment shall be filed in the navy yard. Ihe bureau three thousand 

concerned shall be advised of these authorizations by appropriate dollar8, 
entry on the weekly report of work (Form N. S. (). 27). Should 
it be likely that the completion of repairs will involve an ex- 
penditure of over three thousand dollars on any one item, the com- 
mandant shall Immediately submit a report on the subject in gen- 
eral terms to the bureau Concerned, the work In the meantime be- 
ing proceeded with in such a manner, if possible, that it may be 
suspended without increasing the ultimate cost. Should condi- 
tions make such a course desirable, this report shall be tele- 
graphed. 

(11) So far as the authorization of work under the above para- Commandant is 

judge of urgency, 
graph is concerned, the commandant shall be the judge of the 

urgency of each item of repairs requested, and the fact that the 
commanding officer included any particular item in the urgent 
list shall not authorize the commandant to proceed with the 
work unless in his judgment the urgency actually exists. In 
cases of doubt on this point, in order to insure prompt procedure 
and avoid delays in the transmission of papers and the beginning 
of other work, the commandant shall cancel the item which he 
believes to be incorrectly classed as urgent. When this is done, 
the commandant shall send a memorandum to the commanding 
officer inviting attention to the fact that such item was incorrectly 
included in the urgent list and directing its resubmission in proper 
form. The same procedure shall be followed as to items incor- 
rectly included by the commanding officer in the lists under other 
headings or when items of work are erroneously requested under 



670 

the wrong bureau. Canceled items shall not be acted upon until 
resubmitted as prescribed in paragraph 1 of this article. 

1977. 

Liability state- Whenever any request for work, whether repairs or alterations, 
is forwarded from a navy yard to a bureau, in the case of a vessel 
undergoing a general overhaul, there shall be included in the 
papers a liability statement showing: 

(a) Total estimated cost of all work previously authorized (all 
bureaus by appropriations). 

(&) Total amounts previously requested but not yet authorized 
(all bureaus by appropriations). 

(c) Total estimated cost of work therein recommended for 
approval. " 

(d) The unobligated balance from statutory limit. 

1978. 

incidental When authorized work under the cognizance of one bureau in- 
volves incidental work under the cognizance of another bureau of 
less than five hundred dollars, the commandant shall direct that 
such incidental work be proceeded with. Report and estimate rel- 
ative thereto, including the date and number of the letter author- 
izing the work under the bureau having primary cognizance, shall 
be embodied in the next weekly report of work. 

1979. 

Changes of the if, after estimates have been submitted, or work authorized, 
material changes in the work or further work are found to be 
necessary, the officer to whose knowledge the fact shall come, 
whether an officer of the yard or the commanding officer of the 
ship, shall report the same immediately to the commandant. The 
procedure in this case shall be the same as that specified for 
original items. 

1980. 

Precedence. Work on ships in full commission shall be regarded as work in 

which the utmost diligence shall be exacted from all concerned. 

1981. 

Assembly of Commandants of navy yards shall assemble and manufacture 

lit ft fiftTJ ft! 

as soon as possible all material known to be necessary in the ac- 
complishment of authorized work on any vessel scheduled for over- 
haul or repair at the yard under their command. 



671 

1982. 

(1) All persons concerned in the direction Qf work on ships Direction and 
are expected to exercise a reasonable discretion, but no additions work™ > 

or material variations from the prescribed items shall be made 
without authority from the bureau concerned. 

(2) Heads of departments and divisions and inspectors at a 
navy yard shall be held directly responsible to the commandant 
of the yard, who will in turn be held to a rigid responsibility for 
the prompt and efficient execution of orders concerning repairs 
and for his action in authorizing repairs in advance of action by 
the bureau as prescribed in these instructions, as well as for the 
conduct of the yard under his command in such a manner as shall 
be most conducive to the efficiency of the fleet and to economy and 
efficiency in the yard. 

1983. 

No vessel shall be docked at a navy yard, except in emergencies Docking to be 
when authority by telegraph or telephone can not be obtained, bnreau.* 12 * J 
unless docking has been authorized by the Bureau of Construction 
and Repair. 

1984. 

(1) Upon receipt in th«' bureau oi' requests lor urgent repairs Action by bu- 
not authorized by the commandant, and of requests for desirable * " 
repairs, action shall be taken for all items of which the bureau 

does not disapprove. 

(2) If the completion of the work referred to in the above para- items referred 
graph would involve delay beyond the dale set by the department, the Navy.*'' 

or if the bureau recommends disapproval, the items in question 
shall be referred to the Secretary of the Navy via the Chief of 
Naval Operations. 

(3) Upon receipt in the bureau of requests for alterations, Minor altera- 
those items desirable for the comfort of the crew or for sanitary 

reasons, and minor alterations not affecting the general design, 
may be authorized by the bureau concerned, provided they do 
not affect the military characteristics of the ship and provided 
the estimated cost of any item thereof does not exceed one thou- 
sand dollars; but such authorization shall be given with the pro- 
viso that authorized work is to be proceeded with in such a man- 
ner as not to interfere with the scheduled movements of the vessel. 

(4) Requests for alterations affecting the military character- .. Ma J° r »itcra- 
istics of a vessel or exceeding in cost one thousand dollars for 

any one item shall, if the bureau considers desirable, be referred 
without delay to the Secretary of the Navy via Chief of Naval 
Operations with recommendation, after obtaining, if necessary, 
estimates of time and cost and recommendations from the home 
navy yard. 



672 

When action (5) Requests for alterations that have not been acted upon as 

is withheld. provided for in paragraphs 3 and 4 shall be filed by the bureau 

until notice has been received from the department that the vessel 

is to have a material inspection by the Board of Inspection and 

Survey or is to be sent to a navy yard for an overhaul. 

When altera- (6) Upon receipt of this notice the duplicate of alteration re- 

tion requests re- 
ferred to Board quests shall be referred to the Board of Inspection and Survey, 

and Snrvev. Ct1011 witla sucn commen t as the bureau cares to make; or, if the vessel 
is not to have a material inspection, the originals shall be sent 
direct to the navy yard where the vessel is to overhaul for report, 
recommendation, and estimates by indorsement on the original. 
Alterations to (7) Nothing in the above paragraphs is to be construed to pre- 
vent a bureau at any time from authorizing or recommending 
that the department authorize, if the provisions of paragraph 3 
do not permit bureau authorization, any alteration for a par- 
ticular vessel or class of vessels that may increase her efficiency 
over that possible under her original design. In connection with 
such alterations, however, due regard should be given to the age 
and general condition of the vessel. 
Applicability (8) When alterations are authorized or recommended for a 

?/asJ(L's e of*T«s™i8 . particular vessel consideration should be given by the bureau 
concerned to the applicability of the same alterations to other 
vessels of the class, and any action necessary in connection there- 
with should be taken, 
state of ap- (9) Whenever a bureau authorizes or makes a favorable recom- 

propna ion. niendation to the department for work, it will be understood that, 
unless otherwise stated, the condition of the bureau appropriation, 
having reference to present and prospective obligations, justifies 
ordering such work; and, further that such authorization will 
not cause the statutory limit of cost of work on the vessel to 
be exceeded. 
Expenditures (10) No authorization for any item of repairs or alterations 

"eaus. " shall be issued by any bureau which involves the incidental ex- 

penditure of more than five hundred dollars under any other 
bureau without the prior or simultaneous approval of such other 
bureau of such item of incidental work. 

1985. 

Plans. Each bureau shall keep in its files accurate drawings of every 

ship in the Navy, covering all parts under its cognizance. In 
order that these plans may be correct, commandants shall forward 
to the bureau concerned drawings embodying alterations which 
may have been made in design or arrangement when the draw- 
ings for these alterations have not been furnished by the bureau. 
Such copies of these drawings of ships shall be kept in the appro- 
priate divisions of the industrial department at each navy yard. 



673 

as may be necessary to insure the prompt performance of any 
work likely to be required at that yard. 

Section .">. — Weekly Reports sf Work. 
From the date when work is authorized on a ship the com- Weekly re- 

1 ports ol work, 

mandant shall furnish to each bureau concerned and to the com- 
manding officer of the ship a weekly report of authorized work 
under titles A, D, K, and P, except that job orders under 
title P covering repairs to articles for general use shall be omitted. 
This report shall be prepared on the prescribed forms and in 
detail as specified by the bureaus concerned. 

(a) Each bureau shall be furnished with a copy of that portion 
of the report pertaining to appropriations under its cognizance. 
These bureau copies for each appropriation shall be arranged 
alphabetically by vessels and securely fastened together. 

(&) The commanding otlicer shall be furnished with a complete 
copy of the report for the vessel under his command. 

(c) Weekly reports on all vessels shall be forwarded not later 
than the last mail on Saturdays. 

1987. 

(1) In addition to supplying the commanding officer with a copy Commanding 

officer informed 
of the weekly report the commandant shall promptly notify him of action taken. 

of the department's action relative to all items of work for which 

the weekly report does not supply such information, especially 

as to items of work requested and disapproved. 

(2) Upon the departure of a vessel from a yard other than her Transfer of 
home yard, if directed by the bureau concerned, all outstanding job y ar d. 

orders shall be transferred to the vessel's home yard. This trans- 
fer shall be made by forwarding with a letter of transmittal a 
copy of the weekly report of work and such correspondence, plans, 
and material as may be directed. Upon receipt of this re]>ort at 
the vessel's home yard job orders shall he issued in accordance 
with the authority and estimates given and be incorporated in the 
weekly reports of work subsequently submitted. 

(3) The commandant shall forward weekly to the Chief of Summaries of 
Naval Operations, to the commander in chief and commander of work. 1 r<,> ° r 
the force to which the vessel belongs, and direct to the Bureaus 

of Construction and Repair, Engineering, and Ordnance a sum- 
mary of the weekly reports of progress of work on ships at the 
yard under his command made on the prescribed form (X. S. O. 
4:5) and under the following conditions: 



674 

(a) It shall show the names of all ships — Government or 
other — at the yard on which work is authorized. 

(&) It shall include a statement of the working days required 
to complete authorized work on each ship under each bureau. 

(c) It shall include a statement of the probable date of com- 
pletion of all work on each ship and her date of readiness for 
sea. 

{d) It shall include notes giving any remarks on the subject 
which will tend to throw light on the progress of the work, on 
possible delays, and on the probable date of readiness of the ship 
for service. 

(e) It shall include, separate from the above, the names of all 
ships at the yards awaiting the authorization of work or on 
which work has been suspended and the probable time to complete 
requested work if authorized. 

(f) It shall include a similar report, on a separate sheet, giving 
the same information except that covered by (c), in regard to 
work authorized on vessels not at the yard. 

(g) It shall include a statement that the statutory limit of cost 
will not be exceeded for each vessel covered By the report. 

1988. 

Cost-of-work a cost-of-work report will be prepared by the navy yards on 
reports. 

each vessel on completion of an overhaul period or at the time 
of the departure of the vessel from the yard, such report to be 
submitted within two weeks after the completion or departure of 
the vessel and to include — 

First. Job orders which have been completed. 

Second. Job orders on which work has not been completed at 
the time of the vessel's departure. 

These two groups of job orders will be arranged under Titles 
A, D, K, and P and in the sequence of job-order numbers and 
will include the following data : 

First. The job-order number. 

Second. The brief of the job order, sufficient to give a reason- 
ably clear idea of the work covered, together with the estimated 
cost, when such estimate has been prepared. 

Third. The cost divided into labor, indirect, material, and total, 
together with the totals of completed work under each title and 
the total for all of the completed work. 

The above report will, for convenience of filing and reference, 
be made on a form 8 by 10* inches, prepared by the Bureau of 
Supplies and Accounts. 

The above report need not be submitted for vessels remaining 10 
days or less at a yard. However, all work done on a vessel 
during this brief visit to the yard and work which was included 
in the uncompleted portion of the previous report will be included 



675 

in the completed portion of the next report, in order that the com- 
pleted portion of this cost-of-work report of vessels may show a 
completed summary of all expenditures made on these vessels 
under the titles included. 

Cost-of-work reports will be submitted for district craft ami 
vessels in reserve or out of commission at the end of the fiscal 
year, except where vessels in reserve or out of commission are 
undergoing extensive repairs or overhaul, in which cases the work 
will be covered by the usual cost-of-work report to be submitted 
within two weeks after the date of completion. The report now 
required by article 1986 on Form N. S. O. 92, submitted during 
the last week of the vessel's stay at the yard, will not be required. 

The present cost summaries covering manufacturing job orders 
and work under all other titles than those covered by the cost- 
of-work report will be reported as at present to the bureaus con- 
cerned. 

Cost summaries for ship job orders will be sent to such bureaus 
as require them. 

In the case of a vessel belonging to a branch of the Govern* 
ment service other than the Navy, duplicate copies of the report 
shall be furnished to the commanding Officer, one copy being for 
transmittal to the department to which the vessel belongs. 

A copy shall be forwarded by the comma n dam t to the bureau 
which would have cognizance were the work chargeable to appro- 
priations of the Xavy. 

Skction 6. — Statttokv Limit oi Cost ok Wokk ox VESSELS. 

1990. 

(1) Unless Congress has specifically authorized an expenditure Statutory limit 
for work on a vessel, the statutory limit of work that may be posed ° by ^8^1 
undertaken during an overhaul is for wooden vessels 10 per cent appropriation 

net. 

and for other vessels 20 per cent of the estimated cost of a new 
ship of the same size and like material, or $300,000, if the above 
percentage exceeds that sum. 

(2) Estimates to be considered in connection with the statutory Work charge- 
limit on a vessel shall be the estimates of labor, indirect cost, and Jtor^mnSs. 8 * " 
material for Titles D and K work under all appropriations on all 

items of work authorized to be undertaken during the overhaul. 
If the total estimated cost exceeds the. statutory limit, comman- 
dants shall proceed only with urgent repairs and shall submit im- 
mediate report to the Secretary of the Navy via Chief of Naval 
Operations with recommendations as to items of desirable repairs 
and alterations that should be omitted so as to keep the cost 
fwithin the statutory limit. 

(3) Liability accounts against the statutory limit shall be main- 
tained at a vessel's home yard, or at the yard where a vessel may 



676 

be overhauling, only for work authorized in connection wirh an 
overhaul, the dates of the beginning and ending of which will be 
fixed by the Chief of Naval Operations, but while the overhaul is 
actually in progress all expenditures for Titles D and K work, 
whether or not estimated on in connection with the overhaul, shall 
be included in the liability account. In the case of work done by 
the ship's force, only the cost of material shall be included. Dur- 
ing an overhaul the commanding officer shall keep the commandant 
informed as to the amounts chargeable to the statutory limit on 
account of expenditures of such material in the ship's accounts. 

(4) During an overhaul the estimated expenditures included in 
the liability account against the statutory limit shall be revised to 
agree with the actual expenditures on completed jobs, and the 
liability accounts shall be closed at the expiration of the overhaul 
as fixed by the department. 

(5) When work at some yard other than the yard at which a 

vessel is overhauling is authorized for simultaneous performance 

with work of overhaul, or a contract for material is placed direct 

by a bureau with private parties, the commandant of the yard 

where the vessel is overhauling shall be promptly informed by the 

bureau as to the estimated cost involved, and these amounts shall 

be included in the liability account against the statutory limit. 

Certain work (6) For work in hand or contemplated under special ordnance 
not chargeable . ^. ,. A a , . „ . ^. 

against statutory appropriations, expenditures under such special appropriations 

limit * shall not be considered as a charge against the statutory limit. 

X mo ant of (7) Where the commandant has no information as to the amount 

to* 1 be obtained of the statutory limit on a vessel, this should be obtained from 

if °n a ecess J ar 1 ?. ment tne Secretary of the Navy, Where Congress has authorized the 

expenditure of a specific sum for repairs or changes on a vessel, 

the statutory limit will be as stated in the act. 

Responsibility (8) The responsibility for seeing that the statutory limit is not 
for not exceeding , , „ 

statutory limit, exceeded rests with the commandant of the navy yard where the 

vessel is being overhauled. An overhaul within the meaning of 

the preceding paragraph of 1990 will be that period fixed by the 

department during which general repairs incident to actual service 

or additions or changes in design to improve the military value 

of a ship are made at a navy yard or station on a cruising or 

noncruising ship. 

Section 7. — Repairs to Cruising Vessels ox a Foreigx Station 
or When not at a Navy Yard. 

1991. 

authorSed™' 1 h ° w ^ ^° far as P racticaDle > repairs shall not be undertaken on 
a foreign station, or elsewhere than at a navy yard, except such 
as can be done by the ship's force. Alterations shall never be 
undertaken without prior approval by the bureau, and such ap- 



677 

proval will only be given for the performance of the work else- 
where than at a navy yard in cases of the utmost importance. 

(2) When urgent repairs to cruising vessels are necessary on a 
foreign station or not at a navy yard they shall be ordered by the 
commander in chief or senior officer present in advance of the 
approval of the bureau. 

(3) No work shall be done under the provisions of this article 
in a home port unless it be absolutely necessary and unless it be 
impracticable to get along without it until arrival at a navy yard, 
and no work of any considerable magnitude shall be undertaken 
under these conditions without the prior approval of the bureau, 
except in case of urgent necessity and where telegraphic communi- 
cation with the department is impracticable. 

1992. 

(1) The mechanics of ships of the Naw on foreign stations Repairs on 

nit* roll 'i n t vesst* Is 

may repair merchant vessels of the United States in cases wherein foreign wa- 
a refusal to do so would cause injurious delays or great increase ters * 
of expenses. They shall receive for their services such compen- 
sation as their captain may regard as fair and equitable. 

(2) Assistance may be rendered under similar circumstances 
and on similar terms, to foreign vessels by permission of the 
senior officer present. 

Section 8. — Wokk at Navy Yards and Stations i ou Coordinate 
Branches of the Government ami Docking EVjreign Govkkn- 
ment Vessels. 

*99». 

(1) Work for coordinate branches of the Government shall be Work for coor- 
handled as directed by the department. «f n *the Govern- 

(2) Coordinate branches of the Government operating within ment - 
the limits of a navy yard or station will be permitted the use of 
yard or station tools or equipment, if available, as also electric 
current, compressed air, etc., and the charges therefor will be as 

for work performed by the yard or station for the Navy Depart- 
ment. In all such cases the operation of the tools and equipment 
will be in the hands of the regular navy yard or station employees. 

(3) Estimates for new construction desired by coordinate 
branches of the Government may either be called for by the 
Navy Department or requested of the yards direct by the depart- 
ment concerned. In either case complete estimates as soon as 
prepared by the yards shall be sent direct by registered mail to 
the Chief of the Bureau of Construction and Repair and the Chief 
of the Bureau of Engineering. After analysis of the estimates 
the Bureaus of Construction and Repair and Engineering shall 

1«5?,S41°— 20 44 



678 

in each case submit a joint letter to the department containing 
their recommendation. 

This letter will be forwarded to the department concerned and 
will be considered as the formal estimates. 

Estimates will not be submitted by the yards direct to the de- 
partment concerned. 

Estimates should be sent by the yards to the bureaus early 
enough to permit their analysis and forwarding to the department 
before the opening of the bids. 

The above applies only to estimates for new construction and 
not to estimates for repairs. 

1994. 

^DockiBg^ves^. Charges for docking vessels of foreign Governments and for 
Governments. work incidental thereto will be made as for vessels of the United 
States Government. 

Section 9. — Work at Navy Yards and Stations for Private 

Parties. 

1995. 

Navy yard work n work shall be done by the Government force at a navv yard 

for private - ** 

parties. or station for private individuals or corporations except by au- 

thority of the Secretary of the Navy upon an application specify- 
ing the nature of the work to be done, and accompanied by a cer- 
tificate from the commandant that the necessary labor or appli- 
ances can not be procured in the vicinity from private contractors. 
Commandants of navy yards and stations are, however, author- 
ized to undertake, in advance of approval by the department, work 
for private parties in cases where the delay incident to procuring 
authorization or the assistance or agencies of private contractors 
would lead to the loss of life or the loss of valuable property. 
And to undertake without reference to the department work for 
parties doing work under contract with the Government, as pro- 
vided by the terms of their contract or when such work does not 
exceed in cost more than $100 for any one job. 
Deposit by (2) In all cases, with the exception noted in the latter part of 
workta done. ™ this paragraph, when work is authorized at a navy yard or sta- 
tion for private parties they shall deposit with the disbursing 
officer of the yard a sum sufficient to cover the estimated expenses 
to be incurred. The total cost shall be defrayed from such de- 
posit. The special deposit for payment shall be made by check, 
payable to the order of the commandant of the yard or station, 
and by him indorsed to the disbursing officer of the yard. A 
record shall be kept in the office of the commandant of the 
amounts so received, with dates of receipt, and a report made 
monthly to the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts upon prescribed 



679 

form. When this money is received by the disbursing officer of 
the yard he shall immediately take up the total amount on his 
books under " General account of advances," accounting for it in 
the same manner as he does all other funds received. After the 
work has been completed and the amount required to be deposited 
in the Treasury for final settlement determined, any balance of the 
special deposit remaining in the hands of the disbursing officer 
shall be returned by check to the party making the deposit. In 
case of an emergency, where the commandant deems it absolutely 
necessary, work of this character may be commenced under a job 
order issued under an appropriation ; but immediate steps will be 
taken to obtain a deposit, and upon its receipt a return to the 
special-deposit system shall be made. 

(3) In cases where the work is done by the Government on 
account of contractors for new vessels, and which is covered by 
special reservations for the purpose, the work shall be done on 
job orders under the appropriations concerned and the cost de- 
ducted from the voucher in final settlement, and special deposits 
will not be required. 

<4) All work done fur private panics will be divided into five 
•lasses and charged for ;is follows: 

(a) Work for private part ies in connection With irhicli Hie esti- 
mated material charge is l<\ss tlian 50 per cent of the estimated 
labor. — At industrial yards this class Of work will be charged with 
the cost of direct labor, overhead expense (as defined by the ac- 
counting instructions in force), and direct material. At non- 
industrial yards this class of work will be charged with direct 
labor, direct material, and a surcharge equal to 35 per cent of the 
direct labor. The amount of this surcharge will be deposited in 
the Treasury to the credit Of f Miscellaneous receipts." 

(&) Work for prirate parties in connection with irlticli the (sti- 
matcd charge for inati rial is more than 56 per <( nt of tlie esti- 
mated charge for direct Ial>or. — At industrial yards, work of this 
class will be charged with the cost of direct labor, direct material, 
overhead expense (as defined by the accounting instructions in 
force), and a surcharge of 20 per cent of the direct material. At 
nonindustrial yards, work of this class will he charged with the 
cost of direct labor, direct material, 20 per cent of the direct ma- 
terial, and 35 per cent of the direct labor. All surcharges of 20 
per cent and 35 per cent made at nonindustrial yards will be de- 
posited in the Treasury to the credit of M Miscellaneous receipts." 
In exceptional cases in which the Government's interest would 
otherwise suffer, the surcharge of 20 per cent of direct material 
may, with the department's specific approval in each case, he 
modified. 

(c) Work in connection, with lifting, handling, or transportation 
of material by yard or station facilities or equipment. — At indus- 



680 

trial yards, work of this class will be charged with the cost of 
direct labor, direct material, overhead expense (as defined by the 
accounting instructions in force), and a tool rate or rental as per 
schedule in existence at the navy yard or station concerned. At 
nonindustrial yards, work of this class will be charged with the 
cost of direct labor, direct material, a tool rate or rental as per 
schedule in existence at the navy yard or station concerned, and a 
surcharge of 35 per cent of direct labor. The amount of this sur- 
charge will be deposited in the Treasury to the credit of " Mis- 
cellaneous receipts." 

(d) Work at the Experimental Model Basin. — No change will 
be made in the existing practice for the charge on this class of 
work. This class of work will be charged with the cost of direct 
labor, direct material, and an overhead rate of 60 per cent of the 
direct labor. 

(e) Docking work. — No change will be made in the existing 
instructions covering charges for this class of work. 

(5) It is to be understood that the use of yard or station facili- 
ties for the work in question will be permitted only when avail- 
able, and in all cases their operation will be by the regular navy 
yard or station employees. In doubtful cases the question as to 
which method of charging should be employed will be decided by 
the commandant. Private parties may likewise be permitted the 
use of yard electric current, compressed air, pressure water, and 
steam for operating apparatus of their own. Where metering is 
impossible a tool-hour charge will be made, based on schedule in 
force or arrived at by agreement. Private parties will not ordi- 
narily be permitted the use of yard hand tools or yard hand- 
power tools ; where, under exceptional conditions, they are per- 
mitted the use of such tools, particularly of electric or pneu- 
matic hand-power tools, charges therefor will be made as for ap- 
pliances, and tools per schedule in force, a separate charge for 
each tool ; electric current or compressed air for hand-power tools 
will be charged for separately or may be combined with the tool 
rate of the schedule. 

(6) These instructions and the rates of tool charges of the 
schedule in force at each navy yard and station will apply under 
all ordinary circumstances. Should exceptional conditions ren- 
der it advisable to depart therefrom the commandant will make 
suitable recommendation to the department. 

(7) All charges other than those posted under direct labor (as 
defined in paragraph (4) ), indirect expense, as per accounting in- 
structions in force, and material shall be turned into the Treasury 
as a miscellaneous receipt. 

Schedule of (8) Schedule of charges to private parties for use of tools and 
other equipment of navy yards and stations : 
Appliances and tools: 






681 

Class 1 (under $200) : 50 cents per clay; minimum charge 25 
cents (a). 

Class 2 ($200 to $1,000): $1 per day; minimum charge 25 
cents (a). 

Class 3 ($1,000 to $3,000) : 30 cents per hour. 

Class 4 ($3,000 to $8,000) : 80 cents per hour. 

Book value 

Class 5 ($8,000 and over) : — — per hour (6). 

7,500 

Blacksmith's and coppersmith's forge, small : $1 per day ; mini- 
mum charge 25 cents. 

Blacksmith's forge, large, and hammer : 30 cents per hour. 

Smithery furnace, large, and hammer : 75 cents per hour. 

Galvanizing plant : 75 cents per hour. 

Railroad cars: $1 per day; minimum charge. 50 cents. 

Ash lighter: 50 cents per hour. 

Steam launch : $1.50 per hour. 

Installing connection and meter for water, air, or electric cur- 
rent : $5. 

Electric current per kilowatt hour: fixed charges to be deter- 
mined annually for fiscal year by Bureau of Yards and Docks as 
approved by the Secretary of the Navy. 

Pneumatic power per 1,000 cubic feet : fixed charges to be deter- 
mined annually for fiscal year by Bureau of Yards and Docks as 
approved by the Secretary of the Navy. 

Water (c). 

Yard tugs: 4 cents per hour per ton of displacement (</). 

(a) For hand-power tools (pneumatic and electric) these 
charges do not include the cost of air or electric current, which 
will constitute an additional charge. 

(&) Maximum hourly charge, $20. 

(c) To be charged as material. 

(d) Minimum hourly charge, $15. 
Horses and wagons or carts, power trucks, locomotives, cranes, 

shear legs, hoisting engines, portable boilers, pile drivers, floating 
derricks, rigging gear, diving apparatus, etc., will be charged as 
"Appliances and tools." 

Bar, plate, and angle furnaces and slabs; annealing furnaces; 
welding and reducing furnaces and cupolas; core ovens, etc., will 
be charged as "Appliances and tools," but in addition the fuel 
actually used will be charged as material. 

Unless otherwise noted, charges for "Appliances and tools 
cover fuel and power, but do not include operator. 

No charge will be made for the dry-dock crane when used in 
connection with docking a vessel. 

Time charged will include time occupied in getting up steam, 
warming up furnaces, and for similar preparations, as also time 



Model foasiii. 



682 

necessary for securing the apparatus. A fraction of an hour 
will be charged as an hour in each case, and no charge of less 
than an hour will be made. 

Charges for work done for private parties at the United States 
cxi>erimental model basin are not affected by the foregoing in- 
structions. 

1996. 



Rules for dock- Charges for the work of docking private vessels at navy yards 
ing private res- & to L J 

sels at navy are not covered by preceding instructions and will follow the 

yar s * rules laid down in succeeding paragraphs. 

(1) Xo private vessel will be permitted to use a Government 
dock except in an emergency, and when there is no private dock 
in the vicinity available for the purpose. 

(2) Application for the use of the dock must oe made to the 
Bureau of Construction and Repair, and will be subject to the 
approval of the Secretary of the Navy. It should be made through 
the commandant of the station when circumstances permit, and 
should state the purpose for which docking is required, the num- 
ber of days in dock believed to be necessary, that there is no pri- 
vate dock available, and that the Government's rules in relation 
to the use of the Government docks are understood and accepted. 
Such statements will be confirmed by the commandant before for- 
warding an application, if practicable, or before work is proceeded 
with, if authorized. 

(3) The United States will assume no responsibility for any 
damage or injuries to a vessel, crew, or appurtenances while enter- 
ing, leaving, or in the dock, or while at the yard. All claims 
against the United States for or on account of any such damage 
or injuries, from whatsoever cause arising, must, before permis- 
sion to use the dock is given and as a condition precedent thereto, 
be distinctly and expressly waived, in writing, by a responsible 
representative of the vessel. 

(4) The vessel docked will be held responsible for all the dam- 
age, except reasonable wear and tear, which may be done to the 
dock or other Government property as the result of the docking, 
whether this damage be done by the vessel itself, or its employees, 
or by employees of contractors while doing work on it, or by em- 
ployees of the Government while docking or undocking. Any ex- 
cess of the deposit mentioned in paragraph 8 over and above the 
actual charge will be held until such damages have been liquidated 
in full. 

(5) Such police and fire regulations as the commandant may 
direct will be observed during the whole time that a vessel may 
lie at the yard or in the dock, both by those on board and by em- 
ployees of private firms permitted to work on the vessel. 



683 

(6) Vessels allowed to enter the dock must furnish tugs at their 
own expense, of such number and character as the commandant 
may consider necessary to insure proper handling in entering or 
leaving the dock. 

(.7) The schedule charges will cover the cost of placing the 
vessel in the dock, of maintaining it there as long as may be neces- 
sary, and of removing it from the dock. No other work on the 
vessel will be done by the Government without special authority 
from the Secretary of the Navy, except that of rigging staging 
for cleaners and painters, and the cleaning, painting, and minor 
items ordinarily incidental to docking. All such work will be 
charged for at actual cost (labor, material, and indirect) plus 10 
per cent. If a vessel is docked with cargo on board, each ton in 
weight of such cargo shall be charged for at the regular tonnage 
rates ; the charge for cargo to be in addition to the regular charges 
based on registered tonnage. 

(8) Prior to the vessel's entering the dock there must be de- 
posited with the disbursing officer of the yard a sum sufficient to 
cover the cost of docking and undocking, lay day charges, and all 
work done on the vessel by Government employees. This amount 
is to be determined by estimates of the naval constructor, ap- 
proved by the commandant. Upon completion of the work, any 
excess of this deposit over and above the docking charges, the sum 
charged to cover work other than docking, and the cost of repair- 
ing any damage done to the Government property will be returned 
to the party depositing it. In case additional work is authorized 
an additional deposit to cover cost of same will be required before 
the work is commenced. The docking charges will be based on 
the gross tonnage of the vessel for steamers and on the net ton- 
nage for sailing vessels to the nearest whole ton, and a tonnage 
certificate will be supplied by the vessel, the same being subject to 
verification by the Navy Department should the latter so desire. 

(9) No vessel will be docked for less than the actual cost 
(labor, material, and indirect) of work to the Government, plus 
10 per cent. In case the charges figured at the scheduled rates 
are insufficient to cover the actual cost of the work, the latter 
amount plus 10 per cent will be charged. Where there is more 
than one dock at the navy yard and the rates of docking in such 
docks are not uniform, the rates charged will be those for the 
dock actually used. 

(10) Vessels will occupy such wharves at the navy yard as the 
commandant may direct. The date having been agreed upon for 
entering the dock, the owner shall be responsible for having the 
vessel present for docking. If the vessel is not so present, the 
day in question and each subsequent day may be charged against 
the vessel as a lay day, provided that the dock was prepared and 
held waiting for the vessel. 



684 

(11) 111 case ti dock has been pumped out and blocks prepared 
for receipt of the vessel, which for any reason is not docked 
therein, the. actual cost (labor, material, and indirect) of such 
work, plus 10 per cent, will be deducted from the deposit made 
with the yard disbursing officer. 

(12) If on account of public necessity a private vessel upon 
which work has not been completed is undocked, it shall be re- 
docked at the earliest practicable moment, and, subject to the pro- 
visions of paragraph 9 above, no charge shall be made for such 
undocking and redocking, or for wharfage during the period held 
waiting. If, however, the vessel temporarily undocked as above 
described shall thereafter proceed elsewhere to complete the un- 
finished work in dock, the amount actually expended for all work, 
including docking, plus 10 per cent, will be charged. 

(13) The time in dock will be counted from the time the ves- 
sel's bow crosses the dock sill going in until it crosses the sill 
going out, or from the time the dock is pumped dry (keel blocks 
showing) until the time of commencing to flood, depending upon 
which method more nearly agrees with local practice. The dock- 
ing charges will cover the first 21 hours. If work in extiess 
of 8 hours on any day is done on the vessel subsequent to the 
day of docking, however, the rate charged for such day in dock 
may be doubled ; this action to be also governed by local practice. 
Sundays and holidays will not be charged for as lay days unless 
work is done on the vessel, nor will any charge be made for lay- 
days on which all work is prevented by bad weather. The day 
of undocking will be charged as a lay day, provided more than 
24 hours shall have elapsed since docking. Where the use of a 
dock is dependent on tides, each 21 hours may be counted as 
between the time of high tide on one day and that of the corre- 
sponding high tide on the following day. 

(14) Particulars as to the various Government docks and the 
rates for use of same for private vessels have been issued by the 
department for the guidance of the commandants of the several 
navy yards. The rates given are subject to change, and com- 
mandants will submit recommendation to the Bureau of Con- 
struction and Repair if any local conditions warrant such change. 

(15) Vessels building for the United States Navy, or for other 
departments of the Government, or for foreign Governments, will, 
if docked at navy yards at contractor's expense, be considered as 
private vessels and charged for accordingly. If, however, any 
vessel building for the Navy Department can not be docked for 
the routine cleaning and painting as required by the contract un- 
der which she is building in local private docks by reason of size, 
the charges for docking will be the actual cost of the work as for 
a Government vessel. 



CHAPTER 52. 



CORRESPONDENCE. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 2003-2049. Instructions. 

Sec. 2. — Art. 2050-2053. Definitions of naval terms. 



Section 1. — I n structions. 
2003. 

(1) Correspondence shall be minimized as much as is com- Unnecessary 

correspondence 
patible with the public interests, both as regards the number of prohibited. 

letters written and their length. 

(2) Officers shall endeavor to use accuracy, simplicity, and con- Style of ivrit- 
ciseness in official correspondence, confining themselves to the 

subject at band Without omitting essentia! details and arranging 
paragraphs of letters in logical sequence. 

(3) Tables, diagrams, and sketches shall be used, if practi- es Tables, sketch- 
cable, when they add to clearness. 

2004. 

Official correspondence l>etween Officers of the Xavv and with Correspond- 

enre shall lie 

officials of the public service should be courteous in tone. courteous. 

2005. 

(1) There are three classes of correspondence and infor- 
mation : 

(1) Secret. 

(2) Confidential. 

( 3 ) Nonconfidentia 1 . 

(2) "Secret" matter is correspondence or information which reg ^dwice °° r " 
should be known only to the person addressed or to other persons 

to whom he is specifically authorized to communicate it. In 
war time specifically that which relates to present or future 
defensive or offensive operations against an enemy. This in- 
cludes all current instructions to and reports from operating 
forces, codes and ciphers, movement orders to vessels, all cor- 

(685) 



686 

respondence which has to do with active operations against the 
enemy ; and any current information which, if known, would 
assist the enemy to determine in advance the nature of offensive 
measures or weapons which the United States or her allies were 
planning to use against him. 

(3) "Confidential" matter is correspondence or information 
which would prove of value to an enemy (or in time of peace 
to a foreign Government), but which does not relate to measures 
or weapons which the United States is preparing to use against 
him and is not vital to the secrecy of present or future policy. 

(4) " Nonconfidential " matter is correspondence or informa- 
tion which relates to methods of procedure regularly followed and 
to other subjects a full knowledge of which could by no possi- 
bility be of use to the enemy. 

(5) "Secret" matter must be opened, transmitted, and han- 
dled by an officer and shall be at all times actually or potentially 
in the possession of commissioned officers only; except that espe- 
cially reliable, temperate, and discreet persons may be specifically 
intrusted by proper naval authority with the opening and han- 
dling of such matter, provided, however, that the official delegat- 
ing such authority shall at all times be personally responsible for 
the safeguarding of " secret " matter so intrusted. It is ordered 
that the name, rating if any, nature and place of employment of 
each person authorized to open and handle " secret " matter be 
immediately forwarded in writing to the Director of Naval In- 
telligence by the official giving such authorization, and it is fur- 
ther ordered that the Director of Naval Intelligence be imme- 
diately notified in writing by the proper naval authority when 
such authorization has been revoked. 

(6) " Confidential " matter shall be subject to the same regu- 
lations as "secret," with the provision that officers may delegate 
their personal responsibility to others whom they believe, by 
reasons of adequate personal investigation, to be in every respect 
reliable, temperate, close-mouthed, and dependable. The circu- 
lation and the handling of " confidential " matter will be in 
accordance with existing regulations. 

(7) All "secret" and all "confidential" correspondence will 
be stamped as such on the first or cover sheet. It is not suffi- 
cient to type the word " secret " or " confidential," as this does 
not indicate conspicuously the character of the correspondence. 

(8) The distinction between "secret" and "confidential" is 
a fine one, and as information may unexpectedly come to have a 
bearing which should be secret, extreme care and constant 
thought should be applied to maintain secrecy as extensively and 
thoroughly as is humanly possible. The importance and vital 
necessity of keeping the enemy in ignorance of plans and opera- 
tions is too generally blindly annd thoughtlessly disregarded. 



687 

2006. 

Matters involving questions of jurisdiction, or conflict of au- Questions of jn- 

risdiction, etc. 

thority, which can not be reconciled by correspondence between 
officers, must be referred, by officers of the Navy, to the Secretary 
of the Navy. 

2007. 

Official correspondence between subordinate officers of ships or Correspond- 
naval stations is forbidden, unless elsewhere specifically authorized subordinates.* * ™ 
herein. 

2008. 

(1) All officers through whom communications from subordi- . Papers requir- 
nates are sent for transmittal to higher authority shall forward tion. 

the same if in proper form and language as soon after their 
receipt as practicable and shall invariably state their opinions 
in writing, by indorsement or otherwise, in relation to every sub- 
ject so submitted by themselves for decision. 

(2) The term " forwarded " may be affixed to such papers as Papers requir- 

. ^ . iL , , , .. . ingno official 

are complete m themselves, and which do not require an expres- action, 
sion of opinion from the office through wbich they are transmitted. 
Such papers may be transmitted under the indorsement of an 
officer of the staff, by direction of the commander in chief, the 
commandant, or the senior officer present. 

2009. 

When official business is conducted by telephone or orally, Correspond- 
the substance of any communication or order that should be made phone or orally. 
a matter of record shall be reduced to writing without unnecessary 
delay. 

2010. 

(1) As a general rule, a letter shall he answered by a separate When indorse- 
letter and not by indorsement. This regulation is not intended ™*J| S sha11 be 
to prevent the use of stamped or written indorsements on papers 
or reports of which copies arc not retained, or to prevent the 
use of indorsements on papers necessarily referred to several 
bureaus or offices ; it is intended to prevent the practice of having 
an original letter returned to the writer by an indorsement con- 
taining the report or information requested, and having in the 
indorsement a request for the return of the papers to the office 
or person to which they were originally sent, as such procedure 
necessitates increased clerical work in copying the indorsement, 
and requires the papers to be mailed three times. When the 
original is answered by a separate letter each office has a com- 



688 

plete record of the correspondence without extra work, and the 

papers are sent through the mails twice instead of three times. 

Separate let- (2) Separate letters shall be written on separate subjects mi- 
ters on separate „ 
subjects. less the subjects are of like nature. 

In submitting reports or recommendations relative to repairs, 
alterations, etc., each vessel will be treated in separate corre- 
spondence, 
knowled ed * e ^ AU communications, except such as require neither action 
nor reply, shall be acknowledged. 

2011. 

Communica- Communications received by a bureau or office containing in- 
ferred when nee- formation a knowledge of which is necessary or w T ould be useful 
essary * to the department or any other bureau or office shall be promptly 

referred accordingly, or copies thereof shall be furnished. 

2012. 

Communica- (i) All official correspondence of the Navy Department, its 
tions with other ^ . , . 

executive depart- bureaus or offices, with other executive departments, except 

ments - from officers serving temporarily under such departments, and 

excepting also correspondence in relation to accounts, pensions, 
or records of service, will be conducted by the Secretary of the 
Navy. (Art. 1226. par. 2.) 

(2) All communications addressed to the United States Civil 
Service Commission by officers of the Navy relative to examina- 
tions, certifications, appointments, etc., in the classified service 
of the Navy Department, shall be forwarded through the Secretary 
of the Navy. 

2013. 

i)ers Crial nnm " (1) Officers commanding fleets, squadrons or stations, and 
other officers having a regular correspondence with the Navy De- 
partment, shall number their letters. 
Translations. (2) "Whenever letters or documents in foreign languages are 
transmitted, they shall be accompanied, if possible, by transla- 
tions. Official correspondence to foreign countries shall be in the 
English language. 
ene CO t rr t> SP t° nd " ^ A11 correspondence shall be typewritten if practicable, but 
written. should a typewriter be Unavailable, the communication must 

be legibly written without erasures or interlineations. 
Typewriter rib- (4) Record (noncopying) typewriter ribbons shall be used. 
Carbon copies. (5) Letters and indorsements shall not be press copied, but 
a sufficient number of carbon copies shall be made in lieu thereof 
for the files or other purposes. Each carbon copy shall show the 
office of origin. The name of the signing officer shall be type- 
written or stamped on all copies. 



689 



(6) In preparing letters, indorsements, and reports which go 
through another office or other offices, the office preparing the 
original will make on thin white paper a copy for each office 
through which the correspondence is to pass before it reaches its 
final destination. This copy will be marked for the appropriate 
office. 

2014. 

(1) For official correspondence in the Navy, whether letters 
or indorsements, letter paper shall habitually be used. For the 
original, or first copy, it shall be white linen typewriter paper 
8 by 10£ inches in size, weighing approximately -U pounds per 
ream of 500 sheets of that size. For file copies, a green-tinted 
paper of the same size and weighing about 3 pounds per ream 
shall be used. For additional carbon copies, thin paper other 
than green shall be used. 

(2) Typewriter cap, used only in special cases, shall be 8 by 13 
inches in size, but otherwise similar to letter paper. 

(3) Paper for letters and indorsements shall have two holes 
punched in it, the center of the holes to be i inch from the top 
of the sheet and 2% inches apart and equidistant from the center 
of the sheet, in order that the sheets may be uniformly fastened 
together. The holes shall not exceed fa inch in diameter. 

2015, 



Official paper. 



Letterheads. 



(1) The forms prescribed in this article shall apply to all cor- Forms, 
respondence within the naval service, with the State naval militia 
organizations, and with such departments as may adopt a similar 
form of correspondence, but not with departments, officials, and 
persons that have not adopted these or similar forms. 

(2) Letters shall begin with the ship or station, place, and 
late, grouped and spaced as indicated in the examples in paragraph 
27. The upper line of the heading shall be at least 1£ inches from 
the top of the page. In the case of indorsements which start on 
a new page or any letter or indorsement continued on a new 
page there shall also be left clear at least !£ inches at the top 
for binding purposes. 

(3) The official designation of all vessels of the Navy shall 
be the name of the vessel preceded by the letters U. S. S. The 
word flagship shall follow the name of the vessel in the heading 
of a communication emanating from the office of a flag officer. 

(4) Special subletterheads may be used at shore stations to of & ffl^ e * heads 
designate the different offices of the station, and by officers on 

detached duty ashore, but shall not be used to designate the 
different heads of departments on board ship. (See Example B 
and the last two examples under C.) 



690 



Origin. 
" From." 



Address. 
" To." 



Subject. 



Eeferences. 



Eeference, 



Inclosures. 



(5) In communications dated on board a vessel at sea, the 
latitude and longitude shall be stated if exactness be necessary, 

otherwise the expression " Passage, to " shall be 

used. 

(6) Following the heading and date in letters and endorsements 
either the official designation, or the name and rank of the writer 
preceded by the word " From," shall be written at the left side 
of the page as indicated in examples in paragraph 27. 

(7) On the line below "From," and preceded by "To" at the 
left of the page, shall appear the official designation of the office 
or official addressed ; following this the channel through which 
the communication is to pass; these offices to be designated by 
numerals indicating the sequence of routing. 

(8) Following the address, the subject of the correspondence, 
briefed, shall be written across the page, preceded by " Subject." 

(9) The brief of the subject should be written in about the 
same form and terms as would be used in indexing the communi- 
cation in filing; for example, "Delaware; feed pumps; recom- 
mends change in type," " Navy Yard, New York ; Dry-dock No. 1 ; 
reports damage to caisson struck by tug." 

(10) The subject shall not be repeated at the beginning of an 
indorsement, except when required by the filing system of the 
writer's office to identify the file copy, or when the indorsement 
begins on a new sheet, in which case it shall always be repeated. 

(11) After the subject the references to previous correspond- 
ence on the same subject, if any, shall be briefly indicated, pre- 
ceded by " Reference," as shown in the form in paragraph 27. 

(12) In acknowledging, answering, or referring to official 
communications, the file number (letters as well as figures), and 
date, shall be included in the "Reference." References shall be 
lettered in small letters, and may be referred to in the communi- 
cation as "Reference (a)," etc. 

(13) When a plan that has been given a file number is referred 
to in the correspondence, this number should be stated in connec- 
tion with such reference. 

(14) Following " Reference," if any, the number of inclosures 
shall be stated preceded by " Inclosure " at the left of the page, 
as indicated in the example in paragraph 27. 

(15) The use of numbered inclosure slips attached to the 
inclosures is authorized, and in case they are used the serial num- 
ber of the slip or slips should be given after the word " Inclo- 
sures." ( See example B. ) 

(16) Where necessary the method of forwarding inclosures. 
whether inclosed, under separate cover, or by express, shall be 
indicated. The absence of " Reference " or " Inclosure " will 
indicate that no reference or inclosure accompanies; the com- 
munication. 



691 



Body of letter. 



Paragraphs to 
fee numbered. 



Abbreviations. 



(17) The file number of the letter or indorsement shall be File number, 
placed in the upper left corner, about 1 inch from top and 1 inch 

from the left edge of the page ; the abbreviation or initials of the 
section or division preparing the correspondence to follow on the 
same line as the file number. 

(18) The body of letters and indorsements shall be written 
single spaced, with one double space between paragraphs. Each 
indorsement shall, where possible, be written on the same sheet 
as the preceding letter or indorsement, with a space of about 
one-half inch intervening. 

(19) Paragraphs in letters and indorsements, or other official 
papers, shall be numbered. Subparagraphs shall be lettered thu.> : 
(a), (6), etc. 

(20) The body of the letter shall begin and end without any Ceremonial 
ceremonial form or expression, such as " Sir," " I have the honor omitted. ° ° 
to report," " Very respectfully," etc., and shall be followed by the 

signature of the writer without designation of rank, title, or office. 
Information will be imparted, reports made, and questions asked 
directly, dispensing with such introductory phrases as " The 
bureau informs you that," " Information is requested as to," " It is 
directed," etc. 

(21) In the body of the letter U. S. Navy shall be abbreviated 
to U. S. N., U. S. Naval Reserve Force to U. S. N. K. F.. I'. S. 
Marine Corps to U. S. M. C, and U. S. Marine Corps Reserve to 
U. S. M. C. R. In the case of names of officers of the Staff Corps 
the designations as given in article 148 shall be abbreviated as fol- 
lows: Medical Corps to M. C, Supply Corps to S. C, Medical 
Corps Dental Surgeons to M. C. I). S., Construction Corps to < 1 - C, 
Civil Engineer Corps to C. E. C, Chaplain Corps to Ch. ('., Profes- 
sors of Mathematics to Math. 

(22) When any article referred to in a communication is for- 
warded under separate cover, it, shall be tagged and plainly 
marked in the following manner : " From Commanding Officer, 

U. S. S. , accompanying letter (or indorsement) No. — , date 

." If possible this shall appear also on the box or package 

carrying the inclosure. 

(23) Stamps showing the date of receipt of papers shall be so 
placed as not to occupy any writing space. If stamps constituting 
pro forma indorsements, such as " Received and forwarded," " Re- 
ferred for action," etc., are used, they will be placed on the face 
of pages as though written in a more formal manner, and will be 
numbered as indicated in example. 

(24) Indorsements, whether written or stamped, except those 
referred to in the next paragraph, shall be placed in regular order, 
beginning on the last page of the letter, immediately below the 
signature, if there be room there; if not, additional full sized 
sheets shall be appended to the letter to accommodate them. In- 



flate stamps, 
etc. 



Indorsements, 



692 

dorsement slips shall not be used, except on correspondence with 

other departments using such slips, 
indorsements (25) All indorsements affecting pay, mileage, transportation, 
a ee ngpaj,e c. ftn( ^ traveling expenses shall be placed on the face of the original 

order involving travel, if practicable, otherwise on the back of 

the order. Such indorsements shall never be placed on sheets 

which might be detached from the original order. 
ief?on gi sheets be ^^ Only one page of the sheet shall be written upon, and a 

margin of f inch shall be left on each side and at the bottom of 

the sheet. 

(27) The following are examples of the forms of correspondence 

prescribed in this article: 

Example A. 

No. 122-3. U. S. Navy Yard, Philadelphia, 

30 June, 1920. 
From : Commandant, Navy Yard, Philadelphia. 
To: Commanding Officer, U. S. S. Southwark. 
Via: (1) Engineer Officer. 

(2) Construction Officer. 
Subject: IT. S. S. Soiithica rk — Repairs to boat crane. 
References : 

(a) Comdg. Off. let. #576-D, of 4/27/20. 

(b) Dept. let. 2345-432, of 4/30/20. 
Inclosures (herewith) : 

(A) Blueprint #1234 showing proposed arrangement of boat 

crane. 

(B) Copy of previous correspondence on this subject. 

The repairs to the boat crane of the U. S. S. Southicarh are to 
be undertaken by the ship's force. The yard force will give such 
assistance as may be necessary in this connection, and you will 
please be governed accordingly. 

A. B. 

1st indorsement. 

No. 324-8-OD. T\ S. Navy Yard, Philadelphia. 

Construction Department. 

1 July, 1920. 
From : Construction Officer. 
To: Commanding Officer, U. S. S. South irark. 

Via: Engineer Officer. 
Subject: U. S. S. Southwark — Repairs to boat crane. 

The commanding officer has been consulted concerning the de- 
sired repairs, and the necessary material therefor under the con- 
struction department will be furnished. 






693 

Estimated cost: 

Labor $10 

Material 80 

Indirect 40 

Total 130 

CD. 

2d indorsement. 

No. 411-237-PW. U. S. Navy Yard, Philadelphia, 

Engineering Department, 

5 July, 1920. 
From : Engineer Officer. 

To: Commanding Officer, U. S. S.- Southward 
Subject : U. S. S. Southwark — Repairs to boat crane. 

The construction officer and commanding officer have been con- 
sulted, and the necessary material under the engineering depart- 
ment for the proposed repairs will be furnished. 
Estimated cost : 

Labor $8 

Material 60 

Indirect 30 

Total 98 

E. F. 

Example B. 
1382-67-C. O. 

Navy Yard, Puget Sound, Wash., 

Hull Division, 6 May, 1920. 
From : Construction Officer. 
To : Commandant. 

Subject : Quick-drying paint. 

References: (a) Bureau C. & R. letter 404&-A-306 of 3/14/20. 

(b) Bureau C. & R. letter 4048-A-139 of 7/27/19. 

(c) Bureau C. & R. letter 1808-B-912 of 2/12/20. 

Inclosures : #13821 & #13822. 

1. I request that the Bureau of Construction and Repair furnish 
formula for manufacturing slate-color, quick-drying paint men- 
tioned in the first paragraph of reference (c). 

2. Also request information as to the proper formula for boot 
topping on battleships. The second paragraph of reference (c) 
states that black, quick-drying paint is used for boot topping on 
vessels painted slate color. Reference (6) gives black boot top- 
ping formula for use on torpedo boats, destroyers and colliers, 
but states nothing about modifying previous instructions regard- 
ing boot topping for battleships, the last instructions received on 

183841°— 20 45 



694 

that point being in reference (c). Attention invited to inclosure 
#13822 showing samples of boot topping used on ships at the 
yard, and that mixed according to reference (c). 

A B . 

1st indorsement. 

12879-13&-C 

Navy Yard, Puget Sound, Wash., 7 May, 1920. 
From: Commandant. 

To : Bureau of Construction and Repair. 
Subject : Quick-drying paint. 
Inclosure: #13822. 

1. Approved and forwarded. 

E F G . 

Example C. 

[Form of letterheads and subletterheads.] 

Navy Department, 
Bureau of Construction and Repair, 

Washington, D. C, 1 July, 1912. 



U. S. S. Connecticut, 

Hampton Roads, Va., 1 July, 1912. 

United States Atlantic Fleet, 
TJ. S. S. Connecticut, Flagship, 

Navy Yard, New York, 1 July, 1912. 

U. S. S. Connecticut. 
(Passage, New York to Hampton Roads,) 

1 July, 1912. 



Navy Yard, New York, 

Captain of the Yard's Office, 

1 July, 1912. 



Navy Yard, Boston, 

Hull Dtvision, 

1 July, 1912. 



695 

Navy Yard, Nokfolk, 
Machineky Division, 



2016. 



1 January, 1913. 



(1) The sheets of a letter or report shall be arranged in regular Arrangement 
order from bottom to top ; i. e., the first sheet on the bottom, the ? er . s 

last sheet on top. Inclosures, if any, shall be attached in regular 
order on bottom of the letter, all securely fastened together, the 
head of the fastener underneath and the ends turned over the 
face of the correspondence in order that the last sheet may be 
readily removed to place indorsements thereon. Additional sheets 
bearing indorsements shall be attached, each on top of the pre- 
ceding one, on the face of the correspondence, so that the last 
indorsement shall be uppermost. Whenever an indorsement be- 
gins on a new sheet the subject shall be repeated. Each page 
of letters and indorsements shall be numbered in the middle of 
the page about one-half inch from the bottom. These numbers 
shall run consecutively throughout the correspondence. 

(2) When folding is necessary, letter paper shall be folded in Folding, 
three and typewriter cap in four equal folds parallel to the writ- 
ing. 



2017. 

For the purpose of expediting public business between offices of 
the department or within any command, mail shall be regarded 
as consisting of three classes — urgent, important, and ordinary. 
Urgent mail shall be given precedence over all other, and in order 
that it may be readily distinguished, it shall have affixed to it a 
red slip, 2 by 3 inches in size, with " Urgent " printed thereon. 
" Important " mail shall be given precedence after urgent mail 
and shall bear a blue slip with the word " Important " thereon. 
In general, ordinary mail shall be handled in the order in which 
received. 

2018. 



Classes of mail. 



Printed letterheads and forms for official correspondence shall 
be used whenever the amount of business of an office justifies it 
as an economical measure, and such forms shall conform to the 
instructions in this chapter wherever applicable. Printed forms 
shall be on sheets of standard size (letter or cap) or multiple 
thereof when practicable. 



Printed forms. 



696 



2019. 



Post cards. Bureaus and offices of the department and commandants and 

commanders in chief are authorized to issue post cards, of the 
standard dimensions prescribed by the Post Office Department, for 
the use of officers in making brief announcements, reports, re- 
quests, and acknowledgments, etc., on matters not requiring 
further action, when the use of such cards would be appropriate 
and would be in the interests of simplicity and economy. 

2020. 

Letters addressed to officials and others who nave not adopted 
the form of correspondence described in article 2015, shall be 
prepared in the customary form as indicated in the following ex- 
ample. If indorsements become necessary in this class of corre- 
spondence, they shall be prepared in the manner prescribed in 
article 2015 ; also, references and inclosures shall be as indicated 
in that article. 

Example D. 

1379-23 United States Atlantic Fleet, 

F. O. U. S. S. Connecticut, Flagship, 

Navy Yaed, New York, 1 July, 1912. 
Sie : In reply to your letter of the 20th ultimo, I have the honor 

to inform you that . 

It is requested that the necessary arrangements be made in 
advance . 



Please advise me by cable 

Very respectfully. 



The American Consul, 

Kingston, Jamaica. 



Admiral, 
Commander in Chief. 



2021. 

"ByVireSn^f M Tlle S eneral formula, " By direction of the Secretary," shall 
the Secretary." not be used upon orders or communications, except by The Judge 
Advocate General, the Solicitor, the chief clerk of the department, 
and the official charged with the correspondence relating to pen- 
sions or records of service. When it becomes necessary for others 
in authority, in giving an order or making a communication, to 
refer to the direction of the Secretary, the reference shall be to a 
specified authorization. 

(2) The formula "By direction of the " may be used by 

aids to commandants and commanders in chief and other flag 



697 

officers afloat in forwarding correspondence which requires no 
action or comment on the part of the commandant or flag officer, 
(2024, par. 2). 

2022. 

In the actual absence of the chief of a bureau, the communica- Absence of 

.. , .... .... , ...... chief of bureau. 

tions, orders, bills, requisitions, and papers requiring his signature 

shall be signed by the assistant to the chief of such bureau; or, 

if there be no assistant, then by the chief clerk of the bureau. 

2023. 

All communications, orders, bills, requisitions, and papers which Orders, by 
by law or regulations are to be signed, approved, or forwarded by JjJUJJi. and b<m 
an officer commanding a fleet, squadron, division, or station, the 
commandant of a naval station, the senior officer present, or the 
commanding officer of a ship, must be actually signed by such 
officer in his own handwriting, and in his absence by the line 
officer next in rank and actually in command at the time. The 
name of the officer shall also be typewritten or stamped. 

2024. 

(1) An officer signing for another in whose absence he is in Signatures, 
command or in charge shall write or stamp the word " Acting " 

after his signature ; in this case the title of the official from 
whom the communication emanates, as indicated after the word 
" From " at the beginning of the paper, shall not be modified ; 
thus, in the absence of the Chief of Bureau of Navigation, the 
words " Bureau of Navigation " would still appear in the letter- 
head, and the acting chief of bureau would write " Acting " after 
his signature. " Acting " shall not be used by officers left in com- 
mand of ships or divisions. 

(2) Officers in charge of sections of a bureau or office and who 
are authorized to sign mail of their section shall write or stamp 
the words " By direction " after their signature, and the title of 
the bureau or office shall appear in the prescribed place at the 
head of the communication. 

2025. 

Order forms developed at the Naval War College for force and Naval War foi- 
vessel movements, in service, shall have the approval of the Chief Operations. ° rmS * 
of Naval Operations. 



2026. 



(1) In general, all communications shall be addressed to those Addresses in 
who, by regulation or law, have cognizance of the subject presented general, 
or are authorized to take action thereon. 



698 

Officials ad- (2) All official communications intended for officers holding 
dressed by title 
only. positions with recognized titles shall be addressed to them by title 

and not by name, as " The Secretary of the Navy," " Bureau of 
Navigation," " The Commandant," " The Commander in Chief, 

Fleet (or Squadron)," "The Commander, Squadron 

(or Division)," "The Commanding Officer." 

(3) An officer left in temporary command of a station, fleet, 
squadron, or division, or, in general, of any command, shall be 
addressed as if he were the regular commanding officer, on the 
principle that it is the office and not the person that is addressed. 
The temporary incumbent shall so transact the business that neces- 
sary copies and records shall be preserved in the files of the absent 
superior officer's office, using the stationery of that office when 
practicable. 
Official mail to (4) when official mail is received on board any ship, or at any 

be opened by of- 

ficer in command, station, it shall be opened at once by the officer actually in com- 
mand for the time being, or his designated representative, and 
all papers requiring prompt action shall be given immediate atten- 
tion. 

(5) Except from ships in commission, communications relating 
solely to subjects with which a bureau is intrusted shall be 
addressed to that bureau. 

2027. 

Appeals. An official appeal from an order or decision of the Secretary of 

the Navy by an officer shall be addressed to the President as the 
common superior and be forwarded through the department, ex- 
cept in case of refusal or failure to forward, when it may be 
addressed directly. Similarly, an appeal from an order or decision 
of an immediate superior shall be addressed to the next highest 
common superior who has power to act in the matter, and shall 
be forwarded through the immediate superior, or, should the 
latter refuse or fail to forward it within a reasonable time, it may 
be forwarded direct with an explanation of such course. 

2028. 

MoTements of (1) All official communications from the bureaus, offices, and 

8 p8 ' e • boards of the Navy Department, referring to the movements of 

ships in commission for sea service or to their condition, repair, 

or availability for sea service, shall be forwarded through the 

Chief of Naval Operations. 

(2) All official communications to the Navy Department, or to 
its bureaus, offices, or boards, referring to the movements of ships 
in commission for sea service, or to their condition, repair, or 
availability for sea service, and all other official communications 



699 

which contain information of a character international, political, 
military, or otherwise possibly affecting the operations or disposi- 
tion of any force under the control of an officer in command, 
afloat, shall be addressed to the Chief of Naval Operations or to 
the bureau or office concerned. 

(3) The word " repair " in this article is to be interpreted to 
mean "the state of repair," referring to information as to the 
general condition of naval vessels, and not to the progress of work 
or direction of work of repairs for which the technical bureaus 
are financially and otherwise responsible. 

2029. 

(1) Applications for leave shall be addressed to those author- Leave, duty, 
ized to grant it. 

(2) Applications for duty and requests for a modification or 
revocation of orders shall be addressed to the Bureau of Naviga- 
tion or Major General Commandant, as may be appropriate. 

(3) All communications concerning officers and men of the 
Marine Corps who are not serving at sea shall be forwarded to 
and from the Major General Commandant. 

(4) Copies of War Department orders and Marine Corps orders 
may be forwarded direct by the Major General Commandant to 
officers of the Marine Corps serving at sea, provided that a suffi- 
cient number of Marine Corps orders shall likewise be forwarded 
by the Major General Commandant to the commander in chief of 
a fleet for the files of his office and for distribution to divisional 
commanders and commanding officers of vessels of the fleet. 

2030. 

(1) All official communications from the Navy Department or Communica- 
other superior authority, dealing with any matter of ship's duty, JhipV duty* and 
shall be addressed to the commanding officer. He shall call upon subordinate offl- 
the heads of departments concerned, if necessary, to prepare or 

assist in preparing for his signature, a suitable reply or indorse- 
ment. All official letters addressed to subordinates on board ship 
shall be forwarded through the commanding officer. 

(2) Commanding officers shall conduct and sign all correspond- Correspond- 
ence with the Navy Department, their commander in chief, or Landing 'officers! 
other superior authority, relating to the efficiency or requirements 

of their commands. 

2031. 

Reports from the executive and other subordinate officers, or Reports of sub- 
from any other person, made to the commanding officer of a ship, battle* eS 



700 

after a battle or any important service, shall be forwarded to the 
Navy Department, and the commanding officer shall retain copies. 

2032. 

Official com- m) All official communications to the Navy Department or any 

mumeations to 

be sent direct of its bureaus or offices shall be addressed directly to the bureau 
tie. 6 D PlaC 1Ca " or office which by law or regulations, has cognizance over the 
subject matter. 

(2) The Navy Department consists of the several bureaus, 
boards, corps, divisions, and offices established by or in pursuance 
of law under the Secretary of the Navy as indicated in chapter 6. 
In order that all correspondence transmitted for departmental at- 
tention shall be received in the proper place for prompt action it 
shall be addressed directly to the bureau, board, or office which 
by law, regulations, orders, or custom handles the matters in- 
volved. The word " custom " in this connection shall not be con- 
strued to conflict with any law, regulation, or general order of 
the Navy Department, and such custom even if of long standing, 
when so conflicting, shall be discontinued. 

(3) The practice of addressing communications to "The Navy 
Department" or to "The Navy Department ( )" is pro- 
hibited. The following are cited as authorized addresses : 

The Secretary of the Navy. 
The Assistant Secretary of the Navy. 
The Chief of Naval Operations. 
The President of the General Board. 

The Chief of the Bureau of . 

The Major General Commandant, Marine Corps. 

The Judge Advocate General. 

The Solicitor. 

The Chief Clerk of the Department. 

(4) Papers addressed erroneously to and reaching any bureau 
or office under the jurisdiction of the Navy Department, which, 
under the provisions of this article, should have been properly 
addressed to some other bureau or office, shall be turned over at 
once to the proper bureau or office, without action thereon, except 
that in the case of such a communication being received from an 
officer of the Navy or Marine Corps, he shall have his attention 
called to the erroneous address and procedure. 

(5) The following signatures will be used by offices of the 
Navy Department for dispatches to stations, ships, etc., of the 
Naval Establishment: 

OFFICE. SIGNATURE. 

Secretary of the Navy Secnav. 

Assistant Secretary of the Navy Astnav. 

Chief of Naval Operations .Opnav. 



701 

OFFICE. SIGNATURE. 

Bureau of Navigation Bunav. 

Bureau of Medicine and Surgery Burned. 

Judge Advocate General Jadvocate. 

Headquarters Marine Corps Marcorps. 

Bureau Yards and Docks Budocks. 

Bureau of Ordnance Buord. 

Bureau Construction and Repair Bucon. 

Bureau Steam Engineering Buseng. 

Bureau Supplies and Accounts .Sanda. 

Office Naval Intelligence Navintel. 

Board Inspection and Survey Inspection. 

Division Naval Militia Affairs Namilitia. 

Hydrographic Office Hydro. 

Chief Clerk Chief Clerk. 

Solicitor Solicitor. 

Navy Disbursing Office Navdisof. 

2033. 

(1) No written communication shall be received as official Not official if 
which is not forwarded through the prescribed channels, and with 

the endorsements of the officers through whom forwarded. 

(2) Every person in the Navy making an official communica- Official chan- 
tion of any kind to any superior authority, other than his im- 
mediate commanding officer (except as provided for in article 

2044, par. 2), shall send the same unsealed to his commanding 
officer, to be by him remarked upon and forwarded. 

(3) Officers shall not sign nor forward informal communica- Informalities, 
tions, or such as are not prepared in accordance with these regu- 
lations. 

2034. 

All reports covering matters of interest to other executive de- Matters of in- 

terest to other 
partments, including all reports on diplomatic subjects, shall be departments. 

forwarded to the department in triplicate, one copy being for 

transmission to the executive department concerned. 

2035. 

Flag officers and others on foreign service shall forward to the i m ?JrtantMpers 
Navy Department by different conveyances, duplicates, and, if to be sent, 
necessary, triplicates of all important letters, stating at the top of 
each copy, in red ink, when and by what conveyance the original 
was sent. 



702 



2037. 



Fleet corre- j n a fl ee t force commanders shall communicate directly with 
spondence. ^ 

the commander in chief in all matters that pertain to administra- 
tion, except that nothing herein shall be held to conflict with the 
duties of the senior officer present. 

2038. 

In a fleet or force division commanders shall communicate 
directly with the force commander in all matters that pertain to 
administration, except in the case of destroyers and submarines 
when the division commanders shall communicate with the force 
commander through the flotilla commander. Nothing herein shall 
be held to conflict with the duties of the senior officer present. 
Communications which concern only particular vessels which are 
not of interest to, and which do not require action by, flotilla or 
division commanders, such as papers dealing with individual en- 
listed men, etc., shall be forwarded by the force commander direct 
to the vessel concerned and, if necessary, shall be similarly re- 
turned. 

2039. 

Orders regard- (l) Changes in the composition of, or instructions to, general 
s"| na i. our s y courts-martial and courts of inquiry may be made by signal, but 
the signal shall be followed by a written confirmation. 

Routine re- (2) All routine reports intended for the Navy Department 
which do not require action or comment by the commander in 
chief, and are not necessary for his information, shall be for- 
warded direct by the commanding officer, excepting such as the 
commander in chief or the division commander may desire to have 
forwarded through his office. 

Letters of ad- (3) No letter of advice or transmittal shall accompany re- 
necessary. en Un " turns, requisitions, vouchers, and reports on prescribed forms 
which are complete in themselves when properly authenticated, 
and which do not require special explanation. 

Certain papers (4) All periodical returns and requisitions (except financial and 
of Itaff. e * * property returns required of supply officers and requisitions for 
supplies from ships within the limits of the United States and 
except such as a commander in chief may direct division com- 
manders to act upon and forward direct) and all papers requiring 
the action of the commander in chief shall be forwarded to the 
chief of staff. The latter shall, if necessary, refer them to the 
officers of the fleet staff concerned, who shall return them, with 
such remarks as are deemed appropriate, to the chief of staff for 
transmission by him to the .commander in chief for disposition. 



ports. 



703 

(5) When ships of a fleet are separated from the commander SM ps sepa " 

rated from com- 
in chief, all periodical returns and, if information would other- mander in chief. 

wise be delayed, all reports shall be sent directly to the depart- 
ment through the senior officer present. Copies of such reports 
shall be sent to the commander in chief through the force com- 
mander. 

(6) Commanding officers of ships shall inform the commander 
in chief through the force commander whenever, owing to urgency 
and to his remoteness, correspondence which would ordinarily pass 
through him is transmitted direct. 

(7) Reports of inspection of vessels by division commanders Beports of in- 
shall be forwarded to the commander in chief through the force spec 10n * 
commander with a copy for his files. 

(8) Each duplicate report sent to the commander in chief shall Duplicates to 
bear at head of first page, " Copy for commander in chief," and 

shall bear an indorsement signed by the commanding officer, or 
division commander, stating the date upon which the original was 
forwarded' to its proper destination and the port from which it 
was sent. 

2040. 

(1) Copies of important orders and instructions issued by a Orders from 
commander in chief or other commanding officer afloat, and all his chief." 1 aB *" 
official correspondence of public interest, shall be sent to the 

Navy Department. 

(2) Whenever it becomes necessary for the commander in chief, Copies of or- 
the commandant of a station, the senior officer present, or the to 6 be 8 sent to Bu- 
commancling officer of a ship on detached service, to issue an J* aa of NaT, s a " 
order involving travel, or an order transferring an officer from 

one ship or duty to another, two copies of such order shall be 
forwarded immediately to the Bureau of Navigation by the officer 
issuing it. Copies are desired only when the order emanates out- 
side of the department. The bureau does not desire copies of 
orders issued by the above-mentioned officers in connection with 
the carrying out of dispatch orders to officers issued by the 
department. (Arts. 87 and 107.) 

2041. 

When a ship not attached to a fleet is alone, the commanding Vessel acting 
officer shall communicate directly with the department; if not 
alone, through the senior officer present. 

2042. 

(1) When ships are at a navy yard, correspondence in regard Ships at navy 
to all matters connected with the yard shall be direct with the 



704 

commandant thereof; and correspondence with the Navy Depart- 
ment, on matters connected with the yard, shall be through the 
commandant, unless otherwise specified. 
Ships of a fleet (2) when a ship attached to a fleet or squadron is at a navy 

navy yard. yard all required fleet reports shall be made directly to the com- 

mander in chief; and all correspondence with the Navy Depart- 
ment, in matters not connected with the navy yard, shall be 
through him, except when, owing to his absence, it would occasion 
undue delay, in which case such correspondence shall be through 
the senior officer of the fleet present. (Art. 2039, par. 6.) 

ernin te re C ir D " ^ Letters from ships in commission at a navy yard asking 
for repairs shall be sent to the commandant, as provided in article 
1973 (1). All other communications, reports, etc., from ships 
in commission at a navy yard shall be forwarded direct, except 
when otherwise required by these regulations. (Art. 862.) 

2043. 

» £ 01 K r + spond " Commandants of naval stations shall correspond directly with 

CBC6 DCIWC6B 

commandants the bureaus and offices of the Navy Department concerning the 
areans. wor j£ f their commands, except as otherwise provided in these 
regulations. 

2044. 

Nary yard cor- (i) ^11 communications from the department, its bureaus or 
respondence. 

offices, relating to matters under the cognizance of a commandant 

or of which he should have knowledge shall be addressed to him, 
except as provided in paragraph 2 of this article and in article 
2043, and shall be acted upon by indorsement or otherwise as he 
shall direct. Such letters as require it shall be forwarded to the 
yard departments, divisions, and inspectors concerned, in the order 
indicated by the commandant, who shall also fix the office in which 
the correspondence shall be finally lodged. In case a letter which 
is referred to one or more offices is found to concern another office 
it shall be the duty of the head of the office to which it is referred 
to bring it officially to the attention of such other office. 
^ Letters requir- (2) Routine letters emanating from or intended for bureaus or 
the commandant, yard departments, divisions, or inspectors, also letters of a purely 
technical character which require no consideration or action by 
the commandant, shall be addressed to the official concerned and 
sent direct to him. In cases where the work or articles under the 
cognizance of bureaus other than the one from which the com- 
munication emanates are concerned, a duplicate of the letter shall 
be sent direct, to the departments, divisions, or inspectors con- 
cerned. All other letters concerning yard departments or divi- 
sions shall be addressed to the commandant, who shall, in case he 



705 

does not himself decide upon the matter, forward them to the 
official concerned. Heads of the yard departments, divisions, or 
inspectors may, however, appeal to the Navy Department from 
a decision of the commandant. 

(3) When new work is duly authorized, a shipment or f resh w * J k'^head^of 
business directed, or a requisition duly approved, the head of the d e p a r'tment to 

, . , . , . j i_ • • .. ^-i communicate di- 

department interested on board a ship in commission or the navy r e c t with foa- 
yard officials concerned may communicate direct with all bureaus, rea »s> etc. 
officers, persons, or firms involved in the matter, in order to ex- 
pedite the transaction of public affairs. Important messages sent 
by telephone shall be confirmed in writing. 

(4) It shall be the duty of every bureau and officer to ref er tio J s ° t in ^"j™! 
promptly to the commandant, or to the commanding officer of a red to the com- 

, . . . . . . , ,. , „iuandant of which 

ship in commission, any communication coming into his hands of he should be cog- 
which such bureau or officer thinks the commandant or command- BIzant - 
ing officer should be cognizant and which, by inadvertence or 
otherwise, has not passed through the proper office, although it 
should have so passed. 

(5) Indorsed bureau and other official letters, even if coining ^"/""retnSed 
through a commandant, shall, unless otherwise ordered, be re- direct, 
turned by the head of department or division concerned direct to 

the bureau or to the official in interest, in cases where the in- 
dorsements is purely routine. 

(6) Papers which are forwarded: to a commandant from points « noted" e°tc. e , 
outside the yard, and which are by him forwarded to heads f returncd direct » 
departments or divisions, inspectors, or commanding officers to be 

simply "noted," or "copied and compiled with," and "returned" 
to their source, shall be returned direct, unless the commandant 
otherwise orders, or unless some request, comment, suggestion, or 
recommendation is added requiring action by the commandant. 

(7) Recommendations as to new matters, requests for authority P»pe" which 

"* * m u s t p a s s 

or those of any other nature, which are not of the consequence of through comman- 
authority already given, and all papers not permitted by the de- 
partment (in the Navy Regulations, general orders, or otherwise) 
to be sent direct, shall pass through the commandant's office. 

(8) In communications between the Navy Department and a to ^'forwarded 
receiving ship, or ships in commission, notices concerning the direct, 
transfer of men, changes of rating, authority to ship men, re- 
quests for filling vacancies in crews or in marine detachments, 

and all reports and returns relating to such men which require 
no action by the commandant, shall be forwarded direct and not 
through the commandant's office. 

(9) The correspondence of the receiving ship, except as in- Bhi p S ® c bracks* 
dicated in paragraph 8, marine barracks, and naval hospital shall and hospitals, 
be conducted as if they were yard departments. 

(10) Papers containing views or recommendations of heads of taining e varying 
departments or divisions, inspectors, or commanding officers which views. 



706 

are at variance shall not be forwarded by such officers to the 
bureaus concerned except through the commandant. In cases of 
this nature the commandant should decide the matter, if possible. 
(11) In communications between the Major General Command- 
ant of the Marine Corps and marine brigades at navy yards or 
naval stations, notices concerning the transfer of men, changes in 
rank, authority to enlist men, requests for filling vacancies or for 
details, and all reports and returns relating to such men which 
require no action by the commandant of the yard or station, shall 
be forwarded direct, and not through the commandant's office. 
(Art. 2029.) 

2045. 

Despatches in (1) The instructions contained in this chapter covering writ- 
ten communications, as far as applicable, shall be extended to 
official despatches, subject to such accountability as the depart- 
ment or bureaus may prescribe. The term " despatch " shall be 
considered as embracing cablegram, telegram, radiogram, tele- 
phone message, and signal, and the method of its routing will be 
determined by the communication officer responsible for its prompt 
delivery. 

(2) Despatches shall not be used when communication by mail 
will answer the purpose. 

(3) Despatches strictly personal or for the convenience or in the 
interest of the sender shall not be transmitted at Government ex- 
pense. 

(4) All despatches shall be confirmed immediately by mailing a 
carbon copy marked "Confirmation of despatch sent (hour) a. m. 
(p. m.) on (day)." When deemed advisable, a letter giving addi- 
tional information in regard to the matter should accompany the 
confirmation. When a telegram, cablegram, or radiogram is sent 
in code the confirmation copy shall be a copy of the coded message 
as sent and not a copy of the translation. When telegrams, cable- 
grams, and radiograms that have been sent in code are quoted in 
correspondence or orders, a paraphrase, and not an exact trans- 
lation, will be given. 

2047. 

Files. (1) All officers shall file and preserve all official documents 

received and copies of all official letters and indorsements sent. 

Permanent (2) Suitable files containing copies of all orders given and offi- 
spondence. c ] e " cial letters written, and the original of all letters received on public 
service in all offices on board naval vessels and at shore stations 
shall be kept and preserved. Commanding officers may take 
copies of orders or letters sent or received. The system of filing 
shall be such as to safeguard all official papers and to render them 
readily accessible for reference. A "flat-filing system shall be used 
when practicable. 



707 

(3) Accumulations in the files of vessels of the Navy of papers Destruction of 
that in the judgment of the commander in chief of the fleet are 
not needed or useful in the transaction of current business and 
have no permanent value or historical interest may be disposed of 
by the commander in chief of the fleet by sale, after advertisement 
for proposals as waste papers if practicable, or, if not practicable, 
then otherwise, as may appear best for the interests of the Gov- 
ernment, the commander in chief of the fleet to make report 
thereon to the Secretary of the Navy; provided always that no 
papers less than two years old from the date of the last indorse- 
ment thereon and no correspondence, or the related papers, with 
officers or representatives of a foreign Government, shall be de- 
stroyed or disposed of by such commander in chief of the fleet. 

2048. 

(1) When a vessel is placed out of commission all papers (ex- p i >"? d °out b of 
cept those of a confidential nature) to be forwarded to the Chief commission. 

of Naval Operations shall be packed in suitable boxes, properly 
marked as to contents and destination, turned over to the supply 
officer of the naval station or navy yard, and by that official for- 
warded to the Chief of Naval Operations by public conveyance or 
by freight. 

(2) Confidential papers and publications (except code and signal pa p er ° f i dentIal 
publications) shall be forwarded by registered mail by the com- 
manding officer to the Navy Department, bureau, or office con- 
cerned before the ship is placed out of commission, unless other- 
wise directed by the department. In every case a separate letter 
enumerating the numbers and contents of the registered packages 

shall be forwarded by registered mail. Code and signal publica- 
tions shall be turned in to the issuing officer or district communica- 
tion superintendent or to the commandant of the station at which 
the ship goes out of commission. A copy of the list of code and 
signal publications to be turned in should be forwarded to the 
Director of Naval Communications as early as practicable in 
order that the list may be checked against the department's 
record and any discrepancies corrected before the ship is placed 
out of commission. 

(3) The official records of all boards and temporary or discon- od^j'bJ^S 
tinued offices shall, when completed, be forwarded to the Navy De-to department, 
partment. 

(4) In all cases in which confidential letters are sent through 
the mails, the letters shall be placed in an inner envelope, plainly 
marked "confidential." This envelope shall be inclosed in an- 
other envelope bearing the address only, and under no circum- 
stances shall the outer envelope be marked " confidential." Con- 
fidential letters shall always be registered. 



708 



2049. 



da^ers^naTi- In order tnat tne Hydrographic Office may be in a position at 
gatiou. all times to promptly apprise the ships of the Navy and Merchant 

Marine regarding dangers to navigation, commandants and com- 
manding officers having information regarding a dangerous ob- 
struction to navigation shall forward such information without 
delay direct to the Hydrographic Office, unless the officer con- 
cerned has reason to believe that the matter has been previously 
reported. When reporting a temporary deficiency in aids to navi- 
gation, they shall send a copy of the report direct to the nearest 
lighthouse inspector concerned. 

Section 2. — Definitions of Naval Terms. 

2050. 

The following definitions of certain naval terms shall be ob- 
served in official correspondence: 

Naval base. (a) A naval base is, generically, a center from which men-of- 

war can operate and be maintained, and may be of a permanent 
or temporary character, depending upon whether its constructed 
naval accommodations are of a fixed or transient nature. 

(&) Naval bases are divided geographically into two classes, 
home bases and outlying bases, and these are themselves divided 
by their facilities into main bases, subsidiary bases, and bases for 
particular types of naval craft. (Destroyer bases, submarine 
bases, aviation bases, etc.) 

Home base. ( c ) j± main home base is one within the continental territory 

of the country, from which the fleet can operate at all times and 
which is designed to maintain the fleet in all respects both in 
peace and war. 

Outlying base. ^ A main outlying base is one without the continental limits 

of the country, having as many of the attributes of a main home 

base as practicable, and designed to be a strong point of support 

for the fleet and from which it can be maintained for limited 

periods in war. 

Subsidiary (e) a subsidiary base (home or outlying) is one that contains 

some of the fixed elements of a main base and which, while not 

capable of supporting and maintaining the whole fleet, may so 

care for portions of it. 

Base for tor- (/) A destroyer, submarine, aviation, or other base for particu- 
pedo craft or n „ -,,.. n ,.,, 

airplanes. lar types of naval craft is one from which the type in question 

can operate and be maintained. It may or may not form part of 

a main or subsidiary base. 

(g) An outlying base of a temporary character used in war for 

the fleet or portions of it is termed an advanced base. 



709 



(h) The characters, composition, and strength of naval bases 
will depend upon the necessities of service, at all times. 

(i) A naval station is the location of a particular form of naval 
activity, and may or may not form part of a naval base. 

(j) A naval depot is the location where naval personnel or 
materiel is stored and delivered, and may or may not form part 
of a naval base. 



Naval station. 



Naval depot. 



2051, 



Strategy applies to the distribution of naval forces, their arma- 
ment and supplies in preparation for war or in the prosecution 
of war. It includes logistics. It refers to naval movements and 
dispositions made before contact with the enemy's forces. 



Strategy. 



2052. 



Tactics applies to all naval movements and operations made 
after contact with the enemy's forces. The term " contact " is 
here employed in a broad sense, meaning such proximity to the 
enemy as aifects fleet formation and renders a battle imminent. 



Tactics. 



2053. 



Naval policy. — Everything that includes the fixed condition of 
preparation for war; that is, the strength, character, and com- 
position of the Navy fortification of ports and bases, etc. (This 
will be based upon our political relations and the probability of 
war with different powers. It will also be influenced by the con- 
clusions of a comprehensive study of the political relations be- 
tween other powers throughout the world and their influence upon 
coalitions and alliances.) 
183841°— 20 46 



Policy. 



CHAPTER 53. 



MAIL AND NAVY MAIL CLERKS. 

Sec. 1. — Art. 2063-2065. Appointments and duties of Navy mail 

clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks. 
Sec. 2.— Art. 2066-2067. Handling of closed mails under provisions 

of Postal Convention. 
Sec. 3. — Art. 2068-2070 Miscellaneous. 



Section 1. — Appointments and Duties of Navy Mail Clerks 
and Assistant Navy Mail Clerks. 

2063. 

(1) Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks are au- Authorization 
thorized under the provisions of an act of Congress, approved May of maI1 clerk8, t 
27, 1908, which, as amended by the act of August 24, 1912, reads as 
follows : 

11 Enlisted men of the United States Navy or Marine Corps may, 
upon selection by the Secretary of the Navy, be designated by the 
Post Office Department as ' Navy mail clerks ' and ' assistant 
Navy mail clerks,' who shall be authorized to receive and open all 
pouches and sacks of mail addressed to naval vessels, to make 
proper delivery of such mail, to receive matter for transmission in 
the mails, to receipt for registered matter (keeping an accurate 
record thereof), to keep and have for sale an adequate supply 
of postage stamps, to make up and dispatch mails, and other 
postal duties as may be authorized by the Postmaster General, all 
in accordance with such rules and regulations as may be pre- 
scribed by the commanding officer of the vessel or of the squadron 
to which the vessel is attached. Each mail clerk and assistant 
mail clerk shall take the oath of office prescribed for employees 
of the Postal Service and shall give bond to the United States 
in such penal sum as the Postmaster General may deem sufficient 
for the faithful performance of his duties as such clerk, and shall 
be amenable in all respects to naval discipline, except that, as to 
their duties as such clerks, the commanding officers of the vessels 
upon which they are stationed shall require them to be governed 
by the postal laws and regulations of the United States. 

(711) 



712 

" Whenever necessity arises therefor any assistant mail clerk 
may be required by the commanding officer of the vessel upon 
which he is stationed or of the squadron to which said vessel is 
attached to perform the duties of mail clerk. They shall receive 
as compensation for such services from the Navy Department, in 
addition to that paid them of the grade to which they are as- 
signed, such sum, in the case of mail clerks not to exceed $500 
per annum and in that of assistant mail clerks not to exceed $300 
per annum, as may be determined and allowed by the Navy De- 
partment." 

" Provided, That the provisions of the act of May • twenty- 
seventh, nineteen hundred and eight, as amended .by the act of 
August twenty-fourth, nineteen hundred and twelve, are hereby 
extended to authorize the designation of enlisted men of the 
Navy or Marine Corps as Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy 
mail clerks with expeditionary forces on shore." (Act Mar. 4, 
1917.) 

" That the provisions of the act of May twenty-seventh, nineteen 
hundred and eight, as amended by the act of August twenty- 
fourth, nineteen hundred and twelve, and as amended by the act 
of March fourth, nineteen hundred and seventeen, are hereby ex- 
tended to authorize the designation of enlisted men of the Navy 
or Marine Corps as Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail 
clerks for duty at stations and shore establishments under the 
jurisdiction of the Navy Department where the services of such 
mail clerks and assistant mail clerks are necessary." (Act of 
July 1, 1918.) 
Allowance of (2) The allowance of Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy 
Tssitant^maumail clerks shall be as prescribed by the Bureau of Navigation, 
clerks. Details as to their selection shall be handled by the Bureau of 

Navigation, 
instructions by (3) instructions and regulations governing Navy mail clerks 

Post Office De- ,. •' •. 

partment. and assistant Navy mail clerks and blank forms of bonds will be 

issued by the Post Office Department and transmitted through the 
Navy Department to commanders in chief, commanders of squad- 
rons and divisions, and commanding officers of vessels. Upon 
notification by the Post Office Department that he has been duly 
designated each Navy mail clerk and assistant Navy mail clerk 
shall, as soon as practicable, sign a separate blank bond in the 
presence of two witnesses, who shall certify to the signature. 
The bond shall then be forwarded to a surety company for com- 
pletion and transmission to the department for approval by the 
Secretary of the Navy. Any company authorized under the act 
of August 13, 1894, as amended by the act of March 23, 1910, to do 
business in United States matters will be acceptable to the Post 
Office Department as a surety on the bond in question. 



713 

(4) Before entering upon their postal duties Navy mail clerks 0ath - 
and assistant Navy mail clerks' shall take and subscribe before a 
magistrate or a commissioned officer of the Navy or Marine Corps 

and transmit to the department the following oath, required by 
section 1757 of the Revised Statutes and the act of March 5, 1874 : 
"I (name of appointee), having been appointed (designate 
office or employment), do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will 
support and defend the Constitution of the United States against 
all enemies, foreign and domestic ; that I will bear true faith and 
allegiance to the same ; that I take this obligation freely and with- 
out any mental reservation or purpose of evasion ; and that I will 
well and faithfully discharge the duties of the office on which I 
am about to enter. So help me God. I do further solemnly swear 
(or affirm) that I will faithfully perform all the duties required 
of me and abstain from everything forbidden by the laws in rela- 
tion to the establishment of post offices and post roads within the 
United States ; and that I will honestly and truly account for and 
pay over any money belonging to the said United States which 
may come into my possession or control ; and I also further swear 
(or affirm) that I will support the Constitution of the United 
States. So help me God." (P. L. R. 1913, sec. 153.) 

(5) The compensation of Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy 
mail clerks for services as such shall begin on the effective date 
named in the letter of designation from the Post Office Depart- 
ment and shall close on the date of the termination of such serv- 
ices. No compensation for Navy mail clerks or assistant Navy 
mail clerks, however, shall be paid until after oath and bond have 
been properly executed and forwarded. Compensation for Navy 
mail clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks shall be paid out of 
the appropriation " Pay of the Navy." The commanding officers 
of organizations having Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail 
clerks may direct the termination of such services at any time, 
reporting the fact to the Bureau of Navigation, which will inform 
the Post Office Department. 

(6) An assistant Navy mail clerk shall assist the Navy mail 
clerk in the performance of his duties as such clerk; and when- 
ever the necessity arises therefor an assistant Navy mail clerk 
may be designated by the commanding officer of the vessel or unit 
to which he is attached or of the fleet, squadron, or division to 
which the vessel is- attached to perform the duties of Navy mail 
clerk. 

2064. 

(1) Enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps may, upon selec- Mail clerkg, 
tion by the Secretary of the Navy, be designated by the Post Office u es ' 
Department as Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks, 



714 

whose duty it shall be to receive and open all pouches and sacks of 
mail ; to make proper delivery of such mail ; to receive matter for 
transmission in the mails; to receipt for registered matter (keep- 
ing an accurate record thereof) ; to keep and have for sale an 
adequate supply of postage stamps; to make up and dispatch 
mails, and other postal duties as may be authorized by the Post- 
master General, all in accordance with such rules and regulations 
as may be prescribed by their commanding officer. The supply 
officer of a vessel or naval unit to which a Navy mail clerk or an 
assistant Navy mail clerk is attached will audit the accounts of 
such Navy mail clerk or assistant Navy mail clerk once each 
month and submit report to the commanding officer. 

Oath and bond. (2) Each Navy mail clerk and assistant Navy mail clerk shall 
take the prescribed oath of office and shall give bond to the United 
States in such penal sum as the Postmaster General may deem 
sufficient for the faithful performance of his duties as such clerk, 
and shall be amenable in all respects to naval discipline, except 
that, as to their duties as such clerks, their commanding officers 
shall require them to be governed by the postal laws and regula- 
tions of the United States. 

Services and (3) The services and compensation of Navy mail clerks and 
terminated* ""^ assistant Navy mail clerks, as such, shall terminate at the discre- 
tion of their commanding officers. 

Ships and sta- (4) In the case of organizations to which mail clerks are not 
man clerks.* D ° detailed or serving as such the mail shall be handled as follows : 
(a) The commanding officer of the ship or shore station may. in 
his discretion, appoint some trustworthy person to perform the 
duty of mail orderly, to whom he shall give authority to receive 
the mail from the post office and to sign receipts for all registered 
letters except such as the sender has indorsed " Deliver only to 
addressee." Mail addressed to a shore station shall be distributed 
in accordance with such regulations as the commanding officer 
may make. 

(6) Mail for the ship's company shall be distributed in a man- 
ner prescribed by the commanding officer. Lock boxes shall be 
conveniently placed in which mail for the post office may be 
deposited. They shall be kept locked, and the keys, when not in 
use by the mail orderly, shall be kept in the executive officer's 
office. 

U. S. stamps. (c) Arrangements shall be made for facilitating the purchase of 
postage stamps by the crew, and when preparing for service in 
waters where United States stamps can not be procured a sufficient 
supply shall be obtained to last, if possible, during the proposed 
cruise, in order that the dispatch of mail in closed bags may be 
expedited. 

(d) The instructions for the receipt and dispatch of closed mails 
shall be carefully observed, especially in regard to registered 



715 

articles, and all mail received for persons no longer attached to 
the vessel shall be properly and promptly forwarded. Registered 
articles which require forwarding shall be re-registered if prac- 
ticable. 

(e) A book shall be kept as a part of the permanent records of Registered 
the ship, in which all registered matter received or sent to the mai1 * 

post office shall be entered. Registered articles delivered shall be 
signed for by the persons receiving them. Those sent to the post 
office shall be signed for by the mail orderly, who shall, on his 
return to the ship, deliver the registry receipts to the senders, who 
shall acknowledge the same in the record book. This book and all 
other papers relative to the receipt and dispatch of registered 
matter shall be carefully preserved and turned in to the Post 
Office Department when the vessel goes out of commission. 

(f) When sealed mail bags are dispatched in foreign waters to 
home post office, a strong (preferably canvas) label shall be at- 
tached to them, on which shall be inscribed the address. 

(g) In order that it may be known what should be received at 
the office of destination in a dispatch from a United States naval 
vessel, a letter bill (Form 4072-E) shall be inclosed with each 
mail dispatched from a United States naval vessel, whether the 
dispatch is made up of one or more sacks, or pouches, and whether 
the mail is prepared by a Navy mail clerk or a mail orderly. Each 
letter bill shall show by the entries the name of the naval vessel, 
the date of dispatch, number of (outside) sacks or pouches, and 
the aggregate of the registered articles and jackets to be accounted 
for at the post office to which the letter bill is addressed. A letter 
bill serves as an invoice of the sacks, pouches, and registered 
articles sent in a dispatch and must be invariably used to prevent 
loss or misunderstanding. Mail orderlies who are without a stock 
of letter bills (Form No. 4072-E) shall make requisition on the 
New York post office for the number needed on the basis of one 
bill for each dispatch. 

(7i) The required prepayment of all messages to their destination 
shall be made to the duly authorized mail clerk of the ship, or in 
his absence, to some person designated by the commanding officer. 
All accounting of the office of the Director Naval Communications 
will be with the mail clerk or person designated, who shall follow 
the instructions relating to accounting issued by that office. 

2065. 

Navy mail clerks and assistant Navy mail clerks shall make Special -deli?- 
immediate delivery of all special-delivery letters received on board ery ma 
in the regular mails. 



716 

Section 2, — Handling of Closed Mails Under Provisions of 
Postal Convention. 

2066. 

Postal conven- The handling of closed mails to and from vessels of the Navy is 
governed by the following articles in the Universal Postal Con- 
vention (arts. 25 and 26) : 

" 25. Closed mails may be exchanged between any country and 
the commanders of its naval vessels abroad; and between naval 
commanders of the same country stationed abroad. These mails 
must consist exclusively of articles addressed to or sent by the 
officers and crews of the vessels which send or receive the mails, 
and the rates and conditions applicable to the articles are deter- 
mined by the postal authorities of the country to which the ves- 
sels belong. The address of such mails should be in form as 
follows : 

From the office of . 

{The (nationality) naval squadron (name) at 
or 
The (nationality) vessel (name) at * 

I The (nationality) naval squadron (name) at : ___ 
or 
The (nationality) vessel (name) at 

For the post office at 

Or 

(The (nationality) naval squadron (name) at 
or 
The (nationality) vessel (name) at , 

{The (nationality) naval squadron (name) at 
or 
The (nationality) vessel (name) at 

" 26. If the naval vessels are not at the place of destination 
when the mails addressed to them arrive there, the mails are 
kept at the post office until claimed by the addressee or for- 
warded to another place. The forwarding may be requested 
either by the post office of origin or by the commander of the 
naval squadron or ship addressed, or finally by a consul of the 
same nationality. 

" Such of the mails as bear the indorsement ' In care of the 

consul of ,' must be delivered to the consul referred to. 

At the request of the consul they may be received back into the 
postal service and be forwarded to the place of origin or to some 
other destination. 

" Mails for naval vessels sent outside of the regular mails must 
be delivered to the vessels addressed, if called for en route. Xo 



717 

mail for a naval vessel is considered as having reached its desti- 
nation until it has been delivered to the ship addressed." 

2067. 

Vessels of the Navy at foreign ports shall transmit their mails Closed bags, 
(closed bags) to the United States through the post offices of the 
ports of call whenever practicable. Such practice not only effects 
a positive economy, but also generally insures a more effective- 
handling of the mails. Mail bags from naval vessels may be 
placed directly on board steamers sailing for the United States 
only when such procedure is unavoidable in order to advance the 
delivery of the mails. In adopting this procedure commanding 
officers shall bear in mind that it subjects the Post Office Depart- 
ment to increased cost in transporting mails, and the practice 
shall therefore not be resorted to unnecessarily. 

Section 3. — Miscellaneous. 

206S. 

In the transmission within the United States of official mail a ity s s tamp. P e "' 
matter free of postage the following rules shall be observed : 

(a) Officers of the Navy and Marine Corps may send official 
mail matter between themselves, or to any of the executive de- 
partments, by using the penalty envelopes. 

( b ) Official mail matter may be transmitted under cover of the 
penalty envelopes by officers of the Government to private indi- 
viduals. 

(c) Any department or office entitled to use them may inclose 
the penalty envelope with return address to any person from or 
through whom official information is desired, the same to be used 
only to cover such official information. 

(d) The name of the department or proper designation of the 
office or officer shall appear in the upper left-hand corner of the 
address face of the envelope, and thereunder the words " Official 
business " ; in the upper right-hand corner shall appear the penalty 
clause reading "Penalty for private use, $300." These indorse- 
ments may be printed, stamped, or written. 

2069. 

(1) Official mail matter addressed to foreign countries must be age ^ oreiS11 post " 
prepaid with postage stamps at the ordinary rates. 

(2) Official correspondence which is admissible to the domestic 
mails under penalty envelope or label may also be dispatched in 
the same manner to certain countries as specified in the Postal 
Laws and Regulations. 



718 



2070. 



Transaction of (i) Domestic money-order business only will be transacted and 

money-order ' ** 

business on board provision will be made for both the issue and payment of money 

s ip * orders. 

(2) The bond of each Navy mail clerk or assistant authorized to 
transact money-order business will be $5,000. 

(3) To provide for the prompt payment of money orders drawn 
on the branch offices located on vessels of war when sufficient 
surplus money-order funds are not available for this purpose, the 
supply officer on board the vessel will cash the orders and hold 
them until the Navy mail clerk or assistant is in receipt of 
sufficient money-order funds to reimburse him. 

(4) Eemittances of money-order funds will be made daily if in 
excess of $50, except when it is impossible to forward mail each 
day. In such cases the funds are to be deposited daily with the 
supply officer of the vessel (or in his absence with the pay clerk), 
who will give the mail clerk a receipt therefor, and when the first 
mail is dispatched will give the Navy mail clerk or assistant a 
check for the whole amount, which is to be promptly remitted to 
the New York office. 

(5) It is left to the discretion of the commanding officers of 
ships as to how large a sum of postal funds the Navy mail clerk 
should be allowed to accumulate. This sum, however, should not 
exceed $200. All funds above the amount designated by the com- 
manding officer shall be deposited with the supply officer of the 
ship for safe-keeping, to be available for withdrawal as occasion 
may demand. 

(6) Postal and money-order funds shall be kept separate from 
and independent of each other. The records of each shall be regu- 
larly inspected by the supply officer each month immediately after 
pay day, and at least once between these regular monthly inspec- 
tions, on an irregular or " surprise " date, the inspection to in- 
clude a verification of the cash balance and a complete audit of 
all vouchers. 

(7) The report of inspection, covering the period from date of 
last inspection to date of report, is to be forwarded through the 
commanding officer to the Postmaster, New York, N. Y., on Form 
No. 3271, furnished by the Post Office Department. 

(8) Mail clerks and assistants will keep money-order records 
posted daily and have them at all times readily accessible for in- 
spection by the supply officer of the vessel or duly authorized offi- 
cers of the Post Office Department. 



o £2 

s&6 



M 



2.H ° 

O 



60 to 

91 



?<3 S 
§1 



© g~£ d 

C o _ c3 © 



* 60 

!l 

ojt3 



^g 

C3 



03*3 

-J 



ft 

I 
a^ 

il 

8*3 



> > 

03 03 



© Pi CO 53 °+* 
q 3 03 . w <b £ 

§*§«*•§ j 

© S S M ~ ^ ™ 

|ttli|lti|i 

OT)-fJ 03 O s_ W.SlT ft-3 



o 



■e c 



c 
o© M 

l-O 3 go 

l -r M C/3 3 

® § 8 2 c S 2 



53 2is8=«-2.£.o 



tJC 



«oogoo'2 
S !- fc- e fc< t- w 



£. flft? p. ft" 

tX 0? QJ ' 



-»- — ' — — O O i_ 



<:£ 



»-H -CO 



o3 co £ o3 cm c3 cj £ a c3 
I O^ I CO I o« I I 

(719) 



JS 



>T» 


ft 05 


•n© 


O 60 


<8 § 






S3 


o © 




+2-0 


fa 


<C S-m 





>w 



2 111 

©■d © 

OJ 33 [_ Pi 

^S^2 



ass 

S ©~ K 




03 





a 


a 
© 


o 












i 


3 




o 


o 


n 






ft 














q 


<u 


M 


M 



t~o 


C* 


,-T 


10 


> > 


> 


>• 


> 


03 03 


03 




iXI 


££ 


fc 


^ 


£ 


£fc 


£ 


ft 


!? 



720 




721 



3 "2 
of 

*2>> 



S o 



05 



fc* 


;>> 




1* 


©*,'- 


S=u 


c 


2 « 




3*5= 


O.o 


P3Q 


<5 



X3 >"> 
•rt'S 



fl2 5 



•2 1 

111 

w=3 o 
II* 



SP 

o p,; 

O C® 

P.MV 






Sa « o 



5S 2 w 

S ft° ta 2 



s~ % 



g x;. 2 ft ft 2 3 

So PJ tf S 



ftglfl" 



II 



o> 



5 3 .8 



T > 

s o 

II 



O o> 



C « 

II 



% m O 

fto 



>C»d c3 



1st, 



!2c? a 



3 
T3 o 



«i 



2S 



as 



1-1 O 

>:* . 

3 CO 



3 8 



O i- 






fl 83 o 



3 o<=> 

-Ct3 u 

•^ c 3 

s-, 4; D 



. ,C3 3 
>>>>&> fa 

c co 3 



111 



> 2 

e3 -t3 

- s H *s 

•3 65 2 



Ed o 

+j c o 

So « 



o,i5 Co 

'crc Jt3 3 2 
I? ft ts 5 S3 5 3 -9 

£ 3 £«ftw S o 

eg o C vi -,,2 <-— , 

illlls 13 

« 042 -g 2 to g 3 

a>— • o o^ 2 C S 
o o o ot*-.x ti7j 

tsttos-si; 

o'3oooo w c 



xj 8 
a. 



a3 



^5 s 



82 

a ^ 

°^ 
oZ 

2^ 



.2 £ 



> e8 

c - r 



IS 

o = 



o a" .2 
3-3 = 2 

S O K O 

o «•- t^ft 

« CO 

33 *3 ft fe 

ixa.>.o 
335-Sd 
2 2ft2 






.2 3 3 



3 c s 

S'S© 

C30g 

!33o 



111 

5I11S 

a s |g^ 

|o|-s-g 

3 *a _C -w D, 

lists 

OP5 Kt^ 



Cr* OO 
So 0)0 

hS tf K 



oc 



O-l r-( 



^"? a h o Si] ^ ^i„- 

C3CQ _ _ _ _o d d'° 

^ y O O O Og &; !zod O 

£0 £ J3 5? ^J Z Zo » 



> CO > 

2^2 
2V . 



CO CJ _, t^ i-H " cC CO 

co>-d ■0 : ? ,0 'C33 ^.-O „ 
_o3i, tn ^~ !- ^ '— - i- o C3 

O^O Ch-SoCOViOS SM 
Mil I Tic I I I eo 1 <i) log 



e'5 
> > 



£P 



722 



© © 
A © 



O.P o o o o o o o.®, 

TJ -+^ T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 ;— 

§ 



dq 



Ph :£ ft 
© ; o © 

c c ^ 

03 , 3. . c3 

d ■fl'Sd 
"S'S o So 

3's£°3 . 

scSso ;::::::« 

ow d go • 

'o'S rB"o 

£3* §S :::::: '.3 : • 
fp :::::: :pq : 



M MMd 



O 
o 
s 

oS-5 
3 " 
pq 



oft 

o'g'S 

T3T3T3T3 © § © 
3'-2 3 

« P5 



0000 







S3 g 



© p 

tn O © 03 
M m 3 1 

■sllS 
s. * a 



«o © > 
« tf f 



3 

o ^^ 
© oM 
"©PS © 

S « © 
3 ft£ 



"3 •*» 

2 Its 

§ G © 
C 0? c3 









■c &*■ 



o — 

^©° 

j o p,g *PZg5 

1 O © 3 >=© 03 03 



9 fl &g 



,tJ go K O 

lllllgt 

©-5 S-3 S > © 
© c © ©-^ 



-2 ©.2 



I* 



i-s -al 



p> » x o <^,-j 

its o o.trS 



o 



l>fIS' 



§i§3 

c © 1Z 

fill 

.Scg-o 
g©©£ 

nH 



i 

m 8 



0J3 
o'S 

ill 






s f* "-£ © o— S 

IllfiSli 



^1^§ 
§©§!' 
s ° a s ■ 

S- 45 a -■■ 
8S8.2, 

o—. o-*j 



Sfei 



© © 

la 

.a p. 



© o 

HI 

© © 



"§8 



© © « 
© © © 



(NNNNNH 



: : ? 


h 


. 




^ 




43 '• '+: 

.S :csi.E 




c 


X 













723 



O s-3 o 

H CD 03 c3 



rtrtrtMrilNNrtHHWrt 



o *- 



OQ 



t tJ 3 

3.5 

o 3 

j- o o o 



El- 



o 
3 >> 



51 * 



9 88 

sa 

3 C 



fag 

las 

~ -~. 

o o o 
.3.3.3 



as c^ 

u. to,_ 

~ = 3 



O'C'C'C'CXl 



.a 
5g 



£5 

3 to 



f 1 



O -C 



« I ft ft 

KB** 






il I 






Ilia' 



<s— to 

03 U x 

pi! 



11 



Sr 



= 
3 3*1 

8 2?' 



"©J? P 



II 



Q 5 2 



o — "3 ~ 



^3 • - - e 
oftffS^I 

-a g 3 - 5-2 
o — to > . 

— .- ? -3 . 



QgcJ' 



ir-^S? - 



._ — r — : 3'5»«5 i 



.O « « 03 



S ~ cj O 



o 

3 .3 o c 

cr.s-3. 3. 

© co » o 



■fiOjXgg 



„ 3 SfiH 

3: — o ™ 
c E zz w 

§ bJ-S'S 

Sis- £ = o 3 S *E&£ 

£>'fiW IBIS'S 

3- ~ a — c_ _•— cd ~©33 _, 

<— . 3 •— t-.<— i«Ck.Ci-'/. K 
COO^OOry. o o o ».2 

etJts see gets trig's 

ftft ft+» ft ft g* ftft ft P ft 






e 

on ' t ~ 
«3 I M oj 



W -V Tf o 
HMMW 
tO t£ t£ t£ 

, 3 3 3 3 
IB 1-1 CGCO 



— OJ 



giggles 



^zzz 






724 



2 1 



B : : 






3,-; o3 
s z £ 

o ..2 

PL>b 
RCo 
o_<« 

tO c O 

© 3 i- 
P.H 9 

•— o — 

O « g 

3 © s 

3 O o 



o 

3 
i-oo '8'd'd 

> '<2 ° 

> -B O 



M Wrn 

■§.s®s 

ca H r n^ 
Sc >_• 

-O 3 03 £ 

© 8 & S3 



•S © 

Is 



*d © 

Bit- 

gss 

53 o S 



P. 



S fl 



re a 



OOSU 



Z P 



c5 9 3 
U-g-d 

Bug 

« o « S es JSS © 

llisSIi 

gH°'g>,So3 

S3 ©±^2 a ?3-g 

r™ h o a o.h 

•43 > p. c g t "^ 

© o3 © k5 S.h 



(N >0 



03 03 S ~ ^ - 



!-, > > 
O 03 03 



o n 

«BP 



03 


P. 






1 

O 

© 


O 

"3 

3 
ft 






>> 








,3 





M 




■g 


© 
© 


55 




£ 


5H 


O 




'3 





M 






© 


H 






,c 


< 




tO 

si 





H 




T3 

3 


li 


02 
O 








M 




5 
s 


l§ 


n 






tO 


jH © 


<3 




13 


_ ©X* 






2 


"d 

© +» 


@ 


c^ 


3 

© 


flg© 

S-2* 

lis 





c 







w 


3 

c 




S^ 3 03 





-3 


3 


03 2 A 




3 




££>, 

Bag 
©*> 




c3 

a 

a 

c 


B 
03 

-d 

•~ 

c3 


,3 p P. 
•+J © 3 

^P§ 
^c3^ 
'd'd 03 

"88° 

*■< 03j? 




i 

O 


a 

3 

O 

s 




P. 


'-3 3 g 


« 


s 


el 


53 "gs 





<; 


c 

— 



•~ 2© 




— 

G 


© 


ag - 





3 




l-l 


■d 


"3 


dtojS 
w 3 +3 • 
© 03 oii 




c 





4: © 3 03 
O 3 03 S 


O 


© 





£££8 






id 


h 


t- © .s 
^5oi3 


5 


c 


T3 


l&P 


n 


d 


to 

03 

■a 

d 

.1 

CO 


© Tf © © 

il § l 

■-3 3 a © 

m £ © 


55 
< 

i 


>d 

83 

a 


s 





~ 


(H 











ills 


s 




© 
>> 

1 


(3 *- ^ "w 




P4 




fc 


° 03 © 


02 




© 


^-•S © OD 


H 




,d 


2"S a £< 


« 




3 


a^s>> 










3cH.-h 


Ph 




CO 


O O © c 


H 




s 


• to toT? 03 


« 












."£"£ - s2 






~ -J 


; oiS © 






> © G, 






PI ? 


j © © © a 






O © S>>f»d 3 







till! 










J 








© 


P- -o 




© 

1 

©a 


6 


o'S 




■c 
p 


P« 






oi 








03 

BP 


1 So 
•3 &l 




35 r- 




^ r 


C 


,. 








I 

























"d a 












a ^ 










© 












© «H A. 








si h 




















-fed § 








°3-£o |2 






>> O 3 >>«3 >, >> 


^onthlj 

uarter 
uring 
each a 
nnuall 
Mar. 1 
nnuall 

uarter: 


a CQ <J <J G? 


to 






to 




3 
O 






d. 
















03 










© 






03 
















3 




to a 






3 

a 
a 




2 









"S M 




£ 


™ 3 to 

2 " s ^- 




tO © fc, © 


> © 


X3 3 03 © 


5 .a 

«^> to 


03 -a>»o 

t>» 3 ®. to 


ictor of 

eau of En 
do 

ntenance 

eau of E: 

eau of En 


.=^a 


■3 3 a 3 


p 


W 


a b m 






c 


a 03 -03^ 






~ 


) © -»- 


5 'fc.pp 






B 


£ ° 






- 
I 
1- 

c 
- 


to ti 






u 


+i 


O ri 








3 © 








a 


>- TS — 






c 

c 


I I 2 « 








* 

t- 


— C3 




23 t 






S = 


P< » 


«« © 




.2 c 


>• a | °s 


c 


03 1- 


•d -^ £ — 


c 

OE 


.2-1 


>> « ^ a 


F- 


"SJ 


© 

£ 

E 


- c 

O'JZ 

■35 


"•. © 
p 
p 

e 
e 


•3 .3 "S-5 
s? c © 

5; O 03 © 

22 a§ . 

5^ 3".^ 


£ 


fi 


J 


L O ^ 3 3 

=2 c »- „ 2 


c 


5> 


W!.C 


i»3o 






Ci£C- 


1 


© 5 


•2.£ 


.2 a t^ © > © 


- 

1 


03 03 

3 3 




-2y.23«© 

03 ©" -i-» 3 03 ft 


< 


o?o 


P 


a 




ei 





























q 














C^! 
















fj 











d 


\«H«0 




L- 






S 


3vlN 




C<1 






«M, 


O 


b 


lJ 




^-c © 


a 


C 


5 


2: 


2 


1; 




w 
2 


s 





725 





o 




A 


U) 


ad 


fe 


8 


O 


>o 


hH 


a 


H 


da 


< 


I 


H 




W 


o 



> 


-< 


fc 


. 








~ 


07 


H 


P4 


P 


w 


>d 


u 








P*H 


■ ^ 


E 


B 


o 


Jg 



O 2 



•sf 

O 5 



If 

2§o 



Md O 03 

.3 OJ 3 CD 

go g O 

fl^ 3 .- 



H 



^flSz 



g OO fi J) o 



© fcOrj c3 

3-SLa-s.s 

JfljM 

to 2 ti d en 



S a ° 

3-S .a 



o 
.-d 

r- 3 £ 

ft s i^s 

3 G33 c 9 c «^h 
OB <D © c.O' 25 



o "3 os 

BlS'g 

.She"* 

4-> © O P| 

"3 ^-2 

H.3ocgcS.i:S° 



: £ 



■a & 



% 1 

W © 



a . 

•f-i © 

•is 

O 03 

go 

So 

o 



> 

© 
a 

I i 

o S3 



S3 



c3 w c3 « O 

©~©©X> 

3CS3 

M PQPQ 



« °' V ■ ■ 

fl2»o 
he.-* c3 o 

•o-dSfg 

oS®3 
^ 8 "5 

£SwS 



a 

.c £ ® 
t; a> 9 

S«a 

d-d _~ 

C3=& 

d_- o 

©"o © 

■AC'- 



c9~ 

O O c 

gS g 



'S 1=1 



'I Is 



W 






o 



£ a 

I! 



19.3 -S 
§®f3© 

.§ 3 o a I 



d 03 

■C 03 O O 

»-> O > he 

•d o q o 

e8 P3 ©^ 



SI 


§* 










03 "- 






fe 


c« 


O 




ft 


*> >» 


>1 


^3 


3 


O-n^ 





o. +? >rt 



*b||J 

ftw « 2*a 
- el c3 o 



Ob0 ©"S: 
■ <3 o3 fl S 3 



a> 



s^aS's-'sa 

g es-g 03-^ .tj 03 
+^©««bfo8'!fe8fl 
^ ! c o «B.S t. 2 

£ J 3V£fe£.2:S 

p; ©S 0,0 ft+j a- 



tf^ 



h o 






>- s t -' 

— <^ H O 03 o 



CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 

br &f be &c be be bo 

a A a a pj pi a 

WWWWWHW 

183841°— 20 — 



^© 

00 »-«o 

oSl 

1 00 1 



7 

CO ft 



2h^ 



flfifi^^ 



^ !z; ft 



726 



~ a 



CO 

© 

& 


ureau of Construction 
and Repair, Engi- 
neering, Ordnance, 
Navigation, and com- 
mandant of naval 
district concerned. 






3 

a 

03 • 
&"• 
Q 5 

".2 


per engine. 

u of Construction 
Repair, Engi- 
ing, and any 
r bureau con- 
ed. 

u and comman- 
;s concerned. 




>>ft 

o3^ 


1 $m 

§ 03 PI O 


a « a 

03 u. 03 
O Pi^ 




pq 


is 


fe « 


pq 












M 12 " 


"0*0 




1 








P 

e 




a a 

0.2 




a 








c 


a la 


+=~cl 


d 

© 


! 








co « c3 o 

° 1 Sd 


— « © 

ftd 




1 Js 

to p 






i? ^ 


"11 

gssS 




c 


c 


S o3 
5, £ 


a-; -a s> 

pi ^^ a 

ri '3 Pi "S <3 








C? (5 CO. CO 


CO 








a 
1 














































ft 






















d 


CO 


















-d 


^s) 














I 


fl 


§ 




l\ 








O 


w 





«i> -s" 






1 

o 
En 


ft « 


a 

.2 

"o! 


1 s 

03 p 


M "S 








o * 

I 1 


bfi 

o3 


co en 
•O P 

o3 t_ 


.9 o 
pf i 








£ fc 


£ 


J* C 


• W c8 








5? "£ 


*o 


"o "c 


"o ^ 








2 i 


3 ^ 


d c 


§ 5 








03 © 03 « 


c 




3 i 

.3 E 


© t3 <d a 


© ^n 


-d 




3 


^ '- 

3 p 


= 3 








O PC 


n 


pq P= 


pq o 




















.9 












































'Ei 














co 
| 


























-OS 














s? 






_© 




^J 


























s-l 






PJ 

03 













' -Cd 




a 




© 




4- 
i- 






p 

o: 


03 Pi 




te 

2 


1 


O 

ft 

© 

© 


-lift i 

CO jj " t. 
«t-i O O o: 


eg 
15 

^ft^ 
a^ a 

§^3 c, 




i 

CO 
CO 

-3 




08 

a 

h 

1 1 

k i 


o as P 

&£§ | 

ill 

its i 

"3 ^ © *_ 

5 >.-£ c 




-d 
d 

03 

d 

© 
© 
ft 

a 




r=3 +: 


fl- CO 4- 
O 03 3 i2 


S82 


E 




13 5 


SfiC? H 


h &h 


53 












•> - 










a § 
































a 

o 


© -tf 


82^ 5 


"co"ccr ^ 








Ph 


£ > 


• 03 03^ ^ 


^ M ^f 






1 £ 


Sgfc&l c 


ON*" 1000,5 Qj 








■* i i 2: i 


^H^HrH | O 






£ 


iz 


fe 


12 


p. 


k 


^ 


* 









B I 
SI 1 



■3 M 

d 

-a a 



1 IS 

<3 +) tt 

a d.3 
- 1 3 
"g .Sg 

^2.9 2 

n ° t- t- 

adTJ-r? 
d d d 

lis I 

s|sa 

© 03 '-^^n 

« 3e 



i ^ 
© j. 



727 



*~< 



^ pW ri ^fc 



fcci-, 




fc i - n -J o 

£ rH ^H (C ^ 

"3 <} -". --: a| 

C . . . Cm 

DQ QQ CG Oj CO 






-2-=^ 






c3 c3 

o-^^.-t ■-''S-SE-twO/Zi 
R gc ta :o od o : co gqdqcq 



a as a 



• 3* 
v- t- Yi 
8o£ 



728 



<N .-H .-< 



"if 



© ", 

® 2 

33. 

£•22 



•■as 

? 3 <X> 



T3 • 
3.3 



03 

Isf 1 

• 3aJS £3 



S-. 3"3 

© o 

§§ , 

?2 = 2 



_ ,_, (N <-It-< 



gw M p; 
£§©°J 

° .SsSj 






§.« £ 



5 d.g -*f o 
w -o t: &c a-c 

<— ■ c3 c o ■ 



O « Q 

.3co - 3 



•bass* 

3^"3?« 3 

s . ©^ c7 

-s:- 2 5 E ~ 



o o 

si 

"3 « 

o 3 



©.i 



WE 



a; 



CG^ c a 3 
_ 3.o3 3 55 

3 += 5 © S 3 

.2 -o-ggT- © 3 



© o 



0,3 GO 






y » w 
— c =7=; t "^-- cue 2-g 

3S5tJ33«2 "& 

3S§S£^|.'E-se 



w 

3 3 
"£"3 

2§£ 

S 3 S 

2"S2 

w° 

= 33 

gsg 

t» <3 «-. 



5| 

lb 



gCQ 



«S : .2 

-Sis 

o _ — .„ 

3 3 co 3 C 3 c3 
03,0 3 oSTJ © s- 3 © 

6.s-sS : 3-Sgs 



— +j >> 

=■"- ~ 

x = = >. 

li ?f 

fi k fl e h 

3 C"^ g-o 

- . S x o 

c3^ (fl © _ 
© O *> «r ^ 

C-3- ? 3 



f-S 



>> . 
3>" 
c 3 
ra o 

S3 

3-3 
P. 03 

5§ 

N -'o 

>>^ 

"2 * 

<^ tr /-^ 
3.w>, 

2-^3 
&.2o 

cOci 



5^3 

^O <y 

fessfij 

•S^3 

PI 
||§' 

^-3-3 



Hi 



c3 > 

O COS 

I ill 

3 
o 
>. 






£ = £ 
•Pi 

— o - 



^1 

1.1 

w a, 

"3 o 

3. w 
C © 



SI 

V o 



3.2 

03^3 
M © 

|B 
^ o 



•3 

® « 
tn 3 



5£S 

C3 O K 

P.o'g 

g.2§ 



1«S> ° 



3t3 

c3 3 

^ 3 



!g ts 



o^o^a 






W « ^S 



•3 3"s 

3 3 O 



+j 3 

C3 Q, 



x2 



'^ fa 3 

■-° ^-5 

3_ P 



o35 

.-3 .3 c, 
3,3 C 






1& 



oS 

3; o 

9 



DQ"S 

Sec 



O 03 00 

Sy:D2 



=3 Pi 



m 



D2CZ! 



Sl'srS 

3.-H--S 
0Q 



729 



o C . 



(N (Nh ,-h 



a 5 g-rt 3 



3 ™ 

3 2-s 



T,.' 



'■'Pi 



- T^ 



6ggg 

■O 1) t <3 

;it§l 

:b b 



Hill 

.3 =3 J= c 



" ■£ E? a <3 

*- a>,3.2 s- 
B B 



§ .2 

a * 

en O, 

Si S 



M 



™ ° o 



§11^ g h 

t- p.*-. 2 S o 

~ w o P. Ph +» 

rf O OJ O _</3 

"S3 € S 

B S 



c .'- 



mm 



o 

R3 



B K 

CO CO 



c 

5 


- 


j 
j 



c 

r 
:. 
li 


. 


S 

T- 
.r 
't 

F 

a 
PC 




s 
z 

c 

? 





£.3. S 3 

*& * .6 6666 * . 

6 coo®coa;p ftQPft co a> 

n <-. s- fl Q 3 fl 

'7 ,~ y-r rr .+*. 






3 

o o cj-c o 

■CO <u flt3 



Bod 



./"juts 



«, g £ 



.T3 w 

sa 



^ H a) 2 

5 SrrS 



1 I 



P.S 

bo 5 

9 * 

9« go 



3 

'^tf B 

~£§ 3 »" 

,3 co 'S w ■- » 
>2 _ £ C) -^ P-i 

o 
> 



1% 



*3.a 

2 <D 



CO O 






•■5 

53 



fl*8)p\r »»* 



~5^. 



03 M 
O 3 
to' ° 

.2*53 
SB 

a ^ 

O 3 



fea-S 

c o 3 

tD.t? O 

B S 



os^ Si; g* 1 * *.-s p*i £-° 

•-s?°t-vH^ w -^sa otm 
SSSISlSj^s/ss 






_go_c3o^«2§. . 
m^m qB<co coco 



CD — -h cm cc ?ro 



i^t^tN OCO 



CO C0C0C0C0C0C0 COCOCOCO COCO CO 



730 



P 2 
« 5 

n3 e3 

C3, 

S* 

83 
5? 



C '- 






P a ° hi 

s p"£^ 

; £ m a ^^ . ° o 



£G 

is 
-pg 



3g 






•~ P-5o^Sc3<i>6 c ?,^i6666d6c3<i>6 c3 ,_6666 



.S'S c G 



' S C3 



o «j fe §-<s O ?3 O 



^a s-o s, 



q ra o w o 



2 6 



o o c o o o o 



'D'o 'C'3'O'fl 



>-P 



G 


a : 


1 


to : 


o 


-*i : 


1 


•o : 




p • 


•s 


e3 ; 


J* 


cq : 






a 


O 01 


s 


*3 






£ 


§1 


* 


22 x 








3 

8 


11 






3 


03^ 


uq 


P+J 




s pi 



S3 



G G 



G >»oa 5 

Go Op 

o o . G 

£5e£ 

5 P G Pi 



J3 • G >> . 

B22.3 pS- 

02 fcS 5 





>i 

5 ^ G 
a+s © 

■° b£C3 
' G.S ® 

G<~° 

ill 

~s 2 P 






P3Q 






'c'o'o'o 



,C O 



c G -S 



B.2 






5.2 



is ° o? 

•= = = & 



fxi 



cs oo 
« 






oc oo oc oc oc C"} 

a o en c-. c: • 

<<*, «<# 

CGCCCGCOCGtCO} CCDQ CQCQGC0Q 



»£.- — c3 

x z r /. .•< r ? 

<M CN !M <M Oi Ci <M 



CM <N <N 

« < 
OQ0Q CC 



ccocad 



731 



g 

a 


■4-3 

i 


































C3 










c3 ^ 


R 










s s 


© . 










05 0) 


•dtJ 


■d 










T5 fl 


03 










A*«* 


^d 


d 


6 6 


6 


° ■Sd 


OP "'d 


.Cjgp 


fi 


PP 


P 


•cgEo 


-»-=> o 


la 








C3 C 05 
05 o3 CJ 


* 


w 








w 



s 

g 

^2S 



05 C+ 3 



>. .© 



■Kg Pi 



*\ 

fee 

1-1 



I 



a ©a 

3*" 3 



S3fl-a«5& 

^aalpE: 

coco Soco 



— 00 00 
CM CCCM 

CO CO CO 



O © <N !Oh- cccr-r 

id io o ec «© O'CO 

< < < "!< «< 

•a =3 <3 -«■« ««•« 

CO CO CO coco cococo 



•s 



"^ 




«i 


.'3 • 

< cr<J 
© 

1=1 ^ a 

03 CO CO 
CO* ©CO 




•3 
_. © 

CJ en 
. c3 CO 
O • C/l 

5 CO © 


>d 

©ftco 


05 


S. and 
e. 

Do. 
Do. 


03 


§ 2 

2 CM 


P4 

o 


s§ 


o r o 


PI 

o 

2 


4^ O 



T3 O 



-I S 



g © 

18' 



CDS 



© 0. 



^ oft 5 
-»j t« M • P 

C C3_J2 ""+J 
0> O ffl+»^ c 

f- t- 3 C o f_ 



B^-o 



f-w W> ! 



•^ £ S © 



o © 



^XJ © 

S © © 

a ^~c 

© 05 3 
"Si 2 



=5 

© Pi 



o 3 



iiE.ee- 



oq SS 



H©"°' 






P.© 3 
© d o 



.f. ac5 o_ o 
s ^ © ^ a © a, 

w"cy P. 2 05 3 © 



© 05 Cfl.t^ 

*5 3-.21il 

© <X> 

©^: co o 
Ph<Jcoco 



-s.5j-.5j Pit: S « 



COCOCO CO 



CO CO CO CO 



COCOCO COCOCQCG 



732 















16 














03 c . 




















1 


required 
dA. 

d. 


* 


< 








■o 


-0 


6 6 6 6 6 6 


6 


w q 

03 c3 


w q o> 

03 c3 § 


5 


. O O 


to S. 
month! 
rent to 
one. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


pppppp 


fl 


©CO 


o5 ©to ©(§ 


cop ©P'oV 


©topp 






p-o 


|gs|g 


o S o 

+a O o 


§5 






O.H 


£o^£o 


H 8 <N 


£r-. 


** fZ, 



6 S^. 



3 
>.9, 



U 

<& 



O w 

X3T3 



O .T) O 

x) hq-o 
:£cd 



C3 2 

©5 
&£ 

oo 



\< J 



St 

O 03 



qo 



qS ° 
§o o 



2 £^ 
•r o3 © 

p. 3© 



_ © o r 

2©^a-sf~s ' 

q.,0 p-toS^'B « 

^o©'d£g©<« 

OiS 0> q£ ©, 0J O 

ill-Il-lfl 

03X315 0,0^15 3>S 

02 WO<!c>Mco t 



o g^ 
"■2 S d 

I Si 



2* g^ng -8 



,£2+5 05 © ft 

d p~+i R "do 



3 V>V*t M • § © 

q q o a> ©-^.^ m 
o 

5 



as 
.&a 



g>Q^O M p 

O.S r- 1 '- 



-u O 
•3 fl 



° 03 03 
"2 >.>> 

~ > > 
g 03 03 

• Sou 

'oSS 



CD ' 



X, © w -£ .© 8 



© 



■2 c'S-c >>>> 



as -£ c3 ©• 



© 



a B 



tfH 



££>>>.£ IT ©c3 £<£<«£ 

St^ © 03 03 &® © > c+^^S 

+3 O'S B S® g g © © ta^ ft> &ft 

e3 a> o S S cj ft,o 2q©oj©©c3«q < 

£>tccoH -<,5fa«g ££toco 



r> O 

03 ©42^2 

•w^ © © 



s q 

ifcj 03 



s x; 



|© -A 



Oj+j q o 
o >> ^«Z 

2S.S° 
© Cc 2 



t^iTf lOlOO 



[ »— i _j i— i I— < i-iCNCMCM 



r+ t,,-,^^. 



.3 =3^«a=3c3^ «3 <3=a «y=3^^«3 <3»3«3=3<3 <3<3«3<3 

CQ OD CQ m CQ CO CO CQ CQ CQ CO CO CO CQ 0Q CO 02 CO CO CO COCOCOCO 



COCOCOCO 



733 



« 

Eh 
w 

Hi . 

«j w 

oo 
fci s 
£*■ 

Oh 
£ w 
<;* 

P 

1 

w 
ft 

ti 
H 
O 

(■H 

P^ 

o 

Ph 

Ph 

02 



i 
1 












3 

03 

A 


03 '• 
«% J 
S- 03 

03 s ; 

as 

3 t- . 

O O • 

3 "35 c 

OOrt *C 


I 

a 

9 



c 




A 


c 

c 
J. 

i 
c 

as 


d c 

•d *c 

■ 


c 


c 




IS" 

3 
CO 


X 

S 

U 

1 

p 
c 
s- 
j: 
<_ 

e 

> 

c 
a 
p 
c 

C 
7 

c 


Report of navigational instruments in stock (other than 
compass and compass fitting?). 

Report of compasses and compass material in stock on 
the last day of each month. 

Report of chronometers in stock received and trans- 
ferred. 


> 
3 

3 


i 




CD « 
> i 

a e 
1 


1 c 

"< 

1 c 
Sz 

3 c 
• Sz 

. '/ 


1 


! 
! 






d fe 



O ^ 03 _ -g P* 

-o d «- >>w t^-od^ 

Pl si Q "3 © 3 3 3o>< 
ca £>o3 o££.- c3 03°^ 

co'^d "g S^^aJcQ £pft o5 
o°o^g&§ooo& g 

03 *^ *' ^ \-r 



o o 



i 



atsd 
2S 3 



■8 £ 

03 ■£ 



I Mi 

pi, 2-e "S 

S 93 3 r 

o SB'S 
^3 l>» 



-23 

T> 03 

"-a 



ED 



'« f* > 
2-3 c3 



-< 3^£ 



-d 

I? 

?£ 

^•3 

c3 £ 



pi pi s 

aa^ 

03 O.rH 

l|l 

C3 C3 



Pi 3+> 

a a§ 

3 3 5 
CQCQCC 



CQ COCOCQ COCQCO 



§ 

3-5 



I'd 

: 3 

• o 

: a 
: 3 



>>;>> 



^■3 3 



o d 

3 §§a 



.3 

co<! 



ox) ^x 

•33 23 

a 'go: 

02 "<CQ 



O cB 

3§ 

gp. 

•3 ^3 03 

"3 73 03 

!§ S "3 

o °^ ° 

C-3 52 3 
.2 03-3 8 



-d 



,a 3 



CO 

c 

Ph 

<-< — ■ .-; 03 
C3 ^•-'C 

^ a &■« 



03 " 
•« "03 L 



; oj 






•3 03 
CQl-3 



2 fiQ 



CQCC 



734 









If 



o « 

S3 






co >*» +j 



°S8 



2 © © 2 -2 2 o 2 



■5 &3 



o 



a a 
o o 



II 

as- 



2 © 

sis 

°Q. 03 



•2«S 

£°d 
2§^ 

£•3.5 
03 'Is 

o cr"d 
•^ £,§ 

03 >»■" 



3 . d 



sS 



to a- 

31 s 



c o 



o 



,* ft 

*-> ra 

,Q © 

|a 

o CI 

.2 3 

03 © 



co'w © 
© o T3 

S ft§-^ g 
>-d o ££ 
.S^o2g 
„r© °3 s ° 
^ ft^-c cl 

"S tfl ot Cl -r* 

'DO© o rt 

Hill 

11131 

TJ1-U1 cc oq ft 



©+3 

flS.2 
§"£ 

-w © c3 
o © co 

a°S 



©^ © 

g-23 

3 o3 ci 
ft><ft 



6666666666 



a • 



£ft 

© © 

c © 



c: 



© ££ 



^ S"-3 



= .2 J 



o »- — 

S-.2 
2"22 

_fj 03 d 

02!*ft 



© © 

■ J Cl Ci 

352 o » ° ° c—^ 



d d 



in 



.2.2.2 3 3 3 

ci d do « ©.a^oj cs g 
ftftp^-sX^^ 



:^©^s 

»co> 

si* 

lis 

a*! 
3 s i I « 

i o3 ^ M d 

2ft02 ft 



S 2d°8 






0Q CQco!Z;^i 



<J ^<) 






D2 C0CQ CGCGCGOQOS 



CCCCCQ 



00 00 00 
C0C0.QQ 






s^ J 5 



iCN NC fc. 



GGGGCGOQCQGQOQaCtCGQ 



02 301-^ !?; 



735 




736 



« 

w 
o 

o 

fc 

Ph 

p 

^ Ph 

P$A 

p£ 
o 



eh* 

CO 

o 

o 

w 
o 

H 
u 



W 
D 

►H 
ft 

O 

o 

CO 

H 

. Ph 



gSJjMg 



— c3 c3 * 






ass- 



:^ 31: o 



o__ C s- 3 c £ 

CO 3-03 3 3^ 



E^Er o 



03 r-j 

I 

£•0 



bfi 
I 

t_ 

03 • 
°3 

Hi 



o d 3 



8 Si 



go ||jb 

&o .• c « 
Mi 8*ligv 

go s O 3 5 ° 

■ . £ 5 c s ^ .3 a 
■So 2 2^ 2 ° 



§1 

3.2 



P o 



o -g_r 

3 -5 o 



« 3 
c S 

PJ<J 



> > 
03 c3 
ZZ 
1 1 
ZZ 



So 

■rt be 

°3 
S3 

I 1 



^3 



g' 



jot* 
S k 3 

pq pq 



: — 

be 

M 



= = 5 



^©,5 03 
&£* Z 

eoo .c 

S 3 3 ~ 3 
C e3 03— 03 
.3 £ O = B 

III s ! 



© -' £ 

jj o ~ e 2 

HUP 

ssoOo 
fi - PQ 



w 3 



o ^73 

= S3 

III 



53 

3'J3 

111 

m 






J S» 
o « X 

.S£o 

s ° 

Pi 



2§ 



> o 



c "-*3 

V| 

3: g 
•So 

3jS 
3-~ 



03 5= 

c c 
•P.C 



C"0 
o o . 

IPS 

C 3 = 



£ =5 



M 










"ot 








3. 


P 


S 






-- 

0Q 


:■ 


s 

CO 

PI 


• 00 






o o >~ > 



z ^ z 



737 



§ 



C CD O +J 

gogc! 
03 ft CO Pi 



II 

i* 

Is 

C0§ 

o 3 



•— en © i 

2S-2 3 

!a£ g 

03-73 £ 

w St3 w 
H ©•'-' a" 



i£ u S.« 



>-, o 



«8 



CO 

.20 
>- > 



■►lis 

• a o "* o cc 



. O CO c> 

ojSpas 



32H 



coo 

3 • : s-Sw>. 

KG 3 






"o 


«J 




►-J 


+J 


fe 


08 


G 


1 


G 




<: 


A 




o 


3 




o 


0> 


« 




fc 


> 






W 


CO 


H 


d 


« 


03 


o 


ft 


Ph 


P, 


w 


3 


tf 


>> 




a 



o o 
O O 
_ - .2_« _ .2 8 

^" ,-*, 03 *^ *^ ^ a -~ 
O O^^O 0«2^a 

OeJ O « 3 OeJ O g s bp 
o . o .go . o . g (-. 

2B§£§sjB§8| , £, 



o .5 

2 -3 



-_- 

a 
1-26 

si 



- 



SxC o3 



5 to 

.la 



• -CI73T3 O g-5 



S§1.2".2g, 
■ " a 



i-" a o o e> o p, 

gS5g.2^ d 



o2-~. 



P-ci t- oc 

«> o 03 CD 



3 §.*© 



1 ! 

,2o3 

in 

73 SCOT 

9*3.2' 

o 3.S 

■g +a 23 jS »d c3 

© S rt s >- 3 

» J2 « w 2 o 

-is ^ § I 
2 ^-g 3 |JS 



"2" ^^ 
a I a 

O f" 3 
O (5 fi 

fe .-aS 

d 23« 



_ o C^_ 



5 3 

j73 w.2 "!"! « 
• 'o'asc'gsfcS . 

•=fe°3gs?=-5S 

i OG ^ Ph^dqPh 



©=<) O 

GO G 



o^ *| COCN^j 



tt 



;cncnio 

Mcococo 



DO 

o 

CO 

H 



^3 a 
^^ 
Co 

•2-J 

w a 
© .a 
^3 w 



go 



OT3 

"o a 



H 
DQ 
W 

M x:2 

Q. +J o 
« fl 

o 



T3 O 



11 

si 

O C 

^ a 

So £ 

i— pj « 

13 .2 
^^ 



eta >» 



O O.2. 



5 3 
fe'g 



£ o 



a ° 

.3 p< 
■do t3 a 
»J3 pj § 

tH'll 

S-5^2° 

".<" > o ^ 

O i^'D' •» » 

fl a^.B.S 

© m 2 «- H 

IS- si 
|I|S| 

5- c §^^ 
o © a^^^-^ 

O jj o 

m *-■ « 

2E® 

5| 



738 



a B 






ft . ft 
o go 



as 
II 

03 -7 s 

O © 



03 C3 

o 3 



el g 



0.3 
© el 

s_ o 

§3 



« ©,o 

o g 3 

sSolft 
o£ 



^ fe 



OOO 






^1^ 
fc fc 



as 

O © 






ft .3 

+3 © 

fl ft 

© O 

1 "3 



ft -s 



£ O 



ft 



©T? 



<2 '" 






© p! 
•s a 



« « ^ O M o 



© o 

do© 
c rt — 



£ ©' 

5 n ( 
O 



03 J3 C © 

Be a c 

'2° si 

rj c C o 

o »'C o 
ft.2 5 ft 



• o o o o 

© P Q Qfl 

© 



739 



« 


i 


w 


i 


o 








S 


■c 


^ 


a 


o 


a 





<n 


B 


< 


p 


s 

g 


& 


< 




s 


t3 


s 


.2 


o 


a> 


o 







5 


s 


o 


o 




P4 


o 


fc 


*> 




T5 


03 


"P 


H 




ti 


hH 


o 


W 


d. 




w 




« 





1 § 

& p 

co — 

§ 5 

P S 



I 

B 

60 03 60 

.5 ^fl 
III 

to 03 co 



« ft 



, .fl d 

.fa C3 03 

co ft t3 

ft© S3 

■ss i 



1 H° i|| 

C3 O^GGd^W 

ft •—> "s; ^- © k> •— ■ 

P S33 3 , g3 

►^ 03 03 O c3.g c3 

r* co © «- co "* co 

03 3 3+3 3 o 3 

£ pan pq pq 



£ 
1.2 



ft 



fl co 

g§s 



ltd" 

So; 3 d 

is 11 

O co 5 Pi 

§1 WSSsS 

nfl ffl » 5 O 2 

da d ©'o d r „ d 
_§§ sSSgSg 

gft ftcflgp* 



3 1 s 1U i 

•d^oo-g^ 
.2°-fld!2.2t? 

i^l^dSS 

< $■ 



o 
d o 

CO — 

to 
- fl' 

^03 
© w 
o3 O 
©£ 



be d 

2 2 



QQ d 

03 

°"2o O O — O 

"aw " 



■2 a 'S^-3S 



d 03 03 
ft^, O'S.Q £2 

MSI! ! 



gs£ij§« 

3 03 -g © 03.fc)-« 

a> d o d S3 -g 

'°03^'a^ grS 
°0 £ g ^ £ 
kd*s £ » "* 



L+3 ° d 



•d el 
So 



" » 8.3 a 

03 T3 03-3.5 

ft co ft o t- 

2 ojS-fl° 



S 



o » 






'dg^jd^^' 

tf 6 PS 



O c3 o d- 

P5 M 



d 03 

03 J3 
T3 O 



^° 

^d bT 

g» 

'S 03 

d'S 

•S O 



Si 



co.d 



+3 TO 



03 O 
"3 

d " 

03 o 

fl 

03 a 

O I-, 



ft S ^ 

03 60^ 

ft flS 

rt O CO 



"532 

> 2 d 
03 d 3 

55 m 



OQ 



P5P5 



S*CUM co 

?§§- 

§•2^8 

•43 o"d <a 
22 SS 

-flUi 

8^32 

a> a> Sj3 

PSPSOO 



^ o 

CO CD CO Q 



+L, .i -3 . be o 60 ti 

o.Sfdgd'H.g +? 

fl C c3 g— ^^ +3 

is© 2^3^ © 

co - 03 -g O 3 n • 

d d — 



•d ft 

81 

to s 

CO © 

ftco 

IS 



r/i ° 

il 
&i 

CO +i 
CO O 

o3 CO 

2§ 

o o 

O 



J ^.-5 



CM CM lO 

IfllOH 

esd 2 O c3 K B o3 oSa /-\/+/++7 >-r 



O 03 



51 



•2-2 

co 03 

ftS 
2-d 

co 9 
co ►* 
03 O 

&3 

gl 



740 



MS a 

GO 






o3°5 



•c .a o o 
o 



02 

W r 

<5 c 



02 § 

w 1 

o « 



5 ? 



SI a 



a . . . 



a Sals 



:§a^©§ 
; g § at a J £ 
; t}^_ a. 2 .9 2 

■ br o3 © o3 3 o Sr; ' 



®T3 p, 

c5 SJ.O 



&l^a S » 



Sc i§SS:g 



' a a 

'03.2 

a a S\^ a' a ° ° ° o a a o ao ^ © 

§ 2 J S 2 § 2^^ S § 2S -S?S m '- 

* £ : : :«j 



> : p= , 

all: 



00 _g >>■ 

3 oo _ 

£S| 

aS§ 

© ,_ O 

O w 

a=? 3 



M -E 



> > 

22 



> s > . > > > 



'ZZZ 



= © s- y r< 
SaJSg^ 

o a u+a-D o . 

© a O c3^3 M 

ago^.|^| 

© _ri ^ rS O .73 © 

£ O A 



« -2 £& 

a § "I 

2 a >,.« 

£ £ a"- 

°~2>? S-wv 

£ - © a =s a 

ft £ m a 



c? >> 




2 22222 



> 


> 


> 


> 


.-1 


01 


c3 


rt 


2 


* 


2 


2 


fe 


2 


2 


2 



741 



&£a 

£ 3 a 

4>a_, to 

Ijff 

rrt +J-d © 

•aswl 



Is; 

o-d * >> 






w . d-d-d £ 

£d^° 






22 6 

•SST3 

3 3 
c o 

S3 



* x a M ^-i 



ill 

fc gs 

d uS 
£ c c 
^'C ° 

;je o 

two B 



b!3 



31? 

da 



#5 



s d 
d d 
rt d 



o 


tr 


s 


.5 


S 


s 


_ 


d 


o 






S 


3 


w 



d „• 

o "d 



S^d 
O O C3 

~2 

c3-d 3 



- 09 

0)'" o 



U r 



w: 



2-3 



s ■ 



<u d. a> 

, 3 ? 3 

c 5 c aJ'Eb 

|3ooB 



a « 



t- d 5*d 
03 oj Sj 3 

§-5 5° 



& 



.1 1 

^3-3 a 

© k 3 +j 

II s .i 

oo go 

■Sgo^o 
w ao d a 

O U «H 4) 



be 

'o d 



.O 


£a 




•d 

s 


a-d 


3 




as 


p 




05 3 
•3 © 


a 

























s 



Ml *s a, +s 



£ 



0> 



O >. c3 u £> 

3^2 o t- « 

■si 2 ci ^3 a, c3 

3 o 3d Cfl 





H.ft 




S-3 


a 


S M 




aa 


a 


qo 


a 


cr« 


Ih 


®5 




a- +j 


■3 


S c3 


i 


as 


3. 


35 


-d d 




- - 






3 a 


.?.o 




O d 


° d 




>.o 



o°3 



li 

c3 - ^3 



£Q 



: « 3 

. «3 m O 

• Ad £ 

2 ® £ <» 
a^S-2 

IP| 

■•^ 0J 3 S 
<^ > m * 
^ 3 ~ 



03 03 (_, rj O 

_QJ+ i ®d o 3 
ftO »h ^ "^ o 

3 rv d c3 a* 

3 S7co a d g 
qPh a 






;^_. 



•g^dSd's^^^g 
183841°— 




g * 






> be 



d a3 


d 


w^ 


H 


£X 


iz; 



742 






03 * S 

p 






CN -9" -* 



O | 

£ --3 

O 1 

« « 

ft ~ 




° s 

ft° 

d„-, 



isf! 

8|1S 



2-p o 
2 d 

g*d c3 

,* 2 ^ 

S?8 



H*1g> 



Q} TO W (~l 

pq 



§:©« 

ll* | 

> ©;§ >>© 
03 f* v- 3 © 

sfigg 



£g 



d=d 
PQ 



!2 a 



© r^3 

£jco S 

: to 60 • 



CO r-l ' 



Si* 



60 w ~ 



be 

cl O 
g C3 

s © 

«a 

©<— 



■2|£gf § 

'C^:^ 3 . © 

Mfs&H 

©sf^S^ 

fe"^"S © C3 © 

§S§SU3 



■so so 
s So 

33 83 



- - 






p»3 



ft< 

ft© J5 

d c§ , 



.5£ 



gs © 



3 O ©« o 5+3 
Sdg.3>d , "g 



; c3 © > 



W C3 
03 O 
ftQ 

Is 



.2 o 

> ft 
© © 
QP5 



«. * 



III 

§ © d 

8. S j 

ft* st! 

"5 **> 

.22 ft 
P ft 

cs 

© to 



53 2 - a 
Sd.S* 



J28 



=Sft 



2^ft 



1 3 



a; ^s ^j 



lHOO 
> > 

03 c3 

11 



Si 



"3 « 

02 S 






743 



8 w> 



a >. 

"e8 O 



>- <- P 
fcfi 

r^ 2 



3 . - W> . 
CO © d-d X 



c £ 1 •'•& 
^ id 

ill®. 

g d « ca e3 8 rt 
.S 3 & to to <— to 

'1 g ^ to « o in 
RpOgg ■ 
<o fe S 




III 

m 

§■8.9 
-3 



■sill 

co<rf,d.d 
,0*3 03 



I d d 
III 

„T PI 



g 

9 >> 



g i t s § 

2,o S3 3^1 
m jj o d o 

02 



■d. -° 

3 !^ to 

r^o3 3 
.S 3 03 

beg S 
< 



flA S d' 

a- 8 -I 



:£>> 



djD co 3 d 3*3 



:3 



<X 



§8 



£^ 



g£ 



5-S 



•2- 
Ob 



8 o? 
i2 to S, 

Sft-2 
^gO 

Iff 

ZI 03 3 



dS 

§ ft 



dp 



3 a 



s s. 



.5X3 
&o3 

+jT3X! 

is* 

& d >> 


o 
a. 
o 

>> 

03 


O to 

+» 03 


E 

ft 
"3 
>> 
1 

! 

d 


Prepc 

of giins, m 

ntrol instru 


eo o^ 


'3 


p/d 

0) © 


CO o 


<!Ph 


02 


#a 


J 



5s P< 



1 


d« 


y 


d® 


C9 


fc° 






o 


OR 


Efl 


.to 57 


3 


hJPh 



0202 02 

aa a 



| P 

Ol=< ft o M 

02O2 CQ 02 02 

«a=3 "3 «8 -8 

aa a 



a a 



rv'CQ 03 

^ d 
O202 o 

§1° 



S 1 ^ 



PhW ft 

jij CQCQ CQ 

3 aa a 



8 


TJ 


C 



a 


ION 


T3 

o 


•d-d 

OO 


£ 


XZ 



744 



o 

n 

CO o 

^ .a 



GO -a 

5 * 

§ ? 

« I 



§ 1 

1 1 

o 5 

2 - 

« s 



o a 
o o 



ooq 
o 



■J* 

. o> . o 

CQ ^CQQ 
O o O 



cqQ 
c 



«2Q ft 



^H CN ^H 



£ &o^ © o 

Ufa £§2 

o ^ g >>fto) 



a* 05 ;5 !S 



J? ° 






3 n 3 o 

pq ffl 



•3 



ea 



2 i 

3 1 



"3 0*0 
05—05 

eu s & 

o ^fe 
b* Eh 



o 5 ,3 
54, gj. 



s26oo 



PQol 



©tjJts. 



c3 o3 3 O 



- 

a 

© in 
SI 

TJ-3 
©©33° 
3 co o 

02-<Ph 



03-SOC 

05 ""J "3 73 

3 3 



^-3-g 



oogoo 
+j © ©,3.3 

>>© gi2 3 g 

RfcjCn u'3'3 



55 55 



& £ 5 « il-Q 



c © 






c © "" 



fife" 



>>:£. >»©-S 
o3 3 o3CN 
55<155 






c 5° 

s-, "a 



03 3 3 c3 c3 c3 



03 O C5 

P4 0a3 



S£-S 

~~3 
©32 

X 05 _ 

■3 ©C..S 

05=- O "* 
3 © — g 

"13 -s XJ ~? 



© g rt, 5 — is 
c8©S0 

03 & » ©.53 



osOh° 

S S >- s © 
,2.2^ ©? 

S3 33! 05 u C 



g£ 

O Oi) to 

© & J3 g 
fe-3 o © 

S <B J3 ^J 

o > g^S g 

^H iS 05 _j 3 

' S--3 © g 

still 

17 i- 0*3 °! S5 03 
■^ 03^"-^ C5J2 

c3 £ gi 3 , §=3"£ 

°c© So c © 

cT-5^©-S2& 



1 00 1 
55 55 



■ ' 03 ■ ' 

M H-lfflH 



tHNHN<N-*iO CO 00 (N CM OS! IM ■*> CN 
CO CQ OQ 02 CQ 02 CQ CQ CQ CQ CQ CQ 02 CQ CQ 



CGCQCCXCQ CCCCCCP 



745 



d i 



6 =3 



2 -< 



-< -H ^ H 






is 

-*3 o 

£.2 






.£> o o o o 



3 
S o 

15 g o3 & 

° a 3 



T3 



w« as, 






&a 

® o 5 C > 



2 *££ 



J= © o g 



© > © o a 
• o t- ►> -U> © 
a a> ?i r n+* 



• a 

SJ* 

■ >- ■ — 

: g-o 
, a© 
. © t~ 

;.gs 

. & • 

co;gco 

ill 

Is? 



a co © 
© © a, 



■B •? * « a fl la : © 



if i : 



/O g t? ^ c (- ^ 

© © en .-, 03 ©• 

=j^3 2 © t: S*7 

S H t)£ 302 «■ 
03 en o'&E P 



•3 5\* ^ 4a 1 
© *2 3.£<g g > - 
£7 © f 3 oS£3» 
£ j££+f £ w<~^ S 
"2 en >> 0^-">>® oTh 

8*2 oJ © ? 03 In PkS 

4»e8S3S3£(»c3 



.a 

% © 
a3 

?* 2 

&® « 

a « s 

"a 5 
w a a 



*.a 



$ Even's 



a »- 

2 = 



JPa©° 



EH £PP tf 



•a S5 

(- *s» 

*a fe 

en ^ 

© en <-> 

°S .§» 

t»3 P. 

pJ2 & 



.es &, 
© © 
© © 
© m 



a . 

3 en's 

e8»o 

lit 

© e-l 

>>o.ti o © 

s:3-sia 

■*f > s > © 



t>! CO tt CO CN • 

Si3S^eN § 

CQCCCO COCO COCO COOQCQCQCQ CO 



rJj.i 









100 

1-1 .T* 



^^<-<J^<s-^^<J<1 <)<J ■§ fi 



r: 
r-0)O!0(C 

eNcN coco co 
CO CO CO CO 02 



746 



ID 









d 








+j 




ri 









T 




V? 


c 


Ph 


e 






H 


ffi 


w 


o 


h3 




Hi 


T) 


<J 


9 


h 


a 


O 


s 






DQ 


Tl 


P4 


9 


o 


tS 


M 


eft 


fc 




fe 


< 


o 







2 
p 


B 


5 


n 


| 


§ 


o 


8 


o 


8 




o 




o 


fl 






a 


"^ 


o 


-ft 


B 


ft 


CO 




H 




« 




O 




0k 




W 




« 





6 






*) 




°3 




Pi 






OQ ® 

3.2 
£ft 




GO® 
-I 










Sft 




8ft 




Hi 

•^ ft 


< 

DQ 

O 


6 


f ": 


<1 

is 

o 




•3 

DQ 

c 


»H 


iH 




O 


rH 


O 


>-H 



rd o o o o o o 



:| 1 



S a 



ft'EV O 
P ?« 



S = a 



E o 

ft M 



fe| 



= ft 

co ft 

§B S 

"5S- I 

°o o ^ 

"^ -^ a. 



^ Pit* «-l «-< 

° © <s a> © 

03 >>0 O . O 

J3 £ • • >> • 






•s 1. 



^—3 

o2« 



■ill 

Kft5 



&S.I 






ft 

-5 O 

3« 



.s-olcg 

oQOE-i PQ 



=3°3°3 °3°3® 

OQGGGG OQCGM 



Si-. 

;2a 



38 S 



<3<3=3 <«°3<3 

OQOQQQ OQOQOQ 



OQDQ GGGGOQ DQ 



747 



OQ 

u 

< 

I 

< s 



« a 

« I 

& r 

S s 

Pk I 

o I 

a i 

a i 

Ph ° 

O 2 



p { 

< 5 

a i 
o | 

M S 

S s 

Pm - 

M ! 

Si 

? i 

w £ 
« 5 



£ ft T3 

.2 ftS =3 



as 



M 









rv? • W) 

W 05 fl 

_ C5 O 

cy a* cd *0 *a *0 *a *a o3 

pc « : : : : :z 



B 2 



C3 P> 



2 
a : o 

S :a 

. ® 

s 



u 



+j ©.a 
S-0 — 

a a « 
o-a o 



..£, a a a a 
~ §2 ° " a >> 

! g^Sco— £-£, 
o -OfagfegftS 

llJftHtt 



«2 ^ 

a a 



.a cu— - w o 

o|l£ S3 . 

J2 a §-« o-* 

a-§|^ °~ 

3-3* a g-e 

■a 311 " s 

l&i 5 E*l 



ft£ 



£8.5 8.3 8. 

g O 03 o^ O 



3 8 



CO CO CO CO CO co *o 
fcdO fcuO b£ fcuO be bJD t> 

a a a a pi a ■ 



03 






^03 

tmOO 

tD ■ 60 

5 a > a 

S I v,l 



CQ 
W 
g 

as 

"3 



3 i 

u on 

e ° 

O £ 

O o 

S 5 

o I 

PH 03 

« 

O 

w 



■gg£ 
05g^ 

s O 3 
© 03 cv g 



,rt o3 a 
^a?§ 

2 >>>>; 



"ti — i 5 2 o3 .a 

a 3 a ^^: o 



•03 a 



■g 



03 



il. 

o wag 
•- a o3 C 
3-n s^ 



C3 o> o W) 

cu 3 3.5 

flfflffl 



o M « 

— a. a 



o CJ 



I -5.5 s-S^ 

e ^a rt ^^ 

CT wa-oeu.tf 
o —- OT Swa 

8 .lli^l 

ft -3313^ 
^ 3ft a-e 

a - a ot3 a ,h 
a a«j g o3 co 

1 «ir£3 . 

2 +j+j>« 03 oj © 
. t- i-. 0_,T3TJ 
*2 >>o o "2 a a 
a i_ aa^ ass 
o oj © S7.2 cs-S-S 



3g 



a 



So 



'S So * 2 

asoo3 




748 



w 




hH 




H 




i— i 




hA 




t-t 




O 




<< 




h 




H 




CO 




W 




H 




tf 




O 




h5 


^ 


P 


CO 


H 


1 


« 


" 


w 




> 







5 


w 


e 







<J 


fl 


ri 


■d 





ea 


H 




02 


g 









o 


p 


c 




5 


« 


% 


o 




H 


;a 





ID 


125 


rt 


> 




«! 


t 


H 


_0 


CO 


| 


M 


•O 


w 




p 


5 


525 




W 




H 




Hj 




i-5 




<i 




s 









B 




CO 




H 




PI 









fc 




H 




« 




UD 




Oi 







SO fl 








i^° 








3*2 a 








n§| 








o _+g 














© 


T-H O-g . 














"E 


cTd 2 






o 

O 


.go&'Se: 








to 






■# 


M 










o 










< 










« 










« 






^ 


<J 






•- 1 


m 




d 


« 






o 








fl 

£ 


a 

Ha 

i > 

o3 ~ 









a £ 

d p 


w 






a c 


o 






< Is 


a 


X 




a 


P3 


CO 




o 


co~ 


"3 




„ 


« 


° 




O 

a 


CO 


hi 

s 




o 





1 


1 

o 


aToo 

O 03 

a o 

a-s 


E 


60 

pi 




-a 5 


W 


03 




Ewa 


o 


| 




°a 


1 






£3 c 

© o3 f 

a w 




— 

a 




K 




-a 










ft 










h 


;a 








O 


© 












,a 








525 











HH 










P 











^ 


+3 








<J 


■a 








S 


03 








3 


£ 


© 






O 




© 






O 














CO 













2 


1 


u B 






S c 


CO 






© > 


H 






d •= 


« 






a 2 


O 






o ^ 

03 > 

Q < 










-c 






a 




h 
c 






o 




<£ 


«o 




Pn 


o 5 


<N 






-a *c 


% 








a 






C 


C 


CO 









"c 
















f 








0! 


+i 


rt 




p 





w 




1 
i 









1 


S 




1 




N 






c 


rt 




A 




a 



& 








p 


■ CO 

• a 






§ 


<T3 






s 


• a 

! © 






S 


:| 









• © 









: jj 


u J 


i ^ 


• — c 




^: 




^^•0-^ 






ra © 




1 

% 


H 










<»J 










O 










H 




b 






N 




a 






<J 














3 

X 










1 






W 


§2 

._ <s 
03 .3 


| 






6*3 


b 


) 





03 © 


0: 




<j 


^S 


2 




H 








W 


O O 

a a 


"c 




P 


03 c3 

© © 
aa- 


| 


1 


M 


mpq 


p£ 










fy? 








W 




"3 






<J 




CO 


'M 

■j 




S 




© 

















« 




p< 






H 




s 




) 


O 






|c 




s 




CO 


p 




fe 




© 


5 









ri 


° 










B 












5 




g 










P 


©§. 


- - 




!25 


^•a_ 


►»"- 




<J 


03 3 r- 1 

>2£p 
a ©-a s 

© a »: a 


-i- 

J- 

i 
i| 

fcjC c 


i 





till 


'— C 





«1 




«S 


PI 


Pd 










CO 










H 










« 




i 






O 


S«2 


L- 




• & 

04 s 


C\ 


O" 


ii 


> 


> 


~ 


03 


■ £ 


2 

2 


cu 

- 


2 

2 


2 


8. 

1 CO 



ss&s 



is 
I a 
a b 

i° 

o 






i r e a 
CoC« 

£.— 2.° 

cS P,'c3"'c? 



a.o^.l-'S a 

CTc3 3 03 3 a 

§<§<cS 



-a a 
a • © 

ill 



n hi 

Ere 



^^ 



II 



pr?i^ 

I :i : 



© a 

*s 

a -a 

& a 



•- = is 

o£T3 

5 = £ 



S a 03 h" 

ll&l 



. . N n N r» _. 
c l~ 10 L.- ic ^-- oa 



749 



rt fta ft ft 
go-po® 

a °-go 3" 



o 5 t» >- >,— 

I^O-l 4J 03 -u <J> 






OS 

3 



>>8 

a 2 a 
g-g d 

a £ a 



s 5 
2 I 



?aa 

§a^ 
aag 

O ft 



1° I 

S_o s p,S3 

M fc ° >■- o is 

c 2 1- ft t- i, 

o F <u o « o 



.d >vd 

ns 

h a ^ 

-iS 

5 ° S 



-li 



e ■ _ a a 



rt S O 

is*; 

>. o o 

C3 O W 

ft 



a 

■§& 

a o 

C3 O 

_ i* 



.Ss 

SO in 









a "2 
5 p 



"& -a 



ft" ft 



•S d° S * 



I! 
SB 

So2 



8 -S 



5 « 

o3 © 

a a 



» ©■ "a 

all 



* 5p 

o 8^ 

© © ftO 
ftt^ 

— 3 ft 

O ^>GG o . 

*a +* 53 « 55 

tf « Eh 



— ' ft 



ft 

a -p ft 

§ II 

•I a a 

13 OT - 
© -a-g 
«-i • a © 

O J2C3X3 

!— x5 E7© • 

goo g-g 

3 « a a 

ft on 



o o o oo o o o 

s s 3 2s s a a 

£ fc ^ £!z; £ 52; & 



00 



03 ft 

«Sa 

© a c . 
S^S 
ftO-2 2 

3C2 - 

&Z. a >> 

aa§S 
oo-o-w 

§o|| 

olftftg 

V, ft MS 

s o o a> 



WO 03 

_ ~ ajg^j 50 
C ft 



CHAPTER 55. 



RULES FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS. 

Sec. 1. — General instructions. 

Sec. 2. — International and inland rules. 

Sec. 3. — Limits of inland waters of the United States. 

Sec. 4. — Pilot rules for certain inland waters of the Atlantic and 

Pacific coasts and of the coast of the Gulf of Mexico. 
Sec. 5. — Pilot rules for the rivers whose waters flow into the Gulf 

of Mexico and their tributaries and the Red River of 

the North. 
Sec. 6. — Pilot rules for the Great Lakes and their connecting and 

tributary waters. 
Sec. 7. — Certain additional rules applicable to one or more of the 

preceding sections. 
Sec. 8. — Special rules for motor boats. 



Section 1. — General Instructions. 

The provisions of law and of the rules and regulations estab- 
lished by the Department of Commerce pursuant to law, as set 
forth in this chapter, shall be strictly carried out by all officers 
and others in the naval service. 

Officers and others in the naval service shall diligently observe 
the rules for preventing collisions, as given in this chapter, and 
shall immediately report to the Navy Department any infractions 
thereof which may come to their notice, giving in detail in such 
report all the data obtainable in connection therewith, including 
the names of all witnesses, times, places, and the names and 
nationalities of the vessels violating them. 

Special attention is invited to the definition common to both in- 
ternational and inland rules, that " The words ' steam vessel ' 
shall include any vessel propelled by machinery," and to the pro- 
visions of section 8 of this chapter giving special rules for motor 
boats, in which a motor boat is defined as " every vessel propelled 
by machinery and not more than 65 feet in length except tugboats 
and tow boats propelled by steam." This section does not amend 
the international rules, but does affect the inland rules and the 
rules for the Great Lakes and western rivers. Power-driven craft 

(751) 



752 

of the Navy affected by the provisions of this section shall comply 
strictly with such provisions. 

The inland rules given in section 2 of this chapter apply to and 
shall be observed by " seagoing " vessels, and do not excuse other 
vessels from compliance with the special rules contained in sec- 
tion 4. 

The international and inland rules given in sections 2 and 4 of 
this chapter do not apply to the Great Lakes and western rivers, 
which are covered by the provisions of sections 5 and 6. 

In section 3 of this chapter are given the lines of demarcation 
within which the inland rules given in sections 2 and 4 are appli- 
cable, and also the lines of demarcation of inland waters of the 
United States within which the rules for the western rivers apply 
in place of the ordinary inland rules. The rules for the Great 
Lakes apply in every place to the westward of Montreal. 

In section 7 of this chapter are given certain inland rules which 
are applicable within the waters covered by sections 4, 5, and 6. 
In some cases there are certain minor differences in the applica- 
tion of the provisions of this section to the different waters 
covered thereby, but such minor differences are indicated in the 
text in each instance. 

Section 2. — Inteknational and Inland Rules. 

[This section is reproduced from Department Circular No. 230, second edi- 
tion, Bureau of Navigation, Department of Commerce, 8 June, 1917.] 

In the left-hand column in this section are given the interna- 
tional rules. In the right-hand column are given the rules for 
the navigation of rivers, harbors, and inland waters of the United 
States for seagoing vessels. Attention is called to the remarks in 
the preceding section, and to the provisions of the succeeding sec- 
tions in regard to the special rules for certain inland waters. 

INTERNATIONAL RULES. INLAND RULES. 

I. — Enacting Clause, Scope, and I. Enacting Clause, Scope, and 

Penalty. Penalty. 

■Be it enacted by the Senate and ~Whereas the provisions of chapter 

House of Representatives of the United eight hundred and two of the laics 

States of America in Congress assem- of eighteen hundred and ninety, 

bled, That the following regulations and the amendments thereto, 

for preventing collisions at sea shall adopting regulations for prerent- 

be followed by all public and private ing collisions at sea [i. e., interna- 

vessels of the United States upon the tional rules of left-hand column], 

high seas and in all waters connected apply to all waters of the United 



753 



International rules — Continued. 



Inland rules — Continued. 



therewith, navigable by seagoing ves- 
sels. 

Aet. 30. Nothing in these rules shall 
interfere with the operation of a spe- 
cial rule, duly made by local authority, 
relative to the navigation of any har- 
bor, river, or inland waters. 



States connected with the high 
seas navigable by seagoing vessels, 
except so far as the navigation of 
any harbor, river, or inland waters 
is regulated by special rules duly 
made by local authority; and 
Whereas it is desirable that the regu- 
lations relating to the navigation 
of all harbors, rivers, and inland 
waters of the United States, ex- 
cept the Great Lakes and their 
connecting and tributary waters 
as far east as Montreal and the 
Red River of the North and rivers 
emptying into the Gulf of Mexico 
and their tributaries, shall be 
stated in one act: Therefore, 
Be it enacted by the Senate and 
House of Representatives of the United 
States of America in Congress assem- 
bled, That the following regulations 
for preventing collisions shall be fol- 
iated by all vessels navigating all har- 
bors, rivers, and inland icaters of the 
United States, except the Great Lakes 
and their connecting and tributary 
ivaters as far east as Montreal and the 
Red River of the North and rivers 
emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and 
their tributaries, and are hereby de- 
clared special rules duly made by local 
authority. 

Sec. 3. That every pilot, engineer, 
mate, or master of any steam vessel, 
and every master or mate of any barge 
or canal boat, who neglects or refuses 
to observe the provisions of this act, 
or the regulations established in pur- 
suance of the preceding section [see 
section 2, page 4], shall be liable to a 
penalty of fifty dollars, and for all 
damages sustained by any passenger 
in his person or baggage by such neg- 
lect or refusal: Provided, That noth- 



754 



International rules — Continued. 



Inland rules — Continued. 



ing herein shall relieve any vessel, 
owner, or corporation from any liabil- 
ity incurred by reason of such neglect 
or refusal. 

Sec. 4. That every vessel that shall 
be navigated without complying with 
the provisions of this act shall be lia- 
ble to a penalty of two hundred dol- 
lars, one-half to go to the informer, for 
which sum the vessel so navigated 
shall be liable and may be seized and 
proceeded against by action in any 
district court of the United States 
having jurisdiction of the offense. 



PBELIMINAEY DEFINITIONS. 



PEELIAIINAEY DEFINITIONS. 



In the following rules every steam 
vessel which is under sail and not 
under steam is to be considered a sail- 
ing vessel, and every vessel under 
steam, whether under sail or not, is to 
be considered a steam vessel. 

The words " steam vessel " shall in- 
clude any vessel propelled by machin- 
ery. 

A vessel is " under way," within the 
meaning of these rules, when she is 
not at anchor, or made fast to the 
shore, or aground. 



In the following rules every steam 
vessel which is under sail and not 
under steam is to be considered a sail- 
ing vessel, and every vessel under 
steam, whether under sail or not, is to 
be considered a steam vessel. 

The words " steam vessel " shall in- 
clude any vessel propelled by machin- 
ery. 

A vessel is " under way," within thty 
meaning of these rules, when she is 
not at anclwr, or made fast to the 
shore, or aground. 



II. — Lights, and so foeth. 



II. — Lights, and so foeth. 



The word "visible" in these rules, 
when applied to lights, shall mean 
visible on a dark night with a clear 
atmosphere. 

Aeticle 1. The rules concerning 
lights shall be complied with in all 
weathers from sunset to sunrise, and 
during such time no other lights 
which may be "mistaken for the pre- 
scribed lights shall be exhibited. 



The word " visible " in these rules, 
ichen applied to lights, shall mean 
visible on a dark night with a clear 
atmosphere. 

Aeticle 1. The rules concerning 
lights shall be complied with in all 
weathers from sunset to sunrise, and 
during such time no other lights 
which may be mistaken for the pre- 
scribed lights shall be exhibited. 



755 



International rules — Continued. 

STEAM VESSELS — MASTHEAD LIGHT. 



Inland rules — Continued. 

STEAM VESSELS MASTHEAD LIGHT. 



Art. 2. A steam vessel when under 
way shall carry — 

(a) On or in front of the foremast, 
or if a vessel without a foremast, then 
in the fore part of the vessel, at a 
height above the hull of not less than 
twenty feet, and if the breadth of tin* 
vessel exceeds twenty feet, then at a 
height above the hull not less than 
such breadth, so, however, that the 
light need not be carried at a greater 
height above the hull than forty feet, 
a bright white light, so constructed as 
to show an unbroken light over an arc 
of the horizon of twenty points of the 
compass, so fixed as to throw the light 
ten points on each side of the vessel, 
namely, from right aheatf to two points 
abaft the beam on either side, and of 
such a character as to be visible at a 
distance of at least five miles. 



Art. 2. A steam vessel when under 
way shall carry — 

(a) On or in the front of the fore- 
mast, or if a vessel without a foremast, 
them, in the fore part of the vessel, a 
bright white light so constructed as to 
shown an unbroken light over an arc of 
the horizon of twenty points of the 
compass, so fixed as to throw the light 
ten points on each side of the vessel, 
namely, from right ahead to two points 
abaft the beam on either side, and of 
such a character as to be visible at a 
distance of at least five miles. 



STEAM VESSELS — SIDE LIGHTS. 

(b) On the starboard side a green 
light so constructed as to show an un- 
broken light over an arc of the horizon 
of ten points of the compass, so fixed 
as to throw the light from right ahead 
to two points abaft the beam on the 
starboard side, and of such a charac- 
ter as to be visible at a distance of at 
least two miles. 

(c) On the port side a red light so 
constructed as to show an unbroken 
light over an arc of the horizon of ten 
points of the compass, so fixed as to 
throw the light from right ahead to 
two points abaft the beam on the port 
side, and of such a character as to be 
visible at a distance of at least two 
miles. 



STEAM VESSELS SIDE LIGHTS. 

(b) On the starboard side a green 
light so constructed as to show an un- 
broken light over an arc of the horizon 
of ten points of the compass, so fixed 
as to throw the light from right ahead 
to two points abaft the beam on the 
starboard side, and of such a charac- 
ter as to be visible at a distance of at 
least two miles. 

(c) On the port side a red light so 
constructed as to show an unbroken 
light over an arc of the horizon of ten 
points of the compass, so fixed as to 
throw the light from right ahead to 
two points abaft the beam on the port 
side, and of such a character as to be 
visible at a distance of at least two 
miles. 



756 



International rules — Continued. 

(d) The said green and red side 
lights shall be fitted with inboard 
screens projecting at least three feet 
forward from the light, so as to pre- 
vent these lights from being seen 
across the bow. 



Inland rules — Continued. 

(d) The said green and red side 
lights shall be fitted with inboard 
screens projecting at least three feet 
forward from the light, so as to pre- 
vent these lights from being seen 
across the bow. 



STEAM VESSELS RANGE LIGHTS. 



STEAM VESSELS RANGE LIGHTS. 



(e) A steam vessel when under way 
may carry an additional white light 
similar in construction to the light 
mentioned in subdivision (a). These 
two lights shall be so placed in line 
with the keel that one shall be at least 
fifteen feet higher than the other, and 
in such a position with reference to 
each other that the lower light shall 
be forward of the upper one. The ver- 
tical distance between these lights 
shall be less than the horizontal dis- 
tance. 



(e) A seagoing steam vessel when 
under way may carry an additional 
white light similar in construction to 
the light mentioned in subdivision (a). 
These two lights shall be so placed in 
line with the keel that one shall be at 
least fifteen feet higher than the other, 
and in such a position with reference 
to each other that the lower light shall 
be forward of the upper one. The ver- 
tical distance between these lights 
shall be less than the horizontal dis- 
tance. 

(/) All steam vessels (except sea- 
going vessels, and ferryboats), shall 
carry in addition to green and red 
lights required by article two (&), 
(c), and screens as required by article 
two (d), a central range of two ichite 
lights; the after light being carried at 
an elevation at least fifteen feet above 
the light at the head of the vessel. 
The headlight shall be so constructed 
as to show an unbroken light through 
twenty points, of the compass, namely, 
from right ahead to two points abaft 
the beam on cither side of the vessel, 
and the after light so as to show all 
around the horizon. 



STEAM VESSELS WHEN TOWING. 



STEAM VESSELS WHEN TOWING. 



Art. 3. A steam vessel when towing 
another vessel shall, in addition to her 
side lights, carry two bright white 
lights in a vertical line one over the 



Art. 3. A steam vessel when towing 
another vessel shall, in addition to her 
side lights, carry two bright ichite 
lights in a vertical line one over the 



757 



International rules — Continued. 

other, not less than six feet apart, and 
when towing more than one vessel 
shall carry an additional bright white 
light six feet above or below such 
lights, if the length of the tow meas- 
uring from the stern of the towing ves- 
sel to the stern of the last vessel towed 
exceeds six hundred feet. Each of these 
lights shall be of the same construc- 
tion and character, and shall be carried 
in the same position as the white light 
mentioned in article two (a), except- 
ing the additional light, which may be 
carried at a height of not less than 
fourteen feet above the hull. 

Such steam vessel may carry a small 
white light abaft the funnel or after- 
mast for the vessel towed to steer by, 
but such light shall not be visible for- 
ward of the beam. 



Inland rules — Continued. 

other, not less than three feet apart, 
and when touting more than one vessel 
shall carry an additional bright white 
light three feet above or below such 
lights, if the length of the tow measure- 
ing from the stern of the towing vessel 
to the stern of the last vessel towed ex- 
ceeds six hundred feet. Each of these 
lights shall be of the same construc- 
tion and character, and shall be carried 
m the same position as the white light 
mentioned m article two (a) or the 
after range light mentioned in article 
two (f). 

Such steam vessel may carry a small 
white light abaft the funnel or after- 
mast for the vessel towed to steer by, 
but such light shall not be visible for- 
ward of the beam. 



SPECIAL LIGHTS. 

Akt. 4. (a) A vessel which from any 
accident is not under command shall 
carry at the same height as a white 
light mentioned in article two (a), 
where they can best be seen, and if a 
steam vessel in lieu of that light two 
red lights, in a vertical line one over 
the other, not less than six feet apart, 
and of such a character as to be visible 
all around the horizon at a distance 
of at least two miles; and shall by 
day carry in a vertical line one over 
the other, not less than six feet apart, 
where they can best be seen, two black 
balls or shapes, each two feet in diame- 
ter. 

(b ) A vessel employed in laying or in 
picking up a telegraph cable shall carry 
in the same position as the white light 
mentioned in article two (a), and if 
a steam vessel in lieu of that light 
three lights in a vertical line one over 
the other not less than six feet apart. 
183841°— 20 49 



758 



In tcniational rules — Continued. 



Inland rules — Continued. 



The highest and lowest of these lights 
shall be red, and the middle light shall 
be white, and they shall be of such a 
character as to be visible all around 
the horizon, at a distance of at least 
two miles. By day she shall carry in 
a vertical line, one over the other, not 
less than six feet apart, where they 
can best be seen, three shapes not less 
than two feet in diameter, of which 
the highest and lowest shall be globu- 
lar shape and red in color, and the 
middle one diamond in shape and 
white. 

(c) The vessels referred to in this 
article, when not making way through 
the water, shall not carry the side 
lights, but when making way shall 
carry them. 

(d) The lights and shapes required 
to be shown by this article are to be 
taken by other vessels as signals that 
the vessel showing them is not under 
command and can not therefore get 
out of the way. 

These signals are not signals of ves- 
sels in distress and requiring assist- 
ance. Such signals are contained in 
article thirty-one. 



LIGHTS FOR SAILING VESSELS AND VES- 
SELS IN TOW. 



LIGHTS FOE SAILING VESSELS AND VES- 
SELS IN TOW. 



Aet. 5. A sailing vessel under way 
and any vessel being towed shall carry 
the same lights as are prescribed by 
article two for a steam vessel under 
way, with the exception of the white 
lights mentioned therein, which they 
shall never carry. 



Abt. 5. A sailing vessel under way 
or being towed shall carry the same 
lights as are prescribed by article two 
for a steam vessel under ioay, with the 
exception of the white lights men- 
tioned therein, which they shall never 
carry. 



LIGHTS FOR FERRYBOATS, BARGES, AND 
CANAL BOATS IN TOW. 

Sec 2. That the supervising inspec- 
tors of steam vessels and the Supervis- 
ing Inspector General shall establish 



759 



International rules — Continued, 



Inland rules — Continued. 



such rules to be observed by steam 
vessels in passing each other and as to 
the lights to be carried by ferryboats 
and by barges and canal boats tvhen 
in tow of steam vessels, not inconsist- 
ent with the provisions of this act, as 
they from time to time may deem 
necessary for safety, which rules, when 
approved by the Secretary of Com- 
merce, are hereby declared special 
rules duly made by local authority, 
as provided for in artcle thirty of 
chapter eight hundred and two of the 
laws of eighteen hundred and ninety. 
Two printed copies of such rules shall 
be furnished to such ferryboats and 
steam vessels, which rules shall be 
kept posted up in conspicuous places 
in such vessels. 



LIGHTS FOR SMALL VESSELS. 



LIGHTS FOR SMALL VESSELS. 



Art. 6. Whenever, as in the case of 
small vessels under way during bad 
weather, the green and red side lights 
can not be fixed, these lights shall be 
kept at hand, lighted and ready for 
use ; and shall, on the approach of or 
to other vessels, be exhibited on their 
respective sides in sufficient time to 
prevent collision, in such manner as to 
make them most visible, and so that 
the green light shall not be seen on 
the port side nor the red light on the 
starboard side; nor, if practicable, 
more than two points abaft the beam 
on their respective sides. To make 
the use of these portable lights more 
certain and easy, the lanterns contain- 
ing them shall each be painted outside 
with the color of the light they respec- 
tively contain, and shall be provided 
with proper screens. 



Art. 6. Whenever, as in the case of 
vessels of less than ten gross tons un- 
der way during bad weather, the green 
and red side lights can not be fixed, 
these lights shall be kept at hanit, 
lighted and ready for use; and shall, 
on the approach of or to other vessels, 
be exhibited on their respective sides 
in sufficient time to prevent collision, 
in such manner as to make them most 
visible, and so that the green light 
shall not be seen on the port side nor 
the red light on the starboard side, 
nor, if practicable, more than two 
points abaft the beam on their respec- 
tive sides. To make the use of these 
portable lights more certain and easy, 
the lanterns containing them shall 
each be painted outside with the color 
of the light they respectively contain, 
and shall be provided with proper 
screens. 



760 



International rules — Continued. 



In land ru Us — Continued. 



LIGHTS FOR SMALL STEAM AND SAIL 
VESSELS AND OPEN BOATS. 

Art. 7. Steam vessels of less than 
forty, and vessels under oars or sails 
of less than twenty tons gross ton- 
nage, respectively, and rowing boats, 
when under way, shall not be required 
to carry the lights mentioned in article 
two (a), (b), anc'' (c), but if they do 
not carry them they shall be provided 
with the following lights : 

First Steam vessels of less than 
forty tons shall carry — 

(a) In the fore part of the vessel, 
or on or in front of the funnel, where 
it can best be seen, and at a height 
above the gunwale of not less than 
nine feet, a bright white light con- 
structed and fixed as prescribed in 
article two (a), and of such a charac- 
ter as to be visible at a distance of at 
least two miles. 

(b) Green and red side lights con- 
structed and fixed as prescribed in 
article two (b) and (c), and of such a 
character as to be visible at a distance 
of at least one mile, or a combined lan- 
tern showing a green light and a red 
light from right ahead to two points 
abaft the beam on their respective 
sides. Such lanterns shall be carried 
not less than three feet below the 
white light. 

Second. Small steamboats, such as 
are carried by seagoing vessels, may 
carry the white light at a less height 
than nine feet above the gunwale, but 
it shall be carried above the combined 
lantern mentioned in subdivision one 
(b). 

Third. Vessels under oars or sails of 
less than twenty tons shall have ready 
at hand a lantern with a green glass 
on one side and a red glass on the 
other, which, on the approach of or to 
other vessels, shall be exhibited in 



Art. 7. Rowing boats, whether un- 
der oars or sail, shall have ready at 
hand a lantern showing a white light, 
which shall be temporarily exhibited 
in sufficient time to prevent collision. 



761 



International rules — Continued. 



sufficient time to prevent collision, so 
that the green light shall not be seen 
on the port side nor the red light on 
the starboard side. 

Fourth. Rowing boats, whether un- 
der oars or sail, shall have ready at 
hand a lantern showing a white light 
which shall be temporarily exhibited 
in sufficient time to prevent collision. 

The vessels referred to in this arti- 
cle shall not be obliged to carry the 
lights prescribed by article four (a) 
and article eleven, last paragraph. 



Inland rules — Continued. 



LIGHTS FOR PILOT VESSELS. 



LIGHTS FOR PILOT VESSELS. 



Art. 8. Pilot vessels when engaged 
on their station on pilotage duty shall 
not show the lights required for other 
vessels, but shall carry a white light 
at the masthead, visible all around the 
horizon, and shall also exhibit a flare- 
up light or flare-up lights at short in- 
tervals, which shall never exceed fif- 
teen minutes. 

On the near approach of or to other 
vessels they shall have their side lights 
lighted, ready for use, and shall flash 
or show them at short intervals, to 
indicate the direction in which they 
are heading, but the green, light shall 
not be shown on the port side nor the 
red light on the starboard side. 

A pilot vessel of such a class as to 
be obliged to go alongside of a vessel 
to put a pilot on board may show the 
white light instead of carrying it at 
the masthead, and may, instead of the 
colored lights above mentioned, have 
at hand, ready for use, a lantern with 
green glass on the one side and red 
glass on the other, to be used as pre- 
scribed above. 

Pilot vessels, when not engaged on 
their station on pilotage duty, shall 



Art. 8. Pilot vessels when engaged 
on their stations on pilotage duty shall 
not show the lights required for other 
vessels^ but shall carry a white light 
at the masthead, visible all around the 
horizon, and shall also exhibit a flare- 
up light or flare-up lights at short in- 
tervals, which shall never exceed fif- 
teen minutes. 

On the near approach of or to other 
vessels they shall have their side lights 
lighted, ready for use, and shall flash 
or show them at short intervals, to 
indicate the direction in which they 
are heading, but the green light shall 
not be shown on the port side nor the 
red light on the starboard side. 

A pilot vessel of such a class as to 
be obliged to go alongside of a vessel 
to put a pilot on board may show the 
white light instead of carrying it at 
the masthead, and may, instead of the 
colored lights above mentioned, have 
at hand, ready for use, a lantern with 
a green glass on the one side and a 
red glass on the other, to be used- as 
prescribed above. 

Pilot vessels, when not engaged on 
tlieir station on pilotage duty, shall 



762 



International rules — Continued. 

carry lights similar to those of other 
vessels of their tonnage. 

A steam pilot vessel, when engaged 
on her station on pilotage duty and in 
waters of the United States, and not 
at anchor, shall, in addition to the 
lights required for all pilot boats, 
carry at a distance of eight feet below 
her white masthead light a red light, 
visible all around the horizon and of 
such a character as to be visible on a 
dark night with a clear atmosphere at 
a distance of at least two miles, and 
also the colored side lights required 
to be carried by vessels when under 
way. 

When engaged on her station on pi- 
lotage duty and in waters of the 
United States, and at anchor, she shall 
carry in addition to the lights required 
for all pilot boats the red light above 
mentioned, but not the colored side 
lights. When not engaged on her sta- 
tion on pilotage duty, she shall carry 
the same lights as other steam vessels. 

LIGHTS, ETC., OF FISHING VESSELS. 

Aet. 9. Fishing vessels and fishing 
boats, when under way and when not 
required by this article to carry or 
show the lights hereinafter specified, 
shall carry or show the lights pre- 
scribed for vessels of their tonnage 
under way. 

(a) Open boats, by which is to be 
understood boats not protected from 
the entry of sea water by means of a 
continuous deck, when engaged in any 
fishing at night, with outlying tackle 
extending not more than one hundred 
and fifty feet horizontally from the 
boat into the seaway, shall carry one 
all-round white light. 

Open boats, when fishing at night, 
with outlying tackle extending more 



Inland rules — Continued. 

carry lights similar to those of other 
vessels of their tonnage. 

A steam pilot vessel, when engaged 
on her station on pilotage duty and in 
waters of the United States, and not 
at anchor, shall, in addition to the 
lights required for all pilot boats, 
carry at a distance of eight feet below 
her white masthead light a red light, 
visible all around the horizon and of 
such a character as to be visible on a 
dark night with a clear atmosphere at 
a distance of at least two miles, and 
also the colored side lights required 
to be carried by vessels when under 
way. 

When engaged on her station on pi- 
lotage duty and in waters of the 
United States, and at anchor, she shall 
carry in addition to the lights required 
for all pilot boats the red light above 
mentioned, but not the colored side 
lights. When not engaged on her sta- 
tion on pilotage duty, she shall carry 
the same lights as other steam vessels. 

LIGHTS, ETC., OF FISHING VESSELS. 

Aet. 9. (a) Fishing vessels of less 
than ten gross tons, when under way 
and when not having their nets, trawls, 
dredges, or lines in the water shall not 
be obliged to carry the colored side 
lights; but every such vessel shall, in 
lieu thereof, have ready at hand a 
lantern tmth a green glass on one side 
and a red glass on the other side, and 
on approaching to or being approached 
by another vessel such lantern shall 
be exhibited in sufficient time to pre- 
vent collision, so that the green light 
shall not be seen on the port side nor 
the red light on the starboard side. 

(b) All fishing vessels and fishing 
boats of ten gross tons or upward, 
when under way and when not having 



763 



International rules — Continued. 



Inland rules — Continued. 



than one hundred and fifty feet hori- 
zontally from the boat into the sea- 
way, shall carry one all-round white 
light, and in addition, on approaching 
or being approached by other vessels, 
shall show a second white light at least 
three feet below the first light and at 
a horizontal distance of at least five 
feet away from it in the direction in 
which the outlying tackle is attached. 

(b) Vessels and boats, except open 
boats as defined in subdivision (a), 
when fishing with drift nets, shall, so 
long as the nets are wholly or partly 
in the water, carry two white lights 
where they can best be seen. Such 
lights shall be placed so that the ver- 
tical distance between thenr shall be 
not less than six feet and not more 
than fifteen feet, and so that the hori- 
zontal distance between them, meas- 
ured in a line with the keel, shall be 
not less than five feet and not more 
than ten feet. The lower of these two 
lights shall be in the direction of the 
nets, and both of them shall be of such 
a character as to show all around the 
horizon, and to be visible at a distance 
of not less than three miles. 

Within the Mediterranean Sea and 
in the seas bordering the coasts of 
Japan and Korea sailing fishing ves- 
sels of less than twenty tons gross 
tonnage shall not be obliged to carry 
the lower of these two lights. Should 
they, however, not carry it, they shall 
show in the same position (in the di- 
rection of the net or gear) a white 
light, visible at a distance of not less 
than one sea mile, on the approach of 
or to other vessels. 

(c) Vessels and boats, except open 
boats as defined in subdivision (a), 
when line fishing with their lines out 
and attached to or hauling their lines, 



their nets, trawls, dredges, or lines in 
the water, shall carry and show the 
same lights as other vessels under way. 

(c) All vessels, when trawling, 
dredging, or fishing with any kind of 
drag nets or lines, shall exhibit, from 
some part of the vessel where they 
can be best seen, two lights. One of 
these lights shall be red and the other 
shall be ichite. The red light shall be 
above the white light, and shall be at 
a vertical distance from it of not less 
than six feet and not more than twelve 
feet; and the horizontal distance be- 
tween them, if any, shall not be more 
than ten feet. These two lights shall 
be of such a character and contained 
in lanterns of such construction as to 
be visible all round the horizon, the 
white light a distance of not less than 
three miles and the red light of not 
less than two miles. 

LIGHTS FOR RAFTS OR OTHER CRAFT NOT 
PROVIDED FOR. 

(d) Rafts, or other water craft not 
herein provided for, navigating by 
hand power, horse power, or by the 
current of the river, shall carry one or 
more good ichite lights, which shall be 
placed in such manner as shall be 
prescribed by the Board of Supervis- 
ing Inspectors of Steam Vessels. 



764 

International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 

and when not at anchor or stationary 
within the meaning of subdivision (h), 
shall carry the same lights as vessels 
fishing with drift nets. When shoot- 
ing lines or fishing with towing lines 
they shall carry the lights prescribed 
for a steam or sailing vessel under 
way, respectively. 

Within the Mediterranean Sea and 
in the seas bordering the coasts of 
Japan and Korea sailing fishing ves- 
sels of less than twenty tons gross 
tonnage shall not be obliged to carry 
the lower of these two lights. Should 
they, however, not carry it, they shall 
show in the same position (in the di- 
rection of the lines) a white light, 
visible at a distance of not less than 
one sea mile on the approach of or to 
other vessels. 

(d) Vessels when engaged in trawl- 
ing, by which is meant the dragging 
of an apparatus along the bottom of 
the sea — 

First. If steam vessels, shall carry 
in the same position as the white light 
mentioned in article two (a) a tri-col- 
ored lantern so constructed and fixed 
as to show a white light from right 
ahead to two points on each bow, and 
a green light and a red light over an 
arc of the horizon from two points on 
each bow to two points abaft the beam 
on the starboard and port sides, re- 
spectively ; and not less than six nor 
more than twelve feet below the tri- 
colored lantern a white light in a lan- 
tern, so constructed as to show a clear, 
uniform, and unbroken light all around 
the horizon. 

Second. If sailing vessels, shall 
carry a white light in a lantern, so 
constructed as to show a clear, uni- 
form, and unbroken light all around 
the horizon, and shall also, on the 



765 

International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 

approach of or to other vessels, show 
where it can best be seen a white 
flare-up light or torch in sufficient time 
to prevent collision. 

All lights mentioned in subdivision 
(d), first and second, shall be visible 
at a distance of at least two miles. 

(e) Oyster dredgers and other ves- 
sels fishing with dredge nets shall 
carry and show the same lights as 
trawlers. 

(f ) Fishing vessels and fishing boats 
may at any time use a flare-up light 
in addition to the lights which they 
are by this article required to carry 
and show, and they may also use 
working lights. 

(g) Every fishing vessel and every 
fishing boat under one hundred and 
fifty feet in length, when at anchor, 
shall exhibit a white light visible all 
around the horizon at a distance of at 
least one mile. 

Every fishing vessel of one hundred 
and fifty feet in length or upward, 
when at anchor, shall exhibit a white 
light visible all around the horizon at 
a distance of at least one mile, and 
shall exhibit a second light as pro- 
vided for vessels of such length by 
article eleven. 

Should any such vessel, whether 
under one hundred and fifty feet in 
length or of one hundred and fifty feet 
in length or upward, be attached to a 
net or other fishing gear, she shall on 
the approach of other vessels show an 
additional white light at least three 
feet below the anchor light, and at a 
horizontal distance of at least five feet 
away from it in the direction of the 
net or gear. 

(h) If a vessel or boat when fishing 
becomes stationary in consequence of 
her gear getting fast to a rock or other 



766 

International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 

obstruction, she shall in daytime haul 
down the day signal required by sub- 
division (k) ; at night show the light 
or lights prescribed for a vessel at an- 
chor; antf during fog, mist, falling 
snow, or heavy rainstorms make the 
signal prescribed for a vessel at an- 
chor. (See subdivision (d) and the 
last paragraph of article fifteen. ) 

(i) In fog, mist, falling snow, or 
heavy rainstorms drift-net vessels 
attached to their nets, and vessels 
when trawling, dredging, or fishing 
with any kind of drag net, and vessels 
line fishing with their lines out, shall, 
if of twenty tons gross tonnage or 
upward, respectively, at intervals of 
not more than one minute make a 
blast ; if steam vessels, with the whis- 
tle or siren, and if sailing vessels, with 
the foghorn, each blast to be followed 
by ringing the bell. Fishing vessels 
and boats of less than twenty tons 
gross tonnage shall not be obliged to 
give the above-mentioned signals ; but 
if they do not, they shall make some 
other efficient sound signal at intervals 
of not more than one minute. 

(k) All vessels or boats fishing with 
nets or lines or trawls, when under 
way, shall in daytime indicate their 
occupation to an approaching vessel by 
displaying a basket or other efficient 
signal where it can best be seen. If 
vessels or boats at anchor have their 
gear out, they shall, on. the approach 
of other vessels, show the same signal 
on the side on which those vessels can 
pass. 

The vessels required by this article 
to carry or show the lights hereinbe- 
fore specified shall not be obliged to 
carry the lights prescribed by article 
four (a) and the last paragraph of 
article eleven. 



767 



International rules — Continued. 

LIGHTS FOR AN OVERTAKEN VESSEL. 

Art. 10. A vessel which is being 
overtaken by another shall show from 
her stern to such last-mentioned vessel 
a white light or a flare-up light. 

The white light required to be shown 
by this article may be fixed and car- 
ried in a lantern, but in such case the 
lantern shall be so constructed, fitted, 
and screened that it shall throw an 
unbroken light over an arc of the hori- 
zon of twelve points of the compass, 
namely, for six points from right aft 
on each side of the vessel, so as to be 
visible at a distance of at least one 
mile. Such light shall be carried as 
nearly as practicable on the same level 
as the side lights. 

ANCHOR LIGHTS. 

Art. 11. A vessel under one hundred 
and fifty feet in length when at anchor 
shall carry forward, where it can best 
be seen, but at a height not exceed- 
ing twenty feet above the hull, a 
white light, in a lantern so constructed 
as to show a clear, uniform, and un- 
broken light visible all around the 
horizon at a distance of at least one 
mile. 

A vessel of one hundred and fifty 
feet or upwards in length when at 
anchor shall carry in the forward part 
of the vessel, at a height of not less 
than twenty and not exceeding forty 
feet above the hull, one such light, 
and at or near the stern of the vessel, 
and at such a height that it shall be 
not less than fifteen feet lower than 
the forward light, another such light. 

The length of a vessel shall be 
deemed to be the length appearing in 
her certificate of registry. 

A vessel aground in or near a fair- 
way shall carry the above light or 



Inland rules — Continued. 

LIGHTS FOR AN OVERTAKEN VESSEL. 

Art. 10. A vessel which is being 
overtaken by another, except a steam 
vessel with an after range light show- 
ing all around the horizon, shall shotv 
from her stern to such last-mentioned 
vessel a white light or a flare-up light. 



ANCHOR LIGHTS. 

Art. 11. A vessel under one hundred 
and fifty feet in length when at anchor 
shall carry forward, where it can best 
be seen, but at a height not exceed- 
ing twenty feet above the hull, a 
white light, in a lantern so constructed 
as to show a clear, uniform, and un- 
broken light visible all around the 
horizon at a distance of at least one 
mile. 

A vessel of one hundred and fifty 
feet or upwards in length when at 
anchor shall carry in the forward part 
of the vessel, at a height of not less 
than twenty and not exceeding forty 
feet above the hull, one such light, 
and at or near the stern of the vessel, 
and at such a height that it shall be 
not less than fifteen feet lower than 
the forward light, another such light. 

The length of a vessel shall be 
deemed to be the length appearing in 
her certificate of registry. 



768 



In ternational rules — Continued. 

lights and the two red lights pre- 
scribed by article four (a). 

SPECIAL SIGNALS. 

Art. 12. Every vessel may, if neces- 
sary in order to attract attention, in 
addition to the lights which she is by 
these rules required to carry, show a 
flare-up light or use any detonating- 
signal that can not be mistaken for a 
distress signal. 

NAVAL LIGHTS AND RECOGNITION SIG- 
NALS. 

Art. 13. Nothing in these rules shall 
interfere with the operation of any 
special rules made by the Government 
of any nation with respect to addi- 
tional station and signal lights for two 
or more ships of war or for vessels 
sailing under convoy, or with the ex- 
hibition of recognition signals adopted 
by shipowners, which have been au- 
thorized by their respective Govern- 
ments, and duly registered and pub- 
lished. 



Inland rules — Continued. 



SPECIAL SIGNALS. 

Art. 12. Every vessel may, if neces- 
sary, in order to attract attention, in 
addition to the lights which she is by 
these rules required to carry, show a 
flare-up light or use any detonating 
signal that can not be mistaken for a 
distress signal. 

NAVAL LIGHTS AND RECOGNITION SIG- 
NALS. 

Art. 13. Nothing in these rules shall 
interfere with the operation of any 
special rules made by the Government 
of any nation with respect to addi- 
tional station and signal lights for two 
or more ships of war or for vessels 
sailing under convoy, or with the ex- 
hibition of recognition signals adopted 
by shipowners, which have been au- 
thorized by their respective Govern- 
ments, and duly registered and pub- 
lished. 



STEAM VESSEL UNDER SALL BY DAY. 



STEAM VESSEL UNDER SAIL BY DAY. 



Art. 14. A steam vessel proceeding 
under sail only, but having her funnel 
up, shall carry in daytime, forward, 
where it can best be seen, one black 
ball or shape two feet in diameter. 



Art. 14. A steam vessel proceeding 
under sail only, but having her funnel 
up, may carry in daytime, forward, 
where it can best be seen, one black 
ball or shape tivo feet in diameter. 



III. Sound Signals for Fog, and so III. Sound Signals for Fog, and so 

FORTH. FORTH. 



PRELIMINARY. 



PRELIMINARY. 



Art. 15. All signals prescribed by this 
article for vessels under way shall be 
given : 

First. By " steam vessels " on the 
whistle or siren. 



Art. 15. All signals prescribed by th is 
article for vessels under way shall be 
given: 

1. By "steam vessels " on the whistle 
or siren. 



769 



International rules — Continued. 

Second. By "sailing vessels" and 
" vessels towed " on the fog horn. 

The words "prolonged blast" used 
in this article shall mean a blast of 
from four to six seconds' duration. 

A steam vessel shall be provided 
with an efficient whistle or siren, 
sounded by steam or by some sub- 
stitute for steam, so placed that the 
sound may not be intercepted by any 
obstruction, and with an efficient fog 
horn, to be sounded by mechanical 
means, and also with an efficient bell. 
In all cases where the rules require 
a bell to be used a drum may be sub- 
stituted on board Turkish vessels, or 
a gong where such articles are used 
on board small seagoing vessels. A 
sailing vessel of twenty tons gross 
tonnage or upward shall be provided 
with a similar fog horn and bell. 

In a fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy 
rain storms, whether by day or night, 
the signals described in this article 
shall be used as follows, namely : 



Inland rules — Continued. 

2. By "sailing vessels " and "vessels 
towed " on the fog horn. 

The words "prolonged blast " used 
in this article shall mean a blast of 
from four to six seconds' duration. 

A steam vessel shall be provided 
with an efficient whistle or siren, 
sounded by steam or by some sub- 
stitute for steam, so placed that the 
sound may not be intercepted by any 
obstruction, and with an efficient fog 
horn; also with an efficient bell. A 
sailvng vessel of twenty tons gross ton- 
nage or upward shall be provided with 
a similar fog horn and bell. 



In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy 
rain storms, whether by day or night, 
the signals described in this article 
shall be used as follows, namely: 



STEAM VESSEL UNDER WAY. 



STEAM VESSEL UNDER WAY. 



(a) A steam vessel having way upon 
her shall sound, at intervals of not 
more than two minutes, a prolonged 
blast. 

(b) A steam vessel under way, but 
stopped, and having no way upon her, 
shall sound, at intervals of not more 
than two minutes, two prolonged 
blasts, with an interval of about one 
second between. 



(a) A steam vessel under way shall 
sound, at intervals, of not more than 
one minute, a prolonged blast. 



SAIL VESSEL UNDER WAY. 



SAIL VESSEL UNDER WAY. 



(c) A sailing vessel under way shall 
sound, at intervals of not more than 
one minute, when on the starboard 



(c) A sailing vessel under way shall 
sound, at intervals of not more than 
one minute, when on the starboard 



tack, one blast ; when on the port tack, tack, one blast; when on the port tack, 



770 



International rules — Continued. 

two blasts in succession, and when 
with the wind abaft the beam, three 
blasts in succession. 



Inland rules — Continued. 

two blasts in succession, and when 
with the wind abaft the beam, three 
blasts in succession. 



VESSELS AT ANCHOE OR NOT UNDER WAY. VESSELS AT ANCHOR OR NOT UNDER WAY. 



(d) A vessel when at anchor shall, 
at intervals of not more than one min- 
ute, ring the bell rapidly for about five 
seconds. 



(d) A vessel when at anchor shall, 
at intervals of not more than one min- 
ute, ring the bell rapidly for about five 
seconds. 



VESSELS TOWING OR TOWED. 



VESSELS TOWING OR TOWED. 



(e) A vessel when towing, a vessel 
employed in laying or in picking up a 
telegraph cable, and a vessel under 
way, which is unable to get out of the 
way of an approaching vessel through 
being not under command, or unable 
to maneuver as required by the rules, 
shall, instead of the signals prescribed 
in subdivisions (a) and (c) of this 
article, at intervals of not more than 
two minutes, sound three blasts in 
succession, namely: One prolonged 
blast followed by two short blasts. A 
vessel towed may give this signal and 
she shall not give any other. 



(e) A steam vessel when towing, 
shall, instead of the signals prescribed 
in subdivision (a) of this article, at 
intervals of not more than one minute, 
sound three blasts in succession, 
namely, one prolonged blast followed 
by two short blasts. A vessel towed 
may give this signal and she shall not 
give any other. 



SMALL SAILING VESSELS AND BOATS. 



OR OTHER CRAFT NOT PROVIDED 
FOR. 



Sailing vessels and boats of less 
than twenty tons gross tonnage shall 
not be obliged to give the above-men- 
tioned signals, but, if they do not, they 
shall make some other efficient sound 
signal at intervals of not more than 
one minute. 



(f) All rafts or other water craft, 
not herein provided for, navigating by 
hand power, horse power, or by the 
cuirent of the river, shall sound a 
blast of the fog horn, or equivalent 
signal, at intervals of not more than 
one minute. 



SPEED IN FOG. 



SPEED IN FOG. 



Art. 16. Every vessel shall, in a fog, 
mist, falling snow, or heavy rain 
storms, go at a moderate speed, having 



Art. 16. Every vessel shall, in a fog, 
mist, falling snoiv, or heavy rain 
storms, go at a moderate speed, ha ring 



771 



International rules — Continued. 

careful regard to the existing circum- 
stances and conditions. 

A steam vessel hearing, apparently 
forward of her beam, the fog signal of 
a vessel the position of which is not 
ascertained shall, so far as the cir- 
cumstances of the case admit, stop her 
engines, and then navigate with cau- 
tion until danger of collision is over. 



Inland rules — Continued. 

careful regard to the existing circum- 
stances and conditions. 

A steam vessel hearing, apparently 
forward of her beam, the fog signal of 
a vessel the position of which is not 
ascertained shall, so far as the cir- 
cumstances of the case admit, stop her 
engines, and then navigate with cau- 
tion until danger of collision is over. 



IV. — Steeeing and Sailing Rules. IV. — Steering and Sailing Rules. 



PRELIMINARY. 



PRELIMINARY. 



Risk of collision can, when circum- 
stances permit, be ascertained by care- 
fully watching the compass bearing of 
an approaching vessel. If the bearing 
does not appreciably change, such risk 
should be deemed to exist. 



Risk of collision can, when circum- 
stances permit, be ascertained by care- 
fully watching the compass bearing of 
an approaching vessel. If the bearing 
does not appreciably change, such risk 
should be deemed to exist. 



sailing vessels. 



SAILING VESSELS. 



Art. 17. When two sailing vessels 
are approaching one another, so as to 
involve risk of collision, one of them 
shall keep out of the way of the other, 
as follows, namely : 

(a) A vessel which is running free 
shall keep out of the way of a vessel 
which is closehauled. 

(b) A vessel which is closehauled 
on the port tack shall keep out of the 
way of a vessel which is closehauled 
on the starboard tack. 

(c) When both are running free, 
with the wind on different sides, the 
vessel which has the wind on the port 
side shall keep out of the way of the 
other. 

(d) When both are running free, 
with the wind on the same side, the 
vessel which is to the windward shall 
keep out of the way of the vessel 
which is to the leeward. 



Art. 17. When two sailing vessels 
are approaching one another, so as to 
involve risk of collision, one of them 
shall keep out of the way of the other, 
as follotcs, namely: 

(a) A vessel which is running free 
shall keep out of the way of a vessel 
which is closehauled. 

(b) A vessel which is closehauled 
on the port tack shall keep out of the 
way of a vessel which is closehauled 
on the starboard tack. 

(c) When both are running free, 
with the wind on different sides, the 
vessel which has the wind on the port 
side shall keep out of the way of the 
other. 

(d) When both are running free, 
with the wind on the same side, the 
vessel which is to the windward shall 
keep out of the way of the vessel 
which is to the leeward. 



772 



International rules — Continued. 



(e) A vessel which has the wind aft 
shall keep out of the way of the othet 
vessel. 



Inland rules — Continued. 



(e) A vessel which has the wind aft 
shall keep out of the way of the other 
vessel. 






STEAM VESSELS. 



STEAM VESSELS. 



Aet. 18. When two steam vessels 
are meeting end on, or nearly end on, 
so as to involve risk of collision, each 
shall alter her course to starboard, so 
that each may pass on the port side of 
the other. 



This article only applies to cases 
where vessels are meeting end on, or 
nearly end on, in such a manner as to 
involve risk of collision, and does not 
apply to two vessels which must, if 
both keep on their respective courses, 
pass clear of each other. 

The only cases to which it does ap- 
ply are when each of the two vessels 
is end on, or nearly end on, to the 
other; in other words, to cases in 
which, by day, each vessel sees the 
masts of the other in a line, or nearly 
in a line, with her own ; and by night, 
to cases in which each vessel is in 
such a position as to see both the side 
lights of the other. 



Art. 18. Rule I. When steam ves- 
sels are approaching each other head 
and head, that is, end on, or nearly 
so, it shall be the duty of each to pass 
on the port side of the other; and 
either vessel shall give, as a signal 
of her intention, one short and distinct 
Mast of her whistle, which the other 
vessel shall answer promptly by a 
similar blast of her whistle, and 
thereupon such vessels shall pass on 
the port side of each other. But if 
the courses of such vessels are so far 
on the starboard of each other as not 
to be considered as meeting head and 
head, either vessel shall immediately 
give two short and distinct blasts of 
her whistle, which the other vessel 
shall answer promptly by two similar 
blasts of her whistle, and they shall 
pass on the starboard side of each 
other. 

The foregoing only applies to cases 
where vessels are meeting end on, or 
nearly end on, in such a manner as to 
involve risk of collision; in other 
words, to cases in which, by day, each 
vessel sees the masts of the other in a 
line, or nearly in a line, with her own. 
and by night to cases in which each 
vessel is in such a position as to see 
both the side lights of the other. 



773 



International rules — Continued. 

It does not apply by day to cases 
in which a vessel sees another ahead 
crossing her own course; or by night 
to cases where the red light of one ves- 
sel is opposed to the red light of the 
other, or where the green light of one 
vessel is opposed to the green light of 
the other, or where a red light with- 
out a green light, or a green light 
without a red light, is seen ahead, or 
where both green and red lights are 
seen anywhere but ahead. 



Inland rules — Continued. 

It does not apply by day to cases 
in which a vessel sees another ahead 
crossing her own course, or by night 
to cases where the red light of one 
vessel is opposed to the red light of 
the other, or where the green light of 
one vessel is opposed to the green 
light of the other, or where a red 
light without a green light or a green 
light without a red light, is seen ahead, 
or where both green and red lights are 
seen anywhere but ahead. 

Rule III. If, when steam vessels 
are approaching each other, either ves- 
sel fails to understand the course or 
intention of the other, from any cause, 
the vessel so in doubt shall immedi- 
ate! >/ signify the same by giving sev- 
eral short and rapid blasts, not less 
than four, of the steam whistle. 

Rule V. Whenever a steam vessel is 
nearing a short bend or curve in the 
channel, where, from the height of the 
banks or other cause, a steam vessel 
approaching from the opposite direc- 
tion can not be seen for a distance of 
half a mile, such steam vessel, when 
she shall have arrived within half a 
mile of such curve or bend, shall give 
a signal by one long blast of the 
steam whistle, which signal shall be 
answered by a similar blast given by 
any approaching steam vessel that 
may be within hearing. Should such 
signal be so answered by a steam ves- 
sel upon the farther side of such bend, 
then the usual signals for meeting and 
passing shall immediately be given and 
answered; but if the first alarm signal 
of such vessel be not answered, she is 
to consider the channel clear and gov- 
ern herself accordingly. 

When steam vessels are moved from 
their docks or berths, and other boats 
are liable to pass from any direction 



1838-1 1°— 20- 



-50 



774 

International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 

toicard them, they shall give the same 
signal as in the case of vessels meet- 
ing at a bend, but immediately after 
clearing the berths so as to be fully in 
sight, they shall be governed by the 
steering and sailing rules. 

Rule VIII. When steam vessels are 
running in the same direction, and the 
vessel which is astern shall desire to 
pass on the right or starboard hand 
of the vessel ahead, she shall give one 
short blast of the steam whistle as a 
signal of such desire; and if the vessel 
ahead answers with one blast, she 
shall put her helm to port; or if she 
shall desire to pass on the left or port 
side of the vessel ahead, she shall give 
two short blasts of the steam whistle 
■as a signal of such desire; and if the 
vessel ahead answers with two blasts, 
shall put her helm to starboard; or if 
the vessel ahead does not think it safe 
for the vessel astern to attempt to pass 
at that point, she shall immediately 
signify the same by giving several 
short and rapid blasts of the steam 
whistle, not less than four, and under 
no circumstances shall the vessel 
astern attempt to pass the vessel ahead 
until such time as they have reached 
a point where it can be safely done, 
when said vessel ahead shall signify 
her willingness by blowing the proper 
signals. The vessel ahead sliall in no 
case attempt to cross the bow or crowd 
upon the course of the passing vessel. 

Rule IX. The whistle signals pro- 
' vided in the rules under this article 
for steam vessels meeting, passing, or 
overtaking are never to be used ex- 
cept when steamers are in sight of 
each other and the course and position 
of each can be determined in the day- 
time by a sight of the vessel itself or 
by night by seeing its signal lights. 
In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy 



775 



International rules — Continued. 



Inland rules — Continued. 



rain storms, when vessels can not see 
each other, fog signals only must be 
given. 

SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS. 

Sec. 2. That the supervising inspec- 
tor's of steam vessels and the Super- 
vising Inspector General shall establish 
such rules to be observed by steam 
vessels in passing each other and as to 
the lights to be carried by ferryboats 
and by barges and canal boats ivhen in 
toio of steam vessels, not inconsistent 
with the provisions of this act, as they 
from time to time may deem necessary 
for safety, which rules when approved 
by the Secretary of Commerce, are 
hereby declared special rules duly 
made by local authority, as provided 
for in article thirty of chapter eight 
hundred and tico of the laws of 
eighteen hundred and ninety. Two 
printed copies of such rules shall be 
furnished to such ferryboats and steam 
vessels, which rules shall be kept 
posted up in conspicuous places in 
such vessels. 



TWO STEAM VESSELS CROSSING. 



TWO STEAM VESSELS CROSSING. 



Art. 19. When two steam vessels are 
crossing, so as to involve risk of col- 
lision, the vessel which has the other 
on her own starboard side shall keep 
out of the way of the other. 



Art. 19. When two steam vessels are 
crossing, so as to involve risk of col- 
lision, the vessel which has the other 
on her own starboard side shall keep 
out of the way of the other. 



STEAM VESSEL SHALL KEEP OUT OF THE 
WAY OF SAILING VESSEL. 



STEAM VESSEL SHALL KEEP OUT OF THE 
WAY OF SAILING VESSEL. 



Art. 20. When a steam vessel and a 
sailing vessel are proceeding in such 
directions as to involve risk of colli- 
sion, the steam vessel shall keep out of 
the way of the sailing vessel. 



Art. 20. When a steam vessel and a 
sailing vessel are proceeding in such 
directions as to involve risk of colli- 
sion, the steam vessel shall keep out of 
the way of the sailing vessel. 



776 



IntvDiational rules — Continued. 

COURSE AND SPEED. 

Aet. 21. Where, by any of these 
rules, one of two vessels is to keep out 
of the way the other shall keep her 
course and speed. 

Note. — When, in consequence of 
thick weather or other causes, such 
vessel finds herself so close that col- 
lision can not be avoided by the action 
of the giving-way vessel alone, she 
also shall take such action as will best 
aid to avert collision. [See articles 
27 and 29.] 



Inland rules — Continued. 

COURSE AND SPEED. 

Aet. 21. Where, by any of these 
rules, one of the two vessels is to Iceep 
out of the way, the other shall keep 
her course and speed. 

[See articles 27 and 29.1 



CROSSING AHEAD. 



CROSSING AHEAD. 



Art. 22. Every vessel which is di- 
rected by these rules to keep out of 
the way of another vessel shall, if the 
circumstances of the case admit, avoid 
crossing ahead of the other. 



Art. 22. Every vessel which is di- 
rected by these rules to keep out of the 
way of another vessel shall, if the 
circumstances of the case admit, avoid 
crossing ahead of the other. 



STEAM VESSEL SHALL SLACKEN 
OR STOP. 



SPEED 



STEAM VESSEL SHALL SLACKEN 
OR STOP. 



Art. 23. Every steam vessel which 
is directed by these rules to keep out 
of the way of another vessel shall, on 
approaching her, if necessary, slacken 
her speed or stop or reverse. 



Art. 23. Every steam vessel which 
is directed by these rules to keep out 
of the way of another t^esscl shall, on 
approaching her, if necessary, slacken 
her speed or stop or reverse. 



OVERTAKING vessels. 



OVERTAKING VESSELS. 



Art. 24. Notwithstanding anything 
contained in these rules every vessel, 
overtaking any other, shall keep out of 
the way of the overtaken vessel. 

Every vessel coming up with an- 
other vessel from any direction more 
than two points abaft her beam, that 
is, in such a position, with reference to 
the vessel which she is overtaking that 
at night she would be unable to see 
either of that vessel's side lights, shall 



Art. 24. Notwithstanding anything 
contained in these rules everu vessel, 
overtaking any other, shall keep out of 
the way of the overtaken vessel. 

Every vessel coming up with an- 
other vessel from any direction more 
than two points abaft her beam, that 
is, in such a position, with reference to 
the vessel which she is overtaking that 
at night she would be unable to see 
either of that vessel's side lights, shall 



777 



In ternational rules — Continued. 



Inland rules — Continued. 



be deemed to be an overtaking vessel ; 
and no subsequent alteration of the 
bearing between the two vessels shall 
make the overtaking vessel a crossing 
vessel within the meaning of these 
rules, or relieve her of the duty of 
keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
until she is finally past and clear. 

As by day the overtaking vessel can 
not always know with certainty 
whether she is forward of or abaft this 
direction from the other vessel, she 
should, if in doubt, asrume that she is 
an overtaking vessel and keep out of 
the way. 



be deemed to be an overtaking vessel ; 
and no subsequent alteration of the 
bearing between the two vessels shall 
make the overtaking vessel a crossing 
vessel within the meaning of these 
rules, or relieve her of the duty of 
keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
until she is finally past and clear. 

As by day the overtaking vessel can 
not alivays know with certainty 
whether she is fonvard of or abaft this 
direction from the other vessel, she 
should, if in doubt, assume that she is 
an overtaking vessel and keep out of 
the way. 



NARROW CHANNELS. 



NARROW CHANNELS. 



Art. 25. In narrow channels every 
steam vessel shall, when it is safe and 
practicable, keep to that side of the 
fairway or mid-channel which lies on 
the starboard side of such vessel. 



Art. 25. In narrow channels every 
steam vessel shall, when it is safe and 
practicable, keep to that side of the 
fairirai/ or niid-eJiaiiiieJ which lies on 
the starboard side of such vessel. 



RIGHT OF WAY OF FISHING VESSELS. 



RIGHT OF WAY OF FISHING VESSELS. 



Art. 26. Sailing vessels under way 
shall keep out of the way of sailing 
vessels or boats fishing with nets or 
lines or trawls. This rule shall not 
give to any vessel or boat engaged in 
fishing the right of obstructing a fair- 
way used by vessels other than fishing 
vessels or boats. 



Art. 26. Sailing vessels under way 
shall keep out of the way of sailing 
rcs.sels or boats fishing with nets or 
lines or trawls. This rule shall not 
give to any vessel or boat engaged in 
fishing the right of obstructing a fair- 
way used by vessels other than fishing 
vessels or boats. 



GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULE. 



GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULE. 



Art. 27. In obeying and construing 
these rules due regard shall be had to 
all dangers of navigation and colli- 
sion, and to any special circumstances 
which may render a departure from 
the above rules necessary in order to 
avoid immediate danger. 



Art. 27. In obeying and construing 
these rules due regard shall be had to 
all dangers of navigation and colli- 
sion, and to any special circumstances 
which may render a departure from 
the above rules necessary in order to 
avoid immediate danger. 



778 

International rules — Continued. Inland rules — Continued. 

SOUND SIGNALS FOB PASSING STEAMERS. SOUND SIGNALS FOE PASSING STEAMERS. 



Art. 28." The words " short blast " 
used in this article shall mean a blast 
of about one second's duration. 

When vessels are in sight of one an- 
other, a steam vessel under way, in 
taking any course authorized or re- 
quired by these rules, shall indicate 
that course by the following signals 
on her whistle or siren, namely : 

One short blast to mean, " I am di- 
recting my course to starboard." 

Two short blasts to mean, " I am di- 
recting my course to port." 

Three short blasts to mean, My en- 
gines are going at full speed astern." 



[See article 18.] 



Art. 28. When vessels are in sight 
of one another a steam vessel under 
way whose engines are going at full 
speed astern shall indicate that fact 
by three short blasts on the whistle. 



PRECAUTION. 



PRECAUTION. 



Art. 29. Nothing in these rules shall 
exonerate any vessel, or the owner or 
master or crew thereof, from the con- 
sequences of any neglect to carry 
lights or signals, or of any neglect to 
keep a proper lookout, or of the neglect 
of any precaution which may be re- 
quired by the ordinary practice of sea- 
men, or by the special circumstances 
of the case. 



Art. 29. Nothing in these rules shall 
exonerate any vessel, or the oicner or 
master or crew thereof, from the con- 
sequences of any neglect to carry 
lights or signals, or of any neglect to 
keep a proper lookout, or of the neglect 
of any precaution which may be re- 
quired by the ordinary practice of sea- 
men, or by the special circumstance^ 
of the case. 



LIGHTS ON UNITED STATES NAVAL VES- 
SELS AND REVENUE CUTTERS. 



Art. 30. [See page 354 r.] 



Art. 30. The exhibition of any light 
on board of a vessel of war of the 
United States or a revenue cutter may 
be suspended whenever, in the opinion 
of the Secretary of the Navy, the com 
mander in chief of a squadron, or the 
commander of a vessel acting singly. 
the special character of the service 
may require it. 



779 



International rules — Continued. 

DISTRESS SIGNALS. 



Inland rules — Continued. 

DISTRESS SIGNALS. 



Art. 31. When a vessel is in distress 
and requires assistance from other ves- 
sels or from the shore the following 
shall be the signals to be used or dis- 
played by her, either together or sep- 
arately, namely: 

In the Oaytime — 



Art. 31. When a vessel is in distress 
and requires assistance from other ves- 
sels or from the shore the following 
shall be the signals to be used or dis- 
played by her, either together or sep- 
arately, namely: 

In the daytime — 



First. A gun or other explosive sig- 
nal fired at intervals of about a 
minute. 

Second. The international code sig- 
nal of distress indicated by N C. 

Third. The distance signal, consist- 
ing of a square flag, having either 
above or below it a ball or anything 
resembling a ball. 

Fourth. A continuous sounding with 
any fog-signal apparatus. 
At night — 



A continuous sounding ivith any fog- 
signal apparatus, or firing a gun. 



At night- 



First. A gun or other explosive sig- 
nal fired at intervals of about a 
minute. 

Second. Flames on the vessel (as 
from a burning tar barrel, oil barrel, 
and so forth). 

Third. Rockets or shells throwing 
stars of any color or description, fired 
one at a time, at short intervals. 

Fourth. A continuous sounding with 
any fog-signal apparatus. 



First. Flames on the vessel as from 
a hunting tar barrel, oil barrel, and so 
forth. 

Second. A continuous sounding with 
any fog-signal apparatus, or firing a 
gun. 



Section 3. — Limits of Inland Waters of the United States. 

[This section is reproduced from Department of Commerce Form No. 804, 
edition of 14 Aug., 1917.] 

BOUNDARY LINES OF THE HIGH SEAS. 



The following lines dividing the high seas from rivers, harbors, 
and inland waters are hereby designated and defined pursuant to 



780 

section 2 of the act of Congress of February 19, 1895. Waters in- 
shore of the lines here laid down are " inland waters," and upon 
them the inland rules and pilot rules made in pursuance thereof 
apply. Upon the high seas, viz, waters outside of the lines here 
laid down, the international rules apply. The following lines shall 
be effective on and after March 1, 1913 : 

Inland waters on the Atlantic, Pacific, and Gulf coasts of the 
United States where the Inland Rules of the Board are to be 
followed ; and inland waters of the United States bordering on 
the Gulf of Mexico where the Inland Rules of the Road or Pilot 
Rules for Western Rivers are to be follmced. 

(All bearings are in degrees true and points magnetic ; distances in 
nautical miles, and are given approximately.) 

Cutler (Little River) Harbor, Me. — A line drawn from Long 
Point 226° (SW. by W. f TV.) to Little River Head. 

Little Machias Bay, Machias Bay, Englishman Bay, Chand- 
ler Bay, Moosabec Reach, Pleasant Bay, Xarraguagus Bay, 
and Pigeon Hill Bay, Me. — A line drawn from Little River 
Head 232° (WSW. |W.) to the outer side of Old Man; thence 
234° (WSW. i W.) to the outer side of Double Shot Islands; 
thence 244° (TV. f S.) to Libby Islands Lighthouse; thence 2311° 
(TVSTV. i TV.) to Moose Peak Lighthouse; thence 232|° (TVSTV. § 
TV. ) to Little Pond Head ; from Pond Point, Great TVass Island, 
239° (TV. by S.) to outer side of Crumple Island; thence 249° (TV. 
i S.) to Petit Manan Lighthouse. 

All Harbors on the Coast of Maine, New Hampshire, and 
Massachusetts Between Petit Manan Lighthouse, Me., and 
Cape Ann Lighthouses, Mass. — A line drawn from Petit Manan 
Lighthouse 205* ° (SW. IS.), 261 miles, to Mount Desert Light- 
house; thence 250*° (TV. £ S.), about 33 miles, to Matinicus Rock 
Lighthouses; thence 2671° (WXW. f TV.), 20 miles, to Monhegan 
Island Lighthouse; thence 260° (TV. f N.), 19 J miles, to Seguin 
Lighthouse; thence 233° (TVSTV. § TV.) 18J miles, to Portland 
Light Vessel; thence 2141° (STV. f TV.), 29* miles, to Boon Island 
Lighthouse ; thence 210° ( SW. ) , 11 miles, to Anderson Ledge Spin- 
dle, off Isles of Shoals Lighthouse; thence 176i° (S. by TV.), 19* 
miles, to Cape Ann Lighthouses, Mass. 

Boston Harbor. — From Eastern Point Lighthouse 215° (SW. f 
W.), 15| miles, to The Graves Lighthouse; thence 139i° (SSE. f 
E.), 7*. miles, to Minots Ledge Lighthouse. 

All Harbors in Cape Cod Bay. Mass. — A line drawn from Plym- 
outh (Gurnet) Lighthouses 77*° (E. £ S.), 16i miles, to Race 
Point Lighthouse. 

Nantucket Sound, Vineyard Sound, Buzzards Bay, Xarragan- 
sett Bay, Block Island Sound, and Easterly Entrance to Long 



781 

Island Sound. — A line drawn from Chatham Lighthouses, Mass., 
146° (S. by E. | E.), 4§ miles, to Pollock Rip Slue Light Vessel; 
thence 142° (SSE. £ E.), 12f miles, to Great Round Shoal Entrance 
Gas and Whistling Buoy (PS) ; thence 229° (SW. by W. f W.), 14ft 
miles, to Sankaty Head Lighthouse ; from Smith Point, Nantucket 
Island, 261° (W. | N.), 27 miles, to No Mans Land Gas and 
Whistling Buoy, 2; thence 359° (N. by E. | E.), 8| miles, to Gay 
Head Lighthouse ; thence 250° (W. f S.), 34ft miles, to Block Island 
Southeast Lighthouse; thence 2504° (W. f S.), 14| miles, to Mon- 
tauk Point Lighthouse, on the easterly end of Long Island, N. Y. 

New York Harbor. — A line drawn from Rockaway Point Coast 
Guard Station 159ft ° (S. by El), 6ft miles, to Ambrose Channel 
Light Vessel; thence 238ft° (WSW. ft W.), 8ft miles, to Navesink 
( southerly ) Lighthouse. 

Philadelphia Harbor and Delaware Bay. — A line drawn from 
Cape May Ligh; house 200° (SSW. £ W.), 8ft miles, to Overfalls 
Light Vessel; thence 246i° (WSW. ft W.), 3ft miles, to Cape 
Henlopen Lighthouse. 

Baltimore Harbor and Chesapeake Bay. — A line drawn from 
Cape Charles Lighthouse 1791° (S. ft W.), 10ft miles, to Cape 
Henry Gas and Whistling Buoy. 2; thence 257° (W. f S.), 5 miles, 
to Cape Henry Lighthouse. 

Charleston Harbor. — A line drawn from Ferris Wheel, on Isle 
of Palms. ir>4 (SSE. ft E.), 7 miles, to Charleston Light Vessel; 
thence 259° (W. ft S.), through Charleston Whistling Buoy, 6 C, 
7f miles, until Charleston Lighthouse bears 350° (N. f W.) ; 
thence 270° (W.), 2ft miles, to the beach of Folly Island. 

Savannah Harbor and Calibogue Sound. — A line drawn from 
Braddock Point, Hilton Head Island, 1501° (SSE. f E.), 9£ miles, 
to Tybee Gas and Whistling Buoy, T (PS) ; thence 270° (W.), to 
the beach of Tybee Island. 

St. Simon Sound (Brunswick Harbor) and St. Andrew 
Sound. — From hotel on beach of St. Simon Island II mile 60° 
(NE. by E. ft E.) from St. Simon Lighthouse, 130° (SE. * E.), 
6| miles, to St. Simon Gas and Whistling Buoy (PS) ; thence 194° 
(S. by W. ft W.), 8| miles, to St. Andrew Sound Bar Buoy (PS) ; 
thence 270° (W.), 4$ miles, to the shore of Little Cumberland 
Island. 

St. Johns River, Fla. — A straight line from the outer end of 
'the northerly jetty to the outer end of the southerly jetty. 

Florida Reefs and Keys. — A line drawn from the easterly end 
of the northerly jetty, at the entrance to the dredged channel ft 
mile northerly of Norris Cut, 94° (E. ft S.), If miles, to Florida 
Reefs North End Whistling Bnoy. W (HS) ; thence 178° (S. £ E.), 
8 miles, to Biscayne Bay Sea Bell Buoy, 1 ; thence 182° (S. ft W.), 
2§ miles, to Fowey Rocks Lighthouse; thence 188° (S. % W.), 



782 

6| miles, to Triumph Reef Beacon, 0; thence 193° (S. by W.), 4$ 
miles, to Ajax Reef Beacon, M ; thence 194° (S. by W. i W.), 2 
miles, to Pacific Reef Beacon, L; thence 1961° (S. by W. f W.), 

5 miles, to Turtle Harbor Sea Buoy, 2; thence 210° (SSW. £ W.), 
4| miles, to Carysfort Reef Lighthouse ; thence 209^° (SSW 1W.), 
5£ miles, to Elbow Reef Beacon, J; thence 217^° (SW. f S.), 9f 
miles, to Molasses Reef Gas Buoy, 2 M ; thence 235$ ° (SW. f W.), 

6 miles, to Conch Reef Beacon, E; thence 234|° (SW. I W.), 
through Crocker Reef Beacon, D, 10$ miles, to Alligator Reef 
Lighthouse; thence 234° (SW. f W.), 10£ miles, to Tennessee 
Reef Buoy, 4; thence 251° (WSW. i W.), 10J miles, to Coffins 
Patches Beacon, C; thence 247° (SW. by W. f W.), 8| miles, to 
Sombrero Key Lighthouse; thence 253! ° (WSW. f W.), 16| miles, 
to Looe Key Beacon, 6; thence 257^° (WSW. f W.), 6f miles, to 
American Shoal Lighthouse; thence 253^° (WSW. f W.), 2| miles, 
to Maryland Shoal Beacon, S; thence 259° (WSW. | W.), 5i 
miles, to Eastern Sambo Beacon, A; thence 253° (WSW. i W.), 2i 
miles, to Western Sambo Beacon, R; thence 257° (WSW. f W.), 
through Western Sambo Buoy, 2, 51 miles, to Key West Entrance 
Gas Buoy (PS) ; thence 262° (W. £ S.), 4£ miles, to Sand Key 
Lighthouse; thence 261° (W. by S.), 2f miles, to Western Dry 
Rocks Beacon, 2; thence 268° (W. I S.), 3£ miles, through Satan 
Shoal Buoy (HS) to Vestal Shoal Buoy, 1; thence 274i° (W. £ 
X.) 5i miles, to Coal Bin Rock Buoy, CB (HS) ; thence 3244° 
(XW. | N.), 7| miles, to Marquesas Keys left tangent; from 
northwesterly point Marquesas Keys 59° (XE. by E.), 4f miles, 
to Bar Buoy, 1, Boca Grande Channel; thence 83° (E. f X.), 9| 
miles, to Northwest Channel Entrance Bell Buoy, 1, Northwest 
Channel into Key West; thence 68° (XE. by E. 1 E.), 23£ miles, 
to northerly side of Content Keys; thence 49° (XE. | E.), 29 
miles, to East Cape, Cape Sable. 

Charlotte Harbor and Punta Gorda, Fla. — Eastward of Char- 
lotte Harbor Entrance Gas and Bell Buoy (PS), off Boca Grande, 
and in Charlotte Harbor, in Pine Island Sound and Matlacha Pass. 
Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply in Peace and Miakka Rivers 
north of a 250° and 70° (WSW. and EXE.) line through Mangrove 
Point Light : and in Caloosahatchee River northward of the steam- 
boat wharf at Punta Rasa. 

Tampa Bay and Tributaries, Fla. — From the southerly end of 
Long Key 245° (SW. by W. | W.) 9 miles, to Tampa Bay Gas and 
Whistling Buoy (PS) ; thence 129° (SE. f E.) 6£ miles, to Bar 
Bell Buoy (PS), at the entrance to Southwest Channel; thence 
103° (E. by S.), 2| miles, to the house on the north end of Anna 
Maria Key. Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply in Manatee 
River inside Manatee River Entrance Buoy, 2 ; in Hillsboro Bay 
and RiVer inside Hillsboro Bay Light, 2. 



783 

St. George Sound, Apalachicola Bay, Carrabelle and Apa- 
lachicola Rivers, and St. Vincent Sound, Fla. — North of a line 
from Lighthouse Point 246° (SW. by W. f W.), 13i miles, to 
southeasterly side of Dog Island; to northward of East Pass Bell 
Buoy, 1, at the entrance to East Pass, and inside West Pass Bell 
Buoy (PS) at the seaward entrance to West Pass. Pilot Rules 
for Western Rivers apply in Carrabelle River inside the entrance 
to the dredged channel; in Apalachicola River northward of 
Apalachicola Dredged Channel Entrance Buoy, 2. 

Pensacola Harbor. — From Caucus Cut Entrance Gas and 
Whistling Buoy, 1A, 3° (N. £ W.), tangent to easterly side of 
Fort Pickens, to the shore of Santa Rosa Island, and from the 
buoy northward in the buoyed channel through Caucus Shoal. 

Mobile Harbor and Bay. — From Mobile Entrance Gas and 
Whistling Buoy (PS) 40' (NE. £ N.) to shore of Mobile Point, 
and from the buoy 320° (NW.) to the shore of Dauphin Island. 
Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply in Mobile River above 
Choctaw Point. 

Sounds, Lakes, and Harbors on the Coasts of Alabama, Mis- 
sissippi, and Louisiana, Between Mobile Bay Entrance and the 
Delta of the Mississippi River. — From Sand Island Lighthouse 
259° (WSW. £ W.), 43* miles to Chandeleur Lighthouse; west- 
ward of Chandeleur and Errol Islands, and west of a line drawn 
from the southwesterly point of Errol Island 1S2° (S. i E.), 23 
miles, to Pass a Loutre Lighthouse. Pilot Rules for Western 
Rivers apply in Pascagoula River, and in the dredged cut at the 
entrance to the river, above Pascagoula River Entrance Light, A, 
marking the entrance to the dredged cut. 

New Orleans Harbor and the Delta of the Mississippi 
River. — Inshore of a line drawn from the outermost mud lump 
showing above low water at the entrance to Pass a Loutre to a 
similar lump off the entrance to Northeast Pass ; thence to a 
similar lump off the entrance to Southeast Pass; thence to the 
outermost aid to navigation off the entrance to South Pass ; thence 
to the outermost aid to navigation off the entrance to Southwest 
Pass ; thence northerly, about 19$ miles, to the westerly point 
of the entrance to Bay Jaque. 

Sabine Pass, Tex. — Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply to 
Sabine Pass northward of Sabine Pass Gas and Whistling Buoy 
(PS), and in Sabine Lake and its tributaries. Outside of this 
buoy the International Rules apply. 

Galveston Harbor. — A line drawn from Galveston North Jetty 
Light 129° (SE. by E. I E.), 2 miles, to Galveston Bar Gas and 
Whistling Buoy (PS) ; thence 276° (W. £ S.), 2\ miles, to Gal- 
veston (S.) Jetty Lighthouse. 



784 

Brazos River, Tex. — Pilot Rules for Western Rivers apply in 
the entrance and river inside of Brazos River Entrance Gas and 
Whistling Buoy (PS). International Rules apply outside the 
buoy. 

San Diego Harbor. — A line drawn from southerly tower of 
Coronado Hotel 208° (S. by W.), 5 miles, to Outside Bar Whistling 
Buoy, SD (PS) ; thence 345° (NNW. f W.), 3f miles, to Point 
Loma Lighthouse. 

San Francisco Harbor. — A line drawn through Mile Rocks 
Lighthouse 326° (NW. f W.) to Bonita Point Lighthouse. 

Columbia River Entrance. — A line drawn from knuckle of Co- 
lumbia River south jetty 351° (NNW. 1 W.) to Cape Disappoint- 
ment Lighthouse. 

Juan de Fuca Strait, Washington and Puget Sounds. — A line 
drawn from New Dungeness Lighthouse 13|° (N. by W.), 10f 
miles, to Hein Bank Gas and Bell Buoy (HS) ; thence 337|° 
(NW. i W.), 10f miles, to Lime Kiln Light on west side of San 
Juan Island ; from Bellevue Point, San Juan Island, 336*° (NW. 
i W.) to Kellett Bluff, Henry Island; thence 347° (NW. f N.) to 
Turn Point Light; thence 71|° (NE. & E.), 8i miles, to westerly 
point of Skipjack Island ; thence 38^° (N. by E. \ E.), 4| miles, to 
Patos Islands Light; thence 338° (NW. \ W.), 12 miles, to Point 
Roberts Light. 

General Rule. — At all buoyed entrances from seaward to bays, 
sounds, rivers, or other estuaries for which specific lines have not 
been described, Inland Rules shall apply inshore of a line approxi- 
mately parallel with the general trend of the shore, drawn through 
the outermost buoy or other aid to navigation of any system of 
aids. 

Section 4. — Pilot Rules for Ceetain Inland Waters of the 
Atlantic and Pacific Coasts and of the Coast of the Gulf 
of Mexico. 

[This section is reproduced from Department of Commerce Form No. 804. 
edition of 14 Aug., 1917.] 

(Note. — When the act approved June 7, 1897, contained in the 
following articles, was under consideration, the old law, known as 
the International Rules, was made the basis for the new act, and 
the different sections of the International Rules were taken up 
seriatim and considered in regard to their application in the pro- 
posed new law. Where it was found that any article of the 
International Rules would meet the necessities or requirements 
of the new act, such article was adopted, in some cases verbatim. 
Article 4 of the International Rules refers to lights and day marks 
carried by a vessel not under command and by vessels engaged in 



785 

laying or picking up a telegraph cable, etc., which signals it was 
not considered would be necessary in inland navigation, and the 
article in question was omitted from the act. In order to keep 
corresponding numbers for the articles in the new act and in the 
International Rules, article 4 was therefore omitted from the act, 
and there is no article of that number in the act of June 7, 1897. ) 

PILOT RULES FOR ALL. HARBORS, RIVERS, AND INLAND 
WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES, EXCEPT THE GREAT 
LAKES AND THEIR CONNECTING AND TRIBUTARY WATERS 
AS FAR EAST AS MONTREAL AND THE RED RIVER OF THE 
NORTH AND RIVERS EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF MEX- 
ICO AND THEIR TRIBUTARIES. 

Laws relating: to the navigation of vessels on all harbors, 
rivers, and inland waters of the United States, except the 
Great Lakes and their connecting: and tributary waters as 
far east as Montreal and the Red River of the North and 
rivers emptying; into the Gulf of Mexico and their tribu- 
taries. 

AN ACT To adopt regulations for preventing collisions upon certain har 
tors, rivers, and inland waters of tho United States. 

Whereas the provisions of chapter eight hundred' and two of the 
laws of eighteen hundred and ninety and the amendments 
thereto, adopting regulations for preventing collisions at sea, 
apply to all waters! of the United States connected with the high 
seas navigable by seagoing vessels, except so far as the navigation 
of any harbor, river, or inland waters is regulated by special 
rules duly made by local authority ; and 
Whereas it is desirable that the regulations relating to the naviga- 
tion of all harbors, rivers, and inland waters of the United 
States, except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tribu- 
tary waters as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the 
North and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their 
tributaries, shall be stated in one act: Therefore, 
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
United States of America in Congress assembled, That the follow- 
ing regulations for preventing collisions shall be followed by all 
vessels navigating all harbors, rivers, and inland waters of the 
United States, except the Great Lakes and their connecting and 
tributary waters as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the 
North and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their 
tributaries, and are hereby declared special rates duly made by 
local authority : 



786 



PRELIMINARY. 

In the following rules every steam vessel which is under sail 
and not under steam is to be considered a sailing vessel, and every 
vessel under steam, whether under sail or not, is to be considered 
a steam vessel. 

The words " steam vessel " shall include any vessel propelled by 
machinery. 

A vessel is " under way " within the meaning of these rules when 
she is not at anchor or made fast to the shore or aground. 

RULES CONCERNING LIGHTS, AND SO FORTH. 

The word " visible " in these rules, when applied to lights, shall 
mean visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere. 

Article 1. The rules concerning lights shall be complied with in 
all weathers from sunset to sunrise, and during such time no other 
lights which may be mistaken for the prescribed lights shall be 
exhibited. 

Art. 2. 1 A steam vessel when under way shall carry — (a) On or 
in front of the foremast, or, if a vessel without a foremast, then 
in the fore part of the vessel, a bright white light so constructed 
as to show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of twenty 
points of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light ten points on 
each side of the vessel, namely, from right ahead to two points 
abaft the beam on either side, and of such a character as to be 
visible at a distance of at least five miles. 

(b) On the starboard side a green light so constructed as to 
show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points 
of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 
two points abaft the beam on the starboard side, and of such a 
character as to be visible at a distance of at least two miles. 

(c) On the port side a red light so constructed as to show an 
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points of the 
compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two 
points abaft the beam on the port side, and of such a character as 
to be visible at a distance of at least two miles. 

(d) The said green and red side lights shall be fitted with in- 
board screens projecting at least three feet forward from the light, 
so as to prevent these lights from being seen across the bow. 

(e) A seagoing steam, vessel when under way may carry an 
additional white light similar in construction to the light men- 
tioned in subdivision (a). These two lights shall be so placed in 

Article 2 is amended by act of Congress approved June 9, 1910, effec- 
tive on and after July 9, 1910, in rules for lights required to be carried 
by every vessel propelled by machinery and not more than 65 feet in 
length except tugboats and towboats propelled by steam. (See sec. 8 of 
this chapter.) 



787 

line with the keel that one shall be at least fifteen feet higher than 
the other, and in such a position with reference to each other that 
the lower light shall be forward of the upper one. The vertical 
distance between these lights shall be less than the horizontal 
distance. 

(f) All steam vessels (except seagoing vessels and ferryboats) 
shall carry in addition to green and red lights required by article 
two (b), (c), and screens as required by article two (d), a cen- 
tral range of two white lights; the afterlight being carried at an 
elevation at least fifteen feet above the light at the head of the 
vessel. The headlight shall be so constructed as to show an un- 
broken light through twenty points of the compass, namely, from 
right ahead to two points abaft the beam on either side of the 
vessel, and the afterlight so as to show all around the horizon. 

Art. 3. A steam vessel when towing another vessel shall, in 
addition to her side lights, carry two bright white lights in a 
vertical line one over the other, not less than three feet apart, and 
when towing more than one vessel shall carry an additional bright 
white light three feet above or below such lights, if the length of 
the tow measuring from the stern of the towing vessel to the stern 
of the last vessel towed exceeds six hundred feet. Each of these 
lights shall be of the same construction and character, and shall 
be carried in the same position as the white light mentioned in 
article two (a) or the after range light mentioned in article 
two (f). 

Such steam vessel may carry a small white light abaft the fun- 
nel or aftermast for the vessel towed to steer by, but such light 
shall not be visible forward of the beam. 

Art. 5. A sailing vessel under way or being towed shall carry 
the same lights as are prescribed by article two for a steam vessel 
under way, with the exception of the white lights mentioned 
therein, which they shall never carry. 

Art. 6. Whenever, as in the case of vessels of less than ten 
gross tons under way during bad weather, the green and red side- 
lights can not be fixed, these lights shall be kept at hand, lighted 
and ready, for use ; and shall, on the approach of or to other 
vessels, be exhibited on their respective sides in sufficient time to 
prevent collision, in such manner as to make them most visible, 
and so that the green light shall not be seen on the port side nor 
the red light on the starboard side, nor, if practicable, more than 
two points abaft the beam on their respective sides. To make the 
use of these portable lights more certain and easy the lanterns 
containing them shall each be painted outside with the color of 
the light they respectively contain, and shall be provided with 
proper screens. 



788 

Art. 7. Rowing boats, whether under oars or sail, shall have 
ready at hand a lantern showing a white light which shall be 
temporarily exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision. 

Aet. S. 2 Pilot vessels when engaged on their station on pilotage 
duty shall not show the lights required for other vessels, but shall 
carry a white light at the masthead, visible all around the horizon, 
and shall also exhibit a flare-up light or flare-up lights at short 
intervals, which shall never exceed fifteen minutes. 

On the near approach of or to other vessels they shall have their 
side lights lighted, ready for use, and shall flash or show them at 
short intervals, to indicate the direction in which they are head- 
ing, but the green light shall not be shown on the port side nor 
the red light on the starboard side. 

A pilot vessel of such a class as to be obliged to go alongside of 
a vessel to put a pilot on board may show the white light instead 
of carrying it at the masthead, and may, instead of the colored 
lights above mentioned, have at hand, ready for use, a lantern 
with a green glass on the one side and a red glass on the other, 
to be used as prescribed above. 

Pilot vessels, when not engaged on their station on pilotage 
duty, shall carry lights similar to those of other vessels of their 
tonnage. 

Abt. 9. ( a ) Fishing vessels of less than ten gross tons, when 
under way and when not having their nets, trawls, dredges, or 
lines in the water, shall not be obliged to carry the colored side 

2 AN ACT Relating to lights on. steam pilot vessels. 

Be it enacted by the Senate and Souse of Representatives of the United 
States of America in Congress assembled, That a steam pilot vessel, 
when engaged on her station on pilotage duty and in waters of the United 
States, and not at anchor, shall, in addition to the lights required for all 
pilot boats, carry at a distance of eight feet below her white masthead 
light a red light, visible around the horizon and of such a character as 
to be visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance 
of at least two miles, and also the colored side lights required to be 
carried by vessels when under way. 

When engaged on her station on pilotage duty and in waters of the 
United States, and at anchor, she shall carry in addition to the lights 
required for all pilot boats the red light above mentioned, but not the 
colored side lights. 

When not engaged on her station on pilotage duty, she shall carry the 
same lights as other steam vessels. 

Sec. 2. That this act shall be construed as supplementary to article 
eight of the act approved June seventh, eighteen hundred and ninety- 
seven, entitled "An act to adopt regulations for preventing collisions upon 
certain harbors, rivers, and inland waters of the United States," and to 
article eight of an act approved August nineteenth, eighteen hundred and 
ninety, entitled "An act to adopt regulations for preventing collisions 
at sea." 

Sec. 3. That this act shall take effect on June thirtieth, nineteen 
hundred. 

Approved, February 19, 1900. 






789 

lights ; but every such vessel shall, in lieu thereof, have ready at 
hand a lantern with a green glass on one side and a red glass on 
the other side, and on approaching to or being approached by 
another vessel such lantern shall be exhibited in sufficient time to 
prevent collision, so that the green light shall not be seen on the 
port side nor the red light on the starboard side. 

(b) All fishing vessels and fishing boats of ten gross tons or 
upward, when under way and when not having their nets, trawls, 
dredges, or lines in the water, shall carry and show the same 
lights as other vessels under way. 

(c) All vessels when trawling, dredging, or fishing with any 
kind of dragnets or lines shall exhibit from some part of the vessel 
where they can be best seen, two lights. One of these lights shall 
be red and the other shall be white. The red light shall be above 
the white light and shall be at a vertical distance from it of not 
less than six feet and not more than twelve feet; and the hori- 
zontal distance between them, if any, shall not be more than ten 
feet. These two lights shall be of such a character and contained 
in lanterns of such construction as to be visible all round the 
horizon, the white light a distance of not less than three miles and 
the red light of not less than two miles. 

(d) Rafts or other water craft not herein provided for, navi- 
gating by hand power, horse power, or by the current of the river, 
shall carry one or more good white lights, which shall be placed in 
such manner as shall be prescribed by the Board of Supervising 
Inspectors of Steam Vessels. 

Art. 10. A vessel which is being overtaken by another, except a 
steam vessel with an after range light showing all around the 
horizon, shall show from her stern to such last-mentioned vessel a 
white light or a flare-up light. 

Art. 11. A vessel under one hundred and fifty feet in length 
when at anchor shall carry forward, where it can best be seen, but 
at a height not exceeding twenty feet above the hull, a white 
light in a lantern so constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and 
unbroken light visible all around the horizon at a distance of at 
least one mile. 

A vessel of one hundred and fifty feet or upwards in length 
when at anchor shall carry in the forward part of the vessel at a 
height of not less than twenty and not exceeding forty feet above 
the hull, one such light, and at or near the stern of the vessel, and 
at such a height that it shall be not less than fifteen feet lower 
than the forward light, another such light. 

The length of a vessel shall be deemed to be the length appearing 
in her certificate of registry. 

Art. 12. Every vessel may, if necessary, in order to attract 
attention, in addition to the lights which she is by these rules 
183841°— 20 51 



790 

required to carry, show a flare-up light or use any detonating 
signal that can not be mistaken for a distress signal. 

Art. 13. Nothing in these rules shall interfere with the opera- 
tion of any special rules made by the Government of any nation 
with respect to additional station and signal lights for two or 
more ships of war or for vessels sailing under convoy or with the 
exhibition of recognition signals adopted by shipowners, which 
have been authorized by their respective Governments, and duly 
registered and published. 

Aet. 14. A steam vessel proceeding under sail only, but having 
her funnel up, may carry in daytime, forward, where it can best 
be seen, one black ball or shape two feet in diameter. 

SOUND SIGNALS FOR FOG, AND SO FORTH. 

Art. 15. All signals prescribed by this article for vessels under 
way shall be given : 

1. By " steam vessels " on the whistle or siren. 

2. By " sailing vessels " and " vessels towed " on the fog horn. 
The words " prolonged blast " used in this article shall mean a 
blast of from four to six seconds duration. 

A steam vessel shall be provided with an efficient whistle or 
siren, sounded by steam or by some substitute for steam, so placed 
that the sound may not be intercepted by any obstruction, and 
with an efficient fog horn; also with an efficient bell. A sailing 
vessel of twenty tons gross tonnage or upward shall be provided 
with a similar fog horn and bell. 

In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rainstorms, whether by day 
or night, the signals described in this article shall be used as 
follows, namely : 

(a) A steam vessel under way shall sound, at interrals of not 
more than one minute, a prolonged blast. 

(c) A sailing vessel under way shall sound, at intervals of not 
more than one minute, when on the starboard tack, one blast ; 
when on the port tack, two blasts in succession, and when with 
the wind abaft the beam, three blasts in succession. 

(d) A vessel when at anchor shall, at intervals of not more 
than one minute, ring the bell rapidly for about five seconds. 

(e) A steam vessel when towing, shall, instead of the signals 
prescribed in subdivision (a) of this article, at intervals of not 
more than one minute, sound three blasts in succession, namely, 
one prolonged blast followed by two short blasts. A vessel towed 
may give this signal and she shall not give any other. 

(f) All rafts or other water craft, not herein provided for, 
navigating by hand power, horse power, or by the current of the 
river, shall sound a blast of the foghorn, or equivalent signal, at 
intervals of not more than one minute. 



791 

SPEED OF SHIPS TO BE MODERATE IN FOG, AND SO FORTH. 

Art. 16. Every vessel shall, in a fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy 
rainstorms, go at a moderate speed, having careful regard to the 
existing circumstances and conditions. 

A steam vessel hearing, apparently forward of her beam, the 
fog signal of a vessel the position of which is not ascertained 
shall, so far as the circumstances of the case admit, stop her en- 
gines, and then navigate with caution until danger of collision 
is over. 

STEERING AND SAILING RULES. 
PRELIMINARY RJSK OF COLLISION. 

Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascer- 
tained by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approach- 
ing vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk 
should be deemed to exist. 

Art. 17. When two sailing vessels are approaching one another, 
so as to involve risk of collision, one of them shall keep out of the 
way of the other as follows, namely : 

(a) A vessel which is running free shall keep out of the way of 
a vessel which is close hauled. 

(b) A vessel which is close hauled on the port tack shall keep 
out of the way of a vessel which is close hauled on the starboard 
tack. 

(c) When both are running free, with the wind on different 
sides, the vessel which has the wind on the port side shall keep 
out of the way of the other. 

(d) When both are running free, with the wind on the same 
side, the vessel which is to the windward shall keep out of the 
way of the vessel which is to the leeward. 

(e) A vessel which has the wind aft shall keep out of the way 
of the other vessel. 

Art. 18. Rule I. W 7 hen steam vessels are approaching each 
other head and head, that is, end on, or nearly so, it shall be the 
duty of each to pass on the port side of the other ; and either vessel 
shall give, as a signal of her intention, one short and distinct 
blast of her whistle, which the other vessel shall answer promptly 
by a similar blast of her whistle, and thereupon such vessels shall 
pass on the port side of each other. But if the courses of such 
vessels are so far on the starboard of each other as not to be 
considered as meeting head and head, either vessel shall im- 
mediately give two short and distinct blasts of her whistle, which 
the other vessel shall answer promptly by two similar blasts of 
her whistle, and they shall pass on the starboard side of each 
other. 



792 

The foregoing only applies to cases where vessels are meeting 
end on or nearly end on, in such a manner as to involve risk of 
collision ; in other words, to cases in which, by day, each vessel 
sees the masts of the other in a line, or nearly in a line with her 
own, and by night to cases in which each vessel is in such a posi- 
tion as to see both the side lights of the other. 

It does not apply by day to cases in which a vessel sees another 
ahead crossing her own course, or by night to cases where the red 
light of one vessel is opposed to the red light of the other, or 
where the green light of one vessel is opposed to the green light 
of the other, or where a red light without a green light or a green 
light without a red light, is seen ahead, or where both green and 
red lights are seen anywhere but ahead. 

Rule III. If, when steam vessels are approaching each other, 
cither vessel fails to understand the course or intention of the 
other, from any cause, the vessel so in doubt shall immediately 
signify the same by giving several short and rapid blasts, not less 
than four, of the steam whistle. 

Rule V., Whenever a steam vessel is nearing a short bend or 
curve in the channel, where, from the height of the banks or 
other cause, a steam vessel approaching from the opposite direc- 
tion can not be seen for a distance of half a mile, such steam 
vessel when she shall have arrived within half a mile of such 
curve or bend, shall give a signal by one long blast of the steam 
whistle, which signal shall be answered by a similar blast, given 
by any approaching steam vessel that may be within hearing. 
Should such signal be so answered by a steam vessel upon the 
farther side of such bend, then the usual signals for meeting and 
passing shall immediately be given and answered ; but, if the first 
alarm signal of such vessel be not answered, she is to consider the 
channel clear and govern herself accordingly. 

When steam vessels are moved from their docks or berths, and 
other boats are liable to pass from any direction toward them, 
they shall give the same signal as in the case of vessels meeting 
at a bend, but immediately after clearing the berths so as to be 
fully in sight they shall be governed by the steering and sailing 
rules. 

Rule VIII. When steam vessels are running in the same direc- 
tion, and the vessel which is astern shall desire to pass on the 
right or starboard hand of the vessel ahead, she shall give one 
short blast of the steam whistle, as a signal of such desire, and 
if the vessel ahead answers with one blast, she shall put her helm 
to port ; or if she shall desire to pass on the left or port side of 
the vessel ahead, she shall give two short blasts of the steam 
whistle as a signal of such desire, and if the vessel ahead answers 
with two blasts, shall put her helm to starboard ; or if the vessel 






793 

ahead does not think it safe for the vessel astern to attempt to 
pass at that point, she shall immediately signify the same by giv- 
ing several short and rapid blasts of the steam whistle, not less 
than four, and under no circumstances shall the vessel astern 
attempt to pass the vessel ahead until such time as they have 
reached a point where it can be safely done, when said vessel 
ahead shall signify her willingness by blowing the proper signals. 
The vessel ahead shall in no case attempt to cross the bow or 
crowd upon the course of the passing vessel. 

Rule IX. The whistle signals provided in the rules under this 
article, for steam vessels meeting, passing, or overtaking, are 
never to be used except when steamers are in sight of each other, 
and the course and position of each can be determined in the day- 
time by a sight of the vessel itself, or by night by seeing its sig- 
nal lights. In fog, mist, falling snow or heavy rainstorms, when 
vessels can not so see each other, fog signals only must be given. 

Art. 19. When two steam vessels are crossing, so as to involve 
risk of collision, the vessel which has the other on her own star- 
board side shall keep out of the way of the other. 

Art. 20. When a steam vessel and a sailing vessel are proceed- 
ing in such directions as to involve risk of collision, the steam 
vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing vessel. 

Art. 21. Where, by any of these rules, one of the two vessels is 
to keep out of the way, the other shall keep her course and speed. 

Art. 22. Even vessel which is directed by these rules to keep 
out of the way of another vessel shall, if the circumstances of 
the case admit, avoid crossing ahead of the other. 

Art. 23. Every steam vessel which is directed by these rules to 
keep out of the way of another vessel shall, on approaching her, 
if necessary, slacken her speed or stop or reverse. 

Art. 24. Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules 
every vessel, overtaking any other, shall keep out of the way of 
the overtaken vessel. 

Every vessel coming up with another vessel from any direction 
more than two points abaft her beam ; that is, in such a position, 
with reference to the vessel which she is overtaking that at night 
she would be unable to see either of that vessel's side lights, shall 
be deemed to be an overtaking vessel ; and no subsequent altera- 
tion of the bearing between the two vessels shall make the over- 
taking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these rules, 
or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
until she is finally past and clear. 

As by day the overtaking vessel can not always know with cer- 
tainty whether she is forward of or abaft this direction from the 
other vessel she should, if in doubt, assume that she is an over- 
taking vessel and keep out of the way. 



794 

Art. 25. In narrow channels every steam vessel shall, when it is 
safe and practicable, keep to that side of the fairway or mid- 
channel which lies on the starboard side of such vessel. 

Aet. 26. Sailing vessels under way shall keep out of the way of 
sailing vessels or boats fishing with nets, or lines, or trawls. This 
rule shall not give to any vessel or boat engaged in fishing the 
right of obstructing a fairway used by vessels other than fishing 
vessels or boats. 

Aet. 27. In obeying and construing these rules due regard shall 
be had to all dangers of navigation and collision, and to any spe- 
cial circumstances which may render a departure from the above 
rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 

SOUND SIGNALS FOR VESSELS IN SIGHT OF ONE ANOTHER. 

Aet. 28. When vessels are in sight of one another a steam vessel 
under way whose engines are going at full speed astern shall indi- 
cate that fact by three short blasts on the whistle. 

NO VESSEL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES TO NEGLECT PROPER PRECAUTIONS. 

Aet. 29. Nothing in these rules shall exonerate any vessel, or 
the owner or master or crew thereof, from the consequences of 
any neglect to carry lights or signals, or of any neglect to keep a 
proper lookout, or of the neglect of any precaution which may be 
required by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special cir- 
cumstances of the case. 

Aet. 30. The exhibition of any light on board of a vessel of war 
of the United States or a revenue cutter may be suspended when- 
ever, in the opinion of the Secretary of the Navy, the commander 
in chief of a squadron, or the commander of a vessel acting singly, 
the special character of the service may require it. 

DISTRESS SIGNALS. 

Aet. 31. When a vessel is in distress and requires assistance 
from other vessels or from the shore, the following shall be the 
signals to be used or displayed by her, either together or sepa- 
rately, namely : 

IN THE DAYTIME. 

A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus, or firing 
a gun. 

AT NIGHT. 

First. Flames on the vessel, as from a burning tar barrel, oil 
barrel, and so forth. 

Second. A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus, 
or firing a gun. 



795 

Sec. 2. 1 That the supervising inspectors of steam vessels and the 
Supervising Inspector General shall establish such rules to be ob- 
served by steam vessels in passing each other and as to the lights 
to be carried by ferryboats and by barges and canal boats when 
in tow of steam vessels, and as to the lights and day signals to be 
carried by vessels, dredges of all types, and vessels working on 
wrecks by other obstruction to navigation or moored for subma- 
rine operations, or made fast to a sunken object which may drift 
with the tide or be towed, not inconsistent with the provisions of 
this act, as they from time to time may deem necessary for safety, 
which rules when approved by the Secretary of Commerce are 
hereby declared special rules duly made by local authority, as 
provided for in article thirty of chapter eight hundred and two of 
the laws of eighteen hundred and ninety. Two printed copies of 
such rules shall be furnished to such ferryboats, barges, dredges, 
canal boats, vessels working on wrecks, and steam vessels, which 
rules shall be kept posted up in conspicuous places in such vessels, 
barges, dredges, and boats. 

Sec 3. That every pilot, engineer, mate, or master of any steam 
vessel, and every master or mate of any barge or canal boat, who 
neglects or refuses to observe the provisions of this act, or the 
regulations established in pursuance of the preceding section, 
shall be liable to a penalty of fifty dollars, and for all damages 
sustained by any passenger in his person or baggage by such 
neglect or refusal : Provided, That nothing herein shall relieve 
any vessel, owner, or corporation from any liability incurred by 
reason of such neglect or refusal. 

Sec 4. That every vessel that shall be navigated without com- 
plying with the provisions of this act shall be liable to a penalty 
of two hundred dollars, one-half to go to the informer, for which 
sum the vessel so navigated shall be liable and may be seized and 
proceeded against by action in any district court of the United 
States having jurisdiction of the offense. 

Sec 5. That sections forty-two hundred and thirty-three and 
forty-four hundred and twelve (with the regulations made in 
pursuance thereof, except the rules and regulations for the govern- 
ment of pilots of steamers navigating the Red River of the North 
and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries, 
and except the rules for the Great Lakes and their connecting 
and tributary waters as far east as Montreal), and forty-four 
hundred and thirteen of the Revised Statutes of the United States, 
and chapter two hundred and two of the laws of eighteen hundred 
and ninety-three, and sections one and three of chapter one hun- 
dred and two of the laws of eighteen hundred and ninety-five, and 
sections five, twelve, and thirteen of the act approved March 
third, eighteen hundred and ninety-seven, entitled "An act to 

*As amended by act of Congress approved May 25, 1914. 



796 

amend the laws relating to navigation," and all amendments 
thereto, are hereby repealed so far as the harbors, rivers, and 
inland waters aforesaid (except the Great Lakes and their con- 
necting and tributary waters as far east as Montreal and the Red 
River of the North and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico, 
and their tributaries) are concerned. 

Sec. 6. That this act shall take effect four months from the date 
of its approval. 

Approved, June 7, 1897. 

Rules and regulations for the government of pilots of vessels 
propelled by steam, gas. fluid, naphtha, or electric motors, 
and of other vessels propelled by machinery, navigating 
the harbors, rivers, and inland waters of the United States, 
except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary 
waters as far east as Montreal, the Red River of the North, 
and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their 
tributaries, as amended by the Board of United States 
Supervising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, on 
February 27, 1912, and approved by the Secretary of Com- 
merce, under the authority of an act of Congress approved 
June 7, 1.897, and the acts of Congress approved February 
14, 1903, and March 4, 1913, establishing the Department of 
Commerce. 

PRELIMINARY. 

In the following rules the words steam vessel shall include any 
vessel propelled by machinery. 

A vessel is tinder way within the meaning of these rules when 
she is not at anchor or made fast to the shore or aground. 

Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascertained 
by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approaching 
vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk 
should be deemed to exist. 

SIGNALS. 

The whistle signals provided in these rules shall be sounded on 
an efficient whistle or siren sounded by steam or by some substi- 
tute for steam. 

A short Wast of the whistle shall mean a blast of about one 
second's duration. 

A prolonged Nasi of the whistle shall mean a blast of from four 
to six seconds' duration. 4 

One short blast of the whistle signifies intention to direct course 
to own starboard, except when two steam vessels are approaching 
each other at right angles or obliquely, when it signifies intention 

4 Under the provisions of par. (a), sec. 4, of act of Congress approved 
June 9, 1910, " a blast of at least two seconds shall be deemed a prolonged 
blast within the meaning of the law," when given by vessels propelled by 
machinery and not more than 65 feet in length, except tugboats and tow- 
boats propelled by steam. (See sec. 8 of this chapter.) 



797 

of steam vessel which is to starboard of the other to hold course 
and speed. 

Two short blasts of the whistle signify intention to direct course 
to own port. 

Three short blasts of the whistle shall mean " My engines are 
going at full speed astern." 

When vessels are in sight of one another a steam vessel under 
way whose engines are going at full speed astern shall indicate 
that fact by three short blasts on the whistle. 

Rule I. If, when steam vessels are approaching each other, 
either vessel fails to understand the course or intention of the 
other, from any cause, the vessel so in doubt shall immeditaely 
signify the same by giving several short and rapid blasts, not less 
than four, of the steam whistle, the dangek signal. 

Rule II. Steam vessels are forbidden to use what has become 
technically known among pilots as " cross signals " ; that is, 
answering one whistle with two, and answering two whistles with 
one. 

Rule III. The signals for passing, by the blowing of the 
whistle, shall be given and answered by pilots, in compliance with 
these rules, not only when meeting "head and head," or nearly 
so, but at all times, when the steam vessels are in sight of each 
other, when passing or meeting at a distance within half a 
mile of each other, and whether passing to the starboard or port. 

The whistle signals provided in the rules for steam vessels 
meeting, passing, or overtaking, are never to be used except when 
steamers are in sight of each other, and the course and position 
of each can be determined in the daytime by a sight of the vessel 
itself, or by night by seeing its signal lights. In fog, mist, falling 
snow or heavy rainstorms, when vessels can not so see each other, 
fog signals only must be given. 

SITUATIONS. 

Rule IV. When steam vessels are approaching each other 

HEAD AND HEAD, THAT IS, END ON, OR NEARLY SO, it Shall be the 

duty of each to pass on the port side of the other; and either 
vessel shall give, as a signal of her intention, one short and dis- 
tinct blast of her whistle, which the other vessel shall answer 
promptly by a similar blast of her whistle, and thereupon such 
vessels shall pass on the port side of each other. But if the 
courses of such vessels are so far on the starboard of each other 
as not to be considered as meeting head and head, either vessel 
shall immediately give two short and distinct blasts of her whistle, 
which the other vessel shall answer promptly by two similar blasts 
of her whistle, and they shall pass on the starboard side of each 
other. 

The foregoing only applies to cases where vessels are meeting 
end on or nearly end on, in such a manner as to involve risk of 



798 

collision; in other words, to cases in which, by day, each vessel 
sees the masts of the other in a line, or nearly in a line, with her 
own. and by night to cases in which each vessel is in such a posi- 
tion as to see both the side lights of the other. 

It does not apply by day to cases in which a vessel sees another 
ahead crossing her own course, or by night to cases where the red 
light of one vessel is opposed to the red light of the other, or 
where the green light of one vessel is opposed to the green light 
of the other, or where a red light without a green light or a green 
light without a red light, is seen ahead, or where both green and 
red lights are seen anywhere but ahead. 

Rule V. Whenever a steam vessel is nearing a short bend ob 
cubve in the channel, where, from the height of the banks or 
other cause, a steam vessel approaching from the opposite direc- 
tion can not be seen for a distance of half a mile, such steam 
vessel, when she shall have arrived within half a mile of such 
curve or bend, shall give a signal by one long blast of the steam 
whistle, which signal shall be answered by a similar blast, given by 
any approaching steam vessel that may be within hearing. Should 
such signal be so answered by a steam vessel upon the farther 
side of such bend, then the usual signals for meeting and passing 
shall immediately be given and answered ; but, if the first alarm 
signal of such vessel be not answered, she is to consider the 
channel clear and govern herself accordingly. 

When steam vessels are moved fbom their docks or bebths, 
and other boats are liable to pass from any direction toward them, 
they shall give the same signal as in the case of vessels meeting 
at a bend, but immediately after clearing the berths so as to be 
fully in sight they shall be governed by the steering and sailing 
rules. 

Rule VI. When steam vessels are btjnning in the same 
direction and the vessel which is astern shall desire to pass on 
the right or starboard hand of the vessel ahead, she shall give 
one short blast of the steam whistle as a signal of such desire, 
and if the vessel ahead answers with one blast, she shall put her 
helm to port; or if she shall desire to pass on the left or port 
side of the vessel ahead, she shall give two short blasts of the 
steam whistle as a signal of such desire, and if the. vessel ahead 
answers with two blasts, shall put her helm to starboard: or if 
the vessel ahead does not think it safe for the vessel astern to 
attempt to pass at that point, she shall immediately signify the 
same by giving several short and rapid blasts of the steam whistle, 
not less than four, and under no circumstances shall the vessel 
astern attempt to pass the vessel ahead until such time as they 
have reached a point where it can be safely done, when said vessel 
ahead shall signify her willingness by blowing the proper signals. 
The vessel ahead shall in no case attempt to cross the bow or 
crowd upon the course of the passing vessel. 



799 

Every vessel coming up with another vessel from any direction 
more than two points abaft her beam — that is, in such a position 
with reference to the vessel which she is overtaking that at night 
she would be unable to see either of that vessel's side lights, shall 
be deemed to be an overtaking vessel; and no subsequent altera- 
tion of the bearing between the two vessels shall make the over- 
taking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these rules, 
or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
until she is finally past and clear. 

As by day the overtaking vessel can not always know with 
certainty whether she is forward of or abaft this direction from 
the other vessel she should, if in doubt, asume that she is an 
overtaking vessel and keep out of the way. 

Rule VII. When two steam vessels are appeoaching each 

OTHER AT RIGHT ANGLES OR OBLIQUELY SO AS TO INVOLVE RISK OF 

collision, other than when one steam vessel is overtaking another, 
the steam vessel which has the other on her own port side shall 
hold her course and speed; and the steam vessel which has the 
other on her own starboard side shall keep out of the way of the 
other by directing her course to starboard so as to cross the stern 
of the other steam vessel, or if necessary to do so, slacken her 
speed or stop or reverse. 

If from any cause whatever the conditions covered by this situa- 
tion are such as to prevent immediate compliance with each other's 
signals, the misunderstanding or objection shall be at once made 
apparent by blowing the danger signal, and both steam vessels 
shall be stopped, and backed, if necessary until signals for passing 
with safety are made and understood. 

Rule VIII. When a steam vessel and a sailing vessel are pro- 
ceeding in such directions as to involve risk of collision, the steam 
vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing vessel. 

Rule IX. Every steam vessel which is directed by these rules to 
keep out of the way of another vessel shall, if the circumstances 
of the case admit, avoid crossing ahead of the other. 

Rule X. In narrow channels every steam vessel shall, when it 
is safe and practicable, keep to that side of the fairway or mid- 
channel which lies on the starboard side of such vessel. 

Rule XI. In obeying and construing these rules due regard shall 
be had to all dangers of navigation and collision, and to any 
special circumstances which may render a departure from the 
above rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 

sof/nd signals for fog, and so forth. 

Rule XII. In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rainstorms, 
whether by day or night, signals shall be given as follows : 

A steam vessel under way, except tchen towing other vessels or 
being toned, shall sound, at intervals of not more than one minute, 
on the whistle or siren, a prolonged blast. 



800 

A steam vessel when towing other vessels shall sound, at inter- 
vals of not more than one minute, on the whistle or siren, three 
blasts in succession, namely, one prolonged blast followed by two 
short blasts. 

A vessel towed may give, at intervals of not more than one 
minute, on the fog horn, a signal of three blasts in succession, 
namely, one prolonged blast followed by two short blasts, and she 
shall not give any other. 

A vessel when at anchor shall, at intervals of not more than one 
minute, ring the bell rapidly for about five seconds. 

SPEED TO BE MODERATE IN FOG, AND SO FORTH. 

Rule XIII. Every steam vessel shall, in a fog, mist, falling 
snow, or heavy rainstorms, go at a moderate speed, having careful 
regard to the existing circumstances and conditions. 

A steam vessel hearing, apparently forward of her beam, the 
fog signal of a vessel the position of which is not ascertained, 
shall, so far as the circumstances of the case admit, stop her 
engines, and then navigate with caution until danger of collision 
is over. 

Rules for lights for certain classes of vessels navigating- the 
harbors, rivers, and inland, waters of the United States, 
except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary 
waters as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the 
North and rivers emptying into the Gnlf of Mexico and 
their tributaries. 

The following rules for lights to be carried by ferryboats, rules 
for lights for barges and canal boats in tow of steam vessels, rules 
for lights for rafts and other water craft navigating by hand 
power, horsepower, or by the current of the river, rule relating to 
use of searchlights, rule prohibiting unnecessary sounding of the 
steam whistle, rule prohibiting the carrying of unauthorized lights 
on steam vessels, and rule relating to drawbridges over navigable 
waters of the United States were adopted by the Board of Super- 
vising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, and approved by 
the Secretary of Commerce. 

These rules concerning lights shall be complied with in all 
weathers from sunset to sunrise. 

RULES FOR LIGHTS TO BE CARRIED BY FERRYBOATS NAVIGATING THE 
HARBORS, RIVERS, AND INLAND WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES. 
EXCEPT THE GREAT LAKES AND THEIR CONNECTING AND TRIBUTARY 
WATERS AS FAR EAST AS MONTREAL AND THE RED RrVER OF THE 
NORTH AND RIVERS EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF MEXICO AND THEIR 
TRIBUTARIES. 

[Authority: Section 2, act of Congress approved June 7, 1S97.] 

Ferryboats propelled by machinery and navigating the harbors, 
rivers, and other inland waters of the United States, except the 



801 

Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters as far 
east as Montreal and the Red River of the North and rivers 
emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries shall carry 
the range lights and the colored side lights required by law to be 
carried on steam vessels navigating those waters, except that 
double-end ferryboats shall carry a central range of clear, bright, 
white lights, showing all around the horizon, placed at equal alti- 
tudes forward and aft, also on the starboard side a green light, 
and on the port side a red light of such a character as to be 
visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of 
at least 2 miles, and so constructed as to show a uniform and 
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 10 points of the 
compass, and so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 
2 points abaft the beam on their respective sides. 

The green and red lights shall be fitted with inboard screens 
projecting at least 3 feet forward from the lights, so as to prevent 
them from being seen across the bow. 

Local inspectors in districts having ferryboats shall, whenever 
the safety of navigation may require, designate for each line of 
such boats a certain light, white or colored, which shall show 
all around the horizon, to designate and distinguish such lines 
from each other, which light shall be carried on a flagstaff amid- 
ship, 15 feet above the white range lights. 

RULES FOR LIGHTS FOR BARGES AND CANAL BOATS IN TOW OF STEAM 
VESSELS AND FOR LIGHTS AND DAY SIGNALS FOR DREDGES, VESSELS 
WORKING ON WRECKS, ETC., NAVIGATING THE HARBORS, RIVERS, AND 
OTHER INLAND WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES, EXCEPT THE GREAT 
LAKES AND THEIR CONNECTING AND TRIBUTARY WATERS AS FAR 
EAST AS MONTREAL AND THE RED RIVER OF THE NORTH AND RIVERS 
EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF MEXICO AND THEIR TRIBUTARIES. 

[Authority: Section 2, act of Congress approved June 7, 1897.] 

LIGHTS FOR BARGES AND CANAL, BOATS IX TOW OP STEAM VESSELS ON CER- 
TAIN INLAND WATERS OX THE SEABOARD, EXCEPT THE HUDSON RIVER AND 
ADJACENT WATERS AND LAKE CHAMPLuilN. 

On the harbors, rivers, and other inland waters of the United 
States, except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary 
waters as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the North 
and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries, 
and except on the waters of the Hudson River and its tributaries 
from Troy to the boundary lines of New York Harbor off Sandy 
Hook, as defined pursuant to section 2 of the act of Congress of 
February 19, 1895, the East River, and Long Island Sound (and 
the waters entering thereon, and to the Atlantic Ocean), to and 
including Narragansett Bay, R. I., and tributaries, and Lake 
Champlain, barges (except scows) and canal boats in tow of 
steam vessels shall carry lights as follows : 



802 

Barges and canal boats towing astern of steam vessels, when 
towing singly or what is known as tandem towing, shall each 
carry a green light on the starboard side and a red light on the 
port side and a white light on the stern, except that the last vessel 
of such tow shall carry two white lights on her stern, athwart- 
ship, horizonal to each other, not less than 5 feet apart, and not 
less than 4 feet above the deck house, and so placed as to show 
all around the horizon. 

When two or more boats are abreast the colored lights shall 
be carried at the outer sides of the bows of the outside boats. 
Each of the outside boats in last tier of a hawser tow shall carry 
a white light on her stern. 

The white light required to be carried on stern of a barge or 
canal boat carrying red and green side lights shall be carried 
in a lantern so constructed that it shall show an unbroken light 
over an arc of the horizon of 12 points of the compass, namely, for 
6 points from right aft on each side of the vessel, and shall be 
of such a character as to be visible on a dark night with a clear 
atmosphere at a distance of at least 2 miles. 

Barges or canal boats towing alongside a steam vessel shall, 
if the deck, deck houses, or cargo of the barge or canal boat be 
so high above water as to obscure the side lights of the towing 
steamer when being towed on the starboard side of the steamer, 
carry a green light upon the starboard side; and when towed on 
the port side of the steamer a red light on the port side of the 
barge or canal boat ; and if there is more than one barge or canal 
boat abreast, the colored lights shall be displayed from the outer 
side of the outside barges or canal boats. 

The colored side lights referred to in these rules for barges 
and canal boats in tow shall be fitted with inboard screens so 
as to prevent them from being seen across the bow and of such 
a character as to be visible on a dark night with a clear atmos- 
phere at a distance of at least 2 miles, and so constructed as to 
show a uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon 
of 10 points of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light 
from right ahead to 2 points abaft the beam on either side. The 
minimum size of glass globes shall not be less than 6 inches in 
diameter and 5 inches high in the clear. 

Scows when being towed by steam vessels on the waters cov- 
ered by the first paragraph of these rules shall carry a white 
light at each end of each scow, except that when such scows are 
massed in tiers two or more abreast each of the outside scows 
shall carry a white light on its outer bow, and the outside scows 
in the last tier shall each carry in addition a white light on the 
outer part of the stern. The white light shall be carried not less 
than 8 feet above the surface of the water, and shall be so placed 
as to show an unbroken light all around the horizon, and shall 



803 

be of such a character as to be visible on a dark night with a 
clear atmosphere at a distance of at least 5 miles. 

LIGHTS FOR BARGES AXD CANAL BOATS IN TOW OF STEAM VESSELS ON THE 
HUDSON RIVER AND ADJACENT WATERS AND LAKE CHAMPLAIN. 

All nondescript vessels known as scows, car floats, lighters, and 
vessels of similar type navigating the waters referred to in the 
following rules, shall carry the lights required to be carried by 
barges and canal boats in tow of steam vessels, as prescribed in 
such rules. 

Barges and canal boats, when being towed by steam vessels on 
the waters of the Hudson River and its tributaries from Troy to 
the boundary lines of New York Harbor off Sandy Hook, as defined 
pursuant to section 2 of the act of Congress of February 19, 1895, 
the East River, and Long Island Sound (and the waters entering 
thereon, and to the Atlantic Ocean), to and including Narragansett 
Bay, R. I., and tributaries, and Lake Champlain, shall carry lights 
as follows : 

Barges and canal boats being towed astern of steam vessels, 
when towing singly or what is known as tandem towing, shall 
each carry a white light on the bow and a white light on the 
stern, except that the last vessel of such tow shall carry two 
white lights on her stern, athwartship, horizontal to each other, 
not less than 5 feet apart and not less than 4 feet above the deck 
house, and so placed as to show all around the horizon: Provided, 
That seagoing barges shall not be required to make any change 
in their seagoing lights (red and green) on waters coming within 
the scope of these rules, except that the last vessel of the tow 
shall carry two white lights on her stern, athwartship, horizontal 
to each other, not less than 5 feet apart and not less than 4 feet 
above the deck house, and so placed as to show all around the 
horizon. 

Barges and canal boats, when towed at a hawser two or more 
abreast, when in one tier shall carry a white light on the bow 
and a white light on the stern of each of the outside boats ; when 
in more than one tier each of the outside boats shall carry a 
white light on its bow ; and the outside boats in the last tier 
shall each carry, in addition, a white light on the outer afterpart 
of the stern. 

Barges or canal boats towed alongside a steam vessel, if on the 
starboard side of said steam vessel, shall display a white light 
on her own starboard bow ; and if on the port side of said steam 
vessel shall display a white light on her own port bow; and if 
there is more than one barge or canal boat alongside, the white 
lights shall be displayed from the outboard side of the outside 



804 

barge or canal boat: Provided, That barges known. as car floats 
when towed alongside shall have a white light at each outboard 
corner of said barge. 

When barges or canal boats are massed in tiers and towed at 
a hawser, as is nsual on the Hudson River, there shall be car- 
ried on the forward port side of the port boat of each tier a 
white light, and on the forward starboard side of the starboard 
boat in each tier a white light, and on the after port side of the 
port boat in the stern tier a white light, and on the after star- 
board side of the starboard boat in the stern tier a white light. 

The white bow light for barges and canal boats referred to in 
the preceding rules shall be carried at least 10 feet and not more 
than 30 feet abaft the stem or extreme forward end of the vessel. 
On barges and canal boats required to carry a white bow light, 
the white light on bow and the white light on stern shall each 
be so placed above the hull or deck house as to show an unbroken 
light all around the horizon, and of such a character as to be 
visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of 
at least 5 miles. 

Provided, That nothing in these rules shall be construed as com- 
pelling barges or canal boats in tow of steam vessels, passing 
through any waters coming within the scope of these rules where 
lights for barges or canal boats are different from those of the 
waters whereon such vessels are usually employed, to change 
their lights from those required on the waters from which their 
trip begins or terminates; but should such vessels engage in 
local employment on waters requiring different lights from those 
where they are customarily employed, they shall comply with the 
local rules where employed. 

RULES FOR LIGHTS AND DAY SIGNALS TO BE CARRIED BY VESSELS, 
DREDGES OF ALL TYPES, AND VFSSELS WORKING ON WRECKS OR 
OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS TO NAVIGATION, OR MOORED FOR SUBMARINE 
OPERATIONS OR MADE FAST TO A SUNKEN OBJECT WHICH MAY 
DRIFT WITH THE TIDE OR BE TOWED. 1 

[Authority : Sec. 2, act of Congress approved June 7, 1897, as amended 
by act of Congress approved May 25, 1914.] 

RULE 1. RULE FOR SIGNALS TO BE DISPLAYED BY A TOWING VESSEL WHEN- 
TOWING A SUBMERGED OR PARTLY SUBMERGED OBJECT UPON A HAWSER 
WHEN NO SIGNALS ARE DISPLAYED UPON THE OBJECT WHICH IS TOWED. 

The vessel having the submerged object in tow shall display by 
day, where they can best be seen, two shapes, one above the other, 

1 Adopted by executive committee of Board of Supervising Inspectors on 
July 22, 1914, and approved by Secretary of Commerce on July 28, 1914. 
Adopted by Board of Supervising Inspectors on Jan. 20, 1915, and ap- 
proved by the Secretary of Commerce on Apr. 12, 1915. 






805 

not less than 6 feet apart, the lower shape to be carried not less 
than 10 feet above the deck houses. The shapes shall be in the 
form of a double frustum of a cone, base to base, not less than 2 
feet in diameter at the center nor less than 8 inches at the ends 
of the cones, and to be not less than 4 feet lengthwise from end to 
end, the upper shape to be painted in alternate horizontal stripes 
of black and white, 8 inches in width, and the lower shape to he 
painted a solid bright red. 

By night the towing vessel shall display the regular side lights, 
but in lieu of the regular white towing lights shall display four 
lights in a vertical position not less than 3 feet nor more than 6 
feet apart, the upper and lower of such lights to be white, and 
the two middle lights to be red, all of such lights to be of the same 
character as is now prescribed for the regular towing lights. 

RULE 2. RULE FOR STEAMERS, DERRICK BOATS, LIGHTERS, OR OTHER TYPES 
OF VESSELS MADE FAST ALONGSIDE A WRECK, OR MOORED OVER A WRECK 
WHICH IS ON THE BOTTOM OR PARTLY SUBMERGED, OR WHICH MAY BE 
DRIFTING. 

Steamers, derrick boats, lighters, or other types of vessels made 
fast alongside a wreck, or moored over a wreck which is on the 
bottom or partly submerged, or which may be drifting, shall dis- 
play by day two shapes of the same character and dimensions and 
displayed in the same manner as required by the foregoing rule, 
except that both the shapes shall be painted a solid bright red, 
but where more than one vessel is working under the above con- 
ditions, the shapes need be displayed only from one vessel on each 
side of the wreck from which it can best be seen from* all direc- 
tions. 

By night this situation shall be indicated by the display of a 
white light from the bow and stern of each outside vessel or 
lighter not less than 6 feet above the deck, and in addition thereto 
there shall be displayed in a position where they may best be 
seen from all directions two red lights carried in a vertical line 
not less than 3 feet nor more than 6 feet apart, and not less than 
15 feet above the deck. 

RULE 3. RULE FOR DREDGES WHICH ARE HELD IN STATIONARY POSITION BY 
MOORINGS OR SPUDS. 

Dredges which are held in stationary position by moorings or 
spuds shall display by day two red balls not less than 2 feet in 
diameter and carried in a vertical line not less than 3 feet nor 
more than 6 feet apart, and at least 15 feet above the deck house 
and in such a position where they can best be seen from all direc- 
tions. By night they shall display a white light at each corner, 
not less than 6 feet above the deck, and in addition thereto there 
183841°— 20 52 



806 

shall be displayed in a position where they may best be seen from 
all directions two red lights carried in a vertical line not less than 

3 feet nor more than 6 feet apart, and not less than 15 feet above 
the deck. When scows are moored alongside a dredge in the 
foregoing situation they shall display a white light on each out- 
board corner, not less than 6 feet above the deck. 

RULE 4. RULE FOR SELF-PROPELLING SUCTION DREDGES UNDERWAY WITH 
THEIR SUCTIONS ON THE BOTTOM. 

Self-propelling suction dredges underway with their suction on 
the bottom shall display by day the same signals as are used to 
designate any steamer not under control ; that is to say, two 
black balls not less than 2 feet in diameter and carried not less 
than 15 feet above the deck house, and where they may best be 
seen from all directions. 

By night they shall carry, in addition to the regular running 
lights, two red lights of the same character as the masthead light, 
in the same vertical plane and underneath the masthead light, 
the red lights to be not less than 3 feet nor more than 6 feet 
apart and the upper red light to be not less than 4 feet and not 
more than 6 feet below the white masthead light, and on or near 
the stern two red lights in the same vertical plane not less than 

4 feet nor more than 6 feet apart, to show through 4 points of the 
compass ; that is, from right astern to 2 points on each quarter. 

RULE 5. RULE FOR VESSELS WHICH ARE MOORED OR ANCHORED AND ENGAGED 
IN LAYING PIPE OR OPERATING ON SUBMARINE CONSTRUCTION OR EXCA- 
VATION. 

Vessels which are moored or anchored, and engaged in laying 
pipe or operating on submarine construction or excavation, shall 
display by day, not less than 15 feet above the deck, where they 
can best be seen from all directions, two balls not less than 2 feet 
in diameter, in a vertical line not less than 3 feet and more than 
6 feet apart, the upper ball to be painted in alternate black and 
white vertical stripes 6 inches wide, and the lower ball to be 
painted a solid bright red. By night they shall display three red 
lights, carried in a vertical line not less than 3 feet nor more than 
6 feet apart and not less than 15 feet above the deck, and in such 
position as may best be seen from all directions. 

All the lights required by these special rules for dredges, wreck- 
ing boats, lighters, etc., shall be of such size and character as to be 
visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere for a distance of 
at least 2 miles. 

These rules shall be in full force and effect on and after Sep- 
teniber 1, 1914. 



807 

RULES FOR LIGHTS FOR RAFTS AND OTHER WATER CRAFT NAVIGATING 
BY HAND POWER, HORSEPOWER, OR BY THE CURRENT OF THE RIVER, 
ON THE HARBORS, RIVERS, AND OTHER INLAND WATERS OF THE 
UNITED STATES, EXCEPT THE GREAT LAKES AND THEIR CONNECTING 
AND TRIBUTARY WATERS AS FAR EAST AS MONTREAL AND THE RED 
RIVER OF THE NORTH AND RIVERS EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF 
MEXICO AND THEIR TRIBUTARIES. 

[Authority: Art. 9 (d), act of Congress approved June 7, 1897.] 

Any vessel, except rafts and rowing boats under oars, navigating 
by hand power, horsepower, or by the current of the river, shall 
carry one white light forward, not less than 8 feet above the sur- 
face of the water. 

Rafts propelled by hand power or by the current of the river. 
or which shall be anchored or moored in or near a channel or fair- 
way, shall carry white lights, as follows : 

Rafts of one crib and not more than two in length shall carry 
one white light Rafts of three or more cribs in length and one 
crib in width shall carry one white light at each end of the raft. 
Rafts of more than one crib abreast shall carry one white light 
on each outside corner of the raft, making four lights in all. 

The white light required by these rules for rafts and other 
water craft shall be carried, from sunset to sunrise, in a lantern 
so fixed and constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and unbroken 
light, visible all around the horizon, and of such intensity as to be 
visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of 
at least 1 mile. The lights for rafts shall be suspended from poles 
of such height that the lights shall not be less than 8 feet above 
the surface of the water. 

The limits of inland waters within which the rules contained 
in this section apply are the same as those given in section 3 of 
this chapter. 

Section 5. — Pilot Rules for the Rivers Whose Waters Flow 
into the Gulf of Mexico and their Tributaries and the Red 
River of the North. 

[This section is reproduced from Department of Commerce Form No. 806, 
edition of Aug. 1, 1011 ; reprinted, Aug. 1, 1917.] 

Sections of the Revised Statutes of the United State* and acts 
of Congress relating' to the navigation of vessels on the Red 
River of the Aorth and rivers emptying into the Gnlf of 
Mexico and their tributaries. 

That sections four thousand two hundred and thirty-three and 
foui- thousand four hundred and twelve (with the regulations made 1897, sec. 5 (80 
in pursuance thereof, except the rules and regulations for the * *' 



Act of June 7, 



808 

government of pilots of steamers navigating the Red River of 
the North and rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their 
tributaries, and except the rules for the Great Lakes and their 
connecting and tributary waters as far east as Montreal), and 
four thousand four hundred and thirteen of the Revised Statutes 
of the United States, and chapter two hundred and two of the laws 
of one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, and sections 
one and three of chapter one hundred and two of the laws of 
one thousand eight hundred and ninety-five, and sections five, 
twelve, and thirteen of the act approved March three, one thousand 
eight hundred and ninety-seven, entitled "An act to amend the laws 
relating to navigation/' and all amendments thereto, are hereby 
repealed so far as the harbors, rivers, and inland waters foresaid 
(except the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters 
as far east as Montreal and the Red River of the North and 
rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries) 
are concerned. 
B. S„ 4283, m Sec. 4233. The following rules for preventing collisions on the 

!? 1 Mar! d 3 by i898 water sha11 De followed in the navigation of vessels of the Navy 

(27 Stat./ 557), and of the mercantile marine of the United States: 

and Mar. 8, 189 7, 

sees. 5, 12, and 

689, < 'l90?. tttt '' STEAM AND SAIL VESSELS. 

Rule l. 5 Every steam vessel which is under sail and not under 
steam shall be considered a sail vessel ; and every steam vessel 
which is under steam whether under sail or not shall be consid- 
ered a steam vessel. The words steam vessel shall include any 
vessel propelled by machinery. 



Rule 2. The lights mentioned in the following rules and no 
others- shall be carried in all weathers between sunset and 
sunrise. 

Rule 3. All ocean-going steamers and steamers carrying sail 
shall, when under way, carry — 

(A) At the foremast head, a bright white light, of such a char- 
acter as to be visible on a dark night, with a clear atmosphere, 
at a distance of at least five miles, and so constructed as to show 
a uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 
twenty points of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light ten 

6 As amended by the act of Congress approved Mar. 3, 1905. 

8 Rules 3, 5, 6, and 7, under the head of • Lights." were amended by act 
of Congress approved June 9, 1910, effective on and after July 9, 1910, in 
rules for lights required to be carried by every vessel propelled by ma- 
chinery and not more than 65 feet in length, except tugboats and tow- 
boats propelled by steam. (See sec. 8 of this chapter.) 



809 

points on each side of the vessel, namely, from right ahead to 
two points abaft the beam on either side. 

(B) On the starboard side, a green light, of snch a character 
as to be visible on a dark night, with a clear atmosphere, at a 
distance of at least two miles, and so constructed as to show a 
uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten 
points of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light from 
right ahead to two points abaft the beam on the starboard side. 

(C) On the port side, a red light, of such a character as to 
be visible on a dark night, with a clear atmosphere, at a dis- 
tance of at least two miles, and so constructed as to show a uni- 
form and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points 
of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light from right 
ahead to two points abaft the beam on the port side. 

The green and red lights shr.il be fitted with inboard screens, 
projecting at least three feet forward from the lights, so as to 
prevent them from being seen across the bow. 

Rule 4. Steam vessels, when towing other vessels, shall carry 
two bright white masthead lights vertically, in addition to their 
side lights, so as to distinguish them from other steam vessels. 
Each of these masthead lights shall be of the same character and 
construction as the masthead lights prescribed by rule three. 7 

Rule 5. All steam vessels, other than ocean-going steamers and 
steamers carrying sail, shall, when under way, carry on the star- 
board and port sides lights of the same character and construc- 
tion and in the same position as are prescribed for side lights by 
rule three, except in the case provided in rule six. 

Rule 6. River steamers navigating waters flowing into the Gulf 
of Mexico, and their tributaries, shall carry the following lights, 
namely: One red light on the outboard side of the port smoke 
pipe, and one green light on the outboard side of the starboard 
smoke pipe. Such lights shall show both forward and abeam on 
their respective sides. 

Rule 7. All coasting steam vessels, and steam vessels other 
than ferryboats and vessels otherwise expressly provided for, 
navigating the bays, lakes, rivers, or other inland waters of the 
United States, except those mentioned in rule six, shall carry the 
red and green lights, as prescribed for ocean-going steamers ; and, 

7 Resolution adopted 03' the Board of Supervising Inspectors Jan. 31, 
1908, and approved by the Acting Secretary of Commerce on Aug. 20, 
1908, recommending lights for towboats : 

" Resolved, Tbat it is the sense of this board that where towboats navi- 
gating rivers whose waters flow into the Gulf of Mexico find it necessary 
to use a signal light or lights on the stern of their boats, they are advised 
to use, uniformly, two red lights, one above the other, 3 feet apart, the 
upper light not to be less than 15 feet above the roof of the upper deck, 
on the after part of the stern of the steamer." 



810 

in addition thereto, a central range of two white lights ; the after 

light being carried at an elevation of at least fifteen feet above 

the light at the head of the vessel. The headlight shall be so 

constructed as to show a good light through twenty points of the 

compass, namely : From right ahead to two points abaft the beam 

on either side of the vessel ; and the after light so as to show all 

Amended by around the horizon. The lights for ferryboats, barges and canal 

i&8 0f (2?*sta*J l>o«xts when in tow of steam vessels, shall be regulated by such 

55 ')* rules as the Board of Supervising Inspectors of Steam Vessels 

shall prescribe. 

i Rule 8. Sail vessels, under way or being towed, shall carry the 
same lights as steam vessels under w T ay, with the exception of the 
white masthead lights, which they shall never carry. 

Rule 9. Whenever, as in case of small vessels during bad 
weather, the green and red lights can not be fixed, these lights 
shall be kept on deck, on their respective sides of the vessel, 
ready for instant exhibition, and shall, on the approach of or to 
other vessels, be exhibited on their respective sides in sufficient 
time to prevent collision, in such manner as to make them most 
visible, and so that the green light shall not be seen on the port 
side, nor the red light on the starboard side. To make the use of 
these portable lights more certain and easy, they shall each be 
painted outside with the color of the light they respectively con- 
tain, and shall be provided with suitable screens. 

Rule 10. All vessels, whether steam vessels or sail vessels, when 
at anchor in roadsteads or fairways, shall, between sunset and' 
sunrise, exhibit where it can best be seen, but at a height not 
exceeding twenty feet above the hull, a white light in a globular 
lantern of eight inches in diameter, and so constructed as to 
show a clear, uniform, and unbroken light, visible all around the 
horizon, and at a distance of at least one mile. 

Rule 11. Sailing pilot vessels shall not carry the lights required 
for other sailing vessels, but shall carry a white light at the mast- 
head, visible all around the horizon, and shall also exhibit a 
flare-up every fifteen minutes. 
Amended by Steam pilot boats shall, in addition to the masthead light and 
18*97*! sec.?' (2 9 S reen anc ^ re(i si ^e lights required for ocean steam vessel, carry 
Stat., 689). a rec j light hung vertically from three to five feet above the 
foremast headlight, for the purpose of distinguishing such steam 
pilot boats from other steam vessels. 

Rule 12. Coal boats, trading boats, produce boats, canal boats, 
oyster boats, fishing boats, rafts, or other water craft, navigating 
any bay, harbor, or river, by hand power, horse power, sail or by 
the current of the river, or which shall be anchored or moored 
in or near the channel or fairway of any bay, harbor, or river, 
shall carry one or more good white lights, which shall be placed 
in such manner as shall be prescribed by the Board of Supervising 
Inspectors of Steam Vessels. 



811 

Rule 13. Open boats shall not be required to carry the side 
lights required for other vessels, but shall, if they do not carry 
such lights, carry a lantern having a green slide on one side and 
a red slide on the other side ; and, on the approach of or to other 
vessels, such lantern shall be exhibited in sufficient time to pre- 
vent collision, and in such a manner that the green light shall 
not be seen on the port side, nor the red light on the starboard 
side. Open boats, when at anchor or stationary, shall exhibit a 
bright white light. They shall not, however, be prevented from 
using a flare-up, in addition, if considered expedient. 

Rum 14. The exhibition of any light on board of a vessel of Amended by 
war of the United States may be suspended whenever, in the ?897° f s ?c'' li 
opinion of the Secretary of the Navy, the commander in chief < 29 stat " 690) - 
of a squadron, or the commander of a vessel acting singly, the 
special character of the service may require it. The exhibition 
of any light on board of a revenue cutter of the United States 
may be suspended whenever, in the opinion of the commander of 
the vessel, the special character of the service may require it. 

FO(. SIGNALS. 

Rule 15. ( a ) Whenever there is a fog or thick weather, whether Rule 15, ex- 

by day or night, fog signals shall be used as follows : Steam ves- amended"^ act 

sels under wav shall sound a steam whistle placed before the of M *'vSk l? 9 J' 

sec. 12 (29 Stat., 
funnel, not less than eight feet from the deck, at intervals of not 690). 

more than one minute. Steam vessels, when towing, shall sound 
three blasts of quick succession repeated at intervals of not more 
than one minute, (b) Sail vessels under way shall sound a fog 
horn at intervals of not more than one minute, (c) Steam ves- 
sels and sail vessels, when not under way, shall sound a bell at 
intervals of not more than two minutes. 

(D) Coal boats, trading boats, produce boats, canal boats, oyster 
boats, fishing boats, rafts, or other water craft, navigating any 
bay, harbor, or river, by hand power, horse power, sail, or by the 
current of the river, or anchored or moored in or near the chan- 
nel or fairway of any bay, harbor, or river, and not in any port, 
shall sound a fog horn, or equivalent signal, which shall make 
a sound equal to a steam whistle, at intervals of not more than 
two minutes. 

STEEHLNG AM) SAILING RULES. 

Rule 16. Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be Rules 16 mi* 
ascertained by carefully watching the compass bearing of an act of Mar. i, 
approaching vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change g t 8 a ^' 6 ^ J 2 * 2i> 
such risk should be deemed to exist. 



812 

Rule 17. When two sailing vessels are approaching one an- 
other, so as to involve risk of collision, one of them shall keep 
out of the way of the other, as follows, namely : 

(a) A vessel w T hich is running free shall keep out of the way 
of a vessel which is close-hauled. 

( b ) A vessel which is close-hauled on the port- tack shall keep out 
of the way of a vessel which is close-hauled on the starboard tack. 

(c) When both are running free, with the wdnd on different 
sides, the vessel which has the wind on the port side shall keep 
out of the way of the other. 

(d) When both vessels are running free, with the wind on the 
same side, the vessel which is to the windward shall keep out of 
the way of the vessel which is to the leeward. 

(e) A vessel which has the wind aft shall keep out of the way 
of the other vessel. 

Rule 18. If two vessels under steam are meeting end on, or 
nearly end on, so as to involve risk of collision, the helms of 
both shall be put to port, so that each may pass on the port side 
of the other. 

Rule 19. If two vessels under steam are crossing so as to involve 
risk of collision, the vessel which has the other on her own star- 
board side shall keep out of the way of the other. 

Rule 20. If two vessels, one of which is> a sail vessel and the 
other a steam vessel, are proceeding in such directions as to in- 
volve risk of collision, the steam vessel shall keep out of the way 
of the sail vessel. 

Rule 21. Every steam vessel, when approaching another vessel, 
so as to involve risk of collision, shall slacken her speed, or, if 
necessary, stop and reverse; and every steam vessel shall, when 
in a fog, go at a moderate speed. 

Rule 22. Every vessel overtaking any other vessel shall keep 
out of the way of the last-mentioned vessel. 

Rule 23. Where, by rules seventeen, nineteen, twenty, and 
twenty-two, one of two vessels shall keep out of the way, the 
other shall keep her course, subject to the qualifications of rule 
twenty-four. 

Rule 24. In construing and obeying these rules, due regard must 
be had to all dangers of navigation, and to any special circum- 
stances which may exist in any particular case rendering a de- 
parture from them necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 
Bales 25 and Rule 25. A sail vessel which is being overtaken by another 
of 6 Ma?. e 8, b l J 897t vessel during the night shall show from her stern to such last- 
« e «xf 8 (29 stat " mentioned vessel a torch or a flare -up light. 

DVU) . 

Rule 26. Nothing in these rules shall exonerate any ship, or 
the owner, or master, or crew thereof, from the consequences of 
any neglect to carry lights or signals, or of any neglect to keep 
a proper lookout, or of the neglect of any precaution which may 



813 

be required by the ordinary practice of seamen or by the special 
circumstances of the case. 

Sec. 4412. The board of supervising inspectors shall establish J. s. 4412. 
such regulations to be observed by all steam vessels in passing to steamers pass- 
each other, as they shall from time to time deem necessary for lng each other * 
safety ; two printed copies of such regulations, signed by them, 
shall be furnished to each of such vessels, and shall at all times 
be kept posted up in conspicuous places in such vessels. 

Sec 4413. Every pilot, engineer, mate, or master of any steam ?'/„ **J 3 ' for 
vessel who neglects or willfully refuses to observe the regulations violation of reg- 
established in pursuance of the preceding section, shall be liable u a ons * 
to a penalty of fifty dollars, and for all damages sustained by 
any passenger, in his person or baggage, by such neglect or refusal. 

Sec 4487. On any steamers navigating rivers only, when, from Jj v ^ **avUra- 
darkness, fog, or other cause, the pilot or [on] watch shall betion. 
of opinion that the navigation is unsafe, or from accident to or 
derangement of the machinery of the boat, the chief engineer 
shall be of the opinion tliat the further navigation of the vessel 
is unsafe, the vessel shall be brought to anchor, or moored as soon 
as it can prudently be done : Provided, That if the person in com- 
mand shall, after being so admonished by either of such officers, 
elect to pursue such voyage, he may do the same ; but in such case 
both he and the owners of such steamer shall be answerable for 
all damages which shall arise to the person of any passenger, or his 
baggage, from such causes in so pursuing the voyage, and no 
degree of care or diligence shall in such case be held to justify, 
or excuse the person in command, or the owners. 

8 That all vessels of above fifteen tons burden, carrying freight 18 ^* Li & ^tlt' 
or passengers for hire, propelled by gas, fluid, naphtha, or electric 489). 
motors, shall be, and are hereby, made subject to all the provi- p e l e \l Vd/ gas" 
sions of section forty-four hundred and twenty-six of the Re- «to«tricity, etc. 
vised Statutes of the United States, relating to the inspection of 
hulls and boilers and requiring engineers and pilots; and all 
vessels so propelled, without regard to tonnage or use, shall be 
subject to the provisions of section forty-four hundred and twelve 
of the Revised Statutes of the United States, relating to the 
regulation of steam vessels in passing each other ; and to so much 
of sections forty-two hundred and thirty-three and forty-two 
hundred and thirty-four of the Revised Statutes, relating to lights, 
fog signals, steering, and sailing rules, as the Board of Supervis- 
ing Inspectors shall, by their regulations, deem applicable and 
practicable for their safe navigation. 

8 The act of Jan. IS, 1897, is amended by the following act of June 9. 
1910, in the requirements for inspection and licensed officers of motor 
boats, and the act of June 9, 1910, provides rules for lights required to 
be carried by every vessel propelled by machinery and not more than 65 
feet in length except tugboats and towboats propelled by steam. (See 
soc. 8 of this chapter.) 



814 

Rules and regulations for the government of pilots o"f ves- 
sels propelled by steam, gas, 'fluid, naphtha, or electric 
motors and of other vessels propelled by machinery, navi- 
gating the Red River of the North, the Mississippi River, 
and other rivers emptying into the Gulf of Mexico, and 
their tributaries, as amended by the Board of United States 
Supervising- Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, Feb- 
ruary IS, 1911, and approved by the Secretary of Commerce, 
under the authority of section 4412, Revised Statutes of the 
United States, and of act of Congress approved January 18, 
1897. These rules have been signed by the members of the 
Board of Supervising Inspectors, as required by section 
4412, Revised Statutes. 

EXILES FOR VESSELS PASSING EACH OTHER. 

In the following rules the words steam vessel and steamer shall 
include any vessel propelled by machinery. 

Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascertained 
by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approaching 
vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk 
should be deemed to exist. 

Rule I. When steamers are approaching each other from 
opposite directions, the signals for passing shall be one short 
and distinct blast of the whistle to alter course to starboard so 
as to pass on the port side of the other, and two short and distinct 
blasts of the whistle to alter course to port so as to pass on the 
starboard side of the other. 

When two steamers are meeting end on, er nearly end on, so 
as to involve risk of collision, the helms of both shall be put to 
port, so that each may pass on the port side of the other. 

When an ascending steamer is approaching a descetiding steamer, 
the pilot of the ascending steamer shall give the first signal for 
passing, which shall be promptly answered by the same signal by 
the pilot of the descending steamer, if safe to do so, and both 
shall be governed accordingly : but if the pilot of the descend- 
ing steamer deems it dangerous to take the side indicated by the 
ascending steamer, he shall immediately signify that fact by 
sounding the alarm or danger signal of four or more short and 
rapid blasts of the whistle, and it shall be the duty of the pilot 
of the ascending steamer to answer by a signal of four or more 
short and rapid blasts of the whistle, and the engines of both 
steamers shall be immediately stopped, and backed if necessary, 
until the signals for passing are given and answered. After sound- 
ing the alarm signal by both steamers, the pilot of the descending 
steamer shall indicate by his whistle the side on which he desires 
to pass, and the pilot of the ascending steamer shall govern him- 
self accordingly, the descending steamer being entitled to the 
right of way, 



815 

Where possible, the signals for passing must be made, answered, 
and understood before the steamers have arrived at a distance of 
half a mile of each other. 

Provided, however, That when a steamer on the Mississippi 
River is about to enter the Ohio River at the same time that a 
steamer on the Ohio River is about to enter the Mississippi River, 
at Cairo Point, the steamer on the Mississippi River shall give the 
first signal ; but in no case shall pilots on steamers attempt to 
pass each other until there has been a thorough understanding as 
to the side each steamer shall take. 

Rule II. If from any cause the signals for passing are not made 
at the proper time, as provided in Rule I, or should the signals 
be given and not properly understood, from any cause whatever, 
and either steamer become imperiled thereby, the pilot on either 
steamer may be the first to sound the alarm or danger signal. 
which shall consist of four or more short and rapid blasts of the 
whistle. Whenever the danger signal is given, the engines of 
both .steamers .shall be .stopped and backed until the headway of 
the steamers has been fully checked; nor shall the engines of 
either steamer be again started ahead until the steamers can 
safely pass each other. Steamers approaching each other from 
opposite directions are forbidden to use what has become techni- 
cally known among pilots as " ckoss sionals " — that is, answering 
one whistle with two, and answering two whistles with one. In all 
cases, and under all circumstances, a pilot receiving either of the 
whistle signals provided in the rules, which for any reason he 
deems injudicious to comply with, instead of answering it with t\ 
cross signal, shall at once observe the provisions of this rule. 

Rule III. When two steamers are about to enter a narrow 
channel at the same time, the ascending steamer shall be stopped 
below such channel until the descending steamer shall have passed 
through it; but should two steamers unavoidably meet in such 
channel, then it shall be the duty of the pilot of the ascending 
steamer to make the prober signals, and when answered, the 
ascending steamer shall lie as close as possible to the side of the 
channel the exchange of signals may have determined, as provided 
by Rule I, and either stop the engines or move them so as only 
to give the boat steerageway, and the pilot of the descending 
steamer shall cause his steamer to be worked slowly until he has 
passed the ascending steamer. 

Rule IV. When two steamers are approaching a bridge span 
or draw from opposite directions and the passing signals as pro- 
vided in Rule I have been given and understood, should the pilot 
of the descending steamer deem it dangerous for the steamers to 
pass each other between the piers of such span or draw, he shall 
sound the alarm or danger signal, and it shall then be the duty 
of the pilot of the ascending steamer to answer with a similar 



816 

alarm signal, and to slow or stop his engines below such span or 
draw until the descending steamer shall have passed. 

Rule V. When a steamer is ascending and running close on 
a bar or shore, the pilot shall in no case attempt to cross the 
river when a descending steamer shall be so near that it would 
be possible for a collision to ensue therefrom. 

Rule VI. When any steamer, whether ascending or descending, 
is NEARiNG a short bend or point where, from any cause, a 
steamer approaching in an opposite direction can not be seen at 
a distance of 600 yards, the pilot of such steamer, when he shall 
have arrived within 600 yards of that bend or point, shall give a 
signal of one long sound of his whistle, as a notice to any steamer 
within hearing that may be approaching on the other side, and 
within half a mile, of such bend or point; and should there be any 
such approaching steamer within hearing of such signal, it shall 
be the duty of the pilot thereof to answer such signal by one long 
sound of his whistle, when both steamers shall be navigated, with 
the proper precautions, as required by these rules. 

Rule VII. When a steamer is moved from its dock or berth, 
and other steamers are liable to approach such steamer from any 
direction, such steamer and any approaching steamer shall give 
the same signals as in case of steamers meeting at a bend ; but 
immediately after clearing the dock or berth so as to be fully in 
sight, they shall be governed by the rules for passing. 

Rule VIII. When a steamer is overtaking another steamer, 
and the overtaking steamer shall desire to pass on the right or 
starboard side of the steamer ahead, the overtaking steamer shall 
give one short blast of the whistle, and if the steamer ahead 
answers with one blast, the overtaking steamer may pass on the 
starboard side of the steamer ahead ; or if the overtaking steamer 
shall desire to pass on the left or port side of the steamer ahead, 
she shall give two short blasts of the whistle, and if the steamer 
ahead answers with two blasts the overtaking steamer may pass 
on the port side of the steamer ahead ; or if the steamer ahead 
does not think it safe for the overtaking steamer to attempt to 
pass at that point, she shall immediately signify the same by 
giving not less than four short and rapid blasts of the whistle, 
and under no circumstances shall the overtaking steamer attempt 
to pass the steamer ahead until such time as they have reached 
a point where it can be safely done, when the steamer ahead shall 
signify her willingness by blowing one blast of the whistle for 
the overtaking steamer to pass on the starboard side of the 
steamer ahead, or two blasts of the whistle for the overtaking 
steamer to pass on the port side of the steamer ahead. 

Every steamer overtaking another shall keep out of the way of 
the overtaken steamer. Every steamer coming up with another 
steamer from any direction more than two points abaft her beam 



817 

shall be deemed to be an overtaking steamer, and no subsequent 
alteration of the bearing between the two steamers shall make 
the overtaking steamer a crossing steamer within the meaning 
of these' rules, or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the 
overtaken steamer until she is finally passed and clear. If the 
overtaking steamer is in doubt as to whether she is forward of or 
abaft this direction, she shall assume that she is an overtaking 
steamer and keep out of the way. 

The steamer ahead shall in no case attempt to cross the bow or 
crowd upon the course of the overtaking steamer. 

Rule IX. When two steamers are approaching each other at 

RIGHT ANGLES OR OBLIQUELY SO AS TO INVOLVE RISK OF COLLISION, 

other than when one steamer is overtaking another, the steamer 
which has the other on her own port side shall hold her course 
and speed, and the steamer which has the other on her own star- 
board side shall keep out of the way of the other by directing 
her course to starboard so as to cross the stern of the other 
steamer, or, if necessary to do so, slacken her speed or stop or 
reverse. The steamer having the other on her own port bow 
shall blow one blast of her whistle as a signal of her intention to 
cross the bow of the other, holding her course and speed, which 
signal shall be promptly answered by the other steamer by one 
short blast of her whistle as a signal of her intention to direct 
her course to starboard so as to cross the stern of the other 
steamer or otherwise keep clear. 

If from any cause whatever the conditions covered by this 
situation are such as to prevent immediate compliance with each 
other's signals, the misunderstanding or objection shall be at once 
made apparent by blowing the alarm signal, and both steamers 
shall be stopped and backed if necessary until signals for passing 
with safety are made and understood. 

Rule X. The passing signals, by the blowing of the whistle, 
shall be given and answered by pilots' in compliance with these 
rules when approaching each other; and, wherever possible, the 
signals shall be given and answered before the steamers have 
arrived at a distance of half a mile of each other. 

Rule XI.. In obeying and construing these rules due regard 
shall be had to all dangers of navigation and collision, and to 
any special circumstances which may render a departure from 
the above rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 

FOG SIGNALS. 

Rule XII. In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rainstorms, 
whether by day or night, the signals described in this rule shall 
be used by steam vessels: 

(a) A steam vessel under way in fog or thick weather shall 
sound, at intervals of not more than one minute, a prolonged 



818 

blast of the whistle of from four to six seconds' duration, except 
that irlien towing one or more vessels she shall sound three blasts 
<>f the whistle in quick succession. 

{b) A steam vessel when at anchor in fog or thick weather 
shall, at intervals of not more than one minute, ring the bell 
rapidly for about five seconds. 

(c) Steamers on rivers whose waters flow into the Gulf of 
Mexico, lying to during fog or thick iveather, when the fog whistle 
or any sound is heard indicating the approach of another steamer 
shall, if lying on the right shore, or right bank, give one tap of 
the bell ; if lying on left shore or left bank, give two taps of the 
bell at intervals of not more than one minute, to indicate their 
presence, which signals shall continue until the approaching 
steamer has passed. Right and left shore or bank is understood 
by facing downstream or with the flow of the current. 

Rule XIII. Every steam vessel shall, in thick weather, by 
reason of fog, mist, falling snow, heavy rainstorms, or other 
causes, go at moderate speed. A steam vessel hearing, apparently 
not more than four points from right ahead, the fog signal of 
another vessel shall at once reduce her speed to bare steerageway, 
and navigate with caution until the vessels shall have passed 
each other. 

RULES FOR LIGHTS FOR CERTAIN CLASSES OF VESSELS ON WESTERN 

RIVERS. 

The following rules for lights to be carried on ferryboats, lights 
for steamers having but one chimney, lights for barges and canal 
boats in tow, lights for scows in tow, and lights for rafts and other 
water craft, navigating the Red River of the North and rivers 
whose waters flow into the Gulf of Mexico were adopted by the 
Board of Supervising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, 
and approved by the Secretary of Commerce, under the authority 
of section 4233, Revised Statutes of the United States (rules 
seven and twelve), and acts of Congress approved January 18 and 
June 7, 1897 (sec. 5). 

These rules shall be effective on and after July 1, 1907: 

LIGHTS TO BE CARRIED BY FERRYBOATS. 

The signal lights on ferryboats on water flowing into the Gulf 
of Mexico and their tributaries shall be the same as those on ail 
other steamboats on the same waters, except that double-end 
ferryboats shall carry a central range of clear, bright, white 
lights, showing all around the horizon, placed at equal altitudes 
forward and aft, also on the starboard side a green light, and on 
the port side a red light, of such a character as to be visible on 
a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of at least 



819 

2 miles, and so constructed as to show a uniform and unbroken 
light over an arc of the horizon of ten points of the compass, 
and so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two points 
abaft the beam on their respective sides. 

The green and red lights shall be fitted with inboard screens 
projecting at least 3 feet forward from the lights, so as to prevent 
them from being seen across the bow. 

Local inspectors in districts having ferryboats shall, whenever 
the safety of navigation may require, designate for each line of 
such boats a certain light, white or colored, which shall show all 
around the horizon, to designate and distinguish such lines from 
each other, which light shall be carried on a flagstaff amidships, 
15 feet above the white range lights. 

LIGHTS FOK STEAMERS HAYIMi BUT ONE CHIMNEY.* 

All steamers having but one chimney, except ferryboats pro- 
vided for in the preceding rule, navigating rivers whose waters 
flow into the Gulf of Mexico and their tributaries, and the Red 
River of the North, shall carry a green light on the starboard side 
and a red light on the port side, on brackets securely fastened to 
the outboard sides of the chimney, the lights to show both for- 
ward and abeam on their respective sides. 

LIGHTS FOR BARGES AND CANAL BOATS IN TOW. 

The lights for barges and canal boats when towed ahead or 
alongside of the steamer as is customary upon rivers whose waters 
flow into the Gulf of Mexico shall be as follows : 

When one barge is towed by a steamer, and such barge is towed 
ahead, such barge shall have a green light on the starboard bow' 
and a red light on the port bow. When such barge is towed 
alongside of the steamer, on the starboard side, such barge shall 
have a green light on the starboard bow. When such barge is 
towed alongside of a steamer, on the port side, such barge shall 
have a red light on the port bow. When two barges are towed 
alongside of a steamer, one on the starboard and one on the port 
side, the starboard barge shall carry a green light on the star- 
board bow and the port barge shall carry a red light on the port 
bow. When two or more barges are towed ahead, the green light 
shall be placed on the starboard bow of the starboard barge and 
a red light on the port bow of the port barge and at a disttiiice 



{> See act of Congress approved June 9, 1010, effective on and after 
July 0, 1010, prescribing lights that shall be carried by vessels of cer- 
tain classes, of not more than 65 feet in length amendatory of these rules, 
as given in sec. 8 of this chapter. 



820 

The colored side lights referred to in the foregoing rules must 
be fitted with inboard screens, so as to prevent them from being 
seen across the bow, and of such a character as to be visible on a 
dark night, with a clear atmosphere, at a distance of at least 2 
miles, and so constructed as to show a uniform and unbroken light 
over an arc of the horizon of 10 points of the compass, and so 
fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 2 points abaft 
the beam on either side. The minimum size of glass globes shall 
not be less than 6 inches in diameter and 5 inches high in the clear. 

LIGHTS FOR SCOWS IN TOW. 

All scows being towed by hawser behind steam vessels shall 
carry a regulation white light at each end of each scow (such 
lights to be carried not less than 8 feet above the surface of the 
water, and so as to show all around the horizon), except that 
when scows are massed in tiers, two or more abreast, each of the 
outside boats shall carry a white light on its outer bow ; and the 
outside boats in the last tier shall each carry, in addition, a white 
light on the outer part of the stern. 

LIGHTS FOR RAFTS AND OTHER WATER CRAFT NAVIGATING THE RED RIVER 
OF THE NORTH AND RIVERS EMPTYING INTO THE GULF OF MEXICO AND 
THEIR TRIBUTARIES, PROPELLED BY HAND POWER, HORSEPOWER, OR BY 
THE CURRENT OF THE RIVER. 

All coal boats, trading boats, produce boats,, canal boats, oyster 
boats, fishing boats, and other water craft, except as hereinafter 
otherwise provided, navigating any bay, harbor, or river, propelled 
by hand power, horsepower, or by the current of the river, or 
which shall be anchored or moored in or near the channel or fair- 
way of any bay, harbor, or river, shall carry one white light 
forward, not less than 8 feet above tbe surface of the water. 

Rafts propelled by hand power or by the current of the river, 
or which shall be anchored or moored in or near a channel or 
fairway, shall carry white lights, as follows : 

Rafts of one crib and not more than two in length shall carry 
one white light. Rafts of three or more cribs in length and one 
crib in width shall carry one white light at each end of the raft. 

Rafts of more than one crib abreast shall carry one white light 
on each outside corner of the raft, making four lights in all. 

The white light required by these rules for rafts and other 
water craft shall be carried, from sunset to sunrise, in a lantern 
so fixed and constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and un- 
broken light, visible all around the horizon, and of such intensity 
as to be visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a dis- 
tance of at least one mile. The lights for rafts shall be suspended 
from poles of such height that the light shall not be less than 8 
feet above the surface of the water. 



821 

Rowing boats under oars shall have ready at hand a lantern 
showing a white light which shall be temporarily exhibited in 
sufficient time to prevent collision. 

DISTEESS SIGNALS RECOMMENDED BY THE BOAED OF SUPERVISING IN- 
SPECTORS. 

Article 31. (Prescribed by International Marine Conference, 

1889.) 

IN THE DAYTIME. 

1. A gun fired at intervals of about a minute. 

2. The International Code signal of distress indicated by N. C. 

3. The distant signal, consisting of a square flag, having either 
above or below it a ball or anything resembling a ball. 

4. Rockets or shells as prescribed below for use at night. 

5. A continuous sounding with a steam whistle or any fog- 
signal apparatus. 

AT NIGHT. 

1. A gun fired at intervals of about a minute. 

2. Flames on the vessel (as from a burning tar barrel, oil bar- 
rel, etc.). 

3. Rockets or shells, bursting in the air with a loud report and 
throwing stars of any color or description, fired one at a time 
at short intervals. 

4. A continuous sounding with a steam whistle or any fog- 
signal apparatus. 

The limits of inland waters within which the rules contained 
in this section apply are the same as those given in section 3 of 
this chapter for the following waters : 

Charlotte Harbor and Punta Gorda, Fla. 

Tampa Bay and Tributaries, Fla. 

St. George Sound, Apalachicola Bay, Carrabelle and Apalachi- 
cola Rivers, and St. Vincent Sound, Fla. 

Pensacola Harbor, Fla. 

Mobile Harbor and Bay. 

Sounds, lakes and harbors on the coasts of Alabama, Missis- 
sippi, and Louisiana, between Mobile Bay entrance and the Delta 
of the Mississippi River. 

New Orleans Harbor and the Delta of the Mississippi River. 

Sabine Pass, Texas. 

Galveston Harbor. 

Brazos River, Texas. 

The general rule is the same as that given at the end of sec- 
tion 3. 

183841°— 20 53 



822 

Section (j.— Pilot Rules for the Great Lakes and Their Con- 
necting and Tributary Waters. 

[This section ia reproduced from Department of Commerce Form No. 808, 
Edition of May 1, 1912.] 

Laws relating: to the navigation of vessels on the Great 
Lakes and their connecting- and trihntary waters. 

AX ACT To regulate navigation on the Great Lakes and their connecting 
and tributary waters. 

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of 
the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the 
following rules for preventing collisions shall be followed in the 
navigation of all public and private vessels of the United States 
upon the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters 
as far east as Montreal. 

steam and sail vessels. 

Rule 1. Every steam vessel which is under sail and not under 
steam, shall be considered a sail vessel; and every steam vessel 
which is under steam, whether under sail or not, shall be con- 
sidered a steam vessel. The words steam vessel shall include any 
vessel propelled by machinery. A vessel is under way within the 
meaning of these rules when she is not at anchor or made fast to 
the shore or aground. 

LIGHTS. 

Rule 2. The lights mentioned in the following rules and no 
others shall be carried in all weathers from sunset to sunrise. 
The word visible in these rules when applied to lights shall mean 
visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere. 

Rule 3. 10 Except in the cases hereinafter expressly provided 
for, a steam vessel when under way shall carry : 

(a) On or in front of the foremast, or if a vessel without a 
foremast, then in the forepart of the vessel, at a height above the 
hull of not less than twenty feet, and if the beam of the vessel 
exceeds twenty feet then at a height above the hull not less 
than such beam, so, however, that such height need not exceed 
forty feet, a bright white light so constructed as to show an 
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of twenty points of the 
compass, so fixed as to throw the light ten points on each side of 

10 Rule 3 is amended by act of Congress approved June 0. 1910, effec- 
tive on and after July 9, 1910, in rules for lights required to be carried 
by every vessel propelled by machinery and not more than 65 feet in 
length, except tugboats and towboats propelled by steam. (See sec. 8 of 
this chapter.) 



823 

the vessel, namely, from right ahead to two points abaft the beam 
on either side, and of such character as to be visible at a distance 
of at least five miles. 

(b) On the starboard side, a green light so constructed as to 
throw an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points 
of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead 
to two points abaft the beam on the starboard side, and of such 
a character as to be visible at a distance of at least two miles. 

(c) On the port side, a red light, so constructed as to show an 
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points of the 
compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two 
points abaft the beam on the port side, and of such a character 
as to be visible at a distance of at least two miles. 

(d) The said green and red lights shall be fitted with inboard 
screens projecting at least three feet forward from the light, so 
as to prevent these lights from being seen across the bow. 

(e) A steamer of over one hundred and fifty feet register 
length shall also carry when under way an additional bright 
light similar in construction to that mentioned in subdivision 
fa) so fixed as to throw the light all around the horizon and of 
such character as to be visible at a distance of at least three 
miles. Such additional light shall be placed in line with the keel 
at least fifteen feet higher from the deck and more than seventy- 
five feet abaft the light mentioned in subdivision (a). 

VESSELS TOWING. 

Rule 4. A steam vessel having a tow other than a raft shall, 
in addition to the forward bright light mentioned in subdivision 
(a) of rule three, carry in a vertical line not less than six feet 
above or below that light a second bright light of the same con- 
struction and character and fixed and carried in the same manner 
as the forward bright light mentioned in said subdivision (a) of 
rule three. Such steamer shall also carry a small bright light 
abaft the funnel or aftermast for the tow to steer by, but such 
light shall not be visible forward of the beam. 

Rule 5. A steam vessel having a raft in tow shall, instead of 
the forward lights mentioned in rule four, carry on or in front 
of the foremast, or if a vessel without a foremast then in the 
fore part of the vessel, at a height above the hull of not less than 
twenty feet, and if the beam of the vessel exceeds twenty feet, 
then at a height above the hull not less than such beam, so, 
however, that such height need not exceed forty feet, two bright 
lights in a horizontal line athwartships and not less than eight 
feet apart, each so fixed as to throw the light all around the 
horizon and of such character as to be visible at a distance of at 
least five miles. Such steamer shall also carry the small bright 



824 

steeering light aft of the character and fixed as required in rule 
four. 

Rule 6. A sailing vessel under way and any vessel being towed 
shall carry the side lights mentioned in rule three. 

A vessel in tow shall also carry a small bright light aft, but 
such light shall not be visible forward of the beam. 

Rule 7. The lights for tugs under thirty tons register whose 
principal business is harbor towing, and for boats navigating only 
on the River Saint Lawrence, also ferryboats, rafts, and canal 
boats, shall be regulated by rules which have been or may here- 
after be prescribed by the Board of Supervising Inspectors of 
Steam Vessels. 

Rule 8. Whenever, as in the case of small vessels under way 
during bad weather, the green and red side lights can not be 
fixed, these lights shall be kept at hand lighted and ready for 
use, and shall, on the approach of or to other vessels, be ex- 
hibited on their respective sides in sufficient time to prevent 
collision, in such manner as to make them most visible, and so 
that the green light shall not be seen on the port side, nor the 
red light on the starboard side, nor, if practicable, more than two 
points abaft the beam on their respective sides. To make the 
use of these portable lights more certain and easy, they shall 
each be painted outside with the color of the light they respec- 
tively contain, and shall be provided with suitable screens. 

Rule 9. A vessel under one hundred and fifty feet register 
length, when at anchor, shall carry forward, where it can best be 
seen, but at a height not exceeding twenty feet above the hull, 
a white light in a lantern constructed so as to show a clear, 
uniform, and unbroken light, visible all around the horizon, at 
a distance of at least one mile. 

A vessel of one hundred and fifty feet or upward in register 
length, when at anchor, shall carry in the forward part of the 
vessel, at a height of not less than twenty and not exceeding forty 
feet above the hull, one such light, and at or near the stern of 
the vessel, and at such a height that it shall be not less than 
fifteen feet lower than the forward light, another such light. 

Rule 10. Produce boats, canal boats, fishing boats, rafts, or 
other water craft navigating any bay, harbor, or river by hand 
power, horsepower, sail, or by the current of the river, or which 
shall be anchored or moored in or near the channel or fairway 
of any bay, harbor, or river, and not otherwise provided for in 
these rules, shall carry one or more good white lights, which 
shall be placed in such manner as shall be prescribed by the 
Board of Supervising Inspectors of Steam Vessels. 

Rule 11. Open boats shall not be obliged to carry the side 
lights required for other vessels, but shall, if they do not carry 
such lights, carry a lantern having a green slide on one side and 



825 

a red slide on the other side; and on the approach of or to other 
vessels such lantern shall be exhibited in sufficient time to pre- 
vent collision, and in such a manner that the green light shall 
not be seen on the port side, nor the red light on the starboard 
side. Open boats, when at anchor or stationary, shall exhibit a 
bright white light. They shall not, however, be prevented from 
using a flare-up in addition if considered expedient. 

Rule 12. Sailing vessels shall at all times, on the approach of 
any steamer during the nighttime, show a lighted torch upon 
that point or quarter to which such steamer shall be ap- 
proaching. 

Rule 13. The exhibition of any light on board of a vessel of 
war or revenue cutter of the United States may be suspended 
whenever, iu the opinion of the Secretary of the Navy, the com- 
mander in chief of a squadron, or the commander of a vessel 
acting singly, the special character of the service may require it. 

FOG SIGNALS. 

Rule 14. A steam vessel shall be provided with an efficient 
wnistle, sounded by steam or by some substitute for steam, placed 
before the funnel not less than eight feet from the deck, or in 
such other place as the local inspectors of steam vessels shall de- 
termine, and of such character as to be heard in ordinary weather 
at a distance of at least two miles, and with an efficient bell, and 
it is hereby made the duty of the United States local inspectors of 
steam vessels when inspecting the same to require each steamer 
to be furnished with such whistle and bell. A sailing vessel shall 
be provided with an efficient fog horn and with an efficient bell. 

Whenever there is thick weather by reason of fog, mist, falling 
snow, heavy rainstorms, or other causes, whether by day or by 
night, fog signals shall be used as follows : 

(a) A steam vessel under way, excepting only a steam vessel 
with raft in tow, shall sound at intervals of not more than one 
minute three distinct blasts of her whistle. 

(b) Every vessel in tow of another vessel shall, at intervals of 
one minute, sound four bells on a good and efficient and properly 
placed bell as follows: By striking the bell twice in quick suc- 
cession, followed by a little longer interval, and then again strik- 
ing twice in quick succession (in the manner in which four bells 
is struck in indicating time). 

(c) A steamer with a raft in tow shall sound at intervals of 
not more than one minute a screeching or Modoc whistle for 
from three to five seconds. 

(d) A sailing vessel under way and not in tow shall sound at 
intervals of not more than one minute — 



826 

If on the starboard tack with wind forward of abeam, one blast 
of her fog horn ; 

If on the port tack with wind forward of the beam, two blasts 
of her fog horn ; 

If she has the wind abaft the beam on either side, three blasts 
of her fog horn. 

(e) Any vessel at anchor and any vessel aground in or near a 
channel or fairway shall at intervals of not more than two min- 
utes ring the bell rapidly for three to five seconds. 

(f) Vessels of less than ten tons registered tonnage, not being 
steam vessels, shall not be obliged to give the above-mentioned 
signals, but if they do not they shall make some other efficient 
sound signal at intervals of not more than one minute. 

(g) Produce boats, fishing boats, rafts, or other water craft 
navigating by hand power or by the current of the river, or 
anchored or moored in or near the channel or fairway and not in 
any port, and not otherwise provided for in these rules, shall sound 
a fog horn, or equivalent signal, at intervals of not more than 
one minute. 

Rule 15. Every vessel shall, in thick weather, by reason of fog, 
mist, falling snow, heavy rain storms, or other causes, go at 
moderate speed. A steam vessel hearing, apparently not more 
than four points from right ahead, the fog signal of another vessel 
shall at once reduce her speed to bare steerageway, and navigate 
with caution until the vessels shall have passed each other. 

STEERING AND SAILING REXES. 
SAILING VESSELS. 

Rule 16. When two sailing vessels are approaching one an- 
other so as to involve risk of collision one of them shall keep 
out of the way of the other, as follows, namely : 

(a) A vessel which is running free shall keep out of the way 
of a vessel which is closehauled. 

(b) A vessel which is closehauled on the port tack shall keep 
out of the way of a vessel which is closehauled on the starboard 
tack. 

(c) When both are running free, with the wind on different 
sides, the vessel which has the wind on the port side shall keep 
out of the way of the other. 

(d) When they are running free, with the wind on the same 
side, the vessel which is to windward shall keep out of the wa 
of the vessel which is to leeward. 

STEAM VESSELS. 

Rule 17. When two steam vessels are meeting end on or nearly 
end on so as to involve risk of collision each shall alter her course 
to starboard so that each shall pass on the port side of the other. 



827 

Rule 18. When two steam vessels are crossing so as to involve 
risk of collision the vessel which has the other on her own star- 
board side shall keep out of the way of the other. 

Rule 19. When a steam vessel and a sailing vessel are proceed- 
ing in such directions as to involve risk of collision the steam 
vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing vessel. 

Rule 20. Where, by any of the rules herein prescribed, one of 
two vessels shall keep out of the way, the other shall keep her 
course and speed. 

Rule 21. Every steam vessel which is directed by these rules 
to keep out of the way of another vessel shall, on approaching her, 
if necessary, slacken her speed or stop or reverse. 

Rule 22. Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules 
every vessel overtaking any other shall keep out of the way of the 
overtaken vessel. 

Rules 23. In all weathers every steam vessel, under way in 
taking any course authorized or required by these rules shall in- 
dicate that course by the following signals on her whistle, to be 
accompanied whenever required by corresponding alteration of 
her helm ; and every steam vessel receiving a signal from another 
shall promptly respond with the same signal, or as provided in 
Rule Twenty-six : 

One blast to mean, " I am directing my course to starboard." 

Two blasts to mean, " I am directing my course to port." But 
the giving oi answering signals by a vessel required to keep her 
course shall not vary the duties and obligations of the respective 
vessels. 

Rule 24. That in all narrow channels where there is a current, 
and in the rivers Saint Mary. Saint Clair, Detroit, Niagara, and 
Saint Lawrence, when two steamers are meeting, the descending 
steamer shall have the right of way. and shall, before the vessels 
shall have arrived within the distance of one-half mile of each 
other, give the signal necessary to indicate which side she elects to 
take. 

Rule 26. In all channels less than five hundred feet in width 
no steam vessel shall pass another going in the same direction 
unless the steam vessel ahead be disabled or signify her willing- 
ness that the steam vessel astern shall pass, when the steam 
vessel astern may pass, subject, however, to the other rules appli- 
cable to such a situation. And when steam vessels proceeding in 
opposite directions are about to meet in such channels, both such 
vessels shall be slowed down to a moderate speed, according to 
the circumstances. 

Rule 26. If the pilot of a steam vessel to which a passing 
signal is sounded deems it unsafe to accept and assent to said 



828 

signal, he shall not sound a cross signal ; but in that case, and 
in every case where the pilot of one steamer fails to understand 
the course or intention of an approaching steamer, whether from 
signals being given or answered erroneously, or from other causes, 
the pilot of such steamer so receiving the first passing signal, or 
the pilot so in doubt, shall sound several short and rapid blasts 
of the whistle; and if the vessels shall have approached within 
half a mile of each other both shall reduce their speed to bare 
steerageway, and, if necessary, stop and reverse. 

Rule 27. In obeying and construing these rules due regard 
shall be had to all dangers of navigation and collision and to any 
special circumstances which may render a departure from the 
above rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 

Rule 28. Nothing in these rules shall exonerate any vessel, or 
the owner or master or crew thereof, from the consequences of 
any neglect to carry lights or signals, or of any neglect to keep a 
proper lookout, or of a neglect of any precaution which may be 
required by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special 
circumstances of the case. 

Sec. 2. That a fine, not exceeding two hundred dollars, may be 
imposed for the violation of any of the provisions of this act. 
The vessel shall be liable for the said penalty, and may be seized 
and proceeded against, by way of libel, in the district court of 
the United States for any district within which such vessel may 
be found. 

Sec 3. That the Secretary of Commerce of the United States 
shall have authority to establish all necessary regulations, not 
inconsistent with the provisions of this act, required to carry the 
same into effect. 

The Board of Supervising Inspectors of the United States shall 
have authority to establish such regulations to be observed by all 
steam vessels in passing each other, not inconsistent with the 
provisions of this act, as they shall from time to time deem 
necessary ; and all regulations adopted by the said Board of 
Supervising Inspectors under the authority of this act, when 
approved by the Secretary of Commerce, shall have the force 
of law. Two printed copies of any such regulations for passing, 
signed by them, shall be furnished to each steam vessel, and shall 
at all times be kept posted up in conspicuous places on board. 

Sec. 4. That all laws or parts of laws, so far as applicable to 
the navigation of the Great Lakes and their connecting and 
tributary waters as far east as Montreal, inconsistent with the 
foregoing rules are hereby repealed. 

Sec 5. That this act shall take effect on and after March first, 
eighteen hundred and ninety-five. 

Approved. February 8, 1895. 



829 

Rules and regulations for the government of pilots of vessels 
propelled by steam, gas, fluid, naphtha, or electric motors, 
and of other vessels propelled by machinery, navigating 
the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters 
as far east as Montreal, as amended by the Board of United 
States Supervising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Serv- 
ice, at the meeting of January, 1912, and approved by the 
Secretary of Commerce, under the authority of an act of 
Congress approved February 8, 1895. These rules have 
been signed by the members of the Board of Supervising 
Inspectors, as required by section 3 of the act of Congress 
approved February 8, 1895. 

PRELIMINARY. 

In the following rules the words steam vessel and steamer shall 
include any vessel propelled by machinery. 

A vessel is under icay within the meaning of these rules when 
she is not at anchor or made fast to the shore or aground. 

Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascertained 
by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approaching 
vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk 
should be deemed to exist. 



Rule I. In all weathers every steam vessel under way in taking 
any course authorized or required by these rules shall indicate 
that course by the following signals on her whistle, to be accom- 
panied, whenever required, by corresponding alteration of her 
helm ; and every steam vessel receiving a signal from another 
shall promptly respond with the same signal or sound the danger 
signal as provided in Rule II : 

One blast means, " I am directing my course to starboard," 
except when two steamers are approaching each other at right 
angles or obliquely, other than when one steamer is overtaking 
another, one short blast signifies intention of steamer which 
is to starboard of the other to hold course and speed. 

Tico blasts mean, " I am directing my course to port." 

Rule II. If, when steamers are approaching each other, the 
pilot of either vessel fails to understand the course or intention 
of the other, whether from signals being given or answered erro- 
neously, or from other causes, the pilot so in doubt shall immedi- 
ately signify the same by giving the danger signal of five or 
more short and rapid blasts of the whistle: and if both vessels 
shall have approached within half a mile of each other, both 
shall be immediately slowed to a speed barely sufficient for 
steerageway, and, if necessary, stopped and reversed, until the 
proper signals are given, answered, and understood, or until the 
vessels shall have passed each other. 

Rule III. Steam vessels are forbidden to use what has be- 
come technically known among pilots as "cross signals" — 



830 

that is, answering one whistle with two, and answering two 
whistles with one. In all cases, and under all circumstances, a 
pilot receiving either of the whistle signals provided in the rules, 
which for any reason he deems injudicious to comply with, in- 
stead of answering it with a cross signal, shall at once sound 
the danger signal and observe the rule applying thereto (Rule II). 
Rule IY. The signals for passing, by the blowing of the 
whistle, shall be given and answered by pilots in compliance with 
these rules, not only when meeting ''head and head," or nearly so, 
but at all times when passing or meeting at a distance within 
a half mile of each other, and whether passing to the starboard 
or port. 

SITUATIONS. 

Rule Y. When steamers are approaching each other " head 
and head/' or nearly so, it shall be the duty of each steamer 
to pass on the port side of the other; and the pilot of either 
steamer may be first in determining to pursue this course, and 
thereupon shall give, as a signal of his intention, one short and 
distinct blast of his whistle, which the pilot of the other steamer 
shall answer promptly by a similar blast of his whistle, and there- 
upon such steamers shall pass on the port side, of each other. 
But if the courses of such steamers are so far on the starboard of 
each other as not to be considered by pilots as meeting " head 
and head," or nearly so, the pilot so first deciding shall imme- 
diately give two short and distinct blasts of his whistle, which 
the pilot of the other steamer shall answer promptly by two 
similar blasts of his whistle, and they shall pass on the starboard 
side of each other : Provided, hcnvever, That in all narrow chan- 
nels where there is a current, and in the rivers Saint Mary. 
Saint Clair, Detroit, Niagara, and Saint Lawrence, when two 
steamers are meeting, the descending steamer shall have the right 
of way and shall, before the vessels shall have arrived within the 
distance of one-half mile of each other, give the signal necessary 
to indicate which side she elects to take. 

In the night, steamers will be considered as meeting " head and 
head " so long as both the colored lights of each are in view of 
the other. 

Rule YI. Whenever a steamer is nearing a short bend or curve 
in the channel, where, from the height of the banks or other 
cause, a steamer approaching from the opposite direction can not 
be seen for a distance of half a mile, the pilot of such steamer, 
when he shall have arrived within half a mile of such curve or 
bend, shall give a signal by one long blast of the whistle, which 
signal shall be answered by a similar blast, given by the pilot 
of any steamer within hearing that may be approaching on the 
other side, and within half a mile of such bend or curve. Should 
such signal be so answered by a steamer upon the farther side 



831 

of such bend, then the usual signals for meeting* and passing shall 
immediately be given and answered ; but if the first signal of 
such pilot be not answered, he is to consider the channel clear and 
govern himself accordingly. 

Rule VII. When a steamer is moved from its dock or berth, 
and other steamers are liable to approach such steamer from any 
direction, such steamer and any approaching steamer shall give 
the same signals as in case of steamers meeting at a bend; but 
immediately after clearing the dock or berth so as to be fully in 
sight they shall be governed by the rules for passing. 

Rule VIII. When one steamer is overtaking another, and 
the pilot of a steamer which is astern shall desire to pass on the 
right or starboard hand of the steamer ahead, he shall give one 
short blast of the whistle, as a signal of such desire and intention, 
and shall put his helm to port : or if he shall desire to pass on 
the left or port side of the steamer ahead, he shall give two short 
blasts of the whistle as a signal of such desire and intention and 
shall put his helm to starboard, and the pilot of the steamer ahead 
shall answer by the same signals ; or if he does not think it safe 
for the steamer astern to attempt to pass at that point he shall 
immediately signify the same by giving five or more short and 
rapid blasts of the whistle, and under no circumstances shall the 
steamer astern attempt to pass the steamer ahead until such time 
as they have reached a point where it can be safely done, when 
said steamer ahead shall signify her willingness by blowing the 
proper signals. The boat ahead shall in no case attempt t<» cross 
the how or crowd upon the course of the passing steamer. 

Every vessel coming up witli another vessel from any direction 
more than two points abaft her beam — that is, in such a position, 
with reference to the vessel which she is overtaking, that at night 
she would be unable to see either of that vessel's side lights — shall 
be deemed to be an ovcrtahin</ vessel; and no subsequent altera- 
tion of the bearing between the two vessels shall make the over- 
taking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these rules, 
or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel 
until she is finally passed and clear. 

As by day the overtaking vessel can not always know with cer- 
tainty whether she is forward of or abaft this direction from the 
other vessel she should, if in doubt, assume that she is an over- 
taking vessel and keep out of the way. 

Rule IX. In all channels less than five hundred feet in 
width, no steam vessel shall pass another going in the same di- 
rection unless the steam vessel ahead be disabled or signify her 
willingness that the steam vessel astern shall pass, when the steam 
vessel astern may pass, subject, however, to the other rules 
applicable to such a situation. And when steam vessels pro- 
ceeding in opposite directions are about to meet in such channels, 



832 

both such vessels shall be slowed down to a moderate speed, accord- 
ing to the circumstances. 

Rule X. When two steamers are approaching each other at 

RIGHT ANGLES OR OBLIQUELY SO AS TO INVOLVE RISK OF COLLISION, 

other than when one steamer is overtaking another, the steamer 
which has the other on her own port side shall hold her course and 
speed ; and the steamer which has the other on her own starboard 
side shall keep out of the way of the other by directing her course 
to starboard so as to cross the stern of the other steamer, or, if 
necessary to do so, slacken her speed or stop or reverse. The 
steamer having the other on her own port bow shall blow one 
blast of her whistle as a signal of her intention to cross the bow 
of the other, holding her course and speed, which signal shall be 
promptly answered by the other steamer by one short blast of her 
whistle as a signal of her intention to direct her course to star- 
board so as to cross the stern of the other steamer or otherwise 
keep clear. 

If from any cause whatever the conditions covered by this situa- 
tion are such as to prevent immediate compliance with each other's 
signals, the misunderstanding or objection shall be at. once made 
apparent by blowing the danger signal, and both steamers shall 
be stopped, and backed if necessary, until signals for passing with 
safety are made and understood. 

Rule XL When a steam vessel and a sailing vessel are pro- 
ceeding in such directions as to involve risk of collision the steam 
vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing vessel. 

Rule XII. In obeying and construing these rules due regard 
shall be had to all dangers of navigation and collision and to 
any special circumstances which may render a departure from 
the above rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. 

fog signals. 

Rule XIII. Whenever there is thick weather by reason of fog, 
mist, falling snow, heavy rainstorms, or other causes, whether by 
day or by night, fog signals shall be used as follows : 

A steam vessel under way, excepting only a steam vessel with 
raft in tow, shall sound at intervals of not more than one minute 
three distinct blasts of her whistle. 

A steamer tcith a raft in taw shall sound at intervals of not 
more than one minute a screeching or Modoc whistle for from 
three to five seconds. 

Every vessel in toio of another vessel shall, at intervals of one 
minute, sound four bells on a good and efficient and properly 
placed bell as follows: By striking the bell twice in quick suc- 
cession, followed by a little longer interval, and then again 
striking twice in quick succession (in the manner in which four 
bells is struck indicating time). 



833 

Any vessel at anchor and any vessel aground in or near a chan- 
nel or fairway shall, at intervals of not more than two minutes, 
ring the bell rapidly from three to five seconds. 

SPEED TO BE MODERATE IN FOG, AND SO FORTH. 

Rule XIV. Every steam vessel shall, in thick weather, by 
reason of fog, mist, falling snow, heavy, rainstorms, or other 
causes, go at moderate speed. A steam vessel hearing, apparently 
not more than four points from right ahead, the fog signal of 
another vessel shall at once reduce her speed to bare steerageway, 
and navigate with caution until the vessels shall have passed 
each other. 

Rules for lights for certain elattHes of vessels navigating the 
Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters. 

The following rules for lights to be carried by tugs under 30 
tons register (net) whose principal business is harbor towing, 
for boats navigating only on the River St. Lawrence, for ferry- 
boats, canal boats in tow, and for rafts and other water craft 
propelled by hand power, horse power, or by the current of the 
river, or in tow, or which shall be anchored or moored in or near 
a fairway of any bay, harbor, or river, were adopted by the Board 
of Supervising Inspectors, Steamboat-Inspection Service, on Feb- 
ruary 14, 1907, and approved by the Secretary of Commerce on 
February 25, 1907. 

LIGHTS FOR TUGS UNDER 30 TONS REGISTER (NET) WHOSE PRINCIPAL 
BUSINESS IS HARBOR TOWING. 
[Authority: Rule 7 act of Congress approved February 8, 1895.] 

Tugs under 30 tons register (net) whose principal business is 
harbor towing, navigating the Great Lakes and their connecting 
and tributary waters as far east as Montreal, shall carry the red 
and green side lights carried by other steamers ; and, at the fore- 
mast head, or, if the steamer have no foremast, then on top of 
the pilot house, a white light so constructed as to show a uni- 
form and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 20 points 
of the compass, and so fixed as to throw the light 10 points on 
each side of the vessel, namely, from right ahead to 2 points 
abaft the beam on either side, and of such a character as to be 
visible at a distance of at least 3 miles ; and ichen towing, except 
when towing a raft, shall carry an additional white light of 
same character and construction as the headlight, and hung not 
less than 3 feet vertically above or below the headlight. 

When toicing a raft, the two headlights shall be carried in a 
horizontal line athwartships not less than 4 feet apart, each so 
fixed as to throw the light all around the horizon, and of such a 
character as to be visible at a distance of at least 3 miles. 



834 



LIGHTS FOR BOATS NAVIGATING ONLY ON THE RIVER ST. LAWRENCE. 

[Authority: Rule 7 act of Congress approved February 8, 1895.] 

The lights for boats of all kinds navigating only on the River 
St. Lawrence as far east as Montreal shall be the same as re- 
quired by law for vessels navigating the Great Lakes, and as 
required by the rules of the Board of Supervising Inspectors, for 
ferryboats, rafts, canal boats, and water craft propelled by hand 
power, horse power, or by the current of the river. 

LIGHTS TO BE CARRIED BY FERRYBOATS." 
[Authority : Rule 7, act of Congress approved February 8, 1895.] 

Ferryboats propelled by steam or machinery and navigating 
the waters of the Great Lakes and their connecting and tribu- 
tary waters as far east as Montreal shall carry the white light 
or lights and the colored side lights required by law to be carried 
on steam vessels navigating those waters, except that double-end 
ferryboats shall carry a central range of clear, bright, white 
lights, showing all around the horizon, placed at equal altitudes 
forward and aft ; also on the starboard side a green light, and on 
the port side a red light, of such a character as to be visible on 
a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of at least 2 
miles, and so constructed as to show a uniform and unbroken 
light over an arc of the horizon of 10 points of the compass, and 
so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 2 points abaft 
the beam on their respective sides. 

The green and red lights shall be fitted with inboard screens 
projecting at least 3 feet forward from the lights, so as te pre- 
vent them from being seen across the bow. 

Local inspectors in districts having ferryboats shall, whenever 
the safety of navigation may require, designate for each line 
of such boats a certain light, white or colored, which shall show 
all around the horizon, to designate and distinguish such lines 
from each other, which light shall be carried on a flagstaff 
amidships, 15 feet above the white range lights. 

LIGHTS FOR CANAL BOATS IN TOW OF STEAM VESSELS. 

[Authority: Rule 7, act of Congress approved February 8,^1895.] 

Canal boats wdien in tow of steam vessels on the Great Lakes 
and their connecting and tributary waters as far east as Mon- 
treal shall carry lights as follows: 

Canal boats when towed astern of steam vessels and towed 
singly or tandem shall each carry a green light on the starboard 

12 See act of Congress approved June 9, 1910, effective on and after 
July 9, 1910. prescribing lights that shall be carried by certain classes 
of vessels of not more than 65 feet in length ; as given in sec. S of this 
chapter. 



835 

side, a red light on the port side, and a small bright white 
light aft. 

When canal boats are towed at a hawser in one or more tiers 
two or more abreast, the boat on the starboard side of each tier 
shall carry a green light on her starboard side, and the boat on 
the port side of each tier shall carry a red light on her port side, 
and each of the outside boats in the last tier shall also carry 
a small bright white light aft., 

When a canal boat is towed alongside and on the starboard 
side of a steamer, the boat towed shall carry a green light on 
the starboard side, and when towed on the port side of a steamer, 
the boat towed shall carry a red light on the port side. 

When tivo canal boats are towed alongside of a steamer, one 
on the starboard and one on the port side, the starboard boat shall 
carry a green light on the starboard side and the port boat shall 
carry a red light on the port side. 

The colored side lights referred to in these rules for canal 
boats in tow of steam vessels shall be fitted with inboard screens, 
so as to prevent them from being seen across the bow, and of 
such a character as to be visible on a dark night, with a clear 
atmosphere, at a distance of at least 2 miles, and so constructed 
as to show a uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the 
horizon of 10 points of the compass, and so fixed as to throw 
the light from right ahead to 2 points abaft the beam on either 
side. The minimum size of glass globes shall not be less than 6 
inches in diameter and 5 inches high in the clear. 

The small bright white light aft required to be carried on canal 
boats in tow shall not be visible forward of the beam. 

LIGHTS FOR WATER CRAFT PROPELLED BY HAND POWER, HORSEPOWKIt, 

OR BY THE CURRENT OF THE RIVER. 

I Authority: Rule 10, not of Congress approved February 8. 1895.1 

Any vessel propelled by hand power, horsepower, or by the 
current of the river, navigating any bay, harbor, or river, of the 
Great Lakes, or which shall be anchored or moored in or near 
the channel or fairway of any bay, harbor, or river, of the Great 
Lakes, except rafts and rowing boats under oars, shall carry one 
white light forward not less than 8 feet above the surface of the 
water, which light shall be carried, from sunset to sunrise, in a 
lantern so fixed and constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and 
unbroken light, visible all around the horizon, and of such in- 
tensity as to be visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere 
at a distance of at least 1 mile. 

Rowing boats under oars shall have ready at hand a lantern 
showing a white light which shall be temporarily exhibited in 
sufficient time to prevent collision. 



836 



LIGHTS FOB RAFTS NAVIGATING THE GREAT LAKES AND THEIR CON- 
NECTING AND TRIBUTARY WATERS AS FAB EAST AS MONTBEAL. 

[Authority : Rules 7 and 10, act of Congress approved February 8, 1895.] 

Rafts on the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary 
waters as far east as Montreal, propelled by hand power, horse- 
power, or by the current of the river, or in tow, or which shall 
be anchored or moored in or near a channel or fairway of other 
vessels, shall carry lights as follows : 

Rafts of one crib and not more than two in length shall carry 
one white light. Rafts of three or more cribs in length and one 
crib in width shall carry one white light at each end of the raft. 
Rafts of more than one crib abreast shall carry one white light 
on each outside corner of the raft, making four lights in all. 

Bag or boom rafts navigating or anchored in the fairway of 
any bay, harbor, or river shall carry a bright white light at each 
end of the raft, and one of such lights on each side midway 
between the forward and after ends. 

The white light required by these rules for rafts shall be 
carried, from sunset to sunrise, in a lantern so fixed and con- 
structed as to show a clear, uniform, and unbroken light, visible 
all around the horizon, and of such intensity as to be visible on 
a dark night with a clear atmosphere at a distance of at least 1 
mile; which lights shall be suspended from poles of such height 
that the light shall be not less than 8 feet above the surface of 
the water. 

The limit of inland waters within which the rules contained in 
this section apply is at Montreal, the rules including all waters 
indicated to the westward of that point. 

Section 7. — CebtAin Additional Rules Applicable to One ob 
moee of the preceding sections. 

[This section is reproduced from such parts of the hereinbefore enumer- 
ated publications of the Department of Commerce as are common to 
one or more of such publications. In some of them there are slight 
differences in their application to the several individual preceding 
sections, but in each such case the differences in question are specially 
indicated in the text.] 

POSTING OF PILOT RULES. 

[The provisions of this rule are applicable to sec 4 of this chapter (see 
sec. 2, act approved June 7, 1897) ; to sec. 5 of this chapter (see R. S., 
sec. 4412) ; and to sec. 6 of this chapter (see sec. 3, act approved Feb. 
8, 1895).] 

On steam and other motor vessels of over 100 gross tons two 
copies of the placard form of these rules (Department of Com- 
merce Forms 804, 806, or 808, as the case may be) shall be kept 



837 

posted up in conspicuous places in the vessel, one copy of which 
shall be kept posted up in the pilot house. On steam and other 
motor vessels of over 25 gross tons and not over 100 gross 
tons, two copies of the placard form of pilot rules shall be 
kept on board, one copy of which shall be kept posted up in 
the pilot house. On steam and other motor vessels of 25 gross 
tons and under, and of more than 10 gross tons, two copies of the 
placard form of the pilot rules shall be kept on board, and, where 
practicable, one copy thereof shall be kept conspicuously posted 
up in the vessel. On steam and other motor vessels of not more 
than 10 gross tons, two copies of the pamphlet form of the pilot 
rules shall be kept on board, and, where practicable, one copy 
thereof shall be kept conspicuously posted up in the vessel. 

RULE PROHIBITING THE CARRYING OF UNAUTHORIZED LIGHTS ON 
STEAM VESSELS. 

[Applicable to sees. 4, 5, and 6 of this chapter.] 

[Adopted by the Board of Supervising Inspectors on February 16, 1910, 
and approved by the Secretary of Commerce on March 9, 1910. Au- 
thority : Section 4450, Revised Statutes.] 

Any master or pilot of any steam vessel who shall authorize or 
permit the carrying of any light, electric or otherwise, not re- 
quired by law, on the outside structure of the cabin or hull of 
the vessel that in any way will interfere with distinguishing the 
signal lights shall, upon conviction thereof before any board of 
inspectors having jurisdiction, be deemed guilty of misconduct and 
shall be liable to have his license suspended or revoked. 

RULE RELATING TO THE USE OF SEARCHLIGHTS. 

[Applicable to sees. 4, 5, and 6 of this chapter.] 

The Board of Supervising Inspectors, at their annual meeting 
of January, 1915, adopted the following rule relating to the use 
of searchlights : 

Any master or pilot of any steam vessel who shall flash or cause 
to be flashed the rays of the searchlight into the pilot house of a 
passing vessel shall be deemed guilty of misconduct and shall be 
liable to have his license suspended or revoked. 

RULE PROHIBITING UNNECESSARY SOUNDING OF THE STEAM WHISTLE. 

[Applicable to sees. 4, 5, and 6 of this chapter. Authority : Act of Con- 
gress approved Feb. 8, 1907.] 

The Board of Supervising Inspectors, at their annual meeting 
of January, 1907, adopted the following rule : 

Unnecessary sounding of the steam whistle is prohibited within 
any harbor limits of the United States. Whenever any licensed 
183841°— 20 54 



838 

officer in charge of any steamer authorizes or permits such un- 
necessary whistling, upon conviction thereof before any board of 
inspectors having jurisdiction, such officer shall be suspended from 
acting under his license as the inspectors trying the case may 
deem proper. 

RULES GOVERNING THE OPERATION OF DRAWBRIDGES OVER NAVIGABLE 
WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES. 

[Applicable to sees. 4, 5, and 6 of this chapter.] 

It is suggested that pilots of all steamers navigating waters 
which are spanned by drawbridges under the jurisdiction of the 
War Department should provide themselves with the War De- 
partment rules governing the operation of these drawbridges and 
observe the rules. 

Section 8. — Special Rules for Motor Boats. 

AN ACT To amend laws for preventing collisions of vessels and to regu- 
late equipment of certain motor boats on the navigable waters of the 
United States. 

Be it enacted hy the Senate and House of Representatives of 
the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the 
words " motor boat " where used in this act shall include every 
vessel propelled by machinery and not more than sixty-five feet 
in length except tug boats and tow boats propelled by steam. 
The length shall be measured from end to end over the deck, ex- 
cluding sheer: Provided, That the engine, boiler, or other operat- 
ing machinery shall be subject to inspection by the local inspectors 
of steam vessels, and to their approval of the design thereof, on 
all said motor boats, which are more than forty feet in length, 
and which are propelled by machinery driven by steam. 

Sec 2. That motor boats subject to the provisions of this act 
shall be divided into classes as follows : 

Glass 1. Less than twenty- six feet in length. 

•Glass 2. Twenty-six feet or over and less than forty feet in 
length. 

Class 3. Forty feet or over and not more than sixty-five feet in 
length. 

Sec. 3. That every motor boat in all weathers from sunset to 
sunrise shall carry the following lights, and during such time no 
other lights which may be mistaken for those prescribed shall 
be exhibited. 

(a) Every motor boat of class one shall carry the following 
lights : 

First. A white light aft to show all around the horizon. 

Second. A combined lantern in the fore part of the vessel and 
lower than the white light aft showing green to starboard and red 






839 

to port, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two 
points abaft the beam on their respective sides. 

(b) Every motor boat of classes two and three shall carry the 
following lights : 

First. A bright white light in the fore part of the vessel, as 
hear the stem as practicable, so constructed as to show an un- 
broken light over an arc of the horizon of twenty points of the 
compass, so fixed as to throw the light ten points on each side of 
the vessel, namely, from right ahead to two points abaft the 
beam on either side. The glass or lens shall be of not less than 
the following dimensions : 

Class 2. Nineteen square inches. 

Class 3. Thirty-one square inches. 

Second. A white light aft to show all around the horizon. 

Third. On the starboard side a green light so constructed as to 
show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizontal of ten points 
of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 
two points abaft the beam on the starboard side. On the port 
side a red light so constructed as to show an unbroken light over 
an arc of the horizon of ten points of the compass, so fixed as to 
throw the light from right ahead to two points abaft the beam 
on the port side. The glasses or lenses in the said side lights 
shall be of not less than the following dimensions on motor 
boats of — 

(Mass 2. Sixteen square inches. 

(Mass 3. Twenty-five square inches. 

On and alter July first, nineteen hundred and eleven, all glasses 
or lenses prescribed by paragraph (b) of section three shall be 
fivsnel or fluted. The said lights shall be fitted with inboard 
screen of sufficient height and so set as to prevent these lights 
from being seen across the bow and shall be of not less than the 
following dimensions on motor boats of — 

Class 2. Eighteen inches long. 

Class 3. Twenty-four inches long: Provided, That motor boats 
as defined in this act, when propelled by sail and machinery or 
under sail alone, shall carry the colored lights suitably screened 
but not the white lights prescribed by this section. 

Sec. 4., (a) Every motor boat under the provisions of this act 
shall be provided with a whistle or other sound-producing me- 
chanical appliance capable of producing a blast of two seconds 
or more in duration, and in the case of such boats so provided 
a blast of at least two seconds shall be deemed a prolonged blast 
within the meaning of the law. 

(b) Every motor boat of class two or three shall carry an 
efficient fog horn. 

(c) Every motor boat of class two or three shall be provided 
with an efficient bell, which shall be not less than eight inches 
across the mouth on board of vessels of class three. 






840 

Sec. 5. That every motor boat subject to any of the provisions 
of this act, and also all vessels propelled by machinery other 
than by steam more than sixty-five feet in length, shall carry 
either life preservers or life belts or buoyant cushions or ring 
buoys or other device, to be prescribed by the Secretary of Com- 
merce, sufficient to sustain afloat every person on board and 
so placed as to be readily accessible. All motor boats carrying 
passengers for hire shall carry one life preserver of the sort 
prescribed by the regulations of the board of supervising in- 
spectors for every passenger carried, and no such boat v\'hile so 
carrying passengers for hire shall be operated or navigated except 
in charge of a person duly licensed for such service by the local 
board of inspectors. No examination shall be required as the 
condition of obtaining such a license, and any such license shall be 
revoked or suspended by the local board of inspectors for mis- 
conduct, gross negligence, recklessness in navigation, intemper- 
ance, or violation of law on the part of the holder, and if revoked 
the person holding such license shall be incapable of obtaining 
another such license for one year from the date of revocation : 
Provided, That motor boats shall not be required to carry licensed 
officers, except as required in this act. 

Sec. 6. That every motor boat and also every vessel propelled 
by machinery other than by steam more than sixty-five feet in 
length shall carry ready for immediate use the means of promptly 
and effectually extinguishing burning gasoline. 

Sec 7. That a fine not exceeding one hundred dollars may be 
imposed for any violation of this act. The motor boat shall be 
liable for the said penalty and may be seized and proceeded 
against by way of libel in the district court of the United States 
for any district within which such vessel may be found* 

Sec 8. That the Secretary of Commerce shall make such regu- 
lations as may be necessary to secure the proper execution of 
this act by collectors of customs and other officers of the Govern- 
ment. And the Secretary of the Department of Commerce may, 
upon application therefor, remit or mitigate any fine, penalty, 
or forfeiture relating to motor boats except for failure to observe 
the provisions of section six of this act. 

Sec 9. That all laws and parts of laws only in so far as they 
are in conflict herewith are hereby repealed : Provided, That noth- 
ing in this act shall be deemed to alter or amend acts of Congress 
embodying or revising international rules for preventing collisions 
at sea. 

Sec. 10. That this act shall take effect on and after thirty days 
after its approval. 

Approved June 9. 1910. 

o 



?. ■ % - 






.G*^ ^>- ******* A "V 






SB; A -tllR »°^ *4§R; £°* •Site'- „*■ 




• « o 



V*- T V <V^V V^'V .i 












J. ^ 



V 






^° ?■**■, 'x&mr* & 






1° ^ A* * 












■5^ 



tV 



* -0? V. o 






:•> V^V V^V V^V 

* 'Mfifc W •«' W A: W -1 










* °o 



4* •* 



'»' .*"**. 



*■ f 









1; WERT *TI mER^ .0^. v^ iO. tSRfeH^o *0< 



Si BCXDK01NOINC 
| JULY 82 



VVSeVo Ouil«v »o«nc/ 






.9 



^ *•"** <«*■ 




022 194 744 7 



Hffl 



H 



^^m 



I 



■ 






m 



I 



■ 



■ ^ 






w* 



^H 



I i 1 









■ 



■fl 



^■a 



h 






tfli 



■ I 



